Chapter 5: The Data Link Layer - Bilkent Universitykorpe/courses/cs421fall2011... · ·...
Transcript of Chapter 5: The Data Link Layer - Bilkent Universitykorpe/courses/cs421fall2011... · ·...
5 DataLink Layer 5-1
Chapter 5 The Data Link LayerOur goals understand principles behind data link layer
services error detection correction sharing a broadcast channel multiple access link layer addressing reliable data transfer flow control done
instantiation and implementation of various link layer technologies
5 DataLink Layer 5-2
Link Layer IntroductionSome terminology hosts and routers are nodes communication channels that
connect adjacent nodes along communication path are links
wired links wireless links LANs
layer-2 packet is a frameencapsulates datagram
ldquolinkrdquo
data-link layer has responsibility of transferring datagram from one node to adjacent node over a link
5 DataLink Layer 5-3
Link layer context Datagram transferred by
different link protocols over different links
eg Ethernet on first link frame relay on intermediate links 80211 on last link
Each link protocol provides different services
eg may or may not provide rdt over link
transportation analogy trip from Princeton to
Lausanne limo Princeton to JFK plane JFK to Geneva train Geneva to Lausanne
tourist = datagram transport segment =
communication link transportation mode =
link layer protocol travel agent = routing
algorithm
5 DataLink Layer 5-4
Link Layer Services Framing link access
encapsulate datagram into frame adding header trailer channel access if shared medium ldquoMACrdquo addresses used in frame headers to identify
source dest bull different from IP address
Reliable delivery between adjacent nodes we learned how to do this already (chapter 3) seldom used on low bit error link (fiber some twisted
pair) wireless links high error rates
bull Q why both link-level and end-end reliability
5 DataLink Layer 5-5
Link Layer Services (more)
Flow Control pacing between adjacent sending and receiving nodes
Error Detection errors caused by signal attenuation noise receiver detects presence of errors
bull signals sender for retransmission or drops frame
Error Correction receiver identifies and corrects bit error(s) without
resorting to retransmission Half-duplex and full-duplex
with half duplex nodes at both ends of link can transmit but not at same time
5 DataLink Layer 5-6
Adapters Communicating
link layer implemented in ldquoadapterrdquo (aka NIC)
Ethernet card PCMCIA card 80211 card
sending side encapsulates datagram in
a frame adds error checking bits
rdt flow control etc
receiving side looks for errors rdt flow
control etc extracts datagram passes
to rcving node adapter is semi-
autonomous implements link amp
physical layers
sendingnode
frame
rcvingnode
datagram
frame
adapter adapter
link layer protocol
5 DataLink Layer 5-7
Error DetectionEDC= Error Detection and Correction bits (redundancy)D = Data protected by error checking may include header fields
bull Error detection not 100 reliablebull protocol may miss some errors but rarelybull larger EDC field yields better detection and correction
5 DataLink Layer 5-8
Parity CheckingSingle Bit ParityDetect single bit errors
Two Dimensional Bit ParityDetect and correct single bit errors
0 0
1
5 DataLink Layer 5-9
Internet checksum
Sender treat segment contents
as sequence of 16-bit integers
checksum addition (1rsquos complement sum) of segment contents
sender puts checksum value into the checksum field
Receiver compute checksum of received
segment check if computed checksum
equals checksum field value NO - error detected YES - no error detected But
maybe errors nonethelessMore later hellip
Goal detect ldquoerrorsrdquo (eg flipped bits) in transmitted segment (note used at transport layer only)
5 DataLink Layer 5-10
Checksumming Cyclic Redundancy Check view data bits D as a binary number choose r+1 bit pattern (generator) G goal choose r CRC bits R such that
ltDRgt exactly divisible by G (modulo 2) receiver knows G divides ltDRgt by G If non-zero remainder
error detected can detect all burst errors less than r+1 bits
widely used in practice (Ethernet 80211 ATM HDLC)
5 DataLink Layer 5-11
CRC ExampleWant
D2r XOR R = nGequivalently
D2r = nG XOR R equivalently
if we divide D2r by G want remainder R
R = remainder[ ]D2r
G
5 DataLink Layer 5-12
Multiple Access Links and ProtocolsTwo types of ldquolinksrdquo point-to-point
PPP for dial-up access point-to-point link between Ethernet switch and host
broadcast (shared wire or medium) traditional Ethernet upstream HFC (hybrid fiber-coax used in cable TV) 80211 wireless LAN
80211)
5 DataLink Layer 5-13
Multiple Access protocols single shared broadcast channel two or more simultaneous transmissions by nodes
interference collision if node receives two or more signals at the same time
multiple access protocol distributed algorithm that determines how nodes
share channel ie determine when node can transmit communication about channel sharing must use channel
itself no out-of-band channel for coordination
5 DataLink Layer 5-14
Ideal Mulitple Access Protocol
Broadcast channel of rate R bps1 When one node wants to transmit it can send at
rate R2 When M nodes want to transmit each can send at
average rate RM3 Fully decentralized
no special node to coordinate transmissions no synchronization of clocks slots
4 Simple
5 DataLink Layer 5-15
MAC Protocols a taxonomyThree broad classes Channel Partitioning
divide channel into smaller ldquopiecesrdquo (time slots frequency code)
allocate piece to node for exclusive use Random Access
channel not divided allow collisions ldquorecoverrdquo from collisions
ldquoTaking turnsrdquo Nodes take turns but nodes with more to send can take
longer turns
5 DataLink Layer 5-16
Channel Partitioning MAC protocols TDMA
TDMA time division multiple access access to channel in rounds each station gets fixed length slot (length = pkt
trans time) in each round unused slots go idle example 6-station LAN 134 have pkts slots
256 idle
5 DataLink Layer 5-17
Channel Partitioning MAC protocols FDMA
FDMA frequency division multiple access channel spectrum divided into frequency bands each station assigned fixed frequency band unused transmission time in frequency bands go idle example 6-station LAN 134 have pkts frequency
bands 256 idle
freq
uenc
y ba
nds
time
5 DataLink Layer 5-18
Random Access Protocols
When node has packet to send transmit at full channel data rate R no a priori coordination among nodes
two or more transmitting nodes rarr ldquocollisionrdquo random access MAC protocol specifies
how to detect collisions how to recover from collisions (eg via delayed
retransmissions) Examples of random access MAC protocols
slotted ALOHA ALOHA CSMA CSMACD CSMACA
5 DataLink Layer 5-19
Slotted ALOHA
Assumptions all frames same size time is divided into
equal size slots time to transmit 1 frame
nodes start to transmit frames only at beginning of slots
nodes are synchronized if 2 or more nodes
transmit in slot all nodes detect collision
Operation when node obtains fresh
frame it transmits in next slot
if no collision node can send new frame in next slot
if collision node retransmits frame in each subsequent slot with prob p until success
5 DataLink Layer 5-20
Slotted ALOHA
Pros single active node can
continuously transmit at full rate of channel
highly decentralized only slots in nodes need to be in sync
simple
Cons collisions wasting slots idle slots nodes may be able to
detect collision in less than time to transmit packet
clock synchronization
5 DataLink Layer 5-21
Slotted Aloha efficiency
Suppose N nodes with many frames to send each transmits in slot with probability p
prob that node 1 has success in a slot= p(1-p)N-1
prob that any node has a success = Np(1-p)N-1
For max efficiency with N nodes find p that maximizes Np(1-p)N-1
For many nodes take limit of Np(1-p)N-1
as N goes to infinity gives 1e = 37
Efficiency is the long-run fraction of successful slots when there are many nodes each with many frames to send
At best channelused for useful transmissions 37of time
5 DataLink Layer 5-22
Pure (unslotted) ALOHA unslotted Aloha simpler no synchronization when frame first arrives
transmit immediately collision probability increases
frame sent at t0 collides with other frames sent in [t0-1t0+1]
5 DataLink Layer 5-23
Pure Aloha efficiencyP(success by given node) = P(node transmits)
P(no other node transmits in [t0-1t0] P(no other node transmits in [t0t0+1]
= p (1-p)N-1 (1-p)N-1
= p (1-p)2(N-1)
hellip choosing optimum p and then letting n rarr infin
= 1(2e) = 18 Even worse
5 DataLink Layer 5-24
CSMA (Carrier Sense Multiple Access)
CSMA listen before transmitIf channel sensed idle transmit entire frame If channel sensed busy defer transmission
Human analogy donrsquot interrupt others
5 DataLink Layer 5-25
CSMA collisionscollisions can still occurpropagation delay means two nodes may not heareach otherrsquos transmission
collisionentire packet transmission time wasted
spatial layout of nodes
noterole of distance amp propagation delay in determining collision probability
5 DataLink Layer 5-26
CSMACD (Collision Detection)CSMACD carrier sensing deferral as in CSMA
collisions detected within short time colliding transmissions aborted reducing channel
wastage collision detection
easy in wired LANs measure signal strengths compare transmitted received signals
difficult in wireless LANs receiver shut off while transmitting
human analogy the polite conversationalist
5 DataLink Layer 5-27
CSMACD collision detection
5 DataLink Layer 5-28
ldquoTaking Turnsrdquo MAC protocols
channel partitioning MAC protocols share channel efficiently and fairly at high load inefficient at low load delay in channel access
1N bandwidth allocated even if only 1 active node
Random access MAC protocols efficient at low load single node can fully
utilize channel high load collision overhead
ldquotaking turnsrdquo protocolslook for best of both worlds
5 DataLink Layer 5-29
ldquoTaking Turnsrdquo MAC protocolsPolling master node
ldquoinvitesrdquo slave nodes to transmit in turn
concerns polling overhead latency single point of
failure (master)
Token passing control token passed from
one node to next sequentially
token message concerns
token overhead latency single point of failure (token)
5 DataLink Layer 5-30
Summary of MAC protocols
What do you do with a shared media Channel Partitioning by time frequency or code
bull Time Division Frequency Division Random partitioning (dynamic)
bull ALOHA S-ALOHA CSMA CSMACDbull carrier sensing easy in some technologies (wire) hard
in others (wireless)bull CSMACD used in Ethernetbull CSMACA used in 80211
Taking Turnsbull polling from a central site token passing
5 DataLink Layer 5-31
MAC Addresses and ARP
32-bit IP address network-layer address used to get datagram to destination IP subnet
MAC (or LAN or ldquophysicalrdquo or Ethernet) address used to get datagram from one interface to
another physically-connected interface (same network)
48 bit MAC address (for most LANs) burned in the adapter ROM
5 DataLink Layer 5-32
LAN Addresses and ARPEach adapter on LAN has unique LAN address
Broadcast address =FF-FF-FF-FF-FF-FF
= adapter
1A-2F-BB-76-09-AD
58-23-D7-FA-20-B0
0C-C4-11-6F-E3-98
71-65-F7-2B-08-53
LAN(wired orwireless)
5 DataLink Layer 5-33
LAN Address (more)
MAC address allocation administered by IEEE manufacturer buys portion of MAC address space
(to assure uniqueness) Analogy
(a) MAC address like Social Security Number(b) IP address like postal address
MAC flat address allows easier portability can move LAN card from one LAN to another
IP hierarchical address NOT portable depends on IP subnet to which node is attached
5 DataLink Layer 5-34
ARP Address Resolution Protocol
Each IP node (Host Router) on LAN has ARP table
ARP Table IPMAC address mappings for some LAN nodes
lt IP address MAC address TTLgt TTL (Time To Live) time
after which address mapping will be forgotten (typically 20 min)
Question how to determineMAC address of Bknowing Brsquos IP address
1A-2F-BB-76-09-AD
58-23-D7-FA-20-B0
0C-C4-11-6F-E3-98
71-65-F7-2B-08-53
LAN
237196723
237196778
237196714
237196788
5 DataLink Layer 5-35
ARP protocol Same LAN (network)
A wants to send datagram to B and Brsquos MAC address not in Arsquos ARP table
A broadcasts ARP query packet containing Bs IP address
Dest MAC address = FF-FF-FF-FF-FF-FF
all machines on LAN receive ARP query
B receives ARP packet replies to A with its (Bs) MAC address
frame sent to Arsquos MAC address (unicast)
A caches (saves) IP-to-MAC address pair in its ARP table until information becomes old (times out)
soft state information that times out (goes away) unless refreshed
ARP is ldquoplug-and-playrdquo nodes create their ARP
tables without intervention from net administrator
5 DataLink Layer 5-36
Routing to another LANwalkthrough send datagram from A to B via R
assume A knowrsquos Brsquos IP address
Two ARP tables in router R one for each IP network (LAN)
A
RB
5 DataLink Layer 5-37
A creates datagram with source A destination B A uses ARP to get Rrsquos MAC address for 111111111110 A creates link-layer frame with Rs MAC address as dest
frame contains A-to-B IP datagram Arsquos adapter sends frame Rrsquos adapter receives frame R removes IP datagram from Ethernet frame sees itrsquos
destined to B R uses ARP to get Brsquos MAC address R creates frame containing A-to-B IP datagram sends to B
A
RB
5 DataLink Layer 5-38
Ethernetldquodominantrdquo wired LAN technology cheap $20 for 100Mbs first widely used LAN technology Simpler cheaper than token LANs and ATM Kept up with speed race 10 Mbps ndash 10 Gbps
Metcalfersquos Ethernetsketch
5 DataLink Layer 5-39
Star topology Bus topology popular through mid 90s Now star topology prevails Connection choices hub or switch (more later)
hub orswitch
5 DataLink Layer 5-40
Ethernet Frame StructureSending adapter encapsulates IP datagram (or other
network layer protocol packet) in Ethernet frame
Preamble 7 bytes with pattern 10101010 followed by one
byte with pattern 10101011 used to synchronize receiver sender clock rates
5 DataLink Layer 5-41
Ethernet Frame Structure (more) Addresses 6 bytes
if adapter receives frame with matching destination address or with broadcast address (eg ARP packet) it passes data in frame to net-layer protocol
otherwise adapter discards frame Type 2 bytes indicates the higher (network)
layer protocol (commonly IP but may also be ARP Novell IPX and AppleTalk etc)
CRC 4 bytes checked at receiver if error is detected the frame is simply dropped
5 DataLink Layer 5-42
Unreliable connectionless service
Connectionless No handshaking between sending and receiving adapter
Unreliable receiving adapter doesnrsquot send acks or nacks to sending adapter
stream of datagrams passed to network layer can have gaps
gaps will be filled if app is using TCP otherwise app will see the gaps
5 DataLink Layer 5-43
Ethernet uses CSMACD
No slots adapter doesnrsquot transmit
if it senses that some other adapter is transmitting that is carrier sense
transmitting adapter aborts when it senses that another adapter is transmitting that is collision detection
Before attempting a retransmission adapter waits a random time that is random access
5 DataLink Layer 5-44
Ethernet CSMACD algorithm1 Adapter receives
datagram from net layer amp creates frame
2 If adapter senses channel idle it starts to transmit frame If it senses channel busy waits until channel idle and then transmits
3 If adapter transmits entire frame without detecting another transmission the adapter is done with frame
4 If adapter detects another transmission while transmitting aborts and sends 48-bit jam signal
5 After aborting adapter enters exponential backoff after the mthcollision adapter chooses a K at random from 012hellip2m-1 Adapter waits K512 bit times and returns to Step 2
5 DataLink Layer 5-45
Frame Size limitations for Ethernet Minimum Frame size (Fmin)
For proper collision detectionFmin = Min frame sizeR = Ethernetrsquos transmission rate
eg 10 Mbsdmax = max Ethernet segment
lengthS = Propagation speed (2x108
ms)FminR ge 2dmaxS
Maximum Frame Size (Fmax)For fairness among competing nodes
Fmin=64 Bytes Fmax=1500 Bytes
A Bd
2dS
tim
e
Arsquos frame
Brsquos frame
Arsquos frame in yellowBrsquos frame in green
For proper collision detection Arsquos frame should last at least until Brsquos frame reaches A
5 DataLink Layer 5-46
Ethernetrsquos CSMACD (more)Jam Signal make sure all
other transmitters are aware of collision 48 bits
Random retransmission delayK 512 bit transmission times where K is randomly selected bit time is 01 microsec for 10 Mbps and 001 microsec for 100 Mbps Ethernet
Exponential Backoff Goal adapt retransmission
attempts to estimated current load
heavy load random wait will be longer
first collision choose K from 01 delay is K 512 bit transmission times
after second collision choose K from 0123hellip
after ten collisions choose K from 01234hellip1023
for max value of K=1023 wait time is about 50 msec for 10 Mbps 5 msec for 100 Mbps Ethernet
Seeinteract with Javaapplet on AWL Web sitehighly recommended
5 DataLink Layer 5-47
CSMACD efficiency
tprop = max prop between 2 nodes in LAN ttrans = time to transmit max-size frame
Efficiency goes to 1 as tprop goes to 0 Goes to 1 as ttrans goes to infinity Much better than ALOHA but still decentralized
simple and cheap
1efficiency1 5 prop transt t
asymp+
5 DataLink Layer 5-48
10BaseT and 100BaseT 10100 Mbps rates T stands for Twisted Pair Base stands for Baseband (unmodulated) Nodes connect to a hub ldquostar topologyrdquo 100 m
max distance between nodes and hub
twisted pair
hub
5 DataLink Layer 5-49
HubsHubs are essentially physical-layer repeaters
bits coming from one link go out all other links at the same rate no frame buffering no CSMACD at hub adapters detect collisions provides net management functionality
twisted pair
hub
5 DataLink Layer 5-50
Gbit Ethernet
uses standard Ethernet frame format allows for point-to-point links and shared
broadcast channels in shared mode CSMACD is used short
distances between nodes required for efficiency
Full-Duplex at 1 Gbps for point-to-point links
10 Gbps now
5 DataLink Layer 5-51
Interconnecting with hubs Backbone hub interconnects LAN segments Extends max distance between nodes But individual segment collision domains become one
large collision domain Canrsquot interconnect 10BaseT amp 100BaseT
hub hub hub
hub
5 DataLink Layer 5-52
Switch Link layer device
stores and forwards Ethernet frames examines frame header and selectively
forwards frame based on MAC dest address when frame is to be forwarded on segment
uses CSMACD to access segment transparent
hosts are unaware of presence of switches plug-and-play self-learning
switches do not need to be configured
5 DataLink Layer 5-53
Forwarding
bull How do determine onto which LAN segment to forward framebull Looks like a routing problem
hub hubhub
switch1
2 3
5 DataLink Layer 5-54
Self learning
A switch has a switch table entry in switch table
(MAC Address Interface Time Stamp) stale entries in table dropped (TTL can be 60 min)
switch learns which hosts can be reached through which interfaces when frame received switch ldquolearnsrdquo location of
sender incoming LAN segment records senderlocation pair in switch table
5 DataLink Layer 5-55
FilteringForwardingWhen switch receives a frame
index switch table using MAC dest addressif entry found for destination
thenif dest on segment from which frame arrived
then drop the frameelse forward the frame on interface indicated
else flood
forward on all but the interface on which the frame arrived
5 DataLink Layer 5-56
Switch exampleSuppose C sends frame to D
Switch receives frame from from C notes in bridge table that C is on interface 1 because D is not in table switch forwards frame into
interfaces 2 and 3 frame received by D
hub hub hub
switch
A
B CD
EF G H
I
address interfaceABEG
1123
12 3
5 DataLink Layer 5-57
Switch exampleSuppose C sends frame to D
Switch receives frame from from C notes in bridge table that C is on interface 1 because D is not in table switch forwards frame into
interfaces 2 and 3 frame received by D
hub hub hub
switch
A
B CD
EF G H
I
address interfaceABEGC
11231
12 3
5 DataLink Layer 5-58
Switch exampleSuppose D replies back with frame to C
Switch receives frame from from D notes in bridge table that D is on interface 2 because C is in table switch forwards frame only to
interface 1 frame received by C
hub hub hub
switch
A
B CD
EF G H
I
address interfaceABEGC
11231
12 3
5 DataLink Layer 5-59
Switch exampleSuppose D replies back with frame to C
Switch receives frame from from D notes in bridge table that D is on interface 2 because C is in table switch forwards frame only to
interface 1 frame received by C
hub hub hub
switch
A
B CD
EF G H
I
address interfaceABEGCD
112312
12 3
5 DataLink Layer 5-60
Switch traffic isolation switch installation breaks subnet into LAN
segments switch filters packets
same-LAN-segment frames not usually forwarded onto other LAN segments
segments become separate collision domains
hub hub hub
switch
collision domain collision domain
collision domain
5 DataLink Layer 5-61
Switches dedicated access Switch with many
interfaces Hosts have direct
connection to switch No collisions full duplex
Switching A-to-Arsquo and B-to-Brsquo simultaneously no collisions
combinations of shareddedicated 101001000 Mbps interfaces possible
switch
A
Arsquo
B
Brsquo
C
Crsquo
5 DataLink Layer 5-62
Institutional network
hub hubhub
switch
to externalnetwork
router
IP subnet
mail server
web server
5 DataLink Layer 5-63
Switches vs Routers both store-and-forward devices
routers network layer devices (examine network layer headers)
switches are link layer devices routers maintain routing tables implement routing
algorithms switches maintain switch tables implement
filtering learning algorithms
5 DataLink Layer 5-64
Summary comparison
hubs routers switches
traffic isolation
no yes yes
plug amp play yes no yes
optimal routing
no yes no
5 DataLink Layer 5-65
VLANs motivation
What happens if CS user moves office to EE
but wants connect to CS switch
single broadcast domain all layer-2 broadcast
traffic (ARP DHCP) crosses entire LAN (securityprivacy efficiency issues)
each lowest level switch has only few ports in use
Computer Science Electrical
EngineeringComputerEngineering
Whatrsquos wrong with this picture
5 DataLink Layer 5-66
VLANs Port-based VLAN switch ports grouped (by switch management software) so that single physical switch helliphellip
Switch(es) supporting VLAN capabilities can be configured to define multiple virtual LANS over single physical LAN infrastructure
Virtual Local Area Network
1
8
9
16102
7
hellip
Electrical Engineering(VLAN ports 1-8)
Computer Science(VLAN ports 9-15)
15
hellip
Electrical Engineering(VLAN ports 1-8)
hellip
1
82
7 9
1610
15
hellip
Computer Science(VLAN ports 9-16)
hellip operates as multiple virtual switches
5 DataLink Layer 5-67
Port-based VLAN
1
8
9
16102
7
hellip
Electrical Engineering(VLAN ports 1-8)
Computer Science(VLAN ports 9-15)
15
hellip
traffic isolation frames tofrom ports 1-8 can only reach ports 1-8
can also define VLAN based on MAC addresses of endpoints rather than switch port
dynamic membershipports can be dynamically assigned among VLANs
router
forwarding between VLANSdone via routing (just as with separate switches)
in practice vendors sell combined switches plus routers
5 DataLink Layer 5-68
VLANS spanning multiple switches
trunk port carries frames between VLANS defined over multiple physical switches
frames forwarded within VLAN between switches canrsquot be vanilla 8021 frames (must carry VLAN ID info)
8021q protocol addsremoves additional header fields for frames forwarded between trunk ports
1
8
9
102
7
hellip
Electrical Engineering(VLAN ports 1-8)
Computer Science(VLAN ports 9-15)
15
hellip
2
73
Ports 235 belong to EE VLANPorts 4678 belong to CS VLAN
5
4 6 816
1
5 DataLink Layer 5-69
Type
2-byte Tag Protocol Identifier(value 81-00)
Tag Control Information (12 bit VLAN ID field 3 bit priority field like IP TOS)
Recomputed CRC
8021Q VLAN frame format
8021 frame
8021Q frame
5 DataLink Layer 5-70
Chapter 6 Wireless and Mobile Networks
Background wireless (mobile) phone subscribers now
exceeds wired phone subscribers computer nets laptops palmtops PDAs
Internet-enabled phone promise anytime untethered Internet access
two important (but different) challenges wireless communication over wireless link mobility handling the mobile user who changes point
of attachment to network
5 DataLink Layer 5-71
Elements of a wireless network
network infrastructure
wireless hosts laptop PDA IP phone run applications may be stationary
(non-mobile) or mobile wireless does not
always mean mobility
5 DataLink Layer 5-72
Elements of a wireless network
network infrastructure
base station typically connected to
wired network relay - responsible
for sending packets between wired network and wireless host(s) in its ldquoareardquo
eg cell towers 80211 access points
5 DataLink Layer 5-73
Elements of a wireless network
network infrastructure
wireless link typically used to
connect mobile(s) to base station
also used as backbone link
multiple access protocol coordinates link access
various data rates transmission distance
5 DataLink Layer 5-74
Characteristics of selected wireless link standards
Indoor10-30m
Outdoor50-200m
Mid-rangeoutdoor
200m ndash 4 Km
Long-rangeoutdoor
5Km ndash 20 Km
056
384
1
4
5-11
54
IS-95 CDMA GSM 2G
UMTSWCDMA CDMA2000 3G
80215
80211b
80211ag
UMTSWCDMA-HSPDA CDMA2000-1xEVDO 3G cellularenhanced
80216 (WiMAX)
80211ag point-to-point
200 80211n
Dat
a ra
te (M
bps) data
5 DataLink Layer 5-75
Elements of a wireless network
network infrastructure
infrastructure mode base station connects
mobiles into wired network
handoff mobile changes base station providing connection into wired network
5 DataLink Layer 5-76
Elements of a wireless networkad hoc mode no base stations nodes can only
transmit to other nodes within link coverage
nodes organize themselves into a network route among themselves
5 DataLink Layer 5-77
Wireless network taxonomy
single hop multiple hops
infrastructure(eg APs)
noinfrastructure
host connects to base station (WiFiWiMAX cellular) which connects to
larger Internet
no base station noconnection to larger Internet (Bluetooth
ad hoc nets)
host may have torelay through several
wireless nodes to connect to larger
Internet mesh net
no base station noconnection to larger
Internet May have torelay to reach other a given wireless node
MANET VANET
5 DataLink Layer 5-78
Wireless Link Characteristics (1)Differences from wired link hellip
decreased signal strength radio signal attenuates as it propagates through matter (path loss)
interference from other sources standardized wireless network frequencies (eg 24 GHz) shared by other devices (eg phone) devices (motors) interfere as well
multipath propagation radio signal reflects off objects arriving at destination at slightly different times
hellip make communication across (even a point to point) wireless link much more ldquodifficultrdquo
5 DataLink Layer 5-79
Wireless Link Characteristics (2) SNR signal-to-noise ratio
larger SNR ndash easier to extract signal from noise (a ldquogood thingrdquo)
SNR versus BER tradeoffs given physical layer
increase power -gt increase SNR-gtdecrease BER
given SNR choose physical layer that meets BER requirement giving highest thruput
bull SNR may change with mobility dynamically adapt physical layer (modulation technique rate)
10 20 30 40
QAM256 (8 Mbps)
QAM16 (4 Mbps)
BPSK (1 Mbps)
SNR(dB)B
ER
10-1
10-2
10-3
10-5
10-6
10-7
10-4
5 DataLink Layer 5-80
Wireless network characteristicsMultiple wireless senders and receivers create
additional problems (beyond multiple access)
AB
C
Hidden terminal problem B A hear each other B C hear each other A C can not hear each othermeans A C unaware of their
interference at B
A B C
Arsquos signalstrength
space
Crsquos signalstrength
Signal attenuation B A hear each other B C hear each other A C can not hear each other
interfering at B
5 DataLink Layer 5-81
IEEE 80211 Wireless LAN 80211b
24-5 GHz unlicensed spectrum up to 11 Mbps direct sequence spread
spectrum (DSSS) in physical layer
bull all hosts use same chipping code
80211a 5-6 GHz range up to 54 Mbps
80211g 24-5 GHz range up to 54 Mbps
80211n multiple antennae 24-5 GHz range up to 200 Mbps
all use CSMACA for multiple access all have base-station and ad-hoc network versions
5 DataLink Layer 5-82
80211 LAN architecture
wireless host communicates with base station
base station = access point (AP)
Basic Service Set (BSS)(aka ldquocellrdquo) in infrastructure mode contains
wireless hosts access point (AP) base
station ad hoc mode hosts only
BSS 1
BSS 2
Internet
hub switchor routerAP
AP
5 DataLink Layer 5-83
80211 Channels association
80211b 24GHz-2485GHz spectrum divided into 11 channels at different frequencies AP admin chooses frequency for AP interference possible channel can be same as
that chosen by neighboring AP host must associate with an AP
scans channels listening for beacon framescontaining APrsquos name (SSID) and MAC address
selects AP to associate with may perform authentication [Chapter 8] will typically run DHCP to get IP address in APrsquos
subnet
5 DataLink Layer 5-84
80211 passiveactive scanning
AP 2AP 1
H1
BBS 2BBS 1
122
3 4
Active Scanning (1) probe request frame broadcast
from H1(2) probe response frame sent from
APs(3) association request frame sent
H1 to selected AP (4) association response frame sent
H1 to selected AP
AP 2AP 1
H1
BBS 2BBS 1
12 3
1
Passive Scanning(1) beacon frames sent from APs(2) association request frame sent H1
to selected AP (3) association response frame sent
H1 to selected AP
5 DataLink Layer 5-85
IEEE 80211 multiple access avoid collisions 2+ nodes transmitting at same time 80211 CSMA - sense before transmitting
donrsquot collide with ongoing transmission by other node 80211 no collision detection
difficult to receive (sense collisions) when transmitting due to weak received signals (fading)
canrsquot sense all collisions in any case hidden terminal fading goal avoid collisions CSMAC(ollision)A(voidance)
AB
CA B C
Arsquos signalstrength
space
Crsquos signalstrength
5 DataLink Layer 5-86
IEEE 80211 MAC Protocol CSMACA
80211 sender1 if sense channel idle for DIFS then
transmit entire frame (no CD)2 if sense channel busy then
start random backoff timetimer counts down while channel idletransmit when timer expiresif no ACK increase random backoff
interval repeat 280211 receiver- if frame received OK
return ACK after SIFS (ACK needed due to hidden terminal problem)
sender receiver
DIFS
data
SIFS
ACK
5 DataLink Layer 5-87
Avoiding collisions (more)idea allow sender to ldquoreserverdquo channel rather than random
access of data frames avoid collisions of long data frames sender first transmits small request-to-send (RTS) packets
to BS using CSMA RTSs may still collide with each other (but theyrsquore short)
BS broadcasts clear-to-send CTS in response to RTS CTS heard by all nodes
sender transmits data frame other stations defer transmissions
avoid data frame collisions completely using small reservation packets
5 DataLink Layer 5-88
Collision Avoidance RTS-CTS exchange
APA B
time
RTS(A)RTS(B)
RTS(A)
CTS(A) CTS(A)
DATA (A)
ACK(A) ACK(A)
reservation collision
defer
5 DataLink Layer 5-89
framecontrol duration address
1address
2address
4address
3 payload CRC
2 2 6 6 6 2 6 0 - 2312 4
seqcontrol
80211 frame addressing
Address 2 MAC addressof wireless host or AP transmitting this frame
Address 1 MAC addressof wireless host or AP to receive this frame
Address 3 MAC addressof router interface to which AP is attached
Address 4 used only in ad hoc mode
5 DataLink Layer 5-90
Internetrouter
AP
H1 R1
AP MAC addr H1 MAC addr R1 MAC addraddress 1 address 2 address 3
80211 frame
R1 MAC addr H1 MAC addr dest address source address
8023 frame
80211 frame addressing
5 DataLink Layer 5-91
framecontrol duration address
1address
2address
4address
3 payload CRC
2 2 6 6 6 2 6 0 - 2312 4
seqcontrol
Type FromAPSubtype To
APMore frag WEPMore
dataPower
mgtRetry RsvdProtocolversion
2 2 4 1 1 1 1 1 11 1
80211 frame moreduration of reserved transmission time (RTSCTS)
frame seq (for RDT)
frame type(RTS CTS ACK data)
5 DataLink Layer 5-92
hub or switch
AP 2
AP 1
H1 BBS 2
BBS 1
80211 mobility within same subnet
router H1 remains in same IP subnet IP address can remain same
switch which AP is associated with H1
self-learning (Ch 5) switch will see frame from H1 and ldquorememberrdquo which switch port can be used to reach H1
5 DataLink Layer 5-93
80211 advanced capabilities
Rate Adaptation base station mobile
dynamically change transmission rate (physical layer modulation technique) as mobile moves SNR varies
QAM256 (8 Mbps)QAM16 (4 Mbps)BPSK (1 Mbps)
10 20 30 40SNR(dB)
BE
R
10-1
10-2
10-3
10-5
10-6
10-7
10-4
operating point
1 SNR decreases BER increase as node moves away from base station2 When BER becomes too high switch to lower transmission rate but with lower BER
5 DataLink Layer 5-94
80211 advanced capabilitiesPower Management node-to-AP ldquoI am going to sleep until next
beacon framerdquo AP knows not to transmit frames to this
node node wakes up before next beacon frame
beacon frame contains list of mobiles with AP-to-mobile frames waiting to be sent node will stay awake if AP-to-mobile frames
to be sent otherwise sleep again until next beacon frame
5 DataLink Layer 5-2
Link Layer IntroductionSome terminology hosts and routers are nodes communication channels that
connect adjacent nodes along communication path are links
wired links wireless links LANs
layer-2 packet is a frameencapsulates datagram
ldquolinkrdquo
data-link layer has responsibility of transferring datagram from one node to adjacent node over a link
5 DataLink Layer 5-3
Link layer context Datagram transferred by
different link protocols over different links
eg Ethernet on first link frame relay on intermediate links 80211 on last link
Each link protocol provides different services
eg may or may not provide rdt over link
transportation analogy trip from Princeton to
Lausanne limo Princeton to JFK plane JFK to Geneva train Geneva to Lausanne
tourist = datagram transport segment =
communication link transportation mode =
link layer protocol travel agent = routing
algorithm
5 DataLink Layer 5-4
Link Layer Services Framing link access
encapsulate datagram into frame adding header trailer channel access if shared medium ldquoMACrdquo addresses used in frame headers to identify
source dest bull different from IP address
Reliable delivery between adjacent nodes we learned how to do this already (chapter 3) seldom used on low bit error link (fiber some twisted
pair) wireless links high error rates
bull Q why both link-level and end-end reliability
5 DataLink Layer 5-5
Link Layer Services (more)
Flow Control pacing between adjacent sending and receiving nodes
Error Detection errors caused by signal attenuation noise receiver detects presence of errors
bull signals sender for retransmission or drops frame
Error Correction receiver identifies and corrects bit error(s) without
resorting to retransmission Half-duplex and full-duplex
with half duplex nodes at both ends of link can transmit but not at same time
5 DataLink Layer 5-6
Adapters Communicating
link layer implemented in ldquoadapterrdquo (aka NIC)
Ethernet card PCMCIA card 80211 card
sending side encapsulates datagram in
a frame adds error checking bits
rdt flow control etc
receiving side looks for errors rdt flow
control etc extracts datagram passes
to rcving node adapter is semi-
autonomous implements link amp
physical layers
sendingnode
frame
rcvingnode
datagram
frame
adapter adapter
link layer protocol
5 DataLink Layer 5-7
Error DetectionEDC= Error Detection and Correction bits (redundancy)D = Data protected by error checking may include header fields
bull Error detection not 100 reliablebull protocol may miss some errors but rarelybull larger EDC field yields better detection and correction
5 DataLink Layer 5-8
Parity CheckingSingle Bit ParityDetect single bit errors
Two Dimensional Bit ParityDetect and correct single bit errors
0 0
1
5 DataLink Layer 5-9
Internet checksum
Sender treat segment contents
as sequence of 16-bit integers
checksum addition (1rsquos complement sum) of segment contents
sender puts checksum value into the checksum field
Receiver compute checksum of received
segment check if computed checksum
equals checksum field value NO - error detected YES - no error detected But
maybe errors nonethelessMore later hellip
Goal detect ldquoerrorsrdquo (eg flipped bits) in transmitted segment (note used at transport layer only)
5 DataLink Layer 5-10
Checksumming Cyclic Redundancy Check view data bits D as a binary number choose r+1 bit pattern (generator) G goal choose r CRC bits R such that
ltDRgt exactly divisible by G (modulo 2) receiver knows G divides ltDRgt by G If non-zero remainder
error detected can detect all burst errors less than r+1 bits
widely used in practice (Ethernet 80211 ATM HDLC)
5 DataLink Layer 5-11
CRC ExampleWant
D2r XOR R = nGequivalently
D2r = nG XOR R equivalently
if we divide D2r by G want remainder R
R = remainder[ ]D2r
G
5 DataLink Layer 5-12
Multiple Access Links and ProtocolsTwo types of ldquolinksrdquo point-to-point
PPP for dial-up access point-to-point link between Ethernet switch and host
broadcast (shared wire or medium) traditional Ethernet upstream HFC (hybrid fiber-coax used in cable TV) 80211 wireless LAN
80211)
5 DataLink Layer 5-13
Multiple Access protocols single shared broadcast channel two or more simultaneous transmissions by nodes
interference collision if node receives two or more signals at the same time
multiple access protocol distributed algorithm that determines how nodes
share channel ie determine when node can transmit communication about channel sharing must use channel
itself no out-of-band channel for coordination
5 DataLink Layer 5-14
Ideal Mulitple Access Protocol
Broadcast channel of rate R bps1 When one node wants to transmit it can send at
rate R2 When M nodes want to transmit each can send at
average rate RM3 Fully decentralized
no special node to coordinate transmissions no synchronization of clocks slots
4 Simple
5 DataLink Layer 5-15
MAC Protocols a taxonomyThree broad classes Channel Partitioning
divide channel into smaller ldquopiecesrdquo (time slots frequency code)
allocate piece to node for exclusive use Random Access
channel not divided allow collisions ldquorecoverrdquo from collisions
ldquoTaking turnsrdquo Nodes take turns but nodes with more to send can take
longer turns
5 DataLink Layer 5-16
Channel Partitioning MAC protocols TDMA
TDMA time division multiple access access to channel in rounds each station gets fixed length slot (length = pkt
trans time) in each round unused slots go idle example 6-station LAN 134 have pkts slots
256 idle
5 DataLink Layer 5-17
Channel Partitioning MAC protocols FDMA
FDMA frequency division multiple access channel spectrum divided into frequency bands each station assigned fixed frequency band unused transmission time in frequency bands go idle example 6-station LAN 134 have pkts frequency
bands 256 idle
freq
uenc
y ba
nds
time
5 DataLink Layer 5-18
Random Access Protocols
When node has packet to send transmit at full channel data rate R no a priori coordination among nodes
two or more transmitting nodes rarr ldquocollisionrdquo random access MAC protocol specifies
how to detect collisions how to recover from collisions (eg via delayed
retransmissions) Examples of random access MAC protocols
slotted ALOHA ALOHA CSMA CSMACD CSMACA
5 DataLink Layer 5-19
Slotted ALOHA
Assumptions all frames same size time is divided into
equal size slots time to transmit 1 frame
nodes start to transmit frames only at beginning of slots
nodes are synchronized if 2 or more nodes
transmit in slot all nodes detect collision
Operation when node obtains fresh
frame it transmits in next slot
if no collision node can send new frame in next slot
if collision node retransmits frame in each subsequent slot with prob p until success
5 DataLink Layer 5-20
Slotted ALOHA
Pros single active node can
continuously transmit at full rate of channel
highly decentralized only slots in nodes need to be in sync
simple
Cons collisions wasting slots idle slots nodes may be able to
detect collision in less than time to transmit packet
clock synchronization
5 DataLink Layer 5-21
Slotted Aloha efficiency
Suppose N nodes with many frames to send each transmits in slot with probability p
prob that node 1 has success in a slot= p(1-p)N-1
prob that any node has a success = Np(1-p)N-1
For max efficiency with N nodes find p that maximizes Np(1-p)N-1
For many nodes take limit of Np(1-p)N-1
as N goes to infinity gives 1e = 37
Efficiency is the long-run fraction of successful slots when there are many nodes each with many frames to send
At best channelused for useful transmissions 37of time
5 DataLink Layer 5-22
Pure (unslotted) ALOHA unslotted Aloha simpler no synchronization when frame first arrives
transmit immediately collision probability increases
frame sent at t0 collides with other frames sent in [t0-1t0+1]
5 DataLink Layer 5-23
Pure Aloha efficiencyP(success by given node) = P(node transmits)
P(no other node transmits in [t0-1t0] P(no other node transmits in [t0t0+1]
= p (1-p)N-1 (1-p)N-1
= p (1-p)2(N-1)
hellip choosing optimum p and then letting n rarr infin
= 1(2e) = 18 Even worse
5 DataLink Layer 5-24
CSMA (Carrier Sense Multiple Access)
CSMA listen before transmitIf channel sensed idle transmit entire frame If channel sensed busy defer transmission
Human analogy donrsquot interrupt others
5 DataLink Layer 5-25
CSMA collisionscollisions can still occurpropagation delay means two nodes may not heareach otherrsquos transmission
collisionentire packet transmission time wasted
spatial layout of nodes
noterole of distance amp propagation delay in determining collision probability
5 DataLink Layer 5-26
CSMACD (Collision Detection)CSMACD carrier sensing deferral as in CSMA
collisions detected within short time colliding transmissions aborted reducing channel
wastage collision detection
easy in wired LANs measure signal strengths compare transmitted received signals
difficult in wireless LANs receiver shut off while transmitting
human analogy the polite conversationalist
5 DataLink Layer 5-27
CSMACD collision detection
5 DataLink Layer 5-28
ldquoTaking Turnsrdquo MAC protocols
channel partitioning MAC protocols share channel efficiently and fairly at high load inefficient at low load delay in channel access
1N bandwidth allocated even if only 1 active node
Random access MAC protocols efficient at low load single node can fully
utilize channel high load collision overhead
ldquotaking turnsrdquo protocolslook for best of both worlds
5 DataLink Layer 5-29
ldquoTaking Turnsrdquo MAC protocolsPolling master node
ldquoinvitesrdquo slave nodes to transmit in turn
concerns polling overhead latency single point of
failure (master)
Token passing control token passed from
one node to next sequentially
token message concerns
token overhead latency single point of failure (token)
5 DataLink Layer 5-30
Summary of MAC protocols
What do you do with a shared media Channel Partitioning by time frequency or code
bull Time Division Frequency Division Random partitioning (dynamic)
bull ALOHA S-ALOHA CSMA CSMACDbull carrier sensing easy in some technologies (wire) hard
in others (wireless)bull CSMACD used in Ethernetbull CSMACA used in 80211
Taking Turnsbull polling from a central site token passing
5 DataLink Layer 5-31
MAC Addresses and ARP
32-bit IP address network-layer address used to get datagram to destination IP subnet
MAC (or LAN or ldquophysicalrdquo or Ethernet) address used to get datagram from one interface to
another physically-connected interface (same network)
48 bit MAC address (for most LANs) burned in the adapter ROM
5 DataLink Layer 5-32
LAN Addresses and ARPEach adapter on LAN has unique LAN address
Broadcast address =FF-FF-FF-FF-FF-FF
= adapter
1A-2F-BB-76-09-AD
58-23-D7-FA-20-B0
0C-C4-11-6F-E3-98
71-65-F7-2B-08-53
LAN(wired orwireless)
5 DataLink Layer 5-33
LAN Address (more)
MAC address allocation administered by IEEE manufacturer buys portion of MAC address space
(to assure uniqueness) Analogy
(a) MAC address like Social Security Number(b) IP address like postal address
MAC flat address allows easier portability can move LAN card from one LAN to another
IP hierarchical address NOT portable depends on IP subnet to which node is attached
5 DataLink Layer 5-34
ARP Address Resolution Protocol
Each IP node (Host Router) on LAN has ARP table
ARP Table IPMAC address mappings for some LAN nodes
lt IP address MAC address TTLgt TTL (Time To Live) time
after which address mapping will be forgotten (typically 20 min)
Question how to determineMAC address of Bknowing Brsquos IP address
1A-2F-BB-76-09-AD
58-23-D7-FA-20-B0
0C-C4-11-6F-E3-98
71-65-F7-2B-08-53
LAN
237196723
237196778
237196714
237196788
5 DataLink Layer 5-35
ARP protocol Same LAN (network)
A wants to send datagram to B and Brsquos MAC address not in Arsquos ARP table
A broadcasts ARP query packet containing Bs IP address
Dest MAC address = FF-FF-FF-FF-FF-FF
all machines on LAN receive ARP query
B receives ARP packet replies to A with its (Bs) MAC address
frame sent to Arsquos MAC address (unicast)
A caches (saves) IP-to-MAC address pair in its ARP table until information becomes old (times out)
soft state information that times out (goes away) unless refreshed
ARP is ldquoplug-and-playrdquo nodes create their ARP
tables without intervention from net administrator
5 DataLink Layer 5-36
Routing to another LANwalkthrough send datagram from A to B via R
assume A knowrsquos Brsquos IP address
Two ARP tables in router R one for each IP network (LAN)
A
RB
5 DataLink Layer 5-37
A creates datagram with source A destination B A uses ARP to get Rrsquos MAC address for 111111111110 A creates link-layer frame with Rs MAC address as dest
frame contains A-to-B IP datagram Arsquos adapter sends frame Rrsquos adapter receives frame R removes IP datagram from Ethernet frame sees itrsquos
destined to B R uses ARP to get Brsquos MAC address R creates frame containing A-to-B IP datagram sends to B
A
RB
5 DataLink Layer 5-38
Ethernetldquodominantrdquo wired LAN technology cheap $20 for 100Mbs first widely used LAN technology Simpler cheaper than token LANs and ATM Kept up with speed race 10 Mbps ndash 10 Gbps
Metcalfersquos Ethernetsketch
5 DataLink Layer 5-39
Star topology Bus topology popular through mid 90s Now star topology prevails Connection choices hub or switch (more later)
hub orswitch
5 DataLink Layer 5-40
Ethernet Frame StructureSending adapter encapsulates IP datagram (or other
network layer protocol packet) in Ethernet frame
Preamble 7 bytes with pattern 10101010 followed by one
byte with pattern 10101011 used to synchronize receiver sender clock rates
5 DataLink Layer 5-41
Ethernet Frame Structure (more) Addresses 6 bytes
if adapter receives frame with matching destination address or with broadcast address (eg ARP packet) it passes data in frame to net-layer protocol
otherwise adapter discards frame Type 2 bytes indicates the higher (network)
layer protocol (commonly IP but may also be ARP Novell IPX and AppleTalk etc)
CRC 4 bytes checked at receiver if error is detected the frame is simply dropped
5 DataLink Layer 5-42
Unreliable connectionless service
Connectionless No handshaking between sending and receiving adapter
Unreliable receiving adapter doesnrsquot send acks or nacks to sending adapter
stream of datagrams passed to network layer can have gaps
gaps will be filled if app is using TCP otherwise app will see the gaps
5 DataLink Layer 5-43
Ethernet uses CSMACD
No slots adapter doesnrsquot transmit
if it senses that some other adapter is transmitting that is carrier sense
transmitting adapter aborts when it senses that another adapter is transmitting that is collision detection
Before attempting a retransmission adapter waits a random time that is random access
5 DataLink Layer 5-44
Ethernet CSMACD algorithm1 Adapter receives
datagram from net layer amp creates frame
2 If adapter senses channel idle it starts to transmit frame If it senses channel busy waits until channel idle and then transmits
3 If adapter transmits entire frame without detecting another transmission the adapter is done with frame
4 If adapter detects another transmission while transmitting aborts and sends 48-bit jam signal
5 After aborting adapter enters exponential backoff after the mthcollision adapter chooses a K at random from 012hellip2m-1 Adapter waits K512 bit times and returns to Step 2
5 DataLink Layer 5-45
Frame Size limitations for Ethernet Minimum Frame size (Fmin)
For proper collision detectionFmin = Min frame sizeR = Ethernetrsquos transmission rate
eg 10 Mbsdmax = max Ethernet segment
lengthS = Propagation speed (2x108
ms)FminR ge 2dmaxS
Maximum Frame Size (Fmax)For fairness among competing nodes
Fmin=64 Bytes Fmax=1500 Bytes
A Bd
2dS
tim
e
Arsquos frame
Brsquos frame
Arsquos frame in yellowBrsquos frame in green
For proper collision detection Arsquos frame should last at least until Brsquos frame reaches A
5 DataLink Layer 5-46
Ethernetrsquos CSMACD (more)Jam Signal make sure all
other transmitters are aware of collision 48 bits
Random retransmission delayK 512 bit transmission times where K is randomly selected bit time is 01 microsec for 10 Mbps and 001 microsec for 100 Mbps Ethernet
Exponential Backoff Goal adapt retransmission
attempts to estimated current load
heavy load random wait will be longer
first collision choose K from 01 delay is K 512 bit transmission times
after second collision choose K from 0123hellip
after ten collisions choose K from 01234hellip1023
for max value of K=1023 wait time is about 50 msec for 10 Mbps 5 msec for 100 Mbps Ethernet
Seeinteract with Javaapplet on AWL Web sitehighly recommended
5 DataLink Layer 5-47
CSMACD efficiency
tprop = max prop between 2 nodes in LAN ttrans = time to transmit max-size frame
Efficiency goes to 1 as tprop goes to 0 Goes to 1 as ttrans goes to infinity Much better than ALOHA but still decentralized
simple and cheap
1efficiency1 5 prop transt t
asymp+
5 DataLink Layer 5-48
10BaseT and 100BaseT 10100 Mbps rates T stands for Twisted Pair Base stands for Baseband (unmodulated) Nodes connect to a hub ldquostar topologyrdquo 100 m
max distance between nodes and hub
twisted pair
hub
5 DataLink Layer 5-49
HubsHubs are essentially physical-layer repeaters
bits coming from one link go out all other links at the same rate no frame buffering no CSMACD at hub adapters detect collisions provides net management functionality
twisted pair
hub
5 DataLink Layer 5-50
Gbit Ethernet
uses standard Ethernet frame format allows for point-to-point links and shared
broadcast channels in shared mode CSMACD is used short
distances between nodes required for efficiency
Full-Duplex at 1 Gbps for point-to-point links
10 Gbps now
5 DataLink Layer 5-51
Interconnecting with hubs Backbone hub interconnects LAN segments Extends max distance between nodes But individual segment collision domains become one
large collision domain Canrsquot interconnect 10BaseT amp 100BaseT
hub hub hub
hub
5 DataLink Layer 5-52
Switch Link layer device
stores and forwards Ethernet frames examines frame header and selectively
forwards frame based on MAC dest address when frame is to be forwarded on segment
uses CSMACD to access segment transparent
hosts are unaware of presence of switches plug-and-play self-learning
switches do not need to be configured
5 DataLink Layer 5-53
Forwarding
bull How do determine onto which LAN segment to forward framebull Looks like a routing problem
hub hubhub
switch1
2 3
5 DataLink Layer 5-54
Self learning
A switch has a switch table entry in switch table
(MAC Address Interface Time Stamp) stale entries in table dropped (TTL can be 60 min)
switch learns which hosts can be reached through which interfaces when frame received switch ldquolearnsrdquo location of
sender incoming LAN segment records senderlocation pair in switch table
5 DataLink Layer 5-55
FilteringForwardingWhen switch receives a frame
index switch table using MAC dest addressif entry found for destination
thenif dest on segment from which frame arrived
then drop the frameelse forward the frame on interface indicated
else flood
forward on all but the interface on which the frame arrived
5 DataLink Layer 5-56
Switch exampleSuppose C sends frame to D
Switch receives frame from from C notes in bridge table that C is on interface 1 because D is not in table switch forwards frame into
interfaces 2 and 3 frame received by D
hub hub hub
switch
A
B CD
EF G H
I
address interfaceABEG
1123
12 3
5 DataLink Layer 5-57
Switch exampleSuppose C sends frame to D
Switch receives frame from from C notes in bridge table that C is on interface 1 because D is not in table switch forwards frame into
interfaces 2 and 3 frame received by D
hub hub hub
switch
A
B CD
EF G H
I
address interfaceABEGC
11231
12 3
5 DataLink Layer 5-58
Switch exampleSuppose D replies back with frame to C
Switch receives frame from from D notes in bridge table that D is on interface 2 because C is in table switch forwards frame only to
interface 1 frame received by C
hub hub hub
switch
A
B CD
EF G H
I
address interfaceABEGC
11231
12 3
5 DataLink Layer 5-59
Switch exampleSuppose D replies back with frame to C
Switch receives frame from from D notes in bridge table that D is on interface 2 because C is in table switch forwards frame only to
interface 1 frame received by C
hub hub hub
switch
A
B CD
EF G H
I
address interfaceABEGCD
112312
12 3
5 DataLink Layer 5-60
Switch traffic isolation switch installation breaks subnet into LAN
segments switch filters packets
same-LAN-segment frames not usually forwarded onto other LAN segments
segments become separate collision domains
hub hub hub
switch
collision domain collision domain
collision domain
5 DataLink Layer 5-61
Switches dedicated access Switch with many
interfaces Hosts have direct
connection to switch No collisions full duplex
Switching A-to-Arsquo and B-to-Brsquo simultaneously no collisions
combinations of shareddedicated 101001000 Mbps interfaces possible
switch
A
Arsquo
B
Brsquo
C
Crsquo
5 DataLink Layer 5-62
Institutional network
hub hubhub
switch
to externalnetwork
router
IP subnet
mail server
web server
5 DataLink Layer 5-63
Switches vs Routers both store-and-forward devices
routers network layer devices (examine network layer headers)
switches are link layer devices routers maintain routing tables implement routing
algorithms switches maintain switch tables implement
filtering learning algorithms
5 DataLink Layer 5-64
Summary comparison
hubs routers switches
traffic isolation
no yes yes
plug amp play yes no yes
optimal routing
no yes no
5 DataLink Layer 5-65
VLANs motivation
What happens if CS user moves office to EE
but wants connect to CS switch
single broadcast domain all layer-2 broadcast
traffic (ARP DHCP) crosses entire LAN (securityprivacy efficiency issues)
each lowest level switch has only few ports in use
Computer Science Electrical
EngineeringComputerEngineering
Whatrsquos wrong with this picture
5 DataLink Layer 5-66
VLANs Port-based VLAN switch ports grouped (by switch management software) so that single physical switch helliphellip
Switch(es) supporting VLAN capabilities can be configured to define multiple virtual LANS over single physical LAN infrastructure
Virtual Local Area Network
1
8
9
16102
7
hellip
Electrical Engineering(VLAN ports 1-8)
Computer Science(VLAN ports 9-15)
15
hellip
Electrical Engineering(VLAN ports 1-8)
hellip
1
82
7 9
1610
15
hellip
Computer Science(VLAN ports 9-16)
hellip operates as multiple virtual switches
5 DataLink Layer 5-67
Port-based VLAN
1
8
9
16102
7
hellip
Electrical Engineering(VLAN ports 1-8)
Computer Science(VLAN ports 9-15)
15
hellip
traffic isolation frames tofrom ports 1-8 can only reach ports 1-8
can also define VLAN based on MAC addresses of endpoints rather than switch port
dynamic membershipports can be dynamically assigned among VLANs
router
forwarding between VLANSdone via routing (just as with separate switches)
in practice vendors sell combined switches plus routers
5 DataLink Layer 5-68
VLANS spanning multiple switches
trunk port carries frames between VLANS defined over multiple physical switches
frames forwarded within VLAN between switches canrsquot be vanilla 8021 frames (must carry VLAN ID info)
8021q protocol addsremoves additional header fields for frames forwarded between trunk ports
1
8
9
102
7
hellip
Electrical Engineering(VLAN ports 1-8)
Computer Science(VLAN ports 9-15)
15
hellip
2
73
Ports 235 belong to EE VLANPorts 4678 belong to CS VLAN
5
4 6 816
1
5 DataLink Layer 5-69
Type
2-byte Tag Protocol Identifier(value 81-00)
Tag Control Information (12 bit VLAN ID field 3 bit priority field like IP TOS)
Recomputed CRC
8021Q VLAN frame format
8021 frame
8021Q frame
5 DataLink Layer 5-70
Chapter 6 Wireless and Mobile Networks
Background wireless (mobile) phone subscribers now
exceeds wired phone subscribers computer nets laptops palmtops PDAs
Internet-enabled phone promise anytime untethered Internet access
two important (but different) challenges wireless communication over wireless link mobility handling the mobile user who changes point
of attachment to network
5 DataLink Layer 5-71
Elements of a wireless network
network infrastructure
wireless hosts laptop PDA IP phone run applications may be stationary
(non-mobile) or mobile wireless does not
always mean mobility
5 DataLink Layer 5-72
Elements of a wireless network
network infrastructure
base station typically connected to
wired network relay - responsible
for sending packets between wired network and wireless host(s) in its ldquoareardquo
eg cell towers 80211 access points
5 DataLink Layer 5-73
Elements of a wireless network
network infrastructure
wireless link typically used to
connect mobile(s) to base station
also used as backbone link
multiple access protocol coordinates link access
various data rates transmission distance
5 DataLink Layer 5-74
Characteristics of selected wireless link standards
Indoor10-30m
Outdoor50-200m
Mid-rangeoutdoor
200m ndash 4 Km
Long-rangeoutdoor
5Km ndash 20 Km
056
384
1
4
5-11
54
IS-95 CDMA GSM 2G
UMTSWCDMA CDMA2000 3G
80215
80211b
80211ag
UMTSWCDMA-HSPDA CDMA2000-1xEVDO 3G cellularenhanced
80216 (WiMAX)
80211ag point-to-point
200 80211n
Dat
a ra
te (M
bps) data
5 DataLink Layer 5-75
Elements of a wireless network
network infrastructure
infrastructure mode base station connects
mobiles into wired network
handoff mobile changes base station providing connection into wired network
5 DataLink Layer 5-76
Elements of a wireless networkad hoc mode no base stations nodes can only
transmit to other nodes within link coverage
nodes organize themselves into a network route among themselves
5 DataLink Layer 5-77
Wireless network taxonomy
single hop multiple hops
infrastructure(eg APs)
noinfrastructure
host connects to base station (WiFiWiMAX cellular) which connects to
larger Internet
no base station noconnection to larger Internet (Bluetooth
ad hoc nets)
host may have torelay through several
wireless nodes to connect to larger
Internet mesh net
no base station noconnection to larger
Internet May have torelay to reach other a given wireless node
MANET VANET
5 DataLink Layer 5-78
Wireless Link Characteristics (1)Differences from wired link hellip
decreased signal strength radio signal attenuates as it propagates through matter (path loss)
interference from other sources standardized wireless network frequencies (eg 24 GHz) shared by other devices (eg phone) devices (motors) interfere as well
multipath propagation radio signal reflects off objects arriving at destination at slightly different times
hellip make communication across (even a point to point) wireless link much more ldquodifficultrdquo
5 DataLink Layer 5-79
Wireless Link Characteristics (2) SNR signal-to-noise ratio
larger SNR ndash easier to extract signal from noise (a ldquogood thingrdquo)
SNR versus BER tradeoffs given physical layer
increase power -gt increase SNR-gtdecrease BER
given SNR choose physical layer that meets BER requirement giving highest thruput
bull SNR may change with mobility dynamically adapt physical layer (modulation technique rate)
10 20 30 40
QAM256 (8 Mbps)
QAM16 (4 Mbps)
BPSK (1 Mbps)
SNR(dB)B
ER
10-1
10-2
10-3
10-5
10-6
10-7
10-4
5 DataLink Layer 5-80
Wireless network characteristicsMultiple wireless senders and receivers create
additional problems (beyond multiple access)
AB
C
Hidden terminal problem B A hear each other B C hear each other A C can not hear each othermeans A C unaware of their
interference at B
A B C
Arsquos signalstrength
space
Crsquos signalstrength
Signal attenuation B A hear each other B C hear each other A C can not hear each other
interfering at B
5 DataLink Layer 5-81
IEEE 80211 Wireless LAN 80211b
24-5 GHz unlicensed spectrum up to 11 Mbps direct sequence spread
spectrum (DSSS) in physical layer
bull all hosts use same chipping code
80211a 5-6 GHz range up to 54 Mbps
80211g 24-5 GHz range up to 54 Mbps
80211n multiple antennae 24-5 GHz range up to 200 Mbps
all use CSMACA for multiple access all have base-station and ad-hoc network versions
5 DataLink Layer 5-82
80211 LAN architecture
wireless host communicates with base station
base station = access point (AP)
Basic Service Set (BSS)(aka ldquocellrdquo) in infrastructure mode contains
wireless hosts access point (AP) base
station ad hoc mode hosts only
BSS 1
BSS 2
Internet
hub switchor routerAP
AP
5 DataLink Layer 5-83
80211 Channels association
80211b 24GHz-2485GHz spectrum divided into 11 channels at different frequencies AP admin chooses frequency for AP interference possible channel can be same as
that chosen by neighboring AP host must associate with an AP
scans channels listening for beacon framescontaining APrsquos name (SSID) and MAC address
selects AP to associate with may perform authentication [Chapter 8] will typically run DHCP to get IP address in APrsquos
subnet
5 DataLink Layer 5-84
80211 passiveactive scanning
AP 2AP 1
H1
BBS 2BBS 1
122
3 4
Active Scanning (1) probe request frame broadcast
from H1(2) probe response frame sent from
APs(3) association request frame sent
H1 to selected AP (4) association response frame sent
H1 to selected AP
AP 2AP 1
H1
BBS 2BBS 1
12 3
1
Passive Scanning(1) beacon frames sent from APs(2) association request frame sent H1
to selected AP (3) association response frame sent
H1 to selected AP
5 DataLink Layer 5-85
IEEE 80211 multiple access avoid collisions 2+ nodes transmitting at same time 80211 CSMA - sense before transmitting
donrsquot collide with ongoing transmission by other node 80211 no collision detection
difficult to receive (sense collisions) when transmitting due to weak received signals (fading)
canrsquot sense all collisions in any case hidden terminal fading goal avoid collisions CSMAC(ollision)A(voidance)
AB
CA B C
Arsquos signalstrength
space
Crsquos signalstrength
5 DataLink Layer 5-86
IEEE 80211 MAC Protocol CSMACA
80211 sender1 if sense channel idle for DIFS then
transmit entire frame (no CD)2 if sense channel busy then
start random backoff timetimer counts down while channel idletransmit when timer expiresif no ACK increase random backoff
interval repeat 280211 receiver- if frame received OK
return ACK after SIFS (ACK needed due to hidden terminal problem)
sender receiver
DIFS
data
SIFS
ACK
5 DataLink Layer 5-87
Avoiding collisions (more)idea allow sender to ldquoreserverdquo channel rather than random
access of data frames avoid collisions of long data frames sender first transmits small request-to-send (RTS) packets
to BS using CSMA RTSs may still collide with each other (but theyrsquore short)
BS broadcasts clear-to-send CTS in response to RTS CTS heard by all nodes
sender transmits data frame other stations defer transmissions
avoid data frame collisions completely using small reservation packets
5 DataLink Layer 5-88
Collision Avoidance RTS-CTS exchange
APA B
time
RTS(A)RTS(B)
RTS(A)
CTS(A) CTS(A)
DATA (A)
ACK(A) ACK(A)
reservation collision
defer
5 DataLink Layer 5-89
framecontrol duration address
1address
2address
4address
3 payload CRC
2 2 6 6 6 2 6 0 - 2312 4
seqcontrol
80211 frame addressing
Address 2 MAC addressof wireless host or AP transmitting this frame
Address 1 MAC addressof wireless host or AP to receive this frame
Address 3 MAC addressof router interface to which AP is attached
Address 4 used only in ad hoc mode
5 DataLink Layer 5-90
Internetrouter
AP
H1 R1
AP MAC addr H1 MAC addr R1 MAC addraddress 1 address 2 address 3
80211 frame
R1 MAC addr H1 MAC addr dest address source address
8023 frame
80211 frame addressing
5 DataLink Layer 5-91
framecontrol duration address
1address
2address
4address
3 payload CRC
2 2 6 6 6 2 6 0 - 2312 4
seqcontrol
Type FromAPSubtype To
APMore frag WEPMore
dataPower
mgtRetry RsvdProtocolversion
2 2 4 1 1 1 1 1 11 1
80211 frame moreduration of reserved transmission time (RTSCTS)
frame seq (for RDT)
frame type(RTS CTS ACK data)
5 DataLink Layer 5-92
hub or switch
AP 2
AP 1
H1 BBS 2
BBS 1
80211 mobility within same subnet
router H1 remains in same IP subnet IP address can remain same
switch which AP is associated with H1
self-learning (Ch 5) switch will see frame from H1 and ldquorememberrdquo which switch port can be used to reach H1
5 DataLink Layer 5-93
80211 advanced capabilities
Rate Adaptation base station mobile
dynamically change transmission rate (physical layer modulation technique) as mobile moves SNR varies
QAM256 (8 Mbps)QAM16 (4 Mbps)BPSK (1 Mbps)
10 20 30 40SNR(dB)
BE
R
10-1
10-2
10-3
10-5
10-6
10-7
10-4
operating point
1 SNR decreases BER increase as node moves away from base station2 When BER becomes too high switch to lower transmission rate but with lower BER
5 DataLink Layer 5-94
80211 advanced capabilitiesPower Management node-to-AP ldquoI am going to sleep until next
beacon framerdquo AP knows not to transmit frames to this
node node wakes up before next beacon frame
beacon frame contains list of mobiles with AP-to-mobile frames waiting to be sent node will stay awake if AP-to-mobile frames
to be sent otherwise sleep again until next beacon frame
5 DataLink Layer 5-3
Link layer context Datagram transferred by
different link protocols over different links
eg Ethernet on first link frame relay on intermediate links 80211 on last link
Each link protocol provides different services
eg may or may not provide rdt over link
transportation analogy trip from Princeton to
Lausanne limo Princeton to JFK plane JFK to Geneva train Geneva to Lausanne
tourist = datagram transport segment =
communication link transportation mode =
link layer protocol travel agent = routing
algorithm
5 DataLink Layer 5-4
Link Layer Services Framing link access
encapsulate datagram into frame adding header trailer channel access if shared medium ldquoMACrdquo addresses used in frame headers to identify
source dest bull different from IP address
Reliable delivery between adjacent nodes we learned how to do this already (chapter 3) seldom used on low bit error link (fiber some twisted
pair) wireless links high error rates
bull Q why both link-level and end-end reliability
5 DataLink Layer 5-5
Link Layer Services (more)
Flow Control pacing between adjacent sending and receiving nodes
Error Detection errors caused by signal attenuation noise receiver detects presence of errors
bull signals sender for retransmission or drops frame
Error Correction receiver identifies and corrects bit error(s) without
resorting to retransmission Half-duplex and full-duplex
with half duplex nodes at both ends of link can transmit but not at same time
5 DataLink Layer 5-6
Adapters Communicating
link layer implemented in ldquoadapterrdquo (aka NIC)
Ethernet card PCMCIA card 80211 card
sending side encapsulates datagram in
a frame adds error checking bits
rdt flow control etc
receiving side looks for errors rdt flow
control etc extracts datagram passes
to rcving node adapter is semi-
autonomous implements link amp
physical layers
sendingnode
frame
rcvingnode
datagram
frame
adapter adapter
link layer protocol
5 DataLink Layer 5-7
Error DetectionEDC= Error Detection and Correction bits (redundancy)D = Data protected by error checking may include header fields
bull Error detection not 100 reliablebull protocol may miss some errors but rarelybull larger EDC field yields better detection and correction
5 DataLink Layer 5-8
Parity CheckingSingle Bit ParityDetect single bit errors
Two Dimensional Bit ParityDetect and correct single bit errors
0 0
1
5 DataLink Layer 5-9
Internet checksum
Sender treat segment contents
as sequence of 16-bit integers
checksum addition (1rsquos complement sum) of segment contents
sender puts checksum value into the checksum field
Receiver compute checksum of received
segment check if computed checksum
equals checksum field value NO - error detected YES - no error detected But
maybe errors nonethelessMore later hellip
Goal detect ldquoerrorsrdquo (eg flipped bits) in transmitted segment (note used at transport layer only)
5 DataLink Layer 5-10
Checksumming Cyclic Redundancy Check view data bits D as a binary number choose r+1 bit pattern (generator) G goal choose r CRC bits R such that
ltDRgt exactly divisible by G (modulo 2) receiver knows G divides ltDRgt by G If non-zero remainder
error detected can detect all burst errors less than r+1 bits
widely used in practice (Ethernet 80211 ATM HDLC)
5 DataLink Layer 5-11
CRC ExampleWant
D2r XOR R = nGequivalently
D2r = nG XOR R equivalently
if we divide D2r by G want remainder R
R = remainder[ ]D2r
G
5 DataLink Layer 5-12
Multiple Access Links and ProtocolsTwo types of ldquolinksrdquo point-to-point
PPP for dial-up access point-to-point link between Ethernet switch and host
broadcast (shared wire or medium) traditional Ethernet upstream HFC (hybrid fiber-coax used in cable TV) 80211 wireless LAN
80211)
5 DataLink Layer 5-13
Multiple Access protocols single shared broadcast channel two or more simultaneous transmissions by nodes
interference collision if node receives two or more signals at the same time
multiple access protocol distributed algorithm that determines how nodes
share channel ie determine when node can transmit communication about channel sharing must use channel
itself no out-of-band channel for coordination
5 DataLink Layer 5-14
Ideal Mulitple Access Protocol
Broadcast channel of rate R bps1 When one node wants to transmit it can send at
rate R2 When M nodes want to transmit each can send at
average rate RM3 Fully decentralized
no special node to coordinate transmissions no synchronization of clocks slots
4 Simple
5 DataLink Layer 5-15
MAC Protocols a taxonomyThree broad classes Channel Partitioning
divide channel into smaller ldquopiecesrdquo (time slots frequency code)
allocate piece to node for exclusive use Random Access
channel not divided allow collisions ldquorecoverrdquo from collisions
ldquoTaking turnsrdquo Nodes take turns but nodes with more to send can take
longer turns
5 DataLink Layer 5-16
Channel Partitioning MAC protocols TDMA
TDMA time division multiple access access to channel in rounds each station gets fixed length slot (length = pkt
trans time) in each round unused slots go idle example 6-station LAN 134 have pkts slots
256 idle
5 DataLink Layer 5-17
Channel Partitioning MAC protocols FDMA
FDMA frequency division multiple access channel spectrum divided into frequency bands each station assigned fixed frequency band unused transmission time in frequency bands go idle example 6-station LAN 134 have pkts frequency
bands 256 idle
freq
uenc
y ba
nds
time
5 DataLink Layer 5-18
Random Access Protocols
When node has packet to send transmit at full channel data rate R no a priori coordination among nodes
two or more transmitting nodes rarr ldquocollisionrdquo random access MAC protocol specifies
how to detect collisions how to recover from collisions (eg via delayed
retransmissions) Examples of random access MAC protocols
slotted ALOHA ALOHA CSMA CSMACD CSMACA
5 DataLink Layer 5-19
Slotted ALOHA
Assumptions all frames same size time is divided into
equal size slots time to transmit 1 frame
nodes start to transmit frames only at beginning of slots
nodes are synchronized if 2 or more nodes
transmit in slot all nodes detect collision
Operation when node obtains fresh
frame it transmits in next slot
if no collision node can send new frame in next slot
if collision node retransmits frame in each subsequent slot with prob p until success
5 DataLink Layer 5-20
Slotted ALOHA
Pros single active node can
continuously transmit at full rate of channel
highly decentralized only slots in nodes need to be in sync
simple
Cons collisions wasting slots idle slots nodes may be able to
detect collision in less than time to transmit packet
clock synchronization
5 DataLink Layer 5-21
Slotted Aloha efficiency
Suppose N nodes with many frames to send each transmits in slot with probability p
prob that node 1 has success in a slot= p(1-p)N-1
prob that any node has a success = Np(1-p)N-1
For max efficiency with N nodes find p that maximizes Np(1-p)N-1
For many nodes take limit of Np(1-p)N-1
as N goes to infinity gives 1e = 37
Efficiency is the long-run fraction of successful slots when there are many nodes each with many frames to send
At best channelused for useful transmissions 37of time
5 DataLink Layer 5-22
Pure (unslotted) ALOHA unslotted Aloha simpler no synchronization when frame first arrives
transmit immediately collision probability increases
frame sent at t0 collides with other frames sent in [t0-1t0+1]
5 DataLink Layer 5-23
Pure Aloha efficiencyP(success by given node) = P(node transmits)
P(no other node transmits in [t0-1t0] P(no other node transmits in [t0t0+1]
= p (1-p)N-1 (1-p)N-1
= p (1-p)2(N-1)
hellip choosing optimum p and then letting n rarr infin
= 1(2e) = 18 Even worse
5 DataLink Layer 5-24
CSMA (Carrier Sense Multiple Access)
CSMA listen before transmitIf channel sensed idle transmit entire frame If channel sensed busy defer transmission
Human analogy donrsquot interrupt others
5 DataLink Layer 5-25
CSMA collisionscollisions can still occurpropagation delay means two nodes may not heareach otherrsquos transmission
collisionentire packet transmission time wasted
spatial layout of nodes
noterole of distance amp propagation delay in determining collision probability
5 DataLink Layer 5-26
CSMACD (Collision Detection)CSMACD carrier sensing deferral as in CSMA
collisions detected within short time colliding transmissions aborted reducing channel
wastage collision detection
easy in wired LANs measure signal strengths compare transmitted received signals
difficult in wireless LANs receiver shut off while transmitting
human analogy the polite conversationalist
5 DataLink Layer 5-27
CSMACD collision detection
5 DataLink Layer 5-28
ldquoTaking Turnsrdquo MAC protocols
channel partitioning MAC protocols share channel efficiently and fairly at high load inefficient at low load delay in channel access
1N bandwidth allocated even if only 1 active node
Random access MAC protocols efficient at low load single node can fully
utilize channel high load collision overhead
ldquotaking turnsrdquo protocolslook for best of both worlds
5 DataLink Layer 5-29
ldquoTaking Turnsrdquo MAC protocolsPolling master node
ldquoinvitesrdquo slave nodes to transmit in turn
concerns polling overhead latency single point of
failure (master)
Token passing control token passed from
one node to next sequentially
token message concerns
token overhead latency single point of failure (token)
5 DataLink Layer 5-30
Summary of MAC protocols
What do you do with a shared media Channel Partitioning by time frequency or code
bull Time Division Frequency Division Random partitioning (dynamic)
bull ALOHA S-ALOHA CSMA CSMACDbull carrier sensing easy in some technologies (wire) hard
in others (wireless)bull CSMACD used in Ethernetbull CSMACA used in 80211
Taking Turnsbull polling from a central site token passing
5 DataLink Layer 5-31
MAC Addresses and ARP
32-bit IP address network-layer address used to get datagram to destination IP subnet
MAC (or LAN or ldquophysicalrdquo or Ethernet) address used to get datagram from one interface to
another physically-connected interface (same network)
48 bit MAC address (for most LANs) burned in the adapter ROM
5 DataLink Layer 5-32
LAN Addresses and ARPEach adapter on LAN has unique LAN address
Broadcast address =FF-FF-FF-FF-FF-FF
= adapter
1A-2F-BB-76-09-AD
58-23-D7-FA-20-B0
0C-C4-11-6F-E3-98
71-65-F7-2B-08-53
LAN(wired orwireless)
5 DataLink Layer 5-33
LAN Address (more)
MAC address allocation administered by IEEE manufacturer buys portion of MAC address space
(to assure uniqueness) Analogy
(a) MAC address like Social Security Number(b) IP address like postal address
MAC flat address allows easier portability can move LAN card from one LAN to another
IP hierarchical address NOT portable depends on IP subnet to which node is attached
5 DataLink Layer 5-34
ARP Address Resolution Protocol
Each IP node (Host Router) on LAN has ARP table
ARP Table IPMAC address mappings for some LAN nodes
lt IP address MAC address TTLgt TTL (Time To Live) time
after which address mapping will be forgotten (typically 20 min)
Question how to determineMAC address of Bknowing Brsquos IP address
1A-2F-BB-76-09-AD
58-23-D7-FA-20-B0
0C-C4-11-6F-E3-98
71-65-F7-2B-08-53
LAN
237196723
237196778
237196714
237196788
5 DataLink Layer 5-35
ARP protocol Same LAN (network)
A wants to send datagram to B and Brsquos MAC address not in Arsquos ARP table
A broadcasts ARP query packet containing Bs IP address
Dest MAC address = FF-FF-FF-FF-FF-FF
all machines on LAN receive ARP query
B receives ARP packet replies to A with its (Bs) MAC address
frame sent to Arsquos MAC address (unicast)
A caches (saves) IP-to-MAC address pair in its ARP table until information becomes old (times out)
soft state information that times out (goes away) unless refreshed
ARP is ldquoplug-and-playrdquo nodes create their ARP
tables without intervention from net administrator
5 DataLink Layer 5-36
Routing to another LANwalkthrough send datagram from A to B via R
assume A knowrsquos Brsquos IP address
Two ARP tables in router R one for each IP network (LAN)
A
RB
5 DataLink Layer 5-37
A creates datagram with source A destination B A uses ARP to get Rrsquos MAC address for 111111111110 A creates link-layer frame with Rs MAC address as dest
frame contains A-to-B IP datagram Arsquos adapter sends frame Rrsquos adapter receives frame R removes IP datagram from Ethernet frame sees itrsquos
destined to B R uses ARP to get Brsquos MAC address R creates frame containing A-to-B IP datagram sends to B
A
RB
5 DataLink Layer 5-38
Ethernetldquodominantrdquo wired LAN technology cheap $20 for 100Mbs first widely used LAN technology Simpler cheaper than token LANs and ATM Kept up with speed race 10 Mbps ndash 10 Gbps
Metcalfersquos Ethernetsketch
5 DataLink Layer 5-39
Star topology Bus topology popular through mid 90s Now star topology prevails Connection choices hub or switch (more later)
hub orswitch
5 DataLink Layer 5-40
Ethernet Frame StructureSending adapter encapsulates IP datagram (or other
network layer protocol packet) in Ethernet frame
Preamble 7 bytes with pattern 10101010 followed by one
byte with pattern 10101011 used to synchronize receiver sender clock rates
5 DataLink Layer 5-41
Ethernet Frame Structure (more) Addresses 6 bytes
if adapter receives frame with matching destination address or with broadcast address (eg ARP packet) it passes data in frame to net-layer protocol
otherwise adapter discards frame Type 2 bytes indicates the higher (network)
layer protocol (commonly IP but may also be ARP Novell IPX and AppleTalk etc)
CRC 4 bytes checked at receiver if error is detected the frame is simply dropped
5 DataLink Layer 5-42
Unreliable connectionless service
Connectionless No handshaking between sending and receiving adapter
Unreliable receiving adapter doesnrsquot send acks or nacks to sending adapter
stream of datagrams passed to network layer can have gaps
gaps will be filled if app is using TCP otherwise app will see the gaps
5 DataLink Layer 5-43
Ethernet uses CSMACD
No slots adapter doesnrsquot transmit
if it senses that some other adapter is transmitting that is carrier sense
transmitting adapter aborts when it senses that another adapter is transmitting that is collision detection
Before attempting a retransmission adapter waits a random time that is random access
5 DataLink Layer 5-44
Ethernet CSMACD algorithm1 Adapter receives
datagram from net layer amp creates frame
2 If adapter senses channel idle it starts to transmit frame If it senses channel busy waits until channel idle and then transmits
3 If adapter transmits entire frame without detecting another transmission the adapter is done with frame
4 If adapter detects another transmission while transmitting aborts and sends 48-bit jam signal
5 After aborting adapter enters exponential backoff after the mthcollision adapter chooses a K at random from 012hellip2m-1 Adapter waits K512 bit times and returns to Step 2
5 DataLink Layer 5-45
Frame Size limitations for Ethernet Minimum Frame size (Fmin)
For proper collision detectionFmin = Min frame sizeR = Ethernetrsquos transmission rate
eg 10 Mbsdmax = max Ethernet segment
lengthS = Propagation speed (2x108
ms)FminR ge 2dmaxS
Maximum Frame Size (Fmax)For fairness among competing nodes
Fmin=64 Bytes Fmax=1500 Bytes
A Bd
2dS
tim
e
Arsquos frame
Brsquos frame
Arsquos frame in yellowBrsquos frame in green
For proper collision detection Arsquos frame should last at least until Brsquos frame reaches A
5 DataLink Layer 5-46
Ethernetrsquos CSMACD (more)Jam Signal make sure all
other transmitters are aware of collision 48 bits
Random retransmission delayK 512 bit transmission times where K is randomly selected bit time is 01 microsec for 10 Mbps and 001 microsec for 100 Mbps Ethernet
Exponential Backoff Goal adapt retransmission
attempts to estimated current load
heavy load random wait will be longer
first collision choose K from 01 delay is K 512 bit transmission times
after second collision choose K from 0123hellip
after ten collisions choose K from 01234hellip1023
for max value of K=1023 wait time is about 50 msec for 10 Mbps 5 msec for 100 Mbps Ethernet
Seeinteract with Javaapplet on AWL Web sitehighly recommended
5 DataLink Layer 5-47
CSMACD efficiency
tprop = max prop between 2 nodes in LAN ttrans = time to transmit max-size frame
Efficiency goes to 1 as tprop goes to 0 Goes to 1 as ttrans goes to infinity Much better than ALOHA but still decentralized
simple and cheap
1efficiency1 5 prop transt t
asymp+
5 DataLink Layer 5-48
10BaseT and 100BaseT 10100 Mbps rates T stands for Twisted Pair Base stands for Baseband (unmodulated) Nodes connect to a hub ldquostar topologyrdquo 100 m
max distance between nodes and hub
twisted pair
hub
5 DataLink Layer 5-49
HubsHubs are essentially physical-layer repeaters
bits coming from one link go out all other links at the same rate no frame buffering no CSMACD at hub adapters detect collisions provides net management functionality
twisted pair
hub
5 DataLink Layer 5-50
Gbit Ethernet
uses standard Ethernet frame format allows for point-to-point links and shared
broadcast channels in shared mode CSMACD is used short
distances between nodes required for efficiency
Full-Duplex at 1 Gbps for point-to-point links
10 Gbps now
5 DataLink Layer 5-51
Interconnecting with hubs Backbone hub interconnects LAN segments Extends max distance between nodes But individual segment collision domains become one
large collision domain Canrsquot interconnect 10BaseT amp 100BaseT
hub hub hub
hub
5 DataLink Layer 5-52
Switch Link layer device
stores and forwards Ethernet frames examines frame header and selectively
forwards frame based on MAC dest address when frame is to be forwarded on segment
uses CSMACD to access segment transparent
hosts are unaware of presence of switches plug-and-play self-learning
switches do not need to be configured
5 DataLink Layer 5-53
Forwarding
bull How do determine onto which LAN segment to forward framebull Looks like a routing problem
hub hubhub
switch1
2 3
5 DataLink Layer 5-54
Self learning
A switch has a switch table entry in switch table
(MAC Address Interface Time Stamp) stale entries in table dropped (TTL can be 60 min)
switch learns which hosts can be reached through which interfaces when frame received switch ldquolearnsrdquo location of
sender incoming LAN segment records senderlocation pair in switch table
5 DataLink Layer 5-55
FilteringForwardingWhen switch receives a frame
index switch table using MAC dest addressif entry found for destination
thenif dest on segment from which frame arrived
then drop the frameelse forward the frame on interface indicated
else flood
forward on all but the interface on which the frame arrived
5 DataLink Layer 5-56
Switch exampleSuppose C sends frame to D
Switch receives frame from from C notes in bridge table that C is on interface 1 because D is not in table switch forwards frame into
interfaces 2 and 3 frame received by D
hub hub hub
switch
A
B CD
EF G H
I
address interfaceABEG
1123
12 3
5 DataLink Layer 5-57
Switch exampleSuppose C sends frame to D
Switch receives frame from from C notes in bridge table that C is on interface 1 because D is not in table switch forwards frame into
interfaces 2 and 3 frame received by D
hub hub hub
switch
A
B CD
EF G H
I
address interfaceABEGC
11231
12 3
5 DataLink Layer 5-58
Switch exampleSuppose D replies back with frame to C
Switch receives frame from from D notes in bridge table that D is on interface 2 because C is in table switch forwards frame only to
interface 1 frame received by C
hub hub hub
switch
A
B CD
EF G H
I
address interfaceABEGC
11231
12 3
5 DataLink Layer 5-59
Switch exampleSuppose D replies back with frame to C
Switch receives frame from from D notes in bridge table that D is on interface 2 because C is in table switch forwards frame only to
interface 1 frame received by C
hub hub hub
switch
A
B CD
EF G H
I
address interfaceABEGCD
112312
12 3
5 DataLink Layer 5-60
Switch traffic isolation switch installation breaks subnet into LAN
segments switch filters packets
same-LAN-segment frames not usually forwarded onto other LAN segments
segments become separate collision domains
hub hub hub
switch
collision domain collision domain
collision domain
5 DataLink Layer 5-61
Switches dedicated access Switch with many
interfaces Hosts have direct
connection to switch No collisions full duplex
Switching A-to-Arsquo and B-to-Brsquo simultaneously no collisions
combinations of shareddedicated 101001000 Mbps interfaces possible
switch
A
Arsquo
B
Brsquo
C
Crsquo
5 DataLink Layer 5-62
Institutional network
hub hubhub
switch
to externalnetwork
router
IP subnet
mail server
web server
5 DataLink Layer 5-63
Switches vs Routers both store-and-forward devices
routers network layer devices (examine network layer headers)
switches are link layer devices routers maintain routing tables implement routing
algorithms switches maintain switch tables implement
filtering learning algorithms
5 DataLink Layer 5-64
Summary comparison
hubs routers switches
traffic isolation
no yes yes
plug amp play yes no yes
optimal routing
no yes no
5 DataLink Layer 5-65
VLANs motivation
What happens if CS user moves office to EE
but wants connect to CS switch
single broadcast domain all layer-2 broadcast
traffic (ARP DHCP) crosses entire LAN (securityprivacy efficiency issues)
each lowest level switch has only few ports in use
Computer Science Electrical
EngineeringComputerEngineering
Whatrsquos wrong with this picture
5 DataLink Layer 5-66
VLANs Port-based VLAN switch ports grouped (by switch management software) so that single physical switch helliphellip
Switch(es) supporting VLAN capabilities can be configured to define multiple virtual LANS over single physical LAN infrastructure
Virtual Local Area Network
1
8
9
16102
7
hellip
Electrical Engineering(VLAN ports 1-8)
Computer Science(VLAN ports 9-15)
15
hellip
Electrical Engineering(VLAN ports 1-8)
hellip
1
82
7 9
1610
15
hellip
Computer Science(VLAN ports 9-16)
hellip operates as multiple virtual switches
5 DataLink Layer 5-67
Port-based VLAN
1
8
9
16102
7
hellip
Electrical Engineering(VLAN ports 1-8)
Computer Science(VLAN ports 9-15)
15
hellip
traffic isolation frames tofrom ports 1-8 can only reach ports 1-8
can also define VLAN based on MAC addresses of endpoints rather than switch port
dynamic membershipports can be dynamically assigned among VLANs
router
forwarding between VLANSdone via routing (just as with separate switches)
in practice vendors sell combined switches plus routers
5 DataLink Layer 5-68
VLANS spanning multiple switches
trunk port carries frames between VLANS defined over multiple physical switches
frames forwarded within VLAN between switches canrsquot be vanilla 8021 frames (must carry VLAN ID info)
8021q protocol addsremoves additional header fields for frames forwarded between trunk ports
1
8
9
102
7
hellip
Electrical Engineering(VLAN ports 1-8)
Computer Science(VLAN ports 9-15)
15
hellip
2
73
Ports 235 belong to EE VLANPorts 4678 belong to CS VLAN
5
4 6 816
1
5 DataLink Layer 5-69
Type
2-byte Tag Protocol Identifier(value 81-00)
Tag Control Information (12 bit VLAN ID field 3 bit priority field like IP TOS)
Recomputed CRC
8021Q VLAN frame format
8021 frame
8021Q frame
5 DataLink Layer 5-70
Chapter 6 Wireless and Mobile Networks
Background wireless (mobile) phone subscribers now
exceeds wired phone subscribers computer nets laptops palmtops PDAs
Internet-enabled phone promise anytime untethered Internet access
two important (but different) challenges wireless communication over wireless link mobility handling the mobile user who changes point
of attachment to network
5 DataLink Layer 5-71
Elements of a wireless network
network infrastructure
wireless hosts laptop PDA IP phone run applications may be stationary
(non-mobile) or mobile wireless does not
always mean mobility
5 DataLink Layer 5-72
Elements of a wireless network
network infrastructure
base station typically connected to
wired network relay - responsible
for sending packets between wired network and wireless host(s) in its ldquoareardquo
eg cell towers 80211 access points
5 DataLink Layer 5-73
Elements of a wireless network
network infrastructure
wireless link typically used to
connect mobile(s) to base station
also used as backbone link
multiple access protocol coordinates link access
various data rates transmission distance
5 DataLink Layer 5-74
Characteristics of selected wireless link standards
Indoor10-30m
Outdoor50-200m
Mid-rangeoutdoor
200m ndash 4 Km
Long-rangeoutdoor
5Km ndash 20 Km
056
384
1
4
5-11
54
IS-95 CDMA GSM 2G
UMTSWCDMA CDMA2000 3G
80215
80211b
80211ag
UMTSWCDMA-HSPDA CDMA2000-1xEVDO 3G cellularenhanced
80216 (WiMAX)
80211ag point-to-point
200 80211n
Dat
a ra
te (M
bps) data
5 DataLink Layer 5-75
Elements of a wireless network
network infrastructure
infrastructure mode base station connects
mobiles into wired network
handoff mobile changes base station providing connection into wired network
5 DataLink Layer 5-76
Elements of a wireless networkad hoc mode no base stations nodes can only
transmit to other nodes within link coverage
nodes organize themselves into a network route among themselves
5 DataLink Layer 5-77
Wireless network taxonomy
single hop multiple hops
infrastructure(eg APs)
noinfrastructure
host connects to base station (WiFiWiMAX cellular) which connects to
larger Internet
no base station noconnection to larger Internet (Bluetooth
ad hoc nets)
host may have torelay through several
wireless nodes to connect to larger
Internet mesh net
no base station noconnection to larger
Internet May have torelay to reach other a given wireless node
MANET VANET
5 DataLink Layer 5-78
Wireless Link Characteristics (1)Differences from wired link hellip
decreased signal strength radio signal attenuates as it propagates through matter (path loss)
interference from other sources standardized wireless network frequencies (eg 24 GHz) shared by other devices (eg phone) devices (motors) interfere as well
multipath propagation radio signal reflects off objects arriving at destination at slightly different times
hellip make communication across (even a point to point) wireless link much more ldquodifficultrdquo
5 DataLink Layer 5-79
Wireless Link Characteristics (2) SNR signal-to-noise ratio
larger SNR ndash easier to extract signal from noise (a ldquogood thingrdquo)
SNR versus BER tradeoffs given physical layer
increase power -gt increase SNR-gtdecrease BER
given SNR choose physical layer that meets BER requirement giving highest thruput
bull SNR may change with mobility dynamically adapt physical layer (modulation technique rate)
10 20 30 40
QAM256 (8 Mbps)
QAM16 (4 Mbps)
BPSK (1 Mbps)
SNR(dB)B
ER
10-1
10-2
10-3
10-5
10-6
10-7
10-4
5 DataLink Layer 5-80
Wireless network characteristicsMultiple wireless senders and receivers create
additional problems (beyond multiple access)
AB
C
Hidden terminal problem B A hear each other B C hear each other A C can not hear each othermeans A C unaware of their
interference at B
A B C
Arsquos signalstrength
space
Crsquos signalstrength
Signal attenuation B A hear each other B C hear each other A C can not hear each other
interfering at B
5 DataLink Layer 5-81
IEEE 80211 Wireless LAN 80211b
24-5 GHz unlicensed spectrum up to 11 Mbps direct sequence spread
spectrum (DSSS) in physical layer
bull all hosts use same chipping code
80211a 5-6 GHz range up to 54 Mbps
80211g 24-5 GHz range up to 54 Mbps
80211n multiple antennae 24-5 GHz range up to 200 Mbps
all use CSMACA for multiple access all have base-station and ad-hoc network versions
5 DataLink Layer 5-82
80211 LAN architecture
wireless host communicates with base station
base station = access point (AP)
Basic Service Set (BSS)(aka ldquocellrdquo) in infrastructure mode contains
wireless hosts access point (AP) base
station ad hoc mode hosts only
BSS 1
BSS 2
Internet
hub switchor routerAP
AP
5 DataLink Layer 5-83
80211 Channels association
80211b 24GHz-2485GHz spectrum divided into 11 channels at different frequencies AP admin chooses frequency for AP interference possible channel can be same as
that chosen by neighboring AP host must associate with an AP
scans channels listening for beacon framescontaining APrsquos name (SSID) and MAC address
selects AP to associate with may perform authentication [Chapter 8] will typically run DHCP to get IP address in APrsquos
subnet
5 DataLink Layer 5-84
80211 passiveactive scanning
AP 2AP 1
H1
BBS 2BBS 1
122
3 4
Active Scanning (1) probe request frame broadcast
from H1(2) probe response frame sent from
APs(3) association request frame sent
H1 to selected AP (4) association response frame sent
H1 to selected AP
AP 2AP 1
H1
BBS 2BBS 1
12 3
1
Passive Scanning(1) beacon frames sent from APs(2) association request frame sent H1
to selected AP (3) association response frame sent
H1 to selected AP
5 DataLink Layer 5-85
IEEE 80211 multiple access avoid collisions 2+ nodes transmitting at same time 80211 CSMA - sense before transmitting
donrsquot collide with ongoing transmission by other node 80211 no collision detection
difficult to receive (sense collisions) when transmitting due to weak received signals (fading)
canrsquot sense all collisions in any case hidden terminal fading goal avoid collisions CSMAC(ollision)A(voidance)
AB
CA B C
Arsquos signalstrength
space
Crsquos signalstrength
5 DataLink Layer 5-86
IEEE 80211 MAC Protocol CSMACA
80211 sender1 if sense channel idle for DIFS then
transmit entire frame (no CD)2 if sense channel busy then
start random backoff timetimer counts down while channel idletransmit when timer expiresif no ACK increase random backoff
interval repeat 280211 receiver- if frame received OK
return ACK after SIFS (ACK needed due to hidden terminal problem)
sender receiver
DIFS
data
SIFS
ACK
5 DataLink Layer 5-87
Avoiding collisions (more)idea allow sender to ldquoreserverdquo channel rather than random
access of data frames avoid collisions of long data frames sender first transmits small request-to-send (RTS) packets
to BS using CSMA RTSs may still collide with each other (but theyrsquore short)
BS broadcasts clear-to-send CTS in response to RTS CTS heard by all nodes
sender transmits data frame other stations defer transmissions
avoid data frame collisions completely using small reservation packets
5 DataLink Layer 5-88
Collision Avoidance RTS-CTS exchange
APA B
time
RTS(A)RTS(B)
RTS(A)
CTS(A) CTS(A)
DATA (A)
ACK(A) ACK(A)
reservation collision
defer
5 DataLink Layer 5-89
framecontrol duration address
1address
2address
4address
3 payload CRC
2 2 6 6 6 2 6 0 - 2312 4
seqcontrol
80211 frame addressing
Address 2 MAC addressof wireless host or AP transmitting this frame
Address 1 MAC addressof wireless host or AP to receive this frame
Address 3 MAC addressof router interface to which AP is attached
Address 4 used only in ad hoc mode
5 DataLink Layer 5-90
Internetrouter
AP
H1 R1
AP MAC addr H1 MAC addr R1 MAC addraddress 1 address 2 address 3
80211 frame
R1 MAC addr H1 MAC addr dest address source address
8023 frame
80211 frame addressing
5 DataLink Layer 5-91
framecontrol duration address
1address
2address
4address
3 payload CRC
2 2 6 6 6 2 6 0 - 2312 4
seqcontrol
Type FromAPSubtype To
APMore frag WEPMore
dataPower
mgtRetry RsvdProtocolversion
2 2 4 1 1 1 1 1 11 1
80211 frame moreduration of reserved transmission time (RTSCTS)
frame seq (for RDT)
frame type(RTS CTS ACK data)
5 DataLink Layer 5-92
hub or switch
AP 2
AP 1
H1 BBS 2
BBS 1
80211 mobility within same subnet
router H1 remains in same IP subnet IP address can remain same
switch which AP is associated with H1
self-learning (Ch 5) switch will see frame from H1 and ldquorememberrdquo which switch port can be used to reach H1
5 DataLink Layer 5-93
80211 advanced capabilities
Rate Adaptation base station mobile
dynamically change transmission rate (physical layer modulation technique) as mobile moves SNR varies
QAM256 (8 Mbps)QAM16 (4 Mbps)BPSK (1 Mbps)
10 20 30 40SNR(dB)
BE
R
10-1
10-2
10-3
10-5
10-6
10-7
10-4
operating point
1 SNR decreases BER increase as node moves away from base station2 When BER becomes too high switch to lower transmission rate but with lower BER
5 DataLink Layer 5-94
80211 advanced capabilitiesPower Management node-to-AP ldquoI am going to sleep until next
beacon framerdquo AP knows not to transmit frames to this
node node wakes up before next beacon frame
beacon frame contains list of mobiles with AP-to-mobile frames waiting to be sent node will stay awake if AP-to-mobile frames
to be sent otherwise sleep again until next beacon frame
5 DataLink Layer 5-4
Link Layer Services Framing link access
encapsulate datagram into frame adding header trailer channel access if shared medium ldquoMACrdquo addresses used in frame headers to identify
source dest bull different from IP address
Reliable delivery between adjacent nodes we learned how to do this already (chapter 3) seldom used on low bit error link (fiber some twisted
pair) wireless links high error rates
bull Q why both link-level and end-end reliability
5 DataLink Layer 5-5
Link Layer Services (more)
Flow Control pacing between adjacent sending and receiving nodes
Error Detection errors caused by signal attenuation noise receiver detects presence of errors
bull signals sender for retransmission or drops frame
Error Correction receiver identifies and corrects bit error(s) without
resorting to retransmission Half-duplex and full-duplex
with half duplex nodes at both ends of link can transmit but not at same time
5 DataLink Layer 5-6
Adapters Communicating
link layer implemented in ldquoadapterrdquo (aka NIC)
Ethernet card PCMCIA card 80211 card
sending side encapsulates datagram in
a frame adds error checking bits
rdt flow control etc
receiving side looks for errors rdt flow
control etc extracts datagram passes
to rcving node adapter is semi-
autonomous implements link amp
physical layers
sendingnode
frame
rcvingnode
datagram
frame
adapter adapter
link layer protocol
5 DataLink Layer 5-7
Error DetectionEDC= Error Detection and Correction bits (redundancy)D = Data protected by error checking may include header fields
bull Error detection not 100 reliablebull protocol may miss some errors but rarelybull larger EDC field yields better detection and correction
5 DataLink Layer 5-8
Parity CheckingSingle Bit ParityDetect single bit errors
Two Dimensional Bit ParityDetect and correct single bit errors
0 0
1
5 DataLink Layer 5-9
Internet checksum
Sender treat segment contents
as sequence of 16-bit integers
checksum addition (1rsquos complement sum) of segment contents
sender puts checksum value into the checksum field
Receiver compute checksum of received
segment check if computed checksum
equals checksum field value NO - error detected YES - no error detected But
maybe errors nonethelessMore later hellip
Goal detect ldquoerrorsrdquo (eg flipped bits) in transmitted segment (note used at transport layer only)
5 DataLink Layer 5-10
Checksumming Cyclic Redundancy Check view data bits D as a binary number choose r+1 bit pattern (generator) G goal choose r CRC bits R such that
ltDRgt exactly divisible by G (modulo 2) receiver knows G divides ltDRgt by G If non-zero remainder
error detected can detect all burst errors less than r+1 bits
widely used in practice (Ethernet 80211 ATM HDLC)
5 DataLink Layer 5-11
CRC ExampleWant
D2r XOR R = nGequivalently
D2r = nG XOR R equivalently
if we divide D2r by G want remainder R
R = remainder[ ]D2r
G
5 DataLink Layer 5-12
Multiple Access Links and ProtocolsTwo types of ldquolinksrdquo point-to-point
PPP for dial-up access point-to-point link between Ethernet switch and host
broadcast (shared wire or medium) traditional Ethernet upstream HFC (hybrid fiber-coax used in cable TV) 80211 wireless LAN
80211)
5 DataLink Layer 5-13
Multiple Access protocols single shared broadcast channel two or more simultaneous transmissions by nodes
interference collision if node receives two or more signals at the same time
multiple access protocol distributed algorithm that determines how nodes
share channel ie determine when node can transmit communication about channel sharing must use channel
itself no out-of-band channel for coordination
5 DataLink Layer 5-14
Ideal Mulitple Access Protocol
Broadcast channel of rate R bps1 When one node wants to transmit it can send at
rate R2 When M nodes want to transmit each can send at
average rate RM3 Fully decentralized
no special node to coordinate transmissions no synchronization of clocks slots
4 Simple
5 DataLink Layer 5-15
MAC Protocols a taxonomyThree broad classes Channel Partitioning
divide channel into smaller ldquopiecesrdquo (time slots frequency code)
allocate piece to node for exclusive use Random Access
channel not divided allow collisions ldquorecoverrdquo from collisions
ldquoTaking turnsrdquo Nodes take turns but nodes with more to send can take
longer turns
5 DataLink Layer 5-16
Channel Partitioning MAC protocols TDMA
TDMA time division multiple access access to channel in rounds each station gets fixed length slot (length = pkt
trans time) in each round unused slots go idle example 6-station LAN 134 have pkts slots
256 idle
5 DataLink Layer 5-17
Channel Partitioning MAC protocols FDMA
FDMA frequency division multiple access channel spectrum divided into frequency bands each station assigned fixed frequency band unused transmission time in frequency bands go idle example 6-station LAN 134 have pkts frequency
bands 256 idle
freq
uenc
y ba
nds
time
5 DataLink Layer 5-18
Random Access Protocols
When node has packet to send transmit at full channel data rate R no a priori coordination among nodes
two or more transmitting nodes rarr ldquocollisionrdquo random access MAC protocol specifies
how to detect collisions how to recover from collisions (eg via delayed
retransmissions) Examples of random access MAC protocols
slotted ALOHA ALOHA CSMA CSMACD CSMACA
5 DataLink Layer 5-19
Slotted ALOHA
Assumptions all frames same size time is divided into
equal size slots time to transmit 1 frame
nodes start to transmit frames only at beginning of slots
nodes are synchronized if 2 or more nodes
transmit in slot all nodes detect collision
Operation when node obtains fresh
frame it transmits in next slot
if no collision node can send new frame in next slot
if collision node retransmits frame in each subsequent slot with prob p until success
5 DataLink Layer 5-20
Slotted ALOHA
Pros single active node can
continuously transmit at full rate of channel
highly decentralized only slots in nodes need to be in sync
simple
Cons collisions wasting slots idle slots nodes may be able to
detect collision in less than time to transmit packet
clock synchronization
5 DataLink Layer 5-21
Slotted Aloha efficiency
Suppose N nodes with many frames to send each transmits in slot with probability p
prob that node 1 has success in a slot= p(1-p)N-1
prob that any node has a success = Np(1-p)N-1
For max efficiency with N nodes find p that maximizes Np(1-p)N-1
For many nodes take limit of Np(1-p)N-1
as N goes to infinity gives 1e = 37
Efficiency is the long-run fraction of successful slots when there are many nodes each with many frames to send
At best channelused for useful transmissions 37of time
5 DataLink Layer 5-22
Pure (unslotted) ALOHA unslotted Aloha simpler no synchronization when frame first arrives
transmit immediately collision probability increases
frame sent at t0 collides with other frames sent in [t0-1t0+1]
5 DataLink Layer 5-23
Pure Aloha efficiencyP(success by given node) = P(node transmits)
P(no other node transmits in [t0-1t0] P(no other node transmits in [t0t0+1]
= p (1-p)N-1 (1-p)N-1
= p (1-p)2(N-1)
hellip choosing optimum p and then letting n rarr infin
= 1(2e) = 18 Even worse
5 DataLink Layer 5-24
CSMA (Carrier Sense Multiple Access)
CSMA listen before transmitIf channel sensed idle transmit entire frame If channel sensed busy defer transmission
Human analogy donrsquot interrupt others
5 DataLink Layer 5-25
CSMA collisionscollisions can still occurpropagation delay means two nodes may not heareach otherrsquos transmission
collisionentire packet transmission time wasted
spatial layout of nodes
noterole of distance amp propagation delay in determining collision probability
5 DataLink Layer 5-26
CSMACD (Collision Detection)CSMACD carrier sensing deferral as in CSMA
collisions detected within short time colliding transmissions aborted reducing channel
wastage collision detection
easy in wired LANs measure signal strengths compare transmitted received signals
difficult in wireless LANs receiver shut off while transmitting
human analogy the polite conversationalist
5 DataLink Layer 5-27
CSMACD collision detection
5 DataLink Layer 5-28
ldquoTaking Turnsrdquo MAC protocols
channel partitioning MAC protocols share channel efficiently and fairly at high load inefficient at low load delay in channel access
1N bandwidth allocated even if only 1 active node
Random access MAC protocols efficient at low load single node can fully
utilize channel high load collision overhead
ldquotaking turnsrdquo protocolslook for best of both worlds
5 DataLink Layer 5-29
ldquoTaking Turnsrdquo MAC protocolsPolling master node
ldquoinvitesrdquo slave nodes to transmit in turn
concerns polling overhead latency single point of
failure (master)
Token passing control token passed from
one node to next sequentially
token message concerns
token overhead latency single point of failure (token)
5 DataLink Layer 5-30
Summary of MAC protocols
What do you do with a shared media Channel Partitioning by time frequency or code
bull Time Division Frequency Division Random partitioning (dynamic)
bull ALOHA S-ALOHA CSMA CSMACDbull carrier sensing easy in some technologies (wire) hard
in others (wireless)bull CSMACD used in Ethernetbull CSMACA used in 80211
Taking Turnsbull polling from a central site token passing
5 DataLink Layer 5-31
MAC Addresses and ARP
32-bit IP address network-layer address used to get datagram to destination IP subnet
MAC (or LAN or ldquophysicalrdquo or Ethernet) address used to get datagram from one interface to
another physically-connected interface (same network)
48 bit MAC address (for most LANs) burned in the adapter ROM
5 DataLink Layer 5-32
LAN Addresses and ARPEach adapter on LAN has unique LAN address
Broadcast address =FF-FF-FF-FF-FF-FF
= adapter
1A-2F-BB-76-09-AD
58-23-D7-FA-20-B0
0C-C4-11-6F-E3-98
71-65-F7-2B-08-53
LAN(wired orwireless)
5 DataLink Layer 5-33
LAN Address (more)
MAC address allocation administered by IEEE manufacturer buys portion of MAC address space
(to assure uniqueness) Analogy
(a) MAC address like Social Security Number(b) IP address like postal address
MAC flat address allows easier portability can move LAN card from one LAN to another
IP hierarchical address NOT portable depends on IP subnet to which node is attached
5 DataLink Layer 5-34
ARP Address Resolution Protocol
Each IP node (Host Router) on LAN has ARP table
ARP Table IPMAC address mappings for some LAN nodes
lt IP address MAC address TTLgt TTL (Time To Live) time
after which address mapping will be forgotten (typically 20 min)
Question how to determineMAC address of Bknowing Brsquos IP address
1A-2F-BB-76-09-AD
58-23-D7-FA-20-B0
0C-C4-11-6F-E3-98
71-65-F7-2B-08-53
LAN
237196723
237196778
237196714
237196788
5 DataLink Layer 5-35
ARP protocol Same LAN (network)
A wants to send datagram to B and Brsquos MAC address not in Arsquos ARP table
A broadcasts ARP query packet containing Bs IP address
Dest MAC address = FF-FF-FF-FF-FF-FF
all machines on LAN receive ARP query
B receives ARP packet replies to A with its (Bs) MAC address
frame sent to Arsquos MAC address (unicast)
A caches (saves) IP-to-MAC address pair in its ARP table until information becomes old (times out)
soft state information that times out (goes away) unless refreshed
ARP is ldquoplug-and-playrdquo nodes create their ARP
tables without intervention from net administrator
5 DataLink Layer 5-36
Routing to another LANwalkthrough send datagram from A to B via R
assume A knowrsquos Brsquos IP address
Two ARP tables in router R one for each IP network (LAN)
A
RB
5 DataLink Layer 5-37
A creates datagram with source A destination B A uses ARP to get Rrsquos MAC address for 111111111110 A creates link-layer frame with Rs MAC address as dest
frame contains A-to-B IP datagram Arsquos adapter sends frame Rrsquos adapter receives frame R removes IP datagram from Ethernet frame sees itrsquos
destined to B R uses ARP to get Brsquos MAC address R creates frame containing A-to-B IP datagram sends to B
A
RB
5 DataLink Layer 5-38
Ethernetldquodominantrdquo wired LAN technology cheap $20 for 100Mbs first widely used LAN technology Simpler cheaper than token LANs and ATM Kept up with speed race 10 Mbps ndash 10 Gbps
Metcalfersquos Ethernetsketch
5 DataLink Layer 5-39
Star topology Bus topology popular through mid 90s Now star topology prevails Connection choices hub or switch (more later)
hub orswitch
5 DataLink Layer 5-40
Ethernet Frame StructureSending adapter encapsulates IP datagram (or other
network layer protocol packet) in Ethernet frame
Preamble 7 bytes with pattern 10101010 followed by one
byte with pattern 10101011 used to synchronize receiver sender clock rates
5 DataLink Layer 5-41
Ethernet Frame Structure (more) Addresses 6 bytes
if adapter receives frame with matching destination address or with broadcast address (eg ARP packet) it passes data in frame to net-layer protocol
otherwise adapter discards frame Type 2 bytes indicates the higher (network)
layer protocol (commonly IP but may also be ARP Novell IPX and AppleTalk etc)
CRC 4 bytes checked at receiver if error is detected the frame is simply dropped
5 DataLink Layer 5-42
Unreliable connectionless service
Connectionless No handshaking between sending and receiving adapter
Unreliable receiving adapter doesnrsquot send acks or nacks to sending adapter
stream of datagrams passed to network layer can have gaps
gaps will be filled if app is using TCP otherwise app will see the gaps
5 DataLink Layer 5-43
Ethernet uses CSMACD
No slots adapter doesnrsquot transmit
if it senses that some other adapter is transmitting that is carrier sense
transmitting adapter aborts when it senses that another adapter is transmitting that is collision detection
Before attempting a retransmission adapter waits a random time that is random access
5 DataLink Layer 5-44
Ethernet CSMACD algorithm1 Adapter receives
datagram from net layer amp creates frame
2 If adapter senses channel idle it starts to transmit frame If it senses channel busy waits until channel idle and then transmits
3 If adapter transmits entire frame without detecting another transmission the adapter is done with frame
4 If adapter detects another transmission while transmitting aborts and sends 48-bit jam signal
5 After aborting adapter enters exponential backoff after the mthcollision adapter chooses a K at random from 012hellip2m-1 Adapter waits K512 bit times and returns to Step 2
5 DataLink Layer 5-45
Frame Size limitations for Ethernet Minimum Frame size (Fmin)
For proper collision detectionFmin = Min frame sizeR = Ethernetrsquos transmission rate
eg 10 Mbsdmax = max Ethernet segment
lengthS = Propagation speed (2x108
ms)FminR ge 2dmaxS
Maximum Frame Size (Fmax)For fairness among competing nodes
Fmin=64 Bytes Fmax=1500 Bytes
A Bd
2dS
tim
e
Arsquos frame
Brsquos frame
Arsquos frame in yellowBrsquos frame in green
For proper collision detection Arsquos frame should last at least until Brsquos frame reaches A
5 DataLink Layer 5-46
Ethernetrsquos CSMACD (more)Jam Signal make sure all
other transmitters are aware of collision 48 bits
Random retransmission delayK 512 bit transmission times where K is randomly selected bit time is 01 microsec for 10 Mbps and 001 microsec for 100 Mbps Ethernet
Exponential Backoff Goal adapt retransmission
attempts to estimated current load
heavy load random wait will be longer
first collision choose K from 01 delay is K 512 bit transmission times
after second collision choose K from 0123hellip
after ten collisions choose K from 01234hellip1023
for max value of K=1023 wait time is about 50 msec for 10 Mbps 5 msec for 100 Mbps Ethernet
Seeinteract with Javaapplet on AWL Web sitehighly recommended
5 DataLink Layer 5-47
CSMACD efficiency
tprop = max prop between 2 nodes in LAN ttrans = time to transmit max-size frame
Efficiency goes to 1 as tprop goes to 0 Goes to 1 as ttrans goes to infinity Much better than ALOHA but still decentralized
simple and cheap
1efficiency1 5 prop transt t
asymp+
5 DataLink Layer 5-48
10BaseT and 100BaseT 10100 Mbps rates T stands for Twisted Pair Base stands for Baseband (unmodulated) Nodes connect to a hub ldquostar topologyrdquo 100 m
max distance between nodes and hub
twisted pair
hub
5 DataLink Layer 5-49
HubsHubs are essentially physical-layer repeaters
bits coming from one link go out all other links at the same rate no frame buffering no CSMACD at hub adapters detect collisions provides net management functionality
twisted pair
hub
5 DataLink Layer 5-50
Gbit Ethernet
uses standard Ethernet frame format allows for point-to-point links and shared
broadcast channels in shared mode CSMACD is used short
distances between nodes required for efficiency
Full-Duplex at 1 Gbps for point-to-point links
10 Gbps now
5 DataLink Layer 5-51
Interconnecting with hubs Backbone hub interconnects LAN segments Extends max distance between nodes But individual segment collision domains become one
large collision domain Canrsquot interconnect 10BaseT amp 100BaseT
hub hub hub
hub
5 DataLink Layer 5-52
Switch Link layer device
stores and forwards Ethernet frames examines frame header and selectively
forwards frame based on MAC dest address when frame is to be forwarded on segment
uses CSMACD to access segment transparent
hosts are unaware of presence of switches plug-and-play self-learning
switches do not need to be configured
5 DataLink Layer 5-53
Forwarding
bull How do determine onto which LAN segment to forward framebull Looks like a routing problem
hub hubhub
switch1
2 3
5 DataLink Layer 5-54
Self learning
A switch has a switch table entry in switch table
(MAC Address Interface Time Stamp) stale entries in table dropped (TTL can be 60 min)
switch learns which hosts can be reached through which interfaces when frame received switch ldquolearnsrdquo location of
sender incoming LAN segment records senderlocation pair in switch table
5 DataLink Layer 5-55
FilteringForwardingWhen switch receives a frame
index switch table using MAC dest addressif entry found for destination
thenif dest on segment from which frame arrived
then drop the frameelse forward the frame on interface indicated
else flood
forward on all but the interface on which the frame arrived
5 DataLink Layer 5-56
Switch exampleSuppose C sends frame to D
Switch receives frame from from C notes in bridge table that C is on interface 1 because D is not in table switch forwards frame into
interfaces 2 and 3 frame received by D
hub hub hub
switch
A
B CD
EF G H
I
address interfaceABEG
1123
12 3
5 DataLink Layer 5-57
Switch exampleSuppose C sends frame to D
Switch receives frame from from C notes in bridge table that C is on interface 1 because D is not in table switch forwards frame into
interfaces 2 and 3 frame received by D
hub hub hub
switch
A
B CD
EF G H
I
address interfaceABEGC
11231
12 3
5 DataLink Layer 5-58
Switch exampleSuppose D replies back with frame to C
Switch receives frame from from D notes in bridge table that D is on interface 2 because C is in table switch forwards frame only to
interface 1 frame received by C
hub hub hub
switch
A
B CD
EF G H
I
address interfaceABEGC
11231
12 3
5 DataLink Layer 5-59
Switch exampleSuppose D replies back with frame to C
Switch receives frame from from D notes in bridge table that D is on interface 2 because C is in table switch forwards frame only to
interface 1 frame received by C
hub hub hub
switch
A
B CD
EF G H
I
address interfaceABEGCD
112312
12 3
5 DataLink Layer 5-60
Switch traffic isolation switch installation breaks subnet into LAN
segments switch filters packets
same-LAN-segment frames not usually forwarded onto other LAN segments
segments become separate collision domains
hub hub hub
switch
collision domain collision domain
collision domain
5 DataLink Layer 5-61
Switches dedicated access Switch with many
interfaces Hosts have direct
connection to switch No collisions full duplex
Switching A-to-Arsquo and B-to-Brsquo simultaneously no collisions
combinations of shareddedicated 101001000 Mbps interfaces possible
switch
A
Arsquo
B
Brsquo
C
Crsquo
5 DataLink Layer 5-62
Institutional network
hub hubhub
switch
to externalnetwork
router
IP subnet
mail server
web server
5 DataLink Layer 5-63
Switches vs Routers both store-and-forward devices
routers network layer devices (examine network layer headers)
switches are link layer devices routers maintain routing tables implement routing
algorithms switches maintain switch tables implement
filtering learning algorithms
5 DataLink Layer 5-64
Summary comparison
hubs routers switches
traffic isolation
no yes yes
plug amp play yes no yes
optimal routing
no yes no
5 DataLink Layer 5-65
VLANs motivation
What happens if CS user moves office to EE
but wants connect to CS switch
single broadcast domain all layer-2 broadcast
traffic (ARP DHCP) crosses entire LAN (securityprivacy efficiency issues)
each lowest level switch has only few ports in use
Computer Science Electrical
EngineeringComputerEngineering
Whatrsquos wrong with this picture
5 DataLink Layer 5-66
VLANs Port-based VLAN switch ports grouped (by switch management software) so that single physical switch helliphellip
Switch(es) supporting VLAN capabilities can be configured to define multiple virtual LANS over single physical LAN infrastructure
Virtual Local Area Network
1
8
9
16102
7
hellip
Electrical Engineering(VLAN ports 1-8)
Computer Science(VLAN ports 9-15)
15
hellip
Electrical Engineering(VLAN ports 1-8)
hellip
1
82
7 9
1610
15
hellip
Computer Science(VLAN ports 9-16)
hellip operates as multiple virtual switches
5 DataLink Layer 5-67
Port-based VLAN
1
8
9
16102
7
hellip
Electrical Engineering(VLAN ports 1-8)
Computer Science(VLAN ports 9-15)
15
hellip
traffic isolation frames tofrom ports 1-8 can only reach ports 1-8
can also define VLAN based on MAC addresses of endpoints rather than switch port
dynamic membershipports can be dynamically assigned among VLANs
router
forwarding between VLANSdone via routing (just as with separate switches)
in practice vendors sell combined switches plus routers
5 DataLink Layer 5-68
VLANS spanning multiple switches
trunk port carries frames between VLANS defined over multiple physical switches
frames forwarded within VLAN between switches canrsquot be vanilla 8021 frames (must carry VLAN ID info)
8021q protocol addsremoves additional header fields for frames forwarded between trunk ports
1
8
9
102
7
hellip
Electrical Engineering(VLAN ports 1-8)
Computer Science(VLAN ports 9-15)
15
hellip
2
73
Ports 235 belong to EE VLANPorts 4678 belong to CS VLAN
5
4 6 816
1
5 DataLink Layer 5-69
Type
2-byte Tag Protocol Identifier(value 81-00)
Tag Control Information (12 bit VLAN ID field 3 bit priority field like IP TOS)
Recomputed CRC
8021Q VLAN frame format
8021 frame
8021Q frame
5 DataLink Layer 5-70
Chapter 6 Wireless and Mobile Networks
Background wireless (mobile) phone subscribers now
exceeds wired phone subscribers computer nets laptops palmtops PDAs
Internet-enabled phone promise anytime untethered Internet access
two important (but different) challenges wireless communication over wireless link mobility handling the mobile user who changes point
of attachment to network
5 DataLink Layer 5-71
Elements of a wireless network
network infrastructure
wireless hosts laptop PDA IP phone run applications may be stationary
(non-mobile) or mobile wireless does not
always mean mobility
5 DataLink Layer 5-72
Elements of a wireless network
network infrastructure
base station typically connected to
wired network relay - responsible
for sending packets between wired network and wireless host(s) in its ldquoareardquo
eg cell towers 80211 access points
5 DataLink Layer 5-73
Elements of a wireless network
network infrastructure
wireless link typically used to
connect mobile(s) to base station
also used as backbone link
multiple access protocol coordinates link access
various data rates transmission distance
5 DataLink Layer 5-74
Characteristics of selected wireless link standards
Indoor10-30m
Outdoor50-200m
Mid-rangeoutdoor
200m ndash 4 Km
Long-rangeoutdoor
5Km ndash 20 Km
056
384
1
4
5-11
54
IS-95 CDMA GSM 2G
UMTSWCDMA CDMA2000 3G
80215
80211b
80211ag
UMTSWCDMA-HSPDA CDMA2000-1xEVDO 3G cellularenhanced
80216 (WiMAX)
80211ag point-to-point
200 80211n
Dat
a ra
te (M
bps) data
5 DataLink Layer 5-75
Elements of a wireless network
network infrastructure
infrastructure mode base station connects
mobiles into wired network
handoff mobile changes base station providing connection into wired network
5 DataLink Layer 5-76
Elements of a wireless networkad hoc mode no base stations nodes can only
transmit to other nodes within link coverage
nodes organize themselves into a network route among themselves
5 DataLink Layer 5-77
Wireless network taxonomy
single hop multiple hops
infrastructure(eg APs)
noinfrastructure
host connects to base station (WiFiWiMAX cellular) which connects to
larger Internet
no base station noconnection to larger Internet (Bluetooth
ad hoc nets)
host may have torelay through several
wireless nodes to connect to larger
Internet mesh net
no base station noconnection to larger
Internet May have torelay to reach other a given wireless node
MANET VANET
5 DataLink Layer 5-78
Wireless Link Characteristics (1)Differences from wired link hellip
decreased signal strength radio signal attenuates as it propagates through matter (path loss)
interference from other sources standardized wireless network frequencies (eg 24 GHz) shared by other devices (eg phone) devices (motors) interfere as well
multipath propagation radio signal reflects off objects arriving at destination at slightly different times
hellip make communication across (even a point to point) wireless link much more ldquodifficultrdquo
5 DataLink Layer 5-79
Wireless Link Characteristics (2) SNR signal-to-noise ratio
larger SNR ndash easier to extract signal from noise (a ldquogood thingrdquo)
SNR versus BER tradeoffs given physical layer
increase power -gt increase SNR-gtdecrease BER
given SNR choose physical layer that meets BER requirement giving highest thruput
bull SNR may change with mobility dynamically adapt physical layer (modulation technique rate)
10 20 30 40
QAM256 (8 Mbps)
QAM16 (4 Mbps)
BPSK (1 Mbps)
SNR(dB)B
ER
10-1
10-2
10-3
10-5
10-6
10-7
10-4
5 DataLink Layer 5-80
Wireless network characteristicsMultiple wireless senders and receivers create
additional problems (beyond multiple access)
AB
C
Hidden terminal problem B A hear each other B C hear each other A C can not hear each othermeans A C unaware of their
interference at B
A B C
Arsquos signalstrength
space
Crsquos signalstrength
Signal attenuation B A hear each other B C hear each other A C can not hear each other
interfering at B
5 DataLink Layer 5-81
IEEE 80211 Wireless LAN 80211b
24-5 GHz unlicensed spectrum up to 11 Mbps direct sequence spread
spectrum (DSSS) in physical layer
bull all hosts use same chipping code
80211a 5-6 GHz range up to 54 Mbps
80211g 24-5 GHz range up to 54 Mbps
80211n multiple antennae 24-5 GHz range up to 200 Mbps
all use CSMACA for multiple access all have base-station and ad-hoc network versions
5 DataLink Layer 5-82
80211 LAN architecture
wireless host communicates with base station
base station = access point (AP)
Basic Service Set (BSS)(aka ldquocellrdquo) in infrastructure mode contains
wireless hosts access point (AP) base
station ad hoc mode hosts only
BSS 1
BSS 2
Internet
hub switchor routerAP
AP
5 DataLink Layer 5-83
80211 Channels association
80211b 24GHz-2485GHz spectrum divided into 11 channels at different frequencies AP admin chooses frequency for AP interference possible channel can be same as
that chosen by neighboring AP host must associate with an AP
scans channels listening for beacon framescontaining APrsquos name (SSID) and MAC address
selects AP to associate with may perform authentication [Chapter 8] will typically run DHCP to get IP address in APrsquos
subnet
5 DataLink Layer 5-84
80211 passiveactive scanning
AP 2AP 1
H1
BBS 2BBS 1
122
3 4
Active Scanning (1) probe request frame broadcast
from H1(2) probe response frame sent from
APs(3) association request frame sent
H1 to selected AP (4) association response frame sent
H1 to selected AP
AP 2AP 1
H1
BBS 2BBS 1
12 3
1
Passive Scanning(1) beacon frames sent from APs(2) association request frame sent H1
to selected AP (3) association response frame sent
H1 to selected AP
5 DataLink Layer 5-85
IEEE 80211 multiple access avoid collisions 2+ nodes transmitting at same time 80211 CSMA - sense before transmitting
donrsquot collide with ongoing transmission by other node 80211 no collision detection
difficult to receive (sense collisions) when transmitting due to weak received signals (fading)
canrsquot sense all collisions in any case hidden terminal fading goal avoid collisions CSMAC(ollision)A(voidance)
AB
CA B C
Arsquos signalstrength
space
Crsquos signalstrength
5 DataLink Layer 5-86
IEEE 80211 MAC Protocol CSMACA
80211 sender1 if sense channel idle for DIFS then
transmit entire frame (no CD)2 if sense channel busy then
start random backoff timetimer counts down while channel idletransmit when timer expiresif no ACK increase random backoff
interval repeat 280211 receiver- if frame received OK
return ACK after SIFS (ACK needed due to hidden terminal problem)
sender receiver
DIFS
data
SIFS
ACK
5 DataLink Layer 5-87
Avoiding collisions (more)idea allow sender to ldquoreserverdquo channel rather than random
access of data frames avoid collisions of long data frames sender first transmits small request-to-send (RTS) packets
to BS using CSMA RTSs may still collide with each other (but theyrsquore short)
BS broadcasts clear-to-send CTS in response to RTS CTS heard by all nodes
sender transmits data frame other stations defer transmissions
avoid data frame collisions completely using small reservation packets
5 DataLink Layer 5-88
Collision Avoidance RTS-CTS exchange
APA B
time
RTS(A)RTS(B)
RTS(A)
CTS(A) CTS(A)
DATA (A)
ACK(A) ACK(A)
reservation collision
defer
5 DataLink Layer 5-89
framecontrol duration address
1address
2address
4address
3 payload CRC
2 2 6 6 6 2 6 0 - 2312 4
seqcontrol
80211 frame addressing
Address 2 MAC addressof wireless host or AP transmitting this frame
Address 1 MAC addressof wireless host or AP to receive this frame
Address 3 MAC addressof router interface to which AP is attached
Address 4 used only in ad hoc mode
5 DataLink Layer 5-90
Internetrouter
AP
H1 R1
AP MAC addr H1 MAC addr R1 MAC addraddress 1 address 2 address 3
80211 frame
R1 MAC addr H1 MAC addr dest address source address
8023 frame
80211 frame addressing
5 DataLink Layer 5-91
framecontrol duration address
1address
2address
4address
3 payload CRC
2 2 6 6 6 2 6 0 - 2312 4
seqcontrol
Type FromAPSubtype To
APMore frag WEPMore
dataPower
mgtRetry RsvdProtocolversion
2 2 4 1 1 1 1 1 11 1
80211 frame moreduration of reserved transmission time (RTSCTS)
frame seq (for RDT)
frame type(RTS CTS ACK data)
5 DataLink Layer 5-92
hub or switch
AP 2
AP 1
H1 BBS 2
BBS 1
80211 mobility within same subnet
router H1 remains in same IP subnet IP address can remain same
switch which AP is associated with H1
self-learning (Ch 5) switch will see frame from H1 and ldquorememberrdquo which switch port can be used to reach H1
5 DataLink Layer 5-93
80211 advanced capabilities
Rate Adaptation base station mobile
dynamically change transmission rate (physical layer modulation technique) as mobile moves SNR varies
QAM256 (8 Mbps)QAM16 (4 Mbps)BPSK (1 Mbps)
10 20 30 40SNR(dB)
BE
R
10-1
10-2
10-3
10-5
10-6
10-7
10-4
operating point
1 SNR decreases BER increase as node moves away from base station2 When BER becomes too high switch to lower transmission rate but with lower BER
5 DataLink Layer 5-94
80211 advanced capabilitiesPower Management node-to-AP ldquoI am going to sleep until next
beacon framerdquo AP knows not to transmit frames to this
node node wakes up before next beacon frame
beacon frame contains list of mobiles with AP-to-mobile frames waiting to be sent node will stay awake if AP-to-mobile frames
to be sent otherwise sleep again until next beacon frame
5 DataLink Layer 5-5
Link Layer Services (more)
Flow Control pacing between adjacent sending and receiving nodes
Error Detection errors caused by signal attenuation noise receiver detects presence of errors
bull signals sender for retransmission or drops frame
Error Correction receiver identifies and corrects bit error(s) without
resorting to retransmission Half-duplex and full-duplex
with half duplex nodes at both ends of link can transmit but not at same time
5 DataLink Layer 5-6
Adapters Communicating
link layer implemented in ldquoadapterrdquo (aka NIC)
Ethernet card PCMCIA card 80211 card
sending side encapsulates datagram in
a frame adds error checking bits
rdt flow control etc
receiving side looks for errors rdt flow
control etc extracts datagram passes
to rcving node adapter is semi-
autonomous implements link amp
physical layers
sendingnode
frame
rcvingnode
datagram
frame
adapter adapter
link layer protocol
5 DataLink Layer 5-7
Error DetectionEDC= Error Detection and Correction bits (redundancy)D = Data protected by error checking may include header fields
bull Error detection not 100 reliablebull protocol may miss some errors but rarelybull larger EDC field yields better detection and correction
5 DataLink Layer 5-8
Parity CheckingSingle Bit ParityDetect single bit errors
Two Dimensional Bit ParityDetect and correct single bit errors
0 0
1
5 DataLink Layer 5-9
Internet checksum
Sender treat segment contents
as sequence of 16-bit integers
checksum addition (1rsquos complement sum) of segment contents
sender puts checksum value into the checksum field
Receiver compute checksum of received
segment check if computed checksum
equals checksum field value NO - error detected YES - no error detected But
maybe errors nonethelessMore later hellip
Goal detect ldquoerrorsrdquo (eg flipped bits) in transmitted segment (note used at transport layer only)
5 DataLink Layer 5-10
Checksumming Cyclic Redundancy Check view data bits D as a binary number choose r+1 bit pattern (generator) G goal choose r CRC bits R such that
ltDRgt exactly divisible by G (modulo 2) receiver knows G divides ltDRgt by G If non-zero remainder
error detected can detect all burst errors less than r+1 bits
widely used in practice (Ethernet 80211 ATM HDLC)
5 DataLink Layer 5-11
CRC ExampleWant
D2r XOR R = nGequivalently
D2r = nG XOR R equivalently
if we divide D2r by G want remainder R
R = remainder[ ]D2r
G
5 DataLink Layer 5-12
Multiple Access Links and ProtocolsTwo types of ldquolinksrdquo point-to-point
PPP for dial-up access point-to-point link between Ethernet switch and host
broadcast (shared wire or medium) traditional Ethernet upstream HFC (hybrid fiber-coax used in cable TV) 80211 wireless LAN
80211)
5 DataLink Layer 5-13
Multiple Access protocols single shared broadcast channel two or more simultaneous transmissions by nodes
interference collision if node receives two or more signals at the same time
multiple access protocol distributed algorithm that determines how nodes
share channel ie determine when node can transmit communication about channel sharing must use channel
itself no out-of-band channel for coordination
5 DataLink Layer 5-14
Ideal Mulitple Access Protocol
Broadcast channel of rate R bps1 When one node wants to transmit it can send at
rate R2 When M nodes want to transmit each can send at
average rate RM3 Fully decentralized
no special node to coordinate transmissions no synchronization of clocks slots
4 Simple
5 DataLink Layer 5-15
MAC Protocols a taxonomyThree broad classes Channel Partitioning
divide channel into smaller ldquopiecesrdquo (time slots frequency code)
allocate piece to node for exclusive use Random Access
channel not divided allow collisions ldquorecoverrdquo from collisions
ldquoTaking turnsrdquo Nodes take turns but nodes with more to send can take
longer turns
5 DataLink Layer 5-16
Channel Partitioning MAC protocols TDMA
TDMA time division multiple access access to channel in rounds each station gets fixed length slot (length = pkt
trans time) in each round unused slots go idle example 6-station LAN 134 have pkts slots
256 idle
5 DataLink Layer 5-17
Channel Partitioning MAC protocols FDMA
FDMA frequency division multiple access channel spectrum divided into frequency bands each station assigned fixed frequency band unused transmission time in frequency bands go idle example 6-station LAN 134 have pkts frequency
bands 256 idle
freq
uenc
y ba
nds
time
5 DataLink Layer 5-18
Random Access Protocols
When node has packet to send transmit at full channel data rate R no a priori coordination among nodes
two or more transmitting nodes rarr ldquocollisionrdquo random access MAC protocol specifies
how to detect collisions how to recover from collisions (eg via delayed
retransmissions) Examples of random access MAC protocols
slotted ALOHA ALOHA CSMA CSMACD CSMACA
5 DataLink Layer 5-19
Slotted ALOHA
Assumptions all frames same size time is divided into
equal size slots time to transmit 1 frame
nodes start to transmit frames only at beginning of slots
nodes are synchronized if 2 or more nodes
transmit in slot all nodes detect collision
Operation when node obtains fresh
frame it transmits in next slot
if no collision node can send new frame in next slot
if collision node retransmits frame in each subsequent slot with prob p until success
5 DataLink Layer 5-20
Slotted ALOHA
Pros single active node can
continuously transmit at full rate of channel
highly decentralized only slots in nodes need to be in sync
simple
Cons collisions wasting slots idle slots nodes may be able to
detect collision in less than time to transmit packet
clock synchronization
5 DataLink Layer 5-21
Slotted Aloha efficiency
Suppose N nodes with many frames to send each transmits in slot with probability p
prob that node 1 has success in a slot= p(1-p)N-1
prob that any node has a success = Np(1-p)N-1
For max efficiency with N nodes find p that maximizes Np(1-p)N-1
For many nodes take limit of Np(1-p)N-1
as N goes to infinity gives 1e = 37
Efficiency is the long-run fraction of successful slots when there are many nodes each with many frames to send
At best channelused for useful transmissions 37of time
5 DataLink Layer 5-22
Pure (unslotted) ALOHA unslotted Aloha simpler no synchronization when frame first arrives
transmit immediately collision probability increases
frame sent at t0 collides with other frames sent in [t0-1t0+1]
5 DataLink Layer 5-23
Pure Aloha efficiencyP(success by given node) = P(node transmits)
P(no other node transmits in [t0-1t0] P(no other node transmits in [t0t0+1]
= p (1-p)N-1 (1-p)N-1
= p (1-p)2(N-1)
hellip choosing optimum p and then letting n rarr infin
= 1(2e) = 18 Even worse
5 DataLink Layer 5-24
CSMA (Carrier Sense Multiple Access)
CSMA listen before transmitIf channel sensed idle transmit entire frame If channel sensed busy defer transmission
Human analogy donrsquot interrupt others
5 DataLink Layer 5-25
CSMA collisionscollisions can still occurpropagation delay means two nodes may not heareach otherrsquos transmission
collisionentire packet transmission time wasted
spatial layout of nodes
noterole of distance amp propagation delay in determining collision probability
5 DataLink Layer 5-26
CSMACD (Collision Detection)CSMACD carrier sensing deferral as in CSMA
collisions detected within short time colliding transmissions aborted reducing channel
wastage collision detection
easy in wired LANs measure signal strengths compare transmitted received signals
difficult in wireless LANs receiver shut off while transmitting
human analogy the polite conversationalist
5 DataLink Layer 5-27
CSMACD collision detection
5 DataLink Layer 5-28
ldquoTaking Turnsrdquo MAC protocols
channel partitioning MAC protocols share channel efficiently and fairly at high load inefficient at low load delay in channel access
1N bandwidth allocated even if only 1 active node
Random access MAC protocols efficient at low load single node can fully
utilize channel high load collision overhead
ldquotaking turnsrdquo protocolslook for best of both worlds
5 DataLink Layer 5-29
ldquoTaking Turnsrdquo MAC protocolsPolling master node
ldquoinvitesrdquo slave nodes to transmit in turn
concerns polling overhead latency single point of
failure (master)
Token passing control token passed from
one node to next sequentially
token message concerns
token overhead latency single point of failure (token)
5 DataLink Layer 5-30
Summary of MAC protocols
What do you do with a shared media Channel Partitioning by time frequency or code
bull Time Division Frequency Division Random partitioning (dynamic)
bull ALOHA S-ALOHA CSMA CSMACDbull carrier sensing easy in some technologies (wire) hard
in others (wireless)bull CSMACD used in Ethernetbull CSMACA used in 80211
Taking Turnsbull polling from a central site token passing
5 DataLink Layer 5-31
MAC Addresses and ARP
32-bit IP address network-layer address used to get datagram to destination IP subnet
MAC (or LAN or ldquophysicalrdquo or Ethernet) address used to get datagram from one interface to
another physically-connected interface (same network)
48 bit MAC address (for most LANs) burned in the adapter ROM
5 DataLink Layer 5-32
LAN Addresses and ARPEach adapter on LAN has unique LAN address
Broadcast address =FF-FF-FF-FF-FF-FF
= adapter
1A-2F-BB-76-09-AD
58-23-D7-FA-20-B0
0C-C4-11-6F-E3-98
71-65-F7-2B-08-53
LAN(wired orwireless)
5 DataLink Layer 5-33
LAN Address (more)
MAC address allocation administered by IEEE manufacturer buys portion of MAC address space
(to assure uniqueness) Analogy
(a) MAC address like Social Security Number(b) IP address like postal address
MAC flat address allows easier portability can move LAN card from one LAN to another
IP hierarchical address NOT portable depends on IP subnet to which node is attached
5 DataLink Layer 5-34
ARP Address Resolution Protocol
Each IP node (Host Router) on LAN has ARP table
ARP Table IPMAC address mappings for some LAN nodes
lt IP address MAC address TTLgt TTL (Time To Live) time
after which address mapping will be forgotten (typically 20 min)
Question how to determineMAC address of Bknowing Brsquos IP address
1A-2F-BB-76-09-AD
58-23-D7-FA-20-B0
0C-C4-11-6F-E3-98
71-65-F7-2B-08-53
LAN
237196723
237196778
237196714
237196788
5 DataLink Layer 5-35
ARP protocol Same LAN (network)
A wants to send datagram to B and Brsquos MAC address not in Arsquos ARP table
A broadcasts ARP query packet containing Bs IP address
Dest MAC address = FF-FF-FF-FF-FF-FF
all machines on LAN receive ARP query
B receives ARP packet replies to A with its (Bs) MAC address
frame sent to Arsquos MAC address (unicast)
A caches (saves) IP-to-MAC address pair in its ARP table until information becomes old (times out)
soft state information that times out (goes away) unless refreshed
ARP is ldquoplug-and-playrdquo nodes create their ARP
tables without intervention from net administrator
5 DataLink Layer 5-36
Routing to another LANwalkthrough send datagram from A to B via R
assume A knowrsquos Brsquos IP address
Two ARP tables in router R one for each IP network (LAN)
A
RB
5 DataLink Layer 5-37
A creates datagram with source A destination B A uses ARP to get Rrsquos MAC address for 111111111110 A creates link-layer frame with Rs MAC address as dest
frame contains A-to-B IP datagram Arsquos adapter sends frame Rrsquos adapter receives frame R removes IP datagram from Ethernet frame sees itrsquos
destined to B R uses ARP to get Brsquos MAC address R creates frame containing A-to-B IP datagram sends to B
A
RB
5 DataLink Layer 5-38
Ethernetldquodominantrdquo wired LAN technology cheap $20 for 100Mbs first widely used LAN technology Simpler cheaper than token LANs and ATM Kept up with speed race 10 Mbps ndash 10 Gbps
Metcalfersquos Ethernetsketch
5 DataLink Layer 5-39
Star topology Bus topology popular through mid 90s Now star topology prevails Connection choices hub or switch (more later)
hub orswitch
5 DataLink Layer 5-40
Ethernet Frame StructureSending adapter encapsulates IP datagram (or other
network layer protocol packet) in Ethernet frame
Preamble 7 bytes with pattern 10101010 followed by one
byte with pattern 10101011 used to synchronize receiver sender clock rates
5 DataLink Layer 5-41
Ethernet Frame Structure (more) Addresses 6 bytes
if adapter receives frame with matching destination address or with broadcast address (eg ARP packet) it passes data in frame to net-layer protocol
otherwise adapter discards frame Type 2 bytes indicates the higher (network)
layer protocol (commonly IP but may also be ARP Novell IPX and AppleTalk etc)
CRC 4 bytes checked at receiver if error is detected the frame is simply dropped
5 DataLink Layer 5-42
Unreliable connectionless service
Connectionless No handshaking between sending and receiving adapter
Unreliable receiving adapter doesnrsquot send acks or nacks to sending adapter
stream of datagrams passed to network layer can have gaps
gaps will be filled if app is using TCP otherwise app will see the gaps
5 DataLink Layer 5-43
Ethernet uses CSMACD
No slots adapter doesnrsquot transmit
if it senses that some other adapter is transmitting that is carrier sense
transmitting adapter aborts when it senses that another adapter is transmitting that is collision detection
Before attempting a retransmission adapter waits a random time that is random access
5 DataLink Layer 5-44
Ethernet CSMACD algorithm1 Adapter receives
datagram from net layer amp creates frame
2 If adapter senses channel idle it starts to transmit frame If it senses channel busy waits until channel idle and then transmits
3 If adapter transmits entire frame without detecting another transmission the adapter is done with frame
4 If adapter detects another transmission while transmitting aborts and sends 48-bit jam signal
5 After aborting adapter enters exponential backoff after the mthcollision adapter chooses a K at random from 012hellip2m-1 Adapter waits K512 bit times and returns to Step 2
5 DataLink Layer 5-45
Frame Size limitations for Ethernet Minimum Frame size (Fmin)
For proper collision detectionFmin = Min frame sizeR = Ethernetrsquos transmission rate
eg 10 Mbsdmax = max Ethernet segment
lengthS = Propagation speed (2x108
ms)FminR ge 2dmaxS
Maximum Frame Size (Fmax)For fairness among competing nodes
Fmin=64 Bytes Fmax=1500 Bytes
A Bd
2dS
tim
e
Arsquos frame
Brsquos frame
Arsquos frame in yellowBrsquos frame in green
For proper collision detection Arsquos frame should last at least until Brsquos frame reaches A
5 DataLink Layer 5-46
Ethernetrsquos CSMACD (more)Jam Signal make sure all
other transmitters are aware of collision 48 bits
Random retransmission delayK 512 bit transmission times where K is randomly selected bit time is 01 microsec for 10 Mbps and 001 microsec for 100 Mbps Ethernet
Exponential Backoff Goal adapt retransmission
attempts to estimated current load
heavy load random wait will be longer
first collision choose K from 01 delay is K 512 bit transmission times
after second collision choose K from 0123hellip
after ten collisions choose K from 01234hellip1023
for max value of K=1023 wait time is about 50 msec for 10 Mbps 5 msec for 100 Mbps Ethernet
Seeinteract with Javaapplet on AWL Web sitehighly recommended
5 DataLink Layer 5-47
CSMACD efficiency
tprop = max prop between 2 nodes in LAN ttrans = time to transmit max-size frame
Efficiency goes to 1 as tprop goes to 0 Goes to 1 as ttrans goes to infinity Much better than ALOHA but still decentralized
simple and cheap
1efficiency1 5 prop transt t
asymp+
5 DataLink Layer 5-48
10BaseT and 100BaseT 10100 Mbps rates T stands for Twisted Pair Base stands for Baseband (unmodulated) Nodes connect to a hub ldquostar topologyrdquo 100 m
max distance between nodes and hub
twisted pair
hub
5 DataLink Layer 5-49
HubsHubs are essentially physical-layer repeaters
bits coming from one link go out all other links at the same rate no frame buffering no CSMACD at hub adapters detect collisions provides net management functionality
twisted pair
hub
5 DataLink Layer 5-50
Gbit Ethernet
uses standard Ethernet frame format allows for point-to-point links and shared
broadcast channels in shared mode CSMACD is used short
distances between nodes required for efficiency
Full-Duplex at 1 Gbps for point-to-point links
10 Gbps now
5 DataLink Layer 5-51
Interconnecting with hubs Backbone hub interconnects LAN segments Extends max distance between nodes But individual segment collision domains become one
large collision domain Canrsquot interconnect 10BaseT amp 100BaseT
hub hub hub
hub
5 DataLink Layer 5-52
Switch Link layer device
stores and forwards Ethernet frames examines frame header and selectively
forwards frame based on MAC dest address when frame is to be forwarded on segment
uses CSMACD to access segment transparent
hosts are unaware of presence of switches plug-and-play self-learning
switches do not need to be configured
5 DataLink Layer 5-53
Forwarding
bull How do determine onto which LAN segment to forward framebull Looks like a routing problem
hub hubhub
switch1
2 3
5 DataLink Layer 5-54
Self learning
A switch has a switch table entry in switch table
(MAC Address Interface Time Stamp) stale entries in table dropped (TTL can be 60 min)
switch learns which hosts can be reached through which interfaces when frame received switch ldquolearnsrdquo location of
sender incoming LAN segment records senderlocation pair in switch table
5 DataLink Layer 5-55
FilteringForwardingWhen switch receives a frame
index switch table using MAC dest addressif entry found for destination
thenif dest on segment from which frame arrived
then drop the frameelse forward the frame on interface indicated
else flood
forward on all but the interface on which the frame arrived
5 DataLink Layer 5-56
Switch exampleSuppose C sends frame to D
Switch receives frame from from C notes in bridge table that C is on interface 1 because D is not in table switch forwards frame into
interfaces 2 and 3 frame received by D
hub hub hub
switch
A
B CD
EF G H
I
address interfaceABEG
1123
12 3
5 DataLink Layer 5-57
Switch exampleSuppose C sends frame to D
Switch receives frame from from C notes in bridge table that C is on interface 1 because D is not in table switch forwards frame into
interfaces 2 and 3 frame received by D
hub hub hub
switch
A
B CD
EF G H
I
address interfaceABEGC
11231
12 3
5 DataLink Layer 5-58
Switch exampleSuppose D replies back with frame to C
Switch receives frame from from D notes in bridge table that D is on interface 2 because C is in table switch forwards frame only to
interface 1 frame received by C
hub hub hub
switch
A
B CD
EF G H
I
address interfaceABEGC
11231
12 3
5 DataLink Layer 5-59
Switch exampleSuppose D replies back with frame to C
Switch receives frame from from D notes in bridge table that D is on interface 2 because C is in table switch forwards frame only to
interface 1 frame received by C
hub hub hub
switch
A
B CD
EF G H
I
address interfaceABEGCD
112312
12 3
5 DataLink Layer 5-60
Switch traffic isolation switch installation breaks subnet into LAN
segments switch filters packets
same-LAN-segment frames not usually forwarded onto other LAN segments
segments become separate collision domains
hub hub hub
switch
collision domain collision domain
collision domain
5 DataLink Layer 5-61
Switches dedicated access Switch with many
interfaces Hosts have direct
connection to switch No collisions full duplex
Switching A-to-Arsquo and B-to-Brsquo simultaneously no collisions
combinations of shareddedicated 101001000 Mbps interfaces possible
switch
A
Arsquo
B
Brsquo
C
Crsquo
5 DataLink Layer 5-62
Institutional network
hub hubhub
switch
to externalnetwork
router
IP subnet
mail server
web server
5 DataLink Layer 5-63
Switches vs Routers both store-and-forward devices
routers network layer devices (examine network layer headers)
switches are link layer devices routers maintain routing tables implement routing
algorithms switches maintain switch tables implement
filtering learning algorithms
5 DataLink Layer 5-64
Summary comparison
hubs routers switches
traffic isolation
no yes yes
plug amp play yes no yes
optimal routing
no yes no
5 DataLink Layer 5-65
VLANs motivation
What happens if CS user moves office to EE
but wants connect to CS switch
single broadcast domain all layer-2 broadcast
traffic (ARP DHCP) crosses entire LAN (securityprivacy efficiency issues)
each lowest level switch has only few ports in use
Computer Science Electrical
EngineeringComputerEngineering
Whatrsquos wrong with this picture
5 DataLink Layer 5-66
VLANs Port-based VLAN switch ports grouped (by switch management software) so that single physical switch helliphellip
Switch(es) supporting VLAN capabilities can be configured to define multiple virtual LANS over single physical LAN infrastructure
Virtual Local Area Network
1
8
9
16102
7
hellip
Electrical Engineering(VLAN ports 1-8)
Computer Science(VLAN ports 9-15)
15
hellip
Electrical Engineering(VLAN ports 1-8)
hellip
1
82
7 9
1610
15
hellip
Computer Science(VLAN ports 9-16)
hellip operates as multiple virtual switches
5 DataLink Layer 5-67
Port-based VLAN
1
8
9
16102
7
hellip
Electrical Engineering(VLAN ports 1-8)
Computer Science(VLAN ports 9-15)
15
hellip
traffic isolation frames tofrom ports 1-8 can only reach ports 1-8
can also define VLAN based on MAC addresses of endpoints rather than switch port
dynamic membershipports can be dynamically assigned among VLANs
router
forwarding between VLANSdone via routing (just as with separate switches)
in practice vendors sell combined switches plus routers
5 DataLink Layer 5-68
VLANS spanning multiple switches
trunk port carries frames between VLANS defined over multiple physical switches
frames forwarded within VLAN between switches canrsquot be vanilla 8021 frames (must carry VLAN ID info)
8021q protocol addsremoves additional header fields for frames forwarded between trunk ports
1
8
9
102
7
hellip
Electrical Engineering(VLAN ports 1-8)
Computer Science(VLAN ports 9-15)
15
hellip
2
73
Ports 235 belong to EE VLANPorts 4678 belong to CS VLAN
5
4 6 816
1
5 DataLink Layer 5-69
Type
2-byte Tag Protocol Identifier(value 81-00)
Tag Control Information (12 bit VLAN ID field 3 bit priority field like IP TOS)
Recomputed CRC
8021Q VLAN frame format
8021 frame
8021Q frame
5 DataLink Layer 5-70
Chapter 6 Wireless and Mobile Networks
Background wireless (mobile) phone subscribers now
exceeds wired phone subscribers computer nets laptops palmtops PDAs
Internet-enabled phone promise anytime untethered Internet access
two important (but different) challenges wireless communication over wireless link mobility handling the mobile user who changes point
of attachment to network
5 DataLink Layer 5-71
Elements of a wireless network
network infrastructure
wireless hosts laptop PDA IP phone run applications may be stationary
(non-mobile) or mobile wireless does not
always mean mobility
5 DataLink Layer 5-72
Elements of a wireless network
network infrastructure
base station typically connected to
wired network relay - responsible
for sending packets between wired network and wireless host(s) in its ldquoareardquo
eg cell towers 80211 access points
5 DataLink Layer 5-73
Elements of a wireless network
network infrastructure
wireless link typically used to
connect mobile(s) to base station
also used as backbone link
multiple access protocol coordinates link access
various data rates transmission distance
5 DataLink Layer 5-74
Characteristics of selected wireless link standards
Indoor10-30m
Outdoor50-200m
Mid-rangeoutdoor
200m ndash 4 Km
Long-rangeoutdoor
5Km ndash 20 Km
056
384
1
4
5-11
54
IS-95 CDMA GSM 2G
UMTSWCDMA CDMA2000 3G
80215
80211b
80211ag
UMTSWCDMA-HSPDA CDMA2000-1xEVDO 3G cellularenhanced
80216 (WiMAX)
80211ag point-to-point
200 80211n
Dat
a ra
te (M
bps) data
5 DataLink Layer 5-75
Elements of a wireless network
network infrastructure
infrastructure mode base station connects
mobiles into wired network
handoff mobile changes base station providing connection into wired network
5 DataLink Layer 5-76
Elements of a wireless networkad hoc mode no base stations nodes can only
transmit to other nodes within link coverage
nodes organize themselves into a network route among themselves
5 DataLink Layer 5-77
Wireless network taxonomy
single hop multiple hops
infrastructure(eg APs)
noinfrastructure
host connects to base station (WiFiWiMAX cellular) which connects to
larger Internet
no base station noconnection to larger Internet (Bluetooth
ad hoc nets)
host may have torelay through several
wireless nodes to connect to larger
Internet mesh net
no base station noconnection to larger
Internet May have torelay to reach other a given wireless node
MANET VANET
5 DataLink Layer 5-78
Wireless Link Characteristics (1)Differences from wired link hellip
decreased signal strength radio signal attenuates as it propagates through matter (path loss)
interference from other sources standardized wireless network frequencies (eg 24 GHz) shared by other devices (eg phone) devices (motors) interfere as well
multipath propagation radio signal reflects off objects arriving at destination at slightly different times
hellip make communication across (even a point to point) wireless link much more ldquodifficultrdquo
5 DataLink Layer 5-79
Wireless Link Characteristics (2) SNR signal-to-noise ratio
larger SNR ndash easier to extract signal from noise (a ldquogood thingrdquo)
SNR versus BER tradeoffs given physical layer
increase power -gt increase SNR-gtdecrease BER
given SNR choose physical layer that meets BER requirement giving highest thruput
bull SNR may change with mobility dynamically adapt physical layer (modulation technique rate)
10 20 30 40
QAM256 (8 Mbps)
QAM16 (4 Mbps)
BPSK (1 Mbps)
SNR(dB)B
ER
10-1
10-2
10-3
10-5
10-6
10-7
10-4
5 DataLink Layer 5-80
Wireless network characteristicsMultiple wireless senders and receivers create
additional problems (beyond multiple access)
AB
C
Hidden terminal problem B A hear each other B C hear each other A C can not hear each othermeans A C unaware of their
interference at B
A B C
Arsquos signalstrength
space
Crsquos signalstrength
Signal attenuation B A hear each other B C hear each other A C can not hear each other
interfering at B
5 DataLink Layer 5-81
IEEE 80211 Wireless LAN 80211b
24-5 GHz unlicensed spectrum up to 11 Mbps direct sequence spread
spectrum (DSSS) in physical layer
bull all hosts use same chipping code
80211a 5-6 GHz range up to 54 Mbps
80211g 24-5 GHz range up to 54 Mbps
80211n multiple antennae 24-5 GHz range up to 200 Mbps
all use CSMACA for multiple access all have base-station and ad-hoc network versions
5 DataLink Layer 5-82
80211 LAN architecture
wireless host communicates with base station
base station = access point (AP)
Basic Service Set (BSS)(aka ldquocellrdquo) in infrastructure mode contains
wireless hosts access point (AP) base
station ad hoc mode hosts only
BSS 1
BSS 2
Internet
hub switchor routerAP
AP
5 DataLink Layer 5-83
80211 Channels association
80211b 24GHz-2485GHz spectrum divided into 11 channels at different frequencies AP admin chooses frequency for AP interference possible channel can be same as
that chosen by neighboring AP host must associate with an AP
scans channels listening for beacon framescontaining APrsquos name (SSID) and MAC address
selects AP to associate with may perform authentication [Chapter 8] will typically run DHCP to get IP address in APrsquos
subnet
5 DataLink Layer 5-84
80211 passiveactive scanning
AP 2AP 1
H1
BBS 2BBS 1
122
3 4
Active Scanning (1) probe request frame broadcast
from H1(2) probe response frame sent from
APs(3) association request frame sent
H1 to selected AP (4) association response frame sent
H1 to selected AP
AP 2AP 1
H1
BBS 2BBS 1
12 3
1
Passive Scanning(1) beacon frames sent from APs(2) association request frame sent H1
to selected AP (3) association response frame sent
H1 to selected AP
5 DataLink Layer 5-85
IEEE 80211 multiple access avoid collisions 2+ nodes transmitting at same time 80211 CSMA - sense before transmitting
donrsquot collide with ongoing transmission by other node 80211 no collision detection
difficult to receive (sense collisions) when transmitting due to weak received signals (fading)
canrsquot sense all collisions in any case hidden terminal fading goal avoid collisions CSMAC(ollision)A(voidance)
AB
CA B C
Arsquos signalstrength
space
Crsquos signalstrength
5 DataLink Layer 5-86
IEEE 80211 MAC Protocol CSMACA
80211 sender1 if sense channel idle for DIFS then
transmit entire frame (no CD)2 if sense channel busy then
start random backoff timetimer counts down while channel idletransmit when timer expiresif no ACK increase random backoff
interval repeat 280211 receiver- if frame received OK
return ACK after SIFS (ACK needed due to hidden terminal problem)
sender receiver
DIFS
data
SIFS
ACK
5 DataLink Layer 5-87
Avoiding collisions (more)idea allow sender to ldquoreserverdquo channel rather than random
access of data frames avoid collisions of long data frames sender first transmits small request-to-send (RTS) packets
to BS using CSMA RTSs may still collide with each other (but theyrsquore short)
BS broadcasts clear-to-send CTS in response to RTS CTS heard by all nodes
sender transmits data frame other stations defer transmissions
avoid data frame collisions completely using small reservation packets
5 DataLink Layer 5-88
Collision Avoidance RTS-CTS exchange
APA B
time
RTS(A)RTS(B)
RTS(A)
CTS(A) CTS(A)
DATA (A)
ACK(A) ACK(A)
reservation collision
defer
5 DataLink Layer 5-89
framecontrol duration address
1address
2address
4address
3 payload CRC
2 2 6 6 6 2 6 0 - 2312 4
seqcontrol
80211 frame addressing
Address 2 MAC addressof wireless host or AP transmitting this frame
Address 1 MAC addressof wireless host or AP to receive this frame
Address 3 MAC addressof router interface to which AP is attached
Address 4 used only in ad hoc mode
5 DataLink Layer 5-90
Internetrouter
AP
H1 R1
AP MAC addr H1 MAC addr R1 MAC addraddress 1 address 2 address 3
80211 frame
R1 MAC addr H1 MAC addr dest address source address
8023 frame
80211 frame addressing
5 DataLink Layer 5-91
framecontrol duration address
1address
2address
4address
3 payload CRC
2 2 6 6 6 2 6 0 - 2312 4
seqcontrol
Type FromAPSubtype To
APMore frag WEPMore
dataPower
mgtRetry RsvdProtocolversion
2 2 4 1 1 1 1 1 11 1
80211 frame moreduration of reserved transmission time (RTSCTS)
frame seq (for RDT)
frame type(RTS CTS ACK data)
5 DataLink Layer 5-92
hub or switch
AP 2
AP 1
H1 BBS 2
BBS 1
80211 mobility within same subnet
router H1 remains in same IP subnet IP address can remain same
switch which AP is associated with H1
self-learning (Ch 5) switch will see frame from H1 and ldquorememberrdquo which switch port can be used to reach H1
5 DataLink Layer 5-93
80211 advanced capabilities
Rate Adaptation base station mobile
dynamically change transmission rate (physical layer modulation technique) as mobile moves SNR varies
QAM256 (8 Mbps)QAM16 (4 Mbps)BPSK (1 Mbps)
10 20 30 40SNR(dB)
BE
R
10-1
10-2
10-3
10-5
10-6
10-7
10-4
operating point
1 SNR decreases BER increase as node moves away from base station2 When BER becomes too high switch to lower transmission rate but with lower BER
5 DataLink Layer 5-94
80211 advanced capabilitiesPower Management node-to-AP ldquoI am going to sleep until next
beacon framerdquo AP knows not to transmit frames to this
node node wakes up before next beacon frame
beacon frame contains list of mobiles with AP-to-mobile frames waiting to be sent node will stay awake if AP-to-mobile frames
to be sent otherwise sleep again until next beacon frame
5 DataLink Layer 5-6
Adapters Communicating
link layer implemented in ldquoadapterrdquo (aka NIC)
Ethernet card PCMCIA card 80211 card
sending side encapsulates datagram in
a frame adds error checking bits
rdt flow control etc
receiving side looks for errors rdt flow
control etc extracts datagram passes
to rcving node adapter is semi-
autonomous implements link amp
physical layers
sendingnode
frame
rcvingnode
datagram
frame
adapter adapter
link layer protocol
5 DataLink Layer 5-7
Error DetectionEDC= Error Detection and Correction bits (redundancy)D = Data protected by error checking may include header fields
bull Error detection not 100 reliablebull protocol may miss some errors but rarelybull larger EDC field yields better detection and correction
5 DataLink Layer 5-8
Parity CheckingSingle Bit ParityDetect single bit errors
Two Dimensional Bit ParityDetect and correct single bit errors
0 0
1
5 DataLink Layer 5-9
Internet checksum
Sender treat segment contents
as sequence of 16-bit integers
checksum addition (1rsquos complement sum) of segment contents
sender puts checksum value into the checksum field
Receiver compute checksum of received
segment check if computed checksum
equals checksum field value NO - error detected YES - no error detected But
maybe errors nonethelessMore later hellip
Goal detect ldquoerrorsrdquo (eg flipped bits) in transmitted segment (note used at transport layer only)
5 DataLink Layer 5-10
Checksumming Cyclic Redundancy Check view data bits D as a binary number choose r+1 bit pattern (generator) G goal choose r CRC bits R such that
ltDRgt exactly divisible by G (modulo 2) receiver knows G divides ltDRgt by G If non-zero remainder
error detected can detect all burst errors less than r+1 bits
widely used in practice (Ethernet 80211 ATM HDLC)
5 DataLink Layer 5-11
CRC ExampleWant
D2r XOR R = nGequivalently
D2r = nG XOR R equivalently
if we divide D2r by G want remainder R
R = remainder[ ]D2r
G
5 DataLink Layer 5-12
Multiple Access Links and ProtocolsTwo types of ldquolinksrdquo point-to-point
PPP for dial-up access point-to-point link between Ethernet switch and host
broadcast (shared wire or medium) traditional Ethernet upstream HFC (hybrid fiber-coax used in cable TV) 80211 wireless LAN
80211)
5 DataLink Layer 5-13
Multiple Access protocols single shared broadcast channel two or more simultaneous transmissions by nodes
interference collision if node receives two or more signals at the same time
multiple access protocol distributed algorithm that determines how nodes
share channel ie determine when node can transmit communication about channel sharing must use channel
itself no out-of-band channel for coordination
5 DataLink Layer 5-14
Ideal Mulitple Access Protocol
Broadcast channel of rate R bps1 When one node wants to transmit it can send at
rate R2 When M nodes want to transmit each can send at
average rate RM3 Fully decentralized
no special node to coordinate transmissions no synchronization of clocks slots
4 Simple
5 DataLink Layer 5-15
MAC Protocols a taxonomyThree broad classes Channel Partitioning
divide channel into smaller ldquopiecesrdquo (time slots frequency code)
allocate piece to node for exclusive use Random Access
channel not divided allow collisions ldquorecoverrdquo from collisions
ldquoTaking turnsrdquo Nodes take turns but nodes with more to send can take
longer turns
5 DataLink Layer 5-16
Channel Partitioning MAC protocols TDMA
TDMA time division multiple access access to channel in rounds each station gets fixed length slot (length = pkt
trans time) in each round unused slots go idle example 6-station LAN 134 have pkts slots
256 idle
5 DataLink Layer 5-17
Channel Partitioning MAC protocols FDMA
FDMA frequency division multiple access channel spectrum divided into frequency bands each station assigned fixed frequency band unused transmission time in frequency bands go idle example 6-station LAN 134 have pkts frequency
bands 256 idle
freq
uenc
y ba
nds
time
5 DataLink Layer 5-18
Random Access Protocols
When node has packet to send transmit at full channel data rate R no a priori coordination among nodes
two or more transmitting nodes rarr ldquocollisionrdquo random access MAC protocol specifies
how to detect collisions how to recover from collisions (eg via delayed
retransmissions) Examples of random access MAC protocols
slotted ALOHA ALOHA CSMA CSMACD CSMACA
5 DataLink Layer 5-19
Slotted ALOHA
Assumptions all frames same size time is divided into
equal size slots time to transmit 1 frame
nodes start to transmit frames only at beginning of slots
nodes are synchronized if 2 or more nodes
transmit in slot all nodes detect collision
Operation when node obtains fresh
frame it transmits in next slot
if no collision node can send new frame in next slot
if collision node retransmits frame in each subsequent slot with prob p until success
5 DataLink Layer 5-20
Slotted ALOHA
Pros single active node can
continuously transmit at full rate of channel
highly decentralized only slots in nodes need to be in sync
simple
Cons collisions wasting slots idle slots nodes may be able to
detect collision in less than time to transmit packet
clock synchronization
5 DataLink Layer 5-21
Slotted Aloha efficiency
Suppose N nodes with many frames to send each transmits in slot with probability p
prob that node 1 has success in a slot= p(1-p)N-1
prob that any node has a success = Np(1-p)N-1
For max efficiency with N nodes find p that maximizes Np(1-p)N-1
For many nodes take limit of Np(1-p)N-1
as N goes to infinity gives 1e = 37
Efficiency is the long-run fraction of successful slots when there are many nodes each with many frames to send
At best channelused for useful transmissions 37of time
5 DataLink Layer 5-22
Pure (unslotted) ALOHA unslotted Aloha simpler no synchronization when frame first arrives
transmit immediately collision probability increases
frame sent at t0 collides with other frames sent in [t0-1t0+1]
5 DataLink Layer 5-23
Pure Aloha efficiencyP(success by given node) = P(node transmits)
P(no other node transmits in [t0-1t0] P(no other node transmits in [t0t0+1]
= p (1-p)N-1 (1-p)N-1
= p (1-p)2(N-1)
hellip choosing optimum p and then letting n rarr infin
= 1(2e) = 18 Even worse
5 DataLink Layer 5-24
CSMA (Carrier Sense Multiple Access)
CSMA listen before transmitIf channel sensed idle transmit entire frame If channel sensed busy defer transmission
Human analogy donrsquot interrupt others
5 DataLink Layer 5-25
CSMA collisionscollisions can still occurpropagation delay means two nodes may not heareach otherrsquos transmission
collisionentire packet transmission time wasted
spatial layout of nodes
noterole of distance amp propagation delay in determining collision probability
5 DataLink Layer 5-26
CSMACD (Collision Detection)CSMACD carrier sensing deferral as in CSMA
collisions detected within short time colliding transmissions aborted reducing channel
wastage collision detection
easy in wired LANs measure signal strengths compare transmitted received signals
difficult in wireless LANs receiver shut off while transmitting
human analogy the polite conversationalist
5 DataLink Layer 5-27
CSMACD collision detection
5 DataLink Layer 5-28
ldquoTaking Turnsrdquo MAC protocols
channel partitioning MAC protocols share channel efficiently and fairly at high load inefficient at low load delay in channel access
1N bandwidth allocated even if only 1 active node
Random access MAC protocols efficient at low load single node can fully
utilize channel high load collision overhead
ldquotaking turnsrdquo protocolslook for best of both worlds
5 DataLink Layer 5-29
ldquoTaking Turnsrdquo MAC protocolsPolling master node
ldquoinvitesrdquo slave nodes to transmit in turn
concerns polling overhead latency single point of
failure (master)
Token passing control token passed from
one node to next sequentially
token message concerns
token overhead latency single point of failure (token)
5 DataLink Layer 5-30
Summary of MAC protocols
What do you do with a shared media Channel Partitioning by time frequency or code
bull Time Division Frequency Division Random partitioning (dynamic)
bull ALOHA S-ALOHA CSMA CSMACDbull carrier sensing easy in some technologies (wire) hard
in others (wireless)bull CSMACD used in Ethernetbull CSMACA used in 80211
Taking Turnsbull polling from a central site token passing
5 DataLink Layer 5-31
MAC Addresses and ARP
32-bit IP address network-layer address used to get datagram to destination IP subnet
MAC (or LAN or ldquophysicalrdquo or Ethernet) address used to get datagram from one interface to
another physically-connected interface (same network)
48 bit MAC address (for most LANs) burned in the adapter ROM
5 DataLink Layer 5-32
LAN Addresses and ARPEach adapter on LAN has unique LAN address
Broadcast address =FF-FF-FF-FF-FF-FF
= adapter
1A-2F-BB-76-09-AD
58-23-D7-FA-20-B0
0C-C4-11-6F-E3-98
71-65-F7-2B-08-53
LAN(wired orwireless)
5 DataLink Layer 5-33
LAN Address (more)
MAC address allocation administered by IEEE manufacturer buys portion of MAC address space
(to assure uniqueness) Analogy
(a) MAC address like Social Security Number(b) IP address like postal address
MAC flat address allows easier portability can move LAN card from one LAN to another
IP hierarchical address NOT portable depends on IP subnet to which node is attached
5 DataLink Layer 5-34
ARP Address Resolution Protocol
Each IP node (Host Router) on LAN has ARP table
ARP Table IPMAC address mappings for some LAN nodes
lt IP address MAC address TTLgt TTL (Time To Live) time
after which address mapping will be forgotten (typically 20 min)
Question how to determineMAC address of Bknowing Brsquos IP address
1A-2F-BB-76-09-AD
58-23-D7-FA-20-B0
0C-C4-11-6F-E3-98
71-65-F7-2B-08-53
LAN
237196723
237196778
237196714
237196788
5 DataLink Layer 5-35
ARP protocol Same LAN (network)
A wants to send datagram to B and Brsquos MAC address not in Arsquos ARP table
A broadcasts ARP query packet containing Bs IP address
Dest MAC address = FF-FF-FF-FF-FF-FF
all machines on LAN receive ARP query
B receives ARP packet replies to A with its (Bs) MAC address
frame sent to Arsquos MAC address (unicast)
A caches (saves) IP-to-MAC address pair in its ARP table until information becomes old (times out)
soft state information that times out (goes away) unless refreshed
ARP is ldquoplug-and-playrdquo nodes create their ARP
tables without intervention from net administrator
5 DataLink Layer 5-36
Routing to another LANwalkthrough send datagram from A to B via R
assume A knowrsquos Brsquos IP address
Two ARP tables in router R one for each IP network (LAN)
A
RB
5 DataLink Layer 5-37
A creates datagram with source A destination B A uses ARP to get Rrsquos MAC address for 111111111110 A creates link-layer frame with Rs MAC address as dest
frame contains A-to-B IP datagram Arsquos adapter sends frame Rrsquos adapter receives frame R removes IP datagram from Ethernet frame sees itrsquos
destined to B R uses ARP to get Brsquos MAC address R creates frame containing A-to-B IP datagram sends to B
A
RB
5 DataLink Layer 5-38
Ethernetldquodominantrdquo wired LAN technology cheap $20 for 100Mbs first widely used LAN technology Simpler cheaper than token LANs and ATM Kept up with speed race 10 Mbps ndash 10 Gbps
Metcalfersquos Ethernetsketch
5 DataLink Layer 5-39
Star topology Bus topology popular through mid 90s Now star topology prevails Connection choices hub or switch (more later)
hub orswitch
5 DataLink Layer 5-40
Ethernet Frame StructureSending adapter encapsulates IP datagram (or other
network layer protocol packet) in Ethernet frame
Preamble 7 bytes with pattern 10101010 followed by one
byte with pattern 10101011 used to synchronize receiver sender clock rates
5 DataLink Layer 5-41
Ethernet Frame Structure (more) Addresses 6 bytes
if adapter receives frame with matching destination address or with broadcast address (eg ARP packet) it passes data in frame to net-layer protocol
otherwise adapter discards frame Type 2 bytes indicates the higher (network)
layer protocol (commonly IP but may also be ARP Novell IPX and AppleTalk etc)
CRC 4 bytes checked at receiver if error is detected the frame is simply dropped
5 DataLink Layer 5-42
Unreliable connectionless service
Connectionless No handshaking between sending and receiving adapter
Unreliable receiving adapter doesnrsquot send acks or nacks to sending adapter
stream of datagrams passed to network layer can have gaps
gaps will be filled if app is using TCP otherwise app will see the gaps
5 DataLink Layer 5-43
Ethernet uses CSMACD
No slots adapter doesnrsquot transmit
if it senses that some other adapter is transmitting that is carrier sense
transmitting adapter aborts when it senses that another adapter is transmitting that is collision detection
Before attempting a retransmission adapter waits a random time that is random access
5 DataLink Layer 5-44
Ethernet CSMACD algorithm1 Adapter receives
datagram from net layer amp creates frame
2 If adapter senses channel idle it starts to transmit frame If it senses channel busy waits until channel idle and then transmits
3 If adapter transmits entire frame without detecting another transmission the adapter is done with frame
4 If adapter detects another transmission while transmitting aborts and sends 48-bit jam signal
5 After aborting adapter enters exponential backoff after the mthcollision adapter chooses a K at random from 012hellip2m-1 Adapter waits K512 bit times and returns to Step 2
5 DataLink Layer 5-45
Frame Size limitations for Ethernet Minimum Frame size (Fmin)
For proper collision detectionFmin = Min frame sizeR = Ethernetrsquos transmission rate
eg 10 Mbsdmax = max Ethernet segment
lengthS = Propagation speed (2x108
ms)FminR ge 2dmaxS
Maximum Frame Size (Fmax)For fairness among competing nodes
Fmin=64 Bytes Fmax=1500 Bytes
A Bd
2dS
tim
e
Arsquos frame
Brsquos frame
Arsquos frame in yellowBrsquos frame in green
For proper collision detection Arsquos frame should last at least until Brsquos frame reaches A
5 DataLink Layer 5-46
Ethernetrsquos CSMACD (more)Jam Signal make sure all
other transmitters are aware of collision 48 bits
Random retransmission delayK 512 bit transmission times where K is randomly selected bit time is 01 microsec for 10 Mbps and 001 microsec for 100 Mbps Ethernet
Exponential Backoff Goal adapt retransmission
attempts to estimated current load
heavy load random wait will be longer
first collision choose K from 01 delay is K 512 bit transmission times
after second collision choose K from 0123hellip
after ten collisions choose K from 01234hellip1023
for max value of K=1023 wait time is about 50 msec for 10 Mbps 5 msec for 100 Mbps Ethernet
Seeinteract with Javaapplet on AWL Web sitehighly recommended
5 DataLink Layer 5-47
CSMACD efficiency
tprop = max prop between 2 nodes in LAN ttrans = time to transmit max-size frame
Efficiency goes to 1 as tprop goes to 0 Goes to 1 as ttrans goes to infinity Much better than ALOHA but still decentralized
simple and cheap
1efficiency1 5 prop transt t
asymp+
5 DataLink Layer 5-48
10BaseT and 100BaseT 10100 Mbps rates T stands for Twisted Pair Base stands for Baseband (unmodulated) Nodes connect to a hub ldquostar topologyrdquo 100 m
max distance between nodes and hub
twisted pair
hub
5 DataLink Layer 5-49
HubsHubs are essentially physical-layer repeaters
bits coming from one link go out all other links at the same rate no frame buffering no CSMACD at hub adapters detect collisions provides net management functionality
twisted pair
hub
5 DataLink Layer 5-50
Gbit Ethernet
uses standard Ethernet frame format allows for point-to-point links and shared
broadcast channels in shared mode CSMACD is used short
distances between nodes required for efficiency
Full-Duplex at 1 Gbps for point-to-point links
10 Gbps now
5 DataLink Layer 5-51
Interconnecting with hubs Backbone hub interconnects LAN segments Extends max distance between nodes But individual segment collision domains become one
large collision domain Canrsquot interconnect 10BaseT amp 100BaseT
hub hub hub
hub
5 DataLink Layer 5-52
Switch Link layer device
stores and forwards Ethernet frames examines frame header and selectively
forwards frame based on MAC dest address when frame is to be forwarded on segment
uses CSMACD to access segment transparent
hosts are unaware of presence of switches plug-and-play self-learning
switches do not need to be configured
5 DataLink Layer 5-53
Forwarding
bull How do determine onto which LAN segment to forward framebull Looks like a routing problem
hub hubhub
switch1
2 3
5 DataLink Layer 5-54
Self learning
A switch has a switch table entry in switch table
(MAC Address Interface Time Stamp) stale entries in table dropped (TTL can be 60 min)
switch learns which hosts can be reached through which interfaces when frame received switch ldquolearnsrdquo location of
sender incoming LAN segment records senderlocation pair in switch table
5 DataLink Layer 5-55
FilteringForwardingWhen switch receives a frame
index switch table using MAC dest addressif entry found for destination
thenif dest on segment from which frame arrived
then drop the frameelse forward the frame on interface indicated
else flood
forward on all but the interface on which the frame arrived
5 DataLink Layer 5-56
Switch exampleSuppose C sends frame to D
Switch receives frame from from C notes in bridge table that C is on interface 1 because D is not in table switch forwards frame into
interfaces 2 and 3 frame received by D
hub hub hub
switch
A
B CD
EF G H
I
address interfaceABEG
1123
12 3
5 DataLink Layer 5-57
Switch exampleSuppose C sends frame to D
Switch receives frame from from C notes in bridge table that C is on interface 1 because D is not in table switch forwards frame into
interfaces 2 and 3 frame received by D
hub hub hub
switch
A
B CD
EF G H
I
address interfaceABEGC
11231
12 3
5 DataLink Layer 5-58
Switch exampleSuppose D replies back with frame to C
Switch receives frame from from D notes in bridge table that D is on interface 2 because C is in table switch forwards frame only to
interface 1 frame received by C
hub hub hub
switch
A
B CD
EF G H
I
address interfaceABEGC
11231
12 3
5 DataLink Layer 5-59
Switch exampleSuppose D replies back with frame to C
Switch receives frame from from D notes in bridge table that D is on interface 2 because C is in table switch forwards frame only to
interface 1 frame received by C
hub hub hub
switch
A
B CD
EF G H
I
address interfaceABEGCD
112312
12 3
5 DataLink Layer 5-60
Switch traffic isolation switch installation breaks subnet into LAN
segments switch filters packets
same-LAN-segment frames not usually forwarded onto other LAN segments
segments become separate collision domains
hub hub hub
switch
collision domain collision domain
collision domain
5 DataLink Layer 5-61
Switches dedicated access Switch with many
interfaces Hosts have direct
connection to switch No collisions full duplex
Switching A-to-Arsquo and B-to-Brsquo simultaneously no collisions
combinations of shareddedicated 101001000 Mbps interfaces possible
switch
A
Arsquo
B
Brsquo
C
Crsquo
5 DataLink Layer 5-62
Institutional network
hub hubhub
switch
to externalnetwork
router
IP subnet
mail server
web server
5 DataLink Layer 5-63
Switches vs Routers both store-and-forward devices
routers network layer devices (examine network layer headers)
switches are link layer devices routers maintain routing tables implement routing
algorithms switches maintain switch tables implement
filtering learning algorithms
5 DataLink Layer 5-64
Summary comparison
hubs routers switches
traffic isolation
no yes yes
plug amp play yes no yes
optimal routing
no yes no
5 DataLink Layer 5-65
VLANs motivation
What happens if CS user moves office to EE
but wants connect to CS switch
single broadcast domain all layer-2 broadcast
traffic (ARP DHCP) crosses entire LAN (securityprivacy efficiency issues)
each lowest level switch has only few ports in use
Computer Science Electrical
EngineeringComputerEngineering
Whatrsquos wrong with this picture
5 DataLink Layer 5-66
VLANs Port-based VLAN switch ports grouped (by switch management software) so that single physical switch helliphellip
Switch(es) supporting VLAN capabilities can be configured to define multiple virtual LANS over single physical LAN infrastructure
Virtual Local Area Network
1
8
9
16102
7
hellip
Electrical Engineering(VLAN ports 1-8)
Computer Science(VLAN ports 9-15)
15
hellip
Electrical Engineering(VLAN ports 1-8)
hellip
1
82
7 9
1610
15
hellip
Computer Science(VLAN ports 9-16)
hellip operates as multiple virtual switches
5 DataLink Layer 5-67
Port-based VLAN
1
8
9
16102
7
hellip
Electrical Engineering(VLAN ports 1-8)
Computer Science(VLAN ports 9-15)
15
hellip
traffic isolation frames tofrom ports 1-8 can only reach ports 1-8
can also define VLAN based on MAC addresses of endpoints rather than switch port
dynamic membershipports can be dynamically assigned among VLANs
router
forwarding between VLANSdone via routing (just as with separate switches)
in practice vendors sell combined switches plus routers
5 DataLink Layer 5-68
VLANS spanning multiple switches
trunk port carries frames between VLANS defined over multiple physical switches
frames forwarded within VLAN between switches canrsquot be vanilla 8021 frames (must carry VLAN ID info)
8021q protocol addsremoves additional header fields for frames forwarded between trunk ports
1
8
9
102
7
hellip
Electrical Engineering(VLAN ports 1-8)
Computer Science(VLAN ports 9-15)
15
hellip
2
73
Ports 235 belong to EE VLANPorts 4678 belong to CS VLAN
5
4 6 816
1
5 DataLink Layer 5-69
Type
2-byte Tag Protocol Identifier(value 81-00)
Tag Control Information (12 bit VLAN ID field 3 bit priority field like IP TOS)
Recomputed CRC
8021Q VLAN frame format
8021 frame
8021Q frame
5 DataLink Layer 5-70
Chapter 6 Wireless and Mobile Networks
Background wireless (mobile) phone subscribers now
exceeds wired phone subscribers computer nets laptops palmtops PDAs
Internet-enabled phone promise anytime untethered Internet access
two important (but different) challenges wireless communication over wireless link mobility handling the mobile user who changes point
of attachment to network
5 DataLink Layer 5-71
Elements of a wireless network
network infrastructure
wireless hosts laptop PDA IP phone run applications may be stationary
(non-mobile) or mobile wireless does not
always mean mobility
5 DataLink Layer 5-72
Elements of a wireless network
network infrastructure
base station typically connected to
wired network relay - responsible
for sending packets between wired network and wireless host(s) in its ldquoareardquo
eg cell towers 80211 access points
5 DataLink Layer 5-73
Elements of a wireless network
network infrastructure
wireless link typically used to
connect mobile(s) to base station
also used as backbone link
multiple access protocol coordinates link access
various data rates transmission distance
5 DataLink Layer 5-74
Characteristics of selected wireless link standards
Indoor10-30m
Outdoor50-200m
Mid-rangeoutdoor
200m ndash 4 Km
Long-rangeoutdoor
5Km ndash 20 Km
056
384
1
4
5-11
54
IS-95 CDMA GSM 2G
UMTSWCDMA CDMA2000 3G
80215
80211b
80211ag
UMTSWCDMA-HSPDA CDMA2000-1xEVDO 3G cellularenhanced
80216 (WiMAX)
80211ag point-to-point
200 80211n
Dat
a ra
te (M
bps) data
5 DataLink Layer 5-75
Elements of a wireless network
network infrastructure
infrastructure mode base station connects
mobiles into wired network
handoff mobile changes base station providing connection into wired network
5 DataLink Layer 5-76
Elements of a wireless networkad hoc mode no base stations nodes can only
transmit to other nodes within link coverage
nodes organize themselves into a network route among themselves
5 DataLink Layer 5-77
Wireless network taxonomy
single hop multiple hops
infrastructure(eg APs)
noinfrastructure
host connects to base station (WiFiWiMAX cellular) which connects to
larger Internet
no base station noconnection to larger Internet (Bluetooth
ad hoc nets)
host may have torelay through several
wireless nodes to connect to larger
Internet mesh net
no base station noconnection to larger
Internet May have torelay to reach other a given wireless node
MANET VANET
5 DataLink Layer 5-78
Wireless Link Characteristics (1)Differences from wired link hellip
decreased signal strength radio signal attenuates as it propagates through matter (path loss)
interference from other sources standardized wireless network frequencies (eg 24 GHz) shared by other devices (eg phone) devices (motors) interfere as well
multipath propagation radio signal reflects off objects arriving at destination at slightly different times
hellip make communication across (even a point to point) wireless link much more ldquodifficultrdquo
5 DataLink Layer 5-79
Wireless Link Characteristics (2) SNR signal-to-noise ratio
larger SNR ndash easier to extract signal from noise (a ldquogood thingrdquo)
SNR versus BER tradeoffs given physical layer
increase power -gt increase SNR-gtdecrease BER
given SNR choose physical layer that meets BER requirement giving highest thruput
bull SNR may change with mobility dynamically adapt physical layer (modulation technique rate)
10 20 30 40
QAM256 (8 Mbps)
QAM16 (4 Mbps)
BPSK (1 Mbps)
SNR(dB)B
ER
10-1
10-2
10-3
10-5
10-6
10-7
10-4
5 DataLink Layer 5-80
Wireless network characteristicsMultiple wireless senders and receivers create
additional problems (beyond multiple access)
AB
C
Hidden terminal problem B A hear each other B C hear each other A C can not hear each othermeans A C unaware of their
interference at B
A B C
Arsquos signalstrength
space
Crsquos signalstrength
Signal attenuation B A hear each other B C hear each other A C can not hear each other
interfering at B
5 DataLink Layer 5-81
IEEE 80211 Wireless LAN 80211b
24-5 GHz unlicensed spectrum up to 11 Mbps direct sequence spread
spectrum (DSSS) in physical layer
bull all hosts use same chipping code
80211a 5-6 GHz range up to 54 Mbps
80211g 24-5 GHz range up to 54 Mbps
80211n multiple antennae 24-5 GHz range up to 200 Mbps
all use CSMACA for multiple access all have base-station and ad-hoc network versions
5 DataLink Layer 5-82
80211 LAN architecture
wireless host communicates with base station
base station = access point (AP)
Basic Service Set (BSS)(aka ldquocellrdquo) in infrastructure mode contains
wireless hosts access point (AP) base
station ad hoc mode hosts only
BSS 1
BSS 2
Internet
hub switchor routerAP
AP
5 DataLink Layer 5-83
80211 Channels association
80211b 24GHz-2485GHz spectrum divided into 11 channels at different frequencies AP admin chooses frequency for AP interference possible channel can be same as
that chosen by neighboring AP host must associate with an AP
scans channels listening for beacon framescontaining APrsquos name (SSID) and MAC address
selects AP to associate with may perform authentication [Chapter 8] will typically run DHCP to get IP address in APrsquos
subnet
5 DataLink Layer 5-84
80211 passiveactive scanning
AP 2AP 1
H1
BBS 2BBS 1
122
3 4
Active Scanning (1) probe request frame broadcast
from H1(2) probe response frame sent from
APs(3) association request frame sent
H1 to selected AP (4) association response frame sent
H1 to selected AP
AP 2AP 1
H1
BBS 2BBS 1
12 3
1
Passive Scanning(1) beacon frames sent from APs(2) association request frame sent H1
to selected AP (3) association response frame sent
H1 to selected AP
5 DataLink Layer 5-85
IEEE 80211 multiple access avoid collisions 2+ nodes transmitting at same time 80211 CSMA - sense before transmitting
donrsquot collide with ongoing transmission by other node 80211 no collision detection
difficult to receive (sense collisions) when transmitting due to weak received signals (fading)
canrsquot sense all collisions in any case hidden terminal fading goal avoid collisions CSMAC(ollision)A(voidance)
AB
CA B C
Arsquos signalstrength
space
Crsquos signalstrength
5 DataLink Layer 5-86
IEEE 80211 MAC Protocol CSMACA
80211 sender1 if sense channel idle for DIFS then
transmit entire frame (no CD)2 if sense channel busy then
start random backoff timetimer counts down while channel idletransmit when timer expiresif no ACK increase random backoff
interval repeat 280211 receiver- if frame received OK
return ACK after SIFS (ACK needed due to hidden terminal problem)
sender receiver
DIFS
data
SIFS
ACK
5 DataLink Layer 5-87
Avoiding collisions (more)idea allow sender to ldquoreserverdquo channel rather than random
access of data frames avoid collisions of long data frames sender first transmits small request-to-send (RTS) packets
to BS using CSMA RTSs may still collide with each other (but theyrsquore short)
BS broadcasts clear-to-send CTS in response to RTS CTS heard by all nodes
sender transmits data frame other stations defer transmissions
avoid data frame collisions completely using small reservation packets
5 DataLink Layer 5-88
Collision Avoidance RTS-CTS exchange
APA B
time
RTS(A)RTS(B)
RTS(A)
CTS(A) CTS(A)
DATA (A)
ACK(A) ACK(A)
reservation collision
defer
5 DataLink Layer 5-89
framecontrol duration address
1address
2address
4address
3 payload CRC
2 2 6 6 6 2 6 0 - 2312 4
seqcontrol
80211 frame addressing
Address 2 MAC addressof wireless host or AP transmitting this frame
Address 1 MAC addressof wireless host or AP to receive this frame
Address 3 MAC addressof router interface to which AP is attached
Address 4 used only in ad hoc mode
5 DataLink Layer 5-90
Internetrouter
AP
H1 R1
AP MAC addr H1 MAC addr R1 MAC addraddress 1 address 2 address 3
80211 frame
R1 MAC addr H1 MAC addr dest address source address
8023 frame
80211 frame addressing
5 DataLink Layer 5-91
framecontrol duration address
1address
2address
4address
3 payload CRC
2 2 6 6 6 2 6 0 - 2312 4
seqcontrol
Type FromAPSubtype To
APMore frag WEPMore
dataPower
mgtRetry RsvdProtocolversion
2 2 4 1 1 1 1 1 11 1
80211 frame moreduration of reserved transmission time (RTSCTS)
frame seq (for RDT)
frame type(RTS CTS ACK data)
5 DataLink Layer 5-92
hub or switch
AP 2
AP 1
H1 BBS 2
BBS 1
80211 mobility within same subnet
router H1 remains in same IP subnet IP address can remain same
switch which AP is associated with H1
self-learning (Ch 5) switch will see frame from H1 and ldquorememberrdquo which switch port can be used to reach H1
5 DataLink Layer 5-93
80211 advanced capabilities
Rate Adaptation base station mobile
dynamically change transmission rate (physical layer modulation technique) as mobile moves SNR varies
QAM256 (8 Mbps)QAM16 (4 Mbps)BPSK (1 Mbps)
10 20 30 40SNR(dB)
BE
R
10-1
10-2
10-3
10-5
10-6
10-7
10-4
operating point
1 SNR decreases BER increase as node moves away from base station2 When BER becomes too high switch to lower transmission rate but with lower BER
5 DataLink Layer 5-94
80211 advanced capabilitiesPower Management node-to-AP ldquoI am going to sleep until next
beacon framerdquo AP knows not to transmit frames to this
node node wakes up before next beacon frame
beacon frame contains list of mobiles with AP-to-mobile frames waiting to be sent node will stay awake if AP-to-mobile frames
to be sent otherwise sleep again until next beacon frame
5 DataLink Layer 5-7
Error DetectionEDC= Error Detection and Correction bits (redundancy)D = Data protected by error checking may include header fields
bull Error detection not 100 reliablebull protocol may miss some errors but rarelybull larger EDC field yields better detection and correction
5 DataLink Layer 5-8
Parity CheckingSingle Bit ParityDetect single bit errors
Two Dimensional Bit ParityDetect and correct single bit errors
0 0
1
5 DataLink Layer 5-9
Internet checksum
Sender treat segment contents
as sequence of 16-bit integers
checksum addition (1rsquos complement sum) of segment contents
sender puts checksum value into the checksum field
Receiver compute checksum of received
segment check if computed checksum
equals checksum field value NO - error detected YES - no error detected But
maybe errors nonethelessMore later hellip
Goal detect ldquoerrorsrdquo (eg flipped bits) in transmitted segment (note used at transport layer only)
5 DataLink Layer 5-10
Checksumming Cyclic Redundancy Check view data bits D as a binary number choose r+1 bit pattern (generator) G goal choose r CRC bits R such that
ltDRgt exactly divisible by G (modulo 2) receiver knows G divides ltDRgt by G If non-zero remainder
error detected can detect all burst errors less than r+1 bits
widely used in practice (Ethernet 80211 ATM HDLC)
5 DataLink Layer 5-11
CRC ExampleWant
D2r XOR R = nGequivalently
D2r = nG XOR R equivalently
if we divide D2r by G want remainder R
R = remainder[ ]D2r
G
5 DataLink Layer 5-12
Multiple Access Links and ProtocolsTwo types of ldquolinksrdquo point-to-point
PPP for dial-up access point-to-point link between Ethernet switch and host
broadcast (shared wire or medium) traditional Ethernet upstream HFC (hybrid fiber-coax used in cable TV) 80211 wireless LAN
80211)
5 DataLink Layer 5-13
Multiple Access protocols single shared broadcast channel two or more simultaneous transmissions by nodes
interference collision if node receives two or more signals at the same time
multiple access protocol distributed algorithm that determines how nodes
share channel ie determine when node can transmit communication about channel sharing must use channel
itself no out-of-band channel for coordination
5 DataLink Layer 5-14
Ideal Mulitple Access Protocol
Broadcast channel of rate R bps1 When one node wants to transmit it can send at
rate R2 When M nodes want to transmit each can send at
average rate RM3 Fully decentralized
no special node to coordinate transmissions no synchronization of clocks slots
4 Simple
5 DataLink Layer 5-15
MAC Protocols a taxonomyThree broad classes Channel Partitioning
divide channel into smaller ldquopiecesrdquo (time slots frequency code)
allocate piece to node for exclusive use Random Access
channel not divided allow collisions ldquorecoverrdquo from collisions
ldquoTaking turnsrdquo Nodes take turns but nodes with more to send can take
longer turns
5 DataLink Layer 5-16
Channel Partitioning MAC protocols TDMA
TDMA time division multiple access access to channel in rounds each station gets fixed length slot (length = pkt
trans time) in each round unused slots go idle example 6-station LAN 134 have pkts slots
256 idle
5 DataLink Layer 5-17
Channel Partitioning MAC protocols FDMA
FDMA frequency division multiple access channel spectrum divided into frequency bands each station assigned fixed frequency band unused transmission time in frequency bands go idle example 6-station LAN 134 have pkts frequency
bands 256 idle
freq
uenc
y ba
nds
time
5 DataLink Layer 5-18
Random Access Protocols
When node has packet to send transmit at full channel data rate R no a priori coordination among nodes
two or more transmitting nodes rarr ldquocollisionrdquo random access MAC protocol specifies
how to detect collisions how to recover from collisions (eg via delayed
retransmissions) Examples of random access MAC protocols
slotted ALOHA ALOHA CSMA CSMACD CSMACA
5 DataLink Layer 5-19
Slotted ALOHA
Assumptions all frames same size time is divided into
equal size slots time to transmit 1 frame
nodes start to transmit frames only at beginning of slots
nodes are synchronized if 2 or more nodes
transmit in slot all nodes detect collision
Operation when node obtains fresh
frame it transmits in next slot
if no collision node can send new frame in next slot
if collision node retransmits frame in each subsequent slot with prob p until success
5 DataLink Layer 5-20
Slotted ALOHA
Pros single active node can
continuously transmit at full rate of channel
highly decentralized only slots in nodes need to be in sync
simple
Cons collisions wasting slots idle slots nodes may be able to
detect collision in less than time to transmit packet
clock synchronization
5 DataLink Layer 5-21
Slotted Aloha efficiency
Suppose N nodes with many frames to send each transmits in slot with probability p
prob that node 1 has success in a slot= p(1-p)N-1
prob that any node has a success = Np(1-p)N-1
For max efficiency with N nodes find p that maximizes Np(1-p)N-1
For many nodes take limit of Np(1-p)N-1
as N goes to infinity gives 1e = 37
Efficiency is the long-run fraction of successful slots when there are many nodes each with many frames to send
At best channelused for useful transmissions 37of time
5 DataLink Layer 5-22
Pure (unslotted) ALOHA unslotted Aloha simpler no synchronization when frame first arrives
transmit immediately collision probability increases
frame sent at t0 collides with other frames sent in [t0-1t0+1]
5 DataLink Layer 5-23
Pure Aloha efficiencyP(success by given node) = P(node transmits)
P(no other node transmits in [t0-1t0] P(no other node transmits in [t0t0+1]
= p (1-p)N-1 (1-p)N-1
= p (1-p)2(N-1)
hellip choosing optimum p and then letting n rarr infin
= 1(2e) = 18 Even worse
5 DataLink Layer 5-24
CSMA (Carrier Sense Multiple Access)
CSMA listen before transmitIf channel sensed idle transmit entire frame If channel sensed busy defer transmission
Human analogy donrsquot interrupt others
5 DataLink Layer 5-25
CSMA collisionscollisions can still occurpropagation delay means two nodes may not heareach otherrsquos transmission
collisionentire packet transmission time wasted
spatial layout of nodes
noterole of distance amp propagation delay in determining collision probability
5 DataLink Layer 5-26
CSMACD (Collision Detection)CSMACD carrier sensing deferral as in CSMA
collisions detected within short time colliding transmissions aborted reducing channel
wastage collision detection
easy in wired LANs measure signal strengths compare transmitted received signals
difficult in wireless LANs receiver shut off while transmitting
human analogy the polite conversationalist
5 DataLink Layer 5-27
CSMACD collision detection
5 DataLink Layer 5-28
ldquoTaking Turnsrdquo MAC protocols
channel partitioning MAC protocols share channel efficiently and fairly at high load inefficient at low load delay in channel access
1N bandwidth allocated even if only 1 active node
Random access MAC protocols efficient at low load single node can fully
utilize channel high load collision overhead
ldquotaking turnsrdquo protocolslook for best of both worlds
5 DataLink Layer 5-29
ldquoTaking Turnsrdquo MAC protocolsPolling master node
ldquoinvitesrdquo slave nodes to transmit in turn
concerns polling overhead latency single point of
failure (master)
Token passing control token passed from
one node to next sequentially
token message concerns
token overhead latency single point of failure (token)
5 DataLink Layer 5-30
Summary of MAC protocols
What do you do with a shared media Channel Partitioning by time frequency or code
bull Time Division Frequency Division Random partitioning (dynamic)
bull ALOHA S-ALOHA CSMA CSMACDbull carrier sensing easy in some technologies (wire) hard
in others (wireless)bull CSMACD used in Ethernetbull CSMACA used in 80211
Taking Turnsbull polling from a central site token passing
5 DataLink Layer 5-31
MAC Addresses and ARP
32-bit IP address network-layer address used to get datagram to destination IP subnet
MAC (or LAN or ldquophysicalrdquo or Ethernet) address used to get datagram from one interface to
another physically-connected interface (same network)
48 bit MAC address (for most LANs) burned in the adapter ROM
5 DataLink Layer 5-32
LAN Addresses and ARPEach adapter on LAN has unique LAN address
Broadcast address =FF-FF-FF-FF-FF-FF
= adapter
1A-2F-BB-76-09-AD
58-23-D7-FA-20-B0
0C-C4-11-6F-E3-98
71-65-F7-2B-08-53
LAN(wired orwireless)
5 DataLink Layer 5-33
LAN Address (more)
MAC address allocation administered by IEEE manufacturer buys portion of MAC address space
(to assure uniqueness) Analogy
(a) MAC address like Social Security Number(b) IP address like postal address
MAC flat address allows easier portability can move LAN card from one LAN to another
IP hierarchical address NOT portable depends on IP subnet to which node is attached
5 DataLink Layer 5-34
ARP Address Resolution Protocol
Each IP node (Host Router) on LAN has ARP table
ARP Table IPMAC address mappings for some LAN nodes
lt IP address MAC address TTLgt TTL (Time To Live) time
after which address mapping will be forgotten (typically 20 min)
Question how to determineMAC address of Bknowing Brsquos IP address
1A-2F-BB-76-09-AD
58-23-D7-FA-20-B0
0C-C4-11-6F-E3-98
71-65-F7-2B-08-53
LAN
237196723
237196778
237196714
237196788
5 DataLink Layer 5-35
ARP protocol Same LAN (network)
A wants to send datagram to B and Brsquos MAC address not in Arsquos ARP table
A broadcasts ARP query packet containing Bs IP address
Dest MAC address = FF-FF-FF-FF-FF-FF
all machines on LAN receive ARP query
B receives ARP packet replies to A with its (Bs) MAC address
frame sent to Arsquos MAC address (unicast)
A caches (saves) IP-to-MAC address pair in its ARP table until information becomes old (times out)
soft state information that times out (goes away) unless refreshed
ARP is ldquoplug-and-playrdquo nodes create their ARP
tables without intervention from net administrator
5 DataLink Layer 5-36
Routing to another LANwalkthrough send datagram from A to B via R
assume A knowrsquos Brsquos IP address
Two ARP tables in router R one for each IP network (LAN)
A
RB
5 DataLink Layer 5-37
A creates datagram with source A destination B A uses ARP to get Rrsquos MAC address for 111111111110 A creates link-layer frame with Rs MAC address as dest
frame contains A-to-B IP datagram Arsquos adapter sends frame Rrsquos adapter receives frame R removes IP datagram from Ethernet frame sees itrsquos
destined to B R uses ARP to get Brsquos MAC address R creates frame containing A-to-B IP datagram sends to B
A
RB
5 DataLink Layer 5-38
Ethernetldquodominantrdquo wired LAN technology cheap $20 for 100Mbs first widely used LAN technology Simpler cheaper than token LANs and ATM Kept up with speed race 10 Mbps ndash 10 Gbps
Metcalfersquos Ethernetsketch
5 DataLink Layer 5-39
Star topology Bus topology popular through mid 90s Now star topology prevails Connection choices hub or switch (more later)
hub orswitch
5 DataLink Layer 5-40
Ethernet Frame StructureSending adapter encapsulates IP datagram (or other
network layer protocol packet) in Ethernet frame
Preamble 7 bytes with pattern 10101010 followed by one
byte with pattern 10101011 used to synchronize receiver sender clock rates
5 DataLink Layer 5-41
Ethernet Frame Structure (more) Addresses 6 bytes
if adapter receives frame with matching destination address or with broadcast address (eg ARP packet) it passes data in frame to net-layer protocol
otherwise adapter discards frame Type 2 bytes indicates the higher (network)
layer protocol (commonly IP but may also be ARP Novell IPX and AppleTalk etc)
CRC 4 bytes checked at receiver if error is detected the frame is simply dropped
5 DataLink Layer 5-42
Unreliable connectionless service
Connectionless No handshaking between sending and receiving adapter
Unreliable receiving adapter doesnrsquot send acks or nacks to sending adapter
stream of datagrams passed to network layer can have gaps
gaps will be filled if app is using TCP otherwise app will see the gaps
5 DataLink Layer 5-43
Ethernet uses CSMACD
No slots adapter doesnrsquot transmit
if it senses that some other adapter is transmitting that is carrier sense
transmitting adapter aborts when it senses that another adapter is transmitting that is collision detection
Before attempting a retransmission adapter waits a random time that is random access
5 DataLink Layer 5-44
Ethernet CSMACD algorithm1 Adapter receives
datagram from net layer amp creates frame
2 If adapter senses channel idle it starts to transmit frame If it senses channel busy waits until channel idle and then transmits
3 If adapter transmits entire frame without detecting another transmission the adapter is done with frame
4 If adapter detects another transmission while transmitting aborts and sends 48-bit jam signal
5 After aborting adapter enters exponential backoff after the mthcollision adapter chooses a K at random from 012hellip2m-1 Adapter waits K512 bit times and returns to Step 2
5 DataLink Layer 5-45
Frame Size limitations for Ethernet Minimum Frame size (Fmin)
For proper collision detectionFmin = Min frame sizeR = Ethernetrsquos transmission rate
eg 10 Mbsdmax = max Ethernet segment
lengthS = Propagation speed (2x108
ms)FminR ge 2dmaxS
Maximum Frame Size (Fmax)For fairness among competing nodes
Fmin=64 Bytes Fmax=1500 Bytes
A Bd
2dS
tim
e
Arsquos frame
Brsquos frame
Arsquos frame in yellowBrsquos frame in green
For proper collision detection Arsquos frame should last at least until Brsquos frame reaches A
5 DataLink Layer 5-46
Ethernetrsquos CSMACD (more)Jam Signal make sure all
other transmitters are aware of collision 48 bits
Random retransmission delayK 512 bit transmission times where K is randomly selected bit time is 01 microsec for 10 Mbps and 001 microsec for 100 Mbps Ethernet
Exponential Backoff Goal adapt retransmission
attempts to estimated current load
heavy load random wait will be longer
first collision choose K from 01 delay is K 512 bit transmission times
after second collision choose K from 0123hellip
after ten collisions choose K from 01234hellip1023
for max value of K=1023 wait time is about 50 msec for 10 Mbps 5 msec for 100 Mbps Ethernet
Seeinteract with Javaapplet on AWL Web sitehighly recommended
5 DataLink Layer 5-47
CSMACD efficiency
tprop = max prop between 2 nodes in LAN ttrans = time to transmit max-size frame
Efficiency goes to 1 as tprop goes to 0 Goes to 1 as ttrans goes to infinity Much better than ALOHA but still decentralized
simple and cheap
1efficiency1 5 prop transt t
asymp+
5 DataLink Layer 5-48
10BaseT and 100BaseT 10100 Mbps rates T stands for Twisted Pair Base stands for Baseband (unmodulated) Nodes connect to a hub ldquostar topologyrdquo 100 m
max distance between nodes and hub
twisted pair
hub
5 DataLink Layer 5-49
HubsHubs are essentially physical-layer repeaters
bits coming from one link go out all other links at the same rate no frame buffering no CSMACD at hub adapters detect collisions provides net management functionality
twisted pair
hub
5 DataLink Layer 5-50
Gbit Ethernet
uses standard Ethernet frame format allows for point-to-point links and shared
broadcast channels in shared mode CSMACD is used short
distances between nodes required for efficiency
Full-Duplex at 1 Gbps for point-to-point links
10 Gbps now
5 DataLink Layer 5-51
Interconnecting with hubs Backbone hub interconnects LAN segments Extends max distance between nodes But individual segment collision domains become one
large collision domain Canrsquot interconnect 10BaseT amp 100BaseT
hub hub hub
hub
5 DataLink Layer 5-52
Switch Link layer device
stores and forwards Ethernet frames examines frame header and selectively
forwards frame based on MAC dest address when frame is to be forwarded on segment
uses CSMACD to access segment transparent
hosts are unaware of presence of switches plug-and-play self-learning
switches do not need to be configured
5 DataLink Layer 5-53
Forwarding
bull How do determine onto which LAN segment to forward framebull Looks like a routing problem
hub hubhub
switch1
2 3
5 DataLink Layer 5-54
Self learning
A switch has a switch table entry in switch table
(MAC Address Interface Time Stamp) stale entries in table dropped (TTL can be 60 min)
switch learns which hosts can be reached through which interfaces when frame received switch ldquolearnsrdquo location of
sender incoming LAN segment records senderlocation pair in switch table
5 DataLink Layer 5-55
FilteringForwardingWhen switch receives a frame
index switch table using MAC dest addressif entry found for destination
thenif dest on segment from which frame arrived
then drop the frameelse forward the frame on interface indicated
else flood
forward on all but the interface on which the frame arrived
5 DataLink Layer 5-56
Switch exampleSuppose C sends frame to D
Switch receives frame from from C notes in bridge table that C is on interface 1 because D is not in table switch forwards frame into
interfaces 2 and 3 frame received by D
hub hub hub
switch
A
B CD
EF G H
I
address interfaceABEG
1123
12 3
5 DataLink Layer 5-57
Switch exampleSuppose C sends frame to D
Switch receives frame from from C notes in bridge table that C is on interface 1 because D is not in table switch forwards frame into
interfaces 2 and 3 frame received by D
hub hub hub
switch
A
B CD
EF G H
I
address interfaceABEGC
11231
12 3
5 DataLink Layer 5-58
Switch exampleSuppose D replies back with frame to C
Switch receives frame from from D notes in bridge table that D is on interface 2 because C is in table switch forwards frame only to
interface 1 frame received by C
hub hub hub
switch
A
B CD
EF G H
I
address interfaceABEGC
11231
12 3
5 DataLink Layer 5-59
Switch exampleSuppose D replies back with frame to C
Switch receives frame from from D notes in bridge table that D is on interface 2 because C is in table switch forwards frame only to
interface 1 frame received by C
hub hub hub
switch
A
B CD
EF G H
I
address interfaceABEGCD
112312
12 3
5 DataLink Layer 5-60
Switch traffic isolation switch installation breaks subnet into LAN
segments switch filters packets
same-LAN-segment frames not usually forwarded onto other LAN segments
segments become separate collision domains
hub hub hub
switch
collision domain collision domain
collision domain
5 DataLink Layer 5-61
Switches dedicated access Switch with many
interfaces Hosts have direct
connection to switch No collisions full duplex
Switching A-to-Arsquo and B-to-Brsquo simultaneously no collisions
combinations of shareddedicated 101001000 Mbps interfaces possible
switch
A
Arsquo
B
Brsquo
C
Crsquo
5 DataLink Layer 5-62
Institutional network
hub hubhub
switch
to externalnetwork
router
IP subnet
mail server
web server
5 DataLink Layer 5-63
Switches vs Routers both store-and-forward devices
routers network layer devices (examine network layer headers)
switches are link layer devices routers maintain routing tables implement routing
algorithms switches maintain switch tables implement
filtering learning algorithms
5 DataLink Layer 5-64
Summary comparison
hubs routers switches
traffic isolation
no yes yes
plug amp play yes no yes
optimal routing
no yes no
5 DataLink Layer 5-65
VLANs motivation
What happens if CS user moves office to EE
but wants connect to CS switch
single broadcast domain all layer-2 broadcast
traffic (ARP DHCP) crosses entire LAN (securityprivacy efficiency issues)
each lowest level switch has only few ports in use
Computer Science Electrical
EngineeringComputerEngineering
Whatrsquos wrong with this picture
5 DataLink Layer 5-66
VLANs Port-based VLAN switch ports grouped (by switch management software) so that single physical switch helliphellip
Switch(es) supporting VLAN capabilities can be configured to define multiple virtual LANS over single physical LAN infrastructure
Virtual Local Area Network
1
8
9
16102
7
hellip
Electrical Engineering(VLAN ports 1-8)
Computer Science(VLAN ports 9-15)
15
hellip
Electrical Engineering(VLAN ports 1-8)
hellip
1
82
7 9
1610
15
hellip
Computer Science(VLAN ports 9-16)
hellip operates as multiple virtual switches
5 DataLink Layer 5-67
Port-based VLAN
1
8
9
16102
7
hellip
Electrical Engineering(VLAN ports 1-8)
Computer Science(VLAN ports 9-15)
15
hellip
traffic isolation frames tofrom ports 1-8 can only reach ports 1-8
can also define VLAN based on MAC addresses of endpoints rather than switch port
dynamic membershipports can be dynamically assigned among VLANs
router
forwarding between VLANSdone via routing (just as with separate switches)
in practice vendors sell combined switches plus routers
5 DataLink Layer 5-68
VLANS spanning multiple switches
trunk port carries frames between VLANS defined over multiple physical switches
frames forwarded within VLAN between switches canrsquot be vanilla 8021 frames (must carry VLAN ID info)
8021q protocol addsremoves additional header fields for frames forwarded between trunk ports
1
8
9
102
7
hellip
Electrical Engineering(VLAN ports 1-8)
Computer Science(VLAN ports 9-15)
15
hellip
2
73
Ports 235 belong to EE VLANPorts 4678 belong to CS VLAN
5
4 6 816
1
5 DataLink Layer 5-69
Type
2-byte Tag Protocol Identifier(value 81-00)
Tag Control Information (12 bit VLAN ID field 3 bit priority field like IP TOS)
Recomputed CRC
8021Q VLAN frame format
8021 frame
8021Q frame
5 DataLink Layer 5-70
Chapter 6 Wireless and Mobile Networks
Background wireless (mobile) phone subscribers now
exceeds wired phone subscribers computer nets laptops palmtops PDAs
Internet-enabled phone promise anytime untethered Internet access
two important (but different) challenges wireless communication over wireless link mobility handling the mobile user who changes point
of attachment to network
5 DataLink Layer 5-71
Elements of a wireless network
network infrastructure
wireless hosts laptop PDA IP phone run applications may be stationary
(non-mobile) or mobile wireless does not
always mean mobility
5 DataLink Layer 5-72
Elements of a wireless network
network infrastructure
base station typically connected to
wired network relay - responsible
for sending packets between wired network and wireless host(s) in its ldquoareardquo
eg cell towers 80211 access points
5 DataLink Layer 5-73
Elements of a wireless network
network infrastructure
wireless link typically used to
connect mobile(s) to base station
also used as backbone link
multiple access protocol coordinates link access
various data rates transmission distance
5 DataLink Layer 5-74
Characteristics of selected wireless link standards
Indoor10-30m
Outdoor50-200m
Mid-rangeoutdoor
200m ndash 4 Km
Long-rangeoutdoor
5Km ndash 20 Km
056
384
1
4
5-11
54
IS-95 CDMA GSM 2G
UMTSWCDMA CDMA2000 3G
80215
80211b
80211ag
UMTSWCDMA-HSPDA CDMA2000-1xEVDO 3G cellularenhanced
80216 (WiMAX)
80211ag point-to-point
200 80211n
Dat
a ra
te (M
bps) data
5 DataLink Layer 5-75
Elements of a wireless network
network infrastructure
infrastructure mode base station connects
mobiles into wired network
handoff mobile changes base station providing connection into wired network
5 DataLink Layer 5-76
Elements of a wireless networkad hoc mode no base stations nodes can only
transmit to other nodes within link coverage
nodes organize themselves into a network route among themselves
5 DataLink Layer 5-77
Wireless network taxonomy
single hop multiple hops
infrastructure(eg APs)
noinfrastructure
host connects to base station (WiFiWiMAX cellular) which connects to
larger Internet
no base station noconnection to larger Internet (Bluetooth
ad hoc nets)
host may have torelay through several
wireless nodes to connect to larger
Internet mesh net
no base station noconnection to larger
Internet May have torelay to reach other a given wireless node
MANET VANET
5 DataLink Layer 5-78
Wireless Link Characteristics (1)Differences from wired link hellip
decreased signal strength radio signal attenuates as it propagates through matter (path loss)
interference from other sources standardized wireless network frequencies (eg 24 GHz) shared by other devices (eg phone) devices (motors) interfere as well
multipath propagation radio signal reflects off objects arriving at destination at slightly different times
hellip make communication across (even a point to point) wireless link much more ldquodifficultrdquo
5 DataLink Layer 5-79
Wireless Link Characteristics (2) SNR signal-to-noise ratio
larger SNR ndash easier to extract signal from noise (a ldquogood thingrdquo)
SNR versus BER tradeoffs given physical layer
increase power -gt increase SNR-gtdecrease BER
given SNR choose physical layer that meets BER requirement giving highest thruput
bull SNR may change with mobility dynamically adapt physical layer (modulation technique rate)
10 20 30 40
QAM256 (8 Mbps)
QAM16 (4 Mbps)
BPSK (1 Mbps)
SNR(dB)B
ER
10-1
10-2
10-3
10-5
10-6
10-7
10-4
5 DataLink Layer 5-80
Wireless network characteristicsMultiple wireless senders and receivers create
additional problems (beyond multiple access)
AB
C
Hidden terminal problem B A hear each other B C hear each other A C can not hear each othermeans A C unaware of their
interference at B
A B C
Arsquos signalstrength
space
Crsquos signalstrength
Signal attenuation B A hear each other B C hear each other A C can not hear each other
interfering at B
5 DataLink Layer 5-81
IEEE 80211 Wireless LAN 80211b
24-5 GHz unlicensed spectrum up to 11 Mbps direct sequence spread
spectrum (DSSS) in physical layer
bull all hosts use same chipping code
80211a 5-6 GHz range up to 54 Mbps
80211g 24-5 GHz range up to 54 Mbps
80211n multiple antennae 24-5 GHz range up to 200 Mbps
all use CSMACA for multiple access all have base-station and ad-hoc network versions
5 DataLink Layer 5-82
80211 LAN architecture
wireless host communicates with base station
base station = access point (AP)
Basic Service Set (BSS)(aka ldquocellrdquo) in infrastructure mode contains
wireless hosts access point (AP) base
station ad hoc mode hosts only
BSS 1
BSS 2
Internet
hub switchor routerAP
AP
5 DataLink Layer 5-83
80211 Channels association
80211b 24GHz-2485GHz spectrum divided into 11 channels at different frequencies AP admin chooses frequency for AP interference possible channel can be same as
that chosen by neighboring AP host must associate with an AP
scans channels listening for beacon framescontaining APrsquos name (SSID) and MAC address
selects AP to associate with may perform authentication [Chapter 8] will typically run DHCP to get IP address in APrsquos
subnet
5 DataLink Layer 5-84
80211 passiveactive scanning
AP 2AP 1
H1
BBS 2BBS 1
122
3 4
Active Scanning (1) probe request frame broadcast
from H1(2) probe response frame sent from
APs(3) association request frame sent
H1 to selected AP (4) association response frame sent
H1 to selected AP
AP 2AP 1
H1
BBS 2BBS 1
12 3
1
Passive Scanning(1) beacon frames sent from APs(2) association request frame sent H1
to selected AP (3) association response frame sent
H1 to selected AP
5 DataLink Layer 5-85
IEEE 80211 multiple access avoid collisions 2+ nodes transmitting at same time 80211 CSMA - sense before transmitting
donrsquot collide with ongoing transmission by other node 80211 no collision detection
difficult to receive (sense collisions) when transmitting due to weak received signals (fading)
canrsquot sense all collisions in any case hidden terminal fading goal avoid collisions CSMAC(ollision)A(voidance)
AB
CA B C
Arsquos signalstrength
space
Crsquos signalstrength
5 DataLink Layer 5-86
IEEE 80211 MAC Protocol CSMACA
80211 sender1 if sense channel idle for DIFS then
transmit entire frame (no CD)2 if sense channel busy then
start random backoff timetimer counts down while channel idletransmit when timer expiresif no ACK increase random backoff
interval repeat 280211 receiver- if frame received OK
return ACK after SIFS (ACK needed due to hidden terminal problem)
sender receiver
DIFS
data
SIFS
ACK
5 DataLink Layer 5-87
Avoiding collisions (more)idea allow sender to ldquoreserverdquo channel rather than random
access of data frames avoid collisions of long data frames sender first transmits small request-to-send (RTS) packets
to BS using CSMA RTSs may still collide with each other (but theyrsquore short)
BS broadcasts clear-to-send CTS in response to RTS CTS heard by all nodes
sender transmits data frame other stations defer transmissions
avoid data frame collisions completely using small reservation packets
5 DataLink Layer 5-88
Collision Avoidance RTS-CTS exchange
APA B
time
RTS(A)RTS(B)
RTS(A)
CTS(A) CTS(A)
DATA (A)
ACK(A) ACK(A)
reservation collision
defer
5 DataLink Layer 5-89
framecontrol duration address
1address
2address
4address
3 payload CRC
2 2 6 6 6 2 6 0 - 2312 4
seqcontrol
80211 frame addressing
Address 2 MAC addressof wireless host or AP transmitting this frame
Address 1 MAC addressof wireless host or AP to receive this frame
Address 3 MAC addressof router interface to which AP is attached
Address 4 used only in ad hoc mode
5 DataLink Layer 5-90
Internetrouter
AP
H1 R1
AP MAC addr H1 MAC addr R1 MAC addraddress 1 address 2 address 3
80211 frame
R1 MAC addr H1 MAC addr dest address source address
8023 frame
80211 frame addressing
5 DataLink Layer 5-91
framecontrol duration address
1address
2address
4address
3 payload CRC
2 2 6 6 6 2 6 0 - 2312 4
seqcontrol
Type FromAPSubtype To
APMore frag WEPMore
dataPower
mgtRetry RsvdProtocolversion
2 2 4 1 1 1 1 1 11 1
80211 frame moreduration of reserved transmission time (RTSCTS)
frame seq (for RDT)
frame type(RTS CTS ACK data)
5 DataLink Layer 5-92
hub or switch
AP 2
AP 1
H1 BBS 2
BBS 1
80211 mobility within same subnet
router H1 remains in same IP subnet IP address can remain same
switch which AP is associated with H1
self-learning (Ch 5) switch will see frame from H1 and ldquorememberrdquo which switch port can be used to reach H1
5 DataLink Layer 5-93
80211 advanced capabilities
Rate Adaptation base station mobile
dynamically change transmission rate (physical layer modulation technique) as mobile moves SNR varies
QAM256 (8 Mbps)QAM16 (4 Mbps)BPSK (1 Mbps)
10 20 30 40SNR(dB)
BE
R
10-1
10-2
10-3
10-5
10-6
10-7
10-4
operating point
1 SNR decreases BER increase as node moves away from base station2 When BER becomes too high switch to lower transmission rate but with lower BER
5 DataLink Layer 5-94
80211 advanced capabilitiesPower Management node-to-AP ldquoI am going to sleep until next
beacon framerdquo AP knows not to transmit frames to this
node node wakes up before next beacon frame
beacon frame contains list of mobiles with AP-to-mobile frames waiting to be sent node will stay awake if AP-to-mobile frames
to be sent otherwise sleep again until next beacon frame
5 DataLink Layer 5-8
Parity CheckingSingle Bit ParityDetect single bit errors
Two Dimensional Bit ParityDetect and correct single bit errors
0 0
1
5 DataLink Layer 5-9
Internet checksum
Sender treat segment contents
as sequence of 16-bit integers
checksum addition (1rsquos complement sum) of segment contents
sender puts checksum value into the checksum field
Receiver compute checksum of received
segment check if computed checksum
equals checksum field value NO - error detected YES - no error detected But
maybe errors nonethelessMore later hellip
Goal detect ldquoerrorsrdquo (eg flipped bits) in transmitted segment (note used at transport layer only)
5 DataLink Layer 5-10
Checksumming Cyclic Redundancy Check view data bits D as a binary number choose r+1 bit pattern (generator) G goal choose r CRC bits R such that
ltDRgt exactly divisible by G (modulo 2) receiver knows G divides ltDRgt by G If non-zero remainder
error detected can detect all burst errors less than r+1 bits
widely used in practice (Ethernet 80211 ATM HDLC)
5 DataLink Layer 5-11
CRC ExampleWant
D2r XOR R = nGequivalently
D2r = nG XOR R equivalently
if we divide D2r by G want remainder R
R = remainder[ ]D2r
G
5 DataLink Layer 5-12
Multiple Access Links and ProtocolsTwo types of ldquolinksrdquo point-to-point
PPP for dial-up access point-to-point link between Ethernet switch and host
broadcast (shared wire or medium) traditional Ethernet upstream HFC (hybrid fiber-coax used in cable TV) 80211 wireless LAN
80211)
5 DataLink Layer 5-13
Multiple Access protocols single shared broadcast channel two or more simultaneous transmissions by nodes
interference collision if node receives two or more signals at the same time
multiple access protocol distributed algorithm that determines how nodes
share channel ie determine when node can transmit communication about channel sharing must use channel
itself no out-of-band channel for coordination
5 DataLink Layer 5-14
Ideal Mulitple Access Protocol
Broadcast channel of rate R bps1 When one node wants to transmit it can send at
rate R2 When M nodes want to transmit each can send at
average rate RM3 Fully decentralized
no special node to coordinate transmissions no synchronization of clocks slots
4 Simple
5 DataLink Layer 5-15
MAC Protocols a taxonomyThree broad classes Channel Partitioning
divide channel into smaller ldquopiecesrdquo (time slots frequency code)
allocate piece to node for exclusive use Random Access
channel not divided allow collisions ldquorecoverrdquo from collisions
ldquoTaking turnsrdquo Nodes take turns but nodes with more to send can take
longer turns
5 DataLink Layer 5-16
Channel Partitioning MAC protocols TDMA
TDMA time division multiple access access to channel in rounds each station gets fixed length slot (length = pkt
trans time) in each round unused slots go idle example 6-station LAN 134 have pkts slots
256 idle
5 DataLink Layer 5-17
Channel Partitioning MAC protocols FDMA
FDMA frequency division multiple access channel spectrum divided into frequency bands each station assigned fixed frequency band unused transmission time in frequency bands go idle example 6-station LAN 134 have pkts frequency
bands 256 idle
freq
uenc
y ba
nds
time
5 DataLink Layer 5-18
Random Access Protocols
When node has packet to send transmit at full channel data rate R no a priori coordination among nodes
two or more transmitting nodes rarr ldquocollisionrdquo random access MAC protocol specifies
how to detect collisions how to recover from collisions (eg via delayed
retransmissions) Examples of random access MAC protocols
slotted ALOHA ALOHA CSMA CSMACD CSMACA
5 DataLink Layer 5-19
Slotted ALOHA
Assumptions all frames same size time is divided into
equal size slots time to transmit 1 frame
nodes start to transmit frames only at beginning of slots
nodes are synchronized if 2 or more nodes
transmit in slot all nodes detect collision
Operation when node obtains fresh
frame it transmits in next slot
if no collision node can send new frame in next slot
if collision node retransmits frame in each subsequent slot with prob p until success
5 DataLink Layer 5-20
Slotted ALOHA
Pros single active node can
continuously transmit at full rate of channel
highly decentralized only slots in nodes need to be in sync
simple
Cons collisions wasting slots idle slots nodes may be able to
detect collision in less than time to transmit packet
clock synchronization
5 DataLink Layer 5-21
Slotted Aloha efficiency
Suppose N nodes with many frames to send each transmits in slot with probability p
prob that node 1 has success in a slot= p(1-p)N-1
prob that any node has a success = Np(1-p)N-1
For max efficiency with N nodes find p that maximizes Np(1-p)N-1
For many nodes take limit of Np(1-p)N-1
as N goes to infinity gives 1e = 37
Efficiency is the long-run fraction of successful slots when there are many nodes each with many frames to send
At best channelused for useful transmissions 37of time
5 DataLink Layer 5-22
Pure (unslotted) ALOHA unslotted Aloha simpler no synchronization when frame first arrives
transmit immediately collision probability increases
frame sent at t0 collides with other frames sent in [t0-1t0+1]
5 DataLink Layer 5-23
Pure Aloha efficiencyP(success by given node) = P(node transmits)
P(no other node transmits in [t0-1t0] P(no other node transmits in [t0t0+1]
= p (1-p)N-1 (1-p)N-1
= p (1-p)2(N-1)
hellip choosing optimum p and then letting n rarr infin
= 1(2e) = 18 Even worse
5 DataLink Layer 5-24
CSMA (Carrier Sense Multiple Access)
CSMA listen before transmitIf channel sensed idle transmit entire frame If channel sensed busy defer transmission
Human analogy donrsquot interrupt others
5 DataLink Layer 5-25
CSMA collisionscollisions can still occurpropagation delay means two nodes may not heareach otherrsquos transmission
collisionentire packet transmission time wasted
spatial layout of nodes
noterole of distance amp propagation delay in determining collision probability
5 DataLink Layer 5-26
CSMACD (Collision Detection)CSMACD carrier sensing deferral as in CSMA
collisions detected within short time colliding transmissions aborted reducing channel
wastage collision detection
easy in wired LANs measure signal strengths compare transmitted received signals
difficult in wireless LANs receiver shut off while transmitting
human analogy the polite conversationalist
5 DataLink Layer 5-27
CSMACD collision detection
5 DataLink Layer 5-28
ldquoTaking Turnsrdquo MAC protocols
channel partitioning MAC protocols share channel efficiently and fairly at high load inefficient at low load delay in channel access
1N bandwidth allocated even if only 1 active node
Random access MAC protocols efficient at low load single node can fully
utilize channel high load collision overhead
ldquotaking turnsrdquo protocolslook for best of both worlds
5 DataLink Layer 5-29
ldquoTaking Turnsrdquo MAC protocolsPolling master node
ldquoinvitesrdquo slave nodes to transmit in turn
concerns polling overhead latency single point of
failure (master)
Token passing control token passed from
one node to next sequentially
token message concerns
token overhead latency single point of failure (token)
5 DataLink Layer 5-30
Summary of MAC protocols
What do you do with a shared media Channel Partitioning by time frequency or code
bull Time Division Frequency Division Random partitioning (dynamic)
bull ALOHA S-ALOHA CSMA CSMACDbull carrier sensing easy in some technologies (wire) hard
in others (wireless)bull CSMACD used in Ethernetbull CSMACA used in 80211
Taking Turnsbull polling from a central site token passing
5 DataLink Layer 5-31
MAC Addresses and ARP
32-bit IP address network-layer address used to get datagram to destination IP subnet
MAC (or LAN or ldquophysicalrdquo or Ethernet) address used to get datagram from one interface to
another physically-connected interface (same network)
48 bit MAC address (for most LANs) burned in the adapter ROM
5 DataLink Layer 5-32
LAN Addresses and ARPEach adapter on LAN has unique LAN address
Broadcast address =FF-FF-FF-FF-FF-FF
= adapter
1A-2F-BB-76-09-AD
58-23-D7-FA-20-B0
0C-C4-11-6F-E3-98
71-65-F7-2B-08-53
LAN(wired orwireless)
5 DataLink Layer 5-33
LAN Address (more)
MAC address allocation administered by IEEE manufacturer buys portion of MAC address space
(to assure uniqueness) Analogy
(a) MAC address like Social Security Number(b) IP address like postal address
MAC flat address allows easier portability can move LAN card from one LAN to another
IP hierarchical address NOT portable depends on IP subnet to which node is attached
5 DataLink Layer 5-34
ARP Address Resolution Protocol
Each IP node (Host Router) on LAN has ARP table
ARP Table IPMAC address mappings for some LAN nodes
lt IP address MAC address TTLgt TTL (Time To Live) time
after which address mapping will be forgotten (typically 20 min)
Question how to determineMAC address of Bknowing Brsquos IP address
1A-2F-BB-76-09-AD
58-23-D7-FA-20-B0
0C-C4-11-6F-E3-98
71-65-F7-2B-08-53
LAN
237196723
237196778
237196714
237196788
5 DataLink Layer 5-35
ARP protocol Same LAN (network)
A wants to send datagram to B and Brsquos MAC address not in Arsquos ARP table
A broadcasts ARP query packet containing Bs IP address
Dest MAC address = FF-FF-FF-FF-FF-FF
all machines on LAN receive ARP query
B receives ARP packet replies to A with its (Bs) MAC address
frame sent to Arsquos MAC address (unicast)
A caches (saves) IP-to-MAC address pair in its ARP table until information becomes old (times out)
soft state information that times out (goes away) unless refreshed
ARP is ldquoplug-and-playrdquo nodes create their ARP
tables without intervention from net administrator
5 DataLink Layer 5-36
Routing to another LANwalkthrough send datagram from A to B via R
assume A knowrsquos Brsquos IP address
Two ARP tables in router R one for each IP network (LAN)
A
RB
5 DataLink Layer 5-37
A creates datagram with source A destination B A uses ARP to get Rrsquos MAC address for 111111111110 A creates link-layer frame with Rs MAC address as dest
frame contains A-to-B IP datagram Arsquos adapter sends frame Rrsquos adapter receives frame R removes IP datagram from Ethernet frame sees itrsquos
destined to B R uses ARP to get Brsquos MAC address R creates frame containing A-to-B IP datagram sends to B
A
RB
5 DataLink Layer 5-38
Ethernetldquodominantrdquo wired LAN technology cheap $20 for 100Mbs first widely used LAN technology Simpler cheaper than token LANs and ATM Kept up with speed race 10 Mbps ndash 10 Gbps
Metcalfersquos Ethernetsketch
5 DataLink Layer 5-39
Star topology Bus topology popular through mid 90s Now star topology prevails Connection choices hub or switch (more later)
hub orswitch
5 DataLink Layer 5-40
Ethernet Frame StructureSending adapter encapsulates IP datagram (or other
network layer protocol packet) in Ethernet frame
Preamble 7 bytes with pattern 10101010 followed by one
byte with pattern 10101011 used to synchronize receiver sender clock rates
5 DataLink Layer 5-41
Ethernet Frame Structure (more) Addresses 6 bytes
if adapter receives frame with matching destination address or with broadcast address (eg ARP packet) it passes data in frame to net-layer protocol
otherwise adapter discards frame Type 2 bytes indicates the higher (network)
layer protocol (commonly IP but may also be ARP Novell IPX and AppleTalk etc)
CRC 4 bytes checked at receiver if error is detected the frame is simply dropped
5 DataLink Layer 5-42
Unreliable connectionless service
Connectionless No handshaking between sending and receiving adapter
Unreliable receiving adapter doesnrsquot send acks or nacks to sending adapter
stream of datagrams passed to network layer can have gaps
gaps will be filled if app is using TCP otherwise app will see the gaps
5 DataLink Layer 5-43
Ethernet uses CSMACD
No slots adapter doesnrsquot transmit
if it senses that some other adapter is transmitting that is carrier sense
transmitting adapter aborts when it senses that another adapter is transmitting that is collision detection
Before attempting a retransmission adapter waits a random time that is random access
5 DataLink Layer 5-44
Ethernet CSMACD algorithm1 Adapter receives
datagram from net layer amp creates frame
2 If adapter senses channel idle it starts to transmit frame If it senses channel busy waits until channel idle and then transmits
3 If adapter transmits entire frame without detecting another transmission the adapter is done with frame
4 If adapter detects another transmission while transmitting aborts and sends 48-bit jam signal
5 After aborting adapter enters exponential backoff after the mthcollision adapter chooses a K at random from 012hellip2m-1 Adapter waits K512 bit times and returns to Step 2
5 DataLink Layer 5-45
Frame Size limitations for Ethernet Minimum Frame size (Fmin)
For proper collision detectionFmin = Min frame sizeR = Ethernetrsquos transmission rate
eg 10 Mbsdmax = max Ethernet segment
lengthS = Propagation speed (2x108
ms)FminR ge 2dmaxS
Maximum Frame Size (Fmax)For fairness among competing nodes
Fmin=64 Bytes Fmax=1500 Bytes
A Bd
2dS
tim
e
Arsquos frame
Brsquos frame
Arsquos frame in yellowBrsquos frame in green
For proper collision detection Arsquos frame should last at least until Brsquos frame reaches A
5 DataLink Layer 5-46
Ethernetrsquos CSMACD (more)Jam Signal make sure all
other transmitters are aware of collision 48 bits
Random retransmission delayK 512 bit transmission times where K is randomly selected bit time is 01 microsec for 10 Mbps and 001 microsec for 100 Mbps Ethernet
Exponential Backoff Goal adapt retransmission
attempts to estimated current load
heavy load random wait will be longer
first collision choose K from 01 delay is K 512 bit transmission times
after second collision choose K from 0123hellip
after ten collisions choose K from 01234hellip1023
for max value of K=1023 wait time is about 50 msec for 10 Mbps 5 msec for 100 Mbps Ethernet
Seeinteract with Javaapplet on AWL Web sitehighly recommended
5 DataLink Layer 5-47
CSMACD efficiency
tprop = max prop between 2 nodes in LAN ttrans = time to transmit max-size frame
Efficiency goes to 1 as tprop goes to 0 Goes to 1 as ttrans goes to infinity Much better than ALOHA but still decentralized
simple and cheap
1efficiency1 5 prop transt t
asymp+
5 DataLink Layer 5-48
10BaseT and 100BaseT 10100 Mbps rates T stands for Twisted Pair Base stands for Baseband (unmodulated) Nodes connect to a hub ldquostar topologyrdquo 100 m
max distance between nodes and hub
twisted pair
hub
5 DataLink Layer 5-49
HubsHubs are essentially physical-layer repeaters
bits coming from one link go out all other links at the same rate no frame buffering no CSMACD at hub adapters detect collisions provides net management functionality
twisted pair
hub
5 DataLink Layer 5-50
Gbit Ethernet
uses standard Ethernet frame format allows for point-to-point links and shared
broadcast channels in shared mode CSMACD is used short
distances between nodes required for efficiency
Full-Duplex at 1 Gbps for point-to-point links
10 Gbps now
5 DataLink Layer 5-51
Interconnecting with hubs Backbone hub interconnects LAN segments Extends max distance between nodes But individual segment collision domains become one
large collision domain Canrsquot interconnect 10BaseT amp 100BaseT
hub hub hub
hub
5 DataLink Layer 5-52
Switch Link layer device
stores and forwards Ethernet frames examines frame header and selectively
forwards frame based on MAC dest address when frame is to be forwarded on segment
uses CSMACD to access segment transparent
hosts are unaware of presence of switches plug-and-play self-learning
switches do not need to be configured
5 DataLink Layer 5-53
Forwarding
bull How do determine onto which LAN segment to forward framebull Looks like a routing problem
hub hubhub
switch1
2 3
5 DataLink Layer 5-54
Self learning
A switch has a switch table entry in switch table
(MAC Address Interface Time Stamp) stale entries in table dropped (TTL can be 60 min)
switch learns which hosts can be reached through which interfaces when frame received switch ldquolearnsrdquo location of
sender incoming LAN segment records senderlocation pair in switch table
5 DataLink Layer 5-55
FilteringForwardingWhen switch receives a frame
index switch table using MAC dest addressif entry found for destination
thenif dest on segment from which frame arrived
then drop the frameelse forward the frame on interface indicated
else flood
forward on all but the interface on which the frame arrived
5 DataLink Layer 5-56
Switch exampleSuppose C sends frame to D
Switch receives frame from from C notes in bridge table that C is on interface 1 because D is not in table switch forwards frame into
interfaces 2 and 3 frame received by D
hub hub hub
switch
A
B CD
EF G H
I
address interfaceABEG
1123
12 3
5 DataLink Layer 5-57
Switch exampleSuppose C sends frame to D
Switch receives frame from from C notes in bridge table that C is on interface 1 because D is not in table switch forwards frame into
interfaces 2 and 3 frame received by D
hub hub hub
switch
A
B CD
EF G H
I
address interfaceABEGC
11231
12 3
5 DataLink Layer 5-58
Switch exampleSuppose D replies back with frame to C
Switch receives frame from from D notes in bridge table that D is on interface 2 because C is in table switch forwards frame only to
interface 1 frame received by C
hub hub hub
switch
A
B CD
EF G H
I
address interfaceABEGC
11231
12 3
5 DataLink Layer 5-59
Switch exampleSuppose D replies back with frame to C
Switch receives frame from from D notes in bridge table that D is on interface 2 because C is in table switch forwards frame only to
interface 1 frame received by C
hub hub hub
switch
A
B CD
EF G H
I
address interfaceABEGCD
112312
12 3
5 DataLink Layer 5-60
Switch traffic isolation switch installation breaks subnet into LAN
segments switch filters packets
same-LAN-segment frames not usually forwarded onto other LAN segments
segments become separate collision domains
hub hub hub
switch
collision domain collision domain
collision domain
5 DataLink Layer 5-61
Switches dedicated access Switch with many
interfaces Hosts have direct
connection to switch No collisions full duplex
Switching A-to-Arsquo and B-to-Brsquo simultaneously no collisions
combinations of shareddedicated 101001000 Mbps interfaces possible
switch
A
Arsquo
B
Brsquo
C
Crsquo
5 DataLink Layer 5-62
Institutional network
hub hubhub
switch
to externalnetwork
router
IP subnet
mail server
web server
5 DataLink Layer 5-63
Switches vs Routers both store-and-forward devices
routers network layer devices (examine network layer headers)
switches are link layer devices routers maintain routing tables implement routing
algorithms switches maintain switch tables implement
filtering learning algorithms
5 DataLink Layer 5-64
Summary comparison
hubs routers switches
traffic isolation
no yes yes
plug amp play yes no yes
optimal routing
no yes no
5 DataLink Layer 5-65
VLANs motivation
What happens if CS user moves office to EE
but wants connect to CS switch
single broadcast domain all layer-2 broadcast
traffic (ARP DHCP) crosses entire LAN (securityprivacy efficiency issues)
each lowest level switch has only few ports in use
Computer Science Electrical
EngineeringComputerEngineering
Whatrsquos wrong with this picture
5 DataLink Layer 5-66
VLANs Port-based VLAN switch ports grouped (by switch management software) so that single physical switch helliphellip
Switch(es) supporting VLAN capabilities can be configured to define multiple virtual LANS over single physical LAN infrastructure
Virtual Local Area Network
1
8
9
16102
7
hellip
Electrical Engineering(VLAN ports 1-8)
Computer Science(VLAN ports 9-15)
15
hellip
Electrical Engineering(VLAN ports 1-8)
hellip
1
82
7 9
1610
15
hellip
Computer Science(VLAN ports 9-16)
hellip operates as multiple virtual switches
5 DataLink Layer 5-67
Port-based VLAN
1
8
9
16102
7
hellip
Electrical Engineering(VLAN ports 1-8)
Computer Science(VLAN ports 9-15)
15
hellip
traffic isolation frames tofrom ports 1-8 can only reach ports 1-8
can also define VLAN based on MAC addresses of endpoints rather than switch port
dynamic membershipports can be dynamically assigned among VLANs
router
forwarding between VLANSdone via routing (just as with separate switches)
in practice vendors sell combined switches plus routers
5 DataLink Layer 5-68
VLANS spanning multiple switches
trunk port carries frames between VLANS defined over multiple physical switches
frames forwarded within VLAN between switches canrsquot be vanilla 8021 frames (must carry VLAN ID info)
8021q protocol addsremoves additional header fields for frames forwarded between trunk ports
1
8
9
102
7
hellip
Electrical Engineering(VLAN ports 1-8)
Computer Science(VLAN ports 9-15)
15
hellip
2
73
Ports 235 belong to EE VLANPorts 4678 belong to CS VLAN
5
4 6 816
1
5 DataLink Layer 5-69
Type
2-byte Tag Protocol Identifier(value 81-00)
Tag Control Information (12 bit VLAN ID field 3 bit priority field like IP TOS)
Recomputed CRC
8021Q VLAN frame format
8021 frame
8021Q frame
5 DataLink Layer 5-70
Chapter 6 Wireless and Mobile Networks
Background wireless (mobile) phone subscribers now
exceeds wired phone subscribers computer nets laptops palmtops PDAs
Internet-enabled phone promise anytime untethered Internet access
two important (but different) challenges wireless communication over wireless link mobility handling the mobile user who changes point
of attachment to network
5 DataLink Layer 5-71
Elements of a wireless network
network infrastructure
wireless hosts laptop PDA IP phone run applications may be stationary
(non-mobile) or mobile wireless does not
always mean mobility
5 DataLink Layer 5-72
Elements of a wireless network
network infrastructure
base station typically connected to
wired network relay - responsible
for sending packets between wired network and wireless host(s) in its ldquoareardquo
eg cell towers 80211 access points
5 DataLink Layer 5-73
Elements of a wireless network
network infrastructure
wireless link typically used to
connect mobile(s) to base station
also used as backbone link
multiple access protocol coordinates link access
various data rates transmission distance
5 DataLink Layer 5-74
Characteristics of selected wireless link standards
Indoor10-30m
Outdoor50-200m
Mid-rangeoutdoor
200m ndash 4 Km
Long-rangeoutdoor
5Km ndash 20 Km
056
384
1
4
5-11
54
IS-95 CDMA GSM 2G
UMTSWCDMA CDMA2000 3G
80215
80211b
80211ag
UMTSWCDMA-HSPDA CDMA2000-1xEVDO 3G cellularenhanced
80216 (WiMAX)
80211ag point-to-point
200 80211n
Dat
a ra
te (M
bps) data
5 DataLink Layer 5-75
Elements of a wireless network
network infrastructure
infrastructure mode base station connects
mobiles into wired network
handoff mobile changes base station providing connection into wired network
5 DataLink Layer 5-76
Elements of a wireless networkad hoc mode no base stations nodes can only
transmit to other nodes within link coverage
nodes organize themselves into a network route among themselves
5 DataLink Layer 5-77
Wireless network taxonomy
single hop multiple hops
infrastructure(eg APs)
noinfrastructure
host connects to base station (WiFiWiMAX cellular) which connects to
larger Internet
no base station noconnection to larger Internet (Bluetooth
ad hoc nets)
host may have torelay through several
wireless nodes to connect to larger
Internet mesh net
no base station noconnection to larger
Internet May have torelay to reach other a given wireless node
MANET VANET
5 DataLink Layer 5-78
Wireless Link Characteristics (1)Differences from wired link hellip
decreased signal strength radio signal attenuates as it propagates through matter (path loss)
interference from other sources standardized wireless network frequencies (eg 24 GHz) shared by other devices (eg phone) devices (motors) interfere as well
multipath propagation radio signal reflects off objects arriving at destination at slightly different times
hellip make communication across (even a point to point) wireless link much more ldquodifficultrdquo
5 DataLink Layer 5-79
Wireless Link Characteristics (2) SNR signal-to-noise ratio
larger SNR ndash easier to extract signal from noise (a ldquogood thingrdquo)
SNR versus BER tradeoffs given physical layer
increase power -gt increase SNR-gtdecrease BER
given SNR choose physical layer that meets BER requirement giving highest thruput
bull SNR may change with mobility dynamically adapt physical layer (modulation technique rate)
10 20 30 40
QAM256 (8 Mbps)
QAM16 (4 Mbps)
BPSK (1 Mbps)
SNR(dB)B
ER
10-1
10-2
10-3
10-5
10-6
10-7
10-4
5 DataLink Layer 5-80
Wireless network characteristicsMultiple wireless senders and receivers create
additional problems (beyond multiple access)
AB
C
Hidden terminal problem B A hear each other B C hear each other A C can not hear each othermeans A C unaware of their
interference at B
A B C
Arsquos signalstrength
space
Crsquos signalstrength
Signal attenuation B A hear each other B C hear each other A C can not hear each other
interfering at B
5 DataLink Layer 5-81
IEEE 80211 Wireless LAN 80211b
24-5 GHz unlicensed spectrum up to 11 Mbps direct sequence spread
spectrum (DSSS) in physical layer
bull all hosts use same chipping code
80211a 5-6 GHz range up to 54 Mbps
80211g 24-5 GHz range up to 54 Mbps
80211n multiple antennae 24-5 GHz range up to 200 Mbps
all use CSMACA for multiple access all have base-station and ad-hoc network versions
5 DataLink Layer 5-82
80211 LAN architecture
wireless host communicates with base station
base station = access point (AP)
Basic Service Set (BSS)(aka ldquocellrdquo) in infrastructure mode contains
wireless hosts access point (AP) base
station ad hoc mode hosts only
BSS 1
BSS 2
Internet
hub switchor routerAP
AP
5 DataLink Layer 5-83
80211 Channels association
80211b 24GHz-2485GHz spectrum divided into 11 channels at different frequencies AP admin chooses frequency for AP interference possible channel can be same as
that chosen by neighboring AP host must associate with an AP
scans channels listening for beacon framescontaining APrsquos name (SSID) and MAC address
selects AP to associate with may perform authentication [Chapter 8] will typically run DHCP to get IP address in APrsquos
subnet
5 DataLink Layer 5-84
80211 passiveactive scanning
AP 2AP 1
H1
BBS 2BBS 1
122
3 4
Active Scanning (1) probe request frame broadcast
from H1(2) probe response frame sent from
APs(3) association request frame sent
H1 to selected AP (4) association response frame sent
H1 to selected AP
AP 2AP 1
H1
BBS 2BBS 1
12 3
1
Passive Scanning(1) beacon frames sent from APs(2) association request frame sent H1
to selected AP (3) association response frame sent
H1 to selected AP
5 DataLink Layer 5-85
IEEE 80211 multiple access avoid collisions 2+ nodes transmitting at same time 80211 CSMA - sense before transmitting
donrsquot collide with ongoing transmission by other node 80211 no collision detection
difficult to receive (sense collisions) when transmitting due to weak received signals (fading)
canrsquot sense all collisions in any case hidden terminal fading goal avoid collisions CSMAC(ollision)A(voidance)
AB
CA B C
Arsquos signalstrength
space
Crsquos signalstrength
5 DataLink Layer 5-86
IEEE 80211 MAC Protocol CSMACA
80211 sender1 if sense channel idle for DIFS then
transmit entire frame (no CD)2 if sense channel busy then
start random backoff timetimer counts down while channel idletransmit when timer expiresif no ACK increase random backoff
interval repeat 280211 receiver- if frame received OK
return ACK after SIFS (ACK needed due to hidden terminal problem)
sender receiver
DIFS
data
SIFS
ACK
5 DataLink Layer 5-87
Avoiding collisions (more)idea allow sender to ldquoreserverdquo channel rather than random
access of data frames avoid collisions of long data frames sender first transmits small request-to-send (RTS) packets
to BS using CSMA RTSs may still collide with each other (but theyrsquore short)
BS broadcasts clear-to-send CTS in response to RTS CTS heard by all nodes
sender transmits data frame other stations defer transmissions
avoid data frame collisions completely using small reservation packets
5 DataLink Layer 5-88
Collision Avoidance RTS-CTS exchange
APA B
time
RTS(A)RTS(B)
RTS(A)
CTS(A) CTS(A)
DATA (A)
ACK(A) ACK(A)
reservation collision
defer
5 DataLink Layer 5-89
framecontrol duration address
1address
2address
4address
3 payload CRC
2 2 6 6 6 2 6 0 - 2312 4
seqcontrol
80211 frame addressing
Address 2 MAC addressof wireless host or AP transmitting this frame
Address 1 MAC addressof wireless host or AP to receive this frame
Address 3 MAC addressof router interface to which AP is attached
Address 4 used only in ad hoc mode
5 DataLink Layer 5-90
Internetrouter
AP
H1 R1
AP MAC addr H1 MAC addr R1 MAC addraddress 1 address 2 address 3
80211 frame
R1 MAC addr H1 MAC addr dest address source address
8023 frame
80211 frame addressing
5 DataLink Layer 5-91
framecontrol duration address
1address
2address
4address
3 payload CRC
2 2 6 6 6 2 6 0 - 2312 4
seqcontrol
Type FromAPSubtype To
APMore frag WEPMore
dataPower
mgtRetry RsvdProtocolversion
2 2 4 1 1 1 1 1 11 1
80211 frame moreduration of reserved transmission time (RTSCTS)
frame seq (for RDT)
frame type(RTS CTS ACK data)
5 DataLink Layer 5-92
hub or switch
AP 2
AP 1
H1 BBS 2
BBS 1
80211 mobility within same subnet
router H1 remains in same IP subnet IP address can remain same
switch which AP is associated with H1
self-learning (Ch 5) switch will see frame from H1 and ldquorememberrdquo which switch port can be used to reach H1
5 DataLink Layer 5-93
80211 advanced capabilities
Rate Adaptation base station mobile
dynamically change transmission rate (physical layer modulation technique) as mobile moves SNR varies
QAM256 (8 Mbps)QAM16 (4 Mbps)BPSK (1 Mbps)
10 20 30 40SNR(dB)
BE
R
10-1
10-2
10-3
10-5
10-6
10-7
10-4
operating point
1 SNR decreases BER increase as node moves away from base station2 When BER becomes too high switch to lower transmission rate but with lower BER
5 DataLink Layer 5-94
80211 advanced capabilitiesPower Management node-to-AP ldquoI am going to sleep until next
beacon framerdquo AP knows not to transmit frames to this
node node wakes up before next beacon frame
beacon frame contains list of mobiles with AP-to-mobile frames waiting to be sent node will stay awake if AP-to-mobile frames
to be sent otherwise sleep again until next beacon frame
5 DataLink Layer 5-9
Internet checksum
Sender treat segment contents
as sequence of 16-bit integers
checksum addition (1rsquos complement sum) of segment contents
sender puts checksum value into the checksum field
Receiver compute checksum of received
segment check if computed checksum
equals checksum field value NO - error detected YES - no error detected But
maybe errors nonethelessMore later hellip
Goal detect ldquoerrorsrdquo (eg flipped bits) in transmitted segment (note used at transport layer only)
5 DataLink Layer 5-10
Checksumming Cyclic Redundancy Check view data bits D as a binary number choose r+1 bit pattern (generator) G goal choose r CRC bits R such that
ltDRgt exactly divisible by G (modulo 2) receiver knows G divides ltDRgt by G If non-zero remainder
error detected can detect all burst errors less than r+1 bits
widely used in practice (Ethernet 80211 ATM HDLC)
5 DataLink Layer 5-11
CRC ExampleWant
D2r XOR R = nGequivalently
D2r = nG XOR R equivalently
if we divide D2r by G want remainder R
R = remainder[ ]D2r
G
5 DataLink Layer 5-12
Multiple Access Links and ProtocolsTwo types of ldquolinksrdquo point-to-point
PPP for dial-up access point-to-point link between Ethernet switch and host
broadcast (shared wire or medium) traditional Ethernet upstream HFC (hybrid fiber-coax used in cable TV) 80211 wireless LAN
80211)
5 DataLink Layer 5-13
Multiple Access protocols single shared broadcast channel two or more simultaneous transmissions by nodes
interference collision if node receives two or more signals at the same time
multiple access protocol distributed algorithm that determines how nodes
share channel ie determine when node can transmit communication about channel sharing must use channel
itself no out-of-band channel for coordination
5 DataLink Layer 5-14
Ideal Mulitple Access Protocol
Broadcast channel of rate R bps1 When one node wants to transmit it can send at
rate R2 When M nodes want to transmit each can send at
average rate RM3 Fully decentralized
no special node to coordinate transmissions no synchronization of clocks slots
4 Simple
5 DataLink Layer 5-15
MAC Protocols a taxonomyThree broad classes Channel Partitioning
divide channel into smaller ldquopiecesrdquo (time slots frequency code)
allocate piece to node for exclusive use Random Access
channel not divided allow collisions ldquorecoverrdquo from collisions
ldquoTaking turnsrdquo Nodes take turns but nodes with more to send can take
longer turns
5 DataLink Layer 5-16
Channel Partitioning MAC protocols TDMA
TDMA time division multiple access access to channel in rounds each station gets fixed length slot (length = pkt
trans time) in each round unused slots go idle example 6-station LAN 134 have pkts slots
256 idle
5 DataLink Layer 5-17
Channel Partitioning MAC protocols FDMA
FDMA frequency division multiple access channel spectrum divided into frequency bands each station assigned fixed frequency band unused transmission time in frequency bands go idle example 6-station LAN 134 have pkts frequency
bands 256 idle
freq
uenc
y ba
nds
time
5 DataLink Layer 5-18
Random Access Protocols
When node has packet to send transmit at full channel data rate R no a priori coordination among nodes
two or more transmitting nodes rarr ldquocollisionrdquo random access MAC protocol specifies
how to detect collisions how to recover from collisions (eg via delayed
retransmissions) Examples of random access MAC protocols
slotted ALOHA ALOHA CSMA CSMACD CSMACA
5 DataLink Layer 5-19
Slotted ALOHA
Assumptions all frames same size time is divided into
equal size slots time to transmit 1 frame
nodes start to transmit frames only at beginning of slots
nodes are synchronized if 2 or more nodes
transmit in slot all nodes detect collision
Operation when node obtains fresh
frame it transmits in next slot
if no collision node can send new frame in next slot
if collision node retransmits frame in each subsequent slot with prob p until success
5 DataLink Layer 5-20
Slotted ALOHA
Pros single active node can
continuously transmit at full rate of channel
highly decentralized only slots in nodes need to be in sync
simple
Cons collisions wasting slots idle slots nodes may be able to
detect collision in less than time to transmit packet
clock synchronization
5 DataLink Layer 5-21
Slotted Aloha efficiency
Suppose N nodes with many frames to send each transmits in slot with probability p
prob that node 1 has success in a slot= p(1-p)N-1
prob that any node has a success = Np(1-p)N-1
For max efficiency with N nodes find p that maximizes Np(1-p)N-1
For many nodes take limit of Np(1-p)N-1
as N goes to infinity gives 1e = 37
Efficiency is the long-run fraction of successful slots when there are many nodes each with many frames to send
At best channelused for useful transmissions 37of time
5 DataLink Layer 5-22
Pure (unslotted) ALOHA unslotted Aloha simpler no synchronization when frame first arrives
transmit immediately collision probability increases
frame sent at t0 collides with other frames sent in [t0-1t0+1]
5 DataLink Layer 5-23
Pure Aloha efficiencyP(success by given node) = P(node transmits)
P(no other node transmits in [t0-1t0] P(no other node transmits in [t0t0+1]
= p (1-p)N-1 (1-p)N-1
= p (1-p)2(N-1)
hellip choosing optimum p and then letting n rarr infin
= 1(2e) = 18 Even worse
5 DataLink Layer 5-24
CSMA (Carrier Sense Multiple Access)
CSMA listen before transmitIf channel sensed idle transmit entire frame If channel sensed busy defer transmission
Human analogy donrsquot interrupt others
5 DataLink Layer 5-25
CSMA collisionscollisions can still occurpropagation delay means two nodes may not heareach otherrsquos transmission
collisionentire packet transmission time wasted
spatial layout of nodes
noterole of distance amp propagation delay in determining collision probability
5 DataLink Layer 5-26
CSMACD (Collision Detection)CSMACD carrier sensing deferral as in CSMA
collisions detected within short time colliding transmissions aborted reducing channel
wastage collision detection
easy in wired LANs measure signal strengths compare transmitted received signals
difficult in wireless LANs receiver shut off while transmitting
human analogy the polite conversationalist
5 DataLink Layer 5-27
CSMACD collision detection
5 DataLink Layer 5-28
ldquoTaking Turnsrdquo MAC protocols
channel partitioning MAC protocols share channel efficiently and fairly at high load inefficient at low load delay in channel access
1N bandwidth allocated even if only 1 active node
Random access MAC protocols efficient at low load single node can fully
utilize channel high load collision overhead
ldquotaking turnsrdquo protocolslook for best of both worlds
5 DataLink Layer 5-29
ldquoTaking Turnsrdquo MAC protocolsPolling master node
ldquoinvitesrdquo slave nodes to transmit in turn
concerns polling overhead latency single point of
failure (master)
Token passing control token passed from
one node to next sequentially
token message concerns
token overhead latency single point of failure (token)
5 DataLink Layer 5-30
Summary of MAC protocols
What do you do with a shared media Channel Partitioning by time frequency or code
bull Time Division Frequency Division Random partitioning (dynamic)
bull ALOHA S-ALOHA CSMA CSMACDbull carrier sensing easy in some technologies (wire) hard
in others (wireless)bull CSMACD used in Ethernetbull CSMACA used in 80211
Taking Turnsbull polling from a central site token passing
5 DataLink Layer 5-31
MAC Addresses and ARP
32-bit IP address network-layer address used to get datagram to destination IP subnet
MAC (or LAN or ldquophysicalrdquo or Ethernet) address used to get datagram from one interface to
another physically-connected interface (same network)
48 bit MAC address (for most LANs) burned in the adapter ROM
5 DataLink Layer 5-32
LAN Addresses and ARPEach adapter on LAN has unique LAN address
Broadcast address =FF-FF-FF-FF-FF-FF
= adapter
1A-2F-BB-76-09-AD
58-23-D7-FA-20-B0
0C-C4-11-6F-E3-98
71-65-F7-2B-08-53
LAN(wired orwireless)
5 DataLink Layer 5-33
LAN Address (more)
MAC address allocation administered by IEEE manufacturer buys portion of MAC address space
(to assure uniqueness) Analogy
(a) MAC address like Social Security Number(b) IP address like postal address
MAC flat address allows easier portability can move LAN card from one LAN to another
IP hierarchical address NOT portable depends on IP subnet to which node is attached
5 DataLink Layer 5-34
ARP Address Resolution Protocol
Each IP node (Host Router) on LAN has ARP table
ARP Table IPMAC address mappings for some LAN nodes
lt IP address MAC address TTLgt TTL (Time To Live) time
after which address mapping will be forgotten (typically 20 min)
Question how to determineMAC address of Bknowing Brsquos IP address
1A-2F-BB-76-09-AD
58-23-D7-FA-20-B0
0C-C4-11-6F-E3-98
71-65-F7-2B-08-53
LAN
237196723
237196778
237196714
237196788
5 DataLink Layer 5-35
ARP protocol Same LAN (network)
A wants to send datagram to B and Brsquos MAC address not in Arsquos ARP table
A broadcasts ARP query packet containing Bs IP address
Dest MAC address = FF-FF-FF-FF-FF-FF
all machines on LAN receive ARP query
B receives ARP packet replies to A with its (Bs) MAC address
frame sent to Arsquos MAC address (unicast)
A caches (saves) IP-to-MAC address pair in its ARP table until information becomes old (times out)
soft state information that times out (goes away) unless refreshed
ARP is ldquoplug-and-playrdquo nodes create their ARP
tables without intervention from net administrator
5 DataLink Layer 5-36
Routing to another LANwalkthrough send datagram from A to B via R
assume A knowrsquos Brsquos IP address
Two ARP tables in router R one for each IP network (LAN)
A
RB
5 DataLink Layer 5-37
A creates datagram with source A destination B A uses ARP to get Rrsquos MAC address for 111111111110 A creates link-layer frame with Rs MAC address as dest
frame contains A-to-B IP datagram Arsquos adapter sends frame Rrsquos adapter receives frame R removes IP datagram from Ethernet frame sees itrsquos
destined to B R uses ARP to get Brsquos MAC address R creates frame containing A-to-B IP datagram sends to B
A
RB
5 DataLink Layer 5-38
Ethernetldquodominantrdquo wired LAN technology cheap $20 for 100Mbs first widely used LAN technology Simpler cheaper than token LANs and ATM Kept up with speed race 10 Mbps ndash 10 Gbps
Metcalfersquos Ethernetsketch
5 DataLink Layer 5-39
Star topology Bus topology popular through mid 90s Now star topology prevails Connection choices hub or switch (more later)
hub orswitch
5 DataLink Layer 5-40
Ethernet Frame StructureSending adapter encapsulates IP datagram (or other
network layer protocol packet) in Ethernet frame
Preamble 7 bytes with pattern 10101010 followed by one
byte with pattern 10101011 used to synchronize receiver sender clock rates
5 DataLink Layer 5-41
Ethernet Frame Structure (more) Addresses 6 bytes
if adapter receives frame with matching destination address or with broadcast address (eg ARP packet) it passes data in frame to net-layer protocol
otherwise adapter discards frame Type 2 bytes indicates the higher (network)
layer protocol (commonly IP but may also be ARP Novell IPX and AppleTalk etc)
CRC 4 bytes checked at receiver if error is detected the frame is simply dropped
5 DataLink Layer 5-42
Unreliable connectionless service
Connectionless No handshaking between sending and receiving adapter
Unreliable receiving adapter doesnrsquot send acks or nacks to sending adapter
stream of datagrams passed to network layer can have gaps
gaps will be filled if app is using TCP otherwise app will see the gaps
5 DataLink Layer 5-43
Ethernet uses CSMACD
No slots adapter doesnrsquot transmit
if it senses that some other adapter is transmitting that is carrier sense
transmitting adapter aborts when it senses that another adapter is transmitting that is collision detection
Before attempting a retransmission adapter waits a random time that is random access
5 DataLink Layer 5-44
Ethernet CSMACD algorithm1 Adapter receives
datagram from net layer amp creates frame
2 If adapter senses channel idle it starts to transmit frame If it senses channel busy waits until channel idle and then transmits
3 If adapter transmits entire frame without detecting another transmission the adapter is done with frame
4 If adapter detects another transmission while transmitting aborts and sends 48-bit jam signal
5 After aborting adapter enters exponential backoff after the mthcollision adapter chooses a K at random from 012hellip2m-1 Adapter waits K512 bit times and returns to Step 2
5 DataLink Layer 5-45
Frame Size limitations for Ethernet Minimum Frame size (Fmin)
For proper collision detectionFmin = Min frame sizeR = Ethernetrsquos transmission rate
eg 10 Mbsdmax = max Ethernet segment
lengthS = Propagation speed (2x108
ms)FminR ge 2dmaxS
Maximum Frame Size (Fmax)For fairness among competing nodes
Fmin=64 Bytes Fmax=1500 Bytes
A Bd
2dS
tim
e
Arsquos frame
Brsquos frame
Arsquos frame in yellowBrsquos frame in green
For proper collision detection Arsquos frame should last at least until Brsquos frame reaches A
5 DataLink Layer 5-46
Ethernetrsquos CSMACD (more)Jam Signal make sure all
other transmitters are aware of collision 48 bits
Random retransmission delayK 512 bit transmission times where K is randomly selected bit time is 01 microsec for 10 Mbps and 001 microsec for 100 Mbps Ethernet
Exponential Backoff Goal adapt retransmission
attempts to estimated current load
heavy load random wait will be longer
first collision choose K from 01 delay is K 512 bit transmission times
after second collision choose K from 0123hellip
after ten collisions choose K from 01234hellip1023
for max value of K=1023 wait time is about 50 msec for 10 Mbps 5 msec for 100 Mbps Ethernet
Seeinteract with Javaapplet on AWL Web sitehighly recommended
5 DataLink Layer 5-47
CSMACD efficiency
tprop = max prop between 2 nodes in LAN ttrans = time to transmit max-size frame
Efficiency goes to 1 as tprop goes to 0 Goes to 1 as ttrans goes to infinity Much better than ALOHA but still decentralized
simple and cheap
1efficiency1 5 prop transt t
asymp+
5 DataLink Layer 5-48
10BaseT and 100BaseT 10100 Mbps rates T stands for Twisted Pair Base stands for Baseband (unmodulated) Nodes connect to a hub ldquostar topologyrdquo 100 m
max distance between nodes and hub
twisted pair
hub
5 DataLink Layer 5-49
HubsHubs are essentially physical-layer repeaters
bits coming from one link go out all other links at the same rate no frame buffering no CSMACD at hub adapters detect collisions provides net management functionality
twisted pair
hub
5 DataLink Layer 5-50
Gbit Ethernet
uses standard Ethernet frame format allows for point-to-point links and shared
broadcast channels in shared mode CSMACD is used short
distances between nodes required for efficiency
Full-Duplex at 1 Gbps for point-to-point links
10 Gbps now
5 DataLink Layer 5-51
Interconnecting with hubs Backbone hub interconnects LAN segments Extends max distance between nodes But individual segment collision domains become one
large collision domain Canrsquot interconnect 10BaseT amp 100BaseT
hub hub hub
hub
5 DataLink Layer 5-52
Switch Link layer device
stores and forwards Ethernet frames examines frame header and selectively
forwards frame based on MAC dest address when frame is to be forwarded on segment
uses CSMACD to access segment transparent
hosts are unaware of presence of switches plug-and-play self-learning
switches do not need to be configured
5 DataLink Layer 5-53
Forwarding
bull How do determine onto which LAN segment to forward framebull Looks like a routing problem
hub hubhub
switch1
2 3
5 DataLink Layer 5-54
Self learning
A switch has a switch table entry in switch table
(MAC Address Interface Time Stamp) stale entries in table dropped (TTL can be 60 min)
switch learns which hosts can be reached through which interfaces when frame received switch ldquolearnsrdquo location of
sender incoming LAN segment records senderlocation pair in switch table
5 DataLink Layer 5-55
FilteringForwardingWhen switch receives a frame
index switch table using MAC dest addressif entry found for destination
thenif dest on segment from which frame arrived
then drop the frameelse forward the frame on interface indicated
else flood
forward on all but the interface on which the frame arrived
5 DataLink Layer 5-56
Switch exampleSuppose C sends frame to D
Switch receives frame from from C notes in bridge table that C is on interface 1 because D is not in table switch forwards frame into
interfaces 2 and 3 frame received by D
hub hub hub
switch
A
B CD
EF G H
I
address interfaceABEG
1123
12 3
5 DataLink Layer 5-57
Switch exampleSuppose C sends frame to D
Switch receives frame from from C notes in bridge table that C is on interface 1 because D is not in table switch forwards frame into
interfaces 2 and 3 frame received by D
hub hub hub
switch
A
B CD
EF G H
I
address interfaceABEGC
11231
12 3
5 DataLink Layer 5-58
Switch exampleSuppose D replies back with frame to C
Switch receives frame from from D notes in bridge table that D is on interface 2 because C is in table switch forwards frame only to
interface 1 frame received by C
hub hub hub
switch
A
B CD
EF G H
I
address interfaceABEGC
11231
12 3
5 DataLink Layer 5-59
Switch exampleSuppose D replies back with frame to C
Switch receives frame from from D notes in bridge table that D is on interface 2 because C is in table switch forwards frame only to
interface 1 frame received by C
hub hub hub
switch
A
B CD
EF G H
I
address interfaceABEGCD
112312
12 3
5 DataLink Layer 5-60
Switch traffic isolation switch installation breaks subnet into LAN
segments switch filters packets
same-LAN-segment frames not usually forwarded onto other LAN segments
segments become separate collision domains
hub hub hub
switch
collision domain collision domain
collision domain
5 DataLink Layer 5-61
Switches dedicated access Switch with many
interfaces Hosts have direct
connection to switch No collisions full duplex
Switching A-to-Arsquo and B-to-Brsquo simultaneously no collisions
combinations of shareddedicated 101001000 Mbps interfaces possible
switch
A
Arsquo
B
Brsquo
C
Crsquo
5 DataLink Layer 5-62
Institutional network
hub hubhub
switch
to externalnetwork
router
IP subnet
mail server
web server
5 DataLink Layer 5-63
Switches vs Routers both store-and-forward devices
routers network layer devices (examine network layer headers)
switches are link layer devices routers maintain routing tables implement routing
algorithms switches maintain switch tables implement
filtering learning algorithms
5 DataLink Layer 5-64
Summary comparison
hubs routers switches
traffic isolation
no yes yes
plug amp play yes no yes
optimal routing
no yes no
5 DataLink Layer 5-65
VLANs motivation
What happens if CS user moves office to EE
but wants connect to CS switch
single broadcast domain all layer-2 broadcast
traffic (ARP DHCP) crosses entire LAN (securityprivacy efficiency issues)
each lowest level switch has only few ports in use
Computer Science Electrical
EngineeringComputerEngineering
Whatrsquos wrong with this picture
5 DataLink Layer 5-66
VLANs Port-based VLAN switch ports grouped (by switch management software) so that single physical switch helliphellip
Switch(es) supporting VLAN capabilities can be configured to define multiple virtual LANS over single physical LAN infrastructure
Virtual Local Area Network
1
8
9
16102
7
hellip
Electrical Engineering(VLAN ports 1-8)
Computer Science(VLAN ports 9-15)
15
hellip
Electrical Engineering(VLAN ports 1-8)
hellip
1
82
7 9
1610
15
hellip
Computer Science(VLAN ports 9-16)
hellip operates as multiple virtual switches
5 DataLink Layer 5-67
Port-based VLAN
1
8
9
16102
7
hellip
Electrical Engineering(VLAN ports 1-8)
Computer Science(VLAN ports 9-15)
15
hellip
traffic isolation frames tofrom ports 1-8 can only reach ports 1-8
can also define VLAN based on MAC addresses of endpoints rather than switch port
dynamic membershipports can be dynamically assigned among VLANs
router
forwarding between VLANSdone via routing (just as with separate switches)
in practice vendors sell combined switches plus routers
5 DataLink Layer 5-68
VLANS spanning multiple switches
trunk port carries frames between VLANS defined over multiple physical switches
frames forwarded within VLAN between switches canrsquot be vanilla 8021 frames (must carry VLAN ID info)
8021q protocol addsremoves additional header fields for frames forwarded between trunk ports
1
8
9
102
7
hellip
Electrical Engineering(VLAN ports 1-8)
Computer Science(VLAN ports 9-15)
15
hellip
2
73
Ports 235 belong to EE VLANPorts 4678 belong to CS VLAN
5
4 6 816
1
5 DataLink Layer 5-69
Type
2-byte Tag Protocol Identifier(value 81-00)
Tag Control Information (12 bit VLAN ID field 3 bit priority field like IP TOS)
Recomputed CRC
8021Q VLAN frame format
8021 frame
8021Q frame
5 DataLink Layer 5-70
Chapter 6 Wireless and Mobile Networks
Background wireless (mobile) phone subscribers now
exceeds wired phone subscribers computer nets laptops palmtops PDAs
Internet-enabled phone promise anytime untethered Internet access
two important (but different) challenges wireless communication over wireless link mobility handling the mobile user who changes point
of attachment to network
5 DataLink Layer 5-71
Elements of a wireless network
network infrastructure
wireless hosts laptop PDA IP phone run applications may be stationary
(non-mobile) or mobile wireless does not
always mean mobility
5 DataLink Layer 5-72
Elements of a wireless network
network infrastructure
base station typically connected to
wired network relay - responsible
for sending packets between wired network and wireless host(s) in its ldquoareardquo
eg cell towers 80211 access points
5 DataLink Layer 5-73
Elements of a wireless network
network infrastructure
wireless link typically used to
connect mobile(s) to base station
also used as backbone link
multiple access protocol coordinates link access
various data rates transmission distance
5 DataLink Layer 5-74
Characteristics of selected wireless link standards
Indoor10-30m
Outdoor50-200m
Mid-rangeoutdoor
200m ndash 4 Km
Long-rangeoutdoor
5Km ndash 20 Km
056
384
1
4
5-11
54
IS-95 CDMA GSM 2G
UMTSWCDMA CDMA2000 3G
80215
80211b
80211ag
UMTSWCDMA-HSPDA CDMA2000-1xEVDO 3G cellularenhanced
80216 (WiMAX)
80211ag point-to-point
200 80211n
Dat
a ra
te (M
bps) data
5 DataLink Layer 5-75
Elements of a wireless network
network infrastructure
infrastructure mode base station connects
mobiles into wired network
handoff mobile changes base station providing connection into wired network
5 DataLink Layer 5-76
Elements of a wireless networkad hoc mode no base stations nodes can only
transmit to other nodes within link coverage
nodes organize themselves into a network route among themselves
5 DataLink Layer 5-77
Wireless network taxonomy
single hop multiple hops
infrastructure(eg APs)
noinfrastructure
host connects to base station (WiFiWiMAX cellular) which connects to
larger Internet
no base station noconnection to larger Internet (Bluetooth
ad hoc nets)
host may have torelay through several
wireless nodes to connect to larger
Internet mesh net
no base station noconnection to larger
Internet May have torelay to reach other a given wireless node
MANET VANET
5 DataLink Layer 5-78
Wireless Link Characteristics (1)Differences from wired link hellip
decreased signal strength radio signal attenuates as it propagates through matter (path loss)
interference from other sources standardized wireless network frequencies (eg 24 GHz) shared by other devices (eg phone) devices (motors) interfere as well
multipath propagation radio signal reflects off objects arriving at destination at slightly different times
hellip make communication across (even a point to point) wireless link much more ldquodifficultrdquo
5 DataLink Layer 5-79
Wireless Link Characteristics (2) SNR signal-to-noise ratio
larger SNR ndash easier to extract signal from noise (a ldquogood thingrdquo)
SNR versus BER tradeoffs given physical layer
increase power -gt increase SNR-gtdecrease BER
given SNR choose physical layer that meets BER requirement giving highest thruput
bull SNR may change with mobility dynamically adapt physical layer (modulation technique rate)
10 20 30 40
QAM256 (8 Mbps)
QAM16 (4 Mbps)
BPSK (1 Mbps)
SNR(dB)B
ER
10-1
10-2
10-3
10-5
10-6
10-7
10-4
5 DataLink Layer 5-80
Wireless network characteristicsMultiple wireless senders and receivers create
additional problems (beyond multiple access)
AB
C
Hidden terminal problem B A hear each other B C hear each other A C can not hear each othermeans A C unaware of their
interference at B
A B C
Arsquos signalstrength
space
Crsquos signalstrength
Signal attenuation B A hear each other B C hear each other A C can not hear each other
interfering at B
5 DataLink Layer 5-81
IEEE 80211 Wireless LAN 80211b
24-5 GHz unlicensed spectrum up to 11 Mbps direct sequence spread
spectrum (DSSS) in physical layer
bull all hosts use same chipping code
80211a 5-6 GHz range up to 54 Mbps
80211g 24-5 GHz range up to 54 Mbps
80211n multiple antennae 24-5 GHz range up to 200 Mbps
all use CSMACA for multiple access all have base-station and ad-hoc network versions
5 DataLink Layer 5-82
80211 LAN architecture
wireless host communicates with base station
base station = access point (AP)
Basic Service Set (BSS)(aka ldquocellrdquo) in infrastructure mode contains
wireless hosts access point (AP) base
station ad hoc mode hosts only
BSS 1
BSS 2
Internet
hub switchor routerAP
AP
5 DataLink Layer 5-83
80211 Channels association
80211b 24GHz-2485GHz spectrum divided into 11 channels at different frequencies AP admin chooses frequency for AP interference possible channel can be same as
that chosen by neighboring AP host must associate with an AP
scans channels listening for beacon framescontaining APrsquos name (SSID) and MAC address
selects AP to associate with may perform authentication [Chapter 8] will typically run DHCP to get IP address in APrsquos
subnet
5 DataLink Layer 5-84
80211 passiveactive scanning
AP 2AP 1
H1
BBS 2BBS 1
122
3 4
Active Scanning (1) probe request frame broadcast
from H1(2) probe response frame sent from
APs(3) association request frame sent
H1 to selected AP (4) association response frame sent
H1 to selected AP
AP 2AP 1
H1
BBS 2BBS 1
12 3
1
Passive Scanning(1) beacon frames sent from APs(2) association request frame sent H1
to selected AP (3) association response frame sent
H1 to selected AP
5 DataLink Layer 5-85
IEEE 80211 multiple access avoid collisions 2+ nodes transmitting at same time 80211 CSMA - sense before transmitting
donrsquot collide with ongoing transmission by other node 80211 no collision detection
difficult to receive (sense collisions) when transmitting due to weak received signals (fading)
canrsquot sense all collisions in any case hidden terminal fading goal avoid collisions CSMAC(ollision)A(voidance)
AB
CA B C
Arsquos signalstrength
space
Crsquos signalstrength
5 DataLink Layer 5-86
IEEE 80211 MAC Protocol CSMACA
80211 sender1 if sense channel idle for DIFS then
transmit entire frame (no CD)2 if sense channel busy then
start random backoff timetimer counts down while channel idletransmit when timer expiresif no ACK increase random backoff
interval repeat 280211 receiver- if frame received OK
return ACK after SIFS (ACK needed due to hidden terminal problem)
sender receiver
DIFS
data
SIFS
ACK
5 DataLink Layer 5-87
Avoiding collisions (more)idea allow sender to ldquoreserverdquo channel rather than random
access of data frames avoid collisions of long data frames sender first transmits small request-to-send (RTS) packets
to BS using CSMA RTSs may still collide with each other (but theyrsquore short)
BS broadcasts clear-to-send CTS in response to RTS CTS heard by all nodes
sender transmits data frame other stations defer transmissions
avoid data frame collisions completely using small reservation packets
5 DataLink Layer 5-88
Collision Avoidance RTS-CTS exchange
APA B
time
RTS(A)RTS(B)
RTS(A)
CTS(A) CTS(A)
DATA (A)
ACK(A) ACK(A)
reservation collision
defer
5 DataLink Layer 5-89
framecontrol duration address
1address
2address
4address
3 payload CRC
2 2 6 6 6 2 6 0 - 2312 4
seqcontrol
80211 frame addressing
Address 2 MAC addressof wireless host or AP transmitting this frame
Address 1 MAC addressof wireless host or AP to receive this frame
Address 3 MAC addressof router interface to which AP is attached
Address 4 used only in ad hoc mode
5 DataLink Layer 5-90
Internetrouter
AP
H1 R1
AP MAC addr H1 MAC addr R1 MAC addraddress 1 address 2 address 3
80211 frame
R1 MAC addr H1 MAC addr dest address source address
8023 frame
80211 frame addressing
5 DataLink Layer 5-91
framecontrol duration address
1address
2address
4address
3 payload CRC
2 2 6 6 6 2 6 0 - 2312 4
seqcontrol
Type FromAPSubtype To
APMore frag WEPMore
dataPower
mgtRetry RsvdProtocolversion
2 2 4 1 1 1 1 1 11 1
80211 frame moreduration of reserved transmission time (RTSCTS)
frame seq (for RDT)
frame type(RTS CTS ACK data)
5 DataLink Layer 5-92
hub or switch
AP 2
AP 1
H1 BBS 2
BBS 1
80211 mobility within same subnet
router H1 remains in same IP subnet IP address can remain same
switch which AP is associated with H1
self-learning (Ch 5) switch will see frame from H1 and ldquorememberrdquo which switch port can be used to reach H1
5 DataLink Layer 5-93
80211 advanced capabilities
Rate Adaptation base station mobile
dynamically change transmission rate (physical layer modulation technique) as mobile moves SNR varies
QAM256 (8 Mbps)QAM16 (4 Mbps)BPSK (1 Mbps)
10 20 30 40SNR(dB)
BE
R
10-1
10-2
10-3
10-5
10-6
10-7
10-4
operating point
1 SNR decreases BER increase as node moves away from base station2 When BER becomes too high switch to lower transmission rate but with lower BER
5 DataLink Layer 5-94
80211 advanced capabilitiesPower Management node-to-AP ldquoI am going to sleep until next
beacon framerdquo AP knows not to transmit frames to this
node node wakes up before next beacon frame
beacon frame contains list of mobiles with AP-to-mobile frames waiting to be sent node will stay awake if AP-to-mobile frames
to be sent otherwise sleep again until next beacon frame
5 DataLink Layer 5-10
Checksumming Cyclic Redundancy Check view data bits D as a binary number choose r+1 bit pattern (generator) G goal choose r CRC bits R such that
ltDRgt exactly divisible by G (modulo 2) receiver knows G divides ltDRgt by G If non-zero remainder
error detected can detect all burst errors less than r+1 bits
widely used in practice (Ethernet 80211 ATM HDLC)
5 DataLink Layer 5-11
CRC ExampleWant
D2r XOR R = nGequivalently
D2r = nG XOR R equivalently
if we divide D2r by G want remainder R
R = remainder[ ]D2r
G
5 DataLink Layer 5-12
Multiple Access Links and ProtocolsTwo types of ldquolinksrdquo point-to-point
PPP for dial-up access point-to-point link between Ethernet switch and host
broadcast (shared wire or medium) traditional Ethernet upstream HFC (hybrid fiber-coax used in cable TV) 80211 wireless LAN
80211)
5 DataLink Layer 5-13
Multiple Access protocols single shared broadcast channel two or more simultaneous transmissions by nodes
interference collision if node receives two or more signals at the same time
multiple access protocol distributed algorithm that determines how nodes
share channel ie determine when node can transmit communication about channel sharing must use channel
itself no out-of-band channel for coordination
5 DataLink Layer 5-14
Ideal Mulitple Access Protocol
Broadcast channel of rate R bps1 When one node wants to transmit it can send at
rate R2 When M nodes want to transmit each can send at
average rate RM3 Fully decentralized
no special node to coordinate transmissions no synchronization of clocks slots
4 Simple
5 DataLink Layer 5-15
MAC Protocols a taxonomyThree broad classes Channel Partitioning
divide channel into smaller ldquopiecesrdquo (time slots frequency code)
allocate piece to node for exclusive use Random Access
channel not divided allow collisions ldquorecoverrdquo from collisions
ldquoTaking turnsrdquo Nodes take turns but nodes with more to send can take
longer turns
5 DataLink Layer 5-16
Channel Partitioning MAC protocols TDMA
TDMA time division multiple access access to channel in rounds each station gets fixed length slot (length = pkt
trans time) in each round unused slots go idle example 6-station LAN 134 have pkts slots
256 idle
5 DataLink Layer 5-17
Channel Partitioning MAC protocols FDMA
FDMA frequency division multiple access channel spectrum divided into frequency bands each station assigned fixed frequency band unused transmission time in frequency bands go idle example 6-station LAN 134 have pkts frequency
bands 256 idle
freq
uenc
y ba
nds
time
5 DataLink Layer 5-18
Random Access Protocols
When node has packet to send transmit at full channel data rate R no a priori coordination among nodes
two or more transmitting nodes rarr ldquocollisionrdquo random access MAC protocol specifies
how to detect collisions how to recover from collisions (eg via delayed
retransmissions) Examples of random access MAC protocols
slotted ALOHA ALOHA CSMA CSMACD CSMACA
5 DataLink Layer 5-19
Slotted ALOHA
Assumptions all frames same size time is divided into
equal size slots time to transmit 1 frame
nodes start to transmit frames only at beginning of slots
nodes are synchronized if 2 or more nodes
transmit in slot all nodes detect collision
Operation when node obtains fresh
frame it transmits in next slot
if no collision node can send new frame in next slot
if collision node retransmits frame in each subsequent slot with prob p until success
5 DataLink Layer 5-20
Slotted ALOHA
Pros single active node can
continuously transmit at full rate of channel
highly decentralized only slots in nodes need to be in sync
simple
Cons collisions wasting slots idle slots nodes may be able to
detect collision in less than time to transmit packet
clock synchronization
5 DataLink Layer 5-21
Slotted Aloha efficiency
Suppose N nodes with many frames to send each transmits in slot with probability p
prob that node 1 has success in a slot= p(1-p)N-1
prob that any node has a success = Np(1-p)N-1
For max efficiency with N nodes find p that maximizes Np(1-p)N-1
For many nodes take limit of Np(1-p)N-1
as N goes to infinity gives 1e = 37
Efficiency is the long-run fraction of successful slots when there are many nodes each with many frames to send
At best channelused for useful transmissions 37of time
5 DataLink Layer 5-22
Pure (unslotted) ALOHA unslotted Aloha simpler no synchronization when frame first arrives
transmit immediately collision probability increases
frame sent at t0 collides with other frames sent in [t0-1t0+1]
5 DataLink Layer 5-23
Pure Aloha efficiencyP(success by given node) = P(node transmits)
P(no other node transmits in [t0-1t0] P(no other node transmits in [t0t0+1]
= p (1-p)N-1 (1-p)N-1
= p (1-p)2(N-1)
hellip choosing optimum p and then letting n rarr infin
= 1(2e) = 18 Even worse
5 DataLink Layer 5-24
CSMA (Carrier Sense Multiple Access)
CSMA listen before transmitIf channel sensed idle transmit entire frame If channel sensed busy defer transmission
Human analogy donrsquot interrupt others
5 DataLink Layer 5-25
CSMA collisionscollisions can still occurpropagation delay means two nodes may not heareach otherrsquos transmission
collisionentire packet transmission time wasted
spatial layout of nodes
noterole of distance amp propagation delay in determining collision probability
5 DataLink Layer 5-26
CSMACD (Collision Detection)CSMACD carrier sensing deferral as in CSMA
collisions detected within short time colliding transmissions aborted reducing channel
wastage collision detection
easy in wired LANs measure signal strengths compare transmitted received signals
difficult in wireless LANs receiver shut off while transmitting
human analogy the polite conversationalist
5 DataLink Layer 5-27
CSMACD collision detection
5 DataLink Layer 5-28
ldquoTaking Turnsrdquo MAC protocols
channel partitioning MAC protocols share channel efficiently and fairly at high load inefficient at low load delay in channel access
1N bandwidth allocated even if only 1 active node
Random access MAC protocols efficient at low load single node can fully
utilize channel high load collision overhead
ldquotaking turnsrdquo protocolslook for best of both worlds
5 DataLink Layer 5-29
ldquoTaking Turnsrdquo MAC protocolsPolling master node
ldquoinvitesrdquo slave nodes to transmit in turn
concerns polling overhead latency single point of
failure (master)
Token passing control token passed from
one node to next sequentially
token message concerns
token overhead latency single point of failure (token)
5 DataLink Layer 5-30
Summary of MAC protocols
What do you do with a shared media Channel Partitioning by time frequency or code
bull Time Division Frequency Division Random partitioning (dynamic)
bull ALOHA S-ALOHA CSMA CSMACDbull carrier sensing easy in some technologies (wire) hard
in others (wireless)bull CSMACD used in Ethernetbull CSMACA used in 80211
Taking Turnsbull polling from a central site token passing
5 DataLink Layer 5-31
MAC Addresses and ARP
32-bit IP address network-layer address used to get datagram to destination IP subnet
MAC (or LAN or ldquophysicalrdquo or Ethernet) address used to get datagram from one interface to
another physically-connected interface (same network)
48 bit MAC address (for most LANs) burned in the adapter ROM
5 DataLink Layer 5-32
LAN Addresses and ARPEach adapter on LAN has unique LAN address
Broadcast address =FF-FF-FF-FF-FF-FF
= adapter
1A-2F-BB-76-09-AD
58-23-D7-FA-20-B0
0C-C4-11-6F-E3-98
71-65-F7-2B-08-53
LAN(wired orwireless)
5 DataLink Layer 5-33
LAN Address (more)
MAC address allocation administered by IEEE manufacturer buys portion of MAC address space
(to assure uniqueness) Analogy
(a) MAC address like Social Security Number(b) IP address like postal address
MAC flat address allows easier portability can move LAN card from one LAN to another
IP hierarchical address NOT portable depends on IP subnet to which node is attached
5 DataLink Layer 5-34
ARP Address Resolution Protocol
Each IP node (Host Router) on LAN has ARP table
ARP Table IPMAC address mappings for some LAN nodes
lt IP address MAC address TTLgt TTL (Time To Live) time
after which address mapping will be forgotten (typically 20 min)
Question how to determineMAC address of Bknowing Brsquos IP address
1A-2F-BB-76-09-AD
58-23-D7-FA-20-B0
0C-C4-11-6F-E3-98
71-65-F7-2B-08-53
LAN
237196723
237196778
237196714
237196788
5 DataLink Layer 5-35
ARP protocol Same LAN (network)
A wants to send datagram to B and Brsquos MAC address not in Arsquos ARP table
A broadcasts ARP query packet containing Bs IP address
Dest MAC address = FF-FF-FF-FF-FF-FF
all machines on LAN receive ARP query
B receives ARP packet replies to A with its (Bs) MAC address
frame sent to Arsquos MAC address (unicast)
A caches (saves) IP-to-MAC address pair in its ARP table until information becomes old (times out)
soft state information that times out (goes away) unless refreshed
ARP is ldquoplug-and-playrdquo nodes create their ARP
tables without intervention from net administrator
5 DataLink Layer 5-36
Routing to another LANwalkthrough send datagram from A to B via R
assume A knowrsquos Brsquos IP address
Two ARP tables in router R one for each IP network (LAN)
A
RB
5 DataLink Layer 5-37
A creates datagram with source A destination B A uses ARP to get Rrsquos MAC address for 111111111110 A creates link-layer frame with Rs MAC address as dest
frame contains A-to-B IP datagram Arsquos adapter sends frame Rrsquos adapter receives frame R removes IP datagram from Ethernet frame sees itrsquos
destined to B R uses ARP to get Brsquos MAC address R creates frame containing A-to-B IP datagram sends to B
A
RB
5 DataLink Layer 5-38
Ethernetldquodominantrdquo wired LAN technology cheap $20 for 100Mbs first widely used LAN technology Simpler cheaper than token LANs and ATM Kept up with speed race 10 Mbps ndash 10 Gbps
Metcalfersquos Ethernetsketch
5 DataLink Layer 5-39
Star topology Bus topology popular through mid 90s Now star topology prevails Connection choices hub or switch (more later)
hub orswitch
5 DataLink Layer 5-40
Ethernet Frame StructureSending adapter encapsulates IP datagram (or other
network layer protocol packet) in Ethernet frame
Preamble 7 bytes with pattern 10101010 followed by one
byte with pattern 10101011 used to synchronize receiver sender clock rates
5 DataLink Layer 5-41
Ethernet Frame Structure (more) Addresses 6 bytes
if adapter receives frame with matching destination address or with broadcast address (eg ARP packet) it passes data in frame to net-layer protocol
otherwise adapter discards frame Type 2 bytes indicates the higher (network)
layer protocol (commonly IP but may also be ARP Novell IPX and AppleTalk etc)
CRC 4 bytes checked at receiver if error is detected the frame is simply dropped
5 DataLink Layer 5-42
Unreliable connectionless service
Connectionless No handshaking between sending and receiving adapter
Unreliable receiving adapter doesnrsquot send acks or nacks to sending adapter
stream of datagrams passed to network layer can have gaps
gaps will be filled if app is using TCP otherwise app will see the gaps
5 DataLink Layer 5-43
Ethernet uses CSMACD
No slots adapter doesnrsquot transmit
if it senses that some other adapter is transmitting that is carrier sense
transmitting adapter aborts when it senses that another adapter is transmitting that is collision detection
Before attempting a retransmission adapter waits a random time that is random access
5 DataLink Layer 5-44
Ethernet CSMACD algorithm1 Adapter receives
datagram from net layer amp creates frame
2 If adapter senses channel idle it starts to transmit frame If it senses channel busy waits until channel idle and then transmits
3 If adapter transmits entire frame without detecting another transmission the adapter is done with frame
4 If adapter detects another transmission while transmitting aborts and sends 48-bit jam signal
5 After aborting adapter enters exponential backoff after the mthcollision adapter chooses a K at random from 012hellip2m-1 Adapter waits K512 bit times and returns to Step 2
5 DataLink Layer 5-45
Frame Size limitations for Ethernet Minimum Frame size (Fmin)
For proper collision detectionFmin = Min frame sizeR = Ethernetrsquos transmission rate
eg 10 Mbsdmax = max Ethernet segment
lengthS = Propagation speed (2x108
ms)FminR ge 2dmaxS
Maximum Frame Size (Fmax)For fairness among competing nodes
Fmin=64 Bytes Fmax=1500 Bytes
A Bd
2dS
tim
e
Arsquos frame
Brsquos frame
Arsquos frame in yellowBrsquos frame in green
For proper collision detection Arsquos frame should last at least until Brsquos frame reaches A
5 DataLink Layer 5-46
Ethernetrsquos CSMACD (more)Jam Signal make sure all
other transmitters are aware of collision 48 bits
Random retransmission delayK 512 bit transmission times where K is randomly selected bit time is 01 microsec for 10 Mbps and 001 microsec for 100 Mbps Ethernet
Exponential Backoff Goal adapt retransmission
attempts to estimated current load
heavy load random wait will be longer
first collision choose K from 01 delay is K 512 bit transmission times
after second collision choose K from 0123hellip
after ten collisions choose K from 01234hellip1023
for max value of K=1023 wait time is about 50 msec for 10 Mbps 5 msec for 100 Mbps Ethernet
Seeinteract with Javaapplet on AWL Web sitehighly recommended
5 DataLink Layer 5-47
CSMACD efficiency
tprop = max prop between 2 nodes in LAN ttrans = time to transmit max-size frame
Efficiency goes to 1 as tprop goes to 0 Goes to 1 as ttrans goes to infinity Much better than ALOHA but still decentralized
simple and cheap
1efficiency1 5 prop transt t
asymp+
5 DataLink Layer 5-48
10BaseT and 100BaseT 10100 Mbps rates T stands for Twisted Pair Base stands for Baseband (unmodulated) Nodes connect to a hub ldquostar topologyrdquo 100 m
max distance between nodes and hub
twisted pair
hub
5 DataLink Layer 5-49
HubsHubs are essentially physical-layer repeaters
bits coming from one link go out all other links at the same rate no frame buffering no CSMACD at hub adapters detect collisions provides net management functionality
twisted pair
hub
5 DataLink Layer 5-50
Gbit Ethernet
uses standard Ethernet frame format allows for point-to-point links and shared
broadcast channels in shared mode CSMACD is used short
distances between nodes required for efficiency
Full-Duplex at 1 Gbps for point-to-point links
10 Gbps now
5 DataLink Layer 5-51
Interconnecting with hubs Backbone hub interconnects LAN segments Extends max distance between nodes But individual segment collision domains become one
large collision domain Canrsquot interconnect 10BaseT amp 100BaseT
hub hub hub
hub
5 DataLink Layer 5-52
Switch Link layer device
stores and forwards Ethernet frames examines frame header and selectively
forwards frame based on MAC dest address when frame is to be forwarded on segment
uses CSMACD to access segment transparent
hosts are unaware of presence of switches plug-and-play self-learning
switches do not need to be configured
5 DataLink Layer 5-53
Forwarding
bull How do determine onto which LAN segment to forward framebull Looks like a routing problem
hub hubhub
switch1
2 3
5 DataLink Layer 5-54
Self learning
A switch has a switch table entry in switch table
(MAC Address Interface Time Stamp) stale entries in table dropped (TTL can be 60 min)
switch learns which hosts can be reached through which interfaces when frame received switch ldquolearnsrdquo location of
sender incoming LAN segment records senderlocation pair in switch table
5 DataLink Layer 5-55
FilteringForwardingWhen switch receives a frame
index switch table using MAC dest addressif entry found for destination
thenif dest on segment from which frame arrived
then drop the frameelse forward the frame on interface indicated
else flood
forward on all but the interface on which the frame arrived
5 DataLink Layer 5-56
Switch exampleSuppose C sends frame to D
Switch receives frame from from C notes in bridge table that C is on interface 1 because D is not in table switch forwards frame into
interfaces 2 and 3 frame received by D
hub hub hub
switch
A
B CD
EF G H
I
address interfaceABEG
1123
12 3
5 DataLink Layer 5-57
Switch exampleSuppose C sends frame to D
Switch receives frame from from C notes in bridge table that C is on interface 1 because D is not in table switch forwards frame into
interfaces 2 and 3 frame received by D
hub hub hub
switch
A
B CD
EF G H
I
address interfaceABEGC
11231
12 3
5 DataLink Layer 5-58
Switch exampleSuppose D replies back with frame to C
Switch receives frame from from D notes in bridge table that D is on interface 2 because C is in table switch forwards frame only to
interface 1 frame received by C
hub hub hub
switch
A
B CD
EF G H
I
address interfaceABEGC
11231
12 3
5 DataLink Layer 5-59
Switch exampleSuppose D replies back with frame to C
Switch receives frame from from D notes in bridge table that D is on interface 2 because C is in table switch forwards frame only to
interface 1 frame received by C
hub hub hub
switch
A
B CD
EF G H
I
address interfaceABEGCD
112312
12 3
5 DataLink Layer 5-60
Switch traffic isolation switch installation breaks subnet into LAN
segments switch filters packets
same-LAN-segment frames not usually forwarded onto other LAN segments
segments become separate collision domains
hub hub hub
switch
collision domain collision domain
collision domain
5 DataLink Layer 5-61
Switches dedicated access Switch with many
interfaces Hosts have direct
connection to switch No collisions full duplex
Switching A-to-Arsquo and B-to-Brsquo simultaneously no collisions
combinations of shareddedicated 101001000 Mbps interfaces possible
switch
A
Arsquo
B
Brsquo
C
Crsquo
5 DataLink Layer 5-62
Institutional network
hub hubhub
switch
to externalnetwork
router
IP subnet
mail server
web server
5 DataLink Layer 5-63
Switches vs Routers both store-and-forward devices
routers network layer devices (examine network layer headers)
switches are link layer devices routers maintain routing tables implement routing
algorithms switches maintain switch tables implement
filtering learning algorithms
5 DataLink Layer 5-64
Summary comparison
hubs routers switches
traffic isolation
no yes yes
plug amp play yes no yes
optimal routing
no yes no
5 DataLink Layer 5-65
VLANs motivation
What happens if CS user moves office to EE
but wants connect to CS switch
single broadcast domain all layer-2 broadcast
traffic (ARP DHCP) crosses entire LAN (securityprivacy efficiency issues)
each lowest level switch has only few ports in use
Computer Science Electrical
EngineeringComputerEngineering
Whatrsquos wrong with this picture
5 DataLink Layer 5-66
VLANs Port-based VLAN switch ports grouped (by switch management software) so that single physical switch helliphellip
Switch(es) supporting VLAN capabilities can be configured to define multiple virtual LANS over single physical LAN infrastructure
Virtual Local Area Network
1
8
9
16102
7
hellip
Electrical Engineering(VLAN ports 1-8)
Computer Science(VLAN ports 9-15)
15
hellip
Electrical Engineering(VLAN ports 1-8)
hellip
1
82
7 9
1610
15
hellip
Computer Science(VLAN ports 9-16)
hellip operates as multiple virtual switches
5 DataLink Layer 5-67
Port-based VLAN
1
8
9
16102
7
hellip
Electrical Engineering(VLAN ports 1-8)
Computer Science(VLAN ports 9-15)
15
hellip
traffic isolation frames tofrom ports 1-8 can only reach ports 1-8
can also define VLAN based on MAC addresses of endpoints rather than switch port
dynamic membershipports can be dynamically assigned among VLANs
router
forwarding between VLANSdone via routing (just as with separate switches)
in practice vendors sell combined switches plus routers
5 DataLink Layer 5-68
VLANS spanning multiple switches
trunk port carries frames between VLANS defined over multiple physical switches
frames forwarded within VLAN between switches canrsquot be vanilla 8021 frames (must carry VLAN ID info)
8021q protocol addsremoves additional header fields for frames forwarded between trunk ports
1
8
9
102
7
hellip
Electrical Engineering(VLAN ports 1-8)
Computer Science(VLAN ports 9-15)
15
hellip
2
73
Ports 235 belong to EE VLANPorts 4678 belong to CS VLAN
5
4 6 816
1
5 DataLink Layer 5-69
Type
2-byte Tag Protocol Identifier(value 81-00)
Tag Control Information (12 bit VLAN ID field 3 bit priority field like IP TOS)
Recomputed CRC
8021Q VLAN frame format
8021 frame
8021Q frame
5 DataLink Layer 5-70
Chapter 6 Wireless and Mobile Networks
Background wireless (mobile) phone subscribers now
exceeds wired phone subscribers computer nets laptops palmtops PDAs
Internet-enabled phone promise anytime untethered Internet access
two important (but different) challenges wireless communication over wireless link mobility handling the mobile user who changes point
of attachment to network
5 DataLink Layer 5-71
Elements of a wireless network
network infrastructure
wireless hosts laptop PDA IP phone run applications may be stationary
(non-mobile) or mobile wireless does not
always mean mobility
5 DataLink Layer 5-72
Elements of a wireless network
network infrastructure
base station typically connected to
wired network relay - responsible
for sending packets between wired network and wireless host(s) in its ldquoareardquo
eg cell towers 80211 access points
5 DataLink Layer 5-73
Elements of a wireless network
network infrastructure
wireless link typically used to
connect mobile(s) to base station
also used as backbone link
multiple access protocol coordinates link access
various data rates transmission distance
5 DataLink Layer 5-74
Characteristics of selected wireless link standards
Indoor10-30m
Outdoor50-200m
Mid-rangeoutdoor
200m ndash 4 Km
Long-rangeoutdoor
5Km ndash 20 Km
056
384
1
4
5-11
54
IS-95 CDMA GSM 2G
UMTSWCDMA CDMA2000 3G
80215
80211b
80211ag
UMTSWCDMA-HSPDA CDMA2000-1xEVDO 3G cellularenhanced
80216 (WiMAX)
80211ag point-to-point
200 80211n
Dat
a ra
te (M
bps) data
5 DataLink Layer 5-75
Elements of a wireless network
network infrastructure
infrastructure mode base station connects
mobiles into wired network
handoff mobile changes base station providing connection into wired network
5 DataLink Layer 5-76
Elements of a wireless networkad hoc mode no base stations nodes can only
transmit to other nodes within link coverage
nodes organize themselves into a network route among themselves
5 DataLink Layer 5-77
Wireless network taxonomy
single hop multiple hops
infrastructure(eg APs)
noinfrastructure
host connects to base station (WiFiWiMAX cellular) which connects to
larger Internet
no base station noconnection to larger Internet (Bluetooth
ad hoc nets)
host may have torelay through several
wireless nodes to connect to larger
Internet mesh net
no base station noconnection to larger
Internet May have torelay to reach other a given wireless node
MANET VANET
5 DataLink Layer 5-78
Wireless Link Characteristics (1)Differences from wired link hellip
decreased signal strength radio signal attenuates as it propagates through matter (path loss)
interference from other sources standardized wireless network frequencies (eg 24 GHz) shared by other devices (eg phone) devices (motors) interfere as well
multipath propagation radio signal reflects off objects arriving at destination at slightly different times
hellip make communication across (even a point to point) wireless link much more ldquodifficultrdquo
5 DataLink Layer 5-79
Wireless Link Characteristics (2) SNR signal-to-noise ratio
larger SNR ndash easier to extract signal from noise (a ldquogood thingrdquo)
SNR versus BER tradeoffs given physical layer
increase power -gt increase SNR-gtdecrease BER
given SNR choose physical layer that meets BER requirement giving highest thruput
bull SNR may change with mobility dynamically adapt physical layer (modulation technique rate)
10 20 30 40
QAM256 (8 Mbps)
QAM16 (4 Mbps)
BPSK (1 Mbps)
SNR(dB)B
ER
10-1
10-2
10-3
10-5
10-6
10-7
10-4
5 DataLink Layer 5-80
Wireless network characteristicsMultiple wireless senders and receivers create
additional problems (beyond multiple access)
AB
C
Hidden terminal problem B A hear each other B C hear each other A C can not hear each othermeans A C unaware of their
interference at B
A B C
Arsquos signalstrength
space
Crsquos signalstrength
Signal attenuation B A hear each other B C hear each other A C can not hear each other
interfering at B
5 DataLink Layer 5-81
IEEE 80211 Wireless LAN 80211b
24-5 GHz unlicensed spectrum up to 11 Mbps direct sequence spread
spectrum (DSSS) in physical layer
bull all hosts use same chipping code
80211a 5-6 GHz range up to 54 Mbps
80211g 24-5 GHz range up to 54 Mbps
80211n multiple antennae 24-5 GHz range up to 200 Mbps
all use CSMACA for multiple access all have base-station and ad-hoc network versions
5 DataLink Layer 5-82
80211 LAN architecture
wireless host communicates with base station
base station = access point (AP)
Basic Service Set (BSS)(aka ldquocellrdquo) in infrastructure mode contains
wireless hosts access point (AP) base
station ad hoc mode hosts only
BSS 1
BSS 2
Internet
hub switchor routerAP
AP
5 DataLink Layer 5-83
80211 Channels association
80211b 24GHz-2485GHz spectrum divided into 11 channels at different frequencies AP admin chooses frequency for AP interference possible channel can be same as
that chosen by neighboring AP host must associate with an AP
scans channels listening for beacon framescontaining APrsquos name (SSID) and MAC address
selects AP to associate with may perform authentication [Chapter 8] will typically run DHCP to get IP address in APrsquos
subnet
5 DataLink Layer 5-84
80211 passiveactive scanning
AP 2AP 1
H1
BBS 2BBS 1
122
3 4
Active Scanning (1) probe request frame broadcast
from H1(2) probe response frame sent from
APs(3) association request frame sent
H1 to selected AP (4) association response frame sent
H1 to selected AP
AP 2AP 1
H1
BBS 2BBS 1
12 3
1
Passive Scanning(1) beacon frames sent from APs(2) association request frame sent H1
to selected AP (3) association response frame sent
H1 to selected AP
5 DataLink Layer 5-85
IEEE 80211 multiple access avoid collisions 2+ nodes transmitting at same time 80211 CSMA - sense before transmitting
donrsquot collide with ongoing transmission by other node 80211 no collision detection
difficult to receive (sense collisions) when transmitting due to weak received signals (fading)
canrsquot sense all collisions in any case hidden terminal fading goal avoid collisions CSMAC(ollision)A(voidance)
AB
CA B C
Arsquos signalstrength
space
Crsquos signalstrength
5 DataLink Layer 5-86
IEEE 80211 MAC Protocol CSMACA
80211 sender1 if sense channel idle for DIFS then
transmit entire frame (no CD)2 if sense channel busy then
start random backoff timetimer counts down while channel idletransmit when timer expiresif no ACK increase random backoff
interval repeat 280211 receiver- if frame received OK
return ACK after SIFS (ACK needed due to hidden terminal problem)
sender receiver
DIFS
data
SIFS
ACK
5 DataLink Layer 5-87
Avoiding collisions (more)idea allow sender to ldquoreserverdquo channel rather than random
access of data frames avoid collisions of long data frames sender first transmits small request-to-send (RTS) packets
to BS using CSMA RTSs may still collide with each other (but theyrsquore short)
BS broadcasts clear-to-send CTS in response to RTS CTS heard by all nodes
sender transmits data frame other stations defer transmissions
avoid data frame collisions completely using small reservation packets
5 DataLink Layer 5-88
Collision Avoidance RTS-CTS exchange
APA B
time
RTS(A)RTS(B)
RTS(A)
CTS(A) CTS(A)
DATA (A)
ACK(A) ACK(A)
reservation collision
defer
5 DataLink Layer 5-89
framecontrol duration address
1address
2address
4address
3 payload CRC
2 2 6 6 6 2 6 0 - 2312 4
seqcontrol
80211 frame addressing
Address 2 MAC addressof wireless host or AP transmitting this frame
Address 1 MAC addressof wireless host or AP to receive this frame
Address 3 MAC addressof router interface to which AP is attached
Address 4 used only in ad hoc mode
5 DataLink Layer 5-90
Internetrouter
AP
H1 R1
AP MAC addr H1 MAC addr R1 MAC addraddress 1 address 2 address 3
80211 frame
R1 MAC addr H1 MAC addr dest address source address
8023 frame
80211 frame addressing
5 DataLink Layer 5-91
framecontrol duration address
1address
2address
4address
3 payload CRC
2 2 6 6 6 2 6 0 - 2312 4
seqcontrol
Type FromAPSubtype To
APMore frag WEPMore
dataPower
mgtRetry RsvdProtocolversion
2 2 4 1 1 1 1 1 11 1
80211 frame moreduration of reserved transmission time (RTSCTS)
frame seq (for RDT)
frame type(RTS CTS ACK data)
5 DataLink Layer 5-92
hub or switch
AP 2
AP 1
H1 BBS 2
BBS 1
80211 mobility within same subnet
router H1 remains in same IP subnet IP address can remain same
switch which AP is associated with H1
self-learning (Ch 5) switch will see frame from H1 and ldquorememberrdquo which switch port can be used to reach H1
5 DataLink Layer 5-93
80211 advanced capabilities
Rate Adaptation base station mobile
dynamically change transmission rate (physical layer modulation technique) as mobile moves SNR varies
QAM256 (8 Mbps)QAM16 (4 Mbps)BPSK (1 Mbps)
10 20 30 40SNR(dB)
BE
R
10-1
10-2
10-3
10-5
10-6
10-7
10-4
operating point
1 SNR decreases BER increase as node moves away from base station2 When BER becomes too high switch to lower transmission rate but with lower BER
5 DataLink Layer 5-94
80211 advanced capabilitiesPower Management node-to-AP ldquoI am going to sleep until next
beacon framerdquo AP knows not to transmit frames to this
node node wakes up before next beacon frame
beacon frame contains list of mobiles with AP-to-mobile frames waiting to be sent node will stay awake if AP-to-mobile frames
to be sent otherwise sleep again until next beacon frame
5 DataLink Layer 5-11
CRC ExampleWant
D2r XOR R = nGequivalently
D2r = nG XOR R equivalently
if we divide D2r by G want remainder R
R = remainder[ ]D2r
G
5 DataLink Layer 5-12
Multiple Access Links and ProtocolsTwo types of ldquolinksrdquo point-to-point
PPP for dial-up access point-to-point link between Ethernet switch and host
broadcast (shared wire or medium) traditional Ethernet upstream HFC (hybrid fiber-coax used in cable TV) 80211 wireless LAN
80211)
5 DataLink Layer 5-13
Multiple Access protocols single shared broadcast channel two or more simultaneous transmissions by nodes
interference collision if node receives two or more signals at the same time
multiple access protocol distributed algorithm that determines how nodes
share channel ie determine when node can transmit communication about channel sharing must use channel
itself no out-of-band channel for coordination
5 DataLink Layer 5-14
Ideal Mulitple Access Protocol
Broadcast channel of rate R bps1 When one node wants to transmit it can send at
rate R2 When M nodes want to transmit each can send at
average rate RM3 Fully decentralized
no special node to coordinate transmissions no synchronization of clocks slots
4 Simple
5 DataLink Layer 5-15
MAC Protocols a taxonomyThree broad classes Channel Partitioning
divide channel into smaller ldquopiecesrdquo (time slots frequency code)
allocate piece to node for exclusive use Random Access
channel not divided allow collisions ldquorecoverrdquo from collisions
ldquoTaking turnsrdquo Nodes take turns but nodes with more to send can take
longer turns
5 DataLink Layer 5-16
Channel Partitioning MAC protocols TDMA
TDMA time division multiple access access to channel in rounds each station gets fixed length slot (length = pkt
trans time) in each round unused slots go idle example 6-station LAN 134 have pkts slots
256 idle
5 DataLink Layer 5-17
Channel Partitioning MAC protocols FDMA
FDMA frequency division multiple access channel spectrum divided into frequency bands each station assigned fixed frequency band unused transmission time in frequency bands go idle example 6-station LAN 134 have pkts frequency
bands 256 idle
freq
uenc
y ba
nds
time
5 DataLink Layer 5-18
Random Access Protocols
When node has packet to send transmit at full channel data rate R no a priori coordination among nodes
two or more transmitting nodes rarr ldquocollisionrdquo random access MAC protocol specifies
how to detect collisions how to recover from collisions (eg via delayed
retransmissions) Examples of random access MAC protocols
slotted ALOHA ALOHA CSMA CSMACD CSMACA
5 DataLink Layer 5-19
Slotted ALOHA
Assumptions all frames same size time is divided into
equal size slots time to transmit 1 frame
nodes start to transmit frames only at beginning of slots
nodes are synchronized if 2 or more nodes
transmit in slot all nodes detect collision
Operation when node obtains fresh
frame it transmits in next slot
if no collision node can send new frame in next slot
if collision node retransmits frame in each subsequent slot with prob p until success
5 DataLink Layer 5-20
Slotted ALOHA
Pros single active node can
continuously transmit at full rate of channel
highly decentralized only slots in nodes need to be in sync
simple
Cons collisions wasting slots idle slots nodes may be able to
detect collision in less than time to transmit packet
clock synchronization
5 DataLink Layer 5-21
Slotted Aloha efficiency
Suppose N nodes with many frames to send each transmits in slot with probability p
prob that node 1 has success in a slot= p(1-p)N-1
prob that any node has a success = Np(1-p)N-1
For max efficiency with N nodes find p that maximizes Np(1-p)N-1
For many nodes take limit of Np(1-p)N-1
as N goes to infinity gives 1e = 37
Efficiency is the long-run fraction of successful slots when there are many nodes each with many frames to send
At best channelused for useful transmissions 37of time
5 DataLink Layer 5-22
Pure (unslotted) ALOHA unslotted Aloha simpler no synchronization when frame first arrives
transmit immediately collision probability increases
frame sent at t0 collides with other frames sent in [t0-1t0+1]
5 DataLink Layer 5-23
Pure Aloha efficiencyP(success by given node) = P(node transmits)
P(no other node transmits in [t0-1t0] P(no other node transmits in [t0t0+1]
= p (1-p)N-1 (1-p)N-1
= p (1-p)2(N-1)
hellip choosing optimum p and then letting n rarr infin
= 1(2e) = 18 Even worse
5 DataLink Layer 5-24
CSMA (Carrier Sense Multiple Access)
CSMA listen before transmitIf channel sensed idle transmit entire frame If channel sensed busy defer transmission
Human analogy donrsquot interrupt others
5 DataLink Layer 5-25
CSMA collisionscollisions can still occurpropagation delay means two nodes may not heareach otherrsquos transmission
collisionentire packet transmission time wasted
spatial layout of nodes
noterole of distance amp propagation delay in determining collision probability
5 DataLink Layer 5-26
CSMACD (Collision Detection)CSMACD carrier sensing deferral as in CSMA
collisions detected within short time colliding transmissions aborted reducing channel
wastage collision detection
easy in wired LANs measure signal strengths compare transmitted received signals
difficult in wireless LANs receiver shut off while transmitting
human analogy the polite conversationalist
5 DataLink Layer 5-27
CSMACD collision detection
5 DataLink Layer 5-28
ldquoTaking Turnsrdquo MAC protocols
channel partitioning MAC protocols share channel efficiently and fairly at high load inefficient at low load delay in channel access
1N bandwidth allocated even if only 1 active node
Random access MAC protocols efficient at low load single node can fully
utilize channel high load collision overhead
ldquotaking turnsrdquo protocolslook for best of both worlds
5 DataLink Layer 5-29
ldquoTaking Turnsrdquo MAC protocolsPolling master node
ldquoinvitesrdquo slave nodes to transmit in turn
concerns polling overhead latency single point of
failure (master)
Token passing control token passed from
one node to next sequentially
token message concerns
token overhead latency single point of failure (token)
5 DataLink Layer 5-30
Summary of MAC protocols
What do you do with a shared media Channel Partitioning by time frequency or code
bull Time Division Frequency Division Random partitioning (dynamic)
bull ALOHA S-ALOHA CSMA CSMACDbull carrier sensing easy in some technologies (wire) hard
in others (wireless)bull CSMACD used in Ethernetbull CSMACA used in 80211
Taking Turnsbull polling from a central site token passing
5 DataLink Layer 5-31
MAC Addresses and ARP
32-bit IP address network-layer address used to get datagram to destination IP subnet
MAC (or LAN or ldquophysicalrdquo or Ethernet) address used to get datagram from one interface to
another physically-connected interface (same network)
48 bit MAC address (for most LANs) burned in the adapter ROM
5 DataLink Layer 5-32
LAN Addresses and ARPEach adapter on LAN has unique LAN address
Broadcast address =FF-FF-FF-FF-FF-FF
= adapter
1A-2F-BB-76-09-AD
58-23-D7-FA-20-B0
0C-C4-11-6F-E3-98
71-65-F7-2B-08-53
LAN(wired orwireless)
5 DataLink Layer 5-33
LAN Address (more)
MAC address allocation administered by IEEE manufacturer buys portion of MAC address space
(to assure uniqueness) Analogy
(a) MAC address like Social Security Number(b) IP address like postal address
MAC flat address allows easier portability can move LAN card from one LAN to another
IP hierarchical address NOT portable depends on IP subnet to which node is attached
5 DataLink Layer 5-34
ARP Address Resolution Protocol
Each IP node (Host Router) on LAN has ARP table
ARP Table IPMAC address mappings for some LAN nodes
lt IP address MAC address TTLgt TTL (Time To Live) time
after which address mapping will be forgotten (typically 20 min)
Question how to determineMAC address of Bknowing Brsquos IP address
1A-2F-BB-76-09-AD
58-23-D7-FA-20-B0
0C-C4-11-6F-E3-98
71-65-F7-2B-08-53
LAN
237196723
237196778
237196714
237196788
5 DataLink Layer 5-35
ARP protocol Same LAN (network)
A wants to send datagram to B and Brsquos MAC address not in Arsquos ARP table
A broadcasts ARP query packet containing Bs IP address
Dest MAC address = FF-FF-FF-FF-FF-FF
all machines on LAN receive ARP query
B receives ARP packet replies to A with its (Bs) MAC address
frame sent to Arsquos MAC address (unicast)
A caches (saves) IP-to-MAC address pair in its ARP table until information becomes old (times out)
soft state information that times out (goes away) unless refreshed
ARP is ldquoplug-and-playrdquo nodes create their ARP
tables without intervention from net administrator
5 DataLink Layer 5-36
Routing to another LANwalkthrough send datagram from A to B via R
assume A knowrsquos Brsquos IP address
Two ARP tables in router R one for each IP network (LAN)
A
RB
5 DataLink Layer 5-37
A creates datagram with source A destination B A uses ARP to get Rrsquos MAC address for 111111111110 A creates link-layer frame with Rs MAC address as dest
frame contains A-to-B IP datagram Arsquos adapter sends frame Rrsquos adapter receives frame R removes IP datagram from Ethernet frame sees itrsquos
destined to B R uses ARP to get Brsquos MAC address R creates frame containing A-to-B IP datagram sends to B
A
RB
5 DataLink Layer 5-38
Ethernetldquodominantrdquo wired LAN technology cheap $20 for 100Mbs first widely used LAN technology Simpler cheaper than token LANs and ATM Kept up with speed race 10 Mbps ndash 10 Gbps
Metcalfersquos Ethernetsketch
5 DataLink Layer 5-39
Star topology Bus topology popular through mid 90s Now star topology prevails Connection choices hub or switch (more later)
hub orswitch
5 DataLink Layer 5-40
Ethernet Frame StructureSending adapter encapsulates IP datagram (or other
network layer protocol packet) in Ethernet frame
Preamble 7 bytes with pattern 10101010 followed by one
byte with pattern 10101011 used to synchronize receiver sender clock rates
5 DataLink Layer 5-41
Ethernet Frame Structure (more) Addresses 6 bytes
if adapter receives frame with matching destination address or with broadcast address (eg ARP packet) it passes data in frame to net-layer protocol
otherwise adapter discards frame Type 2 bytes indicates the higher (network)
layer protocol (commonly IP but may also be ARP Novell IPX and AppleTalk etc)
CRC 4 bytes checked at receiver if error is detected the frame is simply dropped
5 DataLink Layer 5-42
Unreliable connectionless service
Connectionless No handshaking between sending and receiving adapter
Unreliable receiving adapter doesnrsquot send acks or nacks to sending adapter
stream of datagrams passed to network layer can have gaps
gaps will be filled if app is using TCP otherwise app will see the gaps
5 DataLink Layer 5-43
Ethernet uses CSMACD
No slots adapter doesnrsquot transmit
if it senses that some other adapter is transmitting that is carrier sense
transmitting adapter aborts when it senses that another adapter is transmitting that is collision detection
Before attempting a retransmission adapter waits a random time that is random access
5 DataLink Layer 5-44
Ethernet CSMACD algorithm1 Adapter receives
datagram from net layer amp creates frame
2 If adapter senses channel idle it starts to transmit frame If it senses channel busy waits until channel idle and then transmits
3 If adapter transmits entire frame without detecting another transmission the adapter is done with frame
4 If adapter detects another transmission while transmitting aborts and sends 48-bit jam signal
5 After aborting adapter enters exponential backoff after the mthcollision adapter chooses a K at random from 012hellip2m-1 Adapter waits K512 bit times and returns to Step 2
5 DataLink Layer 5-45
Frame Size limitations for Ethernet Minimum Frame size (Fmin)
For proper collision detectionFmin = Min frame sizeR = Ethernetrsquos transmission rate
eg 10 Mbsdmax = max Ethernet segment
lengthS = Propagation speed (2x108
ms)FminR ge 2dmaxS
Maximum Frame Size (Fmax)For fairness among competing nodes
Fmin=64 Bytes Fmax=1500 Bytes
A Bd
2dS
tim
e
Arsquos frame
Brsquos frame
Arsquos frame in yellowBrsquos frame in green
For proper collision detection Arsquos frame should last at least until Brsquos frame reaches A
5 DataLink Layer 5-46
Ethernetrsquos CSMACD (more)Jam Signal make sure all
other transmitters are aware of collision 48 bits
Random retransmission delayK 512 bit transmission times where K is randomly selected bit time is 01 microsec for 10 Mbps and 001 microsec for 100 Mbps Ethernet
Exponential Backoff Goal adapt retransmission
attempts to estimated current load
heavy load random wait will be longer
first collision choose K from 01 delay is K 512 bit transmission times
after second collision choose K from 0123hellip
after ten collisions choose K from 01234hellip1023
for max value of K=1023 wait time is about 50 msec for 10 Mbps 5 msec for 100 Mbps Ethernet
Seeinteract with Javaapplet on AWL Web sitehighly recommended
5 DataLink Layer 5-47
CSMACD efficiency
tprop = max prop between 2 nodes in LAN ttrans = time to transmit max-size frame
Efficiency goes to 1 as tprop goes to 0 Goes to 1 as ttrans goes to infinity Much better than ALOHA but still decentralized
simple and cheap
1efficiency1 5 prop transt t
asymp+
5 DataLink Layer 5-48
10BaseT and 100BaseT 10100 Mbps rates T stands for Twisted Pair Base stands for Baseband (unmodulated) Nodes connect to a hub ldquostar topologyrdquo 100 m
max distance between nodes and hub
twisted pair
hub
5 DataLink Layer 5-49
HubsHubs are essentially physical-layer repeaters
bits coming from one link go out all other links at the same rate no frame buffering no CSMACD at hub adapters detect collisions provides net management functionality
twisted pair
hub
5 DataLink Layer 5-50
Gbit Ethernet
uses standard Ethernet frame format allows for point-to-point links and shared
broadcast channels in shared mode CSMACD is used short
distances between nodes required for efficiency
Full-Duplex at 1 Gbps for point-to-point links
10 Gbps now
5 DataLink Layer 5-51
Interconnecting with hubs Backbone hub interconnects LAN segments Extends max distance between nodes But individual segment collision domains become one
large collision domain Canrsquot interconnect 10BaseT amp 100BaseT
hub hub hub
hub
5 DataLink Layer 5-52
Switch Link layer device
stores and forwards Ethernet frames examines frame header and selectively
forwards frame based on MAC dest address when frame is to be forwarded on segment
uses CSMACD to access segment transparent
hosts are unaware of presence of switches plug-and-play self-learning
switches do not need to be configured
5 DataLink Layer 5-53
Forwarding
bull How do determine onto which LAN segment to forward framebull Looks like a routing problem
hub hubhub
switch1
2 3
5 DataLink Layer 5-54
Self learning
A switch has a switch table entry in switch table
(MAC Address Interface Time Stamp) stale entries in table dropped (TTL can be 60 min)
switch learns which hosts can be reached through which interfaces when frame received switch ldquolearnsrdquo location of
sender incoming LAN segment records senderlocation pair in switch table
5 DataLink Layer 5-55
FilteringForwardingWhen switch receives a frame
index switch table using MAC dest addressif entry found for destination
thenif dest on segment from which frame arrived
then drop the frameelse forward the frame on interface indicated
else flood
forward on all but the interface on which the frame arrived
5 DataLink Layer 5-56
Switch exampleSuppose C sends frame to D
Switch receives frame from from C notes in bridge table that C is on interface 1 because D is not in table switch forwards frame into
interfaces 2 and 3 frame received by D
hub hub hub
switch
A
B CD
EF G H
I
address interfaceABEG
1123
12 3
5 DataLink Layer 5-57
Switch exampleSuppose C sends frame to D
Switch receives frame from from C notes in bridge table that C is on interface 1 because D is not in table switch forwards frame into
interfaces 2 and 3 frame received by D
hub hub hub
switch
A
B CD
EF G H
I
address interfaceABEGC
11231
12 3
5 DataLink Layer 5-58
Switch exampleSuppose D replies back with frame to C
Switch receives frame from from D notes in bridge table that D is on interface 2 because C is in table switch forwards frame only to
interface 1 frame received by C
hub hub hub
switch
A
B CD
EF G H
I
address interfaceABEGC
11231
12 3
5 DataLink Layer 5-59
Switch exampleSuppose D replies back with frame to C
Switch receives frame from from D notes in bridge table that D is on interface 2 because C is in table switch forwards frame only to
interface 1 frame received by C
hub hub hub
switch
A
B CD
EF G H
I
address interfaceABEGCD
112312
12 3
5 DataLink Layer 5-60
Switch traffic isolation switch installation breaks subnet into LAN
segments switch filters packets
same-LAN-segment frames not usually forwarded onto other LAN segments
segments become separate collision domains
hub hub hub
switch
collision domain collision domain
collision domain
5 DataLink Layer 5-61
Switches dedicated access Switch with many
interfaces Hosts have direct
connection to switch No collisions full duplex
Switching A-to-Arsquo and B-to-Brsquo simultaneously no collisions
combinations of shareddedicated 101001000 Mbps interfaces possible
switch
A
Arsquo
B
Brsquo
C
Crsquo
5 DataLink Layer 5-62
Institutional network
hub hubhub
switch
to externalnetwork
router
IP subnet
mail server
web server
5 DataLink Layer 5-63
Switches vs Routers both store-and-forward devices
routers network layer devices (examine network layer headers)
switches are link layer devices routers maintain routing tables implement routing
algorithms switches maintain switch tables implement
filtering learning algorithms
5 DataLink Layer 5-64
Summary comparison
hubs routers switches
traffic isolation
no yes yes
plug amp play yes no yes
optimal routing
no yes no
5 DataLink Layer 5-65
VLANs motivation
What happens if CS user moves office to EE
but wants connect to CS switch
single broadcast domain all layer-2 broadcast
traffic (ARP DHCP) crosses entire LAN (securityprivacy efficiency issues)
each lowest level switch has only few ports in use
Computer Science Electrical
EngineeringComputerEngineering
Whatrsquos wrong with this picture
5 DataLink Layer 5-66
VLANs Port-based VLAN switch ports grouped (by switch management software) so that single physical switch helliphellip
Switch(es) supporting VLAN capabilities can be configured to define multiple virtual LANS over single physical LAN infrastructure
Virtual Local Area Network
1
8
9
16102
7
hellip
Electrical Engineering(VLAN ports 1-8)
Computer Science(VLAN ports 9-15)
15
hellip
Electrical Engineering(VLAN ports 1-8)
hellip
1
82
7 9
1610
15
hellip
Computer Science(VLAN ports 9-16)
hellip operates as multiple virtual switches
5 DataLink Layer 5-67
Port-based VLAN
1
8
9
16102
7
hellip
Electrical Engineering(VLAN ports 1-8)
Computer Science(VLAN ports 9-15)
15
hellip
traffic isolation frames tofrom ports 1-8 can only reach ports 1-8
can also define VLAN based on MAC addresses of endpoints rather than switch port
dynamic membershipports can be dynamically assigned among VLANs
router
forwarding between VLANSdone via routing (just as with separate switches)
in practice vendors sell combined switches plus routers
5 DataLink Layer 5-68
VLANS spanning multiple switches
trunk port carries frames between VLANS defined over multiple physical switches
frames forwarded within VLAN between switches canrsquot be vanilla 8021 frames (must carry VLAN ID info)
8021q protocol addsremoves additional header fields for frames forwarded between trunk ports
1
8
9
102
7
hellip
Electrical Engineering(VLAN ports 1-8)
Computer Science(VLAN ports 9-15)
15
hellip
2
73
Ports 235 belong to EE VLANPorts 4678 belong to CS VLAN
5
4 6 816
1
5 DataLink Layer 5-69
Type
2-byte Tag Protocol Identifier(value 81-00)
Tag Control Information (12 bit VLAN ID field 3 bit priority field like IP TOS)
Recomputed CRC
8021Q VLAN frame format
8021 frame
8021Q frame
5 DataLink Layer 5-70
Chapter 6 Wireless and Mobile Networks
Background wireless (mobile) phone subscribers now
exceeds wired phone subscribers computer nets laptops palmtops PDAs
Internet-enabled phone promise anytime untethered Internet access
two important (but different) challenges wireless communication over wireless link mobility handling the mobile user who changes point
of attachment to network
5 DataLink Layer 5-71
Elements of a wireless network
network infrastructure
wireless hosts laptop PDA IP phone run applications may be stationary
(non-mobile) or mobile wireless does not
always mean mobility
5 DataLink Layer 5-72
Elements of a wireless network
network infrastructure
base station typically connected to
wired network relay - responsible
for sending packets between wired network and wireless host(s) in its ldquoareardquo
eg cell towers 80211 access points
5 DataLink Layer 5-73
Elements of a wireless network
network infrastructure
wireless link typically used to
connect mobile(s) to base station
also used as backbone link
multiple access protocol coordinates link access
various data rates transmission distance
5 DataLink Layer 5-74
Characteristics of selected wireless link standards
Indoor10-30m
Outdoor50-200m
Mid-rangeoutdoor
200m ndash 4 Km
Long-rangeoutdoor
5Km ndash 20 Km
056
384
1
4
5-11
54
IS-95 CDMA GSM 2G
UMTSWCDMA CDMA2000 3G
80215
80211b
80211ag
UMTSWCDMA-HSPDA CDMA2000-1xEVDO 3G cellularenhanced
80216 (WiMAX)
80211ag point-to-point
200 80211n
Dat
a ra
te (M
bps) data
5 DataLink Layer 5-75
Elements of a wireless network
network infrastructure
infrastructure mode base station connects
mobiles into wired network
handoff mobile changes base station providing connection into wired network
5 DataLink Layer 5-76
Elements of a wireless networkad hoc mode no base stations nodes can only
transmit to other nodes within link coverage
nodes organize themselves into a network route among themselves
5 DataLink Layer 5-77
Wireless network taxonomy
single hop multiple hops
infrastructure(eg APs)
noinfrastructure
host connects to base station (WiFiWiMAX cellular) which connects to
larger Internet
no base station noconnection to larger Internet (Bluetooth
ad hoc nets)
host may have torelay through several
wireless nodes to connect to larger
Internet mesh net
no base station noconnection to larger
Internet May have torelay to reach other a given wireless node
MANET VANET
5 DataLink Layer 5-78
Wireless Link Characteristics (1)Differences from wired link hellip
decreased signal strength radio signal attenuates as it propagates through matter (path loss)
interference from other sources standardized wireless network frequencies (eg 24 GHz) shared by other devices (eg phone) devices (motors) interfere as well
multipath propagation radio signal reflects off objects arriving at destination at slightly different times
hellip make communication across (even a point to point) wireless link much more ldquodifficultrdquo
5 DataLink Layer 5-79
Wireless Link Characteristics (2) SNR signal-to-noise ratio
larger SNR ndash easier to extract signal from noise (a ldquogood thingrdquo)
SNR versus BER tradeoffs given physical layer
increase power -gt increase SNR-gtdecrease BER
given SNR choose physical layer that meets BER requirement giving highest thruput
bull SNR may change with mobility dynamically adapt physical layer (modulation technique rate)
10 20 30 40
QAM256 (8 Mbps)
QAM16 (4 Mbps)
BPSK (1 Mbps)
SNR(dB)B
ER
10-1
10-2
10-3
10-5
10-6
10-7
10-4
5 DataLink Layer 5-80
Wireless network characteristicsMultiple wireless senders and receivers create
additional problems (beyond multiple access)
AB
C
Hidden terminal problem B A hear each other B C hear each other A C can not hear each othermeans A C unaware of their
interference at B
A B C
Arsquos signalstrength
space
Crsquos signalstrength
Signal attenuation B A hear each other B C hear each other A C can not hear each other
interfering at B
5 DataLink Layer 5-81
IEEE 80211 Wireless LAN 80211b
24-5 GHz unlicensed spectrum up to 11 Mbps direct sequence spread
spectrum (DSSS) in physical layer
bull all hosts use same chipping code
80211a 5-6 GHz range up to 54 Mbps
80211g 24-5 GHz range up to 54 Mbps
80211n multiple antennae 24-5 GHz range up to 200 Mbps
all use CSMACA for multiple access all have base-station and ad-hoc network versions
5 DataLink Layer 5-82
80211 LAN architecture
wireless host communicates with base station
base station = access point (AP)
Basic Service Set (BSS)(aka ldquocellrdquo) in infrastructure mode contains
wireless hosts access point (AP) base
station ad hoc mode hosts only
BSS 1
BSS 2
Internet
hub switchor routerAP
AP
5 DataLink Layer 5-83
80211 Channels association
80211b 24GHz-2485GHz spectrum divided into 11 channels at different frequencies AP admin chooses frequency for AP interference possible channel can be same as
that chosen by neighboring AP host must associate with an AP
scans channels listening for beacon framescontaining APrsquos name (SSID) and MAC address
selects AP to associate with may perform authentication [Chapter 8] will typically run DHCP to get IP address in APrsquos
subnet
5 DataLink Layer 5-84
80211 passiveactive scanning
AP 2AP 1
H1
BBS 2BBS 1
122
3 4
Active Scanning (1) probe request frame broadcast
from H1(2) probe response frame sent from
APs(3) association request frame sent
H1 to selected AP (4) association response frame sent
H1 to selected AP
AP 2AP 1
H1
BBS 2BBS 1
12 3
1
Passive Scanning(1) beacon frames sent from APs(2) association request frame sent H1
to selected AP (3) association response frame sent
H1 to selected AP
5 DataLink Layer 5-85
IEEE 80211 multiple access avoid collisions 2+ nodes transmitting at same time 80211 CSMA - sense before transmitting
donrsquot collide with ongoing transmission by other node 80211 no collision detection
difficult to receive (sense collisions) when transmitting due to weak received signals (fading)
canrsquot sense all collisions in any case hidden terminal fading goal avoid collisions CSMAC(ollision)A(voidance)
AB
CA B C
Arsquos signalstrength
space
Crsquos signalstrength
5 DataLink Layer 5-86
IEEE 80211 MAC Protocol CSMACA
80211 sender1 if sense channel idle for DIFS then
transmit entire frame (no CD)2 if sense channel busy then
start random backoff timetimer counts down while channel idletransmit when timer expiresif no ACK increase random backoff
interval repeat 280211 receiver- if frame received OK
return ACK after SIFS (ACK needed due to hidden terminal problem)
sender receiver
DIFS
data
SIFS
ACK
5 DataLink Layer 5-87
Avoiding collisions (more)idea allow sender to ldquoreserverdquo channel rather than random
access of data frames avoid collisions of long data frames sender first transmits small request-to-send (RTS) packets
to BS using CSMA RTSs may still collide with each other (but theyrsquore short)
BS broadcasts clear-to-send CTS in response to RTS CTS heard by all nodes
sender transmits data frame other stations defer transmissions
avoid data frame collisions completely using small reservation packets
5 DataLink Layer 5-88
Collision Avoidance RTS-CTS exchange
APA B
time
RTS(A)RTS(B)
RTS(A)
CTS(A) CTS(A)
DATA (A)
ACK(A) ACK(A)
reservation collision
defer
5 DataLink Layer 5-89
framecontrol duration address
1address
2address
4address
3 payload CRC
2 2 6 6 6 2 6 0 - 2312 4
seqcontrol
80211 frame addressing
Address 2 MAC addressof wireless host or AP transmitting this frame
Address 1 MAC addressof wireless host or AP to receive this frame
Address 3 MAC addressof router interface to which AP is attached
Address 4 used only in ad hoc mode
5 DataLink Layer 5-90
Internetrouter
AP
H1 R1
AP MAC addr H1 MAC addr R1 MAC addraddress 1 address 2 address 3
80211 frame
R1 MAC addr H1 MAC addr dest address source address
8023 frame
80211 frame addressing
5 DataLink Layer 5-91
framecontrol duration address
1address
2address
4address
3 payload CRC
2 2 6 6 6 2 6 0 - 2312 4
seqcontrol
Type FromAPSubtype To
APMore frag WEPMore
dataPower
mgtRetry RsvdProtocolversion
2 2 4 1 1 1 1 1 11 1
80211 frame moreduration of reserved transmission time (RTSCTS)
frame seq (for RDT)
frame type(RTS CTS ACK data)
5 DataLink Layer 5-92
hub or switch
AP 2
AP 1
H1 BBS 2
BBS 1
80211 mobility within same subnet
router H1 remains in same IP subnet IP address can remain same
switch which AP is associated with H1
self-learning (Ch 5) switch will see frame from H1 and ldquorememberrdquo which switch port can be used to reach H1
5 DataLink Layer 5-93
80211 advanced capabilities
Rate Adaptation base station mobile
dynamically change transmission rate (physical layer modulation technique) as mobile moves SNR varies
QAM256 (8 Mbps)QAM16 (4 Mbps)BPSK (1 Mbps)
10 20 30 40SNR(dB)
BE
R
10-1
10-2
10-3
10-5
10-6
10-7
10-4
operating point
1 SNR decreases BER increase as node moves away from base station2 When BER becomes too high switch to lower transmission rate but with lower BER
5 DataLink Layer 5-94
80211 advanced capabilitiesPower Management node-to-AP ldquoI am going to sleep until next
beacon framerdquo AP knows not to transmit frames to this
node node wakes up before next beacon frame
beacon frame contains list of mobiles with AP-to-mobile frames waiting to be sent node will stay awake if AP-to-mobile frames
to be sent otherwise sleep again until next beacon frame
5 DataLink Layer 5-12
Multiple Access Links and ProtocolsTwo types of ldquolinksrdquo point-to-point
PPP for dial-up access point-to-point link between Ethernet switch and host
broadcast (shared wire or medium) traditional Ethernet upstream HFC (hybrid fiber-coax used in cable TV) 80211 wireless LAN
80211)
5 DataLink Layer 5-13
Multiple Access protocols single shared broadcast channel two or more simultaneous transmissions by nodes
interference collision if node receives two or more signals at the same time
multiple access protocol distributed algorithm that determines how nodes
share channel ie determine when node can transmit communication about channel sharing must use channel
itself no out-of-band channel for coordination
5 DataLink Layer 5-14
Ideal Mulitple Access Protocol
Broadcast channel of rate R bps1 When one node wants to transmit it can send at
rate R2 When M nodes want to transmit each can send at
average rate RM3 Fully decentralized
no special node to coordinate transmissions no synchronization of clocks slots
4 Simple
5 DataLink Layer 5-15
MAC Protocols a taxonomyThree broad classes Channel Partitioning
divide channel into smaller ldquopiecesrdquo (time slots frequency code)
allocate piece to node for exclusive use Random Access
channel not divided allow collisions ldquorecoverrdquo from collisions
ldquoTaking turnsrdquo Nodes take turns but nodes with more to send can take
longer turns
5 DataLink Layer 5-16
Channel Partitioning MAC protocols TDMA
TDMA time division multiple access access to channel in rounds each station gets fixed length slot (length = pkt
trans time) in each round unused slots go idle example 6-station LAN 134 have pkts slots
256 idle
5 DataLink Layer 5-17
Channel Partitioning MAC protocols FDMA
FDMA frequency division multiple access channel spectrum divided into frequency bands each station assigned fixed frequency band unused transmission time in frequency bands go idle example 6-station LAN 134 have pkts frequency
bands 256 idle
freq
uenc
y ba
nds
time
5 DataLink Layer 5-18
Random Access Protocols
When node has packet to send transmit at full channel data rate R no a priori coordination among nodes
two or more transmitting nodes rarr ldquocollisionrdquo random access MAC protocol specifies
how to detect collisions how to recover from collisions (eg via delayed
retransmissions) Examples of random access MAC protocols
slotted ALOHA ALOHA CSMA CSMACD CSMACA
5 DataLink Layer 5-19
Slotted ALOHA
Assumptions all frames same size time is divided into
equal size slots time to transmit 1 frame
nodes start to transmit frames only at beginning of slots
nodes are synchronized if 2 or more nodes
transmit in slot all nodes detect collision
Operation when node obtains fresh
frame it transmits in next slot
if no collision node can send new frame in next slot
if collision node retransmits frame in each subsequent slot with prob p until success
5 DataLink Layer 5-20
Slotted ALOHA
Pros single active node can
continuously transmit at full rate of channel
highly decentralized only slots in nodes need to be in sync
simple
Cons collisions wasting slots idle slots nodes may be able to
detect collision in less than time to transmit packet
clock synchronization
5 DataLink Layer 5-21
Slotted Aloha efficiency
Suppose N nodes with many frames to send each transmits in slot with probability p
prob that node 1 has success in a slot= p(1-p)N-1
prob that any node has a success = Np(1-p)N-1
For max efficiency with N nodes find p that maximizes Np(1-p)N-1
For many nodes take limit of Np(1-p)N-1
as N goes to infinity gives 1e = 37
Efficiency is the long-run fraction of successful slots when there are many nodes each with many frames to send
At best channelused for useful transmissions 37of time
5 DataLink Layer 5-22
Pure (unslotted) ALOHA unslotted Aloha simpler no synchronization when frame first arrives
transmit immediately collision probability increases
frame sent at t0 collides with other frames sent in [t0-1t0+1]
5 DataLink Layer 5-23
Pure Aloha efficiencyP(success by given node) = P(node transmits)
P(no other node transmits in [t0-1t0] P(no other node transmits in [t0t0+1]
= p (1-p)N-1 (1-p)N-1
= p (1-p)2(N-1)
hellip choosing optimum p and then letting n rarr infin
= 1(2e) = 18 Even worse
5 DataLink Layer 5-24
CSMA (Carrier Sense Multiple Access)
CSMA listen before transmitIf channel sensed idle transmit entire frame If channel sensed busy defer transmission
Human analogy donrsquot interrupt others
5 DataLink Layer 5-25
CSMA collisionscollisions can still occurpropagation delay means two nodes may not heareach otherrsquos transmission
collisionentire packet transmission time wasted
spatial layout of nodes
noterole of distance amp propagation delay in determining collision probability
5 DataLink Layer 5-26
CSMACD (Collision Detection)CSMACD carrier sensing deferral as in CSMA
collisions detected within short time colliding transmissions aborted reducing channel
wastage collision detection
easy in wired LANs measure signal strengths compare transmitted received signals
difficult in wireless LANs receiver shut off while transmitting
human analogy the polite conversationalist
5 DataLink Layer 5-27
CSMACD collision detection
5 DataLink Layer 5-28
ldquoTaking Turnsrdquo MAC protocols
channel partitioning MAC protocols share channel efficiently and fairly at high load inefficient at low load delay in channel access
1N bandwidth allocated even if only 1 active node
Random access MAC protocols efficient at low load single node can fully
utilize channel high load collision overhead
ldquotaking turnsrdquo protocolslook for best of both worlds
5 DataLink Layer 5-29
ldquoTaking Turnsrdquo MAC protocolsPolling master node
ldquoinvitesrdquo slave nodes to transmit in turn
concerns polling overhead latency single point of
failure (master)
Token passing control token passed from
one node to next sequentially
token message concerns
token overhead latency single point of failure (token)
5 DataLink Layer 5-30
Summary of MAC protocols
What do you do with a shared media Channel Partitioning by time frequency or code
bull Time Division Frequency Division Random partitioning (dynamic)
bull ALOHA S-ALOHA CSMA CSMACDbull carrier sensing easy in some technologies (wire) hard
in others (wireless)bull CSMACD used in Ethernetbull CSMACA used in 80211
Taking Turnsbull polling from a central site token passing
5 DataLink Layer 5-31
MAC Addresses and ARP
32-bit IP address network-layer address used to get datagram to destination IP subnet
MAC (or LAN or ldquophysicalrdquo or Ethernet) address used to get datagram from one interface to
another physically-connected interface (same network)
48 bit MAC address (for most LANs) burned in the adapter ROM
5 DataLink Layer 5-32
LAN Addresses and ARPEach adapter on LAN has unique LAN address
Broadcast address =FF-FF-FF-FF-FF-FF
= adapter
1A-2F-BB-76-09-AD
58-23-D7-FA-20-B0
0C-C4-11-6F-E3-98
71-65-F7-2B-08-53
LAN(wired orwireless)
5 DataLink Layer 5-33
LAN Address (more)
MAC address allocation administered by IEEE manufacturer buys portion of MAC address space
(to assure uniqueness) Analogy
(a) MAC address like Social Security Number(b) IP address like postal address
MAC flat address allows easier portability can move LAN card from one LAN to another
IP hierarchical address NOT portable depends on IP subnet to which node is attached
5 DataLink Layer 5-34
ARP Address Resolution Protocol
Each IP node (Host Router) on LAN has ARP table
ARP Table IPMAC address mappings for some LAN nodes
lt IP address MAC address TTLgt TTL (Time To Live) time
after which address mapping will be forgotten (typically 20 min)
Question how to determineMAC address of Bknowing Brsquos IP address
1A-2F-BB-76-09-AD
58-23-D7-FA-20-B0
0C-C4-11-6F-E3-98
71-65-F7-2B-08-53
LAN
237196723
237196778
237196714
237196788
5 DataLink Layer 5-35
ARP protocol Same LAN (network)
A wants to send datagram to B and Brsquos MAC address not in Arsquos ARP table
A broadcasts ARP query packet containing Bs IP address
Dest MAC address = FF-FF-FF-FF-FF-FF
all machines on LAN receive ARP query
B receives ARP packet replies to A with its (Bs) MAC address
frame sent to Arsquos MAC address (unicast)
A caches (saves) IP-to-MAC address pair in its ARP table until information becomes old (times out)
soft state information that times out (goes away) unless refreshed
ARP is ldquoplug-and-playrdquo nodes create their ARP
tables without intervention from net administrator
5 DataLink Layer 5-36
Routing to another LANwalkthrough send datagram from A to B via R
assume A knowrsquos Brsquos IP address
Two ARP tables in router R one for each IP network (LAN)
A
RB
5 DataLink Layer 5-37
A creates datagram with source A destination B A uses ARP to get Rrsquos MAC address for 111111111110 A creates link-layer frame with Rs MAC address as dest
frame contains A-to-B IP datagram Arsquos adapter sends frame Rrsquos adapter receives frame R removes IP datagram from Ethernet frame sees itrsquos
destined to B R uses ARP to get Brsquos MAC address R creates frame containing A-to-B IP datagram sends to B
A
RB
5 DataLink Layer 5-38
Ethernetldquodominantrdquo wired LAN technology cheap $20 for 100Mbs first widely used LAN technology Simpler cheaper than token LANs and ATM Kept up with speed race 10 Mbps ndash 10 Gbps
Metcalfersquos Ethernetsketch
5 DataLink Layer 5-39
Star topology Bus topology popular through mid 90s Now star topology prevails Connection choices hub or switch (more later)
hub orswitch
5 DataLink Layer 5-40
Ethernet Frame StructureSending adapter encapsulates IP datagram (or other
network layer protocol packet) in Ethernet frame
Preamble 7 bytes with pattern 10101010 followed by one
byte with pattern 10101011 used to synchronize receiver sender clock rates
5 DataLink Layer 5-41
Ethernet Frame Structure (more) Addresses 6 bytes
if adapter receives frame with matching destination address or with broadcast address (eg ARP packet) it passes data in frame to net-layer protocol
otherwise adapter discards frame Type 2 bytes indicates the higher (network)
layer protocol (commonly IP but may also be ARP Novell IPX and AppleTalk etc)
CRC 4 bytes checked at receiver if error is detected the frame is simply dropped
5 DataLink Layer 5-42
Unreliable connectionless service
Connectionless No handshaking between sending and receiving adapter
Unreliable receiving adapter doesnrsquot send acks or nacks to sending adapter
stream of datagrams passed to network layer can have gaps
gaps will be filled if app is using TCP otherwise app will see the gaps
5 DataLink Layer 5-43
Ethernet uses CSMACD
No slots adapter doesnrsquot transmit
if it senses that some other adapter is transmitting that is carrier sense
transmitting adapter aborts when it senses that another adapter is transmitting that is collision detection
Before attempting a retransmission adapter waits a random time that is random access
5 DataLink Layer 5-44
Ethernet CSMACD algorithm1 Adapter receives
datagram from net layer amp creates frame
2 If adapter senses channel idle it starts to transmit frame If it senses channel busy waits until channel idle and then transmits
3 If adapter transmits entire frame without detecting another transmission the adapter is done with frame
4 If adapter detects another transmission while transmitting aborts and sends 48-bit jam signal
5 After aborting adapter enters exponential backoff after the mthcollision adapter chooses a K at random from 012hellip2m-1 Adapter waits K512 bit times and returns to Step 2
5 DataLink Layer 5-45
Frame Size limitations for Ethernet Minimum Frame size (Fmin)
For proper collision detectionFmin = Min frame sizeR = Ethernetrsquos transmission rate
eg 10 Mbsdmax = max Ethernet segment
lengthS = Propagation speed (2x108
ms)FminR ge 2dmaxS
Maximum Frame Size (Fmax)For fairness among competing nodes
Fmin=64 Bytes Fmax=1500 Bytes
A Bd
2dS
tim
e
Arsquos frame
Brsquos frame
Arsquos frame in yellowBrsquos frame in green
For proper collision detection Arsquos frame should last at least until Brsquos frame reaches A
5 DataLink Layer 5-46
Ethernetrsquos CSMACD (more)Jam Signal make sure all
other transmitters are aware of collision 48 bits
Random retransmission delayK 512 bit transmission times where K is randomly selected bit time is 01 microsec for 10 Mbps and 001 microsec for 100 Mbps Ethernet
Exponential Backoff Goal adapt retransmission
attempts to estimated current load
heavy load random wait will be longer
first collision choose K from 01 delay is K 512 bit transmission times
after second collision choose K from 0123hellip
after ten collisions choose K from 01234hellip1023
for max value of K=1023 wait time is about 50 msec for 10 Mbps 5 msec for 100 Mbps Ethernet
Seeinteract with Javaapplet on AWL Web sitehighly recommended
5 DataLink Layer 5-47
CSMACD efficiency
tprop = max prop between 2 nodes in LAN ttrans = time to transmit max-size frame
Efficiency goes to 1 as tprop goes to 0 Goes to 1 as ttrans goes to infinity Much better than ALOHA but still decentralized
simple and cheap
1efficiency1 5 prop transt t
asymp+
5 DataLink Layer 5-48
10BaseT and 100BaseT 10100 Mbps rates T stands for Twisted Pair Base stands for Baseband (unmodulated) Nodes connect to a hub ldquostar topologyrdquo 100 m
max distance between nodes and hub
twisted pair
hub
5 DataLink Layer 5-49
HubsHubs are essentially physical-layer repeaters
bits coming from one link go out all other links at the same rate no frame buffering no CSMACD at hub adapters detect collisions provides net management functionality
twisted pair
hub
5 DataLink Layer 5-50
Gbit Ethernet
uses standard Ethernet frame format allows for point-to-point links and shared
broadcast channels in shared mode CSMACD is used short
distances between nodes required for efficiency
Full-Duplex at 1 Gbps for point-to-point links
10 Gbps now
5 DataLink Layer 5-51
Interconnecting with hubs Backbone hub interconnects LAN segments Extends max distance between nodes But individual segment collision domains become one
large collision domain Canrsquot interconnect 10BaseT amp 100BaseT
hub hub hub
hub
5 DataLink Layer 5-52
Switch Link layer device
stores and forwards Ethernet frames examines frame header and selectively
forwards frame based on MAC dest address when frame is to be forwarded on segment
uses CSMACD to access segment transparent
hosts are unaware of presence of switches plug-and-play self-learning
switches do not need to be configured
5 DataLink Layer 5-53
Forwarding
bull How do determine onto which LAN segment to forward framebull Looks like a routing problem
hub hubhub
switch1
2 3
5 DataLink Layer 5-54
Self learning
A switch has a switch table entry in switch table
(MAC Address Interface Time Stamp) stale entries in table dropped (TTL can be 60 min)
switch learns which hosts can be reached through which interfaces when frame received switch ldquolearnsrdquo location of
sender incoming LAN segment records senderlocation pair in switch table
5 DataLink Layer 5-55
FilteringForwardingWhen switch receives a frame
index switch table using MAC dest addressif entry found for destination
thenif dest on segment from which frame arrived
then drop the frameelse forward the frame on interface indicated
else flood
forward on all but the interface on which the frame arrived
5 DataLink Layer 5-56
Switch exampleSuppose C sends frame to D
Switch receives frame from from C notes in bridge table that C is on interface 1 because D is not in table switch forwards frame into
interfaces 2 and 3 frame received by D
hub hub hub
switch
A
B CD
EF G H
I
address interfaceABEG
1123
12 3
5 DataLink Layer 5-57
Switch exampleSuppose C sends frame to D
Switch receives frame from from C notes in bridge table that C is on interface 1 because D is not in table switch forwards frame into
interfaces 2 and 3 frame received by D
hub hub hub
switch
A
B CD
EF G H
I
address interfaceABEGC
11231
12 3
5 DataLink Layer 5-58
Switch exampleSuppose D replies back with frame to C
Switch receives frame from from D notes in bridge table that D is on interface 2 because C is in table switch forwards frame only to
interface 1 frame received by C
hub hub hub
switch
A
B CD
EF G H
I
address interfaceABEGC
11231
12 3
5 DataLink Layer 5-59
Switch exampleSuppose D replies back with frame to C
Switch receives frame from from D notes in bridge table that D is on interface 2 because C is in table switch forwards frame only to
interface 1 frame received by C
hub hub hub
switch
A
B CD
EF G H
I
address interfaceABEGCD
112312
12 3
5 DataLink Layer 5-60
Switch traffic isolation switch installation breaks subnet into LAN
segments switch filters packets
same-LAN-segment frames not usually forwarded onto other LAN segments
segments become separate collision domains
hub hub hub
switch
collision domain collision domain
collision domain
5 DataLink Layer 5-61
Switches dedicated access Switch with many
interfaces Hosts have direct
connection to switch No collisions full duplex
Switching A-to-Arsquo and B-to-Brsquo simultaneously no collisions
combinations of shareddedicated 101001000 Mbps interfaces possible
switch
A
Arsquo
B
Brsquo
C
Crsquo
5 DataLink Layer 5-62
Institutional network
hub hubhub
switch
to externalnetwork
router
IP subnet
mail server
web server
5 DataLink Layer 5-63
Switches vs Routers both store-and-forward devices
routers network layer devices (examine network layer headers)
switches are link layer devices routers maintain routing tables implement routing
algorithms switches maintain switch tables implement
filtering learning algorithms
5 DataLink Layer 5-64
Summary comparison
hubs routers switches
traffic isolation
no yes yes
plug amp play yes no yes
optimal routing
no yes no
5 DataLink Layer 5-65
VLANs motivation
What happens if CS user moves office to EE
but wants connect to CS switch
single broadcast domain all layer-2 broadcast
traffic (ARP DHCP) crosses entire LAN (securityprivacy efficiency issues)
each lowest level switch has only few ports in use
Computer Science Electrical
EngineeringComputerEngineering
Whatrsquos wrong with this picture
5 DataLink Layer 5-66
VLANs Port-based VLAN switch ports grouped (by switch management software) so that single physical switch helliphellip
Switch(es) supporting VLAN capabilities can be configured to define multiple virtual LANS over single physical LAN infrastructure
Virtual Local Area Network
1
8
9
16102
7
hellip
Electrical Engineering(VLAN ports 1-8)
Computer Science(VLAN ports 9-15)
15
hellip
Electrical Engineering(VLAN ports 1-8)
hellip
1
82
7 9
1610
15
hellip
Computer Science(VLAN ports 9-16)
hellip operates as multiple virtual switches
5 DataLink Layer 5-67
Port-based VLAN
1
8
9
16102
7
hellip
Electrical Engineering(VLAN ports 1-8)
Computer Science(VLAN ports 9-15)
15
hellip
traffic isolation frames tofrom ports 1-8 can only reach ports 1-8
can also define VLAN based on MAC addresses of endpoints rather than switch port
dynamic membershipports can be dynamically assigned among VLANs
router
forwarding between VLANSdone via routing (just as with separate switches)
in practice vendors sell combined switches plus routers
5 DataLink Layer 5-68
VLANS spanning multiple switches
trunk port carries frames between VLANS defined over multiple physical switches
frames forwarded within VLAN between switches canrsquot be vanilla 8021 frames (must carry VLAN ID info)
8021q protocol addsremoves additional header fields for frames forwarded between trunk ports
1
8
9
102
7
hellip
Electrical Engineering(VLAN ports 1-8)
Computer Science(VLAN ports 9-15)
15
hellip
2
73
Ports 235 belong to EE VLANPorts 4678 belong to CS VLAN
5
4 6 816
1
5 DataLink Layer 5-69
Type
2-byte Tag Protocol Identifier(value 81-00)
Tag Control Information (12 bit VLAN ID field 3 bit priority field like IP TOS)
Recomputed CRC
8021Q VLAN frame format
8021 frame
8021Q frame
5 DataLink Layer 5-70
Chapter 6 Wireless and Mobile Networks
Background wireless (mobile) phone subscribers now
exceeds wired phone subscribers computer nets laptops palmtops PDAs
Internet-enabled phone promise anytime untethered Internet access
two important (but different) challenges wireless communication over wireless link mobility handling the mobile user who changes point
of attachment to network
5 DataLink Layer 5-71
Elements of a wireless network
network infrastructure
wireless hosts laptop PDA IP phone run applications may be stationary
(non-mobile) or mobile wireless does not
always mean mobility
5 DataLink Layer 5-72
Elements of a wireless network
network infrastructure
base station typically connected to
wired network relay - responsible
for sending packets between wired network and wireless host(s) in its ldquoareardquo
eg cell towers 80211 access points
5 DataLink Layer 5-73
Elements of a wireless network
network infrastructure
wireless link typically used to
connect mobile(s) to base station
also used as backbone link
multiple access protocol coordinates link access
various data rates transmission distance
5 DataLink Layer 5-74
Characteristics of selected wireless link standards
Indoor10-30m
Outdoor50-200m
Mid-rangeoutdoor
200m ndash 4 Km
Long-rangeoutdoor
5Km ndash 20 Km
056
384
1
4
5-11
54
IS-95 CDMA GSM 2G
UMTSWCDMA CDMA2000 3G
80215
80211b
80211ag
UMTSWCDMA-HSPDA CDMA2000-1xEVDO 3G cellularenhanced
80216 (WiMAX)
80211ag point-to-point
200 80211n
Dat
a ra
te (M
bps) data
5 DataLink Layer 5-75
Elements of a wireless network
network infrastructure
infrastructure mode base station connects
mobiles into wired network
handoff mobile changes base station providing connection into wired network
5 DataLink Layer 5-76
Elements of a wireless networkad hoc mode no base stations nodes can only
transmit to other nodes within link coverage
nodes organize themselves into a network route among themselves
5 DataLink Layer 5-77
Wireless network taxonomy
single hop multiple hops
infrastructure(eg APs)
noinfrastructure
host connects to base station (WiFiWiMAX cellular) which connects to
larger Internet
no base station noconnection to larger Internet (Bluetooth
ad hoc nets)
host may have torelay through several
wireless nodes to connect to larger
Internet mesh net
no base station noconnection to larger
Internet May have torelay to reach other a given wireless node
MANET VANET
5 DataLink Layer 5-78
Wireless Link Characteristics (1)Differences from wired link hellip
decreased signal strength radio signal attenuates as it propagates through matter (path loss)
interference from other sources standardized wireless network frequencies (eg 24 GHz) shared by other devices (eg phone) devices (motors) interfere as well
multipath propagation radio signal reflects off objects arriving at destination at slightly different times
hellip make communication across (even a point to point) wireless link much more ldquodifficultrdquo
5 DataLink Layer 5-79
Wireless Link Characteristics (2) SNR signal-to-noise ratio
larger SNR ndash easier to extract signal from noise (a ldquogood thingrdquo)
SNR versus BER tradeoffs given physical layer
increase power -gt increase SNR-gtdecrease BER
given SNR choose physical layer that meets BER requirement giving highest thruput
bull SNR may change with mobility dynamically adapt physical layer (modulation technique rate)
10 20 30 40
QAM256 (8 Mbps)
QAM16 (4 Mbps)
BPSK (1 Mbps)
SNR(dB)B
ER
10-1
10-2
10-3
10-5
10-6
10-7
10-4
5 DataLink Layer 5-80
Wireless network characteristicsMultiple wireless senders and receivers create
additional problems (beyond multiple access)
AB
C
Hidden terminal problem B A hear each other B C hear each other A C can not hear each othermeans A C unaware of their
interference at B
A B C
Arsquos signalstrength
space
Crsquos signalstrength
Signal attenuation B A hear each other B C hear each other A C can not hear each other
interfering at B
5 DataLink Layer 5-81
IEEE 80211 Wireless LAN 80211b
24-5 GHz unlicensed spectrum up to 11 Mbps direct sequence spread
spectrum (DSSS) in physical layer
bull all hosts use same chipping code
80211a 5-6 GHz range up to 54 Mbps
80211g 24-5 GHz range up to 54 Mbps
80211n multiple antennae 24-5 GHz range up to 200 Mbps
all use CSMACA for multiple access all have base-station and ad-hoc network versions
5 DataLink Layer 5-82
80211 LAN architecture
wireless host communicates with base station
base station = access point (AP)
Basic Service Set (BSS)(aka ldquocellrdquo) in infrastructure mode contains
wireless hosts access point (AP) base
station ad hoc mode hosts only
BSS 1
BSS 2
Internet
hub switchor routerAP
AP
5 DataLink Layer 5-83
80211 Channels association
80211b 24GHz-2485GHz spectrum divided into 11 channels at different frequencies AP admin chooses frequency for AP interference possible channel can be same as
that chosen by neighboring AP host must associate with an AP
scans channels listening for beacon framescontaining APrsquos name (SSID) and MAC address
selects AP to associate with may perform authentication [Chapter 8] will typically run DHCP to get IP address in APrsquos
subnet
5 DataLink Layer 5-84
80211 passiveactive scanning
AP 2AP 1
H1
BBS 2BBS 1
122
3 4
Active Scanning (1) probe request frame broadcast
from H1(2) probe response frame sent from
APs(3) association request frame sent
H1 to selected AP (4) association response frame sent
H1 to selected AP
AP 2AP 1
H1
BBS 2BBS 1
12 3
1
Passive Scanning(1) beacon frames sent from APs(2) association request frame sent H1
to selected AP (3) association response frame sent
H1 to selected AP
5 DataLink Layer 5-85
IEEE 80211 multiple access avoid collisions 2+ nodes transmitting at same time 80211 CSMA - sense before transmitting
donrsquot collide with ongoing transmission by other node 80211 no collision detection
difficult to receive (sense collisions) when transmitting due to weak received signals (fading)
canrsquot sense all collisions in any case hidden terminal fading goal avoid collisions CSMAC(ollision)A(voidance)
AB
CA B C
Arsquos signalstrength
space
Crsquos signalstrength
5 DataLink Layer 5-86
IEEE 80211 MAC Protocol CSMACA
80211 sender1 if sense channel idle for DIFS then
transmit entire frame (no CD)2 if sense channel busy then
start random backoff timetimer counts down while channel idletransmit when timer expiresif no ACK increase random backoff
interval repeat 280211 receiver- if frame received OK
return ACK after SIFS (ACK needed due to hidden terminal problem)
sender receiver
DIFS
data
SIFS
ACK
5 DataLink Layer 5-87
Avoiding collisions (more)idea allow sender to ldquoreserverdquo channel rather than random
access of data frames avoid collisions of long data frames sender first transmits small request-to-send (RTS) packets
to BS using CSMA RTSs may still collide with each other (but theyrsquore short)
BS broadcasts clear-to-send CTS in response to RTS CTS heard by all nodes
sender transmits data frame other stations defer transmissions
avoid data frame collisions completely using small reservation packets
5 DataLink Layer 5-88
Collision Avoidance RTS-CTS exchange
APA B
time
RTS(A)RTS(B)
RTS(A)
CTS(A) CTS(A)
DATA (A)
ACK(A) ACK(A)
reservation collision
defer
5 DataLink Layer 5-89
framecontrol duration address
1address
2address
4address
3 payload CRC
2 2 6 6 6 2 6 0 - 2312 4
seqcontrol
80211 frame addressing
Address 2 MAC addressof wireless host or AP transmitting this frame
Address 1 MAC addressof wireless host or AP to receive this frame
Address 3 MAC addressof router interface to which AP is attached
Address 4 used only in ad hoc mode
5 DataLink Layer 5-90
Internetrouter
AP
H1 R1
AP MAC addr H1 MAC addr R1 MAC addraddress 1 address 2 address 3
80211 frame
R1 MAC addr H1 MAC addr dest address source address
8023 frame
80211 frame addressing
5 DataLink Layer 5-91
framecontrol duration address
1address
2address
4address
3 payload CRC
2 2 6 6 6 2 6 0 - 2312 4
seqcontrol
Type FromAPSubtype To
APMore frag WEPMore
dataPower
mgtRetry RsvdProtocolversion
2 2 4 1 1 1 1 1 11 1
80211 frame moreduration of reserved transmission time (RTSCTS)
frame seq (for RDT)
frame type(RTS CTS ACK data)
5 DataLink Layer 5-92
hub or switch
AP 2
AP 1
H1 BBS 2
BBS 1
80211 mobility within same subnet
router H1 remains in same IP subnet IP address can remain same
switch which AP is associated with H1
self-learning (Ch 5) switch will see frame from H1 and ldquorememberrdquo which switch port can be used to reach H1
5 DataLink Layer 5-93
80211 advanced capabilities
Rate Adaptation base station mobile
dynamically change transmission rate (physical layer modulation technique) as mobile moves SNR varies
QAM256 (8 Mbps)QAM16 (4 Mbps)BPSK (1 Mbps)
10 20 30 40SNR(dB)
BE
R
10-1
10-2
10-3
10-5
10-6
10-7
10-4
operating point
1 SNR decreases BER increase as node moves away from base station2 When BER becomes too high switch to lower transmission rate but with lower BER
5 DataLink Layer 5-94
80211 advanced capabilitiesPower Management node-to-AP ldquoI am going to sleep until next
beacon framerdquo AP knows not to transmit frames to this
node node wakes up before next beacon frame
beacon frame contains list of mobiles with AP-to-mobile frames waiting to be sent node will stay awake if AP-to-mobile frames
to be sent otherwise sleep again until next beacon frame
5 DataLink Layer 5-13
Multiple Access protocols single shared broadcast channel two or more simultaneous transmissions by nodes
interference collision if node receives two or more signals at the same time
multiple access protocol distributed algorithm that determines how nodes
share channel ie determine when node can transmit communication about channel sharing must use channel
itself no out-of-band channel for coordination
5 DataLink Layer 5-14
Ideal Mulitple Access Protocol
Broadcast channel of rate R bps1 When one node wants to transmit it can send at
rate R2 When M nodes want to transmit each can send at
average rate RM3 Fully decentralized
no special node to coordinate transmissions no synchronization of clocks slots
4 Simple
5 DataLink Layer 5-15
MAC Protocols a taxonomyThree broad classes Channel Partitioning
divide channel into smaller ldquopiecesrdquo (time slots frequency code)
allocate piece to node for exclusive use Random Access
channel not divided allow collisions ldquorecoverrdquo from collisions
ldquoTaking turnsrdquo Nodes take turns but nodes with more to send can take
longer turns
5 DataLink Layer 5-16
Channel Partitioning MAC protocols TDMA
TDMA time division multiple access access to channel in rounds each station gets fixed length slot (length = pkt
trans time) in each round unused slots go idle example 6-station LAN 134 have pkts slots
256 idle
5 DataLink Layer 5-17
Channel Partitioning MAC protocols FDMA
FDMA frequency division multiple access channel spectrum divided into frequency bands each station assigned fixed frequency band unused transmission time in frequency bands go idle example 6-station LAN 134 have pkts frequency
bands 256 idle
freq
uenc
y ba
nds
time
5 DataLink Layer 5-18
Random Access Protocols
When node has packet to send transmit at full channel data rate R no a priori coordination among nodes
two or more transmitting nodes rarr ldquocollisionrdquo random access MAC protocol specifies
how to detect collisions how to recover from collisions (eg via delayed
retransmissions) Examples of random access MAC protocols
slotted ALOHA ALOHA CSMA CSMACD CSMACA
5 DataLink Layer 5-19
Slotted ALOHA
Assumptions all frames same size time is divided into
equal size slots time to transmit 1 frame
nodes start to transmit frames only at beginning of slots
nodes are synchronized if 2 or more nodes
transmit in slot all nodes detect collision
Operation when node obtains fresh
frame it transmits in next slot
if no collision node can send new frame in next slot
if collision node retransmits frame in each subsequent slot with prob p until success
5 DataLink Layer 5-20
Slotted ALOHA
Pros single active node can
continuously transmit at full rate of channel
highly decentralized only slots in nodes need to be in sync
simple
Cons collisions wasting slots idle slots nodes may be able to
detect collision in less than time to transmit packet
clock synchronization
5 DataLink Layer 5-21
Slotted Aloha efficiency
Suppose N nodes with many frames to send each transmits in slot with probability p
prob that node 1 has success in a slot= p(1-p)N-1
prob that any node has a success = Np(1-p)N-1
For max efficiency with N nodes find p that maximizes Np(1-p)N-1
For many nodes take limit of Np(1-p)N-1
as N goes to infinity gives 1e = 37
Efficiency is the long-run fraction of successful slots when there are many nodes each with many frames to send
At best channelused for useful transmissions 37of time
5 DataLink Layer 5-22
Pure (unslotted) ALOHA unslotted Aloha simpler no synchronization when frame first arrives
transmit immediately collision probability increases
frame sent at t0 collides with other frames sent in [t0-1t0+1]
5 DataLink Layer 5-23
Pure Aloha efficiencyP(success by given node) = P(node transmits)
P(no other node transmits in [t0-1t0] P(no other node transmits in [t0t0+1]
= p (1-p)N-1 (1-p)N-1
= p (1-p)2(N-1)
hellip choosing optimum p and then letting n rarr infin
= 1(2e) = 18 Even worse
5 DataLink Layer 5-24
CSMA (Carrier Sense Multiple Access)
CSMA listen before transmitIf channel sensed idle transmit entire frame If channel sensed busy defer transmission
Human analogy donrsquot interrupt others
5 DataLink Layer 5-25
CSMA collisionscollisions can still occurpropagation delay means two nodes may not heareach otherrsquos transmission
collisionentire packet transmission time wasted
spatial layout of nodes
noterole of distance amp propagation delay in determining collision probability
5 DataLink Layer 5-26
CSMACD (Collision Detection)CSMACD carrier sensing deferral as in CSMA
collisions detected within short time colliding transmissions aborted reducing channel
wastage collision detection
easy in wired LANs measure signal strengths compare transmitted received signals
difficult in wireless LANs receiver shut off while transmitting
human analogy the polite conversationalist
5 DataLink Layer 5-27
CSMACD collision detection
5 DataLink Layer 5-28
ldquoTaking Turnsrdquo MAC protocols
channel partitioning MAC protocols share channel efficiently and fairly at high load inefficient at low load delay in channel access
1N bandwidth allocated even if only 1 active node
Random access MAC protocols efficient at low load single node can fully
utilize channel high load collision overhead
ldquotaking turnsrdquo protocolslook for best of both worlds
5 DataLink Layer 5-29
ldquoTaking Turnsrdquo MAC protocolsPolling master node
ldquoinvitesrdquo slave nodes to transmit in turn
concerns polling overhead latency single point of
failure (master)
Token passing control token passed from
one node to next sequentially
token message concerns
token overhead latency single point of failure (token)
5 DataLink Layer 5-30
Summary of MAC protocols
What do you do with a shared media Channel Partitioning by time frequency or code
bull Time Division Frequency Division Random partitioning (dynamic)
bull ALOHA S-ALOHA CSMA CSMACDbull carrier sensing easy in some technologies (wire) hard
in others (wireless)bull CSMACD used in Ethernetbull CSMACA used in 80211
Taking Turnsbull polling from a central site token passing
5 DataLink Layer 5-31
MAC Addresses and ARP
32-bit IP address network-layer address used to get datagram to destination IP subnet
MAC (or LAN or ldquophysicalrdquo or Ethernet) address used to get datagram from one interface to
another physically-connected interface (same network)
48 bit MAC address (for most LANs) burned in the adapter ROM
5 DataLink Layer 5-32
LAN Addresses and ARPEach adapter on LAN has unique LAN address
Broadcast address =FF-FF-FF-FF-FF-FF
= adapter
1A-2F-BB-76-09-AD
58-23-D7-FA-20-B0
0C-C4-11-6F-E3-98
71-65-F7-2B-08-53
LAN(wired orwireless)
5 DataLink Layer 5-33
LAN Address (more)
MAC address allocation administered by IEEE manufacturer buys portion of MAC address space
(to assure uniqueness) Analogy
(a) MAC address like Social Security Number(b) IP address like postal address
MAC flat address allows easier portability can move LAN card from one LAN to another
IP hierarchical address NOT portable depends on IP subnet to which node is attached
5 DataLink Layer 5-34
ARP Address Resolution Protocol
Each IP node (Host Router) on LAN has ARP table
ARP Table IPMAC address mappings for some LAN nodes
lt IP address MAC address TTLgt TTL (Time To Live) time
after which address mapping will be forgotten (typically 20 min)
Question how to determineMAC address of Bknowing Brsquos IP address
1A-2F-BB-76-09-AD
58-23-D7-FA-20-B0
0C-C4-11-6F-E3-98
71-65-F7-2B-08-53
LAN
237196723
237196778
237196714
237196788
5 DataLink Layer 5-35
ARP protocol Same LAN (network)
A wants to send datagram to B and Brsquos MAC address not in Arsquos ARP table
A broadcasts ARP query packet containing Bs IP address
Dest MAC address = FF-FF-FF-FF-FF-FF
all machines on LAN receive ARP query
B receives ARP packet replies to A with its (Bs) MAC address
frame sent to Arsquos MAC address (unicast)
A caches (saves) IP-to-MAC address pair in its ARP table until information becomes old (times out)
soft state information that times out (goes away) unless refreshed
ARP is ldquoplug-and-playrdquo nodes create their ARP
tables without intervention from net administrator
5 DataLink Layer 5-36
Routing to another LANwalkthrough send datagram from A to B via R
assume A knowrsquos Brsquos IP address
Two ARP tables in router R one for each IP network (LAN)
A
RB
5 DataLink Layer 5-37
A creates datagram with source A destination B A uses ARP to get Rrsquos MAC address for 111111111110 A creates link-layer frame with Rs MAC address as dest
frame contains A-to-B IP datagram Arsquos adapter sends frame Rrsquos adapter receives frame R removes IP datagram from Ethernet frame sees itrsquos
destined to B R uses ARP to get Brsquos MAC address R creates frame containing A-to-B IP datagram sends to B
A
RB
5 DataLink Layer 5-38
Ethernetldquodominantrdquo wired LAN technology cheap $20 for 100Mbs first widely used LAN technology Simpler cheaper than token LANs and ATM Kept up with speed race 10 Mbps ndash 10 Gbps
Metcalfersquos Ethernetsketch
5 DataLink Layer 5-39
Star topology Bus topology popular through mid 90s Now star topology prevails Connection choices hub or switch (more later)
hub orswitch
5 DataLink Layer 5-40
Ethernet Frame StructureSending adapter encapsulates IP datagram (or other
network layer protocol packet) in Ethernet frame
Preamble 7 bytes with pattern 10101010 followed by one
byte with pattern 10101011 used to synchronize receiver sender clock rates
5 DataLink Layer 5-41
Ethernet Frame Structure (more) Addresses 6 bytes
if adapter receives frame with matching destination address or with broadcast address (eg ARP packet) it passes data in frame to net-layer protocol
otherwise adapter discards frame Type 2 bytes indicates the higher (network)
layer protocol (commonly IP but may also be ARP Novell IPX and AppleTalk etc)
CRC 4 bytes checked at receiver if error is detected the frame is simply dropped
5 DataLink Layer 5-42
Unreliable connectionless service
Connectionless No handshaking between sending and receiving adapter
Unreliable receiving adapter doesnrsquot send acks or nacks to sending adapter
stream of datagrams passed to network layer can have gaps
gaps will be filled if app is using TCP otherwise app will see the gaps
5 DataLink Layer 5-43
Ethernet uses CSMACD
No slots adapter doesnrsquot transmit
if it senses that some other adapter is transmitting that is carrier sense
transmitting adapter aborts when it senses that another adapter is transmitting that is collision detection
Before attempting a retransmission adapter waits a random time that is random access
5 DataLink Layer 5-44
Ethernet CSMACD algorithm1 Adapter receives
datagram from net layer amp creates frame
2 If adapter senses channel idle it starts to transmit frame If it senses channel busy waits until channel idle and then transmits
3 If adapter transmits entire frame without detecting another transmission the adapter is done with frame
4 If adapter detects another transmission while transmitting aborts and sends 48-bit jam signal
5 After aborting adapter enters exponential backoff after the mthcollision adapter chooses a K at random from 012hellip2m-1 Adapter waits K512 bit times and returns to Step 2
5 DataLink Layer 5-45
Frame Size limitations for Ethernet Minimum Frame size (Fmin)
For proper collision detectionFmin = Min frame sizeR = Ethernetrsquos transmission rate
eg 10 Mbsdmax = max Ethernet segment
lengthS = Propagation speed (2x108
ms)FminR ge 2dmaxS
Maximum Frame Size (Fmax)For fairness among competing nodes
Fmin=64 Bytes Fmax=1500 Bytes
A Bd
2dS
tim
e
Arsquos frame
Brsquos frame
Arsquos frame in yellowBrsquos frame in green
For proper collision detection Arsquos frame should last at least until Brsquos frame reaches A
5 DataLink Layer 5-46
Ethernetrsquos CSMACD (more)Jam Signal make sure all
other transmitters are aware of collision 48 bits
Random retransmission delayK 512 bit transmission times where K is randomly selected bit time is 01 microsec for 10 Mbps and 001 microsec for 100 Mbps Ethernet
Exponential Backoff Goal adapt retransmission
attempts to estimated current load
heavy load random wait will be longer
first collision choose K from 01 delay is K 512 bit transmission times
after second collision choose K from 0123hellip
after ten collisions choose K from 01234hellip1023
for max value of K=1023 wait time is about 50 msec for 10 Mbps 5 msec for 100 Mbps Ethernet
Seeinteract with Javaapplet on AWL Web sitehighly recommended
5 DataLink Layer 5-47
CSMACD efficiency
tprop = max prop between 2 nodes in LAN ttrans = time to transmit max-size frame
Efficiency goes to 1 as tprop goes to 0 Goes to 1 as ttrans goes to infinity Much better than ALOHA but still decentralized
simple and cheap
1efficiency1 5 prop transt t
asymp+
5 DataLink Layer 5-48
10BaseT and 100BaseT 10100 Mbps rates T stands for Twisted Pair Base stands for Baseband (unmodulated) Nodes connect to a hub ldquostar topologyrdquo 100 m
max distance between nodes and hub
twisted pair
hub
5 DataLink Layer 5-49
HubsHubs are essentially physical-layer repeaters
bits coming from one link go out all other links at the same rate no frame buffering no CSMACD at hub adapters detect collisions provides net management functionality
twisted pair
hub
5 DataLink Layer 5-50
Gbit Ethernet
uses standard Ethernet frame format allows for point-to-point links and shared
broadcast channels in shared mode CSMACD is used short
distances between nodes required for efficiency
Full-Duplex at 1 Gbps for point-to-point links
10 Gbps now
5 DataLink Layer 5-51
Interconnecting with hubs Backbone hub interconnects LAN segments Extends max distance between nodes But individual segment collision domains become one
large collision domain Canrsquot interconnect 10BaseT amp 100BaseT
hub hub hub
hub
5 DataLink Layer 5-52
Switch Link layer device
stores and forwards Ethernet frames examines frame header and selectively
forwards frame based on MAC dest address when frame is to be forwarded on segment
uses CSMACD to access segment transparent
hosts are unaware of presence of switches plug-and-play self-learning
switches do not need to be configured
5 DataLink Layer 5-53
Forwarding
bull How do determine onto which LAN segment to forward framebull Looks like a routing problem
hub hubhub
switch1
2 3
5 DataLink Layer 5-54
Self learning
A switch has a switch table entry in switch table
(MAC Address Interface Time Stamp) stale entries in table dropped (TTL can be 60 min)
switch learns which hosts can be reached through which interfaces when frame received switch ldquolearnsrdquo location of
sender incoming LAN segment records senderlocation pair in switch table
5 DataLink Layer 5-55
FilteringForwardingWhen switch receives a frame
index switch table using MAC dest addressif entry found for destination
thenif dest on segment from which frame arrived
then drop the frameelse forward the frame on interface indicated
else flood
forward on all but the interface on which the frame arrived
5 DataLink Layer 5-56
Switch exampleSuppose C sends frame to D
Switch receives frame from from C notes in bridge table that C is on interface 1 because D is not in table switch forwards frame into
interfaces 2 and 3 frame received by D
hub hub hub
switch
A
B CD
EF G H
I
address interfaceABEG
1123
12 3
5 DataLink Layer 5-57
Switch exampleSuppose C sends frame to D
Switch receives frame from from C notes in bridge table that C is on interface 1 because D is not in table switch forwards frame into
interfaces 2 and 3 frame received by D
hub hub hub
switch
A
B CD
EF G H
I
address interfaceABEGC
11231
12 3
5 DataLink Layer 5-58
Switch exampleSuppose D replies back with frame to C
Switch receives frame from from D notes in bridge table that D is on interface 2 because C is in table switch forwards frame only to
interface 1 frame received by C
hub hub hub
switch
A
B CD
EF G H
I
address interfaceABEGC
11231
12 3
5 DataLink Layer 5-59
Switch exampleSuppose D replies back with frame to C
Switch receives frame from from D notes in bridge table that D is on interface 2 because C is in table switch forwards frame only to
interface 1 frame received by C
hub hub hub
switch
A
B CD
EF G H
I
address interfaceABEGCD
112312
12 3
5 DataLink Layer 5-60
Switch traffic isolation switch installation breaks subnet into LAN
segments switch filters packets
same-LAN-segment frames not usually forwarded onto other LAN segments
segments become separate collision domains
hub hub hub
switch
collision domain collision domain
collision domain
5 DataLink Layer 5-61
Switches dedicated access Switch with many
interfaces Hosts have direct
connection to switch No collisions full duplex
Switching A-to-Arsquo and B-to-Brsquo simultaneously no collisions
combinations of shareddedicated 101001000 Mbps interfaces possible
switch
A
Arsquo
B
Brsquo
C
Crsquo
5 DataLink Layer 5-62
Institutional network
hub hubhub
switch
to externalnetwork
router
IP subnet
mail server
web server
5 DataLink Layer 5-63
Switches vs Routers both store-and-forward devices
routers network layer devices (examine network layer headers)
switches are link layer devices routers maintain routing tables implement routing
algorithms switches maintain switch tables implement
filtering learning algorithms
5 DataLink Layer 5-64
Summary comparison
hubs routers switches
traffic isolation
no yes yes
plug amp play yes no yes
optimal routing
no yes no
5 DataLink Layer 5-65
VLANs motivation
What happens if CS user moves office to EE
but wants connect to CS switch
single broadcast domain all layer-2 broadcast
traffic (ARP DHCP) crosses entire LAN (securityprivacy efficiency issues)
each lowest level switch has only few ports in use
Computer Science Electrical
EngineeringComputerEngineering
Whatrsquos wrong with this picture
5 DataLink Layer 5-66
VLANs Port-based VLAN switch ports grouped (by switch management software) so that single physical switch helliphellip
Switch(es) supporting VLAN capabilities can be configured to define multiple virtual LANS over single physical LAN infrastructure
Virtual Local Area Network
1
8
9
16102
7
hellip
Electrical Engineering(VLAN ports 1-8)
Computer Science(VLAN ports 9-15)
15
hellip
Electrical Engineering(VLAN ports 1-8)
hellip
1
82
7 9
1610
15
hellip
Computer Science(VLAN ports 9-16)
hellip operates as multiple virtual switches
5 DataLink Layer 5-67
Port-based VLAN
1
8
9
16102
7
hellip
Electrical Engineering(VLAN ports 1-8)
Computer Science(VLAN ports 9-15)
15
hellip
traffic isolation frames tofrom ports 1-8 can only reach ports 1-8
can also define VLAN based on MAC addresses of endpoints rather than switch port
dynamic membershipports can be dynamically assigned among VLANs
router
forwarding between VLANSdone via routing (just as with separate switches)
in practice vendors sell combined switches plus routers
5 DataLink Layer 5-68
VLANS spanning multiple switches
trunk port carries frames between VLANS defined over multiple physical switches
frames forwarded within VLAN between switches canrsquot be vanilla 8021 frames (must carry VLAN ID info)
8021q protocol addsremoves additional header fields for frames forwarded between trunk ports
1
8
9
102
7
hellip
Electrical Engineering(VLAN ports 1-8)
Computer Science(VLAN ports 9-15)
15
hellip
2
73
Ports 235 belong to EE VLANPorts 4678 belong to CS VLAN
5
4 6 816
1
5 DataLink Layer 5-69
Type
2-byte Tag Protocol Identifier(value 81-00)
Tag Control Information (12 bit VLAN ID field 3 bit priority field like IP TOS)
Recomputed CRC
8021Q VLAN frame format
8021 frame
8021Q frame
5 DataLink Layer 5-70
Chapter 6 Wireless and Mobile Networks
Background wireless (mobile) phone subscribers now
exceeds wired phone subscribers computer nets laptops palmtops PDAs
Internet-enabled phone promise anytime untethered Internet access
two important (but different) challenges wireless communication over wireless link mobility handling the mobile user who changes point
of attachment to network
5 DataLink Layer 5-71
Elements of a wireless network
network infrastructure
wireless hosts laptop PDA IP phone run applications may be stationary
(non-mobile) or mobile wireless does not
always mean mobility
5 DataLink Layer 5-72
Elements of a wireless network
network infrastructure
base station typically connected to
wired network relay - responsible
for sending packets between wired network and wireless host(s) in its ldquoareardquo
eg cell towers 80211 access points
5 DataLink Layer 5-73
Elements of a wireless network
network infrastructure
wireless link typically used to
connect mobile(s) to base station
also used as backbone link
multiple access protocol coordinates link access
various data rates transmission distance
5 DataLink Layer 5-74
Characteristics of selected wireless link standards
Indoor10-30m
Outdoor50-200m
Mid-rangeoutdoor
200m ndash 4 Km
Long-rangeoutdoor
5Km ndash 20 Km
056
384
1
4
5-11
54
IS-95 CDMA GSM 2G
UMTSWCDMA CDMA2000 3G
80215
80211b
80211ag
UMTSWCDMA-HSPDA CDMA2000-1xEVDO 3G cellularenhanced
80216 (WiMAX)
80211ag point-to-point
200 80211n
Dat
a ra
te (M
bps) data
5 DataLink Layer 5-75
Elements of a wireless network
network infrastructure
infrastructure mode base station connects
mobiles into wired network
handoff mobile changes base station providing connection into wired network
5 DataLink Layer 5-76
Elements of a wireless networkad hoc mode no base stations nodes can only
transmit to other nodes within link coverage
nodes organize themselves into a network route among themselves
5 DataLink Layer 5-77
Wireless network taxonomy
single hop multiple hops
infrastructure(eg APs)
noinfrastructure
host connects to base station (WiFiWiMAX cellular) which connects to
larger Internet
no base station noconnection to larger Internet (Bluetooth
ad hoc nets)
host may have torelay through several
wireless nodes to connect to larger
Internet mesh net
no base station noconnection to larger
Internet May have torelay to reach other a given wireless node
MANET VANET
5 DataLink Layer 5-78
Wireless Link Characteristics (1)Differences from wired link hellip
decreased signal strength radio signal attenuates as it propagates through matter (path loss)
interference from other sources standardized wireless network frequencies (eg 24 GHz) shared by other devices (eg phone) devices (motors) interfere as well
multipath propagation radio signal reflects off objects arriving at destination at slightly different times
hellip make communication across (even a point to point) wireless link much more ldquodifficultrdquo
5 DataLink Layer 5-79
Wireless Link Characteristics (2) SNR signal-to-noise ratio
larger SNR ndash easier to extract signal from noise (a ldquogood thingrdquo)
SNR versus BER tradeoffs given physical layer
increase power -gt increase SNR-gtdecrease BER
given SNR choose physical layer that meets BER requirement giving highest thruput
bull SNR may change with mobility dynamically adapt physical layer (modulation technique rate)
10 20 30 40
QAM256 (8 Mbps)
QAM16 (4 Mbps)
BPSK (1 Mbps)
SNR(dB)B
ER
10-1
10-2
10-3
10-5
10-6
10-7
10-4
5 DataLink Layer 5-80
Wireless network characteristicsMultiple wireless senders and receivers create
additional problems (beyond multiple access)
AB
C
Hidden terminal problem B A hear each other B C hear each other A C can not hear each othermeans A C unaware of their
interference at B
A B C
Arsquos signalstrength
space
Crsquos signalstrength
Signal attenuation B A hear each other B C hear each other A C can not hear each other
interfering at B
5 DataLink Layer 5-81
IEEE 80211 Wireless LAN 80211b
24-5 GHz unlicensed spectrum up to 11 Mbps direct sequence spread
spectrum (DSSS) in physical layer
bull all hosts use same chipping code
80211a 5-6 GHz range up to 54 Mbps
80211g 24-5 GHz range up to 54 Mbps
80211n multiple antennae 24-5 GHz range up to 200 Mbps
all use CSMACA for multiple access all have base-station and ad-hoc network versions
5 DataLink Layer 5-82
80211 LAN architecture
wireless host communicates with base station
base station = access point (AP)
Basic Service Set (BSS)(aka ldquocellrdquo) in infrastructure mode contains
wireless hosts access point (AP) base
station ad hoc mode hosts only
BSS 1
BSS 2
Internet
hub switchor routerAP
AP
5 DataLink Layer 5-83
80211 Channels association
80211b 24GHz-2485GHz spectrum divided into 11 channels at different frequencies AP admin chooses frequency for AP interference possible channel can be same as
that chosen by neighboring AP host must associate with an AP
scans channels listening for beacon framescontaining APrsquos name (SSID) and MAC address
selects AP to associate with may perform authentication [Chapter 8] will typically run DHCP to get IP address in APrsquos
subnet
5 DataLink Layer 5-84
80211 passiveactive scanning
AP 2AP 1
H1
BBS 2BBS 1
122
3 4
Active Scanning (1) probe request frame broadcast
from H1(2) probe response frame sent from
APs(3) association request frame sent
H1 to selected AP (4) association response frame sent
H1 to selected AP
AP 2AP 1
H1
BBS 2BBS 1
12 3
1
Passive Scanning(1) beacon frames sent from APs(2) association request frame sent H1
to selected AP (3) association response frame sent
H1 to selected AP
5 DataLink Layer 5-85
IEEE 80211 multiple access avoid collisions 2+ nodes transmitting at same time 80211 CSMA - sense before transmitting
donrsquot collide with ongoing transmission by other node 80211 no collision detection
difficult to receive (sense collisions) when transmitting due to weak received signals (fading)
canrsquot sense all collisions in any case hidden terminal fading goal avoid collisions CSMAC(ollision)A(voidance)
AB
CA B C
Arsquos signalstrength
space
Crsquos signalstrength
5 DataLink Layer 5-86
IEEE 80211 MAC Protocol CSMACA
80211 sender1 if sense channel idle for DIFS then
transmit entire frame (no CD)2 if sense channel busy then
start random backoff timetimer counts down while channel idletransmit when timer expiresif no ACK increase random backoff
interval repeat 280211 receiver- if frame received OK
return ACK after SIFS (ACK needed due to hidden terminal problem)
sender receiver
DIFS
data
SIFS
ACK
5 DataLink Layer 5-87
Avoiding collisions (more)idea allow sender to ldquoreserverdquo channel rather than random
access of data frames avoid collisions of long data frames sender first transmits small request-to-send (RTS) packets
to BS using CSMA RTSs may still collide with each other (but theyrsquore short)
BS broadcasts clear-to-send CTS in response to RTS CTS heard by all nodes
sender transmits data frame other stations defer transmissions
avoid data frame collisions completely using small reservation packets
5 DataLink Layer 5-88
Collision Avoidance RTS-CTS exchange
APA B
time
RTS(A)RTS(B)
RTS(A)
CTS(A) CTS(A)
DATA (A)
ACK(A) ACK(A)
reservation collision
defer
5 DataLink Layer 5-89
framecontrol duration address
1address
2address
4address
3 payload CRC
2 2 6 6 6 2 6 0 - 2312 4
seqcontrol
80211 frame addressing
Address 2 MAC addressof wireless host or AP transmitting this frame
Address 1 MAC addressof wireless host or AP to receive this frame
Address 3 MAC addressof router interface to which AP is attached
Address 4 used only in ad hoc mode
5 DataLink Layer 5-90
Internetrouter
AP
H1 R1
AP MAC addr H1 MAC addr R1 MAC addraddress 1 address 2 address 3
80211 frame
R1 MAC addr H1 MAC addr dest address source address
8023 frame
80211 frame addressing
5 DataLink Layer 5-91
framecontrol duration address
1address
2address
4address
3 payload CRC
2 2 6 6 6 2 6 0 - 2312 4
seqcontrol
Type FromAPSubtype To
APMore frag WEPMore
dataPower
mgtRetry RsvdProtocolversion
2 2 4 1 1 1 1 1 11 1
80211 frame moreduration of reserved transmission time (RTSCTS)
frame seq (for RDT)
frame type(RTS CTS ACK data)
5 DataLink Layer 5-92
hub or switch
AP 2
AP 1
H1 BBS 2
BBS 1
80211 mobility within same subnet
router H1 remains in same IP subnet IP address can remain same
switch which AP is associated with H1
self-learning (Ch 5) switch will see frame from H1 and ldquorememberrdquo which switch port can be used to reach H1
5 DataLink Layer 5-93
80211 advanced capabilities
Rate Adaptation base station mobile
dynamically change transmission rate (physical layer modulation technique) as mobile moves SNR varies
QAM256 (8 Mbps)QAM16 (4 Mbps)BPSK (1 Mbps)
10 20 30 40SNR(dB)
BE
R
10-1
10-2
10-3
10-5
10-6
10-7
10-4
operating point
1 SNR decreases BER increase as node moves away from base station2 When BER becomes too high switch to lower transmission rate but with lower BER
5 DataLink Layer 5-94
80211 advanced capabilitiesPower Management node-to-AP ldquoI am going to sleep until next
beacon framerdquo AP knows not to transmit frames to this
node node wakes up before next beacon frame
beacon frame contains list of mobiles with AP-to-mobile frames waiting to be sent node will stay awake if AP-to-mobile frames
to be sent otherwise sleep again until next beacon frame
5 DataLink Layer 5-14
Ideal Mulitple Access Protocol
Broadcast channel of rate R bps1 When one node wants to transmit it can send at
rate R2 When M nodes want to transmit each can send at
average rate RM3 Fully decentralized
no special node to coordinate transmissions no synchronization of clocks slots
4 Simple
5 DataLink Layer 5-15
MAC Protocols a taxonomyThree broad classes Channel Partitioning
divide channel into smaller ldquopiecesrdquo (time slots frequency code)
allocate piece to node for exclusive use Random Access
channel not divided allow collisions ldquorecoverrdquo from collisions
ldquoTaking turnsrdquo Nodes take turns but nodes with more to send can take
longer turns
5 DataLink Layer 5-16
Channel Partitioning MAC protocols TDMA
TDMA time division multiple access access to channel in rounds each station gets fixed length slot (length = pkt
trans time) in each round unused slots go idle example 6-station LAN 134 have pkts slots
256 idle
5 DataLink Layer 5-17
Channel Partitioning MAC protocols FDMA
FDMA frequency division multiple access channel spectrum divided into frequency bands each station assigned fixed frequency band unused transmission time in frequency bands go idle example 6-station LAN 134 have pkts frequency
bands 256 idle
freq
uenc
y ba
nds
time
5 DataLink Layer 5-18
Random Access Protocols
When node has packet to send transmit at full channel data rate R no a priori coordination among nodes
two or more transmitting nodes rarr ldquocollisionrdquo random access MAC protocol specifies
how to detect collisions how to recover from collisions (eg via delayed
retransmissions) Examples of random access MAC protocols
slotted ALOHA ALOHA CSMA CSMACD CSMACA
5 DataLink Layer 5-19
Slotted ALOHA
Assumptions all frames same size time is divided into
equal size slots time to transmit 1 frame
nodes start to transmit frames only at beginning of slots
nodes are synchronized if 2 or more nodes
transmit in slot all nodes detect collision
Operation when node obtains fresh
frame it transmits in next slot
if no collision node can send new frame in next slot
if collision node retransmits frame in each subsequent slot with prob p until success
5 DataLink Layer 5-20
Slotted ALOHA
Pros single active node can
continuously transmit at full rate of channel
highly decentralized only slots in nodes need to be in sync
simple
Cons collisions wasting slots idle slots nodes may be able to
detect collision in less than time to transmit packet
clock synchronization
5 DataLink Layer 5-21
Slotted Aloha efficiency
Suppose N nodes with many frames to send each transmits in slot with probability p
prob that node 1 has success in a slot= p(1-p)N-1
prob that any node has a success = Np(1-p)N-1
For max efficiency with N nodes find p that maximizes Np(1-p)N-1
For many nodes take limit of Np(1-p)N-1
as N goes to infinity gives 1e = 37
Efficiency is the long-run fraction of successful slots when there are many nodes each with many frames to send
At best channelused for useful transmissions 37of time
5 DataLink Layer 5-22
Pure (unslotted) ALOHA unslotted Aloha simpler no synchronization when frame first arrives
transmit immediately collision probability increases
frame sent at t0 collides with other frames sent in [t0-1t0+1]
5 DataLink Layer 5-23
Pure Aloha efficiencyP(success by given node) = P(node transmits)
P(no other node transmits in [t0-1t0] P(no other node transmits in [t0t0+1]
= p (1-p)N-1 (1-p)N-1
= p (1-p)2(N-1)
hellip choosing optimum p and then letting n rarr infin
= 1(2e) = 18 Even worse
5 DataLink Layer 5-24
CSMA (Carrier Sense Multiple Access)
CSMA listen before transmitIf channel sensed idle transmit entire frame If channel sensed busy defer transmission
Human analogy donrsquot interrupt others
5 DataLink Layer 5-25
CSMA collisionscollisions can still occurpropagation delay means two nodes may not heareach otherrsquos transmission
collisionentire packet transmission time wasted
spatial layout of nodes
noterole of distance amp propagation delay in determining collision probability
5 DataLink Layer 5-26
CSMACD (Collision Detection)CSMACD carrier sensing deferral as in CSMA
collisions detected within short time colliding transmissions aborted reducing channel
wastage collision detection
easy in wired LANs measure signal strengths compare transmitted received signals
difficult in wireless LANs receiver shut off while transmitting
human analogy the polite conversationalist
5 DataLink Layer 5-27
CSMACD collision detection
5 DataLink Layer 5-28
ldquoTaking Turnsrdquo MAC protocols
channel partitioning MAC protocols share channel efficiently and fairly at high load inefficient at low load delay in channel access
1N bandwidth allocated even if only 1 active node
Random access MAC protocols efficient at low load single node can fully
utilize channel high load collision overhead
ldquotaking turnsrdquo protocolslook for best of both worlds
5 DataLink Layer 5-29
ldquoTaking Turnsrdquo MAC protocolsPolling master node
ldquoinvitesrdquo slave nodes to transmit in turn
concerns polling overhead latency single point of
failure (master)
Token passing control token passed from
one node to next sequentially
token message concerns
token overhead latency single point of failure (token)
5 DataLink Layer 5-30
Summary of MAC protocols
What do you do with a shared media Channel Partitioning by time frequency or code
bull Time Division Frequency Division Random partitioning (dynamic)
bull ALOHA S-ALOHA CSMA CSMACDbull carrier sensing easy in some technologies (wire) hard
in others (wireless)bull CSMACD used in Ethernetbull CSMACA used in 80211
Taking Turnsbull polling from a central site token passing
5 DataLink Layer 5-31
MAC Addresses and ARP
32-bit IP address network-layer address used to get datagram to destination IP subnet
MAC (or LAN or ldquophysicalrdquo or Ethernet) address used to get datagram from one interface to
another physically-connected interface (same network)
48 bit MAC address (for most LANs) burned in the adapter ROM
5 DataLink Layer 5-32
LAN Addresses and ARPEach adapter on LAN has unique LAN address
Broadcast address =FF-FF-FF-FF-FF-FF
= adapter
1A-2F-BB-76-09-AD
58-23-D7-FA-20-B0
0C-C4-11-6F-E3-98
71-65-F7-2B-08-53
LAN(wired orwireless)
5 DataLink Layer 5-33
LAN Address (more)
MAC address allocation administered by IEEE manufacturer buys portion of MAC address space
(to assure uniqueness) Analogy
(a) MAC address like Social Security Number(b) IP address like postal address
MAC flat address allows easier portability can move LAN card from one LAN to another
IP hierarchical address NOT portable depends on IP subnet to which node is attached
5 DataLink Layer 5-34
ARP Address Resolution Protocol
Each IP node (Host Router) on LAN has ARP table
ARP Table IPMAC address mappings for some LAN nodes
lt IP address MAC address TTLgt TTL (Time To Live) time
after which address mapping will be forgotten (typically 20 min)
Question how to determineMAC address of Bknowing Brsquos IP address
1A-2F-BB-76-09-AD
58-23-D7-FA-20-B0
0C-C4-11-6F-E3-98
71-65-F7-2B-08-53
LAN
237196723
237196778
237196714
237196788
5 DataLink Layer 5-35
ARP protocol Same LAN (network)
A wants to send datagram to B and Brsquos MAC address not in Arsquos ARP table
A broadcasts ARP query packet containing Bs IP address
Dest MAC address = FF-FF-FF-FF-FF-FF
all machines on LAN receive ARP query
B receives ARP packet replies to A with its (Bs) MAC address
frame sent to Arsquos MAC address (unicast)
A caches (saves) IP-to-MAC address pair in its ARP table until information becomes old (times out)
soft state information that times out (goes away) unless refreshed
ARP is ldquoplug-and-playrdquo nodes create their ARP
tables without intervention from net administrator
5 DataLink Layer 5-36
Routing to another LANwalkthrough send datagram from A to B via R
assume A knowrsquos Brsquos IP address
Two ARP tables in router R one for each IP network (LAN)
A
RB
5 DataLink Layer 5-37
A creates datagram with source A destination B A uses ARP to get Rrsquos MAC address for 111111111110 A creates link-layer frame with Rs MAC address as dest
frame contains A-to-B IP datagram Arsquos adapter sends frame Rrsquos adapter receives frame R removes IP datagram from Ethernet frame sees itrsquos
destined to B R uses ARP to get Brsquos MAC address R creates frame containing A-to-B IP datagram sends to B
A
RB
5 DataLink Layer 5-38
Ethernetldquodominantrdquo wired LAN technology cheap $20 for 100Mbs first widely used LAN technology Simpler cheaper than token LANs and ATM Kept up with speed race 10 Mbps ndash 10 Gbps
Metcalfersquos Ethernetsketch
5 DataLink Layer 5-39
Star topology Bus topology popular through mid 90s Now star topology prevails Connection choices hub or switch (more later)
hub orswitch
5 DataLink Layer 5-40
Ethernet Frame StructureSending adapter encapsulates IP datagram (or other
network layer protocol packet) in Ethernet frame
Preamble 7 bytes with pattern 10101010 followed by one
byte with pattern 10101011 used to synchronize receiver sender clock rates
5 DataLink Layer 5-41
Ethernet Frame Structure (more) Addresses 6 bytes
if adapter receives frame with matching destination address or with broadcast address (eg ARP packet) it passes data in frame to net-layer protocol
otherwise adapter discards frame Type 2 bytes indicates the higher (network)
layer protocol (commonly IP but may also be ARP Novell IPX and AppleTalk etc)
CRC 4 bytes checked at receiver if error is detected the frame is simply dropped
5 DataLink Layer 5-42
Unreliable connectionless service
Connectionless No handshaking between sending and receiving adapter
Unreliable receiving adapter doesnrsquot send acks or nacks to sending adapter
stream of datagrams passed to network layer can have gaps
gaps will be filled if app is using TCP otherwise app will see the gaps
5 DataLink Layer 5-43
Ethernet uses CSMACD
No slots adapter doesnrsquot transmit
if it senses that some other adapter is transmitting that is carrier sense
transmitting adapter aborts when it senses that another adapter is transmitting that is collision detection
Before attempting a retransmission adapter waits a random time that is random access
5 DataLink Layer 5-44
Ethernet CSMACD algorithm1 Adapter receives
datagram from net layer amp creates frame
2 If adapter senses channel idle it starts to transmit frame If it senses channel busy waits until channel idle and then transmits
3 If adapter transmits entire frame without detecting another transmission the adapter is done with frame
4 If adapter detects another transmission while transmitting aborts and sends 48-bit jam signal
5 After aborting adapter enters exponential backoff after the mthcollision adapter chooses a K at random from 012hellip2m-1 Adapter waits K512 bit times and returns to Step 2
5 DataLink Layer 5-45
Frame Size limitations for Ethernet Minimum Frame size (Fmin)
For proper collision detectionFmin = Min frame sizeR = Ethernetrsquos transmission rate
eg 10 Mbsdmax = max Ethernet segment
lengthS = Propagation speed (2x108
ms)FminR ge 2dmaxS
Maximum Frame Size (Fmax)For fairness among competing nodes
Fmin=64 Bytes Fmax=1500 Bytes
A Bd
2dS
tim
e
Arsquos frame
Brsquos frame
Arsquos frame in yellowBrsquos frame in green
For proper collision detection Arsquos frame should last at least until Brsquos frame reaches A
5 DataLink Layer 5-46
Ethernetrsquos CSMACD (more)Jam Signal make sure all
other transmitters are aware of collision 48 bits
Random retransmission delayK 512 bit transmission times where K is randomly selected bit time is 01 microsec for 10 Mbps and 001 microsec for 100 Mbps Ethernet
Exponential Backoff Goal adapt retransmission
attempts to estimated current load
heavy load random wait will be longer
first collision choose K from 01 delay is K 512 bit transmission times
after second collision choose K from 0123hellip
after ten collisions choose K from 01234hellip1023
for max value of K=1023 wait time is about 50 msec for 10 Mbps 5 msec for 100 Mbps Ethernet
Seeinteract with Javaapplet on AWL Web sitehighly recommended
5 DataLink Layer 5-47
CSMACD efficiency
tprop = max prop between 2 nodes in LAN ttrans = time to transmit max-size frame
Efficiency goes to 1 as tprop goes to 0 Goes to 1 as ttrans goes to infinity Much better than ALOHA but still decentralized
simple and cheap
1efficiency1 5 prop transt t
asymp+
5 DataLink Layer 5-48
10BaseT and 100BaseT 10100 Mbps rates T stands for Twisted Pair Base stands for Baseband (unmodulated) Nodes connect to a hub ldquostar topologyrdquo 100 m
max distance between nodes and hub
twisted pair
hub
5 DataLink Layer 5-49
HubsHubs are essentially physical-layer repeaters
bits coming from one link go out all other links at the same rate no frame buffering no CSMACD at hub adapters detect collisions provides net management functionality
twisted pair
hub
5 DataLink Layer 5-50
Gbit Ethernet
uses standard Ethernet frame format allows for point-to-point links and shared
broadcast channels in shared mode CSMACD is used short
distances between nodes required for efficiency
Full-Duplex at 1 Gbps for point-to-point links
10 Gbps now
5 DataLink Layer 5-51
Interconnecting with hubs Backbone hub interconnects LAN segments Extends max distance between nodes But individual segment collision domains become one
large collision domain Canrsquot interconnect 10BaseT amp 100BaseT
hub hub hub
hub
5 DataLink Layer 5-52
Switch Link layer device
stores and forwards Ethernet frames examines frame header and selectively
forwards frame based on MAC dest address when frame is to be forwarded on segment
uses CSMACD to access segment transparent
hosts are unaware of presence of switches plug-and-play self-learning
switches do not need to be configured
5 DataLink Layer 5-53
Forwarding
bull How do determine onto which LAN segment to forward framebull Looks like a routing problem
hub hubhub
switch1
2 3
5 DataLink Layer 5-54
Self learning
A switch has a switch table entry in switch table
(MAC Address Interface Time Stamp) stale entries in table dropped (TTL can be 60 min)
switch learns which hosts can be reached through which interfaces when frame received switch ldquolearnsrdquo location of
sender incoming LAN segment records senderlocation pair in switch table
5 DataLink Layer 5-55
FilteringForwardingWhen switch receives a frame
index switch table using MAC dest addressif entry found for destination
thenif dest on segment from which frame arrived
then drop the frameelse forward the frame on interface indicated
else flood
forward on all but the interface on which the frame arrived
5 DataLink Layer 5-56
Switch exampleSuppose C sends frame to D
Switch receives frame from from C notes in bridge table that C is on interface 1 because D is not in table switch forwards frame into
interfaces 2 and 3 frame received by D
hub hub hub
switch
A
B CD
EF G H
I
address interfaceABEG
1123
12 3
5 DataLink Layer 5-57
Switch exampleSuppose C sends frame to D
Switch receives frame from from C notes in bridge table that C is on interface 1 because D is not in table switch forwards frame into
interfaces 2 and 3 frame received by D
hub hub hub
switch
A
B CD
EF G H
I
address interfaceABEGC
11231
12 3
5 DataLink Layer 5-58
Switch exampleSuppose D replies back with frame to C
Switch receives frame from from D notes in bridge table that D is on interface 2 because C is in table switch forwards frame only to
interface 1 frame received by C
hub hub hub
switch
A
B CD
EF G H
I
address interfaceABEGC
11231
12 3
5 DataLink Layer 5-59
Switch exampleSuppose D replies back with frame to C
Switch receives frame from from D notes in bridge table that D is on interface 2 because C is in table switch forwards frame only to
interface 1 frame received by C
hub hub hub
switch
A
B CD
EF G H
I
address interfaceABEGCD
112312
12 3
5 DataLink Layer 5-60
Switch traffic isolation switch installation breaks subnet into LAN
segments switch filters packets
same-LAN-segment frames not usually forwarded onto other LAN segments
segments become separate collision domains
hub hub hub
switch
collision domain collision domain
collision domain
5 DataLink Layer 5-61
Switches dedicated access Switch with many
interfaces Hosts have direct
connection to switch No collisions full duplex
Switching A-to-Arsquo and B-to-Brsquo simultaneously no collisions
combinations of shareddedicated 101001000 Mbps interfaces possible
switch
A
Arsquo
B
Brsquo
C
Crsquo
5 DataLink Layer 5-62
Institutional network
hub hubhub
switch
to externalnetwork
router
IP subnet
mail server
web server
5 DataLink Layer 5-63
Switches vs Routers both store-and-forward devices
routers network layer devices (examine network layer headers)
switches are link layer devices routers maintain routing tables implement routing
algorithms switches maintain switch tables implement
filtering learning algorithms
5 DataLink Layer 5-64
Summary comparison
hubs routers switches
traffic isolation
no yes yes
plug amp play yes no yes
optimal routing
no yes no
5 DataLink Layer 5-65
VLANs motivation
What happens if CS user moves office to EE
but wants connect to CS switch
single broadcast domain all layer-2 broadcast
traffic (ARP DHCP) crosses entire LAN (securityprivacy efficiency issues)
each lowest level switch has only few ports in use
Computer Science Electrical
EngineeringComputerEngineering
Whatrsquos wrong with this picture
5 DataLink Layer 5-66
VLANs Port-based VLAN switch ports grouped (by switch management software) so that single physical switch helliphellip
Switch(es) supporting VLAN capabilities can be configured to define multiple virtual LANS over single physical LAN infrastructure
Virtual Local Area Network
1
8
9
16102
7
hellip
Electrical Engineering(VLAN ports 1-8)
Computer Science(VLAN ports 9-15)
15
hellip
Electrical Engineering(VLAN ports 1-8)
hellip
1
82
7 9
1610
15
hellip
Computer Science(VLAN ports 9-16)
hellip operates as multiple virtual switches
5 DataLink Layer 5-67
Port-based VLAN
1
8
9
16102
7
hellip
Electrical Engineering(VLAN ports 1-8)
Computer Science(VLAN ports 9-15)
15
hellip
traffic isolation frames tofrom ports 1-8 can only reach ports 1-8
can also define VLAN based on MAC addresses of endpoints rather than switch port
dynamic membershipports can be dynamically assigned among VLANs
router
forwarding between VLANSdone via routing (just as with separate switches)
in practice vendors sell combined switches plus routers
5 DataLink Layer 5-68
VLANS spanning multiple switches
trunk port carries frames between VLANS defined over multiple physical switches
frames forwarded within VLAN between switches canrsquot be vanilla 8021 frames (must carry VLAN ID info)
8021q protocol addsremoves additional header fields for frames forwarded between trunk ports
1
8
9
102
7
hellip
Electrical Engineering(VLAN ports 1-8)
Computer Science(VLAN ports 9-15)
15
hellip
2
73
Ports 235 belong to EE VLANPorts 4678 belong to CS VLAN
5
4 6 816
1
5 DataLink Layer 5-69
Type
2-byte Tag Protocol Identifier(value 81-00)
Tag Control Information (12 bit VLAN ID field 3 bit priority field like IP TOS)
Recomputed CRC
8021Q VLAN frame format
8021 frame
8021Q frame
5 DataLink Layer 5-70
Chapter 6 Wireless and Mobile Networks
Background wireless (mobile) phone subscribers now
exceeds wired phone subscribers computer nets laptops palmtops PDAs
Internet-enabled phone promise anytime untethered Internet access
two important (but different) challenges wireless communication over wireless link mobility handling the mobile user who changes point
of attachment to network
5 DataLink Layer 5-71
Elements of a wireless network
network infrastructure
wireless hosts laptop PDA IP phone run applications may be stationary
(non-mobile) or mobile wireless does not
always mean mobility
5 DataLink Layer 5-72
Elements of a wireless network
network infrastructure
base station typically connected to
wired network relay - responsible
for sending packets between wired network and wireless host(s) in its ldquoareardquo
eg cell towers 80211 access points
5 DataLink Layer 5-73
Elements of a wireless network
network infrastructure
wireless link typically used to
connect mobile(s) to base station
also used as backbone link
multiple access protocol coordinates link access
various data rates transmission distance
5 DataLink Layer 5-74
Characteristics of selected wireless link standards
Indoor10-30m
Outdoor50-200m
Mid-rangeoutdoor
200m ndash 4 Km
Long-rangeoutdoor
5Km ndash 20 Km
056
384
1
4
5-11
54
IS-95 CDMA GSM 2G
UMTSWCDMA CDMA2000 3G
80215
80211b
80211ag
UMTSWCDMA-HSPDA CDMA2000-1xEVDO 3G cellularenhanced
80216 (WiMAX)
80211ag point-to-point
200 80211n
Dat
a ra
te (M
bps) data
5 DataLink Layer 5-75
Elements of a wireless network
network infrastructure
infrastructure mode base station connects
mobiles into wired network
handoff mobile changes base station providing connection into wired network
5 DataLink Layer 5-76
Elements of a wireless networkad hoc mode no base stations nodes can only
transmit to other nodes within link coverage
nodes organize themselves into a network route among themselves
5 DataLink Layer 5-77
Wireless network taxonomy
single hop multiple hops
infrastructure(eg APs)
noinfrastructure
host connects to base station (WiFiWiMAX cellular) which connects to
larger Internet
no base station noconnection to larger Internet (Bluetooth
ad hoc nets)
host may have torelay through several
wireless nodes to connect to larger
Internet mesh net
no base station noconnection to larger
Internet May have torelay to reach other a given wireless node
MANET VANET
5 DataLink Layer 5-78
Wireless Link Characteristics (1)Differences from wired link hellip
decreased signal strength radio signal attenuates as it propagates through matter (path loss)
interference from other sources standardized wireless network frequencies (eg 24 GHz) shared by other devices (eg phone) devices (motors) interfere as well
multipath propagation radio signal reflects off objects arriving at destination at slightly different times
hellip make communication across (even a point to point) wireless link much more ldquodifficultrdquo
5 DataLink Layer 5-79
Wireless Link Characteristics (2) SNR signal-to-noise ratio
larger SNR ndash easier to extract signal from noise (a ldquogood thingrdquo)
SNR versus BER tradeoffs given physical layer
increase power -gt increase SNR-gtdecrease BER
given SNR choose physical layer that meets BER requirement giving highest thruput
bull SNR may change with mobility dynamically adapt physical layer (modulation technique rate)
10 20 30 40
QAM256 (8 Mbps)
QAM16 (4 Mbps)
BPSK (1 Mbps)
SNR(dB)B
ER
10-1
10-2
10-3
10-5
10-6
10-7
10-4
5 DataLink Layer 5-80
Wireless network characteristicsMultiple wireless senders and receivers create
additional problems (beyond multiple access)
AB
C
Hidden terminal problem B A hear each other B C hear each other A C can not hear each othermeans A C unaware of their
interference at B
A B C
Arsquos signalstrength
space
Crsquos signalstrength
Signal attenuation B A hear each other B C hear each other A C can not hear each other
interfering at B
5 DataLink Layer 5-81
IEEE 80211 Wireless LAN 80211b
24-5 GHz unlicensed spectrum up to 11 Mbps direct sequence spread
spectrum (DSSS) in physical layer
bull all hosts use same chipping code
80211a 5-6 GHz range up to 54 Mbps
80211g 24-5 GHz range up to 54 Mbps
80211n multiple antennae 24-5 GHz range up to 200 Mbps
all use CSMACA for multiple access all have base-station and ad-hoc network versions
5 DataLink Layer 5-82
80211 LAN architecture
wireless host communicates with base station
base station = access point (AP)
Basic Service Set (BSS)(aka ldquocellrdquo) in infrastructure mode contains
wireless hosts access point (AP) base
station ad hoc mode hosts only
BSS 1
BSS 2
Internet
hub switchor routerAP
AP
5 DataLink Layer 5-83
80211 Channels association
80211b 24GHz-2485GHz spectrum divided into 11 channels at different frequencies AP admin chooses frequency for AP interference possible channel can be same as
that chosen by neighboring AP host must associate with an AP
scans channels listening for beacon framescontaining APrsquos name (SSID) and MAC address
selects AP to associate with may perform authentication [Chapter 8] will typically run DHCP to get IP address in APrsquos
subnet
5 DataLink Layer 5-84
80211 passiveactive scanning
AP 2AP 1
H1
BBS 2BBS 1
122
3 4
Active Scanning (1) probe request frame broadcast
from H1(2) probe response frame sent from
APs(3) association request frame sent
H1 to selected AP (4) association response frame sent
H1 to selected AP
AP 2AP 1
H1
BBS 2BBS 1
12 3
1
Passive Scanning(1) beacon frames sent from APs(2) association request frame sent H1
to selected AP (3) association response frame sent
H1 to selected AP
5 DataLink Layer 5-85
IEEE 80211 multiple access avoid collisions 2+ nodes transmitting at same time 80211 CSMA - sense before transmitting
donrsquot collide with ongoing transmission by other node 80211 no collision detection
difficult to receive (sense collisions) when transmitting due to weak received signals (fading)
canrsquot sense all collisions in any case hidden terminal fading goal avoid collisions CSMAC(ollision)A(voidance)
AB
CA B C
Arsquos signalstrength
space
Crsquos signalstrength
5 DataLink Layer 5-86
IEEE 80211 MAC Protocol CSMACA
80211 sender1 if sense channel idle for DIFS then
transmit entire frame (no CD)2 if sense channel busy then
start random backoff timetimer counts down while channel idletransmit when timer expiresif no ACK increase random backoff
interval repeat 280211 receiver- if frame received OK
return ACK after SIFS (ACK needed due to hidden terminal problem)
sender receiver
DIFS
data
SIFS
ACK
5 DataLink Layer 5-87
Avoiding collisions (more)idea allow sender to ldquoreserverdquo channel rather than random
access of data frames avoid collisions of long data frames sender first transmits small request-to-send (RTS) packets
to BS using CSMA RTSs may still collide with each other (but theyrsquore short)
BS broadcasts clear-to-send CTS in response to RTS CTS heard by all nodes
sender transmits data frame other stations defer transmissions
avoid data frame collisions completely using small reservation packets
5 DataLink Layer 5-88
Collision Avoidance RTS-CTS exchange
APA B
time
RTS(A)RTS(B)
RTS(A)
CTS(A) CTS(A)
DATA (A)
ACK(A) ACK(A)
reservation collision
defer
5 DataLink Layer 5-89
framecontrol duration address
1address
2address
4address
3 payload CRC
2 2 6 6 6 2 6 0 - 2312 4
seqcontrol
80211 frame addressing
Address 2 MAC addressof wireless host or AP transmitting this frame
Address 1 MAC addressof wireless host or AP to receive this frame
Address 3 MAC addressof router interface to which AP is attached
Address 4 used only in ad hoc mode
5 DataLink Layer 5-90
Internetrouter
AP
H1 R1
AP MAC addr H1 MAC addr R1 MAC addraddress 1 address 2 address 3
80211 frame
R1 MAC addr H1 MAC addr dest address source address
8023 frame
80211 frame addressing
5 DataLink Layer 5-91
framecontrol duration address
1address
2address
4address
3 payload CRC
2 2 6 6 6 2 6 0 - 2312 4
seqcontrol
Type FromAPSubtype To
APMore frag WEPMore
dataPower
mgtRetry RsvdProtocolversion
2 2 4 1 1 1 1 1 11 1
80211 frame moreduration of reserved transmission time (RTSCTS)
frame seq (for RDT)
frame type(RTS CTS ACK data)
5 DataLink Layer 5-92
hub or switch
AP 2
AP 1
H1 BBS 2
BBS 1
80211 mobility within same subnet
router H1 remains in same IP subnet IP address can remain same
switch which AP is associated with H1
self-learning (Ch 5) switch will see frame from H1 and ldquorememberrdquo which switch port can be used to reach H1
5 DataLink Layer 5-93
80211 advanced capabilities
Rate Adaptation base station mobile
dynamically change transmission rate (physical layer modulation technique) as mobile moves SNR varies
QAM256 (8 Mbps)QAM16 (4 Mbps)BPSK (1 Mbps)
10 20 30 40SNR(dB)
BE
R
10-1
10-2
10-3
10-5
10-6
10-7
10-4
operating point
1 SNR decreases BER increase as node moves away from base station2 When BER becomes too high switch to lower transmission rate but with lower BER
5 DataLink Layer 5-94
80211 advanced capabilitiesPower Management node-to-AP ldquoI am going to sleep until next
beacon framerdquo AP knows not to transmit frames to this
node node wakes up before next beacon frame
beacon frame contains list of mobiles with AP-to-mobile frames waiting to be sent node will stay awake if AP-to-mobile frames
to be sent otherwise sleep again until next beacon frame
5 DataLink Layer 5-15
MAC Protocols a taxonomyThree broad classes Channel Partitioning
divide channel into smaller ldquopiecesrdquo (time slots frequency code)
allocate piece to node for exclusive use Random Access
channel not divided allow collisions ldquorecoverrdquo from collisions
ldquoTaking turnsrdquo Nodes take turns but nodes with more to send can take
longer turns
5 DataLink Layer 5-16
Channel Partitioning MAC protocols TDMA
TDMA time division multiple access access to channel in rounds each station gets fixed length slot (length = pkt
trans time) in each round unused slots go idle example 6-station LAN 134 have pkts slots
256 idle
5 DataLink Layer 5-17
Channel Partitioning MAC protocols FDMA
FDMA frequency division multiple access channel spectrum divided into frequency bands each station assigned fixed frequency band unused transmission time in frequency bands go idle example 6-station LAN 134 have pkts frequency
bands 256 idle
freq
uenc
y ba
nds
time
5 DataLink Layer 5-18
Random Access Protocols
When node has packet to send transmit at full channel data rate R no a priori coordination among nodes
two or more transmitting nodes rarr ldquocollisionrdquo random access MAC protocol specifies
how to detect collisions how to recover from collisions (eg via delayed
retransmissions) Examples of random access MAC protocols
slotted ALOHA ALOHA CSMA CSMACD CSMACA
5 DataLink Layer 5-19
Slotted ALOHA
Assumptions all frames same size time is divided into
equal size slots time to transmit 1 frame
nodes start to transmit frames only at beginning of slots
nodes are synchronized if 2 or more nodes
transmit in slot all nodes detect collision
Operation when node obtains fresh
frame it transmits in next slot
if no collision node can send new frame in next slot
if collision node retransmits frame in each subsequent slot with prob p until success
5 DataLink Layer 5-20
Slotted ALOHA
Pros single active node can
continuously transmit at full rate of channel
highly decentralized only slots in nodes need to be in sync
simple
Cons collisions wasting slots idle slots nodes may be able to
detect collision in less than time to transmit packet
clock synchronization
5 DataLink Layer 5-21
Slotted Aloha efficiency
Suppose N nodes with many frames to send each transmits in slot with probability p
prob that node 1 has success in a slot= p(1-p)N-1
prob that any node has a success = Np(1-p)N-1
For max efficiency with N nodes find p that maximizes Np(1-p)N-1
For many nodes take limit of Np(1-p)N-1
as N goes to infinity gives 1e = 37
Efficiency is the long-run fraction of successful slots when there are many nodes each with many frames to send
At best channelused for useful transmissions 37of time
5 DataLink Layer 5-22
Pure (unslotted) ALOHA unslotted Aloha simpler no synchronization when frame first arrives
transmit immediately collision probability increases
frame sent at t0 collides with other frames sent in [t0-1t0+1]
5 DataLink Layer 5-23
Pure Aloha efficiencyP(success by given node) = P(node transmits)
P(no other node transmits in [t0-1t0] P(no other node transmits in [t0t0+1]
= p (1-p)N-1 (1-p)N-1
= p (1-p)2(N-1)
hellip choosing optimum p and then letting n rarr infin
= 1(2e) = 18 Even worse
5 DataLink Layer 5-24
CSMA (Carrier Sense Multiple Access)
CSMA listen before transmitIf channel sensed idle transmit entire frame If channel sensed busy defer transmission
Human analogy donrsquot interrupt others
5 DataLink Layer 5-25
CSMA collisionscollisions can still occurpropagation delay means two nodes may not heareach otherrsquos transmission
collisionentire packet transmission time wasted
spatial layout of nodes
noterole of distance amp propagation delay in determining collision probability
5 DataLink Layer 5-26
CSMACD (Collision Detection)CSMACD carrier sensing deferral as in CSMA
collisions detected within short time colliding transmissions aborted reducing channel
wastage collision detection
easy in wired LANs measure signal strengths compare transmitted received signals
difficult in wireless LANs receiver shut off while transmitting
human analogy the polite conversationalist
5 DataLink Layer 5-27
CSMACD collision detection
5 DataLink Layer 5-28
ldquoTaking Turnsrdquo MAC protocols
channel partitioning MAC protocols share channel efficiently and fairly at high load inefficient at low load delay in channel access
1N bandwidth allocated even if only 1 active node
Random access MAC protocols efficient at low load single node can fully
utilize channel high load collision overhead
ldquotaking turnsrdquo protocolslook for best of both worlds
5 DataLink Layer 5-29
ldquoTaking Turnsrdquo MAC protocolsPolling master node
ldquoinvitesrdquo slave nodes to transmit in turn
concerns polling overhead latency single point of
failure (master)
Token passing control token passed from
one node to next sequentially
token message concerns
token overhead latency single point of failure (token)
5 DataLink Layer 5-30
Summary of MAC protocols
What do you do with a shared media Channel Partitioning by time frequency or code
bull Time Division Frequency Division Random partitioning (dynamic)
bull ALOHA S-ALOHA CSMA CSMACDbull carrier sensing easy in some technologies (wire) hard
in others (wireless)bull CSMACD used in Ethernetbull CSMACA used in 80211
Taking Turnsbull polling from a central site token passing
5 DataLink Layer 5-31
MAC Addresses and ARP
32-bit IP address network-layer address used to get datagram to destination IP subnet
MAC (or LAN or ldquophysicalrdquo or Ethernet) address used to get datagram from one interface to
another physically-connected interface (same network)
48 bit MAC address (for most LANs) burned in the adapter ROM
5 DataLink Layer 5-32
LAN Addresses and ARPEach adapter on LAN has unique LAN address
Broadcast address =FF-FF-FF-FF-FF-FF
= adapter
1A-2F-BB-76-09-AD
58-23-D7-FA-20-B0
0C-C4-11-6F-E3-98
71-65-F7-2B-08-53
LAN(wired orwireless)
5 DataLink Layer 5-33
LAN Address (more)
MAC address allocation administered by IEEE manufacturer buys portion of MAC address space
(to assure uniqueness) Analogy
(a) MAC address like Social Security Number(b) IP address like postal address
MAC flat address allows easier portability can move LAN card from one LAN to another
IP hierarchical address NOT portable depends on IP subnet to which node is attached
5 DataLink Layer 5-34
ARP Address Resolution Protocol
Each IP node (Host Router) on LAN has ARP table
ARP Table IPMAC address mappings for some LAN nodes
lt IP address MAC address TTLgt TTL (Time To Live) time
after which address mapping will be forgotten (typically 20 min)
Question how to determineMAC address of Bknowing Brsquos IP address
1A-2F-BB-76-09-AD
58-23-D7-FA-20-B0
0C-C4-11-6F-E3-98
71-65-F7-2B-08-53
LAN
237196723
237196778
237196714
237196788
5 DataLink Layer 5-35
ARP protocol Same LAN (network)
A wants to send datagram to B and Brsquos MAC address not in Arsquos ARP table
A broadcasts ARP query packet containing Bs IP address
Dest MAC address = FF-FF-FF-FF-FF-FF
all machines on LAN receive ARP query
B receives ARP packet replies to A with its (Bs) MAC address
frame sent to Arsquos MAC address (unicast)
A caches (saves) IP-to-MAC address pair in its ARP table until information becomes old (times out)
soft state information that times out (goes away) unless refreshed
ARP is ldquoplug-and-playrdquo nodes create their ARP
tables without intervention from net administrator
5 DataLink Layer 5-36
Routing to another LANwalkthrough send datagram from A to B via R
assume A knowrsquos Brsquos IP address
Two ARP tables in router R one for each IP network (LAN)
A
RB
5 DataLink Layer 5-37
A creates datagram with source A destination B A uses ARP to get Rrsquos MAC address for 111111111110 A creates link-layer frame with Rs MAC address as dest
frame contains A-to-B IP datagram Arsquos adapter sends frame Rrsquos adapter receives frame R removes IP datagram from Ethernet frame sees itrsquos
destined to B R uses ARP to get Brsquos MAC address R creates frame containing A-to-B IP datagram sends to B
A
RB
5 DataLink Layer 5-38
Ethernetldquodominantrdquo wired LAN technology cheap $20 for 100Mbs first widely used LAN technology Simpler cheaper than token LANs and ATM Kept up with speed race 10 Mbps ndash 10 Gbps
Metcalfersquos Ethernetsketch
5 DataLink Layer 5-39
Star topology Bus topology popular through mid 90s Now star topology prevails Connection choices hub or switch (more later)
hub orswitch
5 DataLink Layer 5-40
Ethernet Frame StructureSending adapter encapsulates IP datagram (or other
network layer protocol packet) in Ethernet frame
Preamble 7 bytes with pattern 10101010 followed by one
byte with pattern 10101011 used to synchronize receiver sender clock rates
5 DataLink Layer 5-41
Ethernet Frame Structure (more) Addresses 6 bytes
if adapter receives frame with matching destination address or with broadcast address (eg ARP packet) it passes data in frame to net-layer protocol
otherwise adapter discards frame Type 2 bytes indicates the higher (network)
layer protocol (commonly IP but may also be ARP Novell IPX and AppleTalk etc)
CRC 4 bytes checked at receiver if error is detected the frame is simply dropped
5 DataLink Layer 5-42
Unreliable connectionless service
Connectionless No handshaking between sending and receiving adapter
Unreliable receiving adapter doesnrsquot send acks or nacks to sending adapter
stream of datagrams passed to network layer can have gaps
gaps will be filled if app is using TCP otherwise app will see the gaps
5 DataLink Layer 5-43
Ethernet uses CSMACD
No slots adapter doesnrsquot transmit
if it senses that some other adapter is transmitting that is carrier sense
transmitting adapter aborts when it senses that another adapter is transmitting that is collision detection
Before attempting a retransmission adapter waits a random time that is random access
5 DataLink Layer 5-44
Ethernet CSMACD algorithm1 Adapter receives
datagram from net layer amp creates frame
2 If adapter senses channel idle it starts to transmit frame If it senses channel busy waits until channel idle and then transmits
3 If adapter transmits entire frame without detecting another transmission the adapter is done with frame
4 If adapter detects another transmission while transmitting aborts and sends 48-bit jam signal
5 After aborting adapter enters exponential backoff after the mthcollision adapter chooses a K at random from 012hellip2m-1 Adapter waits K512 bit times and returns to Step 2
5 DataLink Layer 5-45
Frame Size limitations for Ethernet Minimum Frame size (Fmin)
For proper collision detectionFmin = Min frame sizeR = Ethernetrsquos transmission rate
eg 10 Mbsdmax = max Ethernet segment
lengthS = Propagation speed (2x108
ms)FminR ge 2dmaxS
Maximum Frame Size (Fmax)For fairness among competing nodes
Fmin=64 Bytes Fmax=1500 Bytes
A Bd
2dS
tim
e
Arsquos frame
Brsquos frame
Arsquos frame in yellowBrsquos frame in green
For proper collision detection Arsquos frame should last at least until Brsquos frame reaches A
5 DataLink Layer 5-46
Ethernetrsquos CSMACD (more)Jam Signal make sure all
other transmitters are aware of collision 48 bits
Random retransmission delayK 512 bit transmission times where K is randomly selected bit time is 01 microsec for 10 Mbps and 001 microsec for 100 Mbps Ethernet
Exponential Backoff Goal adapt retransmission
attempts to estimated current load
heavy load random wait will be longer
first collision choose K from 01 delay is K 512 bit transmission times
after second collision choose K from 0123hellip
after ten collisions choose K from 01234hellip1023
for max value of K=1023 wait time is about 50 msec for 10 Mbps 5 msec for 100 Mbps Ethernet
Seeinteract with Javaapplet on AWL Web sitehighly recommended
5 DataLink Layer 5-47
CSMACD efficiency
tprop = max prop between 2 nodes in LAN ttrans = time to transmit max-size frame
Efficiency goes to 1 as tprop goes to 0 Goes to 1 as ttrans goes to infinity Much better than ALOHA but still decentralized
simple and cheap
1efficiency1 5 prop transt t
asymp+
5 DataLink Layer 5-48
10BaseT and 100BaseT 10100 Mbps rates T stands for Twisted Pair Base stands for Baseband (unmodulated) Nodes connect to a hub ldquostar topologyrdquo 100 m
max distance between nodes and hub
twisted pair
hub
5 DataLink Layer 5-49
HubsHubs are essentially physical-layer repeaters
bits coming from one link go out all other links at the same rate no frame buffering no CSMACD at hub adapters detect collisions provides net management functionality
twisted pair
hub
5 DataLink Layer 5-50
Gbit Ethernet
uses standard Ethernet frame format allows for point-to-point links and shared
broadcast channels in shared mode CSMACD is used short
distances between nodes required for efficiency
Full-Duplex at 1 Gbps for point-to-point links
10 Gbps now
5 DataLink Layer 5-51
Interconnecting with hubs Backbone hub interconnects LAN segments Extends max distance between nodes But individual segment collision domains become one
large collision domain Canrsquot interconnect 10BaseT amp 100BaseT
hub hub hub
hub
5 DataLink Layer 5-52
Switch Link layer device
stores and forwards Ethernet frames examines frame header and selectively
forwards frame based on MAC dest address when frame is to be forwarded on segment
uses CSMACD to access segment transparent
hosts are unaware of presence of switches plug-and-play self-learning
switches do not need to be configured
5 DataLink Layer 5-53
Forwarding
bull How do determine onto which LAN segment to forward framebull Looks like a routing problem
hub hubhub
switch1
2 3
5 DataLink Layer 5-54
Self learning
A switch has a switch table entry in switch table
(MAC Address Interface Time Stamp) stale entries in table dropped (TTL can be 60 min)
switch learns which hosts can be reached through which interfaces when frame received switch ldquolearnsrdquo location of
sender incoming LAN segment records senderlocation pair in switch table
5 DataLink Layer 5-55
FilteringForwardingWhen switch receives a frame
index switch table using MAC dest addressif entry found for destination
thenif dest on segment from which frame arrived
then drop the frameelse forward the frame on interface indicated
else flood
forward on all but the interface on which the frame arrived
5 DataLink Layer 5-56
Switch exampleSuppose C sends frame to D
Switch receives frame from from C notes in bridge table that C is on interface 1 because D is not in table switch forwards frame into
interfaces 2 and 3 frame received by D
hub hub hub
switch
A
B CD
EF G H
I
address interfaceABEG
1123
12 3
5 DataLink Layer 5-57
Switch exampleSuppose C sends frame to D
Switch receives frame from from C notes in bridge table that C is on interface 1 because D is not in table switch forwards frame into
interfaces 2 and 3 frame received by D
hub hub hub
switch
A
B CD
EF G H
I
address interfaceABEGC
11231
12 3
5 DataLink Layer 5-58
Switch exampleSuppose D replies back with frame to C
Switch receives frame from from D notes in bridge table that D is on interface 2 because C is in table switch forwards frame only to
interface 1 frame received by C
hub hub hub
switch
A
B CD
EF G H
I
address interfaceABEGC
11231
12 3
5 DataLink Layer 5-59
Switch exampleSuppose D replies back with frame to C
Switch receives frame from from D notes in bridge table that D is on interface 2 because C is in table switch forwards frame only to
interface 1 frame received by C
hub hub hub
switch
A
B CD
EF G H
I
address interfaceABEGCD
112312
12 3
5 DataLink Layer 5-60
Switch traffic isolation switch installation breaks subnet into LAN
segments switch filters packets
same-LAN-segment frames not usually forwarded onto other LAN segments
segments become separate collision domains
hub hub hub
switch
collision domain collision domain
collision domain
5 DataLink Layer 5-61
Switches dedicated access Switch with many
interfaces Hosts have direct
connection to switch No collisions full duplex
Switching A-to-Arsquo and B-to-Brsquo simultaneously no collisions
combinations of shareddedicated 101001000 Mbps interfaces possible
switch
A
Arsquo
B
Brsquo
C
Crsquo
5 DataLink Layer 5-62
Institutional network
hub hubhub
switch
to externalnetwork
router
IP subnet
mail server
web server
5 DataLink Layer 5-63
Switches vs Routers both store-and-forward devices
routers network layer devices (examine network layer headers)
switches are link layer devices routers maintain routing tables implement routing
algorithms switches maintain switch tables implement
filtering learning algorithms
5 DataLink Layer 5-64
Summary comparison
hubs routers switches
traffic isolation
no yes yes
plug amp play yes no yes
optimal routing
no yes no
5 DataLink Layer 5-65
VLANs motivation
What happens if CS user moves office to EE
but wants connect to CS switch
single broadcast domain all layer-2 broadcast
traffic (ARP DHCP) crosses entire LAN (securityprivacy efficiency issues)
each lowest level switch has only few ports in use
Computer Science Electrical
EngineeringComputerEngineering
Whatrsquos wrong with this picture
5 DataLink Layer 5-66
VLANs Port-based VLAN switch ports grouped (by switch management software) so that single physical switch helliphellip
Switch(es) supporting VLAN capabilities can be configured to define multiple virtual LANS over single physical LAN infrastructure
Virtual Local Area Network
1
8
9
16102
7
hellip
Electrical Engineering(VLAN ports 1-8)
Computer Science(VLAN ports 9-15)
15
hellip
Electrical Engineering(VLAN ports 1-8)
hellip
1
82
7 9
1610
15
hellip
Computer Science(VLAN ports 9-16)
hellip operates as multiple virtual switches
5 DataLink Layer 5-67
Port-based VLAN
1
8
9
16102
7
hellip
Electrical Engineering(VLAN ports 1-8)
Computer Science(VLAN ports 9-15)
15
hellip
traffic isolation frames tofrom ports 1-8 can only reach ports 1-8
can also define VLAN based on MAC addresses of endpoints rather than switch port
dynamic membershipports can be dynamically assigned among VLANs
router
forwarding between VLANSdone via routing (just as with separate switches)
in practice vendors sell combined switches plus routers
5 DataLink Layer 5-68
VLANS spanning multiple switches
trunk port carries frames between VLANS defined over multiple physical switches
frames forwarded within VLAN between switches canrsquot be vanilla 8021 frames (must carry VLAN ID info)
8021q protocol addsremoves additional header fields for frames forwarded between trunk ports
1
8
9
102
7
hellip
Electrical Engineering(VLAN ports 1-8)
Computer Science(VLAN ports 9-15)
15
hellip
2
73
Ports 235 belong to EE VLANPorts 4678 belong to CS VLAN
5
4 6 816
1
5 DataLink Layer 5-69
Type
2-byte Tag Protocol Identifier(value 81-00)
Tag Control Information (12 bit VLAN ID field 3 bit priority field like IP TOS)
Recomputed CRC
8021Q VLAN frame format
8021 frame
8021Q frame
5 DataLink Layer 5-70
Chapter 6 Wireless and Mobile Networks
Background wireless (mobile) phone subscribers now
exceeds wired phone subscribers computer nets laptops palmtops PDAs
Internet-enabled phone promise anytime untethered Internet access
two important (but different) challenges wireless communication over wireless link mobility handling the mobile user who changes point
of attachment to network
5 DataLink Layer 5-71
Elements of a wireless network
network infrastructure
wireless hosts laptop PDA IP phone run applications may be stationary
(non-mobile) or mobile wireless does not
always mean mobility
5 DataLink Layer 5-72
Elements of a wireless network
network infrastructure
base station typically connected to
wired network relay - responsible
for sending packets between wired network and wireless host(s) in its ldquoareardquo
eg cell towers 80211 access points
5 DataLink Layer 5-73
Elements of a wireless network
network infrastructure
wireless link typically used to
connect mobile(s) to base station
also used as backbone link
multiple access protocol coordinates link access
various data rates transmission distance
5 DataLink Layer 5-74
Characteristics of selected wireless link standards
Indoor10-30m
Outdoor50-200m
Mid-rangeoutdoor
200m ndash 4 Km
Long-rangeoutdoor
5Km ndash 20 Km
056
384
1
4
5-11
54
IS-95 CDMA GSM 2G
UMTSWCDMA CDMA2000 3G
80215
80211b
80211ag
UMTSWCDMA-HSPDA CDMA2000-1xEVDO 3G cellularenhanced
80216 (WiMAX)
80211ag point-to-point
200 80211n
Dat
a ra
te (M
bps) data
5 DataLink Layer 5-75
Elements of a wireless network
network infrastructure
infrastructure mode base station connects
mobiles into wired network
handoff mobile changes base station providing connection into wired network
5 DataLink Layer 5-76
Elements of a wireless networkad hoc mode no base stations nodes can only
transmit to other nodes within link coverage
nodes organize themselves into a network route among themselves
5 DataLink Layer 5-77
Wireless network taxonomy
single hop multiple hops
infrastructure(eg APs)
noinfrastructure
host connects to base station (WiFiWiMAX cellular) which connects to
larger Internet
no base station noconnection to larger Internet (Bluetooth
ad hoc nets)
host may have torelay through several
wireless nodes to connect to larger
Internet mesh net
no base station noconnection to larger
Internet May have torelay to reach other a given wireless node
MANET VANET
5 DataLink Layer 5-78
Wireless Link Characteristics (1)Differences from wired link hellip
decreased signal strength radio signal attenuates as it propagates through matter (path loss)
interference from other sources standardized wireless network frequencies (eg 24 GHz) shared by other devices (eg phone) devices (motors) interfere as well
multipath propagation radio signal reflects off objects arriving at destination at slightly different times
hellip make communication across (even a point to point) wireless link much more ldquodifficultrdquo
5 DataLink Layer 5-79
Wireless Link Characteristics (2) SNR signal-to-noise ratio
larger SNR ndash easier to extract signal from noise (a ldquogood thingrdquo)
SNR versus BER tradeoffs given physical layer
increase power -gt increase SNR-gtdecrease BER
given SNR choose physical layer that meets BER requirement giving highest thruput
bull SNR may change with mobility dynamically adapt physical layer (modulation technique rate)
10 20 30 40
QAM256 (8 Mbps)
QAM16 (4 Mbps)
BPSK (1 Mbps)
SNR(dB)B
ER
10-1
10-2
10-3
10-5
10-6
10-7
10-4
5 DataLink Layer 5-80
Wireless network characteristicsMultiple wireless senders and receivers create
additional problems (beyond multiple access)
AB
C
Hidden terminal problem B A hear each other B C hear each other A C can not hear each othermeans A C unaware of their
interference at B
A B C
Arsquos signalstrength
space
Crsquos signalstrength
Signal attenuation B A hear each other B C hear each other A C can not hear each other
interfering at B
5 DataLink Layer 5-81
IEEE 80211 Wireless LAN 80211b
24-5 GHz unlicensed spectrum up to 11 Mbps direct sequence spread
spectrum (DSSS) in physical layer
bull all hosts use same chipping code
80211a 5-6 GHz range up to 54 Mbps
80211g 24-5 GHz range up to 54 Mbps
80211n multiple antennae 24-5 GHz range up to 200 Mbps
all use CSMACA for multiple access all have base-station and ad-hoc network versions
5 DataLink Layer 5-82
80211 LAN architecture
wireless host communicates with base station
base station = access point (AP)
Basic Service Set (BSS)(aka ldquocellrdquo) in infrastructure mode contains
wireless hosts access point (AP) base
station ad hoc mode hosts only
BSS 1
BSS 2
Internet
hub switchor routerAP
AP
5 DataLink Layer 5-83
80211 Channels association
80211b 24GHz-2485GHz spectrum divided into 11 channels at different frequencies AP admin chooses frequency for AP interference possible channel can be same as
that chosen by neighboring AP host must associate with an AP
scans channels listening for beacon framescontaining APrsquos name (SSID) and MAC address
selects AP to associate with may perform authentication [Chapter 8] will typically run DHCP to get IP address in APrsquos
subnet
5 DataLink Layer 5-84
80211 passiveactive scanning
AP 2AP 1
H1
BBS 2BBS 1
122
3 4
Active Scanning (1) probe request frame broadcast
from H1(2) probe response frame sent from
APs(3) association request frame sent
H1 to selected AP (4) association response frame sent
H1 to selected AP
AP 2AP 1
H1
BBS 2BBS 1
12 3
1
Passive Scanning(1) beacon frames sent from APs(2) association request frame sent H1
to selected AP (3) association response frame sent
H1 to selected AP
5 DataLink Layer 5-85
IEEE 80211 multiple access avoid collisions 2+ nodes transmitting at same time 80211 CSMA - sense before transmitting
donrsquot collide with ongoing transmission by other node 80211 no collision detection
difficult to receive (sense collisions) when transmitting due to weak received signals (fading)
canrsquot sense all collisions in any case hidden terminal fading goal avoid collisions CSMAC(ollision)A(voidance)
AB
CA B C
Arsquos signalstrength
space
Crsquos signalstrength
5 DataLink Layer 5-86
IEEE 80211 MAC Protocol CSMACA
80211 sender1 if sense channel idle for DIFS then
transmit entire frame (no CD)2 if sense channel busy then
start random backoff timetimer counts down while channel idletransmit when timer expiresif no ACK increase random backoff
interval repeat 280211 receiver- if frame received OK
return ACK after SIFS (ACK needed due to hidden terminal problem)
sender receiver
DIFS
data
SIFS
ACK
5 DataLink Layer 5-87
Avoiding collisions (more)idea allow sender to ldquoreserverdquo channel rather than random
access of data frames avoid collisions of long data frames sender first transmits small request-to-send (RTS) packets
to BS using CSMA RTSs may still collide with each other (but theyrsquore short)
BS broadcasts clear-to-send CTS in response to RTS CTS heard by all nodes
sender transmits data frame other stations defer transmissions
avoid data frame collisions completely using small reservation packets
5 DataLink Layer 5-88
Collision Avoidance RTS-CTS exchange
APA B
time
RTS(A)RTS(B)
RTS(A)
CTS(A) CTS(A)
DATA (A)
ACK(A) ACK(A)
reservation collision
defer
5 DataLink Layer 5-89
framecontrol duration address
1address
2address
4address
3 payload CRC
2 2 6 6 6 2 6 0 - 2312 4
seqcontrol
80211 frame addressing
Address 2 MAC addressof wireless host or AP transmitting this frame
Address 1 MAC addressof wireless host or AP to receive this frame
Address 3 MAC addressof router interface to which AP is attached
Address 4 used only in ad hoc mode
5 DataLink Layer 5-90
Internetrouter
AP
H1 R1
AP MAC addr H1 MAC addr R1 MAC addraddress 1 address 2 address 3
80211 frame
R1 MAC addr H1 MAC addr dest address source address
8023 frame
80211 frame addressing
5 DataLink Layer 5-91
framecontrol duration address
1address
2address
4address
3 payload CRC
2 2 6 6 6 2 6 0 - 2312 4
seqcontrol
Type FromAPSubtype To
APMore frag WEPMore
dataPower
mgtRetry RsvdProtocolversion
2 2 4 1 1 1 1 1 11 1
80211 frame moreduration of reserved transmission time (RTSCTS)
frame seq (for RDT)
frame type(RTS CTS ACK data)
5 DataLink Layer 5-92
hub or switch
AP 2
AP 1
H1 BBS 2
BBS 1
80211 mobility within same subnet
router H1 remains in same IP subnet IP address can remain same
switch which AP is associated with H1
self-learning (Ch 5) switch will see frame from H1 and ldquorememberrdquo which switch port can be used to reach H1
5 DataLink Layer 5-93
80211 advanced capabilities
Rate Adaptation base station mobile
dynamically change transmission rate (physical layer modulation technique) as mobile moves SNR varies
QAM256 (8 Mbps)QAM16 (4 Mbps)BPSK (1 Mbps)
10 20 30 40SNR(dB)
BE
R
10-1
10-2
10-3
10-5
10-6
10-7
10-4
operating point
1 SNR decreases BER increase as node moves away from base station2 When BER becomes too high switch to lower transmission rate but with lower BER
5 DataLink Layer 5-94
80211 advanced capabilitiesPower Management node-to-AP ldquoI am going to sleep until next
beacon framerdquo AP knows not to transmit frames to this
node node wakes up before next beacon frame
beacon frame contains list of mobiles with AP-to-mobile frames waiting to be sent node will stay awake if AP-to-mobile frames
to be sent otherwise sleep again until next beacon frame
5 DataLink Layer 5-16
Channel Partitioning MAC protocols TDMA
TDMA time division multiple access access to channel in rounds each station gets fixed length slot (length = pkt
trans time) in each round unused slots go idle example 6-station LAN 134 have pkts slots
256 idle
5 DataLink Layer 5-17
Channel Partitioning MAC protocols FDMA
FDMA frequency division multiple access channel spectrum divided into frequency bands each station assigned fixed frequency band unused transmission time in frequency bands go idle example 6-station LAN 134 have pkts frequency
bands 256 idle
freq
uenc
y ba
nds
time
5 DataLink Layer 5-18
Random Access Protocols
When node has packet to send transmit at full channel data rate R no a priori coordination among nodes
two or more transmitting nodes rarr ldquocollisionrdquo random access MAC protocol specifies
how to detect collisions how to recover from collisions (eg via delayed
retransmissions) Examples of random access MAC protocols
slotted ALOHA ALOHA CSMA CSMACD CSMACA
5 DataLink Layer 5-19
Slotted ALOHA
Assumptions all frames same size time is divided into
equal size slots time to transmit 1 frame
nodes start to transmit frames only at beginning of slots
nodes are synchronized if 2 or more nodes
transmit in slot all nodes detect collision
Operation when node obtains fresh
frame it transmits in next slot
if no collision node can send new frame in next slot
if collision node retransmits frame in each subsequent slot with prob p until success
5 DataLink Layer 5-20
Slotted ALOHA
Pros single active node can
continuously transmit at full rate of channel
highly decentralized only slots in nodes need to be in sync
simple
Cons collisions wasting slots idle slots nodes may be able to
detect collision in less than time to transmit packet
clock synchronization
5 DataLink Layer 5-21
Slotted Aloha efficiency
Suppose N nodes with many frames to send each transmits in slot with probability p
prob that node 1 has success in a slot= p(1-p)N-1
prob that any node has a success = Np(1-p)N-1
For max efficiency with N nodes find p that maximizes Np(1-p)N-1
For many nodes take limit of Np(1-p)N-1
as N goes to infinity gives 1e = 37
Efficiency is the long-run fraction of successful slots when there are many nodes each with many frames to send
At best channelused for useful transmissions 37of time
5 DataLink Layer 5-22
Pure (unslotted) ALOHA unslotted Aloha simpler no synchronization when frame first arrives
transmit immediately collision probability increases
frame sent at t0 collides with other frames sent in [t0-1t0+1]
5 DataLink Layer 5-23
Pure Aloha efficiencyP(success by given node) = P(node transmits)
P(no other node transmits in [t0-1t0] P(no other node transmits in [t0t0+1]
= p (1-p)N-1 (1-p)N-1
= p (1-p)2(N-1)
hellip choosing optimum p and then letting n rarr infin
= 1(2e) = 18 Even worse
5 DataLink Layer 5-24
CSMA (Carrier Sense Multiple Access)
CSMA listen before transmitIf channel sensed idle transmit entire frame If channel sensed busy defer transmission
Human analogy donrsquot interrupt others
5 DataLink Layer 5-25
CSMA collisionscollisions can still occurpropagation delay means two nodes may not heareach otherrsquos transmission
collisionentire packet transmission time wasted
spatial layout of nodes
noterole of distance amp propagation delay in determining collision probability
5 DataLink Layer 5-26
CSMACD (Collision Detection)CSMACD carrier sensing deferral as in CSMA
collisions detected within short time colliding transmissions aborted reducing channel
wastage collision detection
easy in wired LANs measure signal strengths compare transmitted received signals
difficult in wireless LANs receiver shut off while transmitting
human analogy the polite conversationalist
5 DataLink Layer 5-27
CSMACD collision detection
5 DataLink Layer 5-28
ldquoTaking Turnsrdquo MAC protocols
channel partitioning MAC protocols share channel efficiently and fairly at high load inefficient at low load delay in channel access
1N bandwidth allocated even if only 1 active node
Random access MAC protocols efficient at low load single node can fully
utilize channel high load collision overhead
ldquotaking turnsrdquo protocolslook for best of both worlds
5 DataLink Layer 5-29
ldquoTaking Turnsrdquo MAC protocolsPolling master node
ldquoinvitesrdquo slave nodes to transmit in turn
concerns polling overhead latency single point of
failure (master)
Token passing control token passed from
one node to next sequentially
token message concerns
token overhead latency single point of failure (token)
5 DataLink Layer 5-30
Summary of MAC protocols
What do you do with a shared media Channel Partitioning by time frequency or code
bull Time Division Frequency Division Random partitioning (dynamic)
bull ALOHA S-ALOHA CSMA CSMACDbull carrier sensing easy in some technologies (wire) hard
in others (wireless)bull CSMACD used in Ethernetbull CSMACA used in 80211
Taking Turnsbull polling from a central site token passing
5 DataLink Layer 5-31
MAC Addresses and ARP
32-bit IP address network-layer address used to get datagram to destination IP subnet
MAC (or LAN or ldquophysicalrdquo or Ethernet) address used to get datagram from one interface to
another physically-connected interface (same network)
48 bit MAC address (for most LANs) burned in the adapter ROM
5 DataLink Layer 5-32
LAN Addresses and ARPEach adapter on LAN has unique LAN address
Broadcast address =FF-FF-FF-FF-FF-FF
= adapter
1A-2F-BB-76-09-AD
58-23-D7-FA-20-B0
0C-C4-11-6F-E3-98
71-65-F7-2B-08-53
LAN(wired orwireless)
5 DataLink Layer 5-33
LAN Address (more)
MAC address allocation administered by IEEE manufacturer buys portion of MAC address space
(to assure uniqueness) Analogy
(a) MAC address like Social Security Number(b) IP address like postal address
MAC flat address allows easier portability can move LAN card from one LAN to another
IP hierarchical address NOT portable depends on IP subnet to which node is attached
5 DataLink Layer 5-34
ARP Address Resolution Protocol
Each IP node (Host Router) on LAN has ARP table
ARP Table IPMAC address mappings for some LAN nodes
lt IP address MAC address TTLgt TTL (Time To Live) time
after which address mapping will be forgotten (typically 20 min)
Question how to determineMAC address of Bknowing Brsquos IP address
1A-2F-BB-76-09-AD
58-23-D7-FA-20-B0
0C-C4-11-6F-E3-98
71-65-F7-2B-08-53
LAN
237196723
237196778
237196714
237196788
5 DataLink Layer 5-35
ARP protocol Same LAN (network)
A wants to send datagram to B and Brsquos MAC address not in Arsquos ARP table
A broadcasts ARP query packet containing Bs IP address
Dest MAC address = FF-FF-FF-FF-FF-FF
all machines on LAN receive ARP query
B receives ARP packet replies to A with its (Bs) MAC address
frame sent to Arsquos MAC address (unicast)
A caches (saves) IP-to-MAC address pair in its ARP table until information becomes old (times out)
soft state information that times out (goes away) unless refreshed
ARP is ldquoplug-and-playrdquo nodes create their ARP
tables without intervention from net administrator
5 DataLink Layer 5-36
Routing to another LANwalkthrough send datagram from A to B via R
assume A knowrsquos Brsquos IP address
Two ARP tables in router R one for each IP network (LAN)
A
RB
5 DataLink Layer 5-37
A creates datagram with source A destination B A uses ARP to get Rrsquos MAC address for 111111111110 A creates link-layer frame with Rs MAC address as dest
frame contains A-to-B IP datagram Arsquos adapter sends frame Rrsquos adapter receives frame R removes IP datagram from Ethernet frame sees itrsquos
destined to B R uses ARP to get Brsquos MAC address R creates frame containing A-to-B IP datagram sends to B
A
RB
5 DataLink Layer 5-38
Ethernetldquodominantrdquo wired LAN technology cheap $20 for 100Mbs first widely used LAN technology Simpler cheaper than token LANs and ATM Kept up with speed race 10 Mbps ndash 10 Gbps
Metcalfersquos Ethernetsketch
5 DataLink Layer 5-39
Star topology Bus topology popular through mid 90s Now star topology prevails Connection choices hub or switch (more later)
hub orswitch
5 DataLink Layer 5-40
Ethernet Frame StructureSending adapter encapsulates IP datagram (or other
network layer protocol packet) in Ethernet frame
Preamble 7 bytes with pattern 10101010 followed by one
byte with pattern 10101011 used to synchronize receiver sender clock rates
5 DataLink Layer 5-41
Ethernet Frame Structure (more) Addresses 6 bytes
if adapter receives frame with matching destination address or with broadcast address (eg ARP packet) it passes data in frame to net-layer protocol
otherwise adapter discards frame Type 2 bytes indicates the higher (network)
layer protocol (commonly IP but may also be ARP Novell IPX and AppleTalk etc)
CRC 4 bytes checked at receiver if error is detected the frame is simply dropped
5 DataLink Layer 5-42
Unreliable connectionless service
Connectionless No handshaking between sending and receiving adapter
Unreliable receiving adapter doesnrsquot send acks or nacks to sending adapter
stream of datagrams passed to network layer can have gaps
gaps will be filled if app is using TCP otherwise app will see the gaps
5 DataLink Layer 5-43
Ethernet uses CSMACD
No slots adapter doesnrsquot transmit
if it senses that some other adapter is transmitting that is carrier sense
transmitting adapter aborts when it senses that another adapter is transmitting that is collision detection
Before attempting a retransmission adapter waits a random time that is random access
5 DataLink Layer 5-44
Ethernet CSMACD algorithm1 Adapter receives
datagram from net layer amp creates frame
2 If adapter senses channel idle it starts to transmit frame If it senses channel busy waits until channel idle and then transmits
3 If adapter transmits entire frame without detecting another transmission the adapter is done with frame
4 If adapter detects another transmission while transmitting aborts and sends 48-bit jam signal
5 After aborting adapter enters exponential backoff after the mthcollision adapter chooses a K at random from 012hellip2m-1 Adapter waits K512 bit times and returns to Step 2
5 DataLink Layer 5-45
Frame Size limitations for Ethernet Minimum Frame size (Fmin)
For proper collision detectionFmin = Min frame sizeR = Ethernetrsquos transmission rate
eg 10 Mbsdmax = max Ethernet segment
lengthS = Propagation speed (2x108
ms)FminR ge 2dmaxS
Maximum Frame Size (Fmax)For fairness among competing nodes
Fmin=64 Bytes Fmax=1500 Bytes
A Bd
2dS
tim
e
Arsquos frame
Brsquos frame
Arsquos frame in yellowBrsquos frame in green
For proper collision detection Arsquos frame should last at least until Brsquos frame reaches A
5 DataLink Layer 5-46
Ethernetrsquos CSMACD (more)Jam Signal make sure all
other transmitters are aware of collision 48 bits
Random retransmission delayK 512 bit transmission times where K is randomly selected bit time is 01 microsec for 10 Mbps and 001 microsec for 100 Mbps Ethernet
Exponential Backoff Goal adapt retransmission
attempts to estimated current load
heavy load random wait will be longer
first collision choose K from 01 delay is K 512 bit transmission times
after second collision choose K from 0123hellip
after ten collisions choose K from 01234hellip1023
for max value of K=1023 wait time is about 50 msec for 10 Mbps 5 msec for 100 Mbps Ethernet
Seeinteract with Javaapplet on AWL Web sitehighly recommended
5 DataLink Layer 5-47
CSMACD efficiency
tprop = max prop between 2 nodes in LAN ttrans = time to transmit max-size frame
Efficiency goes to 1 as tprop goes to 0 Goes to 1 as ttrans goes to infinity Much better than ALOHA but still decentralized
simple and cheap
1efficiency1 5 prop transt t
asymp+
5 DataLink Layer 5-48
10BaseT and 100BaseT 10100 Mbps rates T stands for Twisted Pair Base stands for Baseband (unmodulated) Nodes connect to a hub ldquostar topologyrdquo 100 m
max distance between nodes and hub
twisted pair
hub
5 DataLink Layer 5-49
HubsHubs are essentially physical-layer repeaters
bits coming from one link go out all other links at the same rate no frame buffering no CSMACD at hub adapters detect collisions provides net management functionality
twisted pair
hub
5 DataLink Layer 5-50
Gbit Ethernet
uses standard Ethernet frame format allows for point-to-point links and shared
broadcast channels in shared mode CSMACD is used short
distances between nodes required for efficiency
Full-Duplex at 1 Gbps for point-to-point links
10 Gbps now
5 DataLink Layer 5-51
Interconnecting with hubs Backbone hub interconnects LAN segments Extends max distance between nodes But individual segment collision domains become one
large collision domain Canrsquot interconnect 10BaseT amp 100BaseT
hub hub hub
hub
5 DataLink Layer 5-52
Switch Link layer device
stores and forwards Ethernet frames examines frame header and selectively
forwards frame based on MAC dest address when frame is to be forwarded on segment
uses CSMACD to access segment transparent
hosts are unaware of presence of switches plug-and-play self-learning
switches do not need to be configured
5 DataLink Layer 5-53
Forwarding
bull How do determine onto which LAN segment to forward framebull Looks like a routing problem
hub hubhub
switch1
2 3
5 DataLink Layer 5-54
Self learning
A switch has a switch table entry in switch table
(MAC Address Interface Time Stamp) stale entries in table dropped (TTL can be 60 min)
switch learns which hosts can be reached through which interfaces when frame received switch ldquolearnsrdquo location of
sender incoming LAN segment records senderlocation pair in switch table
5 DataLink Layer 5-55
FilteringForwardingWhen switch receives a frame
index switch table using MAC dest addressif entry found for destination
thenif dest on segment from which frame arrived
then drop the frameelse forward the frame on interface indicated
else flood
forward on all but the interface on which the frame arrived
5 DataLink Layer 5-56
Switch exampleSuppose C sends frame to D
Switch receives frame from from C notes in bridge table that C is on interface 1 because D is not in table switch forwards frame into
interfaces 2 and 3 frame received by D
hub hub hub
switch
A
B CD
EF G H
I
address interfaceABEG
1123
12 3
5 DataLink Layer 5-57
Switch exampleSuppose C sends frame to D
Switch receives frame from from C notes in bridge table that C is on interface 1 because D is not in table switch forwards frame into
interfaces 2 and 3 frame received by D
hub hub hub
switch
A
B CD
EF G H
I
address interfaceABEGC
11231
12 3
5 DataLink Layer 5-58
Switch exampleSuppose D replies back with frame to C
Switch receives frame from from D notes in bridge table that D is on interface 2 because C is in table switch forwards frame only to
interface 1 frame received by C
hub hub hub
switch
A
B CD
EF G H
I
address interfaceABEGC
11231
12 3
5 DataLink Layer 5-59
Switch exampleSuppose D replies back with frame to C
Switch receives frame from from D notes in bridge table that D is on interface 2 because C is in table switch forwards frame only to
interface 1 frame received by C
hub hub hub
switch
A
B CD
EF G H
I
address interfaceABEGCD
112312
12 3
5 DataLink Layer 5-60
Switch traffic isolation switch installation breaks subnet into LAN
segments switch filters packets
same-LAN-segment frames not usually forwarded onto other LAN segments
segments become separate collision domains
hub hub hub
switch
collision domain collision domain
collision domain
5 DataLink Layer 5-61
Switches dedicated access Switch with many
interfaces Hosts have direct
connection to switch No collisions full duplex
Switching A-to-Arsquo and B-to-Brsquo simultaneously no collisions
combinations of shareddedicated 101001000 Mbps interfaces possible
switch
A
Arsquo
B
Brsquo
C
Crsquo
5 DataLink Layer 5-62
Institutional network
hub hubhub
switch
to externalnetwork
router
IP subnet
mail server
web server
5 DataLink Layer 5-63
Switches vs Routers both store-and-forward devices
routers network layer devices (examine network layer headers)
switches are link layer devices routers maintain routing tables implement routing
algorithms switches maintain switch tables implement
filtering learning algorithms
5 DataLink Layer 5-64
Summary comparison
hubs routers switches
traffic isolation
no yes yes
plug amp play yes no yes
optimal routing
no yes no
5 DataLink Layer 5-65
VLANs motivation
What happens if CS user moves office to EE
but wants connect to CS switch
single broadcast domain all layer-2 broadcast
traffic (ARP DHCP) crosses entire LAN (securityprivacy efficiency issues)
each lowest level switch has only few ports in use
Computer Science Electrical
EngineeringComputerEngineering
Whatrsquos wrong with this picture
5 DataLink Layer 5-66
VLANs Port-based VLAN switch ports grouped (by switch management software) so that single physical switch helliphellip
Switch(es) supporting VLAN capabilities can be configured to define multiple virtual LANS over single physical LAN infrastructure
Virtual Local Area Network
1
8
9
16102
7
hellip
Electrical Engineering(VLAN ports 1-8)
Computer Science(VLAN ports 9-15)
15
hellip
Electrical Engineering(VLAN ports 1-8)
hellip
1
82
7 9
1610
15
hellip
Computer Science(VLAN ports 9-16)
hellip operates as multiple virtual switches
5 DataLink Layer 5-67
Port-based VLAN
1
8
9
16102
7
hellip
Electrical Engineering(VLAN ports 1-8)
Computer Science(VLAN ports 9-15)
15
hellip
traffic isolation frames tofrom ports 1-8 can only reach ports 1-8
can also define VLAN based on MAC addresses of endpoints rather than switch port
dynamic membershipports can be dynamically assigned among VLANs
router
forwarding between VLANSdone via routing (just as with separate switches)
in practice vendors sell combined switches plus routers
5 DataLink Layer 5-68
VLANS spanning multiple switches
trunk port carries frames between VLANS defined over multiple physical switches
frames forwarded within VLAN between switches canrsquot be vanilla 8021 frames (must carry VLAN ID info)
8021q protocol addsremoves additional header fields for frames forwarded between trunk ports
1
8
9
102
7
hellip
Electrical Engineering(VLAN ports 1-8)
Computer Science(VLAN ports 9-15)
15
hellip
2
73
Ports 235 belong to EE VLANPorts 4678 belong to CS VLAN
5
4 6 816
1
5 DataLink Layer 5-69
Type
2-byte Tag Protocol Identifier(value 81-00)
Tag Control Information (12 bit VLAN ID field 3 bit priority field like IP TOS)
Recomputed CRC
8021Q VLAN frame format
8021 frame
8021Q frame
5 DataLink Layer 5-70
Chapter 6 Wireless and Mobile Networks
Background wireless (mobile) phone subscribers now
exceeds wired phone subscribers computer nets laptops palmtops PDAs
Internet-enabled phone promise anytime untethered Internet access
two important (but different) challenges wireless communication over wireless link mobility handling the mobile user who changes point
of attachment to network
5 DataLink Layer 5-71
Elements of a wireless network
network infrastructure
wireless hosts laptop PDA IP phone run applications may be stationary
(non-mobile) or mobile wireless does not
always mean mobility
5 DataLink Layer 5-72
Elements of a wireless network
network infrastructure
base station typically connected to
wired network relay - responsible
for sending packets between wired network and wireless host(s) in its ldquoareardquo
eg cell towers 80211 access points
5 DataLink Layer 5-73
Elements of a wireless network
network infrastructure
wireless link typically used to
connect mobile(s) to base station
also used as backbone link
multiple access protocol coordinates link access
various data rates transmission distance
5 DataLink Layer 5-74
Characteristics of selected wireless link standards
Indoor10-30m
Outdoor50-200m
Mid-rangeoutdoor
200m ndash 4 Km
Long-rangeoutdoor
5Km ndash 20 Km
056
384
1
4
5-11
54
IS-95 CDMA GSM 2G
UMTSWCDMA CDMA2000 3G
80215
80211b
80211ag
UMTSWCDMA-HSPDA CDMA2000-1xEVDO 3G cellularenhanced
80216 (WiMAX)
80211ag point-to-point
200 80211n
Dat
a ra
te (M
bps) data
5 DataLink Layer 5-75
Elements of a wireless network
network infrastructure
infrastructure mode base station connects
mobiles into wired network
handoff mobile changes base station providing connection into wired network
5 DataLink Layer 5-76
Elements of a wireless networkad hoc mode no base stations nodes can only
transmit to other nodes within link coverage
nodes organize themselves into a network route among themselves
5 DataLink Layer 5-77
Wireless network taxonomy
single hop multiple hops
infrastructure(eg APs)
noinfrastructure
host connects to base station (WiFiWiMAX cellular) which connects to
larger Internet
no base station noconnection to larger Internet (Bluetooth
ad hoc nets)
host may have torelay through several
wireless nodes to connect to larger
Internet mesh net
no base station noconnection to larger
Internet May have torelay to reach other a given wireless node
MANET VANET
5 DataLink Layer 5-78
Wireless Link Characteristics (1)Differences from wired link hellip
decreased signal strength radio signal attenuates as it propagates through matter (path loss)
interference from other sources standardized wireless network frequencies (eg 24 GHz) shared by other devices (eg phone) devices (motors) interfere as well
multipath propagation radio signal reflects off objects arriving at destination at slightly different times
hellip make communication across (even a point to point) wireless link much more ldquodifficultrdquo
5 DataLink Layer 5-79
Wireless Link Characteristics (2) SNR signal-to-noise ratio
larger SNR ndash easier to extract signal from noise (a ldquogood thingrdquo)
SNR versus BER tradeoffs given physical layer
increase power -gt increase SNR-gtdecrease BER
given SNR choose physical layer that meets BER requirement giving highest thruput
bull SNR may change with mobility dynamically adapt physical layer (modulation technique rate)
10 20 30 40
QAM256 (8 Mbps)
QAM16 (4 Mbps)
BPSK (1 Mbps)
SNR(dB)B
ER
10-1
10-2
10-3
10-5
10-6
10-7
10-4
5 DataLink Layer 5-80
Wireless network characteristicsMultiple wireless senders and receivers create
additional problems (beyond multiple access)
AB
C
Hidden terminal problem B A hear each other B C hear each other A C can not hear each othermeans A C unaware of their
interference at B
A B C
Arsquos signalstrength
space
Crsquos signalstrength
Signal attenuation B A hear each other B C hear each other A C can not hear each other
interfering at B
5 DataLink Layer 5-81
IEEE 80211 Wireless LAN 80211b
24-5 GHz unlicensed spectrum up to 11 Mbps direct sequence spread
spectrum (DSSS) in physical layer
bull all hosts use same chipping code
80211a 5-6 GHz range up to 54 Mbps
80211g 24-5 GHz range up to 54 Mbps
80211n multiple antennae 24-5 GHz range up to 200 Mbps
all use CSMACA for multiple access all have base-station and ad-hoc network versions
5 DataLink Layer 5-82
80211 LAN architecture
wireless host communicates with base station
base station = access point (AP)
Basic Service Set (BSS)(aka ldquocellrdquo) in infrastructure mode contains
wireless hosts access point (AP) base
station ad hoc mode hosts only
BSS 1
BSS 2
Internet
hub switchor routerAP
AP
5 DataLink Layer 5-83
80211 Channels association
80211b 24GHz-2485GHz spectrum divided into 11 channels at different frequencies AP admin chooses frequency for AP interference possible channel can be same as
that chosen by neighboring AP host must associate with an AP
scans channels listening for beacon framescontaining APrsquos name (SSID) and MAC address
selects AP to associate with may perform authentication [Chapter 8] will typically run DHCP to get IP address in APrsquos
subnet
5 DataLink Layer 5-84
80211 passiveactive scanning
AP 2AP 1
H1
BBS 2BBS 1
122
3 4
Active Scanning (1) probe request frame broadcast
from H1(2) probe response frame sent from
APs(3) association request frame sent
H1 to selected AP (4) association response frame sent
H1 to selected AP
AP 2AP 1
H1
BBS 2BBS 1
12 3
1
Passive Scanning(1) beacon frames sent from APs(2) association request frame sent H1
to selected AP (3) association response frame sent
H1 to selected AP
5 DataLink Layer 5-85
IEEE 80211 multiple access avoid collisions 2+ nodes transmitting at same time 80211 CSMA - sense before transmitting
donrsquot collide with ongoing transmission by other node 80211 no collision detection
difficult to receive (sense collisions) when transmitting due to weak received signals (fading)
canrsquot sense all collisions in any case hidden terminal fading goal avoid collisions CSMAC(ollision)A(voidance)
AB
CA B C
Arsquos signalstrength
space
Crsquos signalstrength
5 DataLink Layer 5-86
IEEE 80211 MAC Protocol CSMACA
80211 sender1 if sense channel idle for DIFS then
transmit entire frame (no CD)2 if sense channel busy then
start random backoff timetimer counts down while channel idletransmit when timer expiresif no ACK increase random backoff
interval repeat 280211 receiver- if frame received OK
return ACK after SIFS (ACK needed due to hidden terminal problem)
sender receiver
DIFS
data
SIFS
ACK
5 DataLink Layer 5-87
Avoiding collisions (more)idea allow sender to ldquoreserverdquo channel rather than random
access of data frames avoid collisions of long data frames sender first transmits small request-to-send (RTS) packets
to BS using CSMA RTSs may still collide with each other (but theyrsquore short)
BS broadcasts clear-to-send CTS in response to RTS CTS heard by all nodes
sender transmits data frame other stations defer transmissions
avoid data frame collisions completely using small reservation packets
5 DataLink Layer 5-88
Collision Avoidance RTS-CTS exchange
APA B
time
RTS(A)RTS(B)
RTS(A)
CTS(A) CTS(A)
DATA (A)
ACK(A) ACK(A)
reservation collision
defer
5 DataLink Layer 5-89
framecontrol duration address
1address
2address
4address
3 payload CRC
2 2 6 6 6 2 6 0 - 2312 4
seqcontrol
80211 frame addressing
Address 2 MAC addressof wireless host or AP transmitting this frame
Address 1 MAC addressof wireless host or AP to receive this frame
Address 3 MAC addressof router interface to which AP is attached
Address 4 used only in ad hoc mode
5 DataLink Layer 5-90
Internetrouter
AP
H1 R1
AP MAC addr H1 MAC addr R1 MAC addraddress 1 address 2 address 3
80211 frame
R1 MAC addr H1 MAC addr dest address source address
8023 frame
80211 frame addressing
5 DataLink Layer 5-91
framecontrol duration address
1address
2address
4address
3 payload CRC
2 2 6 6 6 2 6 0 - 2312 4
seqcontrol
Type FromAPSubtype To
APMore frag WEPMore
dataPower
mgtRetry RsvdProtocolversion
2 2 4 1 1 1 1 1 11 1
80211 frame moreduration of reserved transmission time (RTSCTS)
frame seq (for RDT)
frame type(RTS CTS ACK data)
5 DataLink Layer 5-92
hub or switch
AP 2
AP 1
H1 BBS 2
BBS 1
80211 mobility within same subnet
router H1 remains in same IP subnet IP address can remain same
switch which AP is associated with H1
self-learning (Ch 5) switch will see frame from H1 and ldquorememberrdquo which switch port can be used to reach H1
5 DataLink Layer 5-93
80211 advanced capabilities
Rate Adaptation base station mobile
dynamically change transmission rate (physical layer modulation technique) as mobile moves SNR varies
QAM256 (8 Mbps)QAM16 (4 Mbps)BPSK (1 Mbps)
10 20 30 40SNR(dB)
BE
R
10-1
10-2
10-3
10-5
10-6
10-7
10-4
operating point
1 SNR decreases BER increase as node moves away from base station2 When BER becomes too high switch to lower transmission rate but with lower BER
5 DataLink Layer 5-94
80211 advanced capabilitiesPower Management node-to-AP ldquoI am going to sleep until next
beacon framerdquo AP knows not to transmit frames to this
node node wakes up before next beacon frame
beacon frame contains list of mobiles with AP-to-mobile frames waiting to be sent node will stay awake if AP-to-mobile frames
to be sent otherwise sleep again until next beacon frame
5 DataLink Layer 5-17
Channel Partitioning MAC protocols FDMA
FDMA frequency division multiple access channel spectrum divided into frequency bands each station assigned fixed frequency band unused transmission time in frequency bands go idle example 6-station LAN 134 have pkts frequency
bands 256 idle
freq
uenc
y ba
nds
time
5 DataLink Layer 5-18
Random Access Protocols
When node has packet to send transmit at full channel data rate R no a priori coordination among nodes
two or more transmitting nodes rarr ldquocollisionrdquo random access MAC protocol specifies
how to detect collisions how to recover from collisions (eg via delayed
retransmissions) Examples of random access MAC protocols
slotted ALOHA ALOHA CSMA CSMACD CSMACA
5 DataLink Layer 5-19
Slotted ALOHA
Assumptions all frames same size time is divided into
equal size slots time to transmit 1 frame
nodes start to transmit frames only at beginning of slots
nodes are synchronized if 2 or more nodes
transmit in slot all nodes detect collision
Operation when node obtains fresh
frame it transmits in next slot
if no collision node can send new frame in next slot
if collision node retransmits frame in each subsequent slot with prob p until success
5 DataLink Layer 5-20
Slotted ALOHA
Pros single active node can
continuously transmit at full rate of channel
highly decentralized only slots in nodes need to be in sync
simple
Cons collisions wasting slots idle slots nodes may be able to
detect collision in less than time to transmit packet
clock synchronization
5 DataLink Layer 5-21
Slotted Aloha efficiency
Suppose N nodes with many frames to send each transmits in slot with probability p
prob that node 1 has success in a slot= p(1-p)N-1
prob that any node has a success = Np(1-p)N-1
For max efficiency with N nodes find p that maximizes Np(1-p)N-1
For many nodes take limit of Np(1-p)N-1
as N goes to infinity gives 1e = 37
Efficiency is the long-run fraction of successful slots when there are many nodes each with many frames to send
At best channelused for useful transmissions 37of time
5 DataLink Layer 5-22
Pure (unslotted) ALOHA unslotted Aloha simpler no synchronization when frame first arrives
transmit immediately collision probability increases
frame sent at t0 collides with other frames sent in [t0-1t0+1]
5 DataLink Layer 5-23
Pure Aloha efficiencyP(success by given node) = P(node transmits)
P(no other node transmits in [t0-1t0] P(no other node transmits in [t0t0+1]
= p (1-p)N-1 (1-p)N-1
= p (1-p)2(N-1)
hellip choosing optimum p and then letting n rarr infin
= 1(2e) = 18 Even worse
5 DataLink Layer 5-24
CSMA (Carrier Sense Multiple Access)
CSMA listen before transmitIf channel sensed idle transmit entire frame If channel sensed busy defer transmission
Human analogy donrsquot interrupt others
5 DataLink Layer 5-25
CSMA collisionscollisions can still occurpropagation delay means two nodes may not heareach otherrsquos transmission
collisionentire packet transmission time wasted
spatial layout of nodes
noterole of distance amp propagation delay in determining collision probability
5 DataLink Layer 5-26
CSMACD (Collision Detection)CSMACD carrier sensing deferral as in CSMA
collisions detected within short time colliding transmissions aborted reducing channel
wastage collision detection
easy in wired LANs measure signal strengths compare transmitted received signals
difficult in wireless LANs receiver shut off while transmitting
human analogy the polite conversationalist
5 DataLink Layer 5-27
CSMACD collision detection
5 DataLink Layer 5-28
ldquoTaking Turnsrdquo MAC protocols
channel partitioning MAC protocols share channel efficiently and fairly at high load inefficient at low load delay in channel access
1N bandwidth allocated even if only 1 active node
Random access MAC protocols efficient at low load single node can fully
utilize channel high load collision overhead
ldquotaking turnsrdquo protocolslook for best of both worlds
5 DataLink Layer 5-29
ldquoTaking Turnsrdquo MAC protocolsPolling master node
ldquoinvitesrdquo slave nodes to transmit in turn
concerns polling overhead latency single point of
failure (master)
Token passing control token passed from
one node to next sequentially
token message concerns
token overhead latency single point of failure (token)
5 DataLink Layer 5-30
Summary of MAC protocols
What do you do with a shared media Channel Partitioning by time frequency or code
bull Time Division Frequency Division Random partitioning (dynamic)
bull ALOHA S-ALOHA CSMA CSMACDbull carrier sensing easy in some technologies (wire) hard
in others (wireless)bull CSMACD used in Ethernetbull CSMACA used in 80211
Taking Turnsbull polling from a central site token passing
5 DataLink Layer 5-31
MAC Addresses and ARP
32-bit IP address network-layer address used to get datagram to destination IP subnet
MAC (or LAN or ldquophysicalrdquo or Ethernet) address used to get datagram from one interface to
another physically-connected interface (same network)
48 bit MAC address (for most LANs) burned in the adapter ROM
5 DataLink Layer 5-32
LAN Addresses and ARPEach adapter on LAN has unique LAN address
Broadcast address =FF-FF-FF-FF-FF-FF
= adapter
1A-2F-BB-76-09-AD
58-23-D7-FA-20-B0
0C-C4-11-6F-E3-98
71-65-F7-2B-08-53
LAN(wired orwireless)
5 DataLink Layer 5-33
LAN Address (more)
MAC address allocation administered by IEEE manufacturer buys portion of MAC address space
(to assure uniqueness) Analogy
(a) MAC address like Social Security Number(b) IP address like postal address
MAC flat address allows easier portability can move LAN card from one LAN to another
IP hierarchical address NOT portable depends on IP subnet to which node is attached
5 DataLink Layer 5-34
ARP Address Resolution Protocol
Each IP node (Host Router) on LAN has ARP table
ARP Table IPMAC address mappings for some LAN nodes
lt IP address MAC address TTLgt TTL (Time To Live) time
after which address mapping will be forgotten (typically 20 min)
Question how to determineMAC address of Bknowing Brsquos IP address
1A-2F-BB-76-09-AD
58-23-D7-FA-20-B0
0C-C4-11-6F-E3-98
71-65-F7-2B-08-53
LAN
237196723
237196778
237196714
237196788
5 DataLink Layer 5-35
ARP protocol Same LAN (network)
A wants to send datagram to B and Brsquos MAC address not in Arsquos ARP table
A broadcasts ARP query packet containing Bs IP address
Dest MAC address = FF-FF-FF-FF-FF-FF
all machines on LAN receive ARP query
B receives ARP packet replies to A with its (Bs) MAC address
frame sent to Arsquos MAC address (unicast)
A caches (saves) IP-to-MAC address pair in its ARP table until information becomes old (times out)
soft state information that times out (goes away) unless refreshed
ARP is ldquoplug-and-playrdquo nodes create their ARP
tables without intervention from net administrator
5 DataLink Layer 5-36
Routing to another LANwalkthrough send datagram from A to B via R
assume A knowrsquos Brsquos IP address
Two ARP tables in router R one for each IP network (LAN)
A
RB
5 DataLink Layer 5-37
A creates datagram with source A destination B A uses ARP to get Rrsquos MAC address for 111111111110 A creates link-layer frame with Rs MAC address as dest
frame contains A-to-B IP datagram Arsquos adapter sends frame Rrsquos adapter receives frame R removes IP datagram from Ethernet frame sees itrsquos
destined to B R uses ARP to get Brsquos MAC address R creates frame containing A-to-B IP datagram sends to B
A
RB
5 DataLink Layer 5-38
Ethernetldquodominantrdquo wired LAN technology cheap $20 for 100Mbs first widely used LAN technology Simpler cheaper than token LANs and ATM Kept up with speed race 10 Mbps ndash 10 Gbps
Metcalfersquos Ethernetsketch
5 DataLink Layer 5-39
Star topology Bus topology popular through mid 90s Now star topology prevails Connection choices hub or switch (more later)
hub orswitch
5 DataLink Layer 5-40
Ethernet Frame StructureSending adapter encapsulates IP datagram (or other
network layer protocol packet) in Ethernet frame
Preamble 7 bytes with pattern 10101010 followed by one
byte with pattern 10101011 used to synchronize receiver sender clock rates
5 DataLink Layer 5-41
Ethernet Frame Structure (more) Addresses 6 bytes
if adapter receives frame with matching destination address or with broadcast address (eg ARP packet) it passes data in frame to net-layer protocol
otherwise adapter discards frame Type 2 bytes indicates the higher (network)
layer protocol (commonly IP but may also be ARP Novell IPX and AppleTalk etc)
CRC 4 bytes checked at receiver if error is detected the frame is simply dropped
5 DataLink Layer 5-42
Unreliable connectionless service
Connectionless No handshaking between sending and receiving adapter
Unreliable receiving adapter doesnrsquot send acks or nacks to sending adapter
stream of datagrams passed to network layer can have gaps
gaps will be filled if app is using TCP otherwise app will see the gaps
5 DataLink Layer 5-43
Ethernet uses CSMACD
No slots adapter doesnrsquot transmit
if it senses that some other adapter is transmitting that is carrier sense
transmitting adapter aborts when it senses that another adapter is transmitting that is collision detection
Before attempting a retransmission adapter waits a random time that is random access
5 DataLink Layer 5-44
Ethernet CSMACD algorithm1 Adapter receives
datagram from net layer amp creates frame
2 If adapter senses channel idle it starts to transmit frame If it senses channel busy waits until channel idle and then transmits
3 If adapter transmits entire frame without detecting another transmission the adapter is done with frame
4 If adapter detects another transmission while transmitting aborts and sends 48-bit jam signal
5 After aborting adapter enters exponential backoff after the mthcollision adapter chooses a K at random from 012hellip2m-1 Adapter waits K512 bit times and returns to Step 2
5 DataLink Layer 5-45
Frame Size limitations for Ethernet Minimum Frame size (Fmin)
For proper collision detectionFmin = Min frame sizeR = Ethernetrsquos transmission rate
eg 10 Mbsdmax = max Ethernet segment
lengthS = Propagation speed (2x108
ms)FminR ge 2dmaxS
Maximum Frame Size (Fmax)For fairness among competing nodes
Fmin=64 Bytes Fmax=1500 Bytes
A Bd
2dS
tim
e
Arsquos frame
Brsquos frame
Arsquos frame in yellowBrsquos frame in green
For proper collision detection Arsquos frame should last at least until Brsquos frame reaches A
5 DataLink Layer 5-46
Ethernetrsquos CSMACD (more)Jam Signal make sure all
other transmitters are aware of collision 48 bits
Random retransmission delayK 512 bit transmission times where K is randomly selected bit time is 01 microsec for 10 Mbps and 001 microsec for 100 Mbps Ethernet
Exponential Backoff Goal adapt retransmission
attempts to estimated current load
heavy load random wait will be longer
first collision choose K from 01 delay is K 512 bit transmission times
after second collision choose K from 0123hellip
after ten collisions choose K from 01234hellip1023
for max value of K=1023 wait time is about 50 msec for 10 Mbps 5 msec for 100 Mbps Ethernet
Seeinteract with Javaapplet on AWL Web sitehighly recommended
5 DataLink Layer 5-47
CSMACD efficiency
tprop = max prop between 2 nodes in LAN ttrans = time to transmit max-size frame
Efficiency goes to 1 as tprop goes to 0 Goes to 1 as ttrans goes to infinity Much better than ALOHA but still decentralized
simple and cheap
1efficiency1 5 prop transt t
asymp+
5 DataLink Layer 5-48
10BaseT and 100BaseT 10100 Mbps rates T stands for Twisted Pair Base stands for Baseband (unmodulated) Nodes connect to a hub ldquostar topologyrdquo 100 m
max distance between nodes and hub
twisted pair
hub
5 DataLink Layer 5-49
HubsHubs are essentially physical-layer repeaters
bits coming from one link go out all other links at the same rate no frame buffering no CSMACD at hub adapters detect collisions provides net management functionality
twisted pair
hub
5 DataLink Layer 5-50
Gbit Ethernet
uses standard Ethernet frame format allows for point-to-point links and shared
broadcast channels in shared mode CSMACD is used short
distances between nodes required for efficiency
Full-Duplex at 1 Gbps for point-to-point links
10 Gbps now
5 DataLink Layer 5-51
Interconnecting with hubs Backbone hub interconnects LAN segments Extends max distance between nodes But individual segment collision domains become one
large collision domain Canrsquot interconnect 10BaseT amp 100BaseT
hub hub hub
hub
5 DataLink Layer 5-52
Switch Link layer device
stores and forwards Ethernet frames examines frame header and selectively
forwards frame based on MAC dest address when frame is to be forwarded on segment
uses CSMACD to access segment transparent
hosts are unaware of presence of switches plug-and-play self-learning
switches do not need to be configured
5 DataLink Layer 5-53
Forwarding
bull How do determine onto which LAN segment to forward framebull Looks like a routing problem
hub hubhub
switch1
2 3
5 DataLink Layer 5-54
Self learning
A switch has a switch table entry in switch table
(MAC Address Interface Time Stamp) stale entries in table dropped (TTL can be 60 min)
switch learns which hosts can be reached through which interfaces when frame received switch ldquolearnsrdquo location of
sender incoming LAN segment records senderlocation pair in switch table
5 DataLink Layer 5-55
FilteringForwardingWhen switch receives a frame
index switch table using MAC dest addressif entry found for destination
thenif dest on segment from which frame arrived
then drop the frameelse forward the frame on interface indicated
else flood
forward on all but the interface on which the frame arrived
5 DataLink Layer 5-56
Switch exampleSuppose C sends frame to D
Switch receives frame from from C notes in bridge table that C is on interface 1 because D is not in table switch forwards frame into
interfaces 2 and 3 frame received by D
hub hub hub
switch
A
B CD
EF G H
I
address interfaceABEG
1123
12 3
5 DataLink Layer 5-57
Switch exampleSuppose C sends frame to D
Switch receives frame from from C notes in bridge table that C is on interface 1 because D is not in table switch forwards frame into
interfaces 2 and 3 frame received by D
hub hub hub
switch
A
B CD
EF G H
I
address interfaceABEGC
11231
12 3
5 DataLink Layer 5-58
Switch exampleSuppose D replies back with frame to C
Switch receives frame from from D notes in bridge table that D is on interface 2 because C is in table switch forwards frame only to
interface 1 frame received by C
hub hub hub
switch
A
B CD
EF G H
I
address interfaceABEGC
11231
12 3
5 DataLink Layer 5-59
Switch exampleSuppose D replies back with frame to C
Switch receives frame from from D notes in bridge table that D is on interface 2 because C is in table switch forwards frame only to
interface 1 frame received by C
hub hub hub
switch
A
B CD
EF G H
I
address interfaceABEGCD
112312
12 3
5 DataLink Layer 5-60
Switch traffic isolation switch installation breaks subnet into LAN
segments switch filters packets
same-LAN-segment frames not usually forwarded onto other LAN segments
segments become separate collision domains
hub hub hub
switch
collision domain collision domain
collision domain
5 DataLink Layer 5-61
Switches dedicated access Switch with many
interfaces Hosts have direct
connection to switch No collisions full duplex
Switching A-to-Arsquo and B-to-Brsquo simultaneously no collisions
combinations of shareddedicated 101001000 Mbps interfaces possible
switch
A
Arsquo
B
Brsquo
C
Crsquo
5 DataLink Layer 5-62
Institutional network
hub hubhub
switch
to externalnetwork
router
IP subnet
mail server
web server
5 DataLink Layer 5-63
Switches vs Routers both store-and-forward devices
routers network layer devices (examine network layer headers)
switches are link layer devices routers maintain routing tables implement routing
algorithms switches maintain switch tables implement
filtering learning algorithms
5 DataLink Layer 5-64
Summary comparison
hubs routers switches
traffic isolation
no yes yes
plug amp play yes no yes
optimal routing
no yes no
5 DataLink Layer 5-65
VLANs motivation
What happens if CS user moves office to EE
but wants connect to CS switch
single broadcast domain all layer-2 broadcast
traffic (ARP DHCP) crosses entire LAN (securityprivacy efficiency issues)
each lowest level switch has only few ports in use
Computer Science Electrical
EngineeringComputerEngineering
Whatrsquos wrong with this picture
5 DataLink Layer 5-66
VLANs Port-based VLAN switch ports grouped (by switch management software) so that single physical switch helliphellip
Switch(es) supporting VLAN capabilities can be configured to define multiple virtual LANS over single physical LAN infrastructure
Virtual Local Area Network
1
8
9
16102
7
hellip
Electrical Engineering(VLAN ports 1-8)
Computer Science(VLAN ports 9-15)
15
hellip
Electrical Engineering(VLAN ports 1-8)
hellip
1
82
7 9
1610
15
hellip
Computer Science(VLAN ports 9-16)
hellip operates as multiple virtual switches
5 DataLink Layer 5-67
Port-based VLAN
1
8
9
16102
7
hellip
Electrical Engineering(VLAN ports 1-8)
Computer Science(VLAN ports 9-15)
15
hellip
traffic isolation frames tofrom ports 1-8 can only reach ports 1-8
can also define VLAN based on MAC addresses of endpoints rather than switch port
dynamic membershipports can be dynamically assigned among VLANs
router
forwarding between VLANSdone via routing (just as with separate switches)
in practice vendors sell combined switches plus routers
5 DataLink Layer 5-68
VLANS spanning multiple switches
trunk port carries frames between VLANS defined over multiple physical switches
frames forwarded within VLAN between switches canrsquot be vanilla 8021 frames (must carry VLAN ID info)
8021q protocol addsremoves additional header fields for frames forwarded between trunk ports
1
8
9
102
7
hellip
Electrical Engineering(VLAN ports 1-8)
Computer Science(VLAN ports 9-15)
15
hellip
2
73
Ports 235 belong to EE VLANPorts 4678 belong to CS VLAN
5
4 6 816
1
5 DataLink Layer 5-69
Type
2-byte Tag Protocol Identifier(value 81-00)
Tag Control Information (12 bit VLAN ID field 3 bit priority field like IP TOS)
Recomputed CRC
8021Q VLAN frame format
8021 frame
8021Q frame
5 DataLink Layer 5-70
Chapter 6 Wireless and Mobile Networks
Background wireless (mobile) phone subscribers now
exceeds wired phone subscribers computer nets laptops palmtops PDAs
Internet-enabled phone promise anytime untethered Internet access
two important (but different) challenges wireless communication over wireless link mobility handling the mobile user who changes point
of attachment to network
5 DataLink Layer 5-71
Elements of a wireless network
network infrastructure
wireless hosts laptop PDA IP phone run applications may be stationary
(non-mobile) or mobile wireless does not
always mean mobility
5 DataLink Layer 5-72
Elements of a wireless network
network infrastructure
base station typically connected to
wired network relay - responsible
for sending packets between wired network and wireless host(s) in its ldquoareardquo
eg cell towers 80211 access points
5 DataLink Layer 5-73
Elements of a wireless network
network infrastructure
wireless link typically used to
connect mobile(s) to base station
also used as backbone link
multiple access protocol coordinates link access
various data rates transmission distance
5 DataLink Layer 5-74
Characteristics of selected wireless link standards
Indoor10-30m
Outdoor50-200m
Mid-rangeoutdoor
200m ndash 4 Km
Long-rangeoutdoor
5Km ndash 20 Km
056
384
1
4
5-11
54
IS-95 CDMA GSM 2G
UMTSWCDMA CDMA2000 3G
80215
80211b
80211ag
UMTSWCDMA-HSPDA CDMA2000-1xEVDO 3G cellularenhanced
80216 (WiMAX)
80211ag point-to-point
200 80211n
Dat
a ra
te (M
bps) data
5 DataLink Layer 5-75
Elements of a wireless network
network infrastructure
infrastructure mode base station connects
mobiles into wired network
handoff mobile changes base station providing connection into wired network
5 DataLink Layer 5-76
Elements of a wireless networkad hoc mode no base stations nodes can only
transmit to other nodes within link coverage
nodes organize themselves into a network route among themselves
5 DataLink Layer 5-77
Wireless network taxonomy
single hop multiple hops
infrastructure(eg APs)
noinfrastructure
host connects to base station (WiFiWiMAX cellular) which connects to
larger Internet
no base station noconnection to larger Internet (Bluetooth
ad hoc nets)
host may have torelay through several
wireless nodes to connect to larger
Internet mesh net
no base station noconnection to larger
Internet May have torelay to reach other a given wireless node
MANET VANET
5 DataLink Layer 5-78
Wireless Link Characteristics (1)Differences from wired link hellip
decreased signal strength radio signal attenuates as it propagates through matter (path loss)
interference from other sources standardized wireless network frequencies (eg 24 GHz) shared by other devices (eg phone) devices (motors) interfere as well
multipath propagation radio signal reflects off objects arriving at destination at slightly different times
hellip make communication across (even a point to point) wireless link much more ldquodifficultrdquo
5 DataLink Layer 5-79
Wireless Link Characteristics (2) SNR signal-to-noise ratio
larger SNR ndash easier to extract signal from noise (a ldquogood thingrdquo)
SNR versus BER tradeoffs given physical layer
increase power -gt increase SNR-gtdecrease BER
given SNR choose physical layer that meets BER requirement giving highest thruput
bull SNR may change with mobility dynamically adapt physical layer (modulation technique rate)
10 20 30 40
QAM256 (8 Mbps)
QAM16 (4 Mbps)
BPSK (1 Mbps)
SNR(dB)B
ER
10-1
10-2
10-3
10-5
10-6
10-7
10-4
5 DataLink Layer 5-80
Wireless network characteristicsMultiple wireless senders and receivers create
additional problems (beyond multiple access)
AB
C
Hidden terminal problem B A hear each other B C hear each other A C can not hear each othermeans A C unaware of their
interference at B
A B C
Arsquos signalstrength
space
Crsquos signalstrength
Signal attenuation B A hear each other B C hear each other A C can not hear each other
interfering at B
5 DataLink Layer 5-81
IEEE 80211 Wireless LAN 80211b
24-5 GHz unlicensed spectrum up to 11 Mbps direct sequence spread
spectrum (DSSS) in physical layer
bull all hosts use same chipping code
80211a 5-6 GHz range up to 54 Mbps
80211g 24-5 GHz range up to 54 Mbps
80211n multiple antennae 24-5 GHz range up to 200 Mbps
all use CSMACA for multiple access all have base-station and ad-hoc network versions
5 DataLink Layer 5-82
80211 LAN architecture
wireless host communicates with base station
base station = access point (AP)
Basic Service Set (BSS)(aka ldquocellrdquo) in infrastructure mode contains
wireless hosts access point (AP) base
station ad hoc mode hosts only
BSS 1
BSS 2
Internet
hub switchor routerAP
AP
5 DataLink Layer 5-83
80211 Channels association
80211b 24GHz-2485GHz spectrum divided into 11 channels at different frequencies AP admin chooses frequency for AP interference possible channel can be same as
that chosen by neighboring AP host must associate with an AP
scans channels listening for beacon framescontaining APrsquos name (SSID) and MAC address
selects AP to associate with may perform authentication [Chapter 8] will typically run DHCP to get IP address in APrsquos
subnet
5 DataLink Layer 5-84
80211 passiveactive scanning
AP 2AP 1
H1
BBS 2BBS 1
122
3 4
Active Scanning (1) probe request frame broadcast
from H1(2) probe response frame sent from
APs(3) association request frame sent
H1 to selected AP (4) association response frame sent
H1 to selected AP
AP 2AP 1
H1
BBS 2BBS 1
12 3
1
Passive Scanning(1) beacon frames sent from APs(2) association request frame sent H1
to selected AP (3) association response frame sent
H1 to selected AP
5 DataLink Layer 5-85
IEEE 80211 multiple access avoid collisions 2+ nodes transmitting at same time 80211 CSMA - sense before transmitting
donrsquot collide with ongoing transmission by other node 80211 no collision detection
difficult to receive (sense collisions) when transmitting due to weak received signals (fading)
canrsquot sense all collisions in any case hidden terminal fading goal avoid collisions CSMAC(ollision)A(voidance)
AB
CA B C
Arsquos signalstrength
space
Crsquos signalstrength
5 DataLink Layer 5-86
IEEE 80211 MAC Protocol CSMACA
80211 sender1 if sense channel idle for DIFS then
transmit entire frame (no CD)2 if sense channel busy then
start random backoff timetimer counts down while channel idletransmit when timer expiresif no ACK increase random backoff
interval repeat 280211 receiver- if frame received OK
return ACK after SIFS (ACK needed due to hidden terminal problem)
sender receiver
DIFS
data
SIFS
ACK
5 DataLink Layer 5-87
Avoiding collisions (more)idea allow sender to ldquoreserverdquo channel rather than random
access of data frames avoid collisions of long data frames sender first transmits small request-to-send (RTS) packets
to BS using CSMA RTSs may still collide with each other (but theyrsquore short)
BS broadcasts clear-to-send CTS in response to RTS CTS heard by all nodes
sender transmits data frame other stations defer transmissions
avoid data frame collisions completely using small reservation packets
5 DataLink Layer 5-88
Collision Avoidance RTS-CTS exchange
APA B
time
RTS(A)RTS(B)
RTS(A)
CTS(A) CTS(A)
DATA (A)
ACK(A) ACK(A)
reservation collision
defer
5 DataLink Layer 5-89
framecontrol duration address
1address
2address
4address
3 payload CRC
2 2 6 6 6 2 6 0 - 2312 4
seqcontrol
80211 frame addressing
Address 2 MAC addressof wireless host or AP transmitting this frame
Address 1 MAC addressof wireless host or AP to receive this frame
Address 3 MAC addressof router interface to which AP is attached
Address 4 used only in ad hoc mode
5 DataLink Layer 5-90
Internetrouter
AP
H1 R1
AP MAC addr H1 MAC addr R1 MAC addraddress 1 address 2 address 3
80211 frame
R1 MAC addr H1 MAC addr dest address source address
8023 frame
80211 frame addressing
5 DataLink Layer 5-91
framecontrol duration address
1address
2address
4address
3 payload CRC
2 2 6 6 6 2 6 0 - 2312 4
seqcontrol
Type FromAPSubtype To
APMore frag WEPMore
dataPower
mgtRetry RsvdProtocolversion
2 2 4 1 1 1 1 1 11 1
80211 frame moreduration of reserved transmission time (RTSCTS)
frame seq (for RDT)
frame type(RTS CTS ACK data)
5 DataLink Layer 5-92
hub or switch
AP 2
AP 1
H1 BBS 2
BBS 1
80211 mobility within same subnet
router H1 remains in same IP subnet IP address can remain same
switch which AP is associated with H1
self-learning (Ch 5) switch will see frame from H1 and ldquorememberrdquo which switch port can be used to reach H1
5 DataLink Layer 5-93
80211 advanced capabilities
Rate Adaptation base station mobile
dynamically change transmission rate (physical layer modulation technique) as mobile moves SNR varies
QAM256 (8 Mbps)QAM16 (4 Mbps)BPSK (1 Mbps)
10 20 30 40SNR(dB)
BE
R
10-1
10-2
10-3
10-5
10-6
10-7
10-4
operating point
1 SNR decreases BER increase as node moves away from base station2 When BER becomes too high switch to lower transmission rate but with lower BER
5 DataLink Layer 5-94
80211 advanced capabilitiesPower Management node-to-AP ldquoI am going to sleep until next
beacon framerdquo AP knows not to transmit frames to this
node node wakes up before next beacon frame
beacon frame contains list of mobiles with AP-to-mobile frames waiting to be sent node will stay awake if AP-to-mobile frames
to be sent otherwise sleep again until next beacon frame
5 DataLink Layer 5-18
Random Access Protocols
When node has packet to send transmit at full channel data rate R no a priori coordination among nodes
two or more transmitting nodes rarr ldquocollisionrdquo random access MAC protocol specifies
how to detect collisions how to recover from collisions (eg via delayed
retransmissions) Examples of random access MAC protocols
slotted ALOHA ALOHA CSMA CSMACD CSMACA
5 DataLink Layer 5-19
Slotted ALOHA
Assumptions all frames same size time is divided into
equal size slots time to transmit 1 frame
nodes start to transmit frames only at beginning of slots
nodes are synchronized if 2 or more nodes
transmit in slot all nodes detect collision
Operation when node obtains fresh
frame it transmits in next slot
if no collision node can send new frame in next slot
if collision node retransmits frame in each subsequent slot with prob p until success
5 DataLink Layer 5-20
Slotted ALOHA
Pros single active node can
continuously transmit at full rate of channel
highly decentralized only slots in nodes need to be in sync
simple
Cons collisions wasting slots idle slots nodes may be able to
detect collision in less than time to transmit packet
clock synchronization
5 DataLink Layer 5-21
Slotted Aloha efficiency
Suppose N nodes with many frames to send each transmits in slot with probability p
prob that node 1 has success in a slot= p(1-p)N-1
prob that any node has a success = Np(1-p)N-1
For max efficiency with N nodes find p that maximizes Np(1-p)N-1
For many nodes take limit of Np(1-p)N-1
as N goes to infinity gives 1e = 37
Efficiency is the long-run fraction of successful slots when there are many nodes each with many frames to send
At best channelused for useful transmissions 37of time
5 DataLink Layer 5-22
Pure (unslotted) ALOHA unslotted Aloha simpler no synchronization when frame first arrives
transmit immediately collision probability increases
frame sent at t0 collides with other frames sent in [t0-1t0+1]
5 DataLink Layer 5-23
Pure Aloha efficiencyP(success by given node) = P(node transmits)
P(no other node transmits in [t0-1t0] P(no other node transmits in [t0t0+1]
= p (1-p)N-1 (1-p)N-1
= p (1-p)2(N-1)
hellip choosing optimum p and then letting n rarr infin
= 1(2e) = 18 Even worse
5 DataLink Layer 5-24
CSMA (Carrier Sense Multiple Access)
CSMA listen before transmitIf channel sensed idle transmit entire frame If channel sensed busy defer transmission
Human analogy donrsquot interrupt others
5 DataLink Layer 5-25
CSMA collisionscollisions can still occurpropagation delay means two nodes may not heareach otherrsquos transmission
collisionentire packet transmission time wasted
spatial layout of nodes
noterole of distance amp propagation delay in determining collision probability
5 DataLink Layer 5-26
CSMACD (Collision Detection)CSMACD carrier sensing deferral as in CSMA
collisions detected within short time colliding transmissions aborted reducing channel
wastage collision detection
easy in wired LANs measure signal strengths compare transmitted received signals
difficult in wireless LANs receiver shut off while transmitting
human analogy the polite conversationalist
5 DataLink Layer 5-27
CSMACD collision detection
5 DataLink Layer 5-28
ldquoTaking Turnsrdquo MAC protocols
channel partitioning MAC protocols share channel efficiently and fairly at high load inefficient at low load delay in channel access
1N bandwidth allocated even if only 1 active node
Random access MAC protocols efficient at low load single node can fully
utilize channel high load collision overhead
ldquotaking turnsrdquo protocolslook for best of both worlds
5 DataLink Layer 5-29
ldquoTaking Turnsrdquo MAC protocolsPolling master node
ldquoinvitesrdquo slave nodes to transmit in turn
concerns polling overhead latency single point of
failure (master)
Token passing control token passed from
one node to next sequentially
token message concerns
token overhead latency single point of failure (token)
5 DataLink Layer 5-30
Summary of MAC protocols
What do you do with a shared media Channel Partitioning by time frequency or code
bull Time Division Frequency Division Random partitioning (dynamic)
bull ALOHA S-ALOHA CSMA CSMACDbull carrier sensing easy in some technologies (wire) hard
in others (wireless)bull CSMACD used in Ethernetbull CSMACA used in 80211
Taking Turnsbull polling from a central site token passing
5 DataLink Layer 5-31
MAC Addresses and ARP
32-bit IP address network-layer address used to get datagram to destination IP subnet
MAC (or LAN or ldquophysicalrdquo or Ethernet) address used to get datagram from one interface to
another physically-connected interface (same network)
48 bit MAC address (for most LANs) burned in the adapter ROM
5 DataLink Layer 5-32
LAN Addresses and ARPEach adapter on LAN has unique LAN address
Broadcast address =FF-FF-FF-FF-FF-FF
= adapter
1A-2F-BB-76-09-AD
58-23-D7-FA-20-B0
0C-C4-11-6F-E3-98
71-65-F7-2B-08-53
LAN(wired orwireless)
5 DataLink Layer 5-33
LAN Address (more)
MAC address allocation administered by IEEE manufacturer buys portion of MAC address space
(to assure uniqueness) Analogy
(a) MAC address like Social Security Number(b) IP address like postal address
MAC flat address allows easier portability can move LAN card from one LAN to another
IP hierarchical address NOT portable depends on IP subnet to which node is attached
5 DataLink Layer 5-34
ARP Address Resolution Protocol
Each IP node (Host Router) on LAN has ARP table
ARP Table IPMAC address mappings for some LAN nodes
lt IP address MAC address TTLgt TTL (Time To Live) time
after which address mapping will be forgotten (typically 20 min)
Question how to determineMAC address of Bknowing Brsquos IP address
1A-2F-BB-76-09-AD
58-23-D7-FA-20-B0
0C-C4-11-6F-E3-98
71-65-F7-2B-08-53
LAN
237196723
237196778
237196714
237196788
5 DataLink Layer 5-35
ARP protocol Same LAN (network)
A wants to send datagram to B and Brsquos MAC address not in Arsquos ARP table
A broadcasts ARP query packet containing Bs IP address
Dest MAC address = FF-FF-FF-FF-FF-FF
all machines on LAN receive ARP query
B receives ARP packet replies to A with its (Bs) MAC address
frame sent to Arsquos MAC address (unicast)
A caches (saves) IP-to-MAC address pair in its ARP table until information becomes old (times out)
soft state information that times out (goes away) unless refreshed
ARP is ldquoplug-and-playrdquo nodes create their ARP
tables without intervention from net administrator
5 DataLink Layer 5-36
Routing to another LANwalkthrough send datagram from A to B via R
assume A knowrsquos Brsquos IP address
Two ARP tables in router R one for each IP network (LAN)
A
RB
5 DataLink Layer 5-37
A creates datagram with source A destination B A uses ARP to get Rrsquos MAC address for 111111111110 A creates link-layer frame with Rs MAC address as dest
frame contains A-to-B IP datagram Arsquos adapter sends frame Rrsquos adapter receives frame R removes IP datagram from Ethernet frame sees itrsquos
destined to B R uses ARP to get Brsquos MAC address R creates frame containing A-to-B IP datagram sends to B
A
RB
5 DataLink Layer 5-38
Ethernetldquodominantrdquo wired LAN technology cheap $20 for 100Mbs first widely used LAN technology Simpler cheaper than token LANs and ATM Kept up with speed race 10 Mbps ndash 10 Gbps
Metcalfersquos Ethernetsketch
5 DataLink Layer 5-39
Star topology Bus topology popular through mid 90s Now star topology prevails Connection choices hub or switch (more later)
hub orswitch
5 DataLink Layer 5-40
Ethernet Frame StructureSending adapter encapsulates IP datagram (or other
network layer protocol packet) in Ethernet frame
Preamble 7 bytes with pattern 10101010 followed by one
byte with pattern 10101011 used to synchronize receiver sender clock rates
5 DataLink Layer 5-41
Ethernet Frame Structure (more) Addresses 6 bytes
if adapter receives frame with matching destination address or with broadcast address (eg ARP packet) it passes data in frame to net-layer protocol
otherwise adapter discards frame Type 2 bytes indicates the higher (network)
layer protocol (commonly IP but may also be ARP Novell IPX and AppleTalk etc)
CRC 4 bytes checked at receiver if error is detected the frame is simply dropped
5 DataLink Layer 5-42
Unreliable connectionless service
Connectionless No handshaking between sending and receiving adapter
Unreliable receiving adapter doesnrsquot send acks or nacks to sending adapter
stream of datagrams passed to network layer can have gaps
gaps will be filled if app is using TCP otherwise app will see the gaps
5 DataLink Layer 5-43
Ethernet uses CSMACD
No slots adapter doesnrsquot transmit
if it senses that some other adapter is transmitting that is carrier sense
transmitting adapter aborts when it senses that another adapter is transmitting that is collision detection
Before attempting a retransmission adapter waits a random time that is random access
5 DataLink Layer 5-44
Ethernet CSMACD algorithm1 Adapter receives
datagram from net layer amp creates frame
2 If adapter senses channel idle it starts to transmit frame If it senses channel busy waits until channel idle and then transmits
3 If adapter transmits entire frame without detecting another transmission the adapter is done with frame
4 If adapter detects another transmission while transmitting aborts and sends 48-bit jam signal
5 After aborting adapter enters exponential backoff after the mthcollision adapter chooses a K at random from 012hellip2m-1 Adapter waits K512 bit times and returns to Step 2
5 DataLink Layer 5-45
Frame Size limitations for Ethernet Minimum Frame size (Fmin)
For proper collision detectionFmin = Min frame sizeR = Ethernetrsquos transmission rate
eg 10 Mbsdmax = max Ethernet segment
lengthS = Propagation speed (2x108
ms)FminR ge 2dmaxS
Maximum Frame Size (Fmax)For fairness among competing nodes
Fmin=64 Bytes Fmax=1500 Bytes
A Bd
2dS
tim
e
Arsquos frame
Brsquos frame
Arsquos frame in yellowBrsquos frame in green
For proper collision detection Arsquos frame should last at least until Brsquos frame reaches A
5 DataLink Layer 5-46
Ethernetrsquos CSMACD (more)Jam Signal make sure all
other transmitters are aware of collision 48 bits
Random retransmission delayK 512 bit transmission times where K is randomly selected bit time is 01 microsec for 10 Mbps and 001 microsec for 100 Mbps Ethernet
Exponential Backoff Goal adapt retransmission
attempts to estimated current load
heavy load random wait will be longer
first collision choose K from 01 delay is K 512 bit transmission times
after second collision choose K from 0123hellip
after ten collisions choose K from 01234hellip1023
for max value of K=1023 wait time is about 50 msec for 10 Mbps 5 msec for 100 Mbps Ethernet
Seeinteract with Javaapplet on AWL Web sitehighly recommended
5 DataLink Layer 5-47
CSMACD efficiency
tprop = max prop between 2 nodes in LAN ttrans = time to transmit max-size frame
Efficiency goes to 1 as tprop goes to 0 Goes to 1 as ttrans goes to infinity Much better than ALOHA but still decentralized
simple and cheap
1efficiency1 5 prop transt t
asymp+
5 DataLink Layer 5-48
10BaseT and 100BaseT 10100 Mbps rates T stands for Twisted Pair Base stands for Baseband (unmodulated) Nodes connect to a hub ldquostar topologyrdquo 100 m
max distance between nodes and hub
twisted pair
hub
5 DataLink Layer 5-49
HubsHubs are essentially physical-layer repeaters
bits coming from one link go out all other links at the same rate no frame buffering no CSMACD at hub adapters detect collisions provides net management functionality
twisted pair
hub
5 DataLink Layer 5-50
Gbit Ethernet
uses standard Ethernet frame format allows for point-to-point links and shared
broadcast channels in shared mode CSMACD is used short
distances between nodes required for efficiency
Full-Duplex at 1 Gbps for point-to-point links
10 Gbps now
5 DataLink Layer 5-51
Interconnecting with hubs Backbone hub interconnects LAN segments Extends max distance between nodes But individual segment collision domains become one
large collision domain Canrsquot interconnect 10BaseT amp 100BaseT
hub hub hub
hub
5 DataLink Layer 5-52
Switch Link layer device
stores and forwards Ethernet frames examines frame header and selectively
forwards frame based on MAC dest address when frame is to be forwarded on segment
uses CSMACD to access segment transparent
hosts are unaware of presence of switches plug-and-play self-learning
switches do not need to be configured
5 DataLink Layer 5-53
Forwarding
bull How do determine onto which LAN segment to forward framebull Looks like a routing problem
hub hubhub
switch1
2 3
5 DataLink Layer 5-54
Self learning
A switch has a switch table entry in switch table
(MAC Address Interface Time Stamp) stale entries in table dropped (TTL can be 60 min)
switch learns which hosts can be reached through which interfaces when frame received switch ldquolearnsrdquo location of
sender incoming LAN segment records senderlocation pair in switch table
5 DataLink Layer 5-55
FilteringForwardingWhen switch receives a frame
index switch table using MAC dest addressif entry found for destination
thenif dest on segment from which frame arrived
then drop the frameelse forward the frame on interface indicated
else flood
forward on all but the interface on which the frame arrived
5 DataLink Layer 5-56
Switch exampleSuppose C sends frame to D
Switch receives frame from from C notes in bridge table that C is on interface 1 because D is not in table switch forwards frame into
interfaces 2 and 3 frame received by D
hub hub hub
switch
A
B CD
EF G H
I
address interfaceABEG
1123
12 3
5 DataLink Layer 5-57
Switch exampleSuppose C sends frame to D
Switch receives frame from from C notes in bridge table that C is on interface 1 because D is not in table switch forwards frame into
interfaces 2 and 3 frame received by D
hub hub hub
switch
A
B CD
EF G H
I
address interfaceABEGC
11231
12 3
5 DataLink Layer 5-58
Switch exampleSuppose D replies back with frame to C
Switch receives frame from from D notes in bridge table that D is on interface 2 because C is in table switch forwards frame only to
interface 1 frame received by C
hub hub hub
switch
A
B CD
EF G H
I
address interfaceABEGC
11231
12 3
5 DataLink Layer 5-59
Switch exampleSuppose D replies back with frame to C
Switch receives frame from from D notes in bridge table that D is on interface 2 because C is in table switch forwards frame only to
interface 1 frame received by C
hub hub hub
switch
A
B CD
EF G H
I
address interfaceABEGCD
112312
12 3
5 DataLink Layer 5-60
Switch traffic isolation switch installation breaks subnet into LAN
segments switch filters packets
same-LAN-segment frames not usually forwarded onto other LAN segments
segments become separate collision domains
hub hub hub
switch
collision domain collision domain
collision domain
5 DataLink Layer 5-61
Switches dedicated access Switch with many
interfaces Hosts have direct
connection to switch No collisions full duplex
Switching A-to-Arsquo and B-to-Brsquo simultaneously no collisions
combinations of shareddedicated 101001000 Mbps interfaces possible
switch
A
Arsquo
B
Brsquo
C
Crsquo
5 DataLink Layer 5-62
Institutional network
hub hubhub
switch
to externalnetwork
router
IP subnet
mail server
web server
5 DataLink Layer 5-63
Switches vs Routers both store-and-forward devices
routers network layer devices (examine network layer headers)
switches are link layer devices routers maintain routing tables implement routing
algorithms switches maintain switch tables implement
filtering learning algorithms
5 DataLink Layer 5-64
Summary comparison
hubs routers switches
traffic isolation
no yes yes
plug amp play yes no yes
optimal routing
no yes no
5 DataLink Layer 5-65
VLANs motivation
What happens if CS user moves office to EE
but wants connect to CS switch
single broadcast domain all layer-2 broadcast
traffic (ARP DHCP) crosses entire LAN (securityprivacy efficiency issues)
each lowest level switch has only few ports in use
Computer Science Electrical
EngineeringComputerEngineering
Whatrsquos wrong with this picture
5 DataLink Layer 5-66
VLANs Port-based VLAN switch ports grouped (by switch management software) so that single physical switch helliphellip
Switch(es) supporting VLAN capabilities can be configured to define multiple virtual LANS over single physical LAN infrastructure
Virtual Local Area Network
1
8
9
16102
7
hellip
Electrical Engineering(VLAN ports 1-8)
Computer Science(VLAN ports 9-15)
15
hellip
Electrical Engineering(VLAN ports 1-8)
hellip
1
82
7 9
1610
15
hellip
Computer Science(VLAN ports 9-16)
hellip operates as multiple virtual switches
5 DataLink Layer 5-67
Port-based VLAN
1
8
9
16102
7
hellip
Electrical Engineering(VLAN ports 1-8)
Computer Science(VLAN ports 9-15)
15
hellip
traffic isolation frames tofrom ports 1-8 can only reach ports 1-8
can also define VLAN based on MAC addresses of endpoints rather than switch port
dynamic membershipports can be dynamically assigned among VLANs
router
forwarding between VLANSdone via routing (just as with separate switches)
in practice vendors sell combined switches plus routers
5 DataLink Layer 5-68
VLANS spanning multiple switches
trunk port carries frames between VLANS defined over multiple physical switches
frames forwarded within VLAN between switches canrsquot be vanilla 8021 frames (must carry VLAN ID info)
8021q protocol addsremoves additional header fields for frames forwarded between trunk ports
1
8
9
102
7
hellip
Electrical Engineering(VLAN ports 1-8)
Computer Science(VLAN ports 9-15)
15
hellip
2
73
Ports 235 belong to EE VLANPorts 4678 belong to CS VLAN
5
4 6 816
1
5 DataLink Layer 5-69
Type
2-byte Tag Protocol Identifier(value 81-00)
Tag Control Information (12 bit VLAN ID field 3 bit priority field like IP TOS)
Recomputed CRC
8021Q VLAN frame format
8021 frame
8021Q frame
5 DataLink Layer 5-70
Chapter 6 Wireless and Mobile Networks
Background wireless (mobile) phone subscribers now
exceeds wired phone subscribers computer nets laptops palmtops PDAs
Internet-enabled phone promise anytime untethered Internet access
two important (but different) challenges wireless communication over wireless link mobility handling the mobile user who changes point
of attachment to network
5 DataLink Layer 5-71
Elements of a wireless network
network infrastructure
wireless hosts laptop PDA IP phone run applications may be stationary
(non-mobile) or mobile wireless does not
always mean mobility
5 DataLink Layer 5-72
Elements of a wireless network
network infrastructure
base station typically connected to
wired network relay - responsible
for sending packets between wired network and wireless host(s) in its ldquoareardquo
eg cell towers 80211 access points
5 DataLink Layer 5-73
Elements of a wireless network
network infrastructure
wireless link typically used to
connect mobile(s) to base station
also used as backbone link
multiple access protocol coordinates link access
various data rates transmission distance
5 DataLink Layer 5-74
Characteristics of selected wireless link standards
Indoor10-30m
Outdoor50-200m
Mid-rangeoutdoor
200m ndash 4 Km
Long-rangeoutdoor
5Km ndash 20 Km
056
384
1
4
5-11
54
IS-95 CDMA GSM 2G
UMTSWCDMA CDMA2000 3G
80215
80211b
80211ag
UMTSWCDMA-HSPDA CDMA2000-1xEVDO 3G cellularenhanced
80216 (WiMAX)
80211ag point-to-point
200 80211n
Dat
a ra
te (M
bps) data
5 DataLink Layer 5-75
Elements of a wireless network
network infrastructure
infrastructure mode base station connects
mobiles into wired network
handoff mobile changes base station providing connection into wired network
5 DataLink Layer 5-76
Elements of a wireless networkad hoc mode no base stations nodes can only
transmit to other nodes within link coverage
nodes organize themselves into a network route among themselves
5 DataLink Layer 5-77
Wireless network taxonomy
single hop multiple hops
infrastructure(eg APs)
noinfrastructure
host connects to base station (WiFiWiMAX cellular) which connects to
larger Internet
no base station noconnection to larger Internet (Bluetooth
ad hoc nets)
host may have torelay through several
wireless nodes to connect to larger
Internet mesh net
no base station noconnection to larger
Internet May have torelay to reach other a given wireless node
MANET VANET
5 DataLink Layer 5-78
Wireless Link Characteristics (1)Differences from wired link hellip
decreased signal strength radio signal attenuates as it propagates through matter (path loss)
interference from other sources standardized wireless network frequencies (eg 24 GHz) shared by other devices (eg phone) devices (motors) interfere as well
multipath propagation radio signal reflects off objects arriving at destination at slightly different times
hellip make communication across (even a point to point) wireless link much more ldquodifficultrdquo
5 DataLink Layer 5-79
Wireless Link Characteristics (2) SNR signal-to-noise ratio
larger SNR ndash easier to extract signal from noise (a ldquogood thingrdquo)
SNR versus BER tradeoffs given physical layer
increase power -gt increase SNR-gtdecrease BER
given SNR choose physical layer that meets BER requirement giving highest thruput
bull SNR may change with mobility dynamically adapt physical layer (modulation technique rate)
10 20 30 40
QAM256 (8 Mbps)
QAM16 (4 Mbps)
BPSK (1 Mbps)
SNR(dB)B
ER
10-1
10-2
10-3
10-5
10-6
10-7
10-4
5 DataLink Layer 5-80
Wireless network characteristicsMultiple wireless senders and receivers create
additional problems (beyond multiple access)
AB
C
Hidden terminal problem B A hear each other B C hear each other A C can not hear each othermeans A C unaware of their
interference at B
A B C
Arsquos signalstrength
space
Crsquos signalstrength
Signal attenuation B A hear each other B C hear each other A C can not hear each other
interfering at B
5 DataLink Layer 5-81
IEEE 80211 Wireless LAN 80211b
24-5 GHz unlicensed spectrum up to 11 Mbps direct sequence spread
spectrum (DSSS) in physical layer
bull all hosts use same chipping code
80211a 5-6 GHz range up to 54 Mbps
80211g 24-5 GHz range up to 54 Mbps
80211n multiple antennae 24-5 GHz range up to 200 Mbps
all use CSMACA for multiple access all have base-station and ad-hoc network versions
5 DataLink Layer 5-82
80211 LAN architecture
wireless host communicates with base station
base station = access point (AP)
Basic Service Set (BSS)(aka ldquocellrdquo) in infrastructure mode contains
wireless hosts access point (AP) base
station ad hoc mode hosts only
BSS 1
BSS 2
Internet
hub switchor routerAP
AP
5 DataLink Layer 5-83
80211 Channels association
80211b 24GHz-2485GHz spectrum divided into 11 channels at different frequencies AP admin chooses frequency for AP interference possible channel can be same as
that chosen by neighboring AP host must associate with an AP
scans channels listening for beacon framescontaining APrsquos name (SSID) and MAC address
selects AP to associate with may perform authentication [Chapter 8] will typically run DHCP to get IP address in APrsquos
subnet
5 DataLink Layer 5-84
80211 passiveactive scanning
AP 2AP 1
H1
BBS 2BBS 1
122
3 4
Active Scanning (1) probe request frame broadcast
from H1(2) probe response frame sent from
APs(3) association request frame sent
H1 to selected AP (4) association response frame sent
H1 to selected AP
AP 2AP 1
H1
BBS 2BBS 1
12 3
1
Passive Scanning(1) beacon frames sent from APs(2) association request frame sent H1
to selected AP (3) association response frame sent
H1 to selected AP
5 DataLink Layer 5-85
IEEE 80211 multiple access avoid collisions 2+ nodes transmitting at same time 80211 CSMA - sense before transmitting
donrsquot collide with ongoing transmission by other node 80211 no collision detection
difficult to receive (sense collisions) when transmitting due to weak received signals (fading)
canrsquot sense all collisions in any case hidden terminal fading goal avoid collisions CSMAC(ollision)A(voidance)
AB
CA B C
Arsquos signalstrength
space
Crsquos signalstrength
5 DataLink Layer 5-86
IEEE 80211 MAC Protocol CSMACA
80211 sender1 if sense channel idle for DIFS then
transmit entire frame (no CD)2 if sense channel busy then
start random backoff timetimer counts down while channel idletransmit when timer expiresif no ACK increase random backoff
interval repeat 280211 receiver- if frame received OK
return ACK after SIFS (ACK needed due to hidden terminal problem)
sender receiver
DIFS
data
SIFS
ACK
5 DataLink Layer 5-87
Avoiding collisions (more)idea allow sender to ldquoreserverdquo channel rather than random
access of data frames avoid collisions of long data frames sender first transmits small request-to-send (RTS) packets
to BS using CSMA RTSs may still collide with each other (but theyrsquore short)
BS broadcasts clear-to-send CTS in response to RTS CTS heard by all nodes
sender transmits data frame other stations defer transmissions
avoid data frame collisions completely using small reservation packets
5 DataLink Layer 5-88
Collision Avoidance RTS-CTS exchange
APA B
time
RTS(A)RTS(B)
RTS(A)
CTS(A) CTS(A)
DATA (A)
ACK(A) ACK(A)
reservation collision
defer
5 DataLink Layer 5-89
framecontrol duration address
1address
2address
4address
3 payload CRC
2 2 6 6 6 2 6 0 - 2312 4
seqcontrol
80211 frame addressing
Address 2 MAC addressof wireless host or AP transmitting this frame
Address 1 MAC addressof wireless host or AP to receive this frame
Address 3 MAC addressof router interface to which AP is attached
Address 4 used only in ad hoc mode
5 DataLink Layer 5-90
Internetrouter
AP
H1 R1
AP MAC addr H1 MAC addr R1 MAC addraddress 1 address 2 address 3
80211 frame
R1 MAC addr H1 MAC addr dest address source address
8023 frame
80211 frame addressing
5 DataLink Layer 5-91
framecontrol duration address
1address
2address
4address
3 payload CRC
2 2 6 6 6 2 6 0 - 2312 4
seqcontrol
Type FromAPSubtype To
APMore frag WEPMore
dataPower
mgtRetry RsvdProtocolversion
2 2 4 1 1 1 1 1 11 1
80211 frame moreduration of reserved transmission time (RTSCTS)
frame seq (for RDT)
frame type(RTS CTS ACK data)
5 DataLink Layer 5-92
hub or switch
AP 2
AP 1
H1 BBS 2
BBS 1
80211 mobility within same subnet
router H1 remains in same IP subnet IP address can remain same
switch which AP is associated with H1
self-learning (Ch 5) switch will see frame from H1 and ldquorememberrdquo which switch port can be used to reach H1
5 DataLink Layer 5-93
80211 advanced capabilities
Rate Adaptation base station mobile
dynamically change transmission rate (physical layer modulation technique) as mobile moves SNR varies
QAM256 (8 Mbps)QAM16 (4 Mbps)BPSK (1 Mbps)
10 20 30 40SNR(dB)
BE
R
10-1
10-2
10-3
10-5
10-6
10-7
10-4
operating point
1 SNR decreases BER increase as node moves away from base station2 When BER becomes too high switch to lower transmission rate but with lower BER
5 DataLink Layer 5-94
80211 advanced capabilitiesPower Management node-to-AP ldquoI am going to sleep until next
beacon framerdquo AP knows not to transmit frames to this
node node wakes up before next beacon frame
beacon frame contains list of mobiles with AP-to-mobile frames waiting to be sent node will stay awake if AP-to-mobile frames
to be sent otherwise sleep again until next beacon frame
5 DataLink Layer 5-19
Slotted ALOHA
Assumptions all frames same size time is divided into
equal size slots time to transmit 1 frame
nodes start to transmit frames only at beginning of slots
nodes are synchronized if 2 or more nodes
transmit in slot all nodes detect collision
Operation when node obtains fresh
frame it transmits in next slot
if no collision node can send new frame in next slot
if collision node retransmits frame in each subsequent slot with prob p until success
5 DataLink Layer 5-20
Slotted ALOHA
Pros single active node can
continuously transmit at full rate of channel
highly decentralized only slots in nodes need to be in sync
simple
Cons collisions wasting slots idle slots nodes may be able to
detect collision in less than time to transmit packet
clock synchronization
5 DataLink Layer 5-21
Slotted Aloha efficiency
Suppose N nodes with many frames to send each transmits in slot with probability p
prob that node 1 has success in a slot= p(1-p)N-1
prob that any node has a success = Np(1-p)N-1
For max efficiency with N nodes find p that maximizes Np(1-p)N-1
For many nodes take limit of Np(1-p)N-1
as N goes to infinity gives 1e = 37
Efficiency is the long-run fraction of successful slots when there are many nodes each with many frames to send
At best channelused for useful transmissions 37of time
5 DataLink Layer 5-22
Pure (unslotted) ALOHA unslotted Aloha simpler no synchronization when frame first arrives
transmit immediately collision probability increases
frame sent at t0 collides with other frames sent in [t0-1t0+1]
5 DataLink Layer 5-23
Pure Aloha efficiencyP(success by given node) = P(node transmits)
P(no other node transmits in [t0-1t0] P(no other node transmits in [t0t0+1]
= p (1-p)N-1 (1-p)N-1
= p (1-p)2(N-1)
hellip choosing optimum p and then letting n rarr infin
= 1(2e) = 18 Even worse
5 DataLink Layer 5-24
CSMA (Carrier Sense Multiple Access)
CSMA listen before transmitIf channel sensed idle transmit entire frame If channel sensed busy defer transmission
Human analogy donrsquot interrupt others
5 DataLink Layer 5-25
CSMA collisionscollisions can still occurpropagation delay means two nodes may not heareach otherrsquos transmission
collisionentire packet transmission time wasted
spatial layout of nodes
noterole of distance amp propagation delay in determining collision probability
5 DataLink Layer 5-26
CSMACD (Collision Detection)CSMACD carrier sensing deferral as in CSMA
collisions detected within short time colliding transmissions aborted reducing channel
wastage collision detection
easy in wired LANs measure signal strengths compare transmitted received signals
difficult in wireless LANs receiver shut off while transmitting
human analogy the polite conversationalist
5 DataLink Layer 5-27
CSMACD collision detection
5 DataLink Layer 5-28
ldquoTaking Turnsrdquo MAC protocols
channel partitioning MAC protocols share channel efficiently and fairly at high load inefficient at low load delay in channel access
1N bandwidth allocated even if only 1 active node
Random access MAC protocols efficient at low load single node can fully
utilize channel high load collision overhead
ldquotaking turnsrdquo protocolslook for best of both worlds
5 DataLink Layer 5-29
ldquoTaking Turnsrdquo MAC protocolsPolling master node
ldquoinvitesrdquo slave nodes to transmit in turn
concerns polling overhead latency single point of
failure (master)
Token passing control token passed from
one node to next sequentially
token message concerns
token overhead latency single point of failure (token)
5 DataLink Layer 5-30
Summary of MAC protocols
What do you do with a shared media Channel Partitioning by time frequency or code
bull Time Division Frequency Division Random partitioning (dynamic)
bull ALOHA S-ALOHA CSMA CSMACDbull carrier sensing easy in some technologies (wire) hard
in others (wireless)bull CSMACD used in Ethernetbull CSMACA used in 80211
Taking Turnsbull polling from a central site token passing
5 DataLink Layer 5-31
MAC Addresses and ARP
32-bit IP address network-layer address used to get datagram to destination IP subnet
MAC (or LAN or ldquophysicalrdquo or Ethernet) address used to get datagram from one interface to
another physically-connected interface (same network)
48 bit MAC address (for most LANs) burned in the adapter ROM
5 DataLink Layer 5-32
LAN Addresses and ARPEach adapter on LAN has unique LAN address
Broadcast address =FF-FF-FF-FF-FF-FF
= adapter
1A-2F-BB-76-09-AD
58-23-D7-FA-20-B0
0C-C4-11-6F-E3-98
71-65-F7-2B-08-53
LAN(wired orwireless)
5 DataLink Layer 5-33
LAN Address (more)
MAC address allocation administered by IEEE manufacturer buys portion of MAC address space
(to assure uniqueness) Analogy
(a) MAC address like Social Security Number(b) IP address like postal address
MAC flat address allows easier portability can move LAN card from one LAN to another
IP hierarchical address NOT portable depends on IP subnet to which node is attached
5 DataLink Layer 5-34
ARP Address Resolution Protocol
Each IP node (Host Router) on LAN has ARP table
ARP Table IPMAC address mappings for some LAN nodes
lt IP address MAC address TTLgt TTL (Time To Live) time
after which address mapping will be forgotten (typically 20 min)
Question how to determineMAC address of Bknowing Brsquos IP address
1A-2F-BB-76-09-AD
58-23-D7-FA-20-B0
0C-C4-11-6F-E3-98
71-65-F7-2B-08-53
LAN
237196723
237196778
237196714
237196788
5 DataLink Layer 5-35
ARP protocol Same LAN (network)
A wants to send datagram to B and Brsquos MAC address not in Arsquos ARP table
A broadcasts ARP query packet containing Bs IP address
Dest MAC address = FF-FF-FF-FF-FF-FF
all machines on LAN receive ARP query
B receives ARP packet replies to A with its (Bs) MAC address
frame sent to Arsquos MAC address (unicast)
A caches (saves) IP-to-MAC address pair in its ARP table until information becomes old (times out)
soft state information that times out (goes away) unless refreshed
ARP is ldquoplug-and-playrdquo nodes create their ARP
tables without intervention from net administrator
5 DataLink Layer 5-36
Routing to another LANwalkthrough send datagram from A to B via R
assume A knowrsquos Brsquos IP address
Two ARP tables in router R one for each IP network (LAN)
A
RB
5 DataLink Layer 5-37
A creates datagram with source A destination B A uses ARP to get Rrsquos MAC address for 111111111110 A creates link-layer frame with Rs MAC address as dest
frame contains A-to-B IP datagram Arsquos adapter sends frame Rrsquos adapter receives frame R removes IP datagram from Ethernet frame sees itrsquos
destined to B R uses ARP to get Brsquos MAC address R creates frame containing A-to-B IP datagram sends to B
A
RB
5 DataLink Layer 5-38
Ethernetldquodominantrdquo wired LAN technology cheap $20 for 100Mbs first widely used LAN technology Simpler cheaper than token LANs and ATM Kept up with speed race 10 Mbps ndash 10 Gbps
Metcalfersquos Ethernetsketch
5 DataLink Layer 5-39
Star topology Bus topology popular through mid 90s Now star topology prevails Connection choices hub or switch (more later)
hub orswitch
5 DataLink Layer 5-40
Ethernet Frame StructureSending adapter encapsulates IP datagram (or other
network layer protocol packet) in Ethernet frame
Preamble 7 bytes with pattern 10101010 followed by one
byte with pattern 10101011 used to synchronize receiver sender clock rates
5 DataLink Layer 5-41
Ethernet Frame Structure (more) Addresses 6 bytes
if adapter receives frame with matching destination address or with broadcast address (eg ARP packet) it passes data in frame to net-layer protocol
otherwise adapter discards frame Type 2 bytes indicates the higher (network)
layer protocol (commonly IP but may also be ARP Novell IPX and AppleTalk etc)
CRC 4 bytes checked at receiver if error is detected the frame is simply dropped
5 DataLink Layer 5-42
Unreliable connectionless service
Connectionless No handshaking between sending and receiving adapter
Unreliable receiving adapter doesnrsquot send acks or nacks to sending adapter
stream of datagrams passed to network layer can have gaps
gaps will be filled if app is using TCP otherwise app will see the gaps
5 DataLink Layer 5-43
Ethernet uses CSMACD
No slots adapter doesnrsquot transmit
if it senses that some other adapter is transmitting that is carrier sense
transmitting adapter aborts when it senses that another adapter is transmitting that is collision detection
Before attempting a retransmission adapter waits a random time that is random access
5 DataLink Layer 5-44
Ethernet CSMACD algorithm1 Adapter receives
datagram from net layer amp creates frame
2 If adapter senses channel idle it starts to transmit frame If it senses channel busy waits until channel idle and then transmits
3 If adapter transmits entire frame without detecting another transmission the adapter is done with frame
4 If adapter detects another transmission while transmitting aborts and sends 48-bit jam signal
5 After aborting adapter enters exponential backoff after the mthcollision adapter chooses a K at random from 012hellip2m-1 Adapter waits K512 bit times and returns to Step 2
5 DataLink Layer 5-45
Frame Size limitations for Ethernet Minimum Frame size (Fmin)
For proper collision detectionFmin = Min frame sizeR = Ethernetrsquos transmission rate
eg 10 Mbsdmax = max Ethernet segment
lengthS = Propagation speed (2x108
ms)FminR ge 2dmaxS
Maximum Frame Size (Fmax)For fairness among competing nodes
Fmin=64 Bytes Fmax=1500 Bytes
A Bd
2dS
tim
e
Arsquos frame
Brsquos frame
Arsquos frame in yellowBrsquos frame in green
For proper collision detection Arsquos frame should last at least until Brsquos frame reaches A
5 DataLink Layer 5-46
Ethernetrsquos CSMACD (more)Jam Signal make sure all
other transmitters are aware of collision 48 bits
Random retransmission delayK 512 bit transmission times where K is randomly selected bit time is 01 microsec for 10 Mbps and 001 microsec for 100 Mbps Ethernet
Exponential Backoff Goal adapt retransmission
attempts to estimated current load
heavy load random wait will be longer
first collision choose K from 01 delay is K 512 bit transmission times
after second collision choose K from 0123hellip
after ten collisions choose K from 01234hellip1023
for max value of K=1023 wait time is about 50 msec for 10 Mbps 5 msec for 100 Mbps Ethernet
Seeinteract with Javaapplet on AWL Web sitehighly recommended
5 DataLink Layer 5-47
CSMACD efficiency
tprop = max prop between 2 nodes in LAN ttrans = time to transmit max-size frame
Efficiency goes to 1 as tprop goes to 0 Goes to 1 as ttrans goes to infinity Much better than ALOHA but still decentralized
simple and cheap
1efficiency1 5 prop transt t
asymp+
5 DataLink Layer 5-48
10BaseT and 100BaseT 10100 Mbps rates T stands for Twisted Pair Base stands for Baseband (unmodulated) Nodes connect to a hub ldquostar topologyrdquo 100 m
max distance between nodes and hub
twisted pair
hub
5 DataLink Layer 5-49
HubsHubs are essentially physical-layer repeaters
bits coming from one link go out all other links at the same rate no frame buffering no CSMACD at hub adapters detect collisions provides net management functionality
twisted pair
hub
5 DataLink Layer 5-50
Gbit Ethernet
uses standard Ethernet frame format allows for point-to-point links and shared
broadcast channels in shared mode CSMACD is used short
distances between nodes required for efficiency
Full-Duplex at 1 Gbps for point-to-point links
10 Gbps now
5 DataLink Layer 5-51
Interconnecting with hubs Backbone hub interconnects LAN segments Extends max distance between nodes But individual segment collision domains become one
large collision domain Canrsquot interconnect 10BaseT amp 100BaseT
hub hub hub
hub
5 DataLink Layer 5-52
Switch Link layer device
stores and forwards Ethernet frames examines frame header and selectively
forwards frame based on MAC dest address when frame is to be forwarded on segment
uses CSMACD to access segment transparent
hosts are unaware of presence of switches plug-and-play self-learning
switches do not need to be configured
5 DataLink Layer 5-53
Forwarding
bull How do determine onto which LAN segment to forward framebull Looks like a routing problem
hub hubhub
switch1
2 3
5 DataLink Layer 5-54
Self learning
A switch has a switch table entry in switch table
(MAC Address Interface Time Stamp) stale entries in table dropped (TTL can be 60 min)
switch learns which hosts can be reached through which interfaces when frame received switch ldquolearnsrdquo location of
sender incoming LAN segment records senderlocation pair in switch table
5 DataLink Layer 5-55
FilteringForwardingWhen switch receives a frame
index switch table using MAC dest addressif entry found for destination
thenif dest on segment from which frame arrived
then drop the frameelse forward the frame on interface indicated
else flood
forward on all but the interface on which the frame arrived
5 DataLink Layer 5-56
Switch exampleSuppose C sends frame to D
Switch receives frame from from C notes in bridge table that C is on interface 1 because D is not in table switch forwards frame into
interfaces 2 and 3 frame received by D
hub hub hub
switch
A
B CD
EF G H
I
address interfaceABEG
1123
12 3
5 DataLink Layer 5-57
Switch exampleSuppose C sends frame to D
Switch receives frame from from C notes in bridge table that C is on interface 1 because D is not in table switch forwards frame into
interfaces 2 and 3 frame received by D
hub hub hub
switch
A
B CD
EF G H
I
address interfaceABEGC
11231
12 3
5 DataLink Layer 5-58
Switch exampleSuppose D replies back with frame to C
Switch receives frame from from D notes in bridge table that D is on interface 2 because C is in table switch forwards frame only to
interface 1 frame received by C
hub hub hub
switch
A
B CD
EF G H
I
address interfaceABEGC
11231
12 3
5 DataLink Layer 5-59
Switch exampleSuppose D replies back with frame to C
Switch receives frame from from D notes in bridge table that D is on interface 2 because C is in table switch forwards frame only to
interface 1 frame received by C
hub hub hub
switch
A
B CD
EF G H
I
address interfaceABEGCD
112312
12 3
5 DataLink Layer 5-60
Switch traffic isolation switch installation breaks subnet into LAN
segments switch filters packets
same-LAN-segment frames not usually forwarded onto other LAN segments
segments become separate collision domains
hub hub hub
switch
collision domain collision domain
collision domain
5 DataLink Layer 5-61
Switches dedicated access Switch with many
interfaces Hosts have direct
connection to switch No collisions full duplex
Switching A-to-Arsquo and B-to-Brsquo simultaneously no collisions
combinations of shareddedicated 101001000 Mbps interfaces possible
switch
A
Arsquo
B
Brsquo
C
Crsquo
5 DataLink Layer 5-62
Institutional network
hub hubhub
switch
to externalnetwork
router
IP subnet
mail server
web server
5 DataLink Layer 5-63
Switches vs Routers both store-and-forward devices
routers network layer devices (examine network layer headers)
switches are link layer devices routers maintain routing tables implement routing
algorithms switches maintain switch tables implement
filtering learning algorithms
5 DataLink Layer 5-64
Summary comparison
hubs routers switches
traffic isolation
no yes yes
plug amp play yes no yes
optimal routing
no yes no
5 DataLink Layer 5-65
VLANs motivation
What happens if CS user moves office to EE
but wants connect to CS switch
single broadcast domain all layer-2 broadcast
traffic (ARP DHCP) crosses entire LAN (securityprivacy efficiency issues)
each lowest level switch has only few ports in use
Computer Science Electrical
EngineeringComputerEngineering
Whatrsquos wrong with this picture
5 DataLink Layer 5-66
VLANs Port-based VLAN switch ports grouped (by switch management software) so that single physical switch helliphellip
Switch(es) supporting VLAN capabilities can be configured to define multiple virtual LANS over single physical LAN infrastructure
Virtual Local Area Network
1
8
9
16102
7
hellip
Electrical Engineering(VLAN ports 1-8)
Computer Science(VLAN ports 9-15)
15
hellip
Electrical Engineering(VLAN ports 1-8)
hellip
1
82
7 9
1610
15
hellip
Computer Science(VLAN ports 9-16)
hellip operates as multiple virtual switches
5 DataLink Layer 5-67
Port-based VLAN
1
8
9
16102
7
hellip
Electrical Engineering(VLAN ports 1-8)
Computer Science(VLAN ports 9-15)
15
hellip
traffic isolation frames tofrom ports 1-8 can only reach ports 1-8
can also define VLAN based on MAC addresses of endpoints rather than switch port
dynamic membershipports can be dynamically assigned among VLANs
router
forwarding between VLANSdone via routing (just as with separate switches)
in practice vendors sell combined switches plus routers
5 DataLink Layer 5-68
VLANS spanning multiple switches
trunk port carries frames between VLANS defined over multiple physical switches
frames forwarded within VLAN between switches canrsquot be vanilla 8021 frames (must carry VLAN ID info)
8021q protocol addsremoves additional header fields for frames forwarded between trunk ports
1
8
9
102
7
hellip
Electrical Engineering(VLAN ports 1-8)
Computer Science(VLAN ports 9-15)
15
hellip
2
73
Ports 235 belong to EE VLANPorts 4678 belong to CS VLAN
5
4 6 816
1
5 DataLink Layer 5-69
Type
2-byte Tag Protocol Identifier(value 81-00)
Tag Control Information (12 bit VLAN ID field 3 bit priority field like IP TOS)
Recomputed CRC
8021Q VLAN frame format
8021 frame
8021Q frame
5 DataLink Layer 5-70
Chapter 6 Wireless and Mobile Networks
Background wireless (mobile) phone subscribers now
exceeds wired phone subscribers computer nets laptops palmtops PDAs
Internet-enabled phone promise anytime untethered Internet access
two important (but different) challenges wireless communication over wireless link mobility handling the mobile user who changes point
of attachment to network
5 DataLink Layer 5-71
Elements of a wireless network
network infrastructure
wireless hosts laptop PDA IP phone run applications may be stationary
(non-mobile) or mobile wireless does not
always mean mobility
5 DataLink Layer 5-72
Elements of a wireless network
network infrastructure
base station typically connected to
wired network relay - responsible
for sending packets between wired network and wireless host(s) in its ldquoareardquo
eg cell towers 80211 access points
5 DataLink Layer 5-73
Elements of a wireless network
network infrastructure
wireless link typically used to
connect mobile(s) to base station
also used as backbone link
multiple access protocol coordinates link access
various data rates transmission distance
5 DataLink Layer 5-74
Characteristics of selected wireless link standards
Indoor10-30m
Outdoor50-200m
Mid-rangeoutdoor
200m ndash 4 Km
Long-rangeoutdoor
5Km ndash 20 Km
056
384
1
4
5-11
54
IS-95 CDMA GSM 2G
UMTSWCDMA CDMA2000 3G
80215
80211b
80211ag
UMTSWCDMA-HSPDA CDMA2000-1xEVDO 3G cellularenhanced
80216 (WiMAX)
80211ag point-to-point
200 80211n
Dat
a ra
te (M
bps) data
5 DataLink Layer 5-75
Elements of a wireless network
network infrastructure
infrastructure mode base station connects
mobiles into wired network
handoff mobile changes base station providing connection into wired network
5 DataLink Layer 5-76
Elements of a wireless networkad hoc mode no base stations nodes can only
transmit to other nodes within link coverage
nodes organize themselves into a network route among themselves
5 DataLink Layer 5-77
Wireless network taxonomy
single hop multiple hops
infrastructure(eg APs)
noinfrastructure
host connects to base station (WiFiWiMAX cellular) which connects to
larger Internet
no base station noconnection to larger Internet (Bluetooth
ad hoc nets)
host may have torelay through several
wireless nodes to connect to larger
Internet mesh net
no base station noconnection to larger
Internet May have torelay to reach other a given wireless node
MANET VANET
5 DataLink Layer 5-78
Wireless Link Characteristics (1)Differences from wired link hellip
decreased signal strength radio signal attenuates as it propagates through matter (path loss)
interference from other sources standardized wireless network frequencies (eg 24 GHz) shared by other devices (eg phone) devices (motors) interfere as well
multipath propagation radio signal reflects off objects arriving at destination at slightly different times
hellip make communication across (even a point to point) wireless link much more ldquodifficultrdquo
5 DataLink Layer 5-79
Wireless Link Characteristics (2) SNR signal-to-noise ratio
larger SNR ndash easier to extract signal from noise (a ldquogood thingrdquo)
SNR versus BER tradeoffs given physical layer
increase power -gt increase SNR-gtdecrease BER
given SNR choose physical layer that meets BER requirement giving highest thruput
bull SNR may change with mobility dynamically adapt physical layer (modulation technique rate)
10 20 30 40
QAM256 (8 Mbps)
QAM16 (4 Mbps)
BPSK (1 Mbps)
SNR(dB)B
ER
10-1
10-2
10-3
10-5
10-6
10-7
10-4
5 DataLink Layer 5-80
Wireless network characteristicsMultiple wireless senders and receivers create
additional problems (beyond multiple access)
AB
C
Hidden terminal problem B A hear each other B C hear each other A C can not hear each othermeans A C unaware of their
interference at B
A B C
Arsquos signalstrength
space
Crsquos signalstrength
Signal attenuation B A hear each other B C hear each other A C can not hear each other
interfering at B
5 DataLink Layer 5-81
IEEE 80211 Wireless LAN 80211b
24-5 GHz unlicensed spectrum up to 11 Mbps direct sequence spread
spectrum (DSSS) in physical layer
bull all hosts use same chipping code
80211a 5-6 GHz range up to 54 Mbps
80211g 24-5 GHz range up to 54 Mbps
80211n multiple antennae 24-5 GHz range up to 200 Mbps
all use CSMACA for multiple access all have base-station and ad-hoc network versions
5 DataLink Layer 5-82
80211 LAN architecture
wireless host communicates with base station
base station = access point (AP)
Basic Service Set (BSS)(aka ldquocellrdquo) in infrastructure mode contains
wireless hosts access point (AP) base
station ad hoc mode hosts only
BSS 1
BSS 2
Internet
hub switchor routerAP
AP
5 DataLink Layer 5-83
80211 Channels association
80211b 24GHz-2485GHz spectrum divided into 11 channels at different frequencies AP admin chooses frequency for AP interference possible channel can be same as
that chosen by neighboring AP host must associate with an AP
scans channels listening for beacon framescontaining APrsquos name (SSID) and MAC address
selects AP to associate with may perform authentication [Chapter 8] will typically run DHCP to get IP address in APrsquos
subnet
5 DataLink Layer 5-84
80211 passiveactive scanning
AP 2AP 1
H1
BBS 2BBS 1
122
3 4
Active Scanning (1) probe request frame broadcast
from H1(2) probe response frame sent from
APs(3) association request frame sent
H1 to selected AP (4) association response frame sent
H1 to selected AP
AP 2AP 1
H1
BBS 2BBS 1
12 3
1
Passive Scanning(1) beacon frames sent from APs(2) association request frame sent H1
to selected AP (3) association response frame sent
H1 to selected AP
5 DataLink Layer 5-85
IEEE 80211 multiple access avoid collisions 2+ nodes transmitting at same time 80211 CSMA - sense before transmitting
donrsquot collide with ongoing transmission by other node 80211 no collision detection
difficult to receive (sense collisions) when transmitting due to weak received signals (fading)
canrsquot sense all collisions in any case hidden terminal fading goal avoid collisions CSMAC(ollision)A(voidance)
AB
CA B C
Arsquos signalstrength
space
Crsquos signalstrength
5 DataLink Layer 5-86
IEEE 80211 MAC Protocol CSMACA
80211 sender1 if sense channel idle for DIFS then
transmit entire frame (no CD)2 if sense channel busy then
start random backoff timetimer counts down while channel idletransmit when timer expiresif no ACK increase random backoff
interval repeat 280211 receiver- if frame received OK
return ACK after SIFS (ACK needed due to hidden terminal problem)
sender receiver
DIFS
data
SIFS
ACK
5 DataLink Layer 5-87
Avoiding collisions (more)idea allow sender to ldquoreserverdquo channel rather than random
access of data frames avoid collisions of long data frames sender first transmits small request-to-send (RTS) packets
to BS using CSMA RTSs may still collide with each other (but theyrsquore short)
BS broadcasts clear-to-send CTS in response to RTS CTS heard by all nodes
sender transmits data frame other stations defer transmissions
avoid data frame collisions completely using small reservation packets
5 DataLink Layer 5-88
Collision Avoidance RTS-CTS exchange
APA B
time
RTS(A)RTS(B)
RTS(A)
CTS(A) CTS(A)
DATA (A)
ACK(A) ACK(A)
reservation collision
defer
5 DataLink Layer 5-89
framecontrol duration address
1address
2address
4address
3 payload CRC
2 2 6 6 6 2 6 0 - 2312 4
seqcontrol
80211 frame addressing
Address 2 MAC addressof wireless host or AP transmitting this frame
Address 1 MAC addressof wireless host or AP to receive this frame
Address 3 MAC addressof router interface to which AP is attached
Address 4 used only in ad hoc mode
5 DataLink Layer 5-90
Internetrouter
AP
H1 R1
AP MAC addr H1 MAC addr R1 MAC addraddress 1 address 2 address 3
80211 frame
R1 MAC addr H1 MAC addr dest address source address
8023 frame
80211 frame addressing
5 DataLink Layer 5-91
framecontrol duration address
1address
2address
4address
3 payload CRC
2 2 6 6 6 2 6 0 - 2312 4
seqcontrol
Type FromAPSubtype To
APMore frag WEPMore
dataPower
mgtRetry RsvdProtocolversion
2 2 4 1 1 1 1 1 11 1
80211 frame moreduration of reserved transmission time (RTSCTS)
frame seq (for RDT)
frame type(RTS CTS ACK data)
5 DataLink Layer 5-92
hub or switch
AP 2
AP 1
H1 BBS 2
BBS 1
80211 mobility within same subnet
router H1 remains in same IP subnet IP address can remain same
switch which AP is associated with H1
self-learning (Ch 5) switch will see frame from H1 and ldquorememberrdquo which switch port can be used to reach H1
5 DataLink Layer 5-93
80211 advanced capabilities
Rate Adaptation base station mobile
dynamically change transmission rate (physical layer modulation technique) as mobile moves SNR varies
QAM256 (8 Mbps)QAM16 (4 Mbps)BPSK (1 Mbps)
10 20 30 40SNR(dB)
BE
R
10-1
10-2
10-3
10-5
10-6
10-7
10-4
operating point
1 SNR decreases BER increase as node moves away from base station2 When BER becomes too high switch to lower transmission rate but with lower BER
5 DataLink Layer 5-94
80211 advanced capabilitiesPower Management node-to-AP ldquoI am going to sleep until next
beacon framerdquo AP knows not to transmit frames to this
node node wakes up before next beacon frame
beacon frame contains list of mobiles with AP-to-mobile frames waiting to be sent node will stay awake if AP-to-mobile frames
to be sent otherwise sleep again until next beacon frame
5 DataLink Layer 5-20
Slotted ALOHA
Pros single active node can
continuously transmit at full rate of channel
highly decentralized only slots in nodes need to be in sync
simple
Cons collisions wasting slots idle slots nodes may be able to
detect collision in less than time to transmit packet
clock synchronization
5 DataLink Layer 5-21
Slotted Aloha efficiency
Suppose N nodes with many frames to send each transmits in slot with probability p
prob that node 1 has success in a slot= p(1-p)N-1
prob that any node has a success = Np(1-p)N-1
For max efficiency with N nodes find p that maximizes Np(1-p)N-1
For many nodes take limit of Np(1-p)N-1
as N goes to infinity gives 1e = 37
Efficiency is the long-run fraction of successful slots when there are many nodes each with many frames to send
At best channelused for useful transmissions 37of time
5 DataLink Layer 5-22
Pure (unslotted) ALOHA unslotted Aloha simpler no synchronization when frame first arrives
transmit immediately collision probability increases
frame sent at t0 collides with other frames sent in [t0-1t0+1]
5 DataLink Layer 5-23
Pure Aloha efficiencyP(success by given node) = P(node transmits)
P(no other node transmits in [t0-1t0] P(no other node transmits in [t0t0+1]
= p (1-p)N-1 (1-p)N-1
= p (1-p)2(N-1)
hellip choosing optimum p and then letting n rarr infin
= 1(2e) = 18 Even worse
5 DataLink Layer 5-24
CSMA (Carrier Sense Multiple Access)
CSMA listen before transmitIf channel sensed idle transmit entire frame If channel sensed busy defer transmission
Human analogy donrsquot interrupt others
5 DataLink Layer 5-25
CSMA collisionscollisions can still occurpropagation delay means two nodes may not heareach otherrsquos transmission
collisionentire packet transmission time wasted
spatial layout of nodes
noterole of distance amp propagation delay in determining collision probability
5 DataLink Layer 5-26
CSMACD (Collision Detection)CSMACD carrier sensing deferral as in CSMA
collisions detected within short time colliding transmissions aborted reducing channel
wastage collision detection
easy in wired LANs measure signal strengths compare transmitted received signals
difficult in wireless LANs receiver shut off while transmitting
human analogy the polite conversationalist
5 DataLink Layer 5-27
CSMACD collision detection
5 DataLink Layer 5-28
ldquoTaking Turnsrdquo MAC protocols
channel partitioning MAC protocols share channel efficiently and fairly at high load inefficient at low load delay in channel access
1N bandwidth allocated even if only 1 active node
Random access MAC protocols efficient at low load single node can fully
utilize channel high load collision overhead
ldquotaking turnsrdquo protocolslook for best of both worlds
5 DataLink Layer 5-29
ldquoTaking Turnsrdquo MAC protocolsPolling master node
ldquoinvitesrdquo slave nodes to transmit in turn
concerns polling overhead latency single point of
failure (master)
Token passing control token passed from
one node to next sequentially
token message concerns
token overhead latency single point of failure (token)
5 DataLink Layer 5-30
Summary of MAC protocols
What do you do with a shared media Channel Partitioning by time frequency or code
bull Time Division Frequency Division Random partitioning (dynamic)
bull ALOHA S-ALOHA CSMA CSMACDbull carrier sensing easy in some technologies (wire) hard
in others (wireless)bull CSMACD used in Ethernetbull CSMACA used in 80211
Taking Turnsbull polling from a central site token passing
5 DataLink Layer 5-31
MAC Addresses and ARP
32-bit IP address network-layer address used to get datagram to destination IP subnet
MAC (or LAN or ldquophysicalrdquo or Ethernet) address used to get datagram from one interface to
another physically-connected interface (same network)
48 bit MAC address (for most LANs) burned in the adapter ROM
5 DataLink Layer 5-32
LAN Addresses and ARPEach adapter on LAN has unique LAN address
Broadcast address =FF-FF-FF-FF-FF-FF
= adapter
1A-2F-BB-76-09-AD
58-23-D7-FA-20-B0
0C-C4-11-6F-E3-98
71-65-F7-2B-08-53
LAN(wired orwireless)
5 DataLink Layer 5-33
LAN Address (more)
MAC address allocation administered by IEEE manufacturer buys portion of MAC address space
(to assure uniqueness) Analogy
(a) MAC address like Social Security Number(b) IP address like postal address
MAC flat address allows easier portability can move LAN card from one LAN to another
IP hierarchical address NOT portable depends on IP subnet to which node is attached
5 DataLink Layer 5-34
ARP Address Resolution Protocol
Each IP node (Host Router) on LAN has ARP table
ARP Table IPMAC address mappings for some LAN nodes
lt IP address MAC address TTLgt TTL (Time To Live) time
after which address mapping will be forgotten (typically 20 min)
Question how to determineMAC address of Bknowing Brsquos IP address
1A-2F-BB-76-09-AD
58-23-D7-FA-20-B0
0C-C4-11-6F-E3-98
71-65-F7-2B-08-53
LAN
237196723
237196778
237196714
237196788
5 DataLink Layer 5-35
ARP protocol Same LAN (network)
A wants to send datagram to B and Brsquos MAC address not in Arsquos ARP table
A broadcasts ARP query packet containing Bs IP address
Dest MAC address = FF-FF-FF-FF-FF-FF
all machines on LAN receive ARP query
B receives ARP packet replies to A with its (Bs) MAC address
frame sent to Arsquos MAC address (unicast)
A caches (saves) IP-to-MAC address pair in its ARP table until information becomes old (times out)
soft state information that times out (goes away) unless refreshed
ARP is ldquoplug-and-playrdquo nodes create their ARP
tables without intervention from net administrator
5 DataLink Layer 5-36
Routing to another LANwalkthrough send datagram from A to B via R
assume A knowrsquos Brsquos IP address
Two ARP tables in router R one for each IP network (LAN)
A
RB
5 DataLink Layer 5-37
A creates datagram with source A destination B A uses ARP to get Rrsquos MAC address for 111111111110 A creates link-layer frame with Rs MAC address as dest
frame contains A-to-B IP datagram Arsquos adapter sends frame Rrsquos adapter receives frame R removes IP datagram from Ethernet frame sees itrsquos
destined to B R uses ARP to get Brsquos MAC address R creates frame containing A-to-B IP datagram sends to B
A
RB
5 DataLink Layer 5-38
Ethernetldquodominantrdquo wired LAN technology cheap $20 for 100Mbs first widely used LAN technology Simpler cheaper than token LANs and ATM Kept up with speed race 10 Mbps ndash 10 Gbps
Metcalfersquos Ethernetsketch
5 DataLink Layer 5-39
Star topology Bus topology popular through mid 90s Now star topology prevails Connection choices hub or switch (more later)
hub orswitch
5 DataLink Layer 5-40
Ethernet Frame StructureSending adapter encapsulates IP datagram (or other
network layer protocol packet) in Ethernet frame
Preamble 7 bytes with pattern 10101010 followed by one
byte with pattern 10101011 used to synchronize receiver sender clock rates
5 DataLink Layer 5-41
Ethernet Frame Structure (more) Addresses 6 bytes
if adapter receives frame with matching destination address or with broadcast address (eg ARP packet) it passes data in frame to net-layer protocol
otherwise adapter discards frame Type 2 bytes indicates the higher (network)
layer protocol (commonly IP but may also be ARP Novell IPX and AppleTalk etc)
CRC 4 bytes checked at receiver if error is detected the frame is simply dropped
5 DataLink Layer 5-42
Unreliable connectionless service
Connectionless No handshaking between sending and receiving adapter
Unreliable receiving adapter doesnrsquot send acks or nacks to sending adapter
stream of datagrams passed to network layer can have gaps
gaps will be filled if app is using TCP otherwise app will see the gaps
5 DataLink Layer 5-43
Ethernet uses CSMACD
No slots adapter doesnrsquot transmit
if it senses that some other adapter is transmitting that is carrier sense
transmitting adapter aborts when it senses that another adapter is transmitting that is collision detection
Before attempting a retransmission adapter waits a random time that is random access
5 DataLink Layer 5-44
Ethernet CSMACD algorithm1 Adapter receives
datagram from net layer amp creates frame
2 If adapter senses channel idle it starts to transmit frame If it senses channel busy waits until channel idle and then transmits
3 If adapter transmits entire frame without detecting another transmission the adapter is done with frame
4 If adapter detects another transmission while transmitting aborts and sends 48-bit jam signal
5 After aborting adapter enters exponential backoff after the mthcollision adapter chooses a K at random from 012hellip2m-1 Adapter waits K512 bit times and returns to Step 2
5 DataLink Layer 5-45
Frame Size limitations for Ethernet Minimum Frame size (Fmin)
For proper collision detectionFmin = Min frame sizeR = Ethernetrsquos transmission rate
eg 10 Mbsdmax = max Ethernet segment
lengthS = Propagation speed (2x108
ms)FminR ge 2dmaxS
Maximum Frame Size (Fmax)For fairness among competing nodes
Fmin=64 Bytes Fmax=1500 Bytes
A Bd
2dS
tim
e
Arsquos frame
Brsquos frame
Arsquos frame in yellowBrsquos frame in green
For proper collision detection Arsquos frame should last at least until Brsquos frame reaches A
5 DataLink Layer 5-46
Ethernetrsquos CSMACD (more)Jam Signal make sure all
other transmitters are aware of collision 48 bits
Random retransmission delayK 512 bit transmission times where K is randomly selected bit time is 01 microsec for 10 Mbps and 001 microsec for 100 Mbps Ethernet
Exponential Backoff Goal adapt retransmission
attempts to estimated current load
heavy load random wait will be longer
first collision choose K from 01 delay is K 512 bit transmission times
after second collision choose K from 0123hellip
after ten collisions choose K from 01234hellip1023
for max value of K=1023 wait time is about 50 msec for 10 Mbps 5 msec for 100 Mbps Ethernet
Seeinteract with Javaapplet on AWL Web sitehighly recommended
5 DataLink Layer 5-47
CSMACD efficiency
tprop = max prop between 2 nodes in LAN ttrans = time to transmit max-size frame
Efficiency goes to 1 as tprop goes to 0 Goes to 1 as ttrans goes to infinity Much better than ALOHA but still decentralized
simple and cheap
1efficiency1 5 prop transt t
asymp+
5 DataLink Layer 5-48
10BaseT and 100BaseT 10100 Mbps rates T stands for Twisted Pair Base stands for Baseband (unmodulated) Nodes connect to a hub ldquostar topologyrdquo 100 m
max distance between nodes and hub
twisted pair
hub
5 DataLink Layer 5-49
HubsHubs are essentially physical-layer repeaters
bits coming from one link go out all other links at the same rate no frame buffering no CSMACD at hub adapters detect collisions provides net management functionality
twisted pair
hub
5 DataLink Layer 5-50
Gbit Ethernet
uses standard Ethernet frame format allows for point-to-point links and shared
broadcast channels in shared mode CSMACD is used short
distances between nodes required for efficiency
Full-Duplex at 1 Gbps for point-to-point links
10 Gbps now
5 DataLink Layer 5-51
Interconnecting with hubs Backbone hub interconnects LAN segments Extends max distance between nodes But individual segment collision domains become one
large collision domain Canrsquot interconnect 10BaseT amp 100BaseT
hub hub hub
hub
5 DataLink Layer 5-52
Switch Link layer device
stores and forwards Ethernet frames examines frame header and selectively
forwards frame based on MAC dest address when frame is to be forwarded on segment
uses CSMACD to access segment transparent
hosts are unaware of presence of switches plug-and-play self-learning
switches do not need to be configured
5 DataLink Layer 5-53
Forwarding
bull How do determine onto which LAN segment to forward framebull Looks like a routing problem
hub hubhub
switch1
2 3
5 DataLink Layer 5-54
Self learning
A switch has a switch table entry in switch table
(MAC Address Interface Time Stamp) stale entries in table dropped (TTL can be 60 min)
switch learns which hosts can be reached through which interfaces when frame received switch ldquolearnsrdquo location of
sender incoming LAN segment records senderlocation pair in switch table
5 DataLink Layer 5-55
FilteringForwardingWhen switch receives a frame
index switch table using MAC dest addressif entry found for destination
thenif dest on segment from which frame arrived
then drop the frameelse forward the frame on interface indicated
else flood
forward on all but the interface on which the frame arrived
5 DataLink Layer 5-56
Switch exampleSuppose C sends frame to D
Switch receives frame from from C notes in bridge table that C is on interface 1 because D is not in table switch forwards frame into
interfaces 2 and 3 frame received by D
hub hub hub
switch
A
B CD
EF G H
I
address interfaceABEG
1123
12 3
5 DataLink Layer 5-57
Switch exampleSuppose C sends frame to D
Switch receives frame from from C notes in bridge table that C is on interface 1 because D is not in table switch forwards frame into
interfaces 2 and 3 frame received by D
hub hub hub
switch
A
B CD
EF G H
I
address interfaceABEGC
11231
12 3
5 DataLink Layer 5-58
Switch exampleSuppose D replies back with frame to C
Switch receives frame from from D notes in bridge table that D is on interface 2 because C is in table switch forwards frame only to
interface 1 frame received by C
hub hub hub
switch
A
B CD
EF G H
I
address interfaceABEGC
11231
12 3
5 DataLink Layer 5-59
Switch exampleSuppose D replies back with frame to C
Switch receives frame from from D notes in bridge table that D is on interface 2 because C is in table switch forwards frame only to
interface 1 frame received by C
hub hub hub
switch
A
B CD
EF G H
I
address interfaceABEGCD
112312
12 3
5 DataLink Layer 5-60
Switch traffic isolation switch installation breaks subnet into LAN
segments switch filters packets
same-LAN-segment frames not usually forwarded onto other LAN segments
segments become separate collision domains
hub hub hub
switch
collision domain collision domain
collision domain
5 DataLink Layer 5-61
Switches dedicated access Switch with many
interfaces Hosts have direct
connection to switch No collisions full duplex
Switching A-to-Arsquo and B-to-Brsquo simultaneously no collisions
combinations of shareddedicated 101001000 Mbps interfaces possible
switch
A
Arsquo
B
Brsquo
C
Crsquo
5 DataLink Layer 5-62
Institutional network
hub hubhub
switch
to externalnetwork
router
IP subnet
mail server
web server
5 DataLink Layer 5-63
Switches vs Routers both store-and-forward devices
routers network layer devices (examine network layer headers)
switches are link layer devices routers maintain routing tables implement routing
algorithms switches maintain switch tables implement
filtering learning algorithms
5 DataLink Layer 5-64
Summary comparison
hubs routers switches
traffic isolation
no yes yes
plug amp play yes no yes
optimal routing
no yes no
5 DataLink Layer 5-65
VLANs motivation
What happens if CS user moves office to EE
but wants connect to CS switch
single broadcast domain all layer-2 broadcast
traffic (ARP DHCP) crosses entire LAN (securityprivacy efficiency issues)
each lowest level switch has only few ports in use
Computer Science Electrical
EngineeringComputerEngineering
Whatrsquos wrong with this picture
5 DataLink Layer 5-66
VLANs Port-based VLAN switch ports grouped (by switch management software) so that single physical switch helliphellip
Switch(es) supporting VLAN capabilities can be configured to define multiple virtual LANS over single physical LAN infrastructure
Virtual Local Area Network
1
8
9
16102
7
hellip
Electrical Engineering(VLAN ports 1-8)
Computer Science(VLAN ports 9-15)
15
hellip
Electrical Engineering(VLAN ports 1-8)
hellip
1
82
7 9
1610
15
hellip
Computer Science(VLAN ports 9-16)
hellip operates as multiple virtual switches
5 DataLink Layer 5-67
Port-based VLAN
1
8
9
16102
7
hellip
Electrical Engineering(VLAN ports 1-8)
Computer Science(VLAN ports 9-15)
15
hellip
traffic isolation frames tofrom ports 1-8 can only reach ports 1-8
can also define VLAN based on MAC addresses of endpoints rather than switch port
dynamic membershipports can be dynamically assigned among VLANs
router
forwarding between VLANSdone via routing (just as with separate switches)
in practice vendors sell combined switches plus routers
5 DataLink Layer 5-68
VLANS spanning multiple switches
trunk port carries frames between VLANS defined over multiple physical switches
frames forwarded within VLAN between switches canrsquot be vanilla 8021 frames (must carry VLAN ID info)
8021q protocol addsremoves additional header fields for frames forwarded between trunk ports
1
8
9
102
7
hellip
Electrical Engineering(VLAN ports 1-8)
Computer Science(VLAN ports 9-15)
15
hellip
2
73
Ports 235 belong to EE VLANPorts 4678 belong to CS VLAN
5
4 6 816
1
5 DataLink Layer 5-69
Type
2-byte Tag Protocol Identifier(value 81-00)
Tag Control Information (12 bit VLAN ID field 3 bit priority field like IP TOS)
Recomputed CRC
8021Q VLAN frame format
8021 frame
8021Q frame
5 DataLink Layer 5-70
Chapter 6 Wireless and Mobile Networks
Background wireless (mobile) phone subscribers now
exceeds wired phone subscribers computer nets laptops palmtops PDAs
Internet-enabled phone promise anytime untethered Internet access
two important (but different) challenges wireless communication over wireless link mobility handling the mobile user who changes point
of attachment to network
5 DataLink Layer 5-71
Elements of a wireless network
network infrastructure
wireless hosts laptop PDA IP phone run applications may be stationary
(non-mobile) or mobile wireless does not
always mean mobility
5 DataLink Layer 5-72
Elements of a wireless network
network infrastructure
base station typically connected to
wired network relay - responsible
for sending packets between wired network and wireless host(s) in its ldquoareardquo
eg cell towers 80211 access points
5 DataLink Layer 5-73
Elements of a wireless network
network infrastructure
wireless link typically used to
connect mobile(s) to base station
also used as backbone link
multiple access protocol coordinates link access
various data rates transmission distance
5 DataLink Layer 5-74
Characteristics of selected wireless link standards
Indoor10-30m
Outdoor50-200m
Mid-rangeoutdoor
200m ndash 4 Km
Long-rangeoutdoor
5Km ndash 20 Km
056
384
1
4
5-11
54
IS-95 CDMA GSM 2G
UMTSWCDMA CDMA2000 3G
80215
80211b
80211ag
UMTSWCDMA-HSPDA CDMA2000-1xEVDO 3G cellularenhanced
80216 (WiMAX)
80211ag point-to-point
200 80211n
Dat
a ra
te (M
bps) data
5 DataLink Layer 5-75
Elements of a wireless network
network infrastructure
infrastructure mode base station connects
mobiles into wired network
handoff mobile changes base station providing connection into wired network
5 DataLink Layer 5-76
Elements of a wireless networkad hoc mode no base stations nodes can only
transmit to other nodes within link coverage
nodes organize themselves into a network route among themselves
5 DataLink Layer 5-77
Wireless network taxonomy
single hop multiple hops
infrastructure(eg APs)
noinfrastructure
host connects to base station (WiFiWiMAX cellular) which connects to
larger Internet
no base station noconnection to larger Internet (Bluetooth
ad hoc nets)
host may have torelay through several
wireless nodes to connect to larger
Internet mesh net
no base station noconnection to larger
Internet May have torelay to reach other a given wireless node
MANET VANET
5 DataLink Layer 5-78
Wireless Link Characteristics (1)Differences from wired link hellip
decreased signal strength radio signal attenuates as it propagates through matter (path loss)
interference from other sources standardized wireless network frequencies (eg 24 GHz) shared by other devices (eg phone) devices (motors) interfere as well
multipath propagation radio signal reflects off objects arriving at destination at slightly different times
hellip make communication across (even a point to point) wireless link much more ldquodifficultrdquo
5 DataLink Layer 5-79
Wireless Link Characteristics (2) SNR signal-to-noise ratio
larger SNR ndash easier to extract signal from noise (a ldquogood thingrdquo)
SNR versus BER tradeoffs given physical layer
increase power -gt increase SNR-gtdecrease BER
given SNR choose physical layer that meets BER requirement giving highest thruput
bull SNR may change with mobility dynamically adapt physical layer (modulation technique rate)
10 20 30 40
QAM256 (8 Mbps)
QAM16 (4 Mbps)
BPSK (1 Mbps)
SNR(dB)B
ER
10-1
10-2
10-3
10-5
10-6
10-7
10-4
5 DataLink Layer 5-80
Wireless network characteristicsMultiple wireless senders and receivers create
additional problems (beyond multiple access)
AB
C
Hidden terminal problem B A hear each other B C hear each other A C can not hear each othermeans A C unaware of their
interference at B
A B C
Arsquos signalstrength
space
Crsquos signalstrength
Signal attenuation B A hear each other B C hear each other A C can not hear each other
interfering at B
5 DataLink Layer 5-81
IEEE 80211 Wireless LAN 80211b
24-5 GHz unlicensed spectrum up to 11 Mbps direct sequence spread
spectrum (DSSS) in physical layer
bull all hosts use same chipping code
80211a 5-6 GHz range up to 54 Mbps
80211g 24-5 GHz range up to 54 Mbps
80211n multiple antennae 24-5 GHz range up to 200 Mbps
all use CSMACA for multiple access all have base-station and ad-hoc network versions
5 DataLink Layer 5-82
80211 LAN architecture
wireless host communicates with base station
base station = access point (AP)
Basic Service Set (BSS)(aka ldquocellrdquo) in infrastructure mode contains
wireless hosts access point (AP) base
station ad hoc mode hosts only
BSS 1
BSS 2
Internet
hub switchor routerAP
AP
5 DataLink Layer 5-83
80211 Channels association
80211b 24GHz-2485GHz spectrum divided into 11 channels at different frequencies AP admin chooses frequency for AP interference possible channel can be same as
that chosen by neighboring AP host must associate with an AP
scans channels listening for beacon framescontaining APrsquos name (SSID) and MAC address
selects AP to associate with may perform authentication [Chapter 8] will typically run DHCP to get IP address in APrsquos
subnet
5 DataLink Layer 5-84
80211 passiveactive scanning
AP 2AP 1
H1
BBS 2BBS 1
122
3 4
Active Scanning (1) probe request frame broadcast
from H1(2) probe response frame sent from
APs(3) association request frame sent
H1 to selected AP (4) association response frame sent
H1 to selected AP
AP 2AP 1
H1
BBS 2BBS 1
12 3
1
Passive Scanning(1) beacon frames sent from APs(2) association request frame sent H1
to selected AP (3) association response frame sent
H1 to selected AP
5 DataLink Layer 5-85
IEEE 80211 multiple access avoid collisions 2+ nodes transmitting at same time 80211 CSMA - sense before transmitting
donrsquot collide with ongoing transmission by other node 80211 no collision detection
difficult to receive (sense collisions) when transmitting due to weak received signals (fading)
canrsquot sense all collisions in any case hidden terminal fading goal avoid collisions CSMAC(ollision)A(voidance)
AB
CA B C
Arsquos signalstrength
space
Crsquos signalstrength
5 DataLink Layer 5-86
IEEE 80211 MAC Protocol CSMACA
80211 sender1 if sense channel idle for DIFS then
transmit entire frame (no CD)2 if sense channel busy then
start random backoff timetimer counts down while channel idletransmit when timer expiresif no ACK increase random backoff
interval repeat 280211 receiver- if frame received OK
return ACK after SIFS (ACK needed due to hidden terminal problem)
sender receiver
DIFS
data
SIFS
ACK
5 DataLink Layer 5-87
Avoiding collisions (more)idea allow sender to ldquoreserverdquo channel rather than random
access of data frames avoid collisions of long data frames sender first transmits small request-to-send (RTS) packets
to BS using CSMA RTSs may still collide with each other (but theyrsquore short)
BS broadcasts clear-to-send CTS in response to RTS CTS heard by all nodes
sender transmits data frame other stations defer transmissions
avoid data frame collisions completely using small reservation packets
5 DataLink Layer 5-88
Collision Avoidance RTS-CTS exchange
APA B
time
RTS(A)RTS(B)
RTS(A)
CTS(A) CTS(A)
DATA (A)
ACK(A) ACK(A)
reservation collision
defer
5 DataLink Layer 5-89
framecontrol duration address
1address
2address
4address
3 payload CRC
2 2 6 6 6 2 6 0 - 2312 4
seqcontrol
80211 frame addressing
Address 2 MAC addressof wireless host or AP transmitting this frame
Address 1 MAC addressof wireless host or AP to receive this frame
Address 3 MAC addressof router interface to which AP is attached
Address 4 used only in ad hoc mode
5 DataLink Layer 5-90
Internetrouter
AP
H1 R1
AP MAC addr H1 MAC addr R1 MAC addraddress 1 address 2 address 3
80211 frame
R1 MAC addr H1 MAC addr dest address source address
8023 frame
80211 frame addressing
5 DataLink Layer 5-91
framecontrol duration address
1address
2address
4address
3 payload CRC
2 2 6 6 6 2 6 0 - 2312 4
seqcontrol
Type FromAPSubtype To
APMore frag WEPMore
dataPower
mgtRetry RsvdProtocolversion
2 2 4 1 1 1 1 1 11 1
80211 frame moreduration of reserved transmission time (RTSCTS)
frame seq (for RDT)
frame type(RTS CTS ACK data)
5 DataLink Layer 5-92
hub or switch
AP 2
AP 1
H1 BBS 2
BBS 1
80211 mobility within same subnet
router H1 remains in same IP subnet IP address can remain same
switch which AP is associated with H1
self-learning (Ch 5) switch will see frame from H1 and ldquorememberrdquo which switch port can be used to reach H1
5 DataLink Layer 5-93
80211 advanced capabilities
Rate Adaptation base station mobile
dynamically change transmission rate (physical layer modulation technique) as mobile moves SNR varies
QAM256 (8 Mbps)QAM16 (4 Mbps)BPSK (1 Mbps)
10 20 30 40SNR(dB)
BE
R
10-1
10-2
10-3
10-5
10-6
10-7
10-4
operating point
1 SNR decreases BER increase as node moves away from base station2 When BER becomes too high switch to lower transmission rate but with lower BER
5 DataLink Layer 5-94
80211 advanced capabilitiesPower Management node-to-AP ldquoI am going to sleep until next
beacon framerdquo AP knows not to transmit frames to this
node node wakes up before next beacon frame
beacon frame contains list of mobiles with AP-to-mobile frames waiting to be sent node will stay awake if AP-to-mobile frames
to be sent otherwise sleep again until next beacon frame
5 DataLink Layer 5-21
Slotted Aloha efficiency
Suppose N nodes with many frames to send each transmits in slot with probability p
prob that node 1 has success in a slot= p(1-p)N-1
prob that any node has a success = Np(1-p)N-1
For max efficiency with N nodes find p that maximizes Np(1-p)N-1
For many nodes take limit of Np(1-p)N-1
as N goes to infinity gives 1e = 37
Efficiency is the long-run fraction of successful slots when there are many nodes each with many frames to send
At best channelused for useful transmissions 37of time
5 DataLink Layer 5-22
Pure (unslotted) ALOHA unslotted Aloha simpler no synchronization when frame first arrives
transmit immediately collision probability increases
frame sent at t0 collides with other frames sent in [t0-1t0+1]
5 DataLink Layer 5-23
Pure Aloha efficiencyP(success by given node) = P(node transmits)
P(no other node transmits in [t0-1t0] P(no other node transmits in [t0t0+1]
= p (1-p)N-1 (1-p)N-1
= p (1-p)2(N-1)
hellip choosing optimum p and then letting n rarr infin
= 1(2e) = 18 Even worse
5 DataLink Layer 5-24
CSMA (Carrier Sense Multiple Access)
CSMA listen before transmitIf channel sensed idle transmit entire frame If channel sensed busy defer transmission
Human analogy donrsquot interrupt others
5 DataLink Layer 5-25
CSMA collisionscollisions can still occurpropagation delay means two nodes may not heareach otherrsquos transmission
collisionentire packet transmission time wasted
spatial layout of nodes
noterole of distance amp propagation delay in determining collision probability
5 DataLink Layer 5-26
CSMACD (Collision Detection)CSMACD carrier sensing deferral as in CSMA
collisions detected within short time colliding transmissions aborted reducing channel
wastage collision detection
easy in wired LANs measure signal strengths compare transmitted received signals
difficult in wireless LANs receiver shut off while transmitting
human analogy the polite conversationalist
5 DataLink Layer 5-27
CSMACD collision detection
5 DataLink Layer 5-28
ldquoTaking Turnsrdquo MAC protocols
channel partitioning MAC protocols share channel efficiently and fairly at high load inefficient at low load delay in channel access
1N bandwidth allocated even if only 1 active node
Random access MAC protocols efficient at low load single node can fully
utilize channel high load collision overhead
ldquotaking turnsrdquo protocolslook for best of both worlds
5 DataLink Layer 5-29
ldquoTaking Turnsrdquo MAC protocolsPolling master node
ldquoinvitesrdquo slave nodes to transmit in turn
concerns polling overhead latency single point of
failure (master)
Token passing control token passed from
one node to next sequentially
token message concerns
token overhead latency single point of failure (token)
5 DataLink Layer 5-30
Summary of MAC protocols
What do you do with a shared media Channel Partitioning by time frequency or code
bull Time Division Frequency Division Random partitioning (dynamic)
bull ALOHA S-ALOHA CSMA CSMACDbull carrier sensing easy in some technologies (wire) hard
in others (wireless)bull CSMACD used in Ethernetbull CSMACA used in 80211
Taking Turnsbull polling from a central site token passing
5 DataLink Layer 5-31
MAC Addresses and ARP
32-bit IP address network-layer address used to get datagram to destination IP subnet
MAC (or LAN or ldquophysicalrdquo or Ethernet) address used to get datagram from one interface to
another physically-connected interface (same network)
48 bit MAC address (for most LANs) burned in the adapter ROM
5 DataLink Layer 5-32
LAN Addresses and ARPEach adapter on LAN has unique LAN address
Broadcast address =FF-FF-FF-FF-FF-FF
= adapter
1A-2F-BB-76-09-AD
58-23-D7-FA-20-B0
0C-C4-11-6F-E3-98
71-65-F7-2B-08-53
LAN(wired orwireless)
5 DataLink Layer 5-33
LAN Address (more)
MAC address allocation administered by IEEE manufacturer buys portion of MAC address space
(to assure uniqueness) Analogy
(a) MAC address like Social Security Number(b) IP address like postal address
MAC flat address allows easier portability can move LAN card from one LAN to another
IP hierarchical address NOT portable depends on IP subnet to which node is attached
5 DataLink Layer 5-34
ARP Address Resolution Protocol
Each IP node (Host Router) on LAN has ARP table
ARP Table IPMAC address mappings for some LAN nodes
lt IP address MAC address TTLgt TTL (Time To Live) time
after which address mapping will be forgotten (typically 20 min)
Question how to determineMAC address of Bknowing Brsquos IP address
1A-2F-BB-76-09-AD
58-23-D7-FA-20-B0
0C-C4-11-6F-E3-98
71-65-F7-2B-08-53
LAN
237196723
237196778
237196714
237196788
5 DataLink Layer 5-35
ARP protocol Same LAN (network)
A wants to send datagram to B and Brsquos MAC address not in Arsquos ARP table
A broadcasts ARP query packet containing Bs IP address
Dest MAC address = FF-FF-FF-FF-FF-FF
all machines on LAN receive ARP query
B receives ARP packet replies to A with its (Bs) MAC address
frame sent to Arsquos MAC address (unicast)
A caches (saves) IP-to-MAC address pair in its ARP table until information becomes old (times out)
soft state information that times out (goes away) unless refreshed
ARP is ldquoplug-and-playrdquo nodes create their ARP
tables without intervention from net administrator
5 DataLink Layer 5-36
Routing to another LANwalkthrough send datagram from A to B via R
assume A knowrsquos Brsquos IP address
Two ARP tables in router R one for each IP network (LAN)
A
RB
5 DataLink Layer 5-37
A creates datagram with source A destination B A uses ARP to get Rrsquos MAC address for 111111111110 A creates link-layer frame with Rs MAC address as dest
frame contains A-to-B IP datagram Arsquos adapter sends frame Rrsquos adapter receives frame R removes IP datagram from Ethernet frame sees itrsquos
destined to B R uses ARP to get Brsquos MAC address R creates frame containing A-to-B IP datagram sends to B
A
RB
5 DataLink Layer 5-38
Ethernetldquodominantrdquo wired LAN technology cheap $20 for 100Mbs first widely used LAN technology Simpler cheaper than token LANs and ATM Kept up with speed race 10 Mbps ndash 10 Gbps
Metcalfersquos Ethernetsketch
5 DataLink Layer 5-39
Star topology Bus topology popular through mid 90s Now star topology prevails Connection choices hub or switch (more later)
hub orswitch
5 DataLink Layer 5-40
Ethernet Frame StructureSending adapter encapsulates IP datagram (or other
network layer protocol packet) in Ethernet frame
Preamble 7 bytes with pattern 10101010 followed by one
byte with pattern 10101011 used to synchronize receiver sender clock rates
5 DataLink Layer 5-41
Ethernet Frame Structure (more) Addresses 6 bytes
if adapter receives frame with matching destination address or with broadcast address (eg ARP packet) it passes data in frame to net-layer protocol
otherwise adapter discards frame Type 2 bytes indicates the higher (network)
layer protocol (commonly IP but may also be ARP Novell IPX and AppleTalk etc)
CRC 4 bytes checked at receiver if error is detected the frame is simply dropped
5 DataLink Layer 5-42
Unreliable connectionless service
Connectionless No handshaking between sending and receiving adapter
Unreliable receiving adapter doesnrsquot send acks or nacks to sending adapter
stream of datagrams passed to network layer can have gaps
gaps will be filled if app is using TCP otherwise app will see the gaps
5 DataLink Layer 5-43
Ethernet uses CSMACD
No slots adapter doesnrsquot transmit
if it senses that some other adapter is transmitting that is carrier sense
transmitting adapter aborts when it senses that another adapter is transmitting that is collision detection
Before attempting a retransmission adapter waits a random time that is random access
5 DataLink Layer 5-44
Ethernet CSMACD algorithm1 Adapter receives
datagram from net layer amp creates frame
2 If adapter senses channel idle it starts to transmit frame If it senses channel busy waits until channel idle and then transmits
3 If adapter transmits entire frame without detecting another transmission the adapter is done with frame
4 If adapter detects another transmission while transmitting aborts and sends 48-bit jam signal
5 After aborting adapter enters exponential backoff after the mthcollision adapter chooses a K at random from 012hellip2m-1 Adapter waits K512 bit times and returns to Step 2
5 DataLink Layer 5-45
Frame Size limitations for Ethernet Minimum Frame size (Fmin)
For proper collision detectionFmin = Min frame sizeR = Ethernetrsquos transmission rate
eg 10 Mbsdmax = max Ethernet segment
lengthS = Propagation speed (2x108
ms)FminR ge 2dmaxS
Maximum Frame Size (Fmax)For fairness among competing nodes
Fmin=64 Bytes Fmax=1500 Bytes
A Bd
2dS
tim
e
Arsquos frame
Brsquos frame
Arsquos frame in yellowBrsquos frame in green
For proper collision detection Arsquos frame should last at least until Brsquos frame reaches A
5 DataLink Layer 5-46
Ethernetrsquos CSMACD (more)Jam Signal make sure all
other transmitters are aware of collision 48 bits
Random retransmission delayK 512 bit transmission times where K is randomly selected bit time is 01 microsec for 10 Mbps and 001 microsec for 100 Mbps Ethernet
Exponential Backoff Goal adapt retransmission
attempts to estimated current load
heavy load random wait will be longer
first collision choose K from 01 delay is K 512 bit transmission times
after second collision choose K from 0123hellip
after ten collisions choose K from 01234hellip1023
for max value of K=1023 wait time is about 50 msec for 10 Mbps 5 msec for 100 Mbps Ethernet
Seeinteract with Javaapplet on AWL Web sitehighly recommended
5 DataLink Layer 5-47
CSMACD efficiency
tprop = max prop between 2 nodes in LAN ttrans = time to transmit max-size frame
Efficiency goes to 1 as tprop goes to 0 Goes to 1 as ttrans goes to infinity Much better than ALOHA but still decentralized
simple and cheap
1efficiency1 5 prop transt t
asymp+
5 DataLink Layer 5-48
10BaseT and 100BaseT 10100 Mbps rates T stands for Twisted Pair Base stands for Baseband (unmodulated) Nodes connect to a hub ldquostar topologyrdquo 100 m
max distance between nodes and hub
twisted pair
hub
5 DataLink Layer 5-49
HubsHubs are essentially physical-layer repeaters
bits coming from one link go out all other links at the same rate no frame buffering no CSMACD at hub adapters detect collisions provides net management functionality
twisted pair
hub
5 DataLink Layer 5-50
Gbit Ethernet
uses standard Ethernet frame format allows for point-to-point links and shared
broadcast channels in shared mode CSMACD is used short
distances between nodes required for efficiency
Full-Duplex at 1 Gbps for point-to-point links
10 Gbps now
5 DataLink Layer 5-51
Interconnecting with hubs Backbone hub interconnects LAN segments Extends max distance between nodes But individual segment collision domains become one
large collision domain Canrsquot interconnect 10BaseT amp 100BaseT
hub hub hub
hub
5 DataLink Layer 5-52
Switch Link layer device
stores and forwards Ethernet frames examines frame header and selectively
forwards frame based on MAC dest address when frame is to be forwarded on segment
uses CSMACD to access segment transparent
hosts are unaware of presence of switches plug-and-play self-learning
switches do not need to be configured
5 DataLink Layer 5-53
Forwarding
bull How do determine onto which LAN segment to forward framebull Looks like a routing problem
hub hubhub
switch1
2 3
5 DataLink Layer 5-54
Self learning
A switch has a switch table entry in switch table
(MAC Address Interface Time Stamp) stale entries in table dropped (TTL can be 60 min)
switch learns which hosts can be reached through which interfaces when frame received switch ldquolearnsrdquo location of
sender incoming LAN segment records senderlocation pair in switch table
5 DataLink Layer 5-55
FilteringForwardingWhen switch receives a frame
index switch table using MAC dest addressif entry found for destination
thenif dest on segment from which frame arrived
then drop the frameelse forward the frame on interface indicated
else flood
forward on all but the interface on which the frame arrived
5 DataLink Layer 5-56
Switch exampleSuppose C sends frame to D
Switch receives frame from from C notes in bridge table that C is on interface 1 because D is not in table switch forwards frame into
interfaces 2 and 3 frame received by D
hub hub hub
switch
A
B CD
EF G H
I
address interfaceABEG
1123
12 3
5 DataLink Layer 5-57
Switch exampleSuppose C sends frame to D
Switch receives frame from from C notes in bridge table that C is on interface 1 because D is not in table switch forwards frame into
interfaces 2 and 3 frame received by D
hub hub hub
switch
A
B CD
EF G H
I
address interfaceABEGC
11231
12 3
5 DataLink Layer 5-58
Switch exampleSuppose D replies back with frame to C
Switch receives frame from from D notes in bridge table that D is on interface 2 because C is in table switch forwards frame only to
interface 1 frame received by C
hub hub hub
switch
A
B CD
EF G H
I
address interfaceABEGC
11231
12 3
5 DataLink Layer 5-59
Switch exampleSuppose D replies back with frame to C
Switch receives frame from from D notes in bridge table that D is on interface 2 because C is in table switch forwards frame only to
interface 1 frame received by C
hub hub hub
switch
A
B CD
EF G H
I
address interfaceABEGCD
112312
12 3
5 DataLink Layer 5-60
Switch traffic isolation switch installation breaks subnet into LAN
segments switch filters packets
same-LAN-segment frames not usually forwarded onto other LAN segments
segments become separate collision domains
hub hub hub
switch
collision domain collision domain
collision domain
5 DataLink Layer 5-61
Switches dedicated access Switch with many
interfaces Hosts have direct
connection to switch No collisions full duplex
Switching A-to-Arsquo and B-to-Brsquo simultaneously no collisions
combinations of shareddedicated 101001000 Mbps interfaces possible
switch
A
Arsquo
B
Brsquo
C
Crsquo
5 DataLink Layer 5-62
Institutional network
hub hubhub
switch
to externalnetwork
router
IP subnet
mail server
web server
5 DataLink Layer 5-63
Switches vs Routers both store-and-forward devices
routers network layer devices (examine network layer headers)
switches are link layer devices routers maintain routing tables implement routing
algorithms switches maintain switch tables implement
filtering learning algorithms
5 DataLink Layer 5-64
Summary comparison
hubs routers switches
traffic isolation
no yes yes
plug amp play yes no yes
optimal routing
no yes no
5 DataLink Layer 5-65
VLANs motivation
What happens if CS user moves office to EE
but wants connect to CS switch
single broadcast domain all layer-2 broadcast
traffic (ARP DHCP) crosses entire LAN (securityprivacy efficiency issues)
each lowest level switch has only few ports in use
Computer Science Electrical
EngineeringComputerEngineering
Whatrsquos wrong with this picture
5 DataLink Layer 5-66
VLANs Port-based VLAN switch ports grouped (by switch management software) so that single physical switch helliphellip
Switch(es) supporting VLAN capabilities can be configured to define multiple virtual LANS over single physical LAN infrastructure
Virtual Local Area Network
1
8
9
16102
7
hellip
Electrical Engineering(VLAN ports 1-8)
Computer Science(VLAN ports 9-15)
15
hellip
Electrical Engineering(VLAN ports 1-8)
hellip
1
82
7 9
1610
15
hellip
Computer Science(VLAN ports 9-16)
hellip operates as multiple virtual switches
5 DataLink Layer 5-67
Port-based VLAN
1
8
9
16102
7
hellip
Electrical Engineering(VLAN ports 1-8)
Computer Science(VLAN ports 9-15)
15
hellip
traffic isolation frames tofrom ports 1-8 can only reach ports 1-8
can also define VLAN based on MAC addresses of endpoints rather than switch port
dynamic membershipports can be dynamically assigned among VLANs
router
forwarding between VLANSdone via routing (just as with separate switches)
in practice vendors sell combined switches plus routers
5 DataLink Layer 5-68
VLANS spanning multiple switches
trunk port carries frames between VLANS defined over multiple physical switches
frames forwarded within VLAN between switches canrsquot be vanilla 8021 frames (must carry VLAN ID info)
8021q protocol addsremoves additional header fields for frames forwarded between trunk ports
1
8
9
102
7
hellip
Electrical Engineering(VLAN ports 1-8)
Computer Science(VLAN ports 9-15)
15
hellip
2
73
Ports 235 belong to EE VLANPorts 4678 belong to CS VLAN
5
4 6 816
1
5 DataLink Layer 5-69
Type
2-byte Tag Protocol Identifier(value 81-00)
Tag Control Information (12 bit VLAN ID field 3 bit priority field like IP TOS)
Recomputed CRC
8021Q VLAN frame format
8021 frame
8021Q frame
5 DataLink Layer 5-70
Chapter 6 Wireless and Mobile Networks
Background wireless (mobile) phone subscribers now
exceeds wired phone subscribers computer nets laptops palmtops PDAs
Internet-enabled phone promise anytime untethered Internet access
two important (but different) challenges wireless communication over wireless link mobility handling the mobile user who changes point
of attachment to network
5 DataLink Layer 5-71
Elements of a wireless network
network infrastructure
wireless hosts laptop PDA IP phone run applications may be stationary
(non-mobile) or mobile wireless does not
always mean mobility
5 DataLink Layer 5-72
Elements of a wireless network
network infrastructure
base station typically connected to
wired network relay - responsible
for sending packets between wired network and wireless host(s) in its ldquoareardquo
eg cell towers 80211 access points
5 DataLink Layer 5-73
Elements of a wireless network
network infrastructure
wireless link typically used to
connect mobile(s) to base station
also used as backbone link
multiple access protocol coordinates link access
various data rates transmission distance
5 DataLink Layer 5-74
Characteristics of selected wireless link standards
Indoor10-30m
Outdoor50-200m
Mid-rangeoutdoor
200m ndash 4 Km
Long-rangeoutdoor
5Km ndash 20 Km
056
384
1
4
5-11
54
IS-95 CDMA GSM 2G
UMTSWCDMA CDMA2000 3G
80215
80211b
80211ag
UMTSWCDMA-HSPDA CDMA2000-1xEVDO 3G cellularenhanced
80216 (WiMAX)
80211ag point-to-point
200 80211n
Dat
a ra
te (M
bps) data
5 DataLink Layer 5-75
Elements of a wireless network
network infrastructure
infrastructure mode base station connects
mobiles into wired network
handoff mobile changes base station providing connection into wired network
5 DataLink Layer 5-76
Elements of a wireless networkad hoc mode no base stations nodes can only
transmit to other nodes within link coverage
nodes organize themselves into a network route among themselves
5 DataLink Layer 5-77
Wireless network taxonomy
single hop multiple hops
infrastructure(eg APs)
noinfrastructure
host connects to base station (WiFiWiMAX cellular) which connects to
larger Internet
no base station noconnection to larger Internet (Bluetooth
ad hoc nets)
host may have torelay through several
wireless nodes to connect to larger
Internet mesh net
no base station noconnection to larger
Internet May have torelay to reach other a given wireless node
MANET VANET
5 DataLink Layer 5-78
Wireless Link Characteristics (1)Differences from wired link hellip
decreased signal strength radio signal attenuates as it propagates through matter (path loss)
interference from other sources standardized wireless network frequencies (eg 24 GHz) shared by other devices (eg phone) devices (motors) interfere as well
multipath propagation radio signal reflects off objects arriving at destination at slightly different times
hellip make communication across (even a point to point) wireless link much more ldquodifficultrdquo
5 DataLink Layer 5-79
Wireless Link Characteristics (2) SNR signal-to-noise ratio
larger SNR ndash easier to extract signal from noise (a ldquogood thingrdquo)
SNR versus BER tradeoffs given physical layer
increase power -gt increase SNR-gtdecrease BER
given SNR choose physical layer that meets BER requirement giving highest thruput
bull SNR may change with mobility dynamically adapt physical layer (modulation technique rate)
10 20 30 40
QAM256 (8 Mbps)
QAM16 (4 Mbps)
BPSK (1 Mbps)
SNR(dB)B
ER
10-1
10-2
10-3
10-5
10-6
10-7
10-4
5 DataLink Layer 5-80
Wireless network characteristicsMultiple wireless senders and receivers create
additional problems (beyond multiple access)
AB
C
Hidden terminal problem B A hear each other B C hear each other A C can not hear each othermeans A C unaware of their
interference at B
A B C
Arsquos signalstrength
space
Crsquos signalstrength
Signal attenuation B A hear each other B C hear each other A C can not hear each other
interfering at B
5 DataLink Layer 5-81
IEEE 80211 Wireless LAN 80211b
24-5 GHz unlicensed spectrum up to 11 Mbps direct sequence spread
spectrum (DSSS) in physical layer
bull all hosts use same chipping code
80211a 5-6 GHz range up to 54 Mbps
80211g 24-5 GHz range up to 54 Mbps
80211n multiple antennae 24-5 GHz range up to 200 Mbps
all use CSMACA for multiple access all have base-station and ad-hoc network versions
5 DataLink Layer 5-82
80211 LAN architecture
wireless host communicates with base station
base station = access point (AP)
Basic Service Set (BSS)(aka ldquocellrdquo) in infrastructure mode contains
wireless hosts access point (AP) base
station ad hoc mode hosts only
BSS 1
BSS 2
Internet
hub switchor routerAP
AP
5 DataLink Layer 5-83
80211 Channels association
80211b 24GHz-2485GHz spectrum divided into 11 channels at different frequencies AP admin chooses frequency for AP interference possible channel can be same as
that chosen by neighboring AP host must associate with an AP
scans channels listening for beacon framescontaining APrsquos name (SSID) and MAC address
selects AP to associate with may perform authentication [Chapter 8] will typically run DHCP to get IP address in APrsquos
subnet
5 DataLink Layer 5-84
80211 passiveactive scanning
AP 2AP 1
H1
BBS 2BBS 1
122
3 4
Active Scanning (1) probe request frame broadcast
from H1(2) probe response frame sent from
APs(3) association request frame sent
H1 to selected AP (4) association response frame sent
H1 to selected AP
AP 2AP 1
H1
BBS 2BBS 1
12 3
1
Passive Scanning(1) beacon frames sent from APs(2) association request frame sent H1
to selected AP (3) association response frame sent
H1 to selected AP
5 DataLink Layer 5-85
IEEE 80211 multiple access avoid collisions 2+ nodes transmitting at same time 80211 CSMA - sense before transmitting
donrsquot collide with ongoing transmission by other node 80211 no collision detection
difficult to receive (sense collisions) when transmitting due to weak received signals (fading)
canrsquot sense all collisions in any case hidden terminal fading goal avoid collisions CSMAC(ollision)A(voidance)
AB
CA B C
Arsquos signalstrength
space
Crsquos signalstrength
5 DataLink Layer 5-86
IEEE 80211 MAC Protocol CSMACA
80211 sender1 if sense channel idle for DIFS then
transmit entire frame (no CD)2 if sense channel busy then
start random backoff timetimer counts down while channel idletransmit when timer expiresif no ACK increase random backoff
interval repeat 280211 receiver- if frame received OK
return ACK after SIFS (ACK needed due to hidden terminal problem)
sender receiver
DIFS
data
SIFS
ACK
5 DataLink Layer 5-87
Avoiding collisions (more)idea allow sender to ldquoreserverdquo channel rather than random
access of data frames avoid collisions of long data frames sender first transmits small request-to-send (RTS) packets
to BS using CSMA RTSs may still collide with each other (but theyrsquore short)
BS broadcasts clear-to-send CTS in response to RTS CTS heard by all nodes
sender transmits data frame other stations defer transmissions
avoid data frame collisions completely using small reservation packets
5 DataLink Layer 5-88
Collision Avoidance RTS-CTS exchange
APA B
time
RTS(A)RTS(B)
RTS(A)
CTS(A) CTS(A)
DATA (A)
ACK(A) ACK(A)
reservation collision
defer
5 DataLink Layer 5-89
framecontrol duration address
1address
2address
4address
3 payload CRC
2 2 6 6 6 2 6 0 - 2312 4
seqcontrol
80211 frame addressing
Address 2 MAC addressof wireless host or AP transmitting this frame
Address 1 MAC addressof wireless host or AP to receive this frame
Address 3 MAC addressof router interface to which AP is attached
Address 4 used only in ad hoc mode
5 DataLink Layer 5-90
Internetrouter
AP
H1 R1
AP MAC addr H1 MAC addr R1 MAC addraddress 1 address 2 address 3
80211 frame
R1 MAC addr H1 MAC addr dest address source address
8023 frame
80211 frame addressing
5 DataLink Layer 5-91
framecontrol duration address
1address
2address
4address
3 payload CRC
2 2 6 6 6 2 6 0 - 2312 4
seqcontrol
Type FromAPSubtype To
APMore frag WEPMore
dataPower
mgtRetry RsvdProtocolversion
2 2 4 1 1 1 1 1 11 1
80211 frame moreduration of reserved transmission time (RTSCTS)
frame seq (for RDT)
frame type(RTS CTS ACK data)
5 DataLink Layer 5-92
hub or switch
AP 2
AP 1
H1 BBS 2
BBS 1
80211 mobility within same subnet
router H1 remains in same IP subnet IP address can remain same
switch which AP is associated with H1
self-learning (Ch 5) switch will see frame from H1 and ldquorememberrdquo which switch port can be used to reach H1
5 DataLink Layer 5-93
80211 advanced capabilities
Rate Adaptation base station mobile
dynamically change transmission rate (physical layer modulation technique) as mobile moves SNR varies
QAM256 (8 Mbps)QAM16 (4 Mbps)BPSK (1 Mbps)
10 20 30 40SNR(dB)
BE
R
10-1
10-2
10-3
10-5
10-6
10-7
10-4
operating point
1 SNR decreases BER increase as node moves away from base station2 When BER becomes too high switch to lower transmission rate but with lower BER
5 DataLink Layer 5-94
80211 advanced capabilitiesPower Management node-to-AP ldquoI am going to sleep until next
beacon framerdquo AP knows not to transmit frames to this
node node wakes up before next beacon frame
beacon frame contains list of mobiles with AP-to-mobile frames waiting to be sent node will stay awake if AP-to-mobile frames
to be sent otherwise sleep again until next beacon frame
5 DataLink Layer 5-22
Pure (unslotted) ALOHA unslotted Aloha simpler no synchronization when frame first arrives
transmit immediately collision probability increases
frame sent at t0 collides with other frames sent in [t0-1t0+1]
5 DataLink Layer 5-23
Pure Aloha efficiencyP(success by given node) = P(node transmits)
P(no other node transmits in [t0-1t0] P(no other node transmits in [t0t0+1]
= p (1-p)N-1 (1-p)N-1
= p (1-p)2(N-1)
hellip choosing optimum p and then letting n rarr infin
= 1(2e) = 18 Even worse
5 DataLink Layer 5-24
CSMA (Carrier Sense Multiple Access)
CSMA listen before transmitIf channel sensed idle transmit entire frame If channel sensed busy defer transmission
Human analogy donrsquot interrupt others
5 DataLink Layer 5-25
CSMA collisionscollisions can still occurpropagation delay means two nodes may not heareach otherrsquos transmission
collisionentire packet transmission time wasted
spatial layout of nodes
noterole of distance amp propagation delay in determining collision probability
5 DataLink Layer 5-26
CSMACD (Collision Detection)CSMACD carrier sensing deferral as in CSMA
collisions detected within short time colliding transmissions aborted reducing channel
wastage collision detection
easy in wired LANs measure signal strengths compare transmitted received signals
difficult in wireless LANs receiver shut off while transmitting
human analogy the polite conversationalist
5 DataLink Layer 5-27
CSMACD collision detection
5 DataLink Layer 5-28
ldquoTaking Turnsrdquo MAC protocols
channel partitioning MAC protocols share channel efficiently and fairly at high load inefficient at low load delay in channel access
1N bandwidth allocated even if only 1 active node
Random access MAC protocols efficient at low load single node can fully
utilize channel high load collision overhead
ldquotaking turnsrdquo protocolslook for best of both worlds
5 DataLink Layer 5-29
ldquoTaking Turnsrdquo MAC protocolsPolling master node
ldquoinvitesrdquo slave nodes to transmit in turn
concerns polling overhead latency single point of
failure (master)
Token passing control token passed from
one node to next sequentially
token message concerns
token overhead latency single point of failure (token)
5 DataLink Layer 5-30
Summary of MAC protocols
What do you do with a shared media Channel Partitioning by time frequency or code
bull Time Division Frequency Division Random partitioning (dynamic)
bull ALOHA S-ALOHA CSMA CSMACDbull carrier sensing easy in some technologies (wire) hard
in others (wireless)bull CSMACD used in Ethernetbull CSMACA used in 80211
Taking Turnsbull polling from a central site token passing
5 DataLink Layer 5-31
MAC Addresses and ARP
32-bit IP address network-layer address used to get datagram to destination IP subnet
MAC (or LAN or ldquophysicalrdquo or Ethernet) address used to get datagram from one interface to
another physically-connected interface (same network)
48 bit MAC address (for most LANs) burned in the adapter ROM
5 DataLink Layer 5-32
LAN Addresses and ARPEach adapter on LAN has unique LAN address
Broadcast address =FF-FF-FF-FF-FF-FF
= adapter
1A-2F-BB-76-09-AD
58-23-D7-FA-20-B0
0C-C4-11-6F-E3-98
71-65-F7-2B-08-53
LAN(wired orwireless)
5 DataLink Layer 5-33
LAN Address (more)
MAC address allocation administered by IEEE manufacturer buys portion of MAC address space
(to assure uniqueness) Analogy
(a) MAC address like Social Security Number(b) IP address like postal address
MAC flat address allows easier portability can move LAN card from one LAN to another
IP hierarchical address NOT portable depends on IP subnet to which node is attached
5 DataLink Layer 5-34
ARP Address Resolution Protocol
Each IP node (Host Router) on LAN has ARP table
ARP Table IPMAC address mappings for some LAN nodes
lt IP address MAC address TTLgt TTL (Time To Live) time
after which address mapping will be forgotten (typically 20 min)
Question how to determineMAC address of Bknowing Brsquos IP address
1A-2F-BB-76-09-AD
58-23-D7-FA-20-B0
0C-C4-11-6F-E3-98
71-65-F7-2B-08-53
LAN
237196723
237196778
237196714
237196788
5 DataLink Layer 5-35
ARP protocol Same LAN (network)
A wants to send datagram to B and Brsquos MAC address not in Arsquos ARP table
A broadcasts ARP query packet containing Bs IP address
Dest MAC address = FF-FF-FF-FF-FF-FF
all machines on LAN receive ARP query
B receives ARP packet replies to A with its (Bs) MAC address
frame sent to Arsquos MAC address (unicast)
A caches (saves) IP-to-MAC address pair in its ARP table until information becomes old (times out)
soft state information that times out (goes away) unless refreshed
ARP is ldquoplug-and-playrdquo nodes create their ARP
tables without intervention from net administrator
5 DataLink Layer 5-36
Routing to another LANwalkthrough send datagram from A to B via R
assume A knowrsquos Brsquos IP address
Two ARP tables in router R one for each IP network (LAN)
A
RB
5 DataLink Layer 5-37
A creates datagram with source A destination B A uses ARP to get Rrsquos MAC address for 111111111110 A creates link-layer frame with Rs MAC address as dest
frame contains A-to-B IP datagram Arsquos adapter sends frame Rrsquos adapter receives frame R removes IP datagram from Ethernet frame sees itrsquos
destined to B R uses ARP to get Brsquos MAC address R creates frame containing A-to-B IP datagram sends to B
A
RB
5 DataLink Layer 5-38
Ethernetldquodominantrdquo wired LAN technology cheap $20 for 100Mbs first widely used LAN technology Simpler cheaper than token LANs and ATM Kept up with speed race 10 Mbps ndash 10 Gbps
Metcalfersquos Ethernetsketch
5 DataLink Layer 5-39
Star topology Bus topology popular through mid 90s Now star topology prevails Connection choices hub or switch (more later)
hub orswitch
5 DataLink Layer 5-40
Ethernet Frame StructureSending adapter encapsulates IP datagram (or other
network layer protocol packet) in Ethernet frame
Preamble 7 bytes with pattern 10101010 followed by one
byte with pattern 10101011 used to synchronize receiver sender clock rates
5 DataLink Layer 5-41
Ethernet Frame Structure (more) Addresses 6 bytes
if adapter receives frame with matching destination address or with broadcast address (eg ARP packet) it passes data in frame to net-layer protocol
otherwise adapter discards frame Type 2 bytes indicates the higher (network)
layer protocol (commonly IP but may also be ARP Novell IPX and AppleTalk etc)
CRC 4 bytes checked at receiver if error is detected the frame is simply dropped
5 DataLink Layer 5-42
Unreliable connectionless service
Connectionless No handshaking between sending and receiving adapter
Unreliable receiving adapter doesnrsquot send acks or nacks to sending adapter
stream of datagrams passed to network layer can have gaps
gaps will be filled if app is using TCP otherwise app will see the gaps
5 DataLink Layer 5-43
Ethernet uses CSMACD
No slots adapter doesnrsquot transmit
if it senses that some other adapter is transmitting that is carrier sense
transmitting adapter aborts when it senses that another adapter is transmitting that is collision detection
Before attempting a retransmission adapter waits a random time that is random access
5 DataLink Layer 5-44
Ethernet CSMACD algorithm1 Adapter receives
datagram from net layer amp creates frame
2 If adapter senses channel idle it starts to transmit frame If it senses channel busy waits until channel idle and then transmits
3 If adapter transmits entire frame without detecting another transmission the adapter is done with frame
4 If adapter detects another transmission while transmitting aborts and sends 48-bit jam signal
5 After aborting adapter enters exponential backoff after the mthcollision adapter chooses a K at random from 012hellip2m-1 Adapter waits K512 bit times and returns to Step 2
5 DataLink Layer 5-45
Frame Size limitations for Ethernet Minimum Frame size (Fmin)
For proper collision detectionFmin = Min frame sizeR = Ethernetrsquos transmission rate
eg 10 Mbsdmax = max Ethernet segment
lengthS = Propagation speed (2x108
ms)FminR ge 2dmaxS
Maximum Frame Size (Fmax)For fairness among competing nodes
Fmin=64 Bytes Fmax=1500 Bytes
A Bd
2dS
tim
e
Arsquos frame
Brsquos frame
Arsquos frame in yellowBrsquos frame in green
For proper collision detection Arsquos frame should last at least until Brsquos frame reaches A
5 DataLink Layer 5-46
Ethernetrsquos CSMACD (more)Jam Signal make sure all
other transmitters are aware of collision 48 bits
Random retransmission delayK 512 bit transmission times where K is randomly selected bit time is 01 microsec for 10 Mbps and 001 microsec for 100 Mbps Ethernet
Exponential Backoff Goal adapt retransmission
attempts to estimated current load
heavy load random wait will be longer
first collision choose K from 01 delay is K 512 bit transmission times
after second collision choose K from 0123hellip
after ten collisions choose K from 01234hellip1023
for max value of K=1023 wait time is about 50 msec for 10 Mbps 5 msec for 100 Mbps Ethernet
Seeinteract with Javaapplet on AWL Web sitehighly recommended
5 DataLink Layer 5-47
CSMACD efficiency
tprop = max prop between 2 nodes in LAN ttrans = time to transmit max-size frame
Efficiency goes to 1 as tprop goes to 0 Goes to 1 as ttrans goes to infinity Much better than ALOHA but still decentralized
simple and cheap
1efficiency1 5 prop transt t
asymp+
5 DataLink Layer 5-48
10BaseT and 100BaseT 10100 Mbps rates T stands for Twisted Pair Base stands for Baseband (unmodulated) Nodes connect to a hub ldquostar topologyrdquo 100 m
max distance between nodes and hub
twisted pair
hub
5 DataLink Layer 5-49
HubsHubs are essentially physical-layer repeaters
bits coming from one link go out all other links at the same rate no frame buffering no CSMACD at hub adapters detect collisions provides net management functionality
twisted pair
hub
5 DataLink Layer 5-50
Gbit Ethernet
uses standard Ethernet frame format allows for point-to-point links and shared
broadcast channels in shared mode CSMACD is used short
distances between nodes required for efficiency
Full-Duplex at 1 Gbps for point-to-point links
10 Gbps now
5 DataLink Layer 5-51
Interconnecting with hubs Backbone hub interconnects LAN segments Extends max distance between nodes But individual segment collision domains become one
large collision domain Canrsquot interconnect 10BaseT amp 100BaseT
hub hub hub
hub
5 DataLink Layer 5-52
Switch Link layer device
stores and forwards Ethernet frames examines frame header and selectively
forwards frame based on MAC dest address when frame is to be forwarded on segment
uses CSMACD to access segment transparent
hosts are unaware of presence of switches plug-and-play self-learning
switches do not need to be configured
5 DataLink Layer 5-53
Forwarding
bull How do determine onto which LAN segment to forward framebull Looks like a routing problem
hub hubhub
switch1
2 3
5 DataLink Layer 5-54
Self learning
A switch has a switch table entry in switch table
(MAC Address Interface Time Stamp) stale entries in table dropped (TTL can be 60 min)
switch learns which hosts can be reached through which interfaces when frame received switch ldquolearnsrdquo location of
sender incoming LAN segment records senderlocation pair in switch table
5 DataLink Layer 5-55
FilteringForwardingWhen switch receives a frame
index switch table using MAC dest addressif entry found for destination
thenif dest on segment from which frame arrived
then drop the frameelse forward the frame on interface indicated
else flood
forward on all but the interface on which the frame arrived
5 DataLink Layer 5-56
Switch exampleSuppose C sends frame to D
Switch receives frame from from C notes in bridge table that C is on interface 1 because D is not in table switch forwards frame into
interfaces 2 and 3 frame received by D
hub hub hub
switch
A
B CD
EF G H
I
address interfaceABEG
1123
12 3
5 DataLink Layer 5-57
Switch exampleSuppose C sends frame to D
Switch receives frame from from C notes in bridge table that C is on interface 1 because D is not in table switch forwards frame into
interfaces 2 and 3 frame received by D
hub hub hub
switch
A
B CD
EF G H
I
address interfaceABEGC
11231
12 3
5 DataLink Layer 5-58
Switch exampleSuppose D replies back with frame to C
Switch receives frame from from D notes in bridge table that D is on interface 2 because C is in table switch forwards frame only to
interface 1 frame received by C
hub hub hub
switch
A
B CD
EF G H
I
address interfaceABEGC
11231
12 3
5 DataLink Layer 5-59
Switch exampleSuppose D replies back with frame to C
Switch receives frame from from D notes in bridge table that D is on interface 2 because C is in table switch forwards frame only to
interface 1 frame received by C
hub hub hub
switch
A
B CD
EF G H
I
address interfaceABEGCD
112312
12 3
5 DataLink Layer 5-60
Switch traffic isolation switch installation breaks subnet into LAN
segments switch filters packets
same-LAN-segment frames not usually forwarded onto other LAN segments
segments become separate collision domains
hub hub hub
switch
collision domain collision domain
collision domain
5 DataLink Layer 5-61
Switches dedicated access Switch with many
interfaces Hosts have direct
connection to switch No collisions full duplex
Switching A-to-Arsquo and B-to-Brsquo simultaneously no collisions
combinations of shareddedicated 101001000 Mbps interfaces possible
switch
A
Arsquo
B
Brsquo
C
Crsquo
5 DataLink Layer 5-62
Institutional network
hub hubhub
switch
to externalnetwork
router
IP subnet
mail server
web server
5 DataLink Layer 5-63
Switches vs Routers both store-and-forward devices
routers network layer devices (examine network layer headers)
switches are link layer devices routers maintain routing tables implement routing
algorithms switches maintain switch tables implement
filtering learning algorithms
5 DataLink Layer 5-64
Summary comparison
hubs routers switches
traffic isolation
no yes yes
plug amp play yes no yes
optimal routing
no yes no
5 DataLink Layer 5-65
VLANs motivation
What happens if CS user moves office to EE
but wants connect to CS switch
single broadcast domain all layer-2 broadcast
traffic (ARP DHCP) crosses entire LAN (securityprivacy efficiency issues)
each lowest level switch has only few ports in use
Computer Science Electrical
EngineeringComputerEngineering
Whatrsquos wrong with this picture
5 DataLink Layer 5-66
VLANs Port-based VLAN switch ports grouped (by switch management software) so that single physical switch helliphellip
Switch(es) supporting VLAN capabilities can be configured to define multiple virtual LANS over single physical LAN infrastructure
Virtual Local Area Network
1
8
9
16102
7
hellip
Electrical Engineering(VLAN ports 1-8)
Computer Science(VLAN ports 9-15)
15
hellip
Electrical Engineering(VLAN ports 1-8)
hellip
1
82
7 9
1610
15
hellip
Computer Science(VLAN ports 9-16)
hellip operates as multiple virtual switches
5 DataLink Layer 5-67
Port-based VLAN
1
8
9
16102
7
hellip
Electrical Engineering(VLAN ports 1-8)
Computer Science(VLAN ports 9-15)
15
hellip
traffic isolation frames tofrom ports 1-8 can only reach ports 1-8
can also define VLAN based on MAC addresses of endpoints rather than switch port
dynamic membershipports can be dynamically assigned among VLANs
router
forwarding between VLANSdone via routing (just as with separate switches)
in practice vendors sell combined switches plus routers
5 DataLink Layer 5-68
VLANS spanning multiple switches
trunk port carries frames between VLANS defined over multiple physical switches
frames forwarded within VLAN between switches canrsquot be vanilla 8021 frames (must carry VLAN ID info)
8021q protocol addsremoves additional header fields for frames forwarded between trunk ports
1
8
9
102
7
hellip
Electrical Engineering(VLAN ports 1-8)
Computer Science(VLAN ports 9-15)
15
hellip
2
73
Ports 235 belong to EE VLANPorts 4678 belong to CS VLAN
5
4 6 816
1
5 DataLink Layer 5-69
Type
2-byte Tag Protocol Identifier(value 81-00)
Tag Control Information (12 bit VLAN ID field 3 bit priority field like IP TOS)
Recomputed CRC
8021Q VLAN frame format
8021 frame
8021Q frame
5 DataLink Layer 5-70
Chapter 6 Wireless and Mobile Networks
Background wireless (mobile) phone subscribers now
exceeds wired phone subscribers computer nets laptops palmtops PDAs
Internet-enabled phone promise anytime untethered Internet access
two important (but different) challenges wireless communication over wireless link mobility handling the mobile user who changes point
of attachment to network
5 DataLink Layer 5-71
Elements of a wireless network
network infrastructure
wireless hosts laptop PDA IP phone run applications may be stationary
(non-mobile) or mobile wireless does not
always mean mobility
5 DataLink Layer 5-72
Elements of a wireless network
network infrastructure
base station typically connected to
wired network relay - responsible
for sending packets between wired network and wireless host(s) in its ldquoareardquo
eg cell towers 80211 access points
5 DataLink Layer 5-73
Elements of a wireless network
network infrastructure
wireless link typically used to
connect mobile(s) to base station
also used as backbone link
multiple access protocol coordinates link access
various data rates transmission distance
5 DataLink Layer 5-74
Characteristics of selected wireless link standards
Indoor10-30m
Outdoor50-200m
Mid-rangeoutdoor
200m ndash 4 Km
Long-rangeoutdoor
5Km ndash 20 Km
056
384
1
4
5-11
54
IS-95 CDMA GSM 2G
UMTSWCDMA CDMA2000 3G
80215
80211b
80211ag
UMTSWCDMA-HSPDA CDMA2000-1xEVDO 3G cellularenhanced
80216 (WiMAX)
80211ag point-to-point
200 80211n
Dat
a ra
te (M
bps) data
5 DataLink Layer 5-75
Elements of a wireless network
network infrastructure
infrastructure mode base station connects
mobiles into wired network
handoff mobile changes base station providing connection into wired network
5 DataLink Layer 5-76
Elements of a wireless networkad hoc mode no base stations nodes can only
transmit to other nodes within link coverage
nodes organize themselves into a network route among themselves
5 DataLink Layer 5-77
Wireless network taxonomy
single hop multiple hops
infrastructure(eg APs)
noinfrastructure
host connects to base station (WiFiWiMAX cellular) which connects to
larger Internet
no base station noconnection to larger Internet (Bluetooth
ad hoc nets)
host may have torelay through several
wireless nodes to connect to larger
Internet mesh net
no base station noconnection to larger
Internet May have torelay to reach other a given wireless node
MANET VANET
5 DataLink Layer 5-78
Wireless Link Characteristics (1)Differences from wired link hellip
decreased signal strength radio signal attenuates as it propagates through matter (path loss)
interference from other sources standardized wireless network frequencies (eg 24 GHz) shared by other devices (eg phone) devices (motors) interfere as well
multipath propagation radio signal reflects off objects arriving at destination at slightly different times
hellip make communication across (even a point to point) wireless link much more ldquodifficultrdquo
5 DataLink Layer 5-79
Wireless Link Characteristics (2) SNR signal-to-noise ratio
larger SNR ndash easier to extract signal from noise (a ldquogood thingrdquo)
SNR versus BER tradeoffs given physical layer
increase power -gt increase SNR-gtdecrease BER
given SNR choose physical layer that meets BER requirement giving highest thruput
bull SNR may change with mobility dynamically adapt physical layer (modulation technique rate)
10 20 30 40
QAM256 (8 Mbps)
QAM16 (4 Mbps)
BPSK (1 Mbps)
SNR(dB)B
ER
10-1
10-2
10-3
10-5
10-6
10-7
10-4
5 DataLink Layer 5-80
Wireless network characteristicsMultiple wireless senders and receivers create
additional problems (beyond multiple access)
AB
C
Hidden terminal problem B A hear each other B C hear each other A C can not hear each othermeans A C unaware of their
interference at B
A B C
Arsquos signalstrength
space
Crsquos signalstrength
Signal attenuation B A hear each other B C hear each other A C can not hear each other
interfering at B
5 DataLink Layer 5-81
IEEE 80211 Wireless LAN 80211b
24-5 GHz unlicensed spectrum up to 11 Mbps direct sequence spread
spectrum (DSSS) in physical layer
bull all hosts use same chipping code
80211a 5-6 GHz range up to 54 Mbps
80211g 24-5 GHz range up to 54 Mbps
80211n multiple antennae 24-5 GHz range up to 200 Mbps
all use CSMACA for multiple access all have base-station and ad-hoc network versions
5 DataLink Layer 5-82
80211 LAN architecture
wireless host communicates with base station
base station = access point (AP)
Basic Service Set (BSS)(aka ldquocellrdquo) in infrastructure mode contains
wireless hosts access point (AP) base
station ad hoc mode hosts only
BSS 1
BSS 2
Internet
hub switchor routerAP
AP
5 DataLink Layer 5-83
80211 Channels association
80211b 24GHz-2485GHz spectrum divided into 11 channels at different frequencies AP admin chooses frequency for AP interference possible channel can be same as
that chosen by neighboring AP host must associate with an AP
scans channels listening for beacon framescontaining APrsquos name (SSID) and MAC address
selects AP to associate with may perform authentication [Chapter 8] will typically run DHCP to get IP address in APrsquos
subnet
5 DataLink Layer 5-84
80211 passiveactive scanning
AP 2AP 1
H1
BBS 2BBS 1
122
3 4
Active Scanning (1) probe request frame broadcast
from H1(2) probe response frame sent from
APs(3) association request frame sent
H1 to selected AP (4) association response frame sent
H1 to selected AP
AP 2AP 1
H1
BBS 2BBS 1
12 3
1
Passive Scanning(1) beacon frames sent from APs(2) association request frame sent H1
to selected AP (3) association response frame sent
H1 to selected AP
5 DataLink Layer 5-85
IEEE 80211 multiple access avoid collisions 2+ nodes transmitting at same time 80211 CSMA - sense before transmitting
donrsquot collide with ongoing transmission by other node 80211 no collision detection
difficult to receive (sense collisions) when transmitting due to weak received signals (fading)
canrsquot sense all collisions in any case hidden terminal fading goal avoid collisions CSMAC(ollision)A(voidance)
AB
CA B C
Arsquos signalstrength
space
Crsquos signalstrength
5 DataLink Layer 5-86
IEEE 80211 MAC Protocol CSMACA
80211 sender1 if sense channel idle for DIFS then
transmit entire frame (no CD)2 if sense channel busy then
start random backoff timetimer counts down while channel idletransmit when timer expiresif no ACK increase random backoff
interval repeat 280211 receiver- if frame received OK
return ACK after SIFS (ACK needed due to hidden terminal problem)
sender receiver
DIFS
data
SIFS
ACK
5 DataLink Layer 5-87
Avoiding collisions (more)idea allow sender to ldquoreserverdquo channel rather than random
access of data frames avoid collisions of long data frames sender first transmits small request-to-send (RTS) packets
to BS using CSMA RTSs may still collide with each other (but theyrsquore short)
BS broadcasts clear-to-send CTS in response to RTS CTS heard by all nodes
sender transmits data frame other stations defer transmissions
avoid data frame collisions completely using small reservation packets
5 DataLink Layer 5-88
Collision Avoidance RTS-CTS exchange
APA B
time
RTS(A)RTS(B)
RTS(A)
CTS(A) CTS(A)
DATA (A)
ACK(A) ACK(A)
reservation collision
defer
5 DataLink Layer 5-89
framecontrol duration address
1address
2address
4address
3 payload CRC
2 2 6 6 6 2 6 0 - 2312 4
seqcontrol
80211 frame addressing
Address 2 MAC addressof wireless host or AP transmitting this frame
Address 1 MAC addressof wireless host or AP to receive this frame
Address 3 MAC addressof router interface to which AP is attached
Address 4 used only in ad hoc mode
5 DataLink Layer 5-90
Internetrouter
AP
H1 R1
AP MAC addr H1 MAC addr R1 MAC addraddress 1 address 2 address 3
80211 frame
R1 MAC addr H1 MAC addr dest address source address
8023 frame
80211 frame addressing
5 DataLink Layer 5-91
framecontrol duration address
1address
2address
4address
3 payload CRC
2 2 6 6 6 2 6 0 - 2312 4
seqcontrol
Type FromAPSubtype To
APMore frag WEPMore
dataPower
mgtRetry RsvdProtocolversion
2 2 4 1 1 1 1 1 11 1
80211 frame moreduration of reserved transmission time (RTSCTS)
frame seq (for RDT)
frame type(RTS CTS ACK data)
5 DataLink Layer 5-92
hub or switch
AP 2
AP 1
H1 BBS 2
BBS 1
80211 mobility within same subnet
router H1 remains in same IP subnet IP address can remain same
switch which AP is associated with H1
self-learning (Ch 5) switch will see frame from H1 and ldquorememberrdquo which switch port can be used to reach H1
5 DataLink Layer 5-93
80211 advanced capabilities
Rate Adaptation base station mobile
dynamically change transmission rate (physical layer modulation technique) as mobile moves SNR varies
QAM256 (8 Mbps)QAM16 (4 Mbps)BPSK (1 Mbps)
10 20 30 40SNR(dB)
BE
R
10-1
10-2
10-3
10-5
10-6
10-7
10-4
operating point
1 SNR decreases BER increase as node moves away from base station2 When BER becomes too high switch to lower transmission rate but with lower BER
5 DataLink Layer 5-94
80211 advanced capabilitiesPower Management node-to-AP ldquoI am going to sleep until next
beacon framerdquo AP knows not to transmit frames to this
node node wakes up before next beacon frame
beacon frame contains list of mobiles with AP-to-mobile frames waiting to be sent node will stay awake if AP-to-mobile frames
to be sent otherwise sleep again until next beacon frame
5 DataLink Layer 5-23
Pure Aloha efficiencyP(success by given node) = P(node transmits)
P(no other node transmits in [t0-1t0] P(no other node transmits in [t0t0+1]
= p (1-p)N-1 (1-p)N-1
= p (1-p)2(N-1)
hellip choosing optimum p and then letting n rarr infin
= 1(2e) = 18 Even worse
5 DataLink Layer 5-24
CSMA (Carrier Sense Multiple Access)
CSMA listen before transmitIf channel sensed idle transmit entire frame If channel sensed busy defer transmission
Human analogy donrsquot interrupt others
5 DataLink Layer 5-25
CSMA collisionscollisions can still occurpropagation delay means two nodes may not heareach otherrsquos transmission
collisionentire packet transmission time wasted
spatial layout of nodes
noterole of distance amp propagation delay in determining collision probability
5 DataLink Layer 5-26
CSMACD (Collision Detection)CSMACD carrier sensing deferral as in CSMA
collisions detected within short time colliding transmissions aborted reducing channel
wastage collision detection
easy in wired LANs measure signal strengths compare transmitted received signals
difficult in wireless LANs receiver shut off while transmitting
human analogy the polite conversationalist
5 DataLink Layer 5-27
CSMACD collision detection
5 DataLink Layer 5-28
ldquoTaking Turnsrdquo MAC protocols
channel partitioning MAC protocols share channel efficiently and fairly at high load inefficient at low load delay in channel access
1N bandwidth allocated even if only 1 active node
Random access MAC protocols efficient at low load single node can fully
utilize channel high load collision overhead
ldquotaking turnsrdquo protocolslook for best of both worlds
5 DataLink Layer 5-29
ldquoTaking Turnsrdquo MAC protocolsPolling master node
ldquoinvitesrdquo slave nodes to transmit in turn
concerns polling overhead latency single point of
failure (master)
Token passing control token passed from
one node to next sequentially
token message concerns
token overhead latency single point of failure (token)
5 DataLink Layer 5-30
Summary of MAC protocols
What do you do with a shared media Channel Partitioning by time frequency or code
bull Time Division Frequency Division Random partitioning (dynamic)
bull ALOHA S-ALOHA CSMA CSMACDbull carrier sensing easy in some technologies (wire) hard
in others (wireless)bull CSMACD used in Ethernetbull CSMACA used in 80211
Taking Turnsbull polling from a central site token passing
5 DataLink Layer 5-31
MAC Addresses and ARP
32-bit IP address network-layer address used to get datagram to destination IP subnet
MAC (or LAN or ldquophysicalrdquo or Ethernet) address used to get datagram from one interface to
another physically-connected interface (same network)
48 bit MAC address (for most LANs) burned in the adapter ROM
5 DataLink Layer 5-32
LAN Addresses and ARPEach adapter on LAN has unique LAN address
Broadcast address =FF-FF-FF-FF-FF-FF
= adapter
1A-2F-BB-76-09-AD
58-23-D7-FA-20-B0
0C-C4-11-6F-E3-98
71-65-F7-2B-08-53
LAN(wired orwireless)
5 DataLink Layer 5-33
LAN Address (more)
MAC address allocation administered by IEEE manufacturer buys portion of MAC address space
(to assure uniqueness) Analogy
(a) MAC address like Social Security Number(b) IP address like postal address
MAC flat address allows easier portability can move LAN card from one LAN to another
IP hierarchical address NOT portable depends on IP subnet to which node is attached
5 DataLink Layer 5-34
ARP Address Resolution Protocol
Each IP node (Host Router) on LAN has ARP table
ARP Table IPMAC address mappings for some LAN nodes
lt IP address MAC address TTLgt TTL (Time To Live) time
after which address mapping will be forgotten (typically 20 min)
Question how to determineMAC address of Bknowing Brsquos IP address
1A-2F-BB-76-09-AD
58-23-D7-FA-20-B0
0C-C4-11-6F-E3-98
71-65-F7-2B-08-53
LAN
237196723
237196778
237196714
237196788
5 DataLink Layer 5-35
ARP protocol Same LAN (network)
A wants to send datagram to B and Brsquos MAC address not in Arsquos ARP table
A broadcasts ARP query packet containing Bs IP address
Dest MAC address = FF-FF-FF-FF-FF-FF
all machines on LAN receive ARP query
B receives ARP packet replies to A with its (Bs) MAC address
frame sent to Arsquos MAC address (unicast)
A caches (saves) IP-to-MAC address pair in its ARP table until information becomes old (times out)
soft state information that times out (goes away) unless refreshed
ARP is ldquoplug-and-playrdquo nodes create their ARP
tables without intervention from net administrator
5 DataLink Layer 5-36
Routing to another LANwalkthrough send datagram from A to B via R
assume A knowrsquos Brsquos IP address
Two ARP tables in router R one for each IP network (LAN)
A
RB
5 DataLink Layer 5-37
A creates datagram with source A destination B A uses ARP to get Rrsquos MAC address for 111111111110 A creates link-layer frame with Rs MAC address as dest
frame contains A-to-B IP datagram Arsquos adapter sends frame Rrsquos adapter receives frame R removes IP datagram from Ethernet frame sees itrsquos
destined to B R uses ARP to get Brsquos MAC address R creates frame containing A-to-B IP datagram sends to B
A
RB
5 DataLink Layer 5-38
Ethernetldquodominantrdquo wired LAN technology cheap $20 for 100Mbs first widely used LAN technology Simpler cheaper than token LANs and ATM Kept up with speed race 10 Mbps ndash 10 Gbps
Metcalfersquos Ethernetsketch
5 DataLink Layer 5-39
Star topology Bus topology popular through mid 90s Now star topology prevails Connection choices hub or switch (more later)
hub orswitch
5 DataLink Layer 5-40
Ethernet Frame StructureSending adapter encapsulates IP datagram (or other
network layer protocol packet) in Ethernet frame
Preamble 7 bytes with pattern 10101010 followed by one
byte with pattern 10101011 used to synchronize receiver sender clock rates
5 DataLink Layer 5-41
Ethernet Frame Structure (more) Addresses 6 bytes
if adapter receives frame with matching destination address or with broadcast address (eg ARP packet) it passes data in frame to net-layer protocol
otherwise adapter discards frame Type 2 bytes indicates the higher (network)
layer protocol (commonly IP but may also be ARP Novell IPX and AppleTalk etc)
CRC 4 bytes checked at receiver if error is detected the frame is simply dropped
5 DataLink Layer 5-42
Unreliable connectionless service
Connectionless No handshaking between sending and receiving adapter
Unreliable receiving adapter doesnrsquot send acks or nacks to sending adapter
stream of datagrams passed to network layer can have gaps
gaps will be filled if app is using TCP otherwise app will see the gaps
5 DataLink Layer 5-43
Ethernet uses CSMACD
No slots adapter doesnrsquot transmit
if it senses that some other adapter is transmitting that is carrier sense
transmitting adapter aborts when it senses that another adapter is transmitting that is collision detection
Before attempting a retransmission adapter waits a random time that is random access
5 DataLink Layer 5-44
Ethernet CSMACD algorithm1 Adapter receives
datagram from net layer amp creates frame
2 If adapter senses channel idle it starts to transmit frame If it senses channel busy waits until channel idle and then transmits
3 If adapter transmits entire frame without detecting another transmission the adapter is done with frame
4 If adapter detects another transmission while transmitting aborts and sends 48-bit jam signal
5 After aborting adapter enters exponential backoff after the mthcollision adapter chooses a K at random from 012hellip2m-1 Adapter waits K512 bit times and returns to Step 2
5 DataLink Layer 5-45
Frame Size limitations for Ethernet Minimum Frame size (Fmin)
For proper collision detectionFmin = Min frame sizeR = Ethernetrsquos transmission rate
eg 10 Mbsdmax = max Ethernet segment
lengthS = Propagation speed (2x108
ms)FminR ge 2dmaxS
Maximum Frame Size (Fmax)For fairness among competing nodes
Fmin=64 Bytes Fmax=1500 Bytes
A Bd
2dS
tim
e
Arsquos frame
Brsquos frame
Arsquos frame in yellowBrsquos frame in green
For proper collision detection Arsquos frame should last at least until Brsquos frame reaches A
5 DataLink Layer 5-46
Ethernetrsquos CSMACD (more)Jam Signal make sure all
other transmitters are aware of collision 48 bits
Random retransmission delayK 512 bit transmission times where K is randomly selected bit time is 01 microsec for 10 Mbps and 001 microsec for 100 Mbps Ethernet
Exponential Backoff Goal adapt retransmission
attempts to estimated current load
heavy load random wait will be longer
first collision choose K from 01 delay is K 512 bit transmission times
after second collision choose K from 0123hellip
after ten collisions choose K from 01234hellip1023
for max value of K=1023 wait time is about 50 msec for 10 Mbps 5 msec for 100 Mbps Ethernet
Seeinteract with Javaapplet on AWL Web sitehighly recommended
5 DataLink Layer 5-47
CSMACD efficiency
tprop = max prop between 2 nodes in LAN ttrans = time to transmit max-size frame
Efficiency goes to 1 as tprop goes to 0 Goes to 1 as ttrans goes to infinity Much better than ALOHA but still decentralized
simple and cheap
1efficiency1 5 prop transt t
asymp+
5 DataLink Layer 5-48
10BaseT and 100BaseT 10100 Mbps rates T stands for Twisted Pair Base stands for Baseband (unmodulated) Nodes connect to a hub ldquostar topologyrdquo 100 m
max distance between nodes and hub
twisted pair
hub
5 DataLink Layer 5-49
HubsHubs are essentially physical-layer repeaters
bits coming from one link go out all other links at the same rate no frame buffering no CSMACD at hub adapters detect collisions provides net management functionality
twisted pair
hub
5 DataLink Layer 5-50
Gbit Ethernet
uses standard Ethernet frame format allows for point-to-point links and shared
broadcast channels in shared mode CSMACD is used short
distances between nodes required for efficiency
Full-Duplex at 1 Gbps for point-to-point links
10 Gbps now
5 DataLink Layer 5-51
Interconnecting with hubs Backbone hub interconnects LAN segments Extends max distance between nodes But individual segment collision domains become one
large collision domain Canrsquot interconnect 10BaseT amp 100BaseT
hub hub hub
hub
5 DataLink Layer 5-52
Switch Link layer device
stores and forwards Ethernet frames examines frame header and selectively
forwards frame based on MAC dest address when frame is to be forwarded on segment
uses CSMACD to access segment transparent
hosts are unaware of presence of switches plug-and-play self-learning
switches do not need to be configured
5 DataLink Layer 5-53
Forwarding
bull How do determine onto which LAN segment to forward framebull Looks like a routing problem
hub hubhub
switch1
2 3
5 DataLink Layer 5-54
Self learning
A switch has a switch table entry in switch table
(MAC Address Interface Time Stamp) stale entries in table dropped (TTL can be 60 min)
switch learns which hosts can be reached through which interfaces when frame received switch ldquolearnsrdquo location of
sender incoming LAN segment records senderlocation pair in switch table
5 DataLink Layer 5-55
FilteringForwardingWhen switch receives a frame
index switch table using MAC dest addressif entry found for destination
thenif dest on segment from which frame arrived
then drop the frameelse forward the frame on interface indicated
else flood
forward on all but the interface on which the frame arrived
5 DataLink Layer 5-56
Switch exampleSuppose C sends frame to D
Switch receives frame from from C notes in bridge table that C is on interface 1 because D is not in table switch forwards frame into
interfaces 2 and 3 frame received by D
hub hub hub
switch
A
B CD
EF G H
I
address interfaceABEG
1123
12 3
5 DataLink Layer 5-57
Switch exampleSuppose C sends frame to D
Switch receives frame from from C notes in bridge table that C is on interface 1 because D is not in table switch forwards frame into
interfaces 2 and 3 frame received by D
hub hub hub
switch
A
B CD
EF G H
I
address interfaceABEGC
11231
12 3
5 DataLink Layer 5-58
Switch exampleSuppose D replies back with frame to C
Switch receives frame from from D notes in bridge table that D is on interface 2 because C is in table switch forwards frame only to
interface 1 frame received by C
hub hub hub
switch
A
B CD
EF G H
I
address interfaceABEGC
11231
12 3
5 DataLink Layer 5-59
Switch exampleSuppose D replies back with frame to C
Switch receives frame from from D notes in bridge table that D is on interface 2 because C is in table switch forwards frame only to
interface 1 frame received by C
hub hub hub
switch
A
B CD
EF G H
I
address interfaceABEGCD
112312
12 3
5 DataLink Layer 5-60
Switch traffic isolation switch installation breaks subnet into LAN
segments switch filters packets
same-LAN-segment frames not usually forwarded onto other LAN segments
segments become separate collision domains
hub hub hub
switch
collision domain collision domain
collision domain
5 DataLink Layer 5-61
Switches dedicated access Switch with many
interfaces Hosts have direct
connection to switch No collisions full duplex
Switching A-to-Arsquo and B-to-Brsquo simultaneously no collisions
combinations of shareddedicated 101001000 Mbps interfaces possible
switch
A
Arsquo
B
Brsquo
C
Crsquo
5 DataLink Layer 5-62
Institutional network
hub hubhub
switch
to externalnetwork
router
IP subnet
mail server
web server
5 DataLink Layer 5-63
Switches vs Routers both store-and-forward devices
routers network layer devices (examine network layer headers)
switches are link layer devices routers maintain routing tables implement routing
algorithms switches maintain switch tables implement
filtering learning algorithms
5 DataLink Layer 5-64
Summary comparison
hubs routers switches
traffic isolation
no yes yes
plug amp play yes no yes
optimal routing
no yes no
5 DataLink Layer 5-65
VLANs motivation
What happens if CS user moves office to EE
but wants connect to CS switch
single broadcast domain all layer-2 broadcast
traffic (ARP DHCP) crosses entire LAN (securityprivacy efficiency issues)
each lowest level switch has only few ports in use
Computer Science Electrical
EngineeringComputerEngineering
Whatrsquos wrong with this picture
5 DataLink Layer 5-66
VLANs Port-based VLAN switch ports grouped (by switch management software) so that single physical switch helliphellip
Switch(es) supporting VLAN capabilities can be configured to define multiple virtual LANS over single physical LAN infrastructure
Virtual Local Area Network
1
8
9
16102
7
hellip
Electrical Engineering(VLAN ports 1-8)
Computer Science(VLAN ports 9-15)
15
hellip
Electrical Engineering(VLAN ports 1-8)
hellip
1
82
7 9
1610
15
hellip
Computer Science(VLAN ports 9-16)
hellip operates as multiple virtual switches
5 DataLink Layer 5-67
Port-based VLAN
1
8
9
16102
7
hellip
Electrical Engineering(VLAN ports 1-8)
Computer Science(VLAN ports 9-15)
15
hellip
traffic isolation frames tofrom ports 1-8 can only reach ports 1-8
can also define VLAN based on MAC addresses of endpoints rather than switch port
dynamic membershipports can be dynamically assigned among VLANs
router
forwarding between VLANSdone via routing (just as with separate switches)
in practice vendors sell combined switches plus routers
5 DataLink Layer 5-68
VLANS spanning multiple switches
trunk port carries frames between VLANS defined over multiple physical switches
frames forwarded within VLAN between switches canrsquot be vanilla 8021 frames (must carry VLAN ID info)
8021q protocol addsremoves additional header fields for frames forwarded between trunk ports
1
8
9
102
7
hellip
Electrical Engineering(VLAN ports 1-8)
Computer Science(VLAN ports 9-15)
15
hellip
2
73
Ports 235 belong to EE VLANPorts 4678 belong to CS VLAN
5
4 6 816
1
5 DataLink Layer 5-69
Type
2-byte Tag Protocol Identifier(value 81-00)
Tag Control Information (12 bit VLAN ID field 3 bit priority field like IP TOS)
Recomputed CRC
8021Q VLAN frame format
8021 frame
8021Q frame
5 DataLink Layer 5-70
Chapter 6 Wireless and Mobile Networks
Background wireless (mobile) phone subscribers now
exceeds wired phone subscribers computer nets laptops palmtops PDAs
Internet-enabled phone promise anytime untethered Internet access
two important (but different) challenges wireless communication over wireless link mobility handling the mobile user who changes point
of attachment to network
5 DataLink Layer 5-71
Elements of a wireless network
network infrastructure
wireless hosts laptop PDA IP phone run applications may be stationary
(non-mobile) or mobile wireless does not
always mean mobility
5 DataLink Layer 5-72
Elements of a wireless network
network infrastructure
base station typically connected to
wired network relay - responsible
for sending packets between wired network and wireless host(s) in its ldquoareardquo
eg cell towers 80211 access points
5 DataLink Layer 5-73
Elements of a wireless network
network infrastructure
wireless link typically used to
connect mobile(s) to base station
also used as backbone link
multiple access protocol coordinates link access
various data rates transmission distance
5 DataLink Layer 5-74
Characteristics of selected wireless link standards
Indoor10-30m
Outdoor50-200m
Mid-rangeoutdoor
200m ndash 4 Km
Long-rangeoutdoor
5Km ndash 20 Km
056
384
1
4
5-11
54
IS-95 CDMA GSM 2G
UMTSWCDMA CDMA2000 3G
80215
80211b
80211ag
UMTSWCDMA-HSPDA CDMA2000-1xEVDO 3G cellularenhanced
80216 (WiMAX)
80211ag point-to-point
200 80211n
Dat
a ra
te (M
bps) data
5 DataLink Layer 5-75
Elements of a wireless network
network infrastructure
infrastructure mode base station connects
mobiles into wired network
handoff mobile changes base station providing connection into wired network
5 DataLink Layer 5-76
Elements of a wireless networkad hoc mode no base stations nodes can only
transmit to other nodes within link coverage
nodes organize themselves into a network route among themselves
5 DataLink Layer 5-77
Wireless network taxonomy
single hop multiple hops
infrastructure(eg APs)
noinfrastructure
host connects to base station (WiFiWiMAX cellular) which connects to
larger Internet
no base station noconnection to larger Internet (Bluetooth
ad hoc nets)
host may have torelay through several
wireless nodes to connect to larger
Internet mesh net
no base station noconnection to larger
Internet May have torelay to reach other a given wireless node
MANET VANET
5 DataLink Layer 5-78
Wireless Link Characteristics (1)Differences from wired link hellip
decreased signal strength radio signal attenuates as it propagates through matter (path loss)
interference from other sources standardized wireless network frequencies (eg 24 GHz) shared by other devices (eg phone) devices (motors) interfere as well
multipath propagation radio signal reflects off objects arriving at destination at slightly different times
hellip make communication across (even a point to point) wireless link much more ldquodifficultrdquo
5 DataLink Layer 5-79
Wireless Link Characteristics (2) SNR signal-to-noise ratio
larger SNR ndash easier to extract signal from noise (a ldquogood thingrdquo)
SNR versus BER tradeoffs given physical layer
increase power -gt increase SNR-gtdecrease BER
given SNR choose physical layer that meets BER requirement giving highest thruput
bull SNR may change with mobility dynamically adapt physical layer (modulation technique rate)
10 20 30 40
QAM256 (8 Mbps)
QAM16 (4 Mbps)
BPSK (1 Mbps)
SNR(dB)B
ER
10-1
10-2
10-3
10-5
10-6
10-7
10-4
5 DataLink Layer 5-80
Wireless network characteristicsMultiple wireless senders and receivers create
additional problems (beyond multiple access)
AB
C
Hidden terminal problem B A hear each other B C hear each other A C can not hear each othermeans A C unaware of their
interference at B
A B C
Arsquos signalstrength
space
Crsquos signalstrength
Signal attenuation B A hear each other B C hear each other A C can not hear each other
interfering at B
5 DataLink Layer 5-81
IEEE 80211 Wireless LAN 80211b
24-5 GHz unlicensed spectrum up to 11 Mbps direct sequence spread
spectrum (DSSS) in physical layer
bull all hosts use same chipping code
80211a 5-6 GHz range up to 54 Mbps
80211g 24-5 GHz range up to 54 Mbps
80211n multiple antennae 24-5 GHz range up to 200 Mbps
all use CSMACA for multiple access all have base-station and ad-hoc network versions
5 DataLink Layer 5-82
80211 LAN architecture
wireless host communicates with base station
base station = access point (AP)
Basic Service Set (BSS)(aka ldquocellrdquo) in infrastructure mode contains
wireless hosts access point (AP) base
station ad hoc mode hosts only
BSS 1
BSS 2
Internet
hub switchor routerAP
AP
5 DataLink Layer 5-83
80211 Channels association
80211b 24GHz-2485GHz spectrum divided into 11 channels at different frequencies AP admin chooses frequency for AP interference possible channel can be same as
that chosen by neighboring AP host must associate with an AP
scans channels listening for beacon framescontaining APrsquos name (SSID) and MAC address
selects AP to associate with may perform authentication [Chapter 8] will typically run DHCP to get IP address in APrsquos
subnet
5 DataLink Layer 5-84
80211 passiveactive scanning
AP 2AP 1
H1
BBS 2BBS 1
122
3 4
Active Scanning (1) probe request frame broadcast
from H1(2) probe response frame sent from
APs(3) association request frame sent
H1 to selected AP (4) association response frame sent
H1 to selected AP
AP 2AP 1
H1
BBS 2BBS 1
12 3
1
Passive Scanning(1) beacon frames sent from APs(2) association request frame sent H1
to selected AP (3) association response frame sent
H1 to selected AP
5 DataLink Layer 5-85
IEEE 80211 multiple access avoid collisions 2+ nodes transmitting at same time 80211 CSMA - sense before transmitting
donrsquot collide with ongoing transmission by other node 80211 no collision detection
difficult to receive (sense collisions) when transmitting due to weak received signals (fading)
canrsquot sense all collisions in any case hidden terminal fading goal avoid collisions CSMAC(ollision)A(voidance)
AB
CA B C
Arsquos signalstrength
space
Crsquos signalstrength
5 DataLink Layer 5-86
IEEE 80211 MAC Protocol CSMACA
80211 sender1 if sense channel idle for DIFS then
transmit entire frame (no CD)2 if sense channel busy then
start random backoff timetimer counts down while channel idletransmit when timer expiresif no ACK increase random backoff
interval repeat 280211 receiver- if frame received OK
return ACK after SIFS (ACK needed due to hidden terminal problem)
sender receiver
DIFS
data
SIFS
ACK
5 DataLink Layer 5-87
Avoiding collisions (more)idea allow sender to ldquoreserverdquo channel rather than random
access of data frames avoid collisions of long data frames sender first transmits small request-to-send (RTS) packets
to BS using CSMA RTSs may still collide with each other (but theyrsquore short)
BS broadcasts clear-to-send CTS in response to RTS CTS heard by all nodes
sender transmits data frame other stations defer transmissions
avoid data frame collisions completely using small reservation packets
5 DataLink Layer 5-88
Collision Avoidance RTS-CTS exchange
APA B
time
RTS(A)RTS(B)
RTS(A)
CTS(A) CTS(A)
DATA (A)
ACK(A) ACK(A)
reservation collision
defer
5 DataLink Layer 5-89
framecontrol duration address
1address
2address
4address
3 payload CRC
2 2 6 6 6 2 6 0 - 2312 4
seqcontrol
80211 frame addressing
Address 2 MAC addressof wireless host or AP transmitting this frame
Address 1 MAC addressof wireless host or AP to receive this frame
Address 3 MAC addressof router interface to which AP is attached
Address 4 used only in ad hoc mode
5 DataLink Layer 5-90
Internetrouter
AP
H1 R1
AP MAC addr H1 MAC addr R1 MAC addraddress 1 address 2 address 3
80211 frame
R1 MAC addr H1 MAC addr dest address source address
8023 frame
80211 frame addressing
5 DataLink Layer 5-91
framecontrol duration address
1address
2address
4address
3 payload CRC
2 2 6 6 6 2 6 0 - 2312 4
seqcontrol
Type FromAPSubtype To
APMore frag WEPMore
dataPower
mgtRetry RsvdProtocolversion
2 2 4 1 1 1 1 1 11 1
80211 frame moreduration of reserved transmission time (RTSCTS)
frame seq (for RDT)
frame type(RTS CTS ACK data)
5 DataLink Layer 5-92
hub or switch
AP 2
AP 1
H1 BBS 2
BBS 1
80211 mobility within same subnet
router H1 remains in same IP subnet IP address can remain same
switch which AP is associated with H1
self-learning (Ch 5) switch will see frame from H1 and ldquorememberrdquo which switch port can be used to reach H1
5 DataLink Layer 5-93
80211 advanced capabilities
Rate Adaptation base station mobile
dynamically change transmission rate (physical layer modulation technique) as mobile moves SNR varies
QAM256 (8 Mbps)QAM16 (4 Mbps)BPSK (1 Mbps)
10 20 30 40SNR(dB)
BE
R
10-1
10-2
10-3
10-5
10-6
10-7
10-4
operating point
1 SNR decreases BER increase as node moves away from base station2 When BER becomes too high switch to lower transmission rate but with lower BER
5 DataLink Layer 5-94
80211 advanced capabilitiesPower Management node-to-AP ldquoI am going to sleep until next
beacon framerdquo AP knows not to transmit frames to this
node node wakes up before next beacon frame
beacon frame contains list of mobiles with AP-to-mobile frames waiting to be sent node will stay awake if AP-to-mobile frames
to be sent otherwise sleep again until next beacon frame
5 DataLink Layer 5-24
CSMA (Carrier Sense Multiple Access)
CSMA listen before transmitIf channel sensed idle transmit entire frame If channel sensed busy defer transmission
Human analogy donrsquot interrupt others
5 DataLink Layer 5-25
CSMA collisionscollisions can still occurpropagation delay means two nodes may not heareach otherrsquos transmission
collisionentire packet transmission time wasted
spatial layout of nodes
noterole of distance amp propagation delay in determining collision probability
5 DataLink Layer 5-26
CSMACD (Collision Detection)CSMACD carrier sensing deferral as in CSMA
collisions detected within short time colliding transmissions aborted reducing channel
wastage collision detection
easy in wired LANs measure signal strengths compare transmitted received signals
difficult in wireless LANs receiver shut off while transmitting
human analogy the polite conversationalist
5 DataLink Layer 5-27
CSMACD collision detection
5 DataLink Layer 5-28
ldquoTaking Turnsrdquo MAC protocols
channel partitioning MAC protocols share channel efficiently and fairly at high load inefficient at low load delay in channel access
1N bandwidth allocated even if only 1 active node
Random access MAC protocols efficient at low load single node can fully
utilize channel high load collision overhead
ldquotaking turnsrdquo protocolslook for best of both worlds
5 DataLink Layer 5-29
ldquoTaking Turnsrdquo MAC protocolsPolling master node
ldquoinvitesrdquo slave nodes to transmit in turn
concerns polling overhead latency single point of
failure (master)
Token passing control token passed from
one node to next sequentially
token message concerns
token overhead latency single point of failure (token)
5 DataLink Layer 5-30
Summary of MAC protocols
What do you do with a shared media Channel Partitioning by time frequency or code
bull Time Division Frequency Division Random partitioning (dynamic)
bull ALOHA S-ALOHA CSMA CSMACDbull carrier sensing easy in some technologies (wire) hard
in others (wireless)bull CSMACD used in Ethernetbull CSMACA used in 80211
Taking Turnsbull polling from a central site token passing
5 DataLink Layer 5-31
MAC Addresses and ARP
32-bit IP address network-layer address used to get datagram to destination IP subnet
MAC (or LAN or ldquophysicalrdquo or Ethernet) address used to get datagram from one interface to
another physically-connected interface (same network)
48 bit MAC address (for most LANs) burned in the adapter ROM
5 DataLink Layer 5-32
LAN Addresses and ARPEach adapter on LAN has unique LAN address
Broadcast address =FF-FF-FF-FF-FF-FF
= adapter
1A-2F-BB-76-09-AD
58-23-D7-FA-20-B0
0C-C4-11-6F-E3-98
71-65-F7-2B-08-53
LAN(wired orwireless)
5 DataLink Layer 5-33
LAN Address (more)
MAC address allocation administered by IEEE manufacturer buys portion of MAC address space
(to assure uniqueness) Analogy
(a) MAC address like Social Security Number(b) IP address like postal address
MAC flat address allows easier portability can move LAN card from one LAN to another
IP hierarchical address NOT portable depends on IP subnet to which node is attached
5 DataLink Layer 5-34
ARP Address Resolution Protocol
Each IP node (Host Router) on LAN has ARP table
ARP Table IPMAC address mappings for some LAN nodes
lt IP address MAC address TTLgt TTL (Time To Live) time
after which address mapping will be forgotten (typically 20 min)
Question how to determineMAC address of Bknowing Brsquos IP address
1A-2F-BB-76-09-AD
58-23-D7-FA-20-B0
0C-C4-11-6F-E3-98
71-65-F7-2B-08-53
LAN
237196723
237196778
237196714
237196788
5 DataLink Layer 5-35
ARP protocol Same LAN (network)
A wants to send datagram to B and Brsquos MAC address not in Arsquos ARP table
A broadcasts ARP query packet containing Bs IP address
Dest MAC address = FF-FF-FF-FF-FF-FF
all machines on LAN receive ARP query
B receives ARP packet replies to A with its (Bs) MAC address
frame sent to Arsquos MAC address (unicast)
A caches (saves) IP-to-MAC address pair in its ARP table until information becomes old (times out)
soft state information that times out (goes away) unless refreshed
ARP is ldquoplug-and-playrdquo nodes create their ARP
tables without intervention from net administrator
5 DataLink Layer 5-36
Routing to another LANwalkthrough send datagram from A to B via R
assume A knowrsquos Brsquos IP address
Two ARP tables in router R one for each IP network (LAN)
A
RB
5 DataLink Layer 5-37
A creates datagram with source A destination B A uses ARP to get Rrsquos MAC address for 111111111110 A creates link-layer frame with Rs MAC address as dest
frame contains A-to-B IP datagram Arsquos adapter sends frame Rrsquos adapter receives frame R removes IP datagram from Ethernet frame sees itrsquos
destined to B R uses ARP to get Brsquos MAC address R creates frame containing A-to-B IP datagram sends to B
A
RB
5 DataLink Layer 5-38
Ethernetldquodominantrdquo wired LAN technology cheap $20 for 100Mbs first widely used LAN technology Simpler cheaper than token LANs and ATM Kept up with speed race 10 Mbps ndash 10 Gbps
Metcalfersquos Ethernetsketch
5 DataLink Layer 5-39
Star topology Bus topology popular through mid 90s Now star topology prevails Connection choices hub or switch (more later)
hub orswitch
5 DataLink Layer 5-40
Ethernet Frame StructureSending adapter encapsulates IP datagram (or other
network layer protocol packet) in Ethernet frame
Preamble 7 bytes with pattern 10101010 followed by one
byte with pattern 10101011 used to synchronize receiver sender clock rates
5 DataLink Layer 5-41
Ethernet Frame Structure (more) Addresses 6 bytes
if adapter receives frame with matching destination address or with broadcast address (eg ARP packet) it passes data in frame to net-layer protocol
otherwise adapter discards frame Type 2 bytes indicates the higher (network)
layer protocol (commonly IP but may also be ARP Novell IPX and AppleTalk etc)
CRC 4 bytes checked at receiver if error is detected the frame is simply dropped
5 DataLink Layer 5-42
Unreliable connectionless service
Connectionless No handshaking between sending and receiving adapter
Unreliable receiving adapter doesnrsquot send acks or nacks to sending adapter
stream of datagrams passed to network layer can have gaps
gaps will be filled if app is using TCP otherwise app will see the gaps
5 DataLink Layer 5-43
Ethernet uses CSMACD
No slots adapter doesnrsquot transmit
if it senses that some other adapter is transmitting that is carrier sense
transmitting adapter aborts when it senses that another adapter is transmitting that is collision detection
Before attempting a retransmission adapter waits a random time that is random access
5 DataLink Layer 5-44
Ethernet CSMACD algorithm1 Adapter receives
datagram from net layer amp creates frame
2 If adapter senses channel idle it starts to transmit frame If it senses channel busy waits until channel idle and then transmits
3 If adapter transmits entire frame without detecting another transmission the adapter is done with frame
4 If adapter detects another transmission while transmitting aborts and sends 48-bit jam signal
5 After aborting adapter enters exponential backoff after the mthcollision adapter chooses a K at random from 012hellip2m-1 Adapter waits K512 bit times and returns to Step 2
5 DataLink Layer 5-45
Frame Size limitations for Ethernet Minimum Frame size (Fmin)
For proper collision detectionFmin = Min frame sizeR = Ethernetrsquos transmission rate
eg 10 Mbsdmax = max Ethernet segment
lengthS = Propagation speed (2x108
ms)FminR ge 2dmaxS
Maximum Frame Size (Fmax)For fairness among competing nodes
Fmin=64 Bytes Fmax=1500 Bytes
A Bd
2dS
tim
e
Arsquos frame
Brsquos frame
Arsquos frame in yellowBrsquos frame in green
For proper collision detection Arsquos frame should last at least until Brsquos frame reaches A
5 DataLink Layer 5-46
Ethernetrsquos CSMACD (more)Jam Signal make sure all
other transmitters are aware of collision 48 bits
Random retransmission delayK 512 bit transmission times where K is randomly selected bit time is 01 microsec for 10 Mbps and 001 microsec for 100 Mbps Ethernet
Exponential Backoff Goal adapt retransmission
attempts to estimated current load
heavy load random wait will be longer
first collision choose K from 01 delay is K 512 bit transmission times
after second collision choose K from 0123hellip
after ten collisions choose K from 01234hellip1023
for max value of K=1023 wait time is about 50 msec for 10 Mbps 5 msec for 100 Mbps Ethernet
Seeinteract with Javaapplet on AWL Web sitehighly recommended
5 DataLink Layer 5-47
CSMACD efficiency
tprop = max prop between 2 nodes in LAN ttrans = time to transmit max-size frame
Efficiency goes to 1 as tprop goes to 0 Goes to 1 as ttrans goes to infinity Much better than ALOHA but still decentralized
simple and cheap
1efficiency1 5 prop transt t
asymp+
5 DataLink Layer 5-48
10BaseT and 100BaseT 10100 Mbps rates T stands for Twisted Pair Base stands for Baseband (unmodulated) Nodes connect to a hub ldquostar topologyrdquo 100 m
max distance between nodes and hub
twisted pair
hub
5 DataLink Layer 5-49
HubsHubs are essentially physical-layer repeaters
bits coming from one link go out all other links at the same rate no frame buffering no CSMACD at hub adapters detect collisions provides net management functionality
twisted pair
hub
5 DataLink Layer 5-50
Gbit Ethernet
uses standard Ethernet frame format allows for point-to-point links and shared
broadcast channels in shared mode CSMACD is used short
distances between nodes required for efficiency
Full-Duplex at 1 Gbps for point-to-point links
10 Gbps now
5 DataLink Layer 5-51
Interconnecting with hubs Backbone hub interconnects LAN segments Extends max distance between nodes But individual segment collision domains become one
large collision domain Canrsquot interconnect 10BaseT amp 100BaseT
hub hub hub
hub
5 DataLink Layer 5-52
Switch Link layer device
stores and forwards Ethernet frames examines frame header and selectively
forwards frame based on MAC dest address when frame is to be forwarded on segment
uses CSMACD to access segment transparent
hosts are unaware of presence of switches plug-and-play self-learning
switches do not need to be configured
5 DataLink Layer 5-53
Forwarding
bull How do determine onto which LAN segment to forward framebull Looks like a routing problem
hub hubhub
switch1
2 3
5 DataLink Layer 5-54
Self learning
A switch has a switch table entry in switch table
(MAC Address Interface Time Stamp) stale entries in table dropped (TTL can be 60 min)
switch learns which hosts can be reached through which interfaces when frame received switch ldquolearnsrdquo location of
sender incoming LAN segment records senderlocation pair in switch table
5 DataLink Layer 5-55
FilteringForwardingWhen switch receives a frame
index switch table using MAC dest addressif entry found for destination
thenif dest on segment from which frame arrived
then drop the frameelse forward the frame on interface indicated
else flood
forward on all but the interface on which the frame arrived
5 DataLink Layer 5-56
Switch exampleSuppose C sends frame to D
Switch receives frame from from C notes in bridge table that C is on interface 1 because D is not in table switch forwards frame into
interfaces 2 and 3 frame received by D
hub hub hub
switch
A
B CD
EF G H
I
address interfaceABEG
1123
12 3
5 DataLink Layer 5-57
Switch exampleSuppose C sends frame to D
Switch receives frame from from C notes in bridge table that C is on interface 1 because D is not in table switch forwards frame into
interfaces 2 and 3 frame received by D
hub hub hub
switch
A
B CD
EF G H
I
address interfaceABEGC
11231
12 3
5 DataLink Layer 5-58
Switch exampleSuppose D replies back with frame to C
Switch receives frame from from D notes in bridge table that D is on interface 2 because C is in table switch forwards frame only to
interface 1 frame received by C
hub hub hub
switch
A
B CD
EF G H
I
address interfaceABEGC
11231
12 3
5 DataLink Layer 5-59
Switch exampleSuppose D replies back with frame to C
Switch receives frame from from D notes in bridge table that D is on interface 2 because C is in table switch forwards frame only to
interface 1 frame received by C
hub hub hub
switch
A
B CD
EF G H
I
address interfaceABEGCD
112312
12 3
5 DataLink Layer 5-60
Switch traffic isolation switch installation breaks subnet into LAN
segments switch filters packets
same-LAN-segment frames not usually forwarded onto other LAN segments
segments become separate collision domains
hub hub hub
switch
collision domain collision domain
collision domain
5 DataLink Layer 5-61
Switches dedicated access Switch with many
interfaces Hosts have direct
connection to switch No collisions full duplex
Switching A-to-Arsquo and B-to-Brsquo simultaneously no collisions
combinations of shareddedicated 101001000 Mbps interfaces possible
switch
A
Arsquo
B
Brsquo
C
Crsquo
5 DataLink Layer 5-62
Institutional network
hub hubhub
switch
to externalnetwork
router
IP subnet
mail server
web server
5 DataLink Layer 5-63
Switches vs Routers both store-and-forward devices
routers network layer devices (examine network layer headers)
switches are link layer devices routers maintain routing tables implement routing
algorithms switches maintain switch tables implement
filtering learning algorithms
5 DataLink Layer 5-64
Summary comparison
hubs routers switches
traffic isolation
no yes yes
plug amp play yes no yes
optimal routing
no yes no
5 DataLink Layer 5-65
VLANs motivation
What happens if CS user moves office to EE
but wants connect to CS switch
single broadcast domain all layer-2 broadcast
traffic (ARP DHCP) crosses entire LAN (securityprivacy efficiency issues)
each lowest level switch has only few ports in use
Computer Science Electrical
EngineeringComputerEngineering
Whatrsquos wrong with this picture
5 DataLink Layer 5-66
VLANs Port-based VLAN switch ports grouped (by switch management software) so that single physical switch helliphellip
Switch(es) supporting VLAN capabilities can be configured to define multiple virtual LANS over single physical LAN infrastructure
Virtual Local Area Network
1
8
9
16102
7
hellip
Electrical Engineering(VLAN ports 1-8)
Computer Science(VLAN ports 9-15)
15
hellip
Electrical Engineering(VLAN ports 1-8)
hellip
1
82
7 9
1610
15
hellip
Computer Science(VLAN ports 9-16)
hellip operates as multiple virtual switches
5 DataLink Layer 5-67
Port-based VLAN
1
8
9
16102
7
hellip
Electrical Engineering(VLAN ports 1-8)
Computer Science(VLAN ports 9-15)
15
hellip
traffic isolation frames tofrom ports 1-8 can only reach ports 1-8
can also define VLAN based on MAC addresses of endpoints rather than switch port
dynamic membershipports can be dynamically assigned among VLANs
router
forwarding between VLANSdone via routing (just as with separate switches)
in practice vendors sell combined switches plus routers
5 DataLink Layer 5-68
VLANS spanning multiple switches
trunk port carries frames between VLANS defined over multiple physical switches
frames forwarded within VLAN between switches canrsquot be vanilla 8021 frames (must carry VLAN ID info)
8021q protocol addsremoves additional header fields for frames forwarded between trunk ports
1
8
9
102
7
hellip
Electrical Engineering(VLAN ports 1-8)
Computer Science(VLAN ports 9-15)
15
hellip
2
73
Ports 235 belong to EE VLANPorts 4678 belong to CS VLAN
5
4 6 816
1
5 DataLink Layer 5-69
Type
2-byte Tag Protocol Identifier(value 81-00)
Tag Control Information (12 bit VLAN ID field 3 bit priority field like IP TOS)
Recomputed CRC
8021Q VLAN frame format
8021 frame
8021Q frame
5 DataLink Layer 5-70
Chapter 6 Wireless and Mobile Networks
Background wireless (mobile) phone subscribers now
exceeds wired phone subscribers computer nets laptops palmtops PDAs
Internet-enabled phone promise anytime untethered Internet access
two important (but different) challenges wireless communication over wireless link mobility handling the mobile user who changes point
of attachment to network
5 DataLink Layer 5-71
Elements of a wireless network
network infrastructure
wireless hosts laptop PDA IP phone run applications may be stationary
(non-mobile) or mobile wireless does not
always mean mobility
5 DataLink Layer 5-72
Elements of a wireless network
network infrastructure
base station typically connected to
wired network relay - responsible
for sending packets between wired network and wireless host(s) in its ldquoareardquo
eg cell towers 80211 access points
5 DataLink Layer 5-73
Elements of a wireless network
network infrastructure
wireless link typically used to
connect mobile(s) to base station
also used as backbone link
multiple access protocol coordinates link access
various data rates transmission distance
5 DataLink Layer 5-74
Characteristics of selected wireless link standards
Indoor10-30m
Outdoor50-200m
Mid-rangeoutdoor
200m ndash 4 Km
Long-rangeoutdoor
5Km ndash 20 Km
056
384
1
4
5-11
54
IS-95 CDMA GSM 2G
UMTSWCDMA CDMA2000 3G
80215
80211b
80211ag
UMTSWCDMA-HSPDA CDMA2000-1xEVDO 3G cellularenhanced
80216 (WiMAX)
80211ag point-to-point
200 80211n
Dat
a ra
te (M
bps) data
5 DataLink Layer 5-75
Elements of a wireless network
network infrastructure
infrastructure mode base station connects
mobiles into wired network
handoff mobile changes base station providing connection into wired network
5 DataLink Layer 5-76
Elements of a wireless networkad hoc mode no base stations nodes can only
transmit to other nodes within link coverage
nodes organize themselves into a network route among themselves
5 DataLink Layer 5-77
Wireless network taxonomy
single hop multiple hops
infrastructure(eg APs)
noinfrastructure
host connects to base station (WiFiWiMAX cellular) which connects to
larger Internet
no base station noconnection to larger Internet (Bluetooth
ad hoc nets)
host may have torelay through several
wireless nodes to connect to larger
Internet mesh net
no base station noconnection to larger
Internet May have torelay to reach other a given wireless node
MANET VANET
5 DataLink Layer 5-78
Wireless Link Characteristics (1)Differences from wired link hellip
decreased signal strength radio signal attenuates as it propagates through matter (path loss)
interference from other sources standardized wireless network frequencies (eg 24 GHz) shared by other devices (eg phone) devices (motors) interfere as well
multipath propagation radio signal reflects off objects arriving at destination at slightly different times
hellip make communication across (even a point to point) wireless link much more ldquodifficultrdquo
5 DataLink Layer 5-79
Wireless Link Characteristics (2) SNR signal-to-noise ratio
larger SNR ndash easier to extract signal from noise (a ldquogood thingrdquo)
SNR versus BER tradeoffs given physical layer
increase power -gt increase SNR-gtdecrease BER
given SNR choose physical layer that meets BER requirement giving highest thruput
bull SNR may change with mobility dynamically adapt physical layer (modulation technique rate)
10 20 30 40
QAM256 (8 Mbps)
QAM16 (4 Mbps)
BPSK (1 Mbps)
SNR(dB)B
ER
10-1
10-2
10-3
10-5
10-6
10-7
10-4
5 DataLink Layer 5-80
Wireless network characteristicsMultiple wireless senders and receivers create
additional problems (beyond multiple access)
AB
C
Hidden terminal problem B A hear each other B C hear each other A C can not hear each othermeans A C unaware of their
interference at B
A B C
Arsquos signalstrength
space
Crsquos signalstrength
Signal attenuation B A hear each other B C hear each other A C can not hear each other
interfering at B
5 DataLink Layer 5-81
IEEE 80211 Wireless LAN 80211b
24-5 GHz unlicensed spectrum up to 11 Mbps direct sequence spread
spectrum (DSSS) in physical layer
bull all hosts use same chipping code
80211a 5-6 GHz range up to 54 Mbps
80211g 24-5 GHz range up to 54 Mbps
80211n multiple antennae 24-5 GHz range up to 200 Mbps
all use CSMACA for multiple access all have base-station and ad-hoc network versions
5 DataLink Layer 5-82
80211 LAN architecture
wireless host communicates with base station
base station = access point (AP)
Basic Service Set (BSS)(aka ldquocellrdquo) in infrastructure mode contains
wireless hosts access point (AP) base
station ad hoc mode hosts only
BSS 1
BSS 2
Internet
hub switchor routerAP
AP
5 DataLink Layer 5-83
80211 Channels association
80211b 24GHz-2485GHz spectrum divided into 11 channels at different frequencies AP admin chooses frequency for AP interference possible channel can be same as
that chosen by neighboring AP host must associate with an AP
scans channels listening for beacon framescontaining APrsquos name (SSID) and MAC address
selects AP to associate with may perform authentication [Chapter 8] will typically run DHCP to get IP address in APrsquos
subnet
5 DataLink Layer 5-84
80211 passiveactive scanning
AP 2AP 1
H1
BBS 2BBS 1
122
3 4
Active Scanning (1) probe request frame broadcast
from H1(2) probe response frame sent from
APs(3) association request frame sent
H1 to selected AP (4) association response frame sent
H1 to selected AP
AP 2AP 1
H1
BBS 2BBS 1
12 3
1
Passive Scanning(1) beacon frames sent from APs(2) association request frame sent H1
to selected AP (3) association response frame sent
H1 to selected AP
5 DataLink Layer 5-85
IEEE 80211 multiple access avoid collisions 2+ nodes transmitting at same time 80211 CSMA - sense before transmitting
donrsquot collide with ongoing transmission by other node 80211 no collision detection
difficult to receive (sense collisions) when transmitting due to weak received signals (fading)
canrsquot sense all collisions in any case hidden terminal fading goal avoid collisions CSMAC(ollision)A(voidance)
AB
CA B C
Arsquos signalstrength
space
Crsquos signalstrength
5 DataLink Layer 5-86
IEEE 80211 MAC Protocol CSMACA
80211 sender1 if sense channel idle for DIFS then
transmit entire frame (no CD)2 if sense channel busy then
start random backoff timetimer counts down while channel idletransmit when timer expiresif no ACK increase random backoff
interval repeat 280211 receiver- if frame received OK
return ACK after SIFS (ACK needed due to hidden terminal problem)
sender receiver
DIFS
data
SIFS
ACK
5 DataLink Layer 5-87
Avoiding collisions (more)idea allow sender to ldquoreserverdquo channel rather than random
access of data frames avoid collisions of long data frames sender first transmits small request-to-send (RTS) packets
to BS using CSMA RTSs may still collide with each other (but theyrsquore short)
BS broadcasts clear-to-send CTS in response to RTS CTS heard by all nodes
sender transmits data frame other stations defer transmissions
avoid data frame collisions completely using small reservation packets
5 DataLink Layer 5-88
Collision Avoidance RTS-CTS exchange
APA B
time
RTS(A)RTS(B)
RTS(A)
CTS(A) CTS(A)
DATA (A)
ACK(A) ACK(A)
reservation collision
defer
5 DataLink Layer 5-89
framecontrol duration address
1address
2address
4address
3 payload CRC
2 2 6 6 6 2 6 0 - 2312 4
seqcontrol
80211 frame addressing
Address 2 MAC addressof wireless host or AP transmitting this frame
Address 1 MAC addressof wireless host or AP to receive this frame
Address 3 MAC addressof router interface to which AP is attached
Address 4 used only in ad hoc mode
5 DataLink Layer 5-90
Internetrouter
AP
H1 R1
AP MAC addr H1 MAC addr R1 MAC addraddress 1 address 2 address 3
80211 frame
R1 MAC addr H1 MAC addr dest address source address
8023 frame
80211 frame addressing
5 DataLink Layer 5-91
framecontrol duration address
1address
2address
4address
3 payload CRC
2 2 6 6 6 2 6 0 - 2312 4
seqcontrol
Type FromAPSubtype To
APMore frag WEPMore
dataPower
mgtRetry RsvdProtocolversion
2 2 4 1 1 1 1 1 11 1
80211 frame moreduration of reserved transmission time (RTSCTS)
frame seq (for RDT)
frame type(RTS CTS ACK data)
5 DataLink Layer 5-92
hub or switch
AP 2
AP 1
H1 BBS 2
BBS 1
80211 mobility within same subnet
router H1 remains in same IP subnet IP address can remain same
switch which AP is associated with H1
self-learning (Ch 5) switch will see frame from H1 and ldquorememberrdquo which switch port can be used to reach H1
5 DataLink Layer 5-93
80211 advanced capabilities
Rate Adaptation base station mobile
dynamically change transmission rate (physical layer modulation technique) as mobile moves SNR varies
QAM256 (8 Mbps)QAM16 (4 Mbps)BPSK (1 Mbps)
10 20 30 40SNR(dB)
BE
R
10-1
10-2
10-3
10-5
10-6
10-7
10-4
operating point
1 SNR decreases BER increase as node moves away from base station2 When BER becomes too high switch to lower transmission rate but with lower BER
5 DataLink Layer 5-94
80211 advanced capabilitiesPower Management node-to-AP ldquoI am going to sleep until next
beacon framerdquo AP knows not to transmit frames to this
node node wakes up before next beacon frame
beacon frame contains list of mobiles with AP-to-mobile frames waiting to be sent node will stay awake if AP-to-mobile frames
to be sent otherwise sleep again until next beacon frame
5 DataLink Layer 5-25
CSMA collisionscollisions can still occurpropagation delay means two nodes may not heareach otherrsquos transmission
collisionentire packet transmission time wasted
spatial layout of nodes
noterole of distance amp propagation delay in determining collision probability
5 DataLink Layer 5-26
CSMACD (Collision Detection)CSMACD carrier sensing deferral as in CSMA
collisions detected within short time colliding transmissions aborted reducing channel
wastage collision detection
easy in wired LANs measure signal strengths compare transmitted received signals
difficult in wireless LANs receiver shut off while transmitting
human analogy the polite conversationalist
5 DataLink Layer 5-27
CSMACD collision detection
5 DataLink Layer 5-28
ldquoTaking Turnsrdquo MAC protocols
channel partitioning MAC protocols share channel efficiently and fairly at high load inefficient at low load delay in channel access
1N bandwidth allocated even if only 1 active node
Random access MAC protocols efficient at low load single node can fully
utilize channel high load collision overhead
ldquotaking turnsrdquo protocolslook for best of both worlds
5 DataLink Layer 5-29
ldquoTaking Turnsrdquo MAC protocolsPolling master node
ldquoinvitesrdquo slave nodes to transmit in turn
concerns polling overhead latency single point of
failure (master)
Token passing control token passed from
one node to next sequentially
token message concerns
token overhead latency single point of failure (token)
5 DataLink Layer 5-30
Summary of MAC protocols
What do you do with a shared media Channel Partitioning by time frequency or code
bull Time Division Frequency Division Random partitioning (dynamic)
bull ALOHA S-ALOHA CSMA CSMACDbull carrier sensing easy in some technologies (wire) hard
in others (wireless)bull CSMACD used in Ethernetbull CSMACA used in 80211
Taking Turnsbull polling from a central site token passing
5 DataLink Layer 5-31
MAC Addresses and ARP
32-bit IP address network-layer address used to get datagram to destination IP subnet
MAC (or LAN or ldquophysicalrdquo or Ethernet) address used to get datagram from one interface to
another physically-connected interface (same network)
48 bit MAC address (for most LANs) burned in the adapter ROM
5 DataLink Layer 5-32
LAN Addresses and ARPEach adapter on LAN has unique LAN address
Broadcast address =FF-FF-FF-FF-FF-FF
= adapter
1A-2F-BB-76-09-AD
58-23-D7-FA-20-B0
0C-C4-11-6F-E3-98
71-65-F7-2B-08-53
LAN(wired orwireless)
5 DataLink Layer 5-33
LAN Address (more)
MAC address allocation administered by IEEE manufacturer buys portion of MAC address space
(to assure uniqueness) Analogy
(a) MAC address like Social Security Number(b) IP address like postal address
MAC flat address allows easier portability can move LAN card from one LAN to another
IP hierarchical address NOT portable depends on IP subnet to which node is attached
5 DataLink Layer 5-34
ARP Address Resolution Protocol
Each IP node (Host Router) on LAN has ARP table
ARP Table IPMAC address mappings for some LAN nodes
lt IP address MAC address TTLgt TTL (Time To Live) time
after which address mapping will be forgotten (typically 20 min)
Question how to determineMAC address of Bknowing Brsquos IP address
1A-2F-BB-76-09-AD
58-23-D7-FA-20-B0
0C-C4-11-6F-E3-98
71-65-F7-2B-08-53
LAN
237196723
237196778
237196714
237196788
5 DataLink Layer 5-35
ARP protocol Same LAN (network)
A wants to send datagram to B and Brsquos MAC address not in Arsquos ARP table
A broadcasts ARP query packet containing Bs IP address
Dest MAC address = FF-FF-FF-FF-FF-FF
all machines on LAN receive ARP query
B receives ARP packet replies to A with its (Bs) MAC address
frame sent to Arsquos MAC address (unicast)
A caches (saves) IP-to-MAC address pair in its ARP table until information becomes old (times out)
soft state information that times out (goes away) unless refreshed
ARP is ldquoplug-and-playrdquo nodes create their ARP
tables without intervention from net administrator
5 DataLink Layer 5-36
Routing to another LANwalkthrough send datagram from A to B via R
assume A knowrsquos Brsquos IP address
Two ARP tables in router R one for each IP network (LAN)
A
RB
5 DataLink Layer 5-37
A creates datagram with source A destination B A uses ARP to get Rrsquos MAC address for 111111111110 A creates link-layer frame with Rs MAC address as dest
frame contains A-to-B IP datagram Arsquos adapter sends frame Rrsquos adapter receives frame R removes IP datagram from Ethernet frame sees itrsquos
destined to B R uses ARP to get Brsquos MAC address R creates frame containing A-to-B IP datagram sends to B
A
RB
5 DataLink Layer 5-38
Ethernetldquodominantrdquo wired LAN technology cheap $20 for 100Mbs first widely used LAN technology Simpler cheaper than token LANs and ATM Kept up with speed race 10 Mbps ndash 10 Gbps
Metcalfersquos Ethernetsketch
5 DataLink Layer 5-39
Star topology Bus topology popular through mid 90s Now star topology prevails Connection choices hub or switch (more later)
hub orswitch
5 DataLink Layer 5-40
Ethernet Frame StructureSending adapter encapsulates IP datagram (or other
network layer protocol packet) in Ethernet frame
Preamble 7 bytes with pattern 10101010 followed by one
byte with pattern 10101011 used to synchronize receiver sender clock rates
5 DataLink Layer 5-41
Ethernet Frame Structure (more) Addresses 6 bytes
if adapter receives frame with matching destination address or with broadcast address (eg ARP packet) it passes data in frame to net-layer protocol
otherwise adapter discards frame Type 2 bytes indicates the higher (network)
layer protocol (commonly IP but may also be ARP Novell IPX and AppleTalk etc)
CRC 4 bytes checked at receiver if error is detected the frame is simply dropped
5 DataLink Layer 5-42
Unreliable connectionless service
Connectionless No handshaking between sending and receiving adapter
Unreliable receiving adapter doesnrsquot send acks or nacks to sending adapter
stream of datagrams passed to network layer can have gaps
gaps will be filled if app is using TCP otherwise app will see the gaps
5 DataLink Layer 5-43
Ethernet uses CSMACD
No slots adapter doesnrsquot transmit
if it senses that some other adapter is transmitting that is carrier sense
transmitting adapter aborts when it senses that another adapter is transmitting that is collision detection
Before attempting a retransmission adapter waits a random time that is random access
5 DataLink Layer 5-44
Ethernet CSMACD algorithm1 Adapter receives
datagram from net layer amp creates frame
2 If adapter senses channel idle it starts to transmit frame If it senses channel busy waits until channel idle and then transmits
3 If adapter transmits entire frame without detecting another transmission the adapter is done with frame
4 If adapter detects another transmission while transmitting aborts and sends 48-bit jam signal
5 After aborting adapter enters exponential backoff after the mthcollision adapter chooses a K at random from 012hellip2m-1 Adapter waits K512 bit times and returns to Step 2
5 DataLink Layer 5-45
Frame Size limitations for Ethernet Minimum Frame size (Fmin)
For proper collision detectionFmin = Min frame sizeR = Ethernetrsquos transmission rate
eg 10 Mbsdmax = max Ethernet segment
lengthS = Propagation speed (2x108
ms)FminR ge 2dmaxS
Maximum Frame Size (Fmax)For fairness among competing nodes
Fmin=64 Bytes Fmax=1500 Bytes
A Bd
2dS
tim
e
Arsquos frame
Brsquos frame
Arsquos frame in yellowBrsquos frame in green
For proper collision detection Arsquos frame should last at least until Brsquos frame reaches A
5 DataLink Layer 5-46
Ethernetrsquos CSMACD (more)Jam Signal make sure all
other transmitters are aware of collision 48 bits
Random retransmission delayK 512 bit transmission times where K is randomly selected bit time is 01 microsec for 10 Mbps and 001 microsec for 100 Mbps Ethernet
Exponential Backoff Goal adapt retransmission
attempts to estimated current load
heavy load random wait will be longer
first collision choose K from 01 delay is K 512 bit transmission times
after second collision choose K from 0123hellip
after ten collisions choose K from 01234hellip1023
for max value of K=1023 wait time is about 50 msec for 10 Mbps 5 msec for 100 Mbps Ethernet
Seeinteract with Javaapplet on AWL Web sitehighly recommended
5 DataLink Layer 5-47
CSMACD efficiency
tprop = max prop between 2 nodes in LAN ttrans = time to transmit max-size frame
Efficiency goes to 1 as tprop goes to 0 Goes to 1 as ttrans goes to infinity Much better than ALOHA but still decentralized
simple and cheap
1efficiency1 5 prop transt t
asymp+
5 DataLink Layer 5-48
10BaseT and 100BaseT 10100 Mbps rates T stands for Twisted Pair Base stands for Baseband (unmodulated) Nodes connect to a hub ldquostar topologyrdquo 100 m
max distance between nodes and hub
twisted pair
hub
5 DataLink Layer 5-49
HubsHubs are essentially physical-layer repeaters
bits coming from one link go out all other links at the same rate no frame buffering no CSMACD at hub adapters detect collisions provides net management functionality
twisted pair
hub
5 DataLink Layer 5-50
Gbit Ethernet
uses standard Ethernet frame format allows for point-to-point links and shared
broadcast channels in shared mode CSMACD is used short
distances between nodes required for efficiency
Full-Duplex at 1 Gbps for point-to-point links
10 Gbps now
5 DataLink Layer 5-51
Interconnecting with hubs Backbone hub interconnects LAN segments Extends max distance between nodes But individual segment collision domains become one
large collision domain Canrsquot interconnect 10BaseT amp 100BaseT
hub hub hub
hub
5 DataLink Layer 5-52
Switch Link layer device
stores and forwards Ethernet frames examines frame header and selectively
forwards frame based on MAC dest address when frame is to be forwarded on segment
uses CSMACD to access segment transparent
hosts are unaware of presence of switches plug-and-play self-learning
switches do not need to be configured
5 DataLink Layer 5-53
Forwarding
bull How do determine onto which LAN segment to forward framebull Looks like a routing problem
hub hubhub
switch1
2 3
5 DataLink Layer 5-54
Self learning
A switch has a switch table entry in switch table
(MAC Address Interface Time Stamp) stale entries in table dropped (TTL can be 60 min)
switch learns which hosts can be reached through which interfaces when frame received switch ldquolearnsrdquo location of
sender incoming LAN segment records senderlocation pair in switch table
5 DataLink Layer 5-55
FilteringForwardingWhen switch receives a frame
index switch table using MAC dest addressif entry found for destination
thenif dest on segment from which frame arrived
then drop the frameelse forward the frame on interface indicated
else flood
forward on all but the interface on which the frame arrived
5 DataLink Layer 5-56
Switch exampleSuppose C sends frame to D
Switch receives frame from from C notes in bridge table that C is on interface 1 because D is not in table switch forwards frame into
interfaces 2 and 3 frame received by D
hub hub hub
switch
A
B CD
EF G H
I
address interfaceABEG
1123
12 3
5 DataLink Layer 5-57
Switch exampleSuppose C sends frame to D
Switch receives frame from from C notes in bridge table that C is on interface 1 because D is not in table switch forwards frame into
interfaces 2 and 3 frame received by D
hub hub hub
switch
A
B CD
EF G H
I
address interfaceABEGC
11231
12 3
5 DataLink Layer 5-58
Switch exampleSuppose D replies back with frame to C
Switch receives frame from from D notes in bridge table that D is on interface 2 because C is in table switch forwards frame only to
interface 1 frame received by C
hub hub hub
switch
A
B CD
EF G H
I
address interfaceABEGC
11231
12 3
5 DataLink Layer 5-59
Switch exampleSuppose D replies back with frame to C
Switch receives frame from from D notes in bridge table that D is on interface 2 because C is in table switch forwards frame only to
interface 1 frame received by C
hub hub hub
switch
A
B CD
EF G H
I
address interfaceABEGCD
112312
12 3
5 DataLink Layer 5-60
Switch traffic isolation switch installation breaks subnet into LAN
segments switch filters packets
same-LAN-segment frames not usually forwarded onto other LAN segments
segments become separate collision domains
hub hub hub
switch
collision domain collision domain
collision domain
5 DataLink Layer 5-61
Switches dedicated access Switch with many
interfaces Hosts have direct
connection to switch No collisions full duplex
Switching A-to-Arsquo and B-to-Brsquo simultaneously no collisions
combinations of shareddedicated 101001000 Mbps interfaces possible
switch
A
Arsquo
B
Brsquo
C
Crsquo
5 DataLink Layer 5-62
Institutional network
hub hubhub
switch
to externalnetwork
router
IP subnet
mail server
web server
5 DataLink Layer 5-63
Switches vs Routers both store-and-forward devices
routers network layer devices (examine network layer headers)
switches are link layer devices routers maintain routing tables implement routing
algorithms switches maintain switch tables implement
filtering learning algorithms
5 DataLink Layer 5-64
Summary comparison
hubs routers switches
traffic isolation
no yes yes
plug amp play yes no yes
optimal routing
no yes no
5 DataLink Layer 5-65
VLANs motivation
What happens if CS user moves office to EE
but wants connect to CS switch
single broadcast domain all layer-2 broadcast
traffic (ARP DHCP) crosses entire LAN (securityprivacy efficiency issues)
each lowest level switch has only few ports in use
Computer Science Electrical
EngineeringComputerEngineering
Whatrsquos wrong with this picture
5 DataLink Layer 5-66
VLANs Port-based VLAN switch ports grouped (by switch management software) so that single physical switch helliphellip
Switch(es) supporting VLAN capabilities can be configured to define multiple virtual LANS over single physical LAN infrastructure
Virtual Local Area Network
1
8
9
16102
7
hellip
Electrical Engineering(VLAN ports 1-8)
Computer Science(VLAN ports 9-15)
15
hellip
Electrical Engineering(VLAN ports 1-8)
hellip
1
82
7 9
1610
15
hellip
Computer Science(VLAN ports 9-16)
hellip operates as multiple virtual switches
5 DataLink Layer 5-67
Port-based VLAN
1
8
9
16102
7
hellip
Electrical Engineering(VLAN ports 1-8)
Computer Science(VLAN ports 9-15)
15
hellip
traffic isolation frames tofrom ports 1-8 can only reach ports 1-8
can also define VLAN based on MAC addresses of endpoints rather than switch port
dynamic membershipports can be dynamically assigned among VLANs
router
forwarding between VLANSdone via routing (just as with separate switches)
in practice vendors sell combined switches plus routers
5 DataLink Layer 5-68
VLANS spanning multiple switches
trunk port carries frames between VLANS defined over multiple physical switches
frames forwarded within VLAN between switches canrsquot be vanilla 8021 frames (must carry VLAN ID info)
8021q protocol addsremoves additional header fields for frames forwarded between trunk ports
1
8
9
102
7
hellip
Electrical Engineering(VLAN ports 1-8)
Computer Science(VLAN ports 9-15)
15
hellip
2
73
Ports 235 belong to EE VLANPorts 4678 belong to CS VLAN
5
4 6 816
1
5 DataLink Layer 5-69
Type
2-byte Tag Protocol Identifier(value 81-00)
Tag Control Information (12 bit VLAN ID field 3 bit priority field like IP TOS)
Recomputed CRC
8021Q VLAN frame format
8021 frame
8021Q frame
5 DataLink Layer 5-70
Chapter 6 Wireless and Mobile Networks
Background wireless (mobile) phone subscribers now
exceeds wired phone subscribers computer nets laptops palmtops PDAs
Internet-enabled phone promise anytime untethered Internet access
two important (but different) challenges wireless communication over wireless link mobility handling the mobile user who changes point
of attachment to network
5 DataLink Layer 5-71
Elements of a wireless network
network infrastructure
wireless hosts laptop PDA IP phone run applications may be stationary
(non-mobile) or mobile wireless does not
always mean mobility
5 DataLink Layer 5-72
Elements of a wireless network
network infrastructure
base station typically connected to
wired network relay - responsible
for sending packets between wired network and wireless host(s) in its ldquoareardquo
eg cell towers 80211 access points
5 DataLink Layer 5-73
Elements of a wireless network
network infrastructure
wireless link typically used to
connect mobile(s) to base station
also used as backbone link
multiple access protocol coordinates link access
various data rates transmission distance
5 DataLink Layer 5-74
Characteristics of selected wireless link standards
Indoor10-30m
Outdoor50-200m
Mid-rangeoutdoor
200m ndash 4 Km
Long-rangeoutdoor
5Km ndash 20 Km
056
384
1
4
5-11
54
IS-95 CDMA GSM 2G
UMTSWCDMA CDMA2000 3G
80215
80211b
80211ag
UMTSWCDMA-HSPDA CDMA2000-1xEVDO 3G cellularenhanced
80216 (WiMAX)
80211ag point-to-point
200 80211n
Dat
a ra
te (M
bps) data
5 DataLink Layer 5-75
Elements of a wireless network
network infrastructure
infrastructure mode base station connects
mobiles into wired network
handoff mobile changes base station providing connection into wired network
5 DataLink Layer 5-76
Elements of a wireless networkad hoc mode no base stations nodes can only
transmit to other nodes within link coverage
nodes organize themselves into a network route among themselves
5 DataLink Layer 5-77
Wireless network taxonomy
single hop multiple hops
infrastructure(eg APs)
noinfrastructure
host connects to base station (WiFiWiMAX cellular) which connects to
larger Internet
no base station noconnection to larger Internet (Bluetooth
ad hoc nets)
host may have torelay through several
wireless nodes to connect to larger
Internet mesh net
no base station noconnection to larger
Internet May have torelay to reach other a given wireless node
MANET VANET
5 DataLink Layer 5-78
Wireless Link Characteristics (1)Differences from wired link hellip
decreased signal strength radio signal attenuates as it propagates through matter (path loss)
interference from other sources standardized wireless network frequencies (eg 24 GHz) shared by other devices (eg phone) devices (motors) interfere as well
multipath propagation radio signal reflects off objects arriving at destination at slightly different times
hellip make communication across (even a point to point) wireless link much more ldquodifficultrdquo
5 DataLink Layer 5-79
Wireless Link Characteristics (2) SNR signal-to-noise ratio
larger SNR ndash easier to extract signal from noise (a ldquogood thingrdquo)
SNR versus BER tradeoffs given physical layer
increase power -gt increase SNR-gtdecrease BER
given SNR choose physical layer that meets BER requirement giving highest thruput
bull SNR may change with mobility dynamically adapt physical layer (modulation technique rate)
10 20 30 40
QAM256 (8 Mbps)
QAM16 (4 Mbps)
BPSK (1 Mbps)
SNR(dB)B
ER
10-1
10-2
10-3
10-5
10-6
10-7
10-4
5 DataLink Layer 5-80
Wireless network characteristicsMultiple wireless senders and receivers create
additional problems (beyond multiple access)
AB
C
Hidden terminal problem B A hear each other B C hear each other A C can not hear each othermeans A C unaware of their
interference at B
A B C
Arsquos signalstrength
space
Crsquos signalstrength
Signal attenuation B A hear each other B C hear each other A C can not hear each other
interfering at B
5 DataLink Layer 5-81
IEEE 80211 Wireless LAN 80211b
24-5 GHz unlicensed spectrum up to 11 Mbps direct sequence spread
spectrum (DSSS) in physical layer
bull all hosts use same chipping code
80211a 5-6 GHz range up to 54 Mbps
80211g 24-5 GHz range up to 54 Mbps
80211n multiple antennae 24-5 GHz range up to 200 Mbps
all use CSMACA for multiple access all have base-station and ad-hoc network versions
5 DataLink Layer 5-82
80211 LAN architecture
wireless host communicates with base station
base station = access point (AP)
Basic Service Set (BSS)(aka ldquocellrdquo) in infrastructure mode contains
wireless hosts access point (AP) base
station ad hoc mode hosts only
BSS 1
BSS 2
Internet
hub switchor routerAP
AP
5 DataLink Layer 5-83
80211 Channels association
80211b 24GHz-2485GHz spectrum divided into 11 channels at different frequencies AP admin chooses frequency for AP interference possible channel can be same as
that chosen by neighboring AP host must associate with an AP
scans channels listening for beacon framescontaining APrsquos name (SSID) and MAC address
selects AP to associate with may perform authentication [Chapter 8] will typically run DHCP to get IP address in APrsquos
subnet
5 DataLink Layer 5-84
80211 passiveactive scanning
AP 2AP 1
H1
BBS 2BBS 1
122
3 4
Active Scanning (1) probe request frame broadcast
from H1(2) probe response frame sent from
APs(3) association request frame sent
H1 to selected AP (4) association response frame sent
H1 to selected AP
AP 2AP 1
H1
BBS 2BBS 1
12 3
1
Passive Scanning(1) beacon frames sent from APs(2) association request frame sent H1
to selected AP (3) association response frame sent
H1 to selected AP
5 DataLink Layer 5-85
IEEE 80211 multiple access avoid collisions 2+ nodes transmitting at same time 80211 CSMA - sense before transmitting
donrsquot collide with ongoing transmission by other node 80211 no collision detection
difficult to receive (sense collisions) when transmitting due to weak received signals (fading)
canrsquot sense all collisions in any case hidden terminal fading goal avoid collisions CSMAC(ollision)A(voidance)
AB
CA B C
Arsquos signalstrength
space
Crsquos signalstrength
5 DataLink Layer 5-86
IEEE 80211 MAC Protocol CSMACA
80211 sender1 if sense channel idle for DIFS then
transmit entire frame (no CD)2 if sense channel busy then
start random backoff timetimer counts down while channel idletransmit when timer expiresif no ACK increase random backoff
interval repeat 280211 receiver- if frame received OK
return ACK after SIFS (ACK needed due to hidden terminal problem)
sender receiver
DIFS
data
SIFS
ACK
5 DataLink Layer 5-87
Avoiding collisions (more)idea allow sender to ldquoreserverdquo channel rather than random
access of data frames avoid collisions of long data frames sender first transmits small request-to-send (RTS) packets
to BS using CSMA RTSs may still collide with each other (but theyrsquore short)
BS broadcasts clear-to-send CTS in response to RTS CTS heard by all nodes
sender transmits data frame other stations defer transmissions
avoid data frame collisions completely using small reservation packets
5 DataLink Layer 5-88
Collision Avoidance RTS-CTS exchange
APA B
time
RTS(A)RTS(B)
RTS(A)
CTS(A) CTS(A)
DATA (A)
ACK(A) ACK(A)
reservation collision
defer
5 DataLink Layer 5-89
framecontrol duration address
1address
2address
4address
3 payload CRC
2 2 6 6 6 2 6 0 - 2312 4
seqcontrol
80211 frame addressing
Address 2 MAC addressof wireless host or AP transmitting this frame
Address 1 MAC addressof wireless host or AP to receive this frame
Address 3 MAC addressof router interface to which AP is attached
Address 4 used only in ad hoc mode
5 DataLink Layer 5-90
Internetrouter
AP
H1 R1
AP MAC addr H1 MAC addr R1 MAC addraddress 1 address 2 address 3
80211 frame
R1 MAC addr H1 MAC addr dest address source address
8023 frame
80211 frame addressing
5 DataLink Layer 5-91
framecontrol duration address
1address
2address
4address
3 payload CRC
2 2 6 6 6 2 6 0 - 2312 4
seqcontrol
Type FromAPSubtype To
APMore frag WEPMore
dataPower
mgtRetry RsvdProtocolversion
2 2 4 1 1 1 1 1 11 1
80211 frame moreduration of reserved transmission time (RTSCTS)
frame seq (for RDT)
frame type(RTS CTS ACK data)
5 DataLink Layer 5-92
hub or switch
AP 2
AP 1
H1 BBS 2
BBS 1
80211 mobility within same subnet
router H1 remains in same IP subnet IP address can remain same
switch which AP is associated with H1
self-learning (Ch 5) switch will see frame from H1 and ldquorememberrdquo which switch port can be used to reach H1
5 DataLink Layer 5-93
80211 advanced capabilities
Rate Adaptation base station mobile
dynamically change transmission rate (physical layer modulation technique) as mobile moves SNR varies
QAM256 (8 Mbps)QAM16 (4 Mbps)BPSK (1 Mbps)
10 20 30 40SNR(dB)
BE
R
10-1
10-2
10-3
10-5
10-6
10-7
10-4
operating point
1 SNR decreases BER increase as node moves away from base station2 When BER becomes too high switch to lower transmission rate but with lower BER
5 DataLink Layer 5-94
80211 advanced capabilitiesPower Management node-to-AP ldquoI am going to sleep until next
beacon framerdquo AP knows not to transmit frames to this
node node wakes up before next beacon frame
beacon frame contains list of mobiles with AP-to-mobile frames waiting to be sent node will stay awake if AP-to-mobile frames
to be sent otherwise sleep again until next beacon frame
5 DataLink Layer 5-26
CSMACD (Collision Detection)CSMACD carrier sensing deferral as in CSMA
collisions detected within short time colliding transmissions aborted reducing channel
wastage collision detection
easy in wired LANs measure signal strengths compare transmitted received signals
difficult in wireless LANs receiver shut off while transmitting
human analogy the polite conversationalist
5 DataLink Layer 5-27
CSMACD collision detection
5 DataLink Layer 5-28
ldquoTaking Turnsrdquo MAC protocols
channel partitioning MAC protocols share channel efficiently and fairly at high load inefficient at low load delay in channel access
1N bandwidth allocated even if only 1 active node
Random access MAC protocols efficient at low load single node can fully
utilize channel high load collision overhead
ldquotaking turnsrdquo protocolslook for best of both worlds
5 DataLink Layer 5-29
ldquoTaking Turnsrdquo MAC protocolsPolling master node
ldquoinvitesrdquo slave nodes to transmit in turn
concerns polling overhead latency single point of
failure (master)
Token passing control token passed from
one node to next sequentially
token message concerns
token overhead latency single point of failure (token)
5 DataLink Layer 5-30
Summary of MAC protocols
What do you do with a shared media Channel Partitioning by time frequency or code
bull Time Division Frequency Division Random partitioning (dynamic)
bull ALOHA S-ALOHA CSMA CSMACDbull carrier sensing easy in some technologies (wire) hard
in others (wireless)bull CSMACD used in Ethernetbull CSMACA used in 80211
Taking Turnsbull polling from a central site token passing
5 DataLink Layer 5-31
MAC Addresses and ARP
32-bit IP address network-layer address used to get datagram to destination IP subnet
MAC (or LAN or ldquophysicalrdquo or Ethernet) address used to get datagram from one interface to
another physically-connected interface (same network)
48 bit MAC address (for most LANs) burned in the adapter ROM
5 DataLink Layer 5-32
LAN Addresses and ARPEach adapter on LAN has unique LAN address
Broadcast address =FF-FF-FF-FF-FF-FF
= adapter
1A-2F-BB-76-09-AD
58-23-D7-FA-20-B0
0C-C4-11-6F-E3-98
71-65-F7-2B-08-53
LAN(wired orwireless)
5 DataLink Layer 5-33
LAN Address (more)
MAC address allocation administered by IEEE manufacturer buys portion of MAC address space
(to assure uniqueness) Analogy
(a) MAC address like Social Security Number(b) IP address like postal address
MAC flat address allows easier portability can move LAN card from one LAN to another
IP hierarchical address NOT portable depends on IP subnet to which node is attached
5 DataLink Layer 5-34
ARP Address Resolution Protocol
Each IP node (Host Router) on LAN has ARP table
ARP Table IPMAC address mappings for some LAN nodes
lt IP address MAC address TTLgt TTL (Time To Live) time
after which address mapping will be forgotten (typically 20 min)
Question how to determineMAC address of Bknowing Brsquos IP address
1A-2F-BB-76-09-AD
58-23-D7-FA-20-B0
0C-C4-11-6F-E3-98
71-65-F7-2B-08-53
LAN
237196723
237196778
237196714
237196788
5 DataLink Layer 5-35
ARP protocol Same LAN (network)
A wants to send datagram to B and Brsquos MAC address not in Arsquos ARP table
A broadcasts ARP query packet containing Bs IP address
Dest MAC address = FF-FF-FF-FF-FF-FF
all machines on LAN receive ARP query
B receives ARP packet replies to A with its (Bs) MAC address
frame sent to Arsquos MAC address (unicast)
A caches (saves) IP-to-MAC address pair in its ARP table until information becomes old (times out)
soft state information that times out (goes away) unless refreshed
ARP is ldquoplug-and-playrdquo nodes create their ARP
tables without intervention from net administrator
5 DataLink Layer 5-36
Routing to another LANwalkthrough send datagram from A to B via R
assume A knowrsquos Brsquos IP address
Two ARP tables in router R one for each IP network (LAN)
A
RB
5 DataLink Layer 5-37
A creates datagram with source A destination B A uses ARP to get Rrsquos MAC address for 111111111110 A creates link-layer frame with Rs MAC address as dest
frame contains A-to-B IP datagram Arsquos adapter sends frame Rrsquos adapter receives frame R removes IP datagram from Ethernet frame sees itrsquos
destined to B R uses ARP to get Brsquos MAC address R creates frame containing A-to-B IP datagram sends to B
A
RB
5 DataLink Layer 5-38
Ethernetldquodominantrdquo wired LAN technology cheap $20 for 100Mbs first widely used LAN technology Simpler cheaper than token LANs and ATM Kept up with speed race 10 Mbps ndash 10 Gbps
Metcalfersquos Ethernetsketch
5 DataLink Layer 5-39
Star topology Bus topology popular through mid 90s Now star topology prevails Connection choices hub or switch (more later)
hub orswitch
5 DataLink Layer 5-40
Ethernet Frame StructureSending adapter encapsulates IP datagram (or other
network layer protocol packet) in Ethernet frame
Preamble 7 bytes with pattern 10101010 followed by one
byte with pattern 10101011 used to synchronize receiver sender clock rates
5 DataLink Layer 5-41
Ethernet Frame Structure (more) Addresses 6 bytes
if adapter receives frame with matching destination address or with broadcast address (eg ARP packet) it passes data in frame to net-layer protocol
otherwise adapter discards frame Type 2 bytes indicates the higher (network)
layer protocol (commonly IP but may also be ARP Novell IPX and AppleTalk etc)
CRC 4 bytes checked at receiver if error is detected the frame is simply dropped
5 DataLink Layer 5-42
Unreliable connectionless service
Connectionless No handshaking between sending and receiving adapter
Unreliable receiving adapter doesnrsquot send acks or nacks to sending adapter
stream of datagrams passed to network layer can have gaps
gaps will be filled if app is using TCP otherwise app will see the gaps
5 DataLink Layer 5-43
Ethernet uses CSMACD
No slots adapter doesnrsquot transmit
if it senses that some other adapter is transmitting that is carrier sense
transmitting adapter aborts when it senses that another adapter is transmitting that is collision detection
Before attempting a retransmission adapter waits a random time that is random access
5 DataLink Layer 5-44
Ethernet CSMACD algorithm1 Adapter receives
datagram from net layer amp creates frame
2 If adapter senses channel idle it starts to transmit frame If it senses channel busy waits until channel idle and then transmits
3 If adapter transmits entire frame without detecting another transmission the adapter is done with frame
4 If adapter detects another transmission while transmitting aborts and sends 48-bit jam signal
5 After aborting adapter enters exponential backoff after the mthcollision adapter chooses a K at random from 012hellip2m-1 Adapter waits K512 bit times and returns to Step 2
5 DataLink Layer 5-45
Frame Size limitations for Ethernet Minimum Frame size (Fmin)
For proper collision detectionFmin = Min frame sizeR = Ethernetrsquos transmission rate
eg 10 Mbsdmax = max Ethernet segment
lengthS = Propagation speed (2x108
ms)FminR ge 2dmaxS
Maximum Frame Size (Fmax)For fairness among competing nodes
Fmin=64 Bytes Fmax=1500 Bytes
A Bd
2dS
tim
e
Arsquos frame
Brsquos frame
Arsquos frame in yellowBrsquos frame in green
For proper collision detection Arsquos frame should last at least until Brsquos frame reaches A
5 DataLink Layer 5-46
Ethernetrsquos CSMACD (more)Jam Signal make sure all
other transmitters are aware of collision 48 bits
Random retransmission delayK 512 bit transmission times where K is randomly selected bit time is 01 microsec for 10 Mbps and 001 microsec for 100 Mbps Ethernet
Exponential Backoff Goal adapt retransmission
attempts to estimated current load
heavy load random wait will be longer
first collision choose K from 01 delay is K 512 bit transmission times
after second collision choose K from 0123hellip
after ten collisions choose K from 01234hellip1023
for max value of K=1023 wait time is about 50 msec for 10 Mbps 5 msec for 100 Mbps Ethernet
Seeinteract with Javaapplet on AWL Web sitehighly recommended
5 DataLink Layer 5-47
CSMACD efficiency
tprop = max prop between 2 nodes in LAN ttrans = time to transmit max-size frame
Efficiency goes to 1 as tprop goes to 0 Goes to 1 as ttrans goes to infinity Much better than ALOHA but still decentralized
simple and cheap
1efficiency1 5 prop transt t
asymp+
5 DataLink Layer 5-48
10BaseT and 100BaseT 10100 Mbps rates T stands for Twisted Pair Base stands for Baseband (unmodulated) Nodes connect to a hub ldquostar topologyrdquo 100 m
max distance between nodes and hub
twisted pair
hub
5 DataLink Layer 5-49
HubsHubs are essentially physical-layer repeaters
bits coming from one link go out all other links at the same rate no frame buffering no CSMACD at hub adapters detect collisions provides net management functionality
twisted pair
hub
5 DataLink Layer 5-50
Gbit Ethernet
uses standard Ethernet frame format allows for point-to-point links and shared
broadcast channels in shared mode CSMACD is used short
distances between nodes required for efficiency
Full-Duplex at 1 Gbps for point-to-point links
10 Gbps now
5 DataLink Layer 5-51
Interconnecting with hubs Backbone hub interconnects LAN segments Extends max distance between nodes But individual segment collision domains become one
large collision domain Canrsquot interconnect 10BaseT amp 100BaseT
hub hub hub
hub
5 DataLink Layer 5-52
Switch Link layer device
stores and forwards Ethernet frames examines frame header and selectively
forwards frame based on MAC dest address when frame is to be forwarded on segment
uses CSMACD to access segment transparent
hosts are unaware of presence of switches plug-and-play self-learning
switches do not need to be configured
5 DataLink Layer 5-53
Forwarding
bull How do determine onto which LAN segment to forward framebull Looks like a routing problem
hub hubhub
switch1
2 3
5 DataLink Layer 5-54
Self learning
A switch has a switch table entry in switch table
(MAC Address Interface Time Stamp) stale entries in table dropped (TTL can be 60 min)
switch learns which hosts can be reached through which interfaces when frame received switch ldquolearnsrdquo location of
sender incoming LAN segment records senderlocation pair in switch table
5 DataLink Layer 5-55
FilteringForwardingWhen switch receives a frame
index switch table using MAC dest addressif entry found for destination
thenif dest on segment from which frame arrived
then drop the frameelse forward the frame on interface indicated
else flood
forward on all but the interface on which the frame arrived
5 DataLink Layer 5-56
Switch exampleSuppose C sends frame to D
Switch receives frame from from C notes in bridge table that C is on interface 1 because D is not in table switch forwards frame into
interfaces 2 and 3 frame received by D
hub hub hub
switch
A
B CD
EF G H
I
address interfaceABEG
1123
12 3
5 DataLink Layer 5-57
Switch exampleSuppose C sends frame to D
Switch receives frame from from C notes in bridge table that C is on interface 1 because D is not in table switch forwards frame into
interfaces 2 and 3 frame received by D
hub hub hub
switch
A
B CD
EF G H
I
address interfaceABEGC
11231
12 3
5 DataLink Layer 5-58
Switch exampleSuppose D replies back with frame to C
Switch receives frame from from D notes in bridge table that D is on interface 2 because C is in table switch forwards frame only to
interface 1 frame received by C
hub hub hub
switch
A
B CD
EF G H
I
address interfaceABEGC
11231
12 3
5 DataLink Layer 5-59
Switch exampleSuppose D replies back with frame to C
Switch receives frame from from D notes in bridge table that D is on interface 2 because C is in table switch forwards frame only to
interface 1 frame received by C
hub hub hub
switch
A
B CD
EF G H
I
address interfaceABEGCD
112312
12 3
5 DataLink Layer 5-60
Switch traffic isolation switch installation breaks subnet into LAN
segments switch filters packets
same-LAN-segment frames not usually forwarded onto other LAN segments
segments become separate collision domains
hub hub hub
switch
collision domain collision domain
collision domain
5 DataLink Layer 5-61
Switches dedicated access Switch with many
interfaces Hosts have direct
connection to switch No collisions full duplex
Switching A-to-Arsquo and B-to-Brsquo simultaneously no collisions
combinations of shareddedicated 101001000 Mbps interfaces possible
switch
A
Arsquo
B
Brsquo
C
Crsquo
5 DataLink Layer 5-62
Institutional network
hub hubhub
switch
to externalnetwork
router
IP subnet
mail server
web server
5 DataLink Layer 5-63
Switches vs Routers both store-and-forward devices
routers network layer devices (examine network layer headers)
switches are link layer devices routers maintain routing tables implement routing
algorithms switches maintain switch tables implement
filtering learning algorithms
5 DataLink Layer 5-64
Summary comparison
hubs routers switches
traffic isolation
no yes yes
plug amp play yes no yes
optimal routing
no yes no
5 DataLink Layer 5-65
VLANs motivation
What happens if CS user moves office to EE
but wants connect to CS switch
single broadcast domain all layer-2 broadcast
traffic (ARP DHCP) crosses entire LAN (securityprivacy efficiency issues)
each lowest level switch has only few ports in use
Computer Science Electrical
EngineeringComputerEngineering
Whatrsquos wrong with this picture
5 DataLink Layer 5-66
VLANs Port-based VLAN switch ports grouped (by switch management software) so that single physical switch helliphellip
Switch(es) supporting VLAN capabilities can be configured to define multiple virtual LANS over single physical LAN infrastructure
Virtual Local Area Network
1
8
9
16102
7
hellip
Electrical Engineering(VLAN ports 1-8)
Computer Science(VLAN ports 9-15)
15
hellip
Electrical Engineering(VLAN ports 1-8)
hellip
1
82
7 9
1610
15
hellip
Computer Science(VLAN ports 9-16)
hellip operates as multiple virtual switches
5 DataLink Layer 5-67
Port-based VLAN
1
8
9
16102
7
hellip
Electrical Engineering(VLAN ports 1-8)
Computer Science(VLAN ports 9-15)
15
hellip
traffic isolation frames tofrom ports 1-8 can only reach ports 1-8
can also define VLAN based on MAC addresses of endpoints rather than switch port
dynamic membershipports can be dynamically assigned among VLANs
router
forwarding between VLANSdone via routing (just as with separate switches)
in practice vendors sell combined switches plus routers
5 DataLink Layer 5-68
VLANS spanning multiple switches
trunk port carries frames between VLANS defined over multiple physical switches
frames forwarded within VLAN between switches canrsquot be vanilla 8021 frames (must carry VLAN ID info)
8021q protocol addsremoves additional header fields for frames forwarded between trunk ports
1
8
9
102
7
hellip
Electrical Engineering(VLAN ports 1-8)
Computer Science(VLAN ports 9-15)
15
hellip
2
73
Ports 235 belong to EE VLANPorts 4678 belong to CS VLAN
5
4 6 816
1
5 DataLink Layer 5-69
Type
2-byte Tag Protocol Identifier(value 81-00)
Tag Control Information (12 bit VLAN ID field 3 bit priority field like IP TOS)
Recomputed CRC
8021Q VLAN frame format
8021 frame
8021Q frame
5 DataLink Layer 5-70
Chapter 6 Wireless and Mobile Networks
Background wireless (mobile) phone subscribers now
exceeds wired phone subscribers computer nets laptops palmtops PDAs
Internet-enabled phone promise anytime untethered Internet access
two important (but different) challenges wireless communication over wireless link mobility handling the mobile user who changes point
of attachment to network
5 DataLink Layer 5-71
Elements of a wireless network
network infrastructure
wireless hosts laptop PDA IP phone run applications may be stationary
(non-mobile) or mobile wireless does not
always mean mobility
5 DataLink Layer 5-72
Elements of a wireless network
network infrastructure
base station typically connected to
wired network relay - responsible
for sending packets between wired network and wireless host(s) in its ldquoareardquo
eg cell towers 80211 access points
5 DataLink Layer 5-73
Elements of a wireless network
network infrastructure
wireless link typically used to
connect mobile(s) to base station
also used as backbone link
multiple access protocol coordinates link access
various data rates transmission distance
5 DataLink Layer 5-74
Characteristics of selected wireless link standards
Indoor10-30m
Outdoor50-200m
Mid-rangeoutdoor
200m ndash 4 Km
Long-rangeoutdoor
5Km ndash 20 Km
056
384
1
4
5-11
54
IS-95 CDMA GSM 2G
UMTSWCDMA CDMA2000 3G
80215
80211b
80211ag
UMTSWCDMA-HSPDA CDMA2000-1xEVDO 3G cellularenhanced
80216 (WiMAX)
80211ag point-to-point
200 80211n
Dat
a ra
te (M
bps) data
5 DataLink Layer 5-75
Elements of a wireless network
network infrastructure
infrastructure mode base station connects
mobiles into wired network
handoff mobile changes base station providing connection into wired network
5 DataLink Layer 5-76
Elements of a wireless networkad hoc mode no base stations nodes can only
transmit to other nodes within link coverage
nodes organize themselves into a network route among themselves
5 DataLink Layer 5-77
Wireless network taxonomy
single hop multiple hops
infrastructure(eg APs)
noinfrastructure
host connects to base station (WiFiWiMAX cellular) which connects to
larger Internet
no base station noconnection to larger Internet (Bluetooth
ad hoc nets)
host may have torelay through several
wireless nodes to connect to larger
Internet mesh net
no base station noconnection to larger
Internet May have torelay to reach other a given wireless node
MANET VANET
5 DataLink Layer 5-78
Wireless Link Characteristics (1)Differences from wired link hellip
decreased signal strength radio signal attenuates as it propagates through matter (path loss)
interference from other sources standardized wireless network frequencies (eg 24 GHz) shared by other devices (eg phone) devices (motors) interfere as well
multipath propagation radio signal reflects off objects arriving at destination at slightly different times
hellip make communication across (even a point to point) wireless link much more ldquodifficultrdquo
5 DataLink Layer 5-79
Wireless Link Characteristics (2) SNR signal-to-noise ratio
larger SNR ndash easier to extract signal from noise (a ldquogood thingrdquo)
SNR versus BER tradeoffs given physical layer
increase power -gt increase SNR-gtdecrease BER
given SNR choose physical layer that meets BER requirement giving highest thruput
bull SNR may change with mobility dynamically adapt physical layer (modulation technique rate)
10 20 30 40
QAM256 (8 Mbps)
QAM16 (4 Mbps)
BPSK (1 Mbps)
SNR(dB)B
ER
10-1
10-2
10-3
10-5
10-6
10-7
10-4
5 DataLink Layer 5-80
Wireless network characteristicsMultiple wireless senders and receivers create
additional problems (beyond multiple access)
AB
C
Hidden terminal problem B A hear each other B C hear each other A C can not hear each othermeans A C unaware of their
interference at B
A B C
Arsquos signalstrength
space
Crsquos signalstrength
Signal attenuation B A hear each other B C hear each other A C can not hear each other
interfering at B
5 DataLink Layer 5-81
IEEE 80211 Wireless LAN 80211b
24-5 GHz unlicensed spectrum up to 11 Mbps direct sequence spread
spectrum (DSSS) in physical layer
bull all hosts use same chipping code
80211a 5-6 GHz range up to 54 Mbps
80211g 24-5 GHz range up to 54 Mbps
80211n multiple antennae 24-5 GHz range up to 200 Mbps
all use CSMACA for multiple access all have base-station and ad-hoc network versions
5 DataLink Layer 5-82
80211 LAN architecture
wireless host communicates with base station
base station = access point (AP)
Basic Service Set (BSS)(aka ldquocellrdquo) in infrastructure mode contains
wireless hosts access point (AP) base
station ad hoc mode hosts only
BSS 1
BSS 2
Internet
hub switchor routerAP
AP
5 DataLink Layer 5-83
80211 Channels association
80211b 24GHz-2485GHz spectrum divided into 11 channels at different frequencies AP admin chooses frequency for AP interference possible channel can be same as
that chosen by neighboring AP host must associate with an AP
scans channels listening for beacon framescontaining APrsquos name (SSID) and MAC address
selects AP to associate with may perform authentication [Chapter 8] will typically run DHCP to get IP address in APrsquos
subnet
5 DataLink Layer 5-84
80211 passiveactive scanning
AP 2AP 1
H1
BBS 2BBS 1
122
3 4
Active Scanning (1) probe request frame broadcast
from H1(2) probe response frame sent from
APs(3) association request frame sent
H1 to selected AP (4) association response frame sent
H1 to selected AP
AP 2AP 1
H1
BBS 2BBS 1
12 3
1
Passive Scanning(1) beacon frames sent from APs(2) association request frame sent H1
to selected AP (3) association response frame sent
H1 to selected AP
5 DataLink Layer 5-85
IEEE 80211 multiple access avoid collisions 2+ nodes transmitting at same time 80211 CSMA - sense before transmitting
donrsquot collide with ongoing transmission by other node 80211 no collision detection
difficult to receive (sense collisions) when transmitting due to weak received signals (fading)
canrsquot sense all collisions in any case hidden terminal fading goal avoid collisions CSMAC(ollision)A(voidance)
AB
CA B C
Arsquos signalstrength
space
Crsquos signalstrength
5 DataLink Layer 5-86
IEEE 80211 MAC Protocol CSMACA
80211 sender1 if sense channel idle for DIFS then
transmit entire frame (no CD)2 if sense channel busy then
start random backoff timetimer counts down while channel idletransmit when timer expiresif no ACK increase random backoff
interval repeat 280211 receiver- if frame received OK
return ACK after SIFS (ACK needed due to hidden terminal problem)
sender receiver
DIFS
data
SIFS
ACK
5 DataLink Layer 5-87
Avoiding collisions (more)idea allow sender to ldquoreserverdquo channel rather than random
access of data frames avoid collisions of long data frames sender first transmits small request-to-send (RTS) packets
to BS using CSMA RTSs may still collide with each other (but theyrsquore short)
BS broadcasts clear-to-send CTS in response to RTS CTS heard by all nodes
sender transmits data frame other stations defer transmissions
avoid data frame collisions completely using small reservation packets
5 DataLink Layer 5-88
Collision Avoidance RTS-CTS exchange
APA B
time
RTS(A)RTS(B)
RTS(A)
CTS(A) CTS(A)
DATA (A)
ACK(A) ACK(A)
reservation collision
defer
5 DataLink Layer 5-89
framecontrol duration address
1address
2address
4address
3 payload CRC
2 2 6 6 6 2 6 0 - 2312 4
seqcontrol
80211 frame addressing
Address 2 MAC addressof wireless host or AP transmitting this frame
Address 1 MAC addressof wireless host or AP to receive this frame
Address 3 MAC addressof router interface to which AP is attached
Address 4 used only in ad hoc mode
5 DataLink Layer 5-90
Internetrouter
AP
H1 R1
AP MAC addr H1 MAC addr R1 MAC addraddress 1 address 2 address 3
80211 frame
R1 MAC addr H1 MAC addr dest address source address
8023 frame
80211 frame addressing
5 DataLink Layer 5-91
framecontrol duration address
1address
2address
4address
3 payload CRC
2 2 6 6 6 2 6 0 - 2312 4
seqcontrol
Type FromAPSubtype To
APMore frag WEPMore
dataPower
mgtRetry RsvdProtocolversion
2 2 4 1 1 1 1 1 11 1
80211 frame moreduration of reserved transmission time (RTSCTS)
frame seq (for RDT)
frame type(RTS CTS ACK data)
5 DataLink Layer 5-92
hub or switch
AP 2
AP 1
H1 BBS 2
BBS 1
80211 mobility within same subnet
router H1 remains in same IP subnet IP address can remain same
switch which AP is associated with H1
self-learning (Ch 5) switch will see frame from H1 and ldquorememberrdquo which switch port can be used to reach H1
5 DataLink Layer 5-93
80211 advanced capabilities
Rate Adaptation base station mobile
dynamically change transmission rate (physical layer modulation technique) as mobile moves SNR varies
QAM256 (8 Mbps)QAM16 (4 Mbps)BPSK (1 Mbps)
10 20 30 40SNR(dB)
BE
R
10-1
10-2
10-3
10-5
10-6
10-7
10-4
operating point
1 SNR decreases BER increase as node moves away from base station2 When BER becomes too high switch to lower transmission rate but with lower BER
5 DataLink Layer 5-94
80211 advanced capabilitiesPower Management node-to-AP ldquoI am going to sleep until next
beacon framerdquo AP knows not to transmit frames to this
node node wakes up before next beacon frame
beacon frame contains list of mobiles with AP-to-mobile frames waiting to be sent node will stay awake if AP-to-mobile frames
to be sent otherwise sleep again until next beacon frame
5 DataLink Layer 5-27
CSMACD collision detection
5 DataLink Layer 5-28
ldquoTaking Turnsrdquo MAC protocols
channel partitioning MAC protocols share channel efficiently and fairly at high load inefficient at low load delay in channel access
1N bandwidth allocated even if only 1 active node
Random access MAC protocols efficient at low load single node can fully
utilize channel high load collision overhead
ldquotaking turnsrdquo protocolslook for best of both worlds
5 DataLink Layer 5-29
ldquoTaking Turnsrdquo MAC protocolsPolling master node
ldquoinvitesrdquo slave nodes to transmit in turn
concerns polling overhead latency single point of
failure (master)
Token passing control token passed from
one node to next sequentially
token message concerns
token overhead latency single point of failure (token)
5 DataLink Layer 5-30
Summary of MAC protocols
What do you do with a shared media Channel Partitioning by time frequency or code
bull Time Division Frequency Division Random partitioning (dynamic)
bull ALOHA S-ALOHA CSMA CSMACDbull carrier sensing easy in some technologies (wire) hard
in others (wireless)bull CSMACD used in Ethernetbull CSMACA used in 80211
Taking Turnsbull polling from a central site token passing
5 DataLink Layer 5-31
MAC Addresses and ARP
32-bit IP address network-layer address used to get datagram to destination IP subnet
MAC (or LAN or ldquophysicalrdquo or Ethernet) address used to get datagram from one interface to
another physically-connected interface (same network)
48 bit MAC address (for most LANs) burned in the adapter ROM
5 DataLink Layer 5-32
LAN Addresses and ARPEach adapter on LAN has unique LAN address
Broadcast address =FF-FF-FF-FF-FF-FF
= adapter
1A-2F-BB-76-09-AD
58-23-D7-FA-20-B0
0C-C4-11-6F-E3-98
71-65-F7-2B-08-53
LAN(wired orwireless)
5 DataLink Layer 5-33
LAN Address (more)
MAC address allocation administered by IEEE manufacturer buys portion of MAC address space
(to assure uniqueness) Analogy
(a) MAC address like Social Security Number(b) IP address like postal address
MAC flat address allows easier portability can move LAN card from one LAN to another
IP hierarchical address NOT portable depends on IP subnet to which node is attached
5 DataLink Layer 5-34
ARP Address Resolution Protocol
Each IP node (Host Router) on LAN has ARP table
ARP Table IPMAC address mappings for some LAN nodes
lt IP address MAC address TTLgt TTL (Time To Live) time
after which address mapping will be forgotten (typically 20 min)
Question how to determineMAC address of Bknowing Brsquos IP address
1A-2F-BB-76-09-AD
58-23-D7-FA-20-B0
0C-C4-11-6F-E3-98
71-65-F7-2B-08-53
LAN
237196723
237196778
237196714
237196788
5 DataLink Layer 5-35
ARP protocol Same LAN (network)
A wants to send datagram to B and Brsquos MAC address not in Arsquos ARP table
A broadcasts ARP query packet containing Bs IP address
Dest MAC address = FF-FF-FF-FF-FF-FF
all machines on LAN receive ARP query
B receives ARP packet replies to A with its (Bs) MAC address
frame sent to Arsquos MAC address (unicast)
A caches (saves) IP-to-MAC address pair in its ARP table until information becomes old (times out)
soft state information that times out (goes away) unless refreshed
ARP is ldquoplug-and-playrdquo nodes create their ARP
tables without intervention from net administrator
5 DataLink Layer 5-36
Routing to another LANwalkthrough send datagram from A to B via R
assume A knowrsquos Brsquos IP address
Two ARP tables in router R one for each IP network (LAN)
A
RB
5 DataLink Layer 5-37
A creates datagram with source A destination B A uses ARP to get Rrsquos MAC address for 111111111110 A creates link-layer frame with Rs MAC address as dest
frame contains A-to-B IP datagram Arsquos adapter sends frame Rrsquos adapter receives frame R removes IP datagram from Ethernet frame sees itrsquos
destined to B R uses ARP to get Brsquos MAC address R creates frame containing A-to-B IP datagram sends to B
A
RB
5 DataLink Layer 5-38
Ethernetldquodominantrdquo wired LAN technology cheap $20 for 100Mbs first widely used LAN technology Simpler cheaper than token LANs and ATM Kept up with speed race 10 Mbps ndash 10 Gbps
Metcalfersquos Ethernetsketch
5 DataLink Layer 5-39
Star topology Bus topology popular through mid 90s Now star topology prevails Connection choices hub or switch (more later)
hub orswitch
5 DataLink Layer 5-40
Ethernet Frame StructureSending adapter encapsulates IP datagram (or other
network layer protocol packet) in Ethernet frame
Preamble 7 bytes with pattern 10101010 followed by one
byte with pattern 10101011 used to synchronize receiver sender clock rates
5 DataLink Layer 5-41
Ethernet Frame Structure (more) Addresses 6 bytes
if adapter receives frame with matching destination address or with broadcast address (eg ARP packet) it passes data in frame to net-layer protocol
otherwise adapter discards frame Type 2 bytes indicates the higher (network)
layer protocol (commonly IP but may also be ARP Novell IPX and AppleTalk etc)
CRC 4 bytes checked at receiver if error is detected the frame is simply dropped
5 DataLink Layer 5-42
Unreliable connectionless service
Connectionless No handshaking between sending and receiving adapter
Unreliable receiving adapter doesnrsquot send acks or nacks to sending adapter
stream of datagrams passed to network layer can have gaps
gaps will be filled if app is using TCP otherwise app will see the gaps
5 DataLink Layer 5-43
Ethernet uses CSMACD
No slots adapter doesnrsquot transmit
if it senses that some other adapter is transmitting that is carrier sense
transmitting adapter aborts when it senses that another adapter is transmitting that is collision detection
Before attempting a retransmission adapter waits a random time that is random access
5 DataLink Layer 5-44
Ethernet CSMACD algorithm1 Adapter receives
datagram from net layer amp creates frame
2 If adapter senses channel idle it starts to transmit frame If it senses channel busy waits until channel idle and then transmits
3 If adapter transmits entire frame without detecting another transmission the adapter is done with frame
4 If adapter detects another transmission while transmitting aborts and sends 48-bit jam signal
5 After aborting adapter enters exponential backoff after the mthcollision adapter chooses a K at random from 012hellip2m-1 Adapter waits K512 bit times and returns to Step 2
5 DataLink Layer 5-45
Frame Size limitations for Ethernet Minimum Frame size (Fmin)
For proper collision detectionFmin = Min frame sizeR = Ethernetrsquos transmission rate
eg 10 Mbsdmax = max Ethernet segment
lengthS = Propagation speed (2x108
ms)FminR ge 2dmaxS
Maximum Frame Size (Fmax)For fairness among competing nodes
Fmin=64 Bytes Fmax=1500 Bytes
A Bd
2dS
tim
e
Arsquos frame
Brsquos frame
Arsquos frame in yellowBrsquos frame in green
For proper collision detection Arsquos frame should last at least until Brsquos frame reaches A
5 DataLink Layer 5-46
Ethernetrsquos CSMACD (more)Jam Signal make sure all
other transmitters are aware of collision 48 bits
Random retransmission delayK 512 bit transmission times where K is randomly selected bit time is 01 microsec for 10 Mbps and 001 microsec for 100 Mbps Ethernet
Exponential Backoff Goal adapt retransmission
attempts to estimated current load
heavy load random wait will be longer
first collision choose K from 01 delay is K 512 bit transmission times
after second collision choose K from 0123hellip
after ten collisions choose K from 01234hellip1023
for max value of K=1023 wait time is about 50 msec for 10 Mbps 5 msec for 100 Mbps Ethernet
Seeinteract with Javaapplet on AWL Web sitehighly recommended
5 DataLink Layer 5-47
CSMACD efficiency
tprop = max prop between 2 nodes in LAN ttrans = time to transmit max-size frame
Efficiency goes to 1 as tprop goes to 0 Goes to 1 as ttrans goes to infinity Much better than ALOHA but still decentralized
simple and cheap
1efficiency1 5 prop transt t
asymp+
5 DataLink Layer 5-48
10BaseT and 100BaseT 10100 Mbps rates T stands for Twisted Pair Base stands for Baseband (unmodulated) Nodes connect to a hub ldquostar topologyrdquo 100 m
max distance between nodes and hub
twisted pair
hub
5 DataLink Layer 5-49
HubsHubs are essentially physical-layer repeaters
bits coming from one link go out all other links at the same rate no frame buffering no CSMACD at hub adapters detect collisions provides net management functionality
twisted pair
hub
5 DataLink Layer 5-50
Gbit Ethernet
uses standard Ethernet frame format allows for point-to-point links and shared
broadcast channels in shared mode CSMACD is used short
distances between nodes required for efficiency
Full-Duplex at 1 Gbps for point-to-point links
10 Gbps now
5 DataLink Layer 5-51
Interconnecting with hubs Backbone hub interconnects LAN segments Extends max distance between nodes But individual segment collision domains become one
large collision domain Canrsquot interconnect 10BaseT amp 100BaseT
hub hub hub
hub
5 DataLink Layer 5-52
Switch Link layer device
stores and forwards Ethernet frames examines frame header and selectively
forwards frame based on MAC dest address when frame is to be forwarded on segment
uses CSMACD to access segment transparent
hosts are unaware of presence of switches plug-and-play self-learning
switches do not need to be configured
5 DataLink Layer 5-53
Forwarding
bull How do determine onto which LAN segment to forward framebull Looks like a routing problem
hub hubhub
switch1
2 3
5 DataLink Layer 5-54
Self learning
A switch has a switch table entry in switch table
(MAC Address Interface Time Stamp) stale entries in table dropped (TTL can be 60 min)
switch learns which hosts can be reached through which interfaces when frame received switch ldquolearnsrdquo location of
sender incoming LAN segment records senderlocation pair in switch table
5 DataLink Layer 5-55
FilteringForwardingWhen switch receives a frame
index switch table using MAC dest addressif entry found for destination
thenif dest on segment from which frame arrived
then drop the frameelse forward the frame on interface indicated
else flood
forward on all but the interface on which the frame arrived
5 DataLink Layer 5-56
Switch exampleSuppose C sends frame to D
Switch receives frame from from C notes in bridge table that C is on interface 1 because D is not in table switch forwards frame into
interfaces 2 and 3 frame received by D
hub hub hub
switch
A
B CD
EF G H
I
address interfaceABEG
1123
12 3
5 DataLink Layer 5-57
Switch exampleSuppose C sends frame to D
Switch receives frame from from C notes in bridge table that C is on interface 1 because D is not in table switch forwards frame into
interfaces 2 and 3 frame received by D
hub hub hub
switch
A
B CD
EF G H
I
address interfaceABEGC
11231
12 3
5 DataLink Layer 5-58
Switch exampleSuppose D replies back with frame to C
Switch receives frame from from D notes in bridge table that D is on interface 2 because C is in table switch forwards frame only to
interface 1 frame received by C
hub hub hub
switch
A
B CD
EF G H
I
address interfaceABEGC
11231
12 3
5 DataLink Layer 5-59
Switch exampleSuppose D replies back with frame to C
Switch receives frame from from D notes in bridge table that D is on interface 2 because C is in table switch forwards frame only to
interface 1 frame received by C
hub hub hub
switch
A
B CD
EF G H
I
address interfaceABEGCD
112312
12 3
5 DataLink Layer 5-60
Switch traffic isolation switch installation breaks subnet into LAN
segments switch filters packets
same-LAN-segment frames not usually forwarded onto other LAN segments
segments become separate collision domains
hub hub hub
switch
collision domain collision domain
collision domain
5 DataLink Layer 5-61
Switches dedicated access Switch with many
interfaces Hosts have direct
connection to switch No collisions full duplex
Switching A-to-Arsquo and B-to-Brsquo simultaneously no collisions
combinations of shareddedicated 101001000 Mbps interfaces possible
switch
A
Arsquo
B
Brsquo
C
Crsquo
5 DataLink Layer 5-62
Institutional network
hub hubhub
switch
to externalnetwork
router
IP subnet
mail server
web server
5 DataLink Layer 5-63
Switches vs Routers both store-and-forward devices
routers network layer devices (examine network layer headers)
switches are link layer devices routers maintain routing tables implement routing
algorithms switches maintain switch tables implement
filtering learning algorithms
5 DataLink Layer 5-64
Summary comparison
hubs routers switches
traffic isolation
no yes yes
plug amp play yes no yes
optimal routing
no yes no
5 DataLink Layer 5-65
VLANs motivation
What happens if CS user moves office to EE
but wants connect to CS switch
single broadcast domain all layer-2 broadcast
traffic (ARP DHCP) crosses entire LAN (securityprivacy efficiency issues)
each lowest level switch has only few ports in use
Computer Science Electrical
EngineeringComputerEngineering
Whatrsquos wrong with this picture
5 DataLink Layer 5-66
VLANs Port-based VLAN switch ports grouped (by switch management software) so that single physical switch helliphellip
Switch(es) supporting VLAN capabilities can be configured to define multiple virtual LANS over single physical LAN infrastructure
Virtual Local Area Network
1
8
9
16102
7
hellip
Electrical Engineering(VLAN ports 1-8)
Computer Science(VLAN ports 9-15)
15
hellip
Electrical Engineering(VLAN ports 1-8)
hellip
1
82
7 9
1610
15
hellip
Computer Science(VLAN ports 9-16)
hellip operates as multiple virtual switches
5 DataLink Layer 5-67
Port-based VLAN
1
8
9
16102
7
hellip
Electrical Engineering(VLAN ports 1-8)
Computer Science(VLAN ports 9-15)
15
hellip
traffic isolation frames tofrom ports 1-8 can only reach ports 1-8
can also define VLAN based on MAC addresses of endpoints rather than switch port
dynamic membershipports can be dynamically assigned among VLANs
router
forwarding between VLANSdone via routing (just as with separate switches)
in practice vendors sell combined switches plus routers
5 DataLink Layer 5-68
VLANS spanning multiple switches
trunk port carries frames between VLANS defined over multiple physical switches
frames forwarded within VLAN between switches canrsquot be vanilla 8021 frames (must carry VLAN ID info)
8021q protocol addsremoves additional header fields for frames forwarded between trunk ports
1
8
9
102
7
hellip
Electrical Engineering(VLAN ports 1-8)
Computer Science(VLAN ports 9-15)
15
hellip
2
73
Ports 235 belong to EE VLANPorts 4678 belong to CS VLAN
5
4 6 816
1
5 DataLink Layer 5-69
Type
2-byte Tag Protocol Identifier(value 81-00)
Tag Control Information (12 bit VLAN ID field 3 bit priority field like IP TOS)
Recomputed CRC
8021Q VLAN frame format
8021 frame
8021Q frame
5 DataLink Layer 5-70
Chapter 6 Wireless and Mobile Networks
Background wireless (mobile) phone subscribers now
exceeds wired phone subscribers computer nets laptops palmtops PDAs
Internet-enabled phone promise anytime untethered Internet access
two important (but different) challenges wireless communication over wireless link mobility handling the mobile user who changes point
of attachment to network
5 DataLink Layer 5-71
Elements of a wireless network
network infrastructure
wireless hosts laptop PDA IP phone run applications may be stationary
(non-mobile) or mobile wireless does not
always mean mobility
5 DataLink Layer 5-72
Elements of a wireless network
network infrastructure
base station typically connected to
wired network relay - responsible
for sending packets between wired network and wireless host(s) in its ldquoareardquo
eg cell towers 80211 access points
5 DataLink Layer 5-73
Elements of a wireless network
network infrastructure
wireless link typically used to
connect mobile(s) to base station
also used as backbone link
multiple access protocol coordinates link access
various data rates transmission distance
5 DataLink Layer 5-74
Characteristics of selected wireless link standards
Indoor10-30m
Outdoor50-200m
Mid-rangeoutdoor
200m ndash 4 Km
Long-rangeoutdoor
5Km ndash 20 Km
056
384
1
4
5-11
54
IS-95 CDMA GSM 2G
UMTSWCDMA CDMA2000 3G
80215
80211b
80211ag
UMTSWCDMA-HSPDA CDMA2000-1xEVDO 3G cellularenhanced
80216 (WiMAX)
80211ag point-to-point
200 80211n
Dat
a ra
te (M
bps) data
5 DataLink Layer 5-75
Elements of a wireless network
network infrastructure
infrastructure mode base station connects
mobiles into wired network
handoff mobile changes base station providing connection into wired network
5 DataLink Layer 5-76
Elements of a wireless networkad hoc mode no base stations nodes can only
transmit to other nodes within link coverage
nodes organize themselves into a network route among themselves
5 DataLink Layer 5-77
Wireless network taxonomy
single hop multiple hops
infrastructure(eg APs)
noinfrastructure
host connects to base station (WiFiWiMAX cellular) which connects to
larger Internet
no base station noconnection to larger Internet (Bluetooth
ad hoc nets)
host may have torelay through several
wireless nodes to connect to larger
Internet mesh net
no base station noconnection to larger
Internet May have torelay to reach other a given wireless node
MANET VANET
5 DataLink Layer 5-78
Wireless Link Characteristics (1)Differences from wired link hellip
decreased signal strength radio signal attenuates as it propagates through matter (path loss)
interference from other sources standardized wireless network frequencies (eg 24 GHz) shared by other devices (eg phone) devices (motors) interfere as well
multipath propagation radio signal reflects off objects arriving at destination at slightly different times
hellip make communication across (even a point to point) wireless link much more ldquodifficultrdquo
5 DataLink Layer 5-79
Wireless Link Characteristics (2) SNR signal-to-noise ratio
larger SNR ndash easier to extract signal from noise (a ldquogood thingrdquo)
SNR versus BER tradeoffs given physical layer
increase power -gt increase SNR-gtdecrease BER
given SNR choose physical layer that meets BER requirement giving highest thruput
bull SNR may change with mobility dynamically adapt physical layer (modulation technique rate)
10 20 30 40
QAM256 (8 Mbps)
QAM16 (4 Mbps)
BPSK (1 Mbps)
SNR(dB)B
ER
10-1
10-2
10-3
10-5
10-6
10-7
10-4
5 DataLink Layer 5-80
Wireless network characteristicsMultiple wireless senders and receivers create
additional problems (beyond multiple access)
AB
C
Hidden terminal problem B A hear each other B C hear each other A C can not hear each othermeans A C unaware of their
interference at B
A B C
Arsquos signalstrength
space
Crsquos signalstrength
Signal attenuation B A hear each other B C hear each other A C can not hear each other
interfering at B
5 DataLink Layer 5-81
IEEE 80211 Wireless LAN 80211b
24-5 GHz unlicensed spectrum up to 11 Mbps direct sequence spread
spectrum (DSSS) in physical layer
bull all hosts use same chipping code
80211a 5-6 GHz range up to 54 Mbps
80211g 24-5 GHz range up to 54 Mbps
80211n multiple antennae 24-5 GHz range up to 200 Mbps
all use CSMACA for multiple access all have base-station and ad-hoc network versions
5 DataLink Layer 5-82
80211 LAN architecture
wireless host communicates with base station
base station = access point (AP)
Basic Service Set (BSS)(aka ldquocellrdquo) in infrastructure mode contains
wireless hosts access point (AP) base
station ad hoc mode hosts only
BSS 1
BSS 2
Internet
hub switchor routerAP
AP
5 DataLink Layer 5-83
80211 Channels association
80211b 24GHz-2485GHz spectrum divided into 11 channels at different frequencies AP admin chooses frequency for AP interference possible channel can be same as
that chosen by neighboring AP host must associate with an AP
scans channels listening for beacon framescontaining APrsquos name (SSID) and MAC address
selects AP to associate with may perform authentication [Chapter 8] will typically run DHCP to get IP address in APrsquos
subnet
5 DataLink Layer 5-84
80211 passiveactive scanning
AP 2AP 1
H1
BBS 2BBS 1
122
3 4
Active Scanning (1) probe request frame broadcast
from H1(2) probe response frame sent from
APs(3) association request frame sent
H1 to selected AP (4) association response frame sent
H1 to selected AP
AP 2AP 1
H1
BBS 2BBS 1
12 3
1
Passive Scanning(1) beacon frames sent from APs(2) association request frame sent H1
to selected AP (3) association response frame sent
H1 to selected AP
5 DataLink Layer 5-85
IEEE 80211 multiple access avoid collisions 2+ nodes transmitting at same time 80211 CSMA - sense before transmitting
donrsquot collide with ongoing transmission by other node 80211 no collision detection
difficult to receive (sense collisions) when transmitting due to weak received signals (fading)
canrsquot sense all collisions in any case hidden terminal fading goal avoid collisions CSMAC(ollision)A(voidance)
AB
CA B C
Arsquos signalstrength
space
Crsquos signalstrength
5 DataLink Layer 5-86
IEEE 80211 MAC Protocol CSMACA
80211 sender1 if sense channel idle for DIFS then
transmit entire frame (no CD)2 if sense channel busy then
start random backoff timetimer counts down while channel idletransmit when timer expiresif no ACK increase random backoff
interval repeat 280211 receiver- if frame received OK
return ACK after SIFS (ACK needed due to hidden terminal problem)
sender receiver
DIFS
data
SIFS
ACK
5 DataLink Layer 5-87
Avoiding collisions (more)idea allow sender to ldquoreserverdquo channel rather than random
access of data frames avoid collisions of long data frames sender first transmits small request-to-send (RTS) packets
to BS using CSMA RTSs may still collide with each other (but theyrsquore short)
BS broadcasts clear-to-send CTS in response to RTS CTS heard by all nodes
sender transmits data frame other stations defer transmissions
avoid data frame collisions completely using small reservation packets
5 DataLink Layer 5-88
Collision Avoidance RTS-CTS exchange
APA B
time
RTS(A)RTS(B)
RTS(A)
CTS(A) CTS(A)
DATA (A)
ACK(A) ACK(A)
reservation collision
defer
5 DataLink Layer 5-89
framecontrol duration address
1address
2address
4address
3 payload CRC
2 2 6 6 6 2 6 0 - 2312 4
seqcontrol
80211 frame addressing
Address 2 MAC addressof wireless host or AP transmitting this frame
Address 1 MAC addressof wireless host or AP to receive this frame
Address 3 MAC addressof router interface to which AP is attached
Address 4 used only in ad hoc mode
5 DataLink Layer 5-90
Internetrouter
AP
H1 R1
AP MAC addr H1 MAC addr R1 MAC addraddress 1 address 2 address 3
80211 frame
R1 MAC addr H1 MAC addr dest address source address
8023 frame
80211 frame addressing
5 DataLink Layer 5-91
framecontrol duration address
1address
2address
4address
3 payload CRC
2 2 6 6 6 2 6 0 - 2312 4
seqcontrol
Type FromAPSubtype To
APMore frag WEPMore
dataPower
mgtRetry RsvdProtocolversion
2 2 4 1 1 1 1 1 11 1
80211 frame moreduration of reserved transmission time (RTSCTS)
frame seq (for RDT)
frame type(RTS CTS ACK data)
5 DataLink Layer 5-92
hub or switch
AP 2
AP 1
H1 BBS 2
BBS 1
80211 mobility within same subnet
router H1 remains in same IP subnet IP address can remain same
switch which AP is associated with H1
self-learning (Ch 5) switch will see frame from H1 and ldquorememberrdquo which switch port can be used to reach H1
5 DataLink Layer 5-93
80211 advanced capabilities
Rate Adaptation base station mobile
dynamically change transmission rate (physical layer modulation technique) as mobile moves SNR varies
QAM256 (8 Mbps)QAM16 (4 Mbps)BPSK (1 Mbps)
10 20 30 40SNR(dB)
BE
R
10-1
10-2
10-3
10-5
10-6
10-7
10-4
operating point
1 SNR decreases BER increase as node moves away from base station2 When BER becomes too high switch to lower transmission rate but with lower BER
5 DataLink Layer 5-94
80211 advanced capabilitiesPower Management node-to-AP ldquoI am going to sleep until next
beacon framerdquo AP knows not to transmit frames to this
node node wakes up before next beacon frame
beacon frame contains list of mobiles with AP-to-mobile frames waiting to be sent node will stay awake if AP-to-mobile frames
to be sent otherwise sleep again until next beacon frame
5 DataLink Layer 5-28
ldquoTaking Turnsrdquo MAC protocols
channel partitioning MAC protocols share channel efficiently and fairly at high load inefficient at low load delay in channel access
1N bandwidth allocated even if only 1 active node
Random access MAC protocols efficient at low load single node can fully
utilize channel high load collision overhead
ldquotaking turnsrdquo protocolslook for best of both worlds
5 DataLink Layer 5-29
ldquoTaking Turnsrdquo MAC protocolsPolling master node
ldquoinvitesrdquo slave nodes to transmit in turn
concerns polling overhead latency single point of
failure (master)
Token passing control token passed from
one node to next sequentially
token message concerns
token overhead latency single point of failure (token)
5 DataLink Layer 5-30
Summary of MAC protocols
What do you do with a shared media Channel Partitioning by time frequency or code
bull Time Division Frequency Division Random partitioning (dynamic)
bull ALOHA S-ALOHA CSMA CSMACDbull carrier sensing easy in some technologies (wire) hard
in others (wireless)bull CSMACD used in Ethernetbull CSMACA used in 80211
Taking Turnsbull polling from a central site token passing
5 DataLink Layer 5-31
MAC Addresses and ARP
32-bit IP address network-layer address used to get datagram to destination IP subnet
MAC (or LAN or ldquophysicalrdquo or Ethernet) address used to get datagram from one interface to
another physically-connected interface (same network)
48 bit MAC address (for most LANs) burned in the adapter ROM
5 DataLink Layer 5-32
LAN Addresses and ARPEach adapter on LAN has unique LAN address
Broadcast address =FF-FF-FF-FF-FF-FF
= adapter
1A-2F-BB-76-09-AD
58-23-D7-FA-20-B0
0C-C4-11-6F-E3-98
71-65-F7-2B-08-53
LAN(wired orwireless)
5 DataLink Layer 5-33
LAN Address (more)
MAC address allocation administered by IEEE manufacturer buys portion of MAC address space
(to assure uniqueness) Analogy
(a) MAC address like Social Security Number(b) IP address like postal address
MAC flat address allows easier portability can move LAN card from one LAN to another
IP hierarchical address NOT portable depends on IP subnet to which node is attached
5 DataLink Layer 5-34
ARP Address Resolution Protocol
Each IP node (Host Router) on LAN has ARP table
ARP Table IPMAC address mappings for some LAN nodes
lt IP address MAC address TTLgt TTL (Time To Live) time
after which address mapping will be forgotten (typically 20 min)
Question how to determineMAC address of Bknowing Brsquos IP address
1A-2F-BB-76-09-AD
58-23-D7-FA-20-B0
0C-C4-11-6F-E3-98
71-65-F7-2B-08-53
LAN
237196723
237196778
237196714
237196788
5 DataLink Layer 5-35
ARP protocol Same LAN (network)
A wants to send datagram to B and Brsquos MAC address not in Arsquos ARP table
A broadcasts ARP query packet containing Bs IP address
Dest MAC address = FF-FF-FF-FF-FF-FF
all machines on LAN receive ARP query
B receives ARP packet replies to A with its (Bs) MAC address
frame sent to Arsquos MAC address (unicast)
A caches (saves) IP-to-MAC address pair in its ARP table until information becomes old (times out)
soft state information that times out (goes away) unless refreshed
ARP is ldquoplug-and-playrdquo nodes create their ARP
tables without intervention from net administrator
5 DataLink Layer 5-36
Routing to another LANwalkthrough send datagram from A to B via R
assume A knowrsquos Brsquos IP address
Two ARP tables in router R one for each IP network (LAN)
A
RB
5 DataLink Layer 5-37
A creates datagram with source A destination B A uses ARP to get Rrsquos MAC address for 111111111110 A creates link-layer frame with Rs MAC address as dest
frame contains A-to-B IP datagram Arsquos adapter sends frame Rrsquos adapter receives frame R removes IP datagram from Ethernet frame sees itrsquos
destined to B R uses ARP to get Brsquos MAC address R creates frame containing A-to-B IP datagram sends to B
A
RB
5 DataLink Layer 5-38
Ethernetldquodominantrdquo wired LAN technology cheap $20 for 100Mbs first widely used LAN technology Simpler cheaper than token LANs and ATM Kept up with speed race 10 Mbps ndash 10 Gbps
Metcalfersquos Ethernetsketch
5 DataLink Layer 5-39
Star topology Bus topology popular through mid 90s Now star topology prevails Connection choices hub or switch (more later)
hub orswitch
5 DataLink Layer 5-40
Ethernet Frame StructureSending adapter encapsulates IP datagram (or other
network layer protocol packet) in Ethernet frame
Preamble 7 bytes with pattern 10101010 followed by one
byte with pattern 10101011 used to synchronize receiver sender clock rates
5 DataLink Layer 5-41
Ethernet Frame Structure (more) Addresses 6 bytes
if adapter receives frame with matching destination address or with broadcast address (eg ARP packet) it passes data in frame to net-layer protocol
otherwise adapter discards frame Type 2 bytes indicates the higher (network)
layer protocol (commonly IP but may also be ARP Novell IPX and AppleTalk etc)
CRC 4 bytes checked at receiver if error is detected the frame is simply dropped
5 DataLink Layer 5-42
Unreliable connectionless service
Connectionless No handshaking between sending and receiving adapter
Unreliable receiving adapter doesnrsquot send acks or nacks to sending adapter
stream of datagrams passed to network layer can have gaps
gaps will be filled if app is using TCP otherwise app will see the gaps
5 DataLink Layer 5-43
Ethernet uses CSMACD
No slots adapter doesnrsquot transmit
if it senses that some other adapter is transmitting that is carrier sense
transmitting adapter aborts when it senses that another adapter is transmitting that is collision detection
Before attempting a retransmission adapter waits a random time that is random access
5 DataLink Layer 5-44
Ethernet CSMACD algorithm1 Adapter receives
datagram from net layer amp creates frame
2 If adapter senses channel idle it starts to transmit frame If it senses channel busy waits until channel idle and then transmits
3 If adapter transmits entire frame without detecting another transmission the adapter is done with frame
4 If adapter detects another transmission while transmitting aborts and sends 48-bit jam signal
5 After aborting adapter enters exponential backoff after the mthcollision adapter chooses a K at random from 012hellip2m-1 Adapter waits K512 bit times and returns to Step 2
5 DataLink Layer 5-45
Frame Size limitations for Ethernet Minimum Frame size (Fmin)
For proper collision detectionFmin = Min frame sizeR = Ethernetrsquos transmission rate
eg 10 Mbsdmax = max Ethernet segment
lengthS = Propagation speed (2x108
ms)FminR ge 2dmaxS
Maximum Frame Size (Fmax)For fairness among competing nodes
Fmin=64 Bytes Fmax=1500 Bytes
A Bd
2dS
tim
e
Arsquos frame
Brsquos frame
Arsquos frame in yellowBrsquos frame in green
For proper collision detection Arsquos frame should last at least until Brsquos frame reaches A
5 DataLink Layer 5-46
Ethernetrsquos CSMACD (more)Jam Signal make sure all
other transmitters are aware of collision 48 bits
Random retransmission delayK 512 bit transmission times where K is randomly selected bit time is 01 microsec for 10 Mbps and 001 microsec for 100 Mbps Ethernet
Exponential Backoff Goal adapt retransmission
attempts to estimated current load
heavy load random wait will be longer
first collision choose K from 01 delay is K 512 bit transmission times
after second collision choose K from 0123hellip
after ten collisions choose K from 01234hellip1023
for max value of K=1023 wait time is about 50 msec for 10 Mbps 5 msec for 100 Mbps Ethernet
Seeinteract with Javaapplet on AWL Web sitehighly recommended
5 DataLink Layer 5-47
CSMACD efficiency
tprop = max prop between 2 nodes in LAN ttrans = time to transmit max-size frame
Efficiency goes to 1 as tprop goes to 0 Goes to 1 as ttrans goes to infinity Much better than ALOHA but still decentralized
simple and cheap
1efficiency1 5 prop transt t
asymp+
5 DataLink Layer 5-48
10BaseT and 100BaseT 10100 Mbps rates T stands for Twisted Pair Base stands for Baseband (unmodulated) Nodes connect to a hub ldquostar topologyrdquo 100 m
max distance between nodes and hub
twisted pair
hub
5 DataLink Layer 5-49
HubsHubs are essentially physical-layer repeaters
bits coming from one link go out all other links at the same rate no frame buffering no CSMACD at hub adapters detect collisions provides net management functionality
twisted pair
hub
5 DataLink Layer 5-50
Gbit Ethernet
uses standard Ethernet frame format allows for point-to-point links and shared
broadcast channels in shared mode CSMACD is used short
distances between nodes required for efficiency
Full-Duplex at 1 Gbps for point-to-point links
10 Gbps now
5 DataLink Layer 5-51
Interconnecting with hubs Backbone hub interconnects LAN segments Extends max distance between nodes But individual segment collision domains become one
large collision domain Canrsquot interconnect 10BaseT amp 100BaseT
hub hub hub
hub
5 DataLink Layer 5-52
Switch Link layer device
stores and forwards Ethernet frames examines frame header and selectively
forwards frame based on MAC dest address when frame is to be forwarded on segment
uses CSMACD to access segment transparent
hosts are unaware of presence of switches plug-and-play self-learning
switches do not need to be configured
5 DataLink Layer 5-53
Forwarding
bull How do determine onto which LAN segment to forward framebull Looks like a routing problem
hub hubhub
switch1
2 3
5 DataLink Layer 5-54
Self learning
A switch has a switch table entry in switch table
(MAC Address Interface Time Stamp) stale entries in table dropped (TTL can be 60 min)
switch learns which hosts can be reached through which interfaces when frame received switch ldquolearnsrdquo location of
sender incoming LAN segment records senderlocation pair in switch table
5 DataLink Layer 5-55
FilteringForwardingWhen switch receives a frame
index switch table using MAC dest addressif entry found for destination
thenif dest on segment from which frame arrived
then drop the frameelse forward the frame on interface indicated
else flood
forward on all but the interface on which the frame arrived
5 DataLink Layer 5-56
Switch exampleSuppose C sends frame to D
Switch receives frame from from C notes in bridge table that C is on interface 1 because D is not in table switch forwards frame into
interfaces 2 and 3 frame received by D
hub hub hub
switch
A
B CD
EF G H
I
address interfaceABEG
1123
12 3
5 DataLink Layer 5-57
Switch exampleSuppose C sends frame to D
Switch receives frame from from C notes in bridge table that C is on interface 1 because D is not in table switch forwards frame into
interfaces 2 and 3 frame received by D
hub hub hub
switch
A
B CD
EF G H
I
address interfaceABEGC
11231
12 3
5 DataLink Layer 5-58
Switch exampleSuppose D replies back with frame to C
Switch receives frame from from D notes in bridge table that D is on interface 2 because C is in table switch forwards frame only to
interface 1 frame received by C
hub hub hub
switch
A
B CD
EF G H
I
address interfaceABEGC
11231
12 3
5 DataLink Layer 5-59
Switch exampleSuppose D replies back with frame to C
Switch receives frame from from D notes in bridge table that D is on interface 2 because C is in table switch forwards frame only to
interface 1 frame received by C
hub hub hub
switch
A
B CD
EF G H
I
address interfaceABEGCD
112312
12 3
5 DataLink Layer 5-60
Switch traffic isolation switch installation breaks subnet into LAN
segments switch filters packets
same-LAN-segment frames not usually forwarded onto other LAN segments
segments become separate collision domains
hub hub hub
switch
collision domain collision domain
collision domain
5 DataLink Layer 5-61
Switches dedicated access Switch with many
interfaces Hosts have direct
connection to switch No collisions full duplex
Switching A-to-Arsquo and B-to-Brsquo simultaneously no collisions
combinations of shareddedicated 101001000 Mbps interfaces possible
switch
A
Arsquo
B
Brsquo
C
Crsquo
5 DataLink Layer 5-62
Institutional network
hub hubhub
switch
to externalnetwork
router
IP subnet
mail server
web server
5 DataLink Layer 5-63
Switches vs Routers both store-and-forward devices
routers network layer devices (examine network layer headers)
switches are link layer devices routers maintain routing tables implement routing
algorithms switches maintain switch tables implement
filtering learning algorithms
5 DataLink Layer 5-64
Summary comparison
hubs routers switches
traffic isolation
no yes yes
plug amp play yes no yes
optimal routing
no yes no
5 DataLink Layer 5-65
VLANs motivation
What happens if CS user moves office to EE
but wants connect to CS switch
single broadcast domain all layer-2 broadcast
traffic (ARP DHCP) crosses entire LAN (securityprivacy efficiency issues)
each lowest level switch has only few ports in use
Computer Science Electrical
EngineeringComputerEngineering
Whatrsquos wrong with this picture
5 DataLink Layer 5-66
VLANs Port-based VLAN switch ports grouped (by switch management software) so that single physical switch helliphellip
Switch(es) supporting VLAN capabilities can be configured to define multiple virtual LANS over single physical LAN infrastructure
Virtual Local Area Network
1
8
9
16102
7
hellip
Electrical Engineering(VLAN ports 1-8)
Computer Science(VLAN ports 9-15)
15
hellip
Electrical Engineering(VLAN ports 1-8)
hellip
1
82
7 9
1610
15
hellip
Computer Science(VLAN ports 9-16)
hellip operates as multiple virtual switches
5 DataLink Layer 5-67
Port-based VLAN
1
8
9
16102
7
hellip
Electrical Engineering(VLAN ports 1-8)
Computer Science(VLAN ports 9-15)
15
hellip
traffic isolation frames tofrom ports 1-8 can only reach ports 1-8
can also define VLAN based on MAC addresses of endpoints rather than switch port
dynamic membershipports can be dynamically assigned among VLANs
router
forwarding between VLANSdone via routing (just as with separate switches)
in practice vendors sell combined switches plus routers
5 DataLink Layer 5-68
VLANS spanning multiple switches
trunk port carries frames between VLANS defined over multiple physical switches
frames forwarded within VLAN between switches canrsquot be vanilla 8021 frames (must carry VLAN ID info)
8021q protocol addsremoves additional header fields for frames forwarded between trunk ports
1
8
9
102
7
hellip
Electrical Engineering(VLAN ports 1-8)
Computer Science(VLAN ports 9-15)
15
hellip
2
73
Ports 235 belong to EE VLANPorts 4678 belong to CS VLAN
5
4 6 816
1
5 DataLink Layer 5-69
Type
2-byte Tag Protocol Identifier(value 81-00)
Tag Control Information (12 bit VLAN ID field 3 bit priority field like IP TOS)
Recomputed CRC
8021Q VLAN frame format
8021 frame
8021Q frame
5 DataLink Layer 5-70
Chapter 6 Wireless and Mobile Networks
Background wireless (mobile) phone subscribers now
exceeds wired phone subscribers computer nets laptops palmtops PDAs
Internet-enabled phone promise anytime untethered Internet access
two important (but different) challenges wireless communication over wireless link mobility handling the mobile user who changes point
of attachment to network
5 DataLink Layer 5-71
Elements of a wireless network
network infrastructure
wireless hosts laptop PDA IP phone run applications may be stationary
(non-mobile) or mobile wireless does not
always mean mobility
5 DataLink Layer 5-72
Elements of a wireless network
network infrastructure
base station typically connected to
wired network relay - responsible
for sending packets between wired network and wireless host(s) in its ldquoareardquo
eg cell towers 80211 access points
5 DataLink Layer 5-73
Elements of a wireless network
network infrastructure
wireless link typically used to
connect mobile(s) to base station
also used as backbone link
multiple access protocol coordinates link access
various data rates transmission distance
5 DataLink Layer 5-74
Characteristics of selected wireless link standards
Indoor10-30m
Outdoor50-200m
Mid-rangeoutdoor
200m ndash 4 Km
Long-rangeoutdoor
5Km ndash 20 Km
056
384
1
4
5-11
54
IS-95 CDMA GSM 2G
UMTSWCDMA CDMA2000 3G
80215
80211b
80211ag
UMTSWCDMA-HSPDA CDMA2000-1xEVDO 3G cellularenhanced
80216 (WiMAX)
80211ag point-to-point
200 80211n
Dat
a ra
te (M
bps) data
5 DataLink Layer 5-75
Elements of a wireless network
network infrastructure
infrastructure mode base station connects
mobiles into wired network
handoff mobile changes base station providing connection into wired network
5 DataLink Layer 5-76
Elements of a wireless networkad hoc mode no base stations nodes can only
transmit to other nodes within link coverage
nodes organize themselves into a network route among themselves
5 DataLink Layer 5-77
Wireless network taxonomy
single hop multiple hops
infrastructure(eg APs)
noinfrastructure
host connects to base station (WiFiWiMAX cellular) which connects to
larger Internet
no base station noconnection to larger Internet (Bluetooth
ad hoc nets)
host may have torelay through several
wireless nodes to connect to larger
Internet mesh net
no base station noconnection to larger
Internet May have torelay to reach other a given wireless node
MANET VANET
5 DataLink Layer 5-78
Wireless Link Characteristics (1)Differences from wired link hellip
decreased signal strength radio signal attenuates as it propagates through matter (path loss)
interference from other sources standardized wireless network frequencies (eg 24 GHz) shared by other devices (eg phone) devices (motors) interfere as well
multipath propagation radio signal reflects off objects arriving at destination at slightly different times
hellip make communication across (even a point to point) wireless link much more ldquodifficultrdquo
5 DataLink Layer 5-79
Wireless Link Characteristics (2) SNR signal-to-noise ratio
larger SNR ndash easier to extract signal from noise (a ldquogood thingrdquo)
SNR versus BER tradeoffs given physical layer
increase power -gt increase SNR-gtdecrease BER
given SNR choose physical layer that meets BER requirement giving highest thruput
bull SNR may change with mobility dynamically adapt physical layer (modulation technique rate)
10 20 30 40
QAM256 (8 Mbps)
QAM16 (4 Mbps)
BPSK (1 Mbps)
SNR(dB)B
ER
10-1
10-2
10-3
10-5
10-6
10-7
10-4
5 DataLink Layer 5-80
Wireless network characteristicsMultiple wireless senders and receivers create
additional problems (beyond multiple access)
AB
C
Hidden terminal problem B A hear each other B C hear each other A C can not hear each othermeans A C unaware of their
interference at B
A B C
Arsquos signalstrength
space
Crsquos signalstrength
Signal attenuation B A hear each other B C hear each other A C can not hear each other
interfering at B
5 DataLink Layer 5-81
IEEE 80211 Wireless LAN 80211b
24-5 GHz unlicensed spectrum up to 11 Mbps direct sequence spread
spectrum (DSSS) in physical layer
bull all hosts use same chipping code
80211a 5-6 GHz range up to 54 Mbps
80211g 24-5 GHz range up to 54 Mbps
80211n multiple antennae 24-5 GHz range up to 200 Mbps
all use CSMACA for multiple access all have base-station and ad-hoc network versions
5 DataLink Layer 5-82
80211 LAN architecture
wireless host communicates with base station
base station = access point (AP)
Basic Service Set (BSS)(aka ldquocellrdquo) in infrastructure mode contains
wireless hosts access point (AP) base
station ad hoc mode hosts only
BSS 1
BSS 2
Internet
hub switchor routerAP
AP
5 DataLink Layer 5-83
80211 Channels association
80211b 24GHz-2485GHz spectrum divided into 11 channels at different frequencies AP admin chooses frequency for AP interference possible channel can be same as
that chosen by neighboring AP host must associate with an AP
scans channels listening for beacon framescontaining APrsquos name (SSID) and MAC address
selects AP to associate with may perform authentication [Chapter 8] will typically run DHCP to get IP address in APrsquos
subnet
5 DataLink Layer 5-84
80211 passiveactive scanning
AP 2AP 1
H1
BBS 2BBS 1
122
3 4
Active Scanning (1) probe request frame broadcast
from H1(2) probe response frame sent from
APs(3) association request frame sent
H1 to selected AP (4) association response frame sent
H1 to selected AP
AP 2AP 1
H1
BBS 2BBS 1
12 3
1
Passive Scanning(1) beacon frames sent from APs(2) association request frame sent H1
to selected AP (3) association response frame sent
H1 to selected AP
5 DataLink Layer 5-85
IEEE 80211 multiple access avoid collisions 2+ nodes transmitting at same time 80211 CSMA - sense before transmitting
donrsquot collide with ongoing transmission by other node 80211 no collision detection
difficult to receive (sense collisions) when transmitting due to weak received signals (fading)
canrsquot sense all collisions in any case hidden terminal fading goal avoid collisions CSMAC(ollision)A(voidance)
AB
CA B C
Arsquos signalstrength
space
Crsquos signalstrength
5 DataLink Layer 5-86
IEEE 80211 MAC Protocol CSMACA
80211 sender1 if sense channel idle for DIFS then
transmit entire frame (no CD)2 if sense channel busy then
start random backoff timetimer counts down while channel idletransmit when timer expiresif no ACK increase random backoff
interval repeat 280211 receiver- if frame received OK
return ACK after SIFS (ACK needed due to hidden terminal problem)
sender receiver
DIFS
data
SIFS
ACK
5 DataLink Layer 5-87
Avoiding collisions (more)idea allow sender to ldquoreserverdquo channel rather than random
access of data frames avoid collisions of long data frames sender first transmits small request-to-send (RTS) packets
to BS using CSMA RTSs may still collide with each other (but theyrsquore short)
BS broadcasts clear-to-send CTS in response to RTS CTS heard by all nodes
sender transmits data frame other stations defer transmissions
avoid data frame collisions completely using small reservation packets
5 DataLink Layer 5-88
Collision Avoidance RTS-CTS exchange
APA B
time
RTS(A)RTS(B)
RTS(A)
CTS(A) CTS(A)
DATA (A)
ACK(A) ACK(A)
reservation collision
defer
5 DataLink Layer 5-89
framecontrol duration address
1address
2address
4address
3 payload CRC
2 2 6 6 6 2 6 0 - 2312 4
seqcontrol
80211 frame addressing
Address 2 MAC addressof wireless host or AP transmitting this frame
Address 1 MAC addressof wireless host or AP to receive this frame
Address 3 MAC addressof router interface to which AP is attached
Address 4 used only in ad hoc mode
5 DataLink Layer 5-90
Internetrouter
AP
H1 R1
AP MAC addr H1 MAC addr R1 MAC addraddress 1 address 2 address 3
80211 frame
R1 MAC addr H1 MAC addr dest address source address
8023 frame
80211 frame addressing
5 DataLink Layer 5-91
framecontrol duration address
1address
2address
4address
3 payload CRC
2 2 6 6 6 2 6 0 - 2312 4
seqcontrol
Type FromAPSubtype To
APMore frag WEPMore
dataPower
mgtRetry RsvdProtocolversion
2 2 4 1 1 1 1 1 11 1
80211 frame moreduration of reserved transmission time (RTSCTS)
frame seq (for RDT)
frame type(RTS CTS ACK data)
5 DataLink Layer 5-92
hub or switch
AP 2
AP 1
H1 BBS 2
BBS 1
80211 mobility within same subnet
router H1 remains in same IP subnet IP address can remain same
switch which AP is associated with H1
self-learning (Ch 5) switch will see frame from H1 and ldquorememberrdquo which switch port can be used to reach H1
5 DataLink Layer 5-93
80211 advanced capabilities
Rate Adaptation base station mobile
dynamically change transmission rate (physical layer modulation technique) as mobile moves SNR varies
QAM256 (8 Mbps)QAM16 (4 Mbps)BPSK (1 Mbps)
10 20 30 40SNR(dB)
BE
R
10-1
10-2
10-3
10-5
10-6
10-7
10-4
operating point
1 SNR decreases BER increase as node moves away from base station2 When BER becomes too high switch to lower transmission rate but with lower BER
5 DataLink Layer 5-94
80211 advanced capabilitiesPower Management node-to-AP ldquoI am going to sleep until next
beacon framerdquo AP knows not to transmit frames to this
node node wakes up before next beacon frame
beacon frame contains list of mobiles with AP-to-mobile frames waiting to be sent node will stay awake if AP-to-mobile frames
to be sent otherwise sleep again until next beacon frame
5 DataLink Layer 5-29
ldquoTaking Turnsrdquo MAC protocolsPolling master node
ldquoinvitesrdquo slave nodes to transmit in turn
concerns polling overhead latency single point of
failure (master)
Token passing control token passed from
one node to next sequentially
token message concerns
token overhead latency single point of failure (token)
5 DataLink Layer 5-30
Summary of MAC protocols
What do you do with a shared media Channel Partitioning by time frequency or code
bull Time Division Frequency Division Random partitioning (dynamic)
bull ALOHA S-ALOHA CSMA CSMACDbull carrier sensing easy in some technologies (wire) hard
in others (wireless)bull CSMACD used in Ethernetbull CSMACA used in 80211
Taking Turnsbull polling from a central site token passing
5 DataLink Layer 5-31
MAC Addresses and ARP
32-bit IP address network-layer address used to get datagram to destination IP subnet
MAC (or LAN or ldquophysicalrdquo or Ethernet) address used to get datagram from one interface to
another physically-connected interface (same network)
48 bit MAC address (for most LANs) burned in the adapter ROM
5 DataLink Layer 5-32
LAN Addresses and ARPEach adapter on LAN has unique LAN address
Broadcast address =FF-FF-FF-FF-FF-FF
= adapter
1A-2F-BB-76-09-AD
58-23-D7-FA-20-B0
0C-C4-11-6F-E3-98
71-65-F7-2B-08-53
LAN(wired orwireless)
5 DataLink Layer 5-33
LAN Address (more)
MAC address allocation administered by IEEE manufacturer buys portion of MAC address space
(to assure uniqueness) Analogy
(a) MAC address like Social Security Number(b) IP address like postal address
MAC flat address allows easier portability can move LAN card from one LAN to another
IP hierarchical address NOT portable depends on IP subnet to which node is attached
5 DataLink Layer 5-34
ARP Address Resolution Protocol
Each IP node (Host Router) on LAN has ARP table
ARP Table IPMAC address mappings for some LAN nodes
lt IP address MAC address TTLgt TTL (Time To Live) time
after which address mapping will be forgotten (typically 20 min)
Question how to determineMAC address of Bknowing Brsquos IP address
1A-2F-BB-76-09-AD
58-23-D7-FA-20-B0
0C-C4-11-6F-E3-98
71-65-F7-2B-08-53
LAN
237196723
237196778
237196714
237196788
5 DataLink Layer 5-35
ARP protocol Same LAN (network)
A wants to send datagram to B and Brsquos MAC address not in Arsquos ARP table
A broadcasts ARP query packet containing Bs IP address
Dest MAC address = FF-FF-FF-FF-FF-FF
all machines on LAN receive ARP query
B receives ARP packet replies to A with its (Bs) MAC address
frame sent to Arsquos MAC address (unicast)
A caches (saves) IP-to-MAC address pair in its ARP table until information becomes old (times out)
soft state information that times out (goes away) unless refreshed
ARP is ldquoplug-and-playrdquo nodes create their ARP
tables without intervention from net administrator
5 DataLink Layer 5-36
Routing to another LANwalkthrough send datagram from A to B via R
assume A knowrsquos Brsquos IP address
Two ARP tables in router R one for each IP network (LAN)
A
RB
5 DataLink Layer 5-37
A creates datagram with source A destination B A uses ARP to get Rrsquos MAC address for 111111111110 A creates link-layer frame with Rs MAC address as dest
frame contains A-to-B IP datagram Arsquos adapter sends frame Rrsquos adapter receives frame R removes IP datagram from Ethernet frame sees itrsquos
destined to B R uses ARP to get Brsquos MAC address R creates frame containing A-to-B IP datagram sends to B
A
RB
5 DataLink Layer 5-38
Ethernetldquodominantrdquo wired LAN technology cheap $20 for 100Mbs first widely used LAN technology Simpler cheaper than token LANs and ATM Kept up with speed race 10 Mbps ndash 10 Gbps
Metcalfersquos Ethernetsketch
5 DataLink Layer 5-39
Star topology Bus topology popular through mid 90s Now star topology prevails Connection choices hub or switch (more later)
hub orswitch
5 DataLink Layer 5-40
Ethernet Frame StructureSending adapter encapsulates IP datagram (or other
network layer protocol packet) in Ethernet frame
Preamble 7 bytes with pattern 10101010 followed by one
byte with pattern 10101011 used to synchronize receiver sender clock rates
5 DataLink Layer 5-41
Ethernet Frame Structure (more) Addresses 6 bytes
if adapter receives frame with matching destination address or with broadcast address (eg ARP packet) it passes data in frame to net-layer protocol
otherwise adapter discards frame Type 2 bytes indicates the higher (network)
layer protocol (commonly IP but may also be ARP Novell IPX and AppleTalk etc)
CRC 4 bytes checked at receiver if error is detected the frame is simply dropped
5 DataLink Layer 5-42
Unreliable connectionless service
Connectionless No handshaking between sending and receiving adapter
Unreliable receiving adapter doesnrsquot send acks or nacks to sending adapter
stream of datagrams passed to network layer can have gaps
gaps will be filled if app is using TCP otherwise app will see the gaps
5 DataLink Layer 5-43
Ethernet uses CSMACD
No slots adapter doesnrsquot transmit
if it senses that some other adapter is transmitting that is carrier sense
transmitting adapter aborts when it senses that another adapter is transmitting that is collision detection
Before attempting a retransmission adapter waits a random time that is random access
5 DataLink Layer 5-44
Ethernet CSMACD algorithm1 Adapter receives
datagram from net layer amp creates frame
2 If adapter senses channel idle it starts to transmit frame If it senses channel busy waits until channel idle and then transmits
3 If adapter transmits entire frame without detecting another transmission the adapter is done with frame
4 If adapter detects another transmission while transmitting aborts and sends 48-bit jam signal
5 After aborting adapter enters exponential backoff after the mthcollision adapter chooses a K at random from 012hellip2m-1 Adapter waits K512 bit times and returns to Step 2
5 DataLink Layer 5-45
Frame Size limitations for Ethernet Minimum Frame size (Fmin)
For proper collision detectionFmin = Min frame sizeR = Ethernetrsquos transmission rate
eg 10 Mbsdmax = max Ethernet segment
lengthS = Propagation speed (2x108
ms)FminR ge 2dmaxS
Maximum Frame Size (Fmax)For fairness among competing nodes
Fmin=64 Bytes Fmax=1500 Bytes
A Bd
2dS
tim
e
Arsquos frame
Brsquos frame
Arsquos frame in yellowBrsquos frame in green
For proper collision detection Arsquos frame should last at least until Brsquos frame reaches A
5 DataLink Layer 5-46
Ethernetrsquos CSMACD (more)Jam Signal make sure all
other transmitters are aware of collision 48 bits
Random retransmission delayK 512 bit transmission times where K is randomly selected bit time is 01 microsec for 10 Mbps and 001 microsec for 100 Mbps Ethernet
Exponential Backoff Goal adapt retransmission
attempts to estimated current load
heavy load random wait will be longer
first collision choose K from 01 delay is K 512 bit transmission times
after second collision choose K from 0123hellip
after ten collisions choose K from 01234hellip1023
for max value of K=1023 wait time is about 50 msec for 10 Mbps 5 msec for 100 Mbps Ethernet
Seeinteract with Javaapplet on AWL Web sitehighly recommended
5 DataLink Layer 5-47
CSMACD efficiency
tprop = max prop between 2 nodes in LAN ttrans = time to transmit max-size frame
Efficiency goes to 1 as tprop goes to 0 Goes to 1 as ttrans goes to infinity Much better than ALOHA but still decentralized
simple and cheap
1efficiency1 5 prop transt t
asymp+
5 DataLink Layer 5-48
10BaseT and 100BaseT 10100 Mbps rates T stands for Twisted Pair Base stands for Baseband (unmodulated) Nodes connect to a hub ldquostar topologyrdquo 100 m
max distance between nodes and hub
twisted pair
hub
5 DataLink Layer 5-49
HubsHubs are essentially physical-layer repeaters
bits coming from one link go out all other links at the same rate no frame buffering no CSMACD at hub adapters detect collisions provides net management functionality
twisted pair
hub
5 DataLink Layer 5-50
Gbit Ethernet
uses standard Ethernet frame format allows for point-to-point links and shared
broadcast channels in shared mode CSMACD is used short
distances between nodes required for efficiency
Full-Duplex at 1 Gbps for point-to-point links
10 Gbps now
5 DataLink Layer 5-51
Interconnecting with hubs Backbone hub interconnects LAN segments Extends max distance between nodes But individual segment collision domains become one
large collision domain Canrsquot interconnect 10BaseT amp 100BaseT
hub hub hub
hub
5 DataLink Layer 5-52
Switch Link layer device
stores and forwards Ethernet frames examines frame header and selectively
forwards frame based on MAC dest address when frame is to be forwarded on segment
uses CSMACD to access segment transparent
hosts are unaware of presence of switches plug-and-play self-learning
switches do not need to be configured
5 DataLink Layer 5-53
Forwarding
bull How do determine onto which LAN segment to forward framebull Looks like a routing problem
hub hubhub
switch1
2 3
5 DataLink Layer 5-54
Self learning
A switch has a switch table entry in switch table
(MAC Address Interface Time Stamp) stale entries in table dropped (TTL can be 60 min)
switch learns which hosts can be reached through which interfaces when frame received switch ldquolearnsrdquo location of
sender incoming LAN segment records senderlocation pair in switch table
5 DataLink Layer 5-55
FilteringForwardingWhen switch receives a frame
index switch table using MAC dest addressif entry found for destination
thenif dest on segment from which frame arrived
then drop the frameelse forward the frame on interface indicated
else flood
forward on all but the interface on which the frame arrived
5 DataLink Layer 5-56
Switch exampleSuppose C sends frame to D
Switch receives frame from from C notes in bridge table that C is on interface 1 because D is not in table switch forwards frame into
interfaces 2 and 3 frame received by D
hub hub hub
switch
A
B CD
EF G H
I
address interfaceABEG
1123
12 3
5 DataLink Layer 5-57
Switch exampleSuppose C sends frame to D
Switch receives frame from from C notes in bridge table that C is on interface 1 because D is not in table switch forwards frame into
interfaces 2 and 3 frame received by D
hub hub hub
switch
A
B CD
EF G H
I
address interfaceABEGC
11231
12 3
5 DataLink Layer 5-58
Switch exampleSuppose D replies back with frame to C
Switch receives frame from from D notes in bridge table that D is on interface 2 because C is in table switch forwards frame only to
interface 1 frame received by C
hub hub hub
switch
A
B CD
EF G H
I
address interfaceABEGC
11231
12 3
5 DataLink Layer 5-59
Switch exampleSuppose D replies back with frame to C
Switch receives frame from from D notes in bridge table that D is on interface 2 because C is in table switch forwards frame only to
interface 1 frame received by C
hub hub hub
switch
A
B CD
EF G H
I
address interfaceABEGCD
112312
12 3
5 DataLink Layer 5-60
Switch traffic isolation switch installation breaks subnet into LAN
segments switch filters packets
same-LAN-segment frames not usually forwarded onto other LAN segments
segments become separate collision domains
hub hub hub
switch
collision domain collision domain
collision domain
5 DataLink Layer 5-61
Switches dedicated access Switch with many
interfaces Hosts have direct
connection to switch No collisions full duplex
Switching A-to-Arsquo and B-to-Brsquo simultaneously no collisions
combinations of shareddedicated 101001000 Mbps interfaces possible
switch
A
Arsquo
B
Brsquo
C
Crsquo
5 DataLink Layer 5-62
Institutional network
hub hubhub
switch
to externalnetwork
router
IP subnet
mail server
web server
5 DataLink Layer 5-63
Switches vs Routers both store-and-forward devices
routers network layer devices (examine network layer headers)
switches are link layer devices routers maintain routing tables implement routing
algorithms switches maintain switch tables implement
filtering learning algorithms
5 DataLink Layer 5-64
Summary comparison
hubs routers switches
traffic isolation
no yes yes
plug amp play yes no yes
optimal routing
no yes no
5 DataLink Layer 5-65
VLANs motivation
What happens if CS user moves office to EE
but wants connect to CS switch
single broadcast domain all layer-2 broadcast
traffic (ARP DHCP) crosses entire LAN (securityprivacy efficiency issues)
each lowest level switch has only few ports in use
Computer Science Electrical
EngineeringComputerEngineering
Whatrsquos wrong with this picture
5 DataLink Layer 5-66
VLANs Port-based VLAN switch ports grouped (by switch management software) so that single physical switch helliphellip
Switch(es) supporting VLAN capabilities can be configured to define multiple virtual LANS over single physical LAN infrastructure
Virtual Local Area Network
1
8
9
16102
7
hellip
Electrical Engineering(VLAN ports 1-8)
Computer Science(VLAN ports 9-15)
15
hellip
Electrical Engineering(VLAN ports 1-8)
hellip
1
82
7 9
1610
15
hellip
Computer Science(VLAN ports 9-16)
hellip operates as multiple virtual switches
5 DataLink Layer 5-67
Port-based VLAN
1
8
9
16102
7
hellip
Electrical Engineering(VLAN ports 1-8)
Computer Science(VLAN ports 9-15)
15
hellip
traffic isolation frames tofrom ports 1-8 can only reach ports 1-8
can also define VLAN based on MAC addresses of endpoints rather than switch port
dynamic membershipports can be dynamically assigned among VLANs
router
forwarding between VLANSdone via routing (just as with separate switches)
in practice vendors sell combined switches plus routers
5 DataLink Layer 5-68
VLANS spanning multiple switches
trunk port carries frames between VLANS defined over multiple physical switches
frames forwarded within VLAN between switches canrsquot be vanilla 8021 frames (must carry VLAN ID info)
8021q protocol addsremoves additional header fields for frames forwarded between trunk ports
1
8
9
102
7
hellip
Electrical Engineering(VLAN ports 1-8)
Computer Science(VLAN ports 9-15)
15
hellip
2
73
Ports 235 belong to EE VLANPorts 4678 belong to CS VLAN
5
4 6 816
1
5 DataLink Layer 5-69
Type
2-byte Tag Protocol Identifier(value 81-00)
Tag Control Information (12 bit VLAN ID field 3 bit priority field like IP TOS)
Recomputed CRC
8021Q VLAN frame format
8021 frame
8021Q frame
5 DataLink Layer 5-70
Chapter 6 Wireless and Mobile Networks
Background wireless (mobile) phone subscribers now
exceeds wired phone subscribers computer nets laptops palmtops PDAs
Internet-enabled phone promise anytime untethered Internet access
two important (but different) challenges wireless communication over wireless link mobility handling the mobile user who changes point
of attachment to network
5 DataLink Layer 5-71
Elements of a wireless network
network infrastructure
wireless hosts laptop PDA IP phone run applications may be stationary
(non-mobile) or mobile wireless does not
always mean mobility
5 DataLink Layer 5-72
Elements of a wireless network
network infrastructure
base station typically connected to
wired network relay - responsible
for sending packets between wired network and wireless host(s) in its ldquoareardquo
eg cell towers 80211 access points
5 DataLink Layer 5-73
Elements of a wireless network
network infrastructure
wireless link typically used to
connect mobile(s) to base station
also used as backbone link
multiple access protocol coordinates link access
various data rates transmission distance
5 DataLink Layer 5-74
Characteristics of selected wireless link standards
Indoor10-30m
Outdoor50-200m
Mid-rangeoutdoor
200m ndash 4 Km
Long-rangeoutdoor
5Km ndash 20 Km
056
384
1
4
5-11
54
IS-95 CDMA GSM 2G
UMTSWCDMA CDMA2000 3G
80215
80211b
80211ag
UMTSWCDMA-HSPDA CDMA2000-1xEVDO 3G cellularenhanced
80216 (WiMAX)
80211ag point-to-point
200 80211n
Dat
a ra
te (M
bps) data
5 DataLink Layer 5-75
Elements of a wireless network
network infrastructure
infrastructure mode base station connects
mobiles into wired network
handoff mobile changes base station providing connection into wired network
5 DataLink Layer 5-76
Elements of a wireless networkad hoc mode no base stations nodes can only
transmit to other nodes within link coverage
nodes organize themselves into a network route among themselves
5 DataLink Layer 5-77
Wireless network taxonomy
single hop multiple hops
infrastructure(eg APs)
noinfrastructure
host connects to base station (WiFiWiMAX cellular) which connects to
larger Internet
no base station noconnection to larger Internet (Bluetooth
ad hoc nets)
host may have torelay through several
wireless nodes to connect to larger
Internet mesh net
no base station noconnection to larger
Internet May have torelay to reach other a given wireless node
MANET VANET
5 DataLink Layer 5-78
Wireless Link Characteristics (1)Differences from wired link hellip
decreased signal strength radio signal attenuates as it propagates through matter (path loss)
interference from other sources standardized wireless network frequencies (eg 24 GHz) shared by other devices (eg phone) devices (motors) interfere as well
multipath propagation radio signal reflects off objects arriving at destination at slightly different times
hellip make communication across (even a point to point) wireless link much more ldquodifficultrdquo
5 DataLink Layer 5-79
Wireless Link Characteristics (2) SNR signal-to-noise ratio
larger SNR ndash easier to extract signal from noise (a ldquogood thingrdquo)
SNR versus BER tradeoffs given physical layer
increase power -gt increase SNR-gtdecrease BER
given SNR choose physical layer that meets BER requirement giving highest thruput
bull SNR may change with mobility dynamically adapt physical layer (modulation technique rate)
10 20 30 40
QAM256 (8 Mbps)
QAM16 (4 Mbps)
BPSK (1 Mbps)
SNR(dB)B
ER
10-1
10-2
10-3
10-5
10-6
10-7
10-4
5 DataLink Layer 5-80
Wireless network characteristicsMultiple wireless senders and receivers create
additional problems (beyond multiple access)
AB
C
Hidden terminal problem B A hear each other B C hear each other A C can not hear each othermeans A C unaware of their
interference at B
A B C
Arsquos signalstrength
space
Crsquos signalstrength
Signal attenuation B A hear each other B C hear each other A C can not hear each other
interfering at B
5 DataLink Layer 5-81
IEEE 80211 Wireless LAN 80211b
24-5 GHz unlicensed spectrum up to 11 Mbps direct sequence spread
spectrum (DSSS) in physical layer
bull all hosts use same chipping code
80211a 5-6 GHz range up to 54 Mbps
80211g 24-5 GHz range up to 54 Mbps
80211n multiple antennae 24-5 GHz range up to 200 Mbps
all use CSMACA for multiple access all have base-station and ad-hoc network versions
5 DataLink Layer 5-82
80211 LAN architecture
wireless host communicates with base station
base station = access point (AP)
Basic Service Set (BSS)(aka ldquocellrdquo) in infrastructure mode contains
wireless hosts access point (AP) base
station ad hoc mode hosts only
BSS 1
BSS 2
Internet
hub switchor routerAP
AP
5 DataLink Layer 5-83
80211 Channels association
80211b 24GHz-2485GHz spectrum divided into 11 channels at different frequencies AP admin chooses frequency for AP interference possible channel can be same as
that chosen by neighboring AP host must associate with an AP
scans channels listening for beacon framescontaining APrsquos name (SSID) and MAC address
selects AP to associate with may perform authentication [Chapter 8] will typically run DHCP to get IP address in APrsquos
subnet
5 DataLink Layer 5-84
80211 passiveactive scanning
AP 2AP 1
H1
BBS 2BBS 1
122
3 4
Active Scanning (1) probe request frame broadcast
from H1(2) probe response frame sent from
APs(3) association request frame sent
H1 to selected AP (4) association response frame sent
H1 to selected AP
AP 2AP 1
H1
BBS 2BBS 1
12 3
1
Passive Scanning(1) beacon frames sent from APs(2) association request frame sent H1
to selected AP (3) association response frame sent
H1 to selected AP
5 DataLink Layer 5-85
IEEE 80211 multiple access avoid collisions 2+ nodes transmitting at same time 80211 CSMA - sense before transmitting
donrsquot collide with ongoing transmission by other node 80211 no collision detection
difficult to receive (sense collisions) when transmitting due to weak received signals (fading)
canrsquot sense all collisions in any case hidden terminal fading goal avoid collisions CSMAC(ollision)A(voidance)
AB
CA B C
Arsquos signalstrength
space
Crsquos signalstrength
5 DataLink Layer 5-86
IEEE 80211 MAC Protocol CSMACA
80211 sender1 if sense channel idle for DIFS then
transmit entire frame (no CD)2 if sense channel busy then
start random backoff timetimer counts down while channel idletransmit when timer expiresif no ACK increase random backoff
interval repeat 280211 receiver- if frame received OK
return ACK after SIFS (ACK needed due to hidden terminal problem)
sender receiver
DIFS
data
SIFS
ACK
5 DataLink Layer 5-87
Avoiding collisions (more)idea allow sender to ldquoreserverdquo channel rather than random
access of data frames avoid collisions of long data frames sender first transmits small request-to-send (RTS) packets
to BS using CSMA RTSs may still collide with each other (but theyrsquore short)
BS broadcasts clear-to-send CTS in response to RTS CTS heard by all nodes
sender transmits data frame other stations defer transmissions
avoid data frame collisions completely using small reservation packets
5 DataLink Layer 5-88
Collision Avoidance RTS-CTS exchange
APA B
time
RTS(A)RTS(B)
RTS(A)
CTS(A) CTS(A)
DATA (A)
ACK(A) ACK(A)
reservation collision
defer
5 DataLink Layer 5-89
framecontrol duration address
1address
2address
4address
3 payload CRC
2 2 6 6 6 2 6 0 - 2312 4
seqcontrol
80211 frame addressing
Address 2 MAC addressof wireless host or AP transmitting this frame
Address 1 MAC addressof wireless host or AP to receive this frame
Address 3 MAC addressof router interface to which AP is attached
Address 4 used only in ad hoc mode
5 DataLink Layer 5-90
Internetrouter
AP
H1 R1
AP MAC addr H1 MAC addr R1 MAC addraddress 1 address 2 address 3
80211 frame
R1 MAC addr H1 MAC addr dest address source address
8023 frame
80211 frame addressing
5 DataLink Layer 5-91
framecontrol duration address
1address
2address
4address
3 payload CRC
2 2 6 6 6 2 6 0 - 2312 4
seqcontrol
Type FromAPSubtype To
APMore frag WEPMore
dataPower
mgtRetry RsvdProtocolversion
2 2 4 1 1 1 1 1 11 1
80211 frame moreduration of reserved transmission time (RTSCTS)
frame seq (for RDT)
frame type(RTS CTS ACK data)
5 DataLink Layer 5-92
hub or switch
AP 2
AP 1
H1 BBS 2
BBS 1
80211 mobility within same subnet
router H1 remains in same IP subnet IP address can remain same
switch which AP is associated with H1
self-learning (Ch 5) switch will see frame from H1 and ldquorememberrdquo which switch port can be used to reach H1
5 DataLink Layer 5-93
80211 advanced capabilities
Rate Adaptation base station mobile
dynamically change transmission rate (physical layer modulation technique) as mobile moves SNR varies
QAM256 (8 Mbps)QAM16 (4 Mbps)BPSK (1 Mbps)
10 20 30 40SNR(dB)
BE
R
10-1
10-2
10-3
10-5
10-6
10-7
10-4
operating point
1 SNR decreases BER increase as node moves away from base station2 When BER becomes too high switch to lower transmission rate but with lower BER
5 DataLink Layer 5-94
80211 advanced capabilitiesPower Management node-to-AP ldquoI am going to sleep until next
beacon framerdquo AP knows not to transmit frames to this
node node wakes up before next beacon frame
beacon frame contains list of mobiles with AP-to-mobile frames waiting to be sent node will stay awake if AP-to-mobile frames
to be sent otherwise sleep again until next beacon frame
5 DataLink Layer 5-30
Summary of MAC protocols
What do you do with a shared media Channel Partitioning by time frequency or code
bull Time Division Frequency Division Random partitioning (dynamic)
bull ALOHA S-ALOHA CSMA CSMACDbull carrier sensing easy in some technologies (wire) hard
in others (wireless)bull CSMACD used in Ethernetbull CSMACA used in 80211
Taking Turnsbull polling from a central site token passing
5 DataLink Layer 5-31
MAC Addresses and ARP
32-bit IP address network-layer address used to get datagram to destination IP subnet
MAC (or LAN or ldquophysicalrdquo or Ethernet) address used to get datagram from one interface to
another physically-connected interface (same network)
48 bit MAC address (for most LANs) burned in the adapter ROM
5 DataLink Layer 5-32
LAN Addresses and ARPEach adapter on LAN has unique LAN address
Broadcast address =FF-FF-FF-FF-FF-FF
= adapter
1A-2F-BB-76-09-AD
58-23-D7-FA-20-B0
0C-C4-11-6F-E3-98
71-65-F7-2B-08-53
LAN(wired orwireless)
5 DataLink Layer 5-33
LAN Address (more)
MAC address allocation administered by IEEE manufacturer buys portion of MAC address space
(to assure uniqueness) Analogy
(a) MAC address like Social Security Number(b) IP address like postal address
MAC flat address allows easier portability can move LAN card from one LAN to another
IP hierarchical address NOT portable depends on IP subnet to which node is attached
5 DataLink Layer 5-34
ARP Address Resolution Protocol
Each IP node (Host Router) on LAN has ARP table
ARP Table IPMAC address mappings for some LAN nodes
lt IP address MAC address TTLgt TTL (Time To Live) time
after which address mapping will be forgotten (typically 20 min)
Question how to determineMAC address of Bknowing Brsquos IP address
1A-2F-BB-76-09-AD
58-23-D7-FA-20-B0
0C-C4-11-6F-E3-98
71-65-F7-2B-08-53
LAN
237196723
237196778
237196714
237196788
5 DataLink Layer 5-35
ARP protocol Same LAN (network)
A wants to send datagram to B and Brsquos MAC address not in Arsquos ARP table
A broadcasts ARP query packet containing Bs IP address
Dest MAC address = FF-FF-FF-FF-FF-FF
all machines on LAN receive ARP query
B receives ARP packet replies to A with its (Bs) MAC address
frame sent to Arsquos MAC address (unicast)
A caches (saves) IP-to-MAC address pair in its ARP table until information becomes old (times out)
soft state information that times out (goes away) unless refreshed
ARP is ldquoplug-and-playrdquo nodes create their ARP
tables without intervention from net administrator
5 DataLink Layer 5-36
Routing to another LANwalkthrough send datagram from A to B via R
assume A knowrsquos Brsquos IP address
Two ARP tables in router R one for each IP network (LAN)
A
RB
5 DataLink Layer 5-37
A creates datagram with source A destination B A uses ARP to get Rrsquos MAC address for 111111111110 A creates link-layer frame with Rs MAC address as dest
frame contains A-to-B IP datagram Arsquos adapter sends frame Rrsquos adapter receives frame R removes IP datagram from Ethernet frame sees itrsquos
destined to B R uses ARP to get Brsquos MAC address R creates frame containing A-to-B IP datagram sends to B
A
RB
5 DataLink Layer 5-38
Ethernetldquodominantrdquo wired LAN technology cheap $20 for 100Mbs first widely used LAN technology Simpler cheaper than token LANs and ATM Kept up with speed race 10 Mbps ndash 10 Gbps
Metcalfersquos Ethernetsketch
5 DataLink Layer 5-39
Star topology Bus topology popular through mid 90s Now star topology prevails Connection choices hub or switch (more later)
hub orswitch
5 DataLink Layer 5-40
Ethernet Frame StructureSending adapter encapsulates IP datagram (or other
network layer protocol packet) in Ethernet frame
Preamble 7 bytes with pattern 10101010 followed by one
byte with pattern 10101011 used to synchronize receiver sender clock rates
5 DataLink Layer 5-41
Ethernet Frame Structure (more) Addresses 6 bytes
if adapter receives frame with matching destination address or with broadcast address (eg ARP packet) it passes data in frame to net-layer protocol
otherwise adapter discards frame Type 2 bytes indicates the higher (network)
layer protocol (commonly IP but may also be ARP Novell IPX and AppleTalk etc)
CRC 4 bytes checked at receiver if error is detected the frame is simply dropped
5 DataLink Layer 5-42
Unreliable connectionless service
Connectionless No handshaking between sending and receiving adapter
Unreliable receiving adapter doesnrsquot send acks or nacks to sending adapter
stream of datagrams passed to network layer can have gaps
gaps will be filled if app is using TCP otherwise app will see the gaps
5 DataLink Layer 5-43
Ethernet uses CSMACD
No slots adapter doesnrsquot transmit
if it senses that some other adapter is transmitting that is carrier sense
transmitting adapter aborts when it senses that another adapter is transmitting that is collision detection
Before attempting a retransmission adapter waits a random time that is random access
5 DataLink Layer 5-44
Ethernet CSMACD algorithm1 Adapter receives
datagram from net layer amp creates frame
2 If adapter senses channel idle it starts to transmit frame If it senses channel busy waits until channel idle and then transmits
3 If adapter transmits entire frame without detecting another transmission the adapter is done with frame
4 If adapter detects another transmission while transmitting aborts and sends 48-bit jam signal
5 After aborting adapter enters exponential backoff after the mthcollision adapter chooses a K at random from 012hellip2m-1 Adapter waits K512 bit times and returns to Step 2
5 DataLink Layer 5-45
Frame Size limitations for Ethernet Minimum Frame size (Fmin)
For proper collision detectionFmin = Min frame sizeR = Ethernetrsquos transmission rate
eg 10 Mbsdmax = max Ethernet segment
lengthS = Propagation speed (2x108
ms)FminR ge 2dmaxS
Maximum Frame Size (Fmax)For fairness among competing nodes
Fmin=64 Bytes Fmax=1500 Bytes
A Bd
2dS
tim
e
Arsquos frame
Brsquos frame
Arsquos frame in yellowBrsquos frame in green
For proper collision detection Arsquos frame should last at least until Brsquos frame reaches A
5 DataLink Layer 5-46
Ethernetrsquos CSMACD (more)Jam Signal make sure all
other transmitters are aware of collision 48 bits
Random retransmission delayK 512 bit transmission times where K is randomly selected bit time is 01 microsec for 10 Mbps and 001 microsec for 100 Mbps Ethernet
Exponential Backoff Goal adapt retransmission
attempts to estimated current load
heavy load random wait will be longer
first collision choose K from 01 delay is K 512 bit transmission times
after second collision choose K from 0123hellip
after ten collisions choose K from 01234hellip1023
for max value of K=1023 wait time is about 50 msec for 10 Mbps 5 msec for 100 Mbps Ethernet
Seeinteract with Javaapplet on AWL Web sitehighly recommended
5 DataLink Layer 5-47
CSMACD efficiency
tprop = max prop between 2 nodes in LAN ttrans = time to transmit max-size frame
Efficiency goes to 1 as tprop goes to 0 Goes to 1 as ttrans goes to infinity Much better than ALOHA but still decentralized
simple and cheap
1efficiency1 5 prop transt t
asymp+
5 DataLink Layer 5-48
10BaseT and 100BaseT 10100 Mbps rates T stands for Twisted Pair Base stands for Baseband (unmodulated) Nodes connect to a hub ldquostar topologyrdquo 100 m
max distance between nodes and hub
twisted pair
hub
5 DataLink Layer 5-49
HubsHubs are essentially physical-layer repeaters
bits coming from one link go out all other links at the same rate no frame buffering no CSMACD at hub adapters detect collisions provides net management functionality
twisted pair
hub
5 DataLink Layer 5-50
Gbit Ethernet
uses standard Ethernet frame format allows for point-to-point links and shared
broadcast channels in shared mode CSMACD is used short
distances between nodes required for efficiency
Full-Duplex at 1 Gbps for point-to-point links
10 Gbps now
5 DataLink Layer 5-51
Interconnecting with hubs Backbone hub interconnects LAN segments Extends max distance between nodes But individual segment collision domains become one
large collision domain Canrsquot interconnect 10BaseT amp 100BaseT
hub hub hub
hub
5 DataLink Layer 5-52
Switch Link layer device
stores and forwards Ethernet frames examines frame header and selectively
forwards frame based on MAC dest address when frame is to be forwarded on segment
uses CSMACD to access segment transparent
hosts are unaware of presence of switches plug-and-play self-learning
switches do not need to be configured
5 DataLink Layer 5-53
Forwarding
bull How do determine onto which LAN segment to forward framebull Looks like a routing problem
hub hubhub
switch1
2 3
5 DataLink Layer 5-54
Self learning
A switch has a switch table entry in switch table
(MAC Address Interface Time Stamp) stale entries in table dropped (TTL can be 60 min)
switch learns which hosts can be reached through which interfaces when frame received switch ldquolearnsrdquo location of
sender incoming LAN segment records senderlocation pair in switch table
5 DataLink Layer 5-55
FilteringForwardingWhen switch receives a frame
index switch table using MAC dest addressif entry found for destination
thenif dest on segment from which frame arrived
then drop the frameelse forward the frame on interface indicated
else flood
forward on all but the interface on which the frame arrived
5 DataLink Layer 5-56
Switch exampleSuppose C sends frame to D
Switch receives frame from from C notes in bridge table that C is on interface 1 because D is not in table switch forwards frame into
interfaces 2 and 3 frame received by D
hub hub hub
switch
A
B CD
EF G H
I
address interfaceABEG
1123
12 3
5 DataLink Layer 5-57
Switch exampleSuppose C sends frame to D
Switch receives frame from from C notes in bridge table that C is on interface 1 because D is not in table switch forwards frame into
interfaces 2 and 3 frame received by D
hub hub hub
switch
A
B CD
EF G H
I
address interfaceABEGC
11231
12 3
5 DataLink Layer 5-58
Switch exampleSuppose D replies back with frame to C
Switch receives frame from from D notes in bridge table that D is on interface 2 because C is in table switch forwards frame only to
interface 1 frame received by C
hub hub hub
switch
A
B CD
EF G H
I
address interfaceABEGC
11231
12 3
5 DataLink Layer 5-59
Switch exampleSuppose D replies back with frame to C
Switch receives frame from from D notes in bridge table that D is on interface 2 because C is in table switch forwards frame only to
interface 1 frame received by C
hub hub hub
switch
A
B CD
EF G H
I
address interfaceABEGCD
112312
12 3
5 DataLink Layer 5-60
Switch traffic isolation switch installation breaks subnet into LAN
segments switch filters packets
same-LAN-segment frames not usually forwarded onto other LAN segments
segments become separate collision domains
hub hub hub
switch
collision domain collision domain
collision domain
5 DataLink Layer 5-61
Switches dedicated access Switch with many
interfaces Hosts have direct
connection to switch No collisions full duplex
Switching A-to-Arsquo and B-to-Brsquo simultaneously no collisions
combinations of shareddedicated 101001000 Mbps interfaces possible
switch
A
Arsquo
B
Brsquo
C
Crsquo
5 DataLink Layer 5-62
Institutional network
hub hubhub
switch
to externalnetwork
router
IP subnet
mail server
web server
5 DataLink Layer 5-63
Switches vs Routers both store-and-forward devices
routers network layer devices (examine network layer headers)
switches are link layer devices routers maintain routing tables implement routing
algorithms switches maintain switch tables implement
filtering learning algorithms
5 DataLink Layer 5-64
Summary comparison
hubs routers switches
traffic isolation
no yes yes
plug amp play yes no yes
optimal routing
no yes no
5 DataLink Layer 5-65
VLANs motivation
What happens if CS user moves office to EE
but wants connect to CS switch
single broadcast domain all layer-2 broadcast
traffic (ARP DHCP) crosses entire LAN (securityprivacy efficiency issues)
each lowest level switch has only few ports in use
Computer Science Electrical
EngineeringComputerEngineering
Whatrsquos wrong with this picture
5 DataLink Layer 5-66
VLANs Port-based VLAN switch ports grouped (by switch management software) so that single physical switch helliphellip
Switch(es) supporting VLAN capabilities can be configured to define multiple virtual LANS over single physical LAN infrastructure
Virtual Local Area Network
1
8
9
16102
7
hellip
Electrical Engineering(VLAN ports 1-8)
Computer Science(VLAN ports 9-15)
15
hellip
Electrical Engineering(VLAN ports 1-8)
hellip
1
82
7 9
1610
15
hellip
Computer Science(VLAN ports 9-16)
hellip operates as multiple virtual switches
5 DataLink Layer 5-67
Port-based VLAN
1
8
9
16102
7
hellip
Electrical Engineering(VLAN ports 1-8)
Computer Science(VLAN ports 9-15)
15
hellip
traffic isolation frames tofrom ports 1-8 can only reach ports 1-8
can also define VLAN based on MAC addresses of endpoints rather than switch port
dynamic membershipports can be dynamically assigned among VLANs
router
forwarding between VLANSdone via routing (just as with separate switches)
in practice vendors sell combined switches plus routers
5 DataLink Layer 5-68
VLANS spanning multiple switches
trunk port carries frames between VLANS defined over multiple physical switches
frames forwarded within VLAN between switches canrsquot be vanilla 8021 frames (must carry VLAN ID info)
8021q protocol addsremoves additional header fields for frames forwarded between trunk ports
1
8
9
102
7
hellip
Electrical Engineering(VLAN ports 1-8)
Computer Science(VLAN ports 9-15)
15
hellip
2
73
Ports 235 belong to EE VLANPorts 4678 belong to CS VLAN
5
4 6 816
1
5 DataLink Layer 5-69
Type
2-byte Tag Protocol Identifier(value 81-00)
Tag Control Information (12 bit VLAN ID field 3 bit priority field like IP TOS)
Recomputed CRC
8021Q VLAN frame format
8021 frame
8021Q frame
5 DataLink Layer 5-70
Chapter 6 Wireless and Mobile Networks
Background wireless (mobile) phone subscribers now
exceeds wired phone subscribers computer nets laptops palmtops PDAs
Internet-enabled phone promise anytime untethered Internet access
two important (but different) challenges wireless communication over wireless link mobility handling the mobile user who changes point
of attachment to network
5 DataLink Layer 5-71
Elements of a wireless network
network infrastructure
wireless hosts laptop PDA IP phone run applications may be stationary
(non-mobile) or mobile wireless does not
always mean mobility
5 DataLink Layer 5-72
Elements of a wireless network
network infrastructure
base station typically connected to
wired network relay - responsible
for sending packets between wired network and wireless host(s) in its ldquoareardquo
eg cell towers 80211 access points
5 DataLink Layer 5-73
Elements of a wireless network
network infrastructure
wireless link typically used to
connect mobile(s) to base station
also used as backbone link
multiple access protocol coordinates link access
various data rates transmission distance
5 DataLink Layer 5-74
Characteristics of selected wireless link standards
Indoor10-30m
Outdoor50-200m
Mid-rangeoutdoor
200m ndash 4 Km
Long-rangeoutdoor
5Km ndash 20 Km
056
384
1
4
5-11
54
IS-95 CDMA GSM 2G
UMTSWCDMA CDMA2000 3G
80215
80211b
80211ag
UMTSWCDMA-HSPDA CDMA2000-1xEVDO 3G cellularenhanced
80216 (WiMAX)
80211ag point-to-point
200 80211n
Dat
a ra
te (M
bps) data
5 DataLink Layer 5-75
Elements of a wireless network
network infrastructure
infrastructure mode base station connects
mobiles into wired network
handoff mobile changes base station providing connection into wired network
5 DataLink Layer 5-76
Elements of a wireless networkad hoc mode no base stations nodes can only
transmit to other nodes within link coverage
nodes organize themselves into a network route among themselves
5 DataLink Layer 5-77
Wireless network taxonomy
single hop multiple hops
infrastructure(eg APs)
noinfrastructure
host connects to base station (WiFiWiMAX cellular) which connects to
larger Internet
no base station noconnection to larger Internet (Bluetooth
ad hoc nets)
host may have torelay through several
wireless nodes to connect to larger
Internet mesh net
no base station noconnection to larger
Internet May have torelay to reach other a given wireless node
MANET VANET
5 DataLink Layer 5-78
Wireless Link Characteristics (1)Differences from wired link hellip
decreased signal strength radio signal attenuates as it propagates through matter (path loss)
interference from other sources standardized wireless network frequencies (eg 24 GHz) shared by other devices (eg phone) devices (motors) interfere as well
multipath propagation radio signal reflects off objects arriving at destination at slightly different times
hellip make communication across (even a point to point) wireless link much more ldquodifficultrdquo
5 DataLink Layer 5-79
Wireless Link Characteristics (2) SNR signal-to-noise ratio
larger SNR ndash easier to extract signal from noise (a ldquogood thingrdquo)
SNR versus BER tradeoffs given physical layer
increase power -gt increase SNR-gtdecrease BER
given SNR choose physical layer that meets BER requirement giving highest thruput
bull SNR may change with mobility dynamically adapt physical layer (modulation technique rate)
10 20 30 40
QAM256 (8 Mbps)
QAM16 (4 Mbps)
BPSK (1 Mbps)
SNR(dB)B
ER
10-1
10-2
10-3
10-5
10-6
10-7
10-4
5 DataLink Layer 5-80
Wireless network characteristicsMultiple wireless senders and receivers create
additional problems (beyond multiple access)
AB
C
Hidden terminal problem B A hear each other B C hear each other A C can not hear each othermeans A C unaware of their
interference at B
A B C
Arsquos signalstrength
space
Crsquos signalstrength
Signal attenuation B A hear each other B C hear each other A C can not hear each other
interfering at B
5 DataLink Layer 5-81
IEEE 80211 Wireless LAN 80211b
24-5 GHz unlicensed spectrum up to 11 Mbps direct sequence spread
spectrum (DSSS) in physical layer
bull all hosts use same chipping code
80211a 5-6 GHz range up to 54 Mbps
80211g 24-5 GHz range up to 54 Mbps
80211n multiple antennae 24-5 GHz range up to 200 Mbps
all use CSMACA for multiple access all have base-station and ad-hoc network versions
5 DataLink Layer 5-82
80211 LAN architecture
wireless host communicates with base station
base station = access point (AP)
Basic Service Set (BSS)(aka ldquocellrdquo) in infrastructure mode contains
wireless hosts access point (AP) base
station ad hoc mode hosts only
BSS 1
BSS 2
Internet
hub switchor routerAP
AP
5 DataLink Layer 5-83
80211 Channels association
80211b 24GHz-2485GHz spectrum divided into 11 channels at different frequencies AP admin chooses frequency for AP interference possible channel can be same as
that chosen by neighboring AP host must associate with an AP
scans channels listening for beacon framescontaining APrsquos name (SSID) and MAC address
selects AP to associate with may perform authentication [Chapter 8] will typically run DHCP to get IP address in APrsquos
subnet
5 DataLink Layer 5-84
80211 passiveactive scanning
AP 2AP 1
H1
BBS 2BBS 1
122
3 4
Active Scanning (1) probe request frame broadcast
from H1(2) probe response frame sent from
APs(3) association request frame sent
H1 to selected AP (4) association response frame sent
H1 to selected AP
AP 2AP 1
H1
BBS 2BBS 1
12 3
1
Passive Scanning(1) beacon frames sent from APs(2) association request frame sent H1
to selected AP (3) association response frame sent
H1 to selected AP
5 DataLink Layer 5-85
IEEE 80211 multiple access avoid collisions 2+ nodes transmitting at same time 80211 CSMA - sense before transmitting
donrsquot collide with ongoing transmission by other node 80211 no collision detection
difficult to receive (sense collisions) when transmitting due to weak received signals (fading)
canrsquot sense all collisions in any case hidden terminal fading goal avoid collisions CSMAC(ollision)A(voidance)
AB
CA B C
Arsquos signalstrength
space
Crsquos signalstrength
5 DataLink Layer 5-86
IEEE 80211 MAC Protocol CSMACA
80211 sender1 if sense channel idle for DIFS then
transmit entire frame (no CD)2 if sense channel busy then
start random backoff timetimer counts down while channel idletransmit when timer expiresif no ACK increase random backoff
interval repeat 280211 receiver- if frame received OK
return ACK after SIFS (ACK needed due to hidden terminal problem)
sender receiver
DIFS
data
SIFS
ACK
5 DataLink Layer 5-87
Avoiding collisions (more)idea allow sender to ldquoreserverdquo channel rather than random
access of data frames avoid collisions of long data frames sender first transmits small request-to-send (RTS) packets
to BS using CSMA RTSs may still collide with each other (but theyrsquore short)
BS broadcasts clear-to-send CTS in response to RTS CTS heard by all nodes
sender transmits data frame other stations defer transmissions
avoid data frame collisions completely using small reservation packets
5 DataLink Layer 5-88
Collision Avoidance RTS-CTS exchange
APA B
time
RTS(A)RTS(B)
RTS(A)
CTS(A) CTS(A)
DATA (A)
ACK(A) ACK(A)
reservation collision
defer
5 DataLink Layer 5-89
framecontrol duration address
1address
2address
4address
3 payload CRC
2 2 6 6 6 2 6 0 - 2312 4
seqcontrol
80211 frame addressing
Address 2 MAC addressof wireless host or AP transmitting this frame
Address 1 MAC addressof wireless host or AP to receive this frame
Address 3 MAC addressof router interface to which AP is attached
Address 4 used only in ad hoc mode
5 DataLink Layer 5-90
Internetrouter
AP
H1 R1
AP MAC addr H1 MAC addr R1 MAC addraddress 1 address 2 address 3
80211 frame
R1 MAC addr H1 MAC addr dest address source address
8023 frame
80211 frame addressing
5 DataLink Layer 5-91
framecontrol duration address
1address
2address
4address
3 payload CRC
2 2 6 6 6 2 6 0 - 2312 4
seqcontrol
Type FromAPSubtype To
APMore frag WEPMore
dataPower
mgtRetry RsvdProtocolversion
2 2 4 1 1 1 1 1 11 1
80211 frame moreduration of reserved transmission time (RTSCTS)
frame seq (for RDT)
frame type(RTS CTS ACK data)
5 DataLink Layer 5-92
hub or switch
AP 2
AP 1
H1 BBS 2
BBS 1
80211 mobility within same subnet
router H1 remains in same IP subnet IP address can remain same
switch which AP is associated with H1
self-learning (Ch 5) switch will see frame from H1 and ldquorememberrdquo which switch port can be used to reach H1
5 DataLink Layer 5-93
80211 advanced capabilities
Rate Adaptation base station mobile
dynamically change transmission rate (physical layer modulation technique) as mobile moves SNR varies
QAM256 (8 Mbps)QAM16 (4 Mbps)BPSK (1 Mbps)
10 20 30 40SNR(dB)
BE
R
10-1
10-2
10-3
10-5
10-6
10-7
10-4
operating point
1 SNR decreases BER increase as node moves away from base station2 When BER becomes too high switch to lower transmission rate but with lower BER
5 DataLink Layer 5-94
80211 advanced capabilitiesPower Management node-to-AP ldquoI am going to sleep until next
beacon framerdquo AP knows not to transmit frames to this
node node wakes up before next beacon frame
beacon frame contains list of mobiles with AP-to-mobile frames waiting to be sent node will stay awake if AP-to-mobile frames
to be sent otherwise sleep again until next beacon frame
5 DataLink Layer 5-31
MAC Addresses and ARP
32-bit IP address network-layer address used to get datagram to destination IP subnet
MAC (or LAN or ldquophysicalrdquo or Ethernet) address used to get datagram from one interface to
another physically-connected interface (same network)
48 bit MAC address (for most LANs) burned in the adapter ROM
5 DataLink Layer 5-32
LAN Addresses and ARPEach adapter on LAN has unique LAN address
Broadcast address =FF-FF-FF-FF-FF-FF
= adapter
1A-2F-BB-76-09-AD
58-23-D7-FA-20-B0
0C-C4-11-6F-E3-98
71-65-F7-2B-08-53
LAN(wired orwireless)
5 DataLink Layer 5-33
LAN Address (more)
MAC address allocation administered by IEEE manufacturer buys portion of MAC address space
(to assure uniqueness) Analogy
(a) MAC address like Social Security Number(b) IP address like postal address
MAC flat address allows easier portability can move LAN card from one LAN to another
IP hierarchical address NOT portable depends on IP subnet to which node is attached
5 DataLink Layer 5-34
ARP Address Resolution Protocol
Each IP node (Host Router) on LAN has ARP table
ARP Table IPMAC address mappings for some LAN nodes
lt IP address MAC address TTLgt TTL (Time To Live) time
after which address mapping will be forgotten (typically 20 min)
Question how to determineMAC address of Bknowing Brsquos IP address
1A-2F-BB-76-09-AD
58-23-D7-FA-20-B0
0C-C4-11-6F-E3-98
71-65-F7-2B-08-53
LAN
237196723
237196778
237196714
237196788
5 DataLink Layer 5-35
ARP protocol Same LAN (network)
A wants to send datagram to B and Brsquos MAC address not in Arsquos ARP table
A broadcasts ARP query packet containing Bs IP address
Dest MAC address = FF-FF-FF-FF-FF-FF
all machines on LAN receive ARP query
B receives ARP packet replies to A with its (Bs) MAC address
frame sent to Arsquos MAC address (unicast)
A caches (saves) IP-to-MAC address pair in its ARP table until information becomes old (times out)
soft state information that times out (goes away) unless refreshed
ARP is ldquoplug-and-playrdquo nodes create their ARP
tables without intervention from net administrator
5 DataLink Layer 5-36
Routing to another LANwalkthrough send datagram from A to B via R
assume A knowrsquos Brsquos IP address
Two ARP tables in router R one for each IP network (LAN)
A
RB
5 DataLink Layer 5-37
A creates datagram with source A destination B A uses ARP to get Rrsquos MAC address for 111111111110 A creates link-layer frame with Rs MAC address as dest
frame contains A-to-B IP datagram Arsquos adapter sends frame Rrsquos adapter receives frame R removes IP datagram from Ethernet frame sees itrsquos
destined to B R uses ARP to get Brsquos MAC address R creates frame containing A-to-B IP datagram sends to B
A
RB
5 DataLink Layer 5-38
Ethernetldquodominantrdquo wired LAN technology cheap $20 for 100Mbs first widely used LAN technology Simpler cheaper than token LANs and ATM Kept up with speed race 10 Mbps ndash 10 Gbps
Metcalfersquos Ethernetsketch
5 DataLink Layer 5-39
Star topology Bus topology popular through mid 90s Now star topology prevails Connection choices hub or switch (more later)
hub orswitch
5 DataLink Layer 5-40
Ethernet Frame StructureSending adapter encapsulates IP datagram (or other
network layer protocol packet) in Ethernet frame
Preamble 7 bytes with pattern 10101010 followed by one
byte with pattern 10101011 used to synchronize receiver sender clock rates
5 DataLink Layer 5-41
Ethernet Frame Structure (more) Addresses 6 bytes
if adapter receives frame with matching destination address or with broadcast address (eg ARP packet) it passes data in frame to net-layer protocol
otherwise adapter discards frame Type 2 bytes indicates the higher (network)
layer protocol (commonly IP but may also be ARP Novell IPX and AppleTalk etc)
CRC 4 bytes checked at receiver if error is detected the frame is simply dropped
5 DataLink Layer 5-42
Unreliable connectionless service
Connectionless No handshaking between sending and receiving adapter
Unreliable receiving adapter doesnrsquot send acks or nacks to sending adapter
stream of datagrams passed to network layer can have gaps
gaps will be filled if app is using TCP otherwise app will see the gaps
5 DataLink Layer 5-43
Ethernet uses CSMACD
No slots adapter doesnrsquot transmit
if it senses that some other adapter is transmitting that is carrier sense
transmitting adapter aborts when it senses that another adapter is transmitting that is collision detection
Before attempting a retransmission adapter waits a random time that is random access
5 DataLink Layer 5-44
Ethernet CSMACD algorithm1 Adapter receives
datagram from net layer amp creates frame
2 If adapter senses channel idle it starts to transmit frame If it senses channel busy waits until channel idle and then transmits
3 If adapter transmits entire frame without detecting another transmission the adapter is done with frame
4 If adapter detects another transmission while transmitting aborts and sends 48-bit jam signal
5 After aborting adapter enters exponential backoff after the mthcollision adapter chooses a K at random from 012hellip2m-1 Adapter waits K512 bit times and returns to Step 2
5 DataLink Layer 5-45
Frame Size limitations for Ethernet Minimum Frame size (Fmin)
For proper collision detectionFmin = Min frame sizeR = Ethernetrsquos transmission rate
eg 10 Mbsdmax = max Ethernet segment
lengthS = Propagation speed (2x108
ms)FminR ge 2dmaxS
Maximum Frame Size (Fmax)For fairness among competing nodes
Fmin=64 Bytes Fmax=1500 Bytes
A Bd
2dS
tim
e
Arsquos frame
Brsquos frame
Arsquos frame in yellowBrsquos frame in green
For proper collision detection Arsquos frame should last at least until Brsquos frame reaches A
5 DataLink Layer 5-46
Ethernetrsquos CSMACD (more)Jam Signal make sure all
other transmitters are aware of collision 48 bits
Random retransmission delayK 512 bit transmission times where K is randomly selected bit time is 01 microsec for 10 Mbps and 001 microsec for 100 Mbps Ethernet
Exponential Backoff Goal adapt retransmission
attempts to estimated current load
heavy load random wait will be longer
first collision choose K from 01 delay is K 512 bit transmission times
after second collision choose K from 0123hellip
after ten collisions choose K from 01234hellip1023
for max value of K=1023 wait time is about 50 msec for 10 Mbps 5 msec for 100 Mbps Ethernet
Seeinteract with Javaapplet on AWL Web sitehighly recommended
5 DataLink Layer 5-47
CSMACD efficiency
tprop = max prop between 2 nodes in LAN ttrans = time to transmit max-size frame
Efficiency goes to 1 as tprop goes to 0 Goes to 1 as ttrans goes to infinity Much better than ALOHA but still decentralized
simple and cheap
1efficiency1 5 prop transt t
asymp+
5 DataLink Layer 5-48
10BaseT and 100BaseT 10100 Mbps rates T stands for Twisted Pair Base stands for Baseband (unmodulated) Nodes connect to a hub ldquostar topologyrdquo 100 m
max distance between nodes and hub
twisted pair
hub
5 DataLink Layer 5-49
HubsHubs are essentially physical-layer repeaters
bits coming from one link go out all other links at the same rate no frame buffering no CSMACD at hub adapters detect collisions provides net management functionality
twisted pair
hub
5 DataLink Layer 5-50
Gbit Ethernet
uses standard Ethernet frame format allows for point-to-point links and shared
broadcast channels in shared mode CSMACD is used short
distances between nodes required for efficiency
Full-Duplex at 1 Gbps for point-to-point links
10 Gbps now
5 DataLink Layer 5-51
Interconnecting with hubs Backbone hub interconnects LAN segments Extends max distance between nodes But individual segment collision domains become one
large collision domain Canrsquot interconnect 10BaseT amp 100BaseT
hub hub hub
hub
5 DataLink Layer 5-52
Switch Link layer device
stores and forwards Ethernet frames examines frame header and selectively
forwards frame based on MAC dest address when frame is to be forwarded on segment
uses CSMACD to access segment transparent
hosts are unaware of presence of switches plug-and-play self-learning
switches do not need to be configured
5 DataLink Layer 5-53
Forwarding
bull How do determine onto which LAN segment to forward framebull Looks like a routing problem
hub hubhub
switch1
2 3
5 DataLink Layer 5-54
Self learning
A switch has a switch table entry in switch table
(MAC Address Interface Time Stamp) stale entries in table dropped (TTL can be 60 min)
switch learns which hosts can be reached through which interfaces when frame received switch ldquolearnsrdquo location of
sender incoming LAN segment records senderlocation pair in switch table
5 DataLink Layer 5-55
FilteringForwardingWhen switch receives a frame
index switch table using MAC dest addressif entry found for destination
thenif dest on segment from which frame arrived
then drop the frameelse forward the frame on interface indicated
else flood
forward on all but the interface on which the frame arrived
5 DataLink Layer 5-56
Switch exampleSuppose C sends frame to D
Switch receives frame from from C notes in bridge table that C is on interface 1 because D is not in table switch forwards frame into
interfaces 2 and 3 frame received by D
hub hub hub
switch
A
B CD
EF G H
I
address interfaceABEG
1123
12 3
5 DataLink Layer 5-57
Switch exampleSuppose C sends frame to D
Switch receives frame from from C notes in bridge table that C is on interface 1 because D is not in table switch forwards frame into
interfaces 2 and 3 frame received by D
hub hub hub
switch
A
B CD
EF G H
I
address interfaceABEGC
11231
12 3
5 DataLink Layer 5-58
Switch exampleSuppose D replies back with frame to C
Switch receives frame from from D notes in bridge table that D is on interface 2 because C is in table switch forwards frame only to
interface 1 frame received by C
hub hub hub
switch
A
B CD
EF G H
I
address interfaceABEGC
11231
12 3
5 DataLink Layer 5-59
Switch exampleSuppose D replies back with frame to C
Switch receives frame from from D notes in bridge table that D is on interface 2 because C is in table switch forwards frame only to
interface 1 frame received by C
hub hub hub
switch
A
B CD
EF G H
I
address interfaceABEGCD
112312
12 3
5 DataLink Layer 5-60
Switch traffic isolation switch installation breaks subnet into LAN
segments switch filters packets
same-LAN-segment frames not usually forwarded onto other LAN segments
segments become separate collision domains
hub hub hub
switch
collision domain collision domain
collision domain
5 DataLink Layer 5-61
Switches dedicated access Switch with many
interfaces Hosts have direct
connection to switch No collisions full duplex
Switching A-to-Arsquo and B-to-Brsquo simultaneously no collisions
combinations of shareddedicated 101001000 Mbps interfaces possible
switch
A
Arsquo
B
Brsquo
C
Crsquo
5 DataLink Layer 5-62
Institutional network
hub hubhub
switch
to externalnetwork
router
IP subnet
mail server
web server
5 DataLink Layer 5-63
Switches vs Routers both store-and-forward devices
routers network layer devices (examine network layer headers)
switches are link layer devices routers maintain routing tables implement routing
algorithms switches maintain switch tables implement
filtering learning algorithms
5 DataLink Layer 5-64
Summary comparison
hubs routers switches
traffic isolation
no yes yes
plug amp play yes no yes
optimal routing
no yes no
5 DataLink Layer 5-65
VLANs motivation
What happens if CS user moves office to EE
but wants connect to CS switch
single broadcast domain all layer-2 broadcast
traffic (ARP DHCP) crosses entire LAN (securityprivacy efficiency issues)
each lowest level switch has only few ports in use
Computer Science Electrical
EngineeringComputerEngineering
Whatrsquos wrong with this picture
5 DataLink Layer 5-66
VLANs Port-based VLAN switch ports grouped (by switch management software) so that single physical switch helliphellip
Switch(es) supporting VLAN capabilities can be configured to define multiple virtual LANS over single physical LAN infrastructure
Virtual Local Area Network
1
8
9
16102
7
hellip
Electrical Engineering(VLAN ports 1-8)
Computer Science(VLAN ports 9-15)
15
hellip
Electrical Engineering(VLAN ports 1-8)
hellip
1
82
7 9
1610
15
hellip
Computer Science(VLAN ports 9-16)
hellip operates as multiple virtual switches
5 DataLink Layer 5-67
Port-based VLAN
1
8
9
16102
7
hellip
Electrical Engineering(VLAN ports 1-8)
Computer Science(VLAN ports 9-15)
15
hellip
traffic isolation frames tofrom ports 1-8 can only reach ports 1-8
can also define VLAN based on MAC addresses of endpoints rather than switch port
dynamic membershipports can be dynamically assigned among VLANs
router
forwarding between VLANSdone via routing (just as with separate switches)
in practice vendors sell combined switches plus routers
5 DataLink Layer 5-68
VLANS spanning multiple switches
trunk port carries frames between VLANS defined over multiple physical switches
frames forwarded within VLAN between switches canrsquot be vanilla 8021 frames (must carry VLAN ID info)
8021q protocol addsremoves additional header fields for frames forwarded between trunk ports
1
8
9
102
7
hellip
Electrical Engineering(VLAN ports 1-8)
Computer Science(VLAN ports 9-15)
15
hellip
2
73
Ports 235 belong to EE VLANPorts 4678 belong to CS VLAN
5
4 6 816
1
5 DataLink Layer 5-69
Type
2-byte Tag Protocol Identifier(value 81-00)
Tag Control Information (12 bit VLAN ID field 3 bit priority field like IP TOS)
Recomputed CRC
8021Q VLAN frame format
8021 frame
8021Q frame
5 DataLink Layer 5-70
Chapter 6 Wireless and Mobile Networks
Background wireless (mobile) phone subscribers now
exceeds wired phone subscribers computer nets laptops palmtops PDAs
Internet-enabled phone promise anytime untethered Internet access
two important (but different) challenges wireless communication over wireless link mobility handling the mobile user who changes point
of attachment to network
5 DataLink Layer 5-71
Elements of a wireless network
network infrastructure
wireless hosts laptop PDA IP phone run applications may be stationary
(non-mobile) or mobile wireless does not
always mean mobility
5 DataLink Layer 5-72
Elements of a wireless network
network infrastructure
base station typically connected to
wired network relay - responsible
for sending packets between wired network and wireless host(s) in its ldquoareardquo
eg cell towers 80211 access points
5 DataLink Layer 5-73
Elements of a wireless network
network infrastructure
wireless link typically used to
connect mobile(s) to base station
also used as backbone link
multiple access protocol coordinates link access
various data rates transmission distance
5 DataLink Layer 5-74
Characteristics of selected wireless link standards
Indoor10-30m
Outdoor50-200m
Mid-rangeoutdoor
200m ndash 4 Km
Long-rangeoutdoor
5Km ndash 20 Km
056
384
1
4
5-11
54
IS-95 CDMA GSM 2G
UMTSWCDMA CDMA2000 3G
80215
80211b
80211ag
UMTSWCDMA-HSPDA CDMA2000-1xEVDO 3G cellularenhanced
80216 (WiMAX)
80211ag point-to-point
200 80211n
Dat
a ra
te (M
bps) data
5 DataLink Layer 5-75
Elements of a wireless network
network infrastructure
infrastructure mode base station connects
mobiles into wired network
handoff mobile changes base station providing connection into wired network
5 DataLink Layer 5-76
Elements of a wireless networkad hoc mode no base stations nodes can only
transmit to other nodes within link coverage
nodes organize themselves into a network route among themselves
5 DataLink Layer 5-77
Wireless network taxonomy
single hop multiple hops
infrastructure(eg APs)
noinfrastructure
host connects to base station (WiFiWiMAX cellular) which connects to
larger Internet
no base station noconnection to larger Internet (Bluetooth
ad hoc nets)
host may have torelay through several
wireless nodes to connect to larger
Internet mesh net
no base station noconnection to larger
Internet May have torelay to reach other a given wireless node
MANET VANET
5 DataLink Layer 5-78
Wireless Link Characteristics (1)Differences from wired link hellip
decreased signal strength radio signal attenuates as it propagates through matter (path loss)
interference from other sources standardized wireless network frequencies (eg 24 GHz) shared by other devices (eg phone) devices (motors) interfere as well
multipath propagation radio signal reflects off objects arriving at destination at slightly different times
hellip make communication across (even a point to point) wireless link much more ldquodifficultrdquo
5 DataLink Layer 5-79
Wireless Link Characteristics (2) SNR signal-to-noise ratio
larger SNR ndash easier to extract signal from noise (a ldquogood thingrdquo)
SNR versus BER tradeoffs given physical layer
increase power -gt increase SNR-gtdecrease BER
given SNR choose physical layer that meets BER requirement giving highest thruput
bull SNR may change with mobility dynamically adapt physical layer (modulation technique rate)
10 20 30 40
QAM256 (8 Mbps)
QAM16 (4 Mbps)
BPSK (1 Mbps)
SNR(dB)B
ER
10-1
10-2
10-3
10-5
10-6
10-7
10-4
5 DataLink Layer 5-80
Wireless network characteristicsMultiple wireless senders and receivers create
additional problems (beyond multiple access)
AB
C
Hidden terminal problem B A hear each other B C hear each other A C can not hear each othermeans A C unaware of their
interference at B
A B C
Arsquos signalstrength
space
Crsquos signalstrength
Signal attenuation B A hear each other B C hear each other A C can not hear each other
interfering at B
5 DataLink Layer 5-81
IEEE 80211 Wireless LAN 80211b
24-5 GHz unlicensed spectrum up to 11 Mbps direct sequence spread
spectrum (DSSS) in physical layer
bull all hosts use same chipping code
80211a 5-6 GHz range up to 54 Mbps
80211g 24-5 GHz range up to 54 Mbps
80211n multiple antennae 24-5 GHz range up to 200 Mbps
all use CSMACA for multiple access all have base-station and ad-hoc network versions
5 DataLink Layer 5-82
80211 LAN architecture
wireless host communicates with base station
base station = access point (AP)
Basic Service Set (BSS)(aka ldquocellrdquo) in infrastructure mode contains
wireless hosts access point (AP) base
station ad hoc mode hosts only
BSS 1
BSS 2
Internet
hub switchor routerAP
AP
5 DataLink Layer 5-83
80211 Channels association
80211b 24GHz-2485GHz spectrum divided into 11 channels at different frequencies AP admin chooses frequency for AP interference possible channel can be same as
that chosen by neighboring AP host must associate with an AP
scans channels listening for beacon framescontaining APrsquos name (SSID) and MAC address
selects AP to associate with may perform authentication [Chapter 8] will typically run DHCP to get IP address in APrsquos
subnet
5 DataLink Layer 5-84
80211 passiveactive scanning
AP 2AP 1
H1
BBS 2BBS 1
122
3 4
Active Scanning (1) probe request frame broadcast
from H1(2) probe response frame sent from
APs(3) association request frame sent
H1 to selected AP (4) association response frame sent
H1 to selected AP
AP 2AP 1
H1
BBS 2BBS 1
12 3
1
Passive Scanning(1) beacon frames sent from APs(2) association request frame sent H1
to selected AP (3) association response frame sent
H1 to selected AP
5 DataLink Layer 5-85
IEEE 80211 multiple access avoid collisions 2+ nodes transmitting at same time 80211 CSMA - sense before transmitting
donrsquot collide with ongoing transmission by other node 80211 no collision detection
difficult to receive (sense collisions) when transmitting due to weak received signals (fading)
canrsquot sense all collisions in any case hidden terminal fading goal avoid collisions CSMAC(ollision)A(voidance)
AB
CA B C
Arsquos signalstrength
space
Crsquos signalstrength
5 DataLink Layer 5-86
IEEE 80211 MAC Protocol CSMACA
80211 sender1 if sense channel idle for DIFS then
transmit entire frame (no CD)2 if sense channel busy then
start random backoff timetimer counts down while channel idletransmit when timer expiresif no ACK increase random backoff
interval repeat 280211 receiver- if frame received OK
return ACK after SIFS (ACK needed due to hidden terminal problem)
sender receiver
DIFS
data
SIFS
ACK
5 DataLink Layer 5-87
Avoiding collisions (more)idea allow sender to ldquoreserverdquo channel rather than random
access of data frames avoid collisions of long data frames sender first transmits small request-to-send (RTS) packets
to BS using CSMA RTSs may still collide with each other (but theyrsquore short)
BS broadcasts clear-to-send CTS in response to RTS CTS heard by all nodes
sender transmits data frame other stations defer transmissions
avoid data frame collisions completely using small reservation packets
5 DataLink Layer 5-88
Collision Avoidance RTS-CTS exchange
APA B
time
RTS(A)RTS(B)
RTS(A)
CTS(A) CTS(A)
DATA (A)
ACK(A) ACK(A)
reservation collision
defer
5 DataLink Layer 5-89
framecontrol duration address
1address
2address
4address
3 payload CRC
2 2 6 6 6 2 6 0 - 2312 4
seqcontrol
80211 frame addressing
Address 2 MAC addressof wireless host or AP transmitting this frame
Address 1 MAC addressof wireless host or AP to receive this frame
Address 3 MAC addressof router interface to which AP is attached
Address 4 used only in ad hoc mode
5 DataLink Layer 5-90
Internetrouter
AP
H1 R1
AP MAC addr H1 MAC addr R1 MAC addraddress 1 address 2 address 3
80211 frame
R1 MAC addr H1 MAC addr dest address source address
8023 frame
80211 frame addressing
5 DataLink Layer 5-91
framecontrol duration address
1address
2address
4address
3 payload CRC
2 2 6 6 6 2 6 0 - 2312 4
seqcontrol
Type FromAPSubtype To
APMore frag WEPMore
dataPower
mgtRetry RsvdProtocolversion
2 2 4 1 1 1 1 1 11 1
80211 frame moreduration of reserved transmission time (RTSCTS)
frame seq (for RDT)
frame type(RTS CTS ACK data)
5 DataLink Layer 5-92
hub or switch
AP 2
AP 1
H1 BBS 2
BBS 1
80211 mobility within same subnet
router H1 remains in same IP subnet IP address can remain same
switch which AP is associated with H1
self-learning (Ch 5) switch will see frame from H1 and ldquorememberrdquo which switch port can be used to reach H1
5 DataLink Layer 5-93
80211 advanced capabilities
Rate Adaptation base station mobile
dynamically change transmission rate (physical layer modulation technique) as mobile moves SNR varies
QAM256 (8 Mbps)QAM16 (4 Mbps)BPSK (1 Mbps)
10 20 30 40SNR(dB)
BE
R
10-1
10-2
10-3
10-5
10-6
10-7
10-4
operating point
1 SNR decreases BER increase as node moves away from base station2 When BER becomes too high switch to lower transmission rate but with lower BER
5 DataLink Layer 5-94
80211 advanced capabilitiesPower Management node-to-AP ldquoI am going to sleep until next
beacon framerdquo AP knows not to transmit frames to this
node node wakes up before next beacon frame
beacon frame contains list of mobiles with AP-to-mobile frames waiting to be sent node will stay awake if AP-to-mobile frames
to be sent otherwise sleep again until next beacon frame
5 DataLink Layer 5-32
LAN Addresses and ARPEach adapter on LAN has unique LAN address
Broadcast address =FF-FF-FF-FF-FF-FF
= adapter
1A-2F-BB-76-09-AD
58-23-D7-FA-20-B0
0C-C4-11-6F-E3-98
71-65-F7-2B-08-53
LAN(wired orwireless)
5 DataLink Layer 5-33
LAN Address (more)
MAC address allocation administered by IEEE manufacturer buys portion of MAC address space
(to assure uniqueness) Analogy
(a) MAC address like Social Security Number(b) IP address like postal address
MAC flat address allows easier portability can move LAN card from one LAN to another
IP hierarchical address NOT portable depends on IP subnet to which node is attached
5 DataLink Layer 5-34
ARP Address Resolution Protocol
Each IP node (Host Router) on LAN has ARP table
ARP Table IPMAC address mappings for some LAN nodes
lt IP address MAC address TTLgt TTL (Time To Live) time
after which address mapping will be forgotten (typically 20 min)
Question how to determineMAC address of Bknowing Brsquos IP address
1A-2F-BB-76-09-AD
58-23-D7-FA-20-B0
0C-C4-11-6F-E3-98
71-65-F7-2B-08-53
LAN
237196723
237196778
237196714
237196788
5 DataLink Layer 5-35
ARP protocol Same LAN (network)
A wants to send datagram to B and Brsquos MAC address not in Arsquos ARP table
A broadcasts ARP query packet containing Bs IP address
Dest MAC address = FF-FF-FF-FF-FF-FF
all machines on LAN receive ARP query
B receives ARP packet replies to A with its (Bs) MAC address
frame sent to Arsquos MAC address (unicast)
A caches (saves) IP-to-MAC address pair in its ARP table until information becomes old (times out)
soft state information that times out (goes away) unless refreshed
ARP is ldquoplug-and-playrdquo nodes create their ARP
tables without intervention from net administrator
5 DataLink Layer 5-36
Routing to another LANwalkthrough send datagram from A to B via R
assume A knowrsquos Brsquos IP address
Two ARP tables in router R one for each IP network (LAN)
A
RB
5 DataLink Layer 5-37
A creates datagram with source A destination B A uses ARP to get Rrsquos MAC address for 111111111110 A creates link-layer frame with Rs MAC address as dest
frame contains A-to-B IP datagram Arsquos adapter sends frame Rrsquos adapter receives frame R removes IP datagram from Ethernet frame sees itrsquos
destined to B R uses ARP to get Brsquos MAC address R creates frame containing A-to-B IP datagram sends to B
A
RB
5 DataLink Layer 5-38
Ethernetldquodominantrdquo wired LAN technology cheap $20 for 100Mbs first widely used LAN technology Simpler cheaper than token LANs and ATM Kept up with speed race 10 Mbps ndash 10 Gbps
Metcalfersquos Ethernetsketch
5 DataLink Layer 5-39
Star topology Bus topology popular through mid 90s Now star topology prevails Connection choices hub or switch (more later)
hub orswitch
5 DataLink Layer 5-40
Ethernet Frame StructureSending adapter encapsulates IP datagram (or other
network layer protocol packet) in Ethernet frame
Preamble 7 bytes with pattern 10101010 followed by one
byte with pattern 10101011 used to synchronize receiver sender clock rates
5 DataLink Layer 5-41
Ethernet Frame Structure (more) Addresses 6 bytes
if adapter receives frame with matching destination address or with broadcast address (eg ARP packet) it passes data in frame to net-layer protocol
otherwise adapter discards frame Type 2 bytes indicates the higher (network)
layer protocol (commonly IP but may also be ARP Novell IPX and AppleTalk etc)
CRC 4 bytes checked at receiver if error is detected the frame is simply dropped
5 DataLink Layer 5-42
Unreliable connectionless service
Connectionless No handshaking between sending and receiving adapter
Unreliable receiving adapter doesnrsquot send acks or nacks to sending adapter
stream of datagrams passed to network layer can have gaps
gaps will be filled if app is using TCP otherwise app will see the gaps
5 DataLink Layer 5-43
Ethernet uses CSMACD
No slots adapter doesnrsquot transmit
if it senses that some other adapter is transmitting that is carrier sense
transmitting adapter aborts when it senses that another adapter is transmitting that is collision detection
Before attempting a retransmission adapter waits a random time that is random access
5 DataLink Layer 5-44
Ethernet CSMACD algorithm1 Adapter receives
datagram from net layer amp creates frame
2 If adapter senses channel idle it starts to transmit frame If it senses channel busy waits until channel idle and then transmits
3 If adapter transmits entire frame without detecting another transmission the adapter is done with frame
4 If adapter detects another transmission while transmitting aborts and sends 48-bit jam signal
5 After aborting adapter enters exponential backoff after the mthcollision adapter chooses a K at random from 012hellip2m-1 Adapter waits K512 bit times and returns to Step 2
5 DataLink Layer 5-45
Frame Size limitations for Ethernet Minimum Frame size (Fmin)
For proper collision detectionFmin = Min frame sizeR = Ethernetrsquos transmission rate
eg 10 Mbsdmax = max Ethernet segment
lengthS = Propagation speed (2x108
ms)FminR ge 2dmaxS
Maximum Frame Size (Fmax)For fairness among competing nodes
Fmin=64 Bytes Fmax=1500 Bytes
A Bd
2dS
tim
e
Arsquos frame
Brsquos frame
Arsquos frame in yellowBrsquos frame in green
For proper collision detection Arsquos frame should last at least until Brsquos frame reaches A
5 DataLink Layer 5-46
Ethernetrsquos CSMACD (more)Jam Signal make sure all
other transmitters are aware of collision 48 bits
Random retransmission delayK 512 bit transmission times where K is randomly selected bit time is 01 microsec for 10 Mbps and 001 microsec for 100 Mbps Ethernet
Exponential Backoff Goal adapt retransmission
attempts to estimated current load
heavy load random wait will be longer
first collision choose K from 01 delay is K 512 bit transmission times
after second collision choose K from 0123hellip
after ten collisions choose K from 01234hellip1023
for max value of K=1023 wait time is about 50 msec for 10 Mbps 5 msec for 100 Mbps Ethernet
Seeinteract with Javaapplet on AWL Web sitehighly recommended
5 DataLink Layer 5-47
CSMACD efficiency
tprop = max prop between 2 nodes in LAN ttrans = time to transmit max-size frame
Efficiency goes to 1 as tprop goes to 0 Goes to 1 as ttrans goes to infinity Much better than ALOHA but still decentralized
simple and cheap
1efficiency1 5 prop transt t
asymp+
5 DataLink Layer 5-48
10BaseT and 100BaseT 10100 Mbps rates T stands for Twisted Pair Base stands for Baseband (unmodulated) Nodes connect to a hub ldquostar topologyrdquo 100 m
max distance between nodes and hub
twisted pair
hub
5 DataLink Layer 5-49
HubsHubs are essentially physical-layer repeaters
bits coming from one link go out all other links at the same rate no frame buffering no CSMACD at hub adapters detect collisions provides net management functionality
twisted pair
hub
5 DataLink Layer 5-50
Gbit Ethernet
uses standard Ethernet frame format allows for point-to-point links and shared
broadcast channels in shared mode CSMACD is used short
distances between nodes required for efficiency
Full-Duplex at 1 Gbps for point-to-point links
10 Gbps now
5 DataLink Layer 5-51
Interconnecting with hubs Backbone hub interconnects LAN segments Extends max distance between nodes But individual segment collision domains become one
large collision domain Canrsquot interconnect 10BaseT amp 100BaseT
hub hub hub
hub
5 DataLink Layer 5-52
Switch Link layer device
stores and forwards Ethernet frames examines frame header and selectively
forwards frame based on MAC dest address when frame is to be forwarded on segment
uses CSMACD to access segment transparent
hosts are unaware of presence of switches plug-and-play self-learning
switches do not need to be configured
5 DataLink Layer 5-53
Forwarding
bull How do determine onto which LAN segment to forward framebull Looks like a routing problem
hub hubhub
switch1
2 3
5 DataLink Layer 5-54
Self learning
A switch has a switch table entry in switch table
(MAC Address Interface Time Stamp) stale entries in table dropped (TTL can be 60 min)
switch learns which hosts can be reached through which interfaces when frame received switch ldquolearnsrdquo location of
sender incoming LAN segment records senderlocation pair in switch table
5 DataLink Layer 5-55
FilteringForwardingWhen switch receives a frame
index switch table using MAC dest addressif entry found for destination
thenif dest on segment from which frame arrived
then drop the frameelse forward the frame on interface indicated
else flood
forward on all but the interface on which the frame arrived
5 DataLink Layer 5-56
Switch exampleSuppose C sends frame to D
Switch receives frame from from C notes in bridge table that C is on interface 1 because D is not in table switch forwards frame into
interfaces 2 and 3 frame received by D
hub hub hub
switch
A
B CD
EF G H
I
address interfaceABEG
1123
12 3
5 DataLink Layer 5-57
Switch exampleSuppose C sends frame to D
Switch receives frame from from C notes in bridge table that C is on interface 1 because D is not in table switch forwards frame into
interfaces 2 and 3 frame received by D
hub hub hub
switch
A
B CD
EF G H
I
address interfaceABEGC
11231
12 3
5 DataLink Layer 5-58
Switch exampleSuppose D replies back with frame to C
Switch receives frame from from D notes in bridge table that D is on interface 2 because C is in table switch forwards frame only to
interface 1 frame received by C
hub hub hub
switch
A
B CD
EF G H
I
address interfaceABEGC
11231
12 3
5 DataLink Layer 5-59
Switch exampleSuppose D replies back with frame to C
Switch receives frame from from D notes in bridge table that D is on interface 2 because C is in table switch forwards frame only to
interface 1 frame received by C
hub hub hub
switch
A
B CD
EF G H
I
address interfaceABEGCD
112312
12 3
5 DataLink Layer 5-60
Switch traffic isolation switch installation breaks subnet into LAN
segments switch filters packets
same-LAN-segment frames not usually forwarded onto other LAN segments
segments become separate collision domains
hub hub hub
switch
collision domain collision domain
collision domain
5 DataLink Layer 5-61
Switches dedicated access Switch with many
interfaces Hosts have direct
connection to switch No collisions full duplex
Switching A-to-Arsquo and B-to-Brsquo simultaneously no collisions
combinations of shareddedicated 101001000 Mbps interfaces possible
switch
A
Arsquo
B
Brsquo
C
Crsquo
5 DataLink Layer 5-62
Institutional network
hub hubhub
switch
to externalnetwork
router
IP subnet
mail server
web server
5 DataLink Layer 5-63
Switches vs Routers both store-and-forward devices
routers network layer devices (examine network layer headers)
switches are link layer devices routers maintain routing tables implement routing
algorithms switches maintain switch tables implement
filtering learning algorithms
5 DataLink Layer 5-64
Summary comparison
hubs routers switches
traffic isolation
no yes yes
plug amp play yes no yes
optimal routing
no yes no
5 DataLink Layer 5-65
VLANs motivation
What happens if CS user moves office to EE
but wants connect to CS switch
single broadcast domain all layer-2 broadcast
traffic (ARP DHCP) crosses entire LAN (securityprivacy efficiency issues)
each lowest level switch has only few ports in use
Computer Science Electrical
EngineeringComputerEngineering
Whatrsquos wrong with this picture
5 DataLink Layer 5-66
VLANs Port-based VLAN switch ports grouped (by switch management software) so that single physical switch helliphellip
Switch(es) supporting VLAN capabilities can be configured to define multiple virtual LANS over single physical LAN infrastructure
Virtual Local Area Network
1
8
9
16102
7
hellip
Electrical Engineering(VLAN ports 1-8)
Computer Science(VLAN ports 9-15)
15
hellip
Electrical Engineering(VLAN ports 1-8)
hellip
1
82
7 9
1610
15
hellip
Computer Science(VLAN ports 9-16)
hellip operates as multiple virtual switches
5 DataLink Layer 5-67
Port-based VLAN
1
8
9
16102
7
hellip
Electrical Engineering(VLAN ports 1-8)
Computer Science(VLAN ports 9-15)
15
hellip
traffic isolation frames tofrom ports 1-8 can only reach ports 1-8
can also define VLAN based on MAC addresses of endpoints rather than switch port
dynamic membershipports can be dynamically assigned among VLANs
router
forwarding between VLANSdone via routing (just as with separate switches)
in practice vendors sell combined switches plus routers
5 DataLink Layer 5-68
VLANS spanning multiple switches
trunk port carries frames between VLANS defined over multiple physical switches
frames forwarded within VLAN between switches canrsquot be vanilla 8021 frames (must carry VLAN ID info)
8021q protocol addsremoves additional header fields for frames forwarded between trunk ports
1
8
9
102
7
hellip
Electrical Engineering(VLAN ports 1-8)
Computer Science(VLAN ports 9-15)
15
hellip
2
73
Ports 235 belong to EE VLANPorts 4678 belong to CS VLAN
5
4 6 816
1
5 DataLink Layer 5-69
Type
2-byte Tag Protocol Identifier(value 81-00)
Tag Control Information (12 bit VLAN ID field 3 bit priority field like IP TOS)
Recomputed CRC
8021Q VLAN frame format
8021 frame
8021Q frame
5 DataLink Layer 5-70
Chapter 6 Wireless and Mobile Networks
Background wireless (mobile) phone subscribers now
exceeds wired phone subscribers computer nets laptops palmtops PDAs
Internet-enabled phone promise anytime untethered Internet access
two important (but different) challenges wireless communication over wireless link mobility handling the mobile user who changes point
of attachment to network
5 DataLink Layer 5-71
Elements of a wireless network
network infrastructure
wireless hosts laptop PDA IP phone run applications may be stationary
(non-mobile) or mobile wireless does not
always mean mobility
5 DataLink Layer 5-72
Elements of a wireless network
network infrastructure
base station typically connected to
wired network relay - responsible
for sending packets between wired network and wireless host(s) in its ldquoareardquo
eg cell towers 80211 access points
5 DataLink Layer 5-73
Elements of a wireless network
network infrastructure
wireless link typically used to
connect mobile(s) to base station
also used as backbone link
multiple access protocol coordinates link access
various data rates transmission distance
5 DataLink Layer 5-74
Characteristics of selected wireless link standards
Indoor10-30m
Outdoor50-200m
Mid-rangeoutdoor
200m ndash 4 Km
Long-rangeoutdoor
5Km ndash 20 Km
056
384
1
4
5-11
54
IS-95 CDMA GSM 2G
UMTSWCDMA CDMA2000 3G
80215
80211b
80211ag
UMTSWCDMA-HSPDA CDMA2000-1xEVDO 3G cellularenhanced
80216 (WiMAX)
80211ag point-to-point
200 80211n
Dat
a ra
te (M
bps) data
5 DataLink Layer 5-75
Elements of a wireless network
network infrastructure
infrastructure mode base station connects
mobiles into wired network
handoff mobile changes base station providing connection into wired network
5 DataLink Layer 5-76
Elements of a wireless networkad hoc mode no base stations nodes can only
transmit to other nodes within link coverage
nodes organize themselves into a network route among themselves
5 DataLink Layer 5-77
Wireless network taxonomy
single hop multiple hops
infrastructure(eg APs)
noinfrastructure
host connects to base station (WiFiWiMAX cellular) which connects to
larger Internet
no base station noconnection to larger Internet (Bluetooth
ad hoc nets)
host may have torelay through several
wireless nodes to connect to larger
Internet mesh net
no base station noconnection to larger
Internet May have torelay to reach other a given wireless node
MANET VANET
5 DataLink Layer 5-78
Wireless Link Characteristics (1)Differences from wired link hellip
decreased signal strength radio signal attenuates as it propagates through matter (path loss)
interference from other sources standardized wireless network frequencies (eg 24 GHz) shared by other devices (eg phone) devices (motors) interfere as well
multipath propagation radio signal reflects off objects arriving at destination at slightly different times
hellip make communication across (even a point to point) wireless link much more ldquodifficultrdquo
5 DataLink Layer 5-79
Wireless Link Characteristics (2) SNR signal-to-noise ratio
larger SNR ndash easier to extract signal from noise (a ldquogood thingrdquo)
SNR versus BER tradeoffs given physical layer
increase power -gt increase SNR-gtdecrease BER
given SNR choose physical layer that meets BER requirement giving highest thruput
bull SNR may change with mobility dynamically adapt physical layer (modulation technique rate)
10 20 30 40
QAM256 (8 Mbps)
QAM16 (4 Mbps)
BPSK (1 Mbps)
SNR(dB)B
ER
10-1
10-2
10-3
10-5
10-6
10-7
10-4
5 DataLink Layer 5-80
Wireless network characteristicsMultiple wireless senders and receivers create
additional problems (beyond multiple access)
AB
C
Hidden terminal problem B A hear each other B C hear each other A C can not hear each othermeans A C unaware of their
interference at B
A B C
Arsquos signalstrength
space
Crsquos signalstrength
Signal attenuation B A hear each other B C hear each other A C can not hear each other
interfering at B
5 DataLink Layer 5-81
IEEE 80211 Wireless LAN 80211b
24-5 GHz unlicensed spectrum up to 11 Mbps direct sequence spread
spectrum (DSSS) in physical layer
bull all hosts use same chipping code
80211a 5-6 GHz range up to 54 Mbps
80211g 24-5 GHz range up to 54 Mbps
80211n multiple antennae 24-5 GHz range up to 200 Mbps
all use CSMACA for multiple access all have base-station and ad-hoc network versions
5 DataLink Layer 5-82
80211 LAN architecture
wireless host communicates with base station
base station = access point (AP)
Basic Service Set (BSS)(aka ldquocellrdquo) in infrastructure mode contains
wireless hosts access point (AP) base
station ad hoc mode hosts only
BSS 1
BSS 2
Internet
hub switchor routerAP
AP
5 DataLink Layer 5-83
80211 Channels association
80211b 24GHz-2485GHz spectrum divided into 11 channels at different frequencies AP admin chooses frequency for AP interference possible channel can be same as
that chosen by neighboring AP host must associate with an AP
scans channels listening for beacon framescontaining APrsquos name (SSID) and MAC address
selects AP to associate with may perform authentication [Chapter 8] will typically run DHCP to get IP address in APrsquos
subnet
5 DataLink Layer 5-84
80211 passiveactive scanning
AP 2AP 1
H1
BBS 2BBS 1
122
3 4
Active Scanning (1) probe request frame broadcast
from H1(2) probe response frame sent from
APs(3) association request frame sent
H1 to selected AP (4) association response frame sent
H1 to selected AP
AP 2AP 1
H1
BBS 2BBS 1
12 3
1
Passive Scanning(1) beacon frames sent from APs(2) association request frame sent H1
to selected AP (3) association response frame sent
H1 to selected AP
5 DataLink Layer 5-85
IEEE 80211 multiple access avoid collisions 2+ nodes transmitting at same time 80211 CSMA - sense before transmitting
donrsquot collide with ongoing transmission by other node 80211 no collision detection
difficult to receive (sense collisions) when transmitting due to weak received signals (fading)
canrsquot sense all collisions in any case hidden terminal fading goal avoid collisions CSMAC(ollision)A(voidance)
AB
CA B C
Arsquos signalstrength
space
Crsquos signalstrength
5 DataLink Layer 5-86
IEEE 80211 MAC Protocol CSMACA
80211 sender1 if sense channel idle for DIFS then
transmit entire frame (no CD)2 if sense channel busy then
start random backoff timetimer counts down while channel idletransmit when timer expiresif no ACK increase random backoff
interval repeat 280211 receiver- if frame received OK
return ACK after SIFS (ACK needed due to hidden terminal problem)
sender receiver
DIFS
data
SIFS
ACK
5 DataLink Layer 5-87
Avoiding collisions (more)idea allow sender to ldquoreserverdquo channel rather than random
access of data frames avoid collisions of long data frames sender first transmits small request-to-send (RTS) packets
to BS using CSMA RTSs may still collide with each other (but theyrsquore short)
BS broadcasts clear-to-send CTS in response to RTS CTS heard by all nodes
sender transmits data frame other stations defer transmissions
avoid data frame collisions completely using small reservation packets
5 DataLink Layer 5-88
Collision Avoidance RTS-CTS exchange
APA B
time
RTS(A)RTS(B)
RTS(A)
CTS(A) CTS(A)
DATA (A)
ACK(A) ACK(A)
reservation collision
defer
5 DataLink Layer 5-89
framecontrol duration address
1address
2address
4address
3 payload CRC
2 2 6 6 6 2 6 0 - 2312 4
seqcontrol
80211 frame addressing
Address 2 MAC addressof wireless host or AP transmitting this frame
Address 1 MAC addressof wireless host or AP to receive this frame
Address 3 MAC addressof router interface to which AP is attached
Address 4 used only in ad hoc mode
5 DataLink Layer 5-90
Internetrouter
AP
H1 R1
AP MAC addr H1 MAC addr R1 MAC addraddress 1 address 2 address 3
80211 frame
R1 MAC addr H1 MAC addr dest address source address
8023 frame
80211 frame addressing
5 DataLink Layer 5-91
framecontrol duration address
1address
2address
4address
3 payload CRC
2 2 6 6 6 2 6 0 - 2312 4
seqcontrol
Type FromAPSubtype To
APMore frag WEPMore
dataPower
mgtRetry RsvdProtocolversion
2 2 4 1 1 1 1 1 11 1
80211 frame moreduration of reserved transmission time (RTSCTS)
frame seq (for RDT)
frame type(RTS CTS ACK data)
5 DataLink Layer 5-92
hub or switch
AP 2
AP 1
H1 BBS 2
BBS 1
80211 mobility within same subnet
router H1 remains in same IP subnet IP address can remain same
switch which AP is associated with H1
self-learning (Ch 5) switch will see frame from H1 and ldquorememberrdquo which switch port can be used to reach H1
5 DataLink Layer 5-93
80211 advanced capabilities
Rate Adaptation base station mobile
dynamically change transmission rate (physical layer modulation technique) as mobile moves SNR varies
QAM256 (8 Mbps)QAM16 (4 Mbps)BPSK (1 Mbps)
10 20 30 40SNR(dB)
BE
R
10-1
10-2
10-3
10-5
10-6
10-7
10-4
operating point
1 SNR decreases BER increase as node moves away from base station2 When BER becomes too high switch to lower transmission rate but with lower BER
5 DataLink Layer 5-94
80211 advanced capabilitiesPower Management node-to-AP ldquoI am going to sleep until next
beacon framerdquo AP knows not to transmit frames to this
node node wakes up before next beacon frame
beacon frame contains list of mobiles with AP-to-mobile frames waiting to be sent node will stay awake if AP-to-mobile frames
to be sent otherwise sleep again until next beacon frame
5 DataLink Layer 5-33
LAN Address (more)
MAC address allocation administered by IEEE manufacturer buys portion of MAC address space
(to assure uniqueness) Analogy
(a) MAC address like Social Security Number(b) IP address like postal address
MAC flat address allows easier portability can move LAN card from one LAN to another
IP hierarchical address NOT portable depends on IP subnet to which node is attached
5 DataLink Layer 5-34
ARP Address Resolution Protocol
Each IP node (Host Router) on LAN has ARP table
ARP Table IPMAC address mappings for some LAN nodes
lt IP address MAC address TTLgt TTL (Time To Live) time
after which address mapping will be forgotten (typically 20 min)
Question how to determineMAC address of Bknowing Brsquos IP address
1A-2F-BB-76-09-AD
58-23-D7-FA-20-B0
0C-C4-11-6F-E3-98
71-65-F7-2B-08-53
LAN
237196723
237196778
237196714
237196788
5 DataLink Layer 5-35
ARP protocol Same LAN (network)
A wants to send datagram to B and Brsquos MAC address not in Arsquos ARP table
A broadcasts ARP query packet containing Bs IP address
Dest MAC address = FF-FF-FF-FF-FF-FF
all machines on LAN receive ARP query
B receives ARP packet replies to A with its (Bs) MAC address
frame sent to Arsquos MAC address (unicast)
A caches (saves) IP-to-MAC address pair in its ARP table until information becomes old (times out)
soft state information that times out (goes away) unless refreshed
ARP is ldquoplug-and-playrdquo nodes create their ARP
tables without intervention from net administrator
5 DataLink Layer 5-36
Routing to another LANwalkthrough send datagram from A to B via R
assume A knowrsquos Brsquos IP address
Two ARP tables in router R one for each IP network (LAN)
A
RB
5 DataLink Layer 5-37
A creates datagram with source A destination B A uses ARP to get Rrsquos MAC address for 111111111110 A creates link-layer frame with Rs MAC address as dest
frame contains A-to-B IP datagram Arsquos adapter sends frame Rrsquos adapter receives frame R removes IP datagram from Ethernet frame sees itrsquos
destined to B R uses ARP to get Brsquos MAC address R creates frame containing A-to-B IP datagram sends to B
A
RB
5 DataLink Layer 5-38
Ethernetldquodominantrdquo wired LAN technology cheap $20 for 100Mbs first widely used LAN technology Simpler cheaper than token LANs and ATM Kept up with speed race 10 Mbps ndash 10 Gbps
Metcalfersquos Ethernetsketch
5 DataLink Layer 5-39
Star topology Bus topology popular through mid 90s Now star topology prevails Connection choices hub or switch (more later)
hub orswitch
5 DataLink Layer 5-40
Ethernet Frame StructureSending adapter encapsulates IP datagram (or other
network layer protocol packet) in Ethernet frame
Preamble 7 bytes with pattern 10101010 followed by one
byte with pattern 10101011 used to synchronize receiver sender clock rates
5 DataLink Layer 5-41
Ethernet Frame Structure (more) Addresses 6 bytes
if adapter receives frame with matching destination address or with broadcast address (eg ARP packet) it passes data in frame to net-layer protocol
otherwise adapter discards frame Type 2 bytes indicates the higher (network)
layer protocol (commonly IP but may also be ARP Novell IPX and AppleTalk etc)
CRC 4 bytes checked at receiver if error is detected the frame is simply dropped
5 DataLink Layer 5-42
Unreliable connectionless service
Connectionless No handshaking between sending and receiving adapter
Unreliable receiving adapter doesnrsquot send acks or nacks to sending adapter
stream of datagrams passed to network layer can have gaps
gaps will be filled if app is using TCP otherwise app will see the gaps
5 DataLink Layer 5-43
Ethernet uses CSMACD
No slots adapter doesnrsquot transmit
if it senses that some other adapter is transmitting that is carrier sense
transmitting adapter aborts when it senses that another adapter is transmitting that is collision detection
Before attempting a retransmission adapter waits a random time that is random access
5 DataLink Layer 5-44
Ethernet CSMACD algorithm1 Adapter receives
datagram from net layer amp creates frame
2 If adapter senses channel idle it starts to transmit frame If it senses channel busy waits until channel idle and then transmits
3 If adapter transmits entire frame without detecting another transmission the adapter is done with frame
4 If adapter detects another transmission while transmitting aborts and sends 48-bit jam signal
5 After aborting adapter enters exponential backoff after the mthcollision adapter chooses a K at random from 012hellip2m-1 Adapter waits K512 bit times and returns to Step 2
5 DataLink Layer 5-45
Frame Size limitations for Ethernet Minimum Frame size (Fmin)
For proper collision detectionFmin = Min frame sizeR = Ethernetrsquos transmission rate
eg 10 Mbsdmax = max Ethernet segment
lengthS = Propagation speed (2x108
ms)FminR ge 2dmaxS
Maximum Frame Size (Fmax)For fairness among competing nodes
Fmin=64 Bytes Fmax=1500 Bytes
A Bd
2dS
tim
e
Arsquos frame
Brsquos frame
Arsquos frame in yellowBrsquos frame in green
For proper collision detection Arsquos frame should last at least until Brsquos frame reaches A
5 DataLink Layer 5-46
Ethernetrsquos CSMACD (more)Jam Signal make sure all
other transmitters are aware of collision 48 bits
Random retransmission delayK 512 bit transmission times where K is randomly selected bit time is 01 microsec for 10 Mbps and 001 microsec for 100 Mbps Ethernet
Exponential Backoff Goal adapt retransmission
attempts to estimated current load
heavy load random wait will be longer
first collision choose K from 01 delay is K 512 bit transmission times
after second collision choose K from 0123hellip
after ten collisions choose K from 01234hellip1023
for max value of K=1023 wait time is about 50 msec for 10 Mbps 5 msec for 100 Mbps Ethernet
Seeinteract with Javaapplet on AWL Web sitehighly recommended
5 DataLink Layer 5-47
CSMACD efficiency
tprop = max prop between 2 nodes in LAN ttrans = time to transmit max-size frame
Efficiency goes to 1 as tprop goes to 0 Goes to 1 as ttrans goes to infinity Much better than ALOHA but still decentralized
simple and cheap
1efficiency1 5 prop transt t
asymp+
5 DataLink Layer 5-48
10BaseT and 100BaseT 10100 Mbps rates T stands for Twisted Pair Base stands for Baseband (unmodulated) Nodes connect to a hub ldquostar topologyrdquo 100 m
max distance between nodes and hub
twisted pair
hub
5 DataLink Layer 5-49
HubsHubs are essentially physical-layer repeaters
bits coming from one link go out all other links at the same rate no frame buffering no CSMACD at hub adapters detect collisions provides net management functionality
twisted pair
hub
5 DataLink Layer 5-50
Gbit Ethernet
uses standard Ethernet frame format allows for point-to-point links and shared
broadcast channels in shared mode CSMACD is used short
distances between nodes required for efficiency
Full-Duplex at 1 Gbps for point-to-point links
10 Gbps now
5 DataLink Layer 5-51
Interconnecting with hubs Backbone hub interconnects LAN segments Extends max distance between nodes But individual segment collision domains become one
large collision domain Canrsquot interconnect 10BaseT amp 100BaseT
hub hub hub
hub
5 DataLink Layer 5-52
Switch Link layer device
stores and forwards Ethernet frames examines frame header and selectively
forwards frame based on MAC dest address when frame is to be forwarded on segment
uses CSMACD to access segment transparent
hosts are unaware of presence of switches plug-and-play self-learning
switches do not need to be configured
5 DataLink Layer 5-53
Forwarding
bull How do determine onto which LAN segment to forward framebull Looks like a routing problem
hub hubhub
switch1
2 3
5 DataLink Layer 5-54
Self learning
A switch has a switch table entry in switch table
(MAC Address Interface Time Stamp) stale entries in table dropped (TTL can be 60 min)
switch learns which hosts can be reached through which interfaces when frame received switch ldquolearnsrdquo location of
sender incoming LAN segment records senderlocation pair in switch table
5 DataLink Layer 5-55
FilteringForwardingWhen switch receives a frame
index switch table using MAC dest addressif entry found for destination
thenif dest on segment from which frame arrived
then drop the frameelse forward the frame on interface indicated
else flood
forward on all but the interface on which the frame arrived
5 DataLink Layer 5-56
Switch exampleSuppose C sends frame to D
Switch receives frame from from C notes in bridge table that C is on interface 1 because D is not in table switch forwards frame into
interfaces 2 and 3 frame received by D
hub hub hub
switch
A
B CD
EF G H
I
address interfaceABEG
1123
12 3
5 DataLink Layer 5-57
Switch exampleSuppose C sends frame to D
Switch receives frame from from C notes in bridge table that C is on interface 1 because D is not in table switch forwards frame into
interfaces 2 and 3 frame received by D
hub hub hub
switch
A
B CD
EF G H
I
address interfaceABEGC
11231
12 3
5 DataLink Layer 5-58
Switch exampleSuppose D replies back with frame to C
Switch receives frame from from D notes in bridge table that D is on interface 2 because C is in table switch forwards frame only to
interface 1 frame received by C
hub hub hub
switch
A
B CD
EF G H
I
address interfaceABEGC
11231
12 3
5 DataLink Layer 5-59
Switch exampleSuppose D replies back with frame to C
Switch receives frame from from D notes in bridge table that D is on interface 2 because C is in table switch forwards frame only to
interface 1 frame received by C
hub hub hub
switch
A
B CD
EF G H
I
address interfaceABEGCD
112312
12 3
5 DataLink Layer 5-60
Switch traffic isolation switch installation breaks subnet into LAN
segments switch filters packets
same-LAN-segment frames not usually forwarded onto other LAN segments
segments become separate collision domains
hub hub hub
switch
collision domain collision domain
collision domain
5 DataLink Layer 5-61
Switches dedicated access Switch with many
interfaces Hosts have direct
connection to switch No collisions full duplex
Switching A-to-Arsquo and B-to-Brsquo simultaneously no collisions
combinations of shareddedicated 101001000 Mbps interfaces possible
switch
A
Arsquo
B
Brsquo
C
Crsquo
5 DataLink Layer 5-62
Institutional network
hub hubhub
switch
to externalnetwork
router
IP subnet
mail server
web server
5 DataLink Layer 5-63
Switches vs Routers both store-and-forward devices
routers network layer devices (examine network layer headers)
switches are link layer devices routers maintain routing tables implement routing
algorithms switches maintain switch tables implement
filtering learning algorithms
5 DataLink Layer 5-64
Summary comparison
hubs routers switches
traffic isolation
no yes yes
plug amp play yes no yes
optimal routing
no yes no
5 DataLink Layer 5-65
VLANs motivation
What happens if CS user moves office to EE
but wants connect to CS switch
single broadcast domain all layer-2 broadcast
traffic (ARP DHCP) crosses entire LAN (securityprivacy efficiency issues)
each lowest level switch has only few ports in use
Computer Science Electrical
EngineeringComputerEngineering
Whatrsquos wrong with this picture
5 DataLink Layer 5-66
VLANs Port-based VLAN switch ports grouped (by switch management software) so that single physical switch helliphellip
Switch(es) supporting VLAN capabilities can be configured to define multiple virtual LANS over single physical LAN infrastructure
Virtual Local Area Network
1
8
9
16102
7
hellip
Electrical Engineering(VLAN ports 1-8)
Computer Science(VLAN ports 9-15)
15
hellip
Electrical Engineering(VLAN ports 1-8)
hellip
1
82
7 9
1610
15
hellip
Computer Science(VLAN ports 9-16)
hellip operates as multiple virtual switches
5 DataLink Layer 5-67
Port-based VLAN
1
8
9
16102
7
hellip
Electrical Engineering(VLAN ports 1-8)
Computer Science(VLAN ports 9-15)
15
hellip
traffic isolation frames tofrom ports 1-8 can only reach ports 1-8
can also define VLAN based on MAC addresses of endpoints rather than switch port
dynamic membershipports can be dynamically assigned among VLANs
router
forwarding between VLANSdone via routing (just as with separate switches)
in practice vendors sell combined switches plus routers
5 DataLink Layer 5-68
VLANS spanning multiple switches
trunk port carries frames between VLANS defined over multiple physical switches
frames forwarded within VLAN between switches canrsquot be vanilla 8021 frames (must carry VLAN ID info)
8021q protocol addsremoves additional header fields for frames forwarded between trunk ports
1
8
9
102
7
hellip
Electrical Engineering(VLAN ports 1-8)
Computer Science(VLAN ports 9-15)
15
hellip
2
73
Ports 235 belong to EE VLANPorts 4678 belong to CS VLAN
5
4 6 816
1
5 DataLink Layer 5-69
Type
2-byte Tag Protocol Identifier(value 81-00)
Tag Control Information (12 bit VLAN ID field 3 bit priority field like IP TOS)
Recomputed CRC
8021Q VLAN frame format
8021 frame
8021Q frame
5 DataLink Layer 5-70
Chapter 6 Wireless and Mobile Networks
Background wireless (mobile) phone subscribers now
exceeds wired phone subscribers computer nets laptops palmtops PDAs
Internet-enabled phone promise anytime untethered Internet access
two important (but different) challenges wireless communication over wireless link mobility handling the mobile user who changes point
of attachment to network
5 DataLink Layer 5-71
Elements of a wireless network
network infrastructure
wireless hosts laptop PDA IP phone run applications may be stationary
(non-mobile) or mobile wireless does not
always mean mobility
5 DataLink Layer 5-72
Elements of a wireless network
network infrastructure
base station typically connected to
wired network relay - responsible
for sending packets between wired network and wireless host(s) in its ldquoareardquo
eg cell towers 80211 access points
5 DataLink Layer 5-73
Elements of a wireless network
network infrastructure
wireless link typically used to
connect mobile(s) to base station
also used as backbone link
multiple access protocol coordinates link access
various data rates transmission distance
5 DataLink Layer 5-74
Characteristics of selected wireless link standards
Indoor10-30m
Outdoor50-200m
Mid-rangeoutdoor
200m ndash 4 Km
Long-rangeoutdoor
5Km ndash 20 Km
056
384
1
4
5-11
54
IS-95 CDMA GSM 2G
UMTSWCDMA CDMA2000 3G
80215
80211b
80211ag
UMTSWCDMA-HSPDA CDMA2000-1xEVDO 3G cellularenhanced
80216 (WiMAX)
80211ag point-to-point
200 80211n
Dat
a ra
te (M
bps) data
5 DataLink Layer 5-75
Elements of a wireless network
network infrastructure
infrastructure mode base station connects
mobiles into wired network
handoff mobile changes base station providing connection into wired network
5 DataLink Layer 5-76
Elements of a wireless networkad hoc mode no base stations nodes can only
transmit to other nodes within link coverage
nodes organize themselves into a network route among themselves
5 DataLink Layer 5-77
Wireless network taxonomy
single hop multiple hops
infrastructure(eg APs)
noinfrastructure
host connects to base station (WiFiWiMAX cellular) which connects to
larger Internet
no base station noconnection to larger Internet (Bluetooth
ad hoc nets)
host may have torelay through several
wireless nodes to connect to larger
Internet mesh net
no base station noconnection to larger
Internet May have torelay to reach other a given wireless node
MANET VANET
5 DataLink Layer 5-78
Wireless Link Characteristics (1)Differences from wired link hellip
decreased signal strength radio signal attenuates as it propagates through matter (path loss)
interference from other sources standardized wireless network frequencies (eg 24 GHz) shared by other devices (eg phone) devices (motors) interfere as well
multipath propagation radio signal reflects off objects arriving at destination at slightly different times
hellip make communication across (even a point to point) wireless link much more ldquodifficultrdquo
5 DataLink Layer 5-79
Wireless Link Characteristics (2) SNR signal-to-noise ratio
larger SNR ndash easier to extract signal from noise (a ldquogood thingrdquo)
SNR versus BER tradeoffs given physical layer
increase power -gt increase SNR-gtdecrease BER
given SNR choose physical layer that meets BER requirement giving highest thruput
bull SNR may change with mobility dynamically adapt physical layer (modulation technique rate)
10 20 30 40
QAM256 (8 Mbps)
QAM16 (4 Mbps)
BPSK (1 Mbps)
SNR(dB)B
ER
10-1
10-2
10-3
10-5
10-6
10-7
10-4
5 DataLink Layer 5-80
Wireless network characteristicsMultiple wireless senders and receivers create
additional problems (beyond multiple access)
AB
C
Hidden terminal problem B A hear each other B C hear each other A C can not hear each othermeans A C unaware of their
interference at B
A B C
Arsquos signalstrength
space
Crsquos signalstrength
Signal attenuation B A hear each other B C hear each other A C can not hear each other
interfering at B
5 DataLink Layer 5-81
IEEE 80211 Wireless LAN 80211b
24-5 GHz unlicensed spectrum up to 11 Mbps direct sequence spread
spectrum (DSSS) in physical layer
bull all hosts use same chipping code
80211a 5-6 GHz range up to 54 Mbps
80211g 24-5 GHz range up to 54 Mbps
80211n multiple antennae 24-5 GHz range up to 200 Mbps
all use CSMACA for multiple access all have base-station and ad-hoc network versions
5 DataLink Layer 5-82
80211 LAN architecture
wireless host communicates with base station
base station = access point (AP)
Basic Service Set (BSS)(aka ldquocellrdquo) in infrastructure mode contains
wireless hosts access point (AP) base
station ad hoc mode hosts only
BSS 1
BSS 2
Internet
hub switchor routerAP
AP
5 DataLink Layer 5-83
80211 Channels association
80211b 24GHz-2485GHz spectrum divided into 11 channels at different frequencies AP admin chooses frequency for AP interference possible channel can be same as
that chosen by neighboring AP host must associate with an AP
scans channels listening for beacon framescontaining APrsquos name (SSID) and MAC address
selects AP to associate with may perform authentication [Chapter 8] will typically run DHCP to get IP address in APrsquos
subnet
5 DataLink Layer 5-84
80211 passiveactive scanning
AP 2AP 1
H1
BBS 2BBS 1
122
3 4
Active Scanning (1) probe request frame broadcast
from H1(2) probe response frame sent from
APs(3) association request frame sent
H1 to selected AP (4) association response frame sent
H1 to selected AP
AP 2AP 1
H1
BBS 2BBS 1
12 3
1
Passive Scanning(1) beacon frames sent from APs(2) association request frame sent H1
to selected AP (3) association response frame sent
H1 to selected AP
5 DataLink Layer 5-85
IEEE 80211 multiple access avoid collisions 2+ nodes transmitting at same time 80211 CSMA - sense before transmitting
donrsquot collide with ongoing transmission by other node 80211 no collision detection
difficult to receive (sense collisions) when transmitting due to weak received signals (fading)
canrsquot sense all collisions in any case hidden terminal fading goal avoid collisions CSMAC(ollision)A(voidance)
AB
CA B C
Arsquos signalstrength
space
Crsquos signalstrength
5 DataLink Layer 5-86
IEEE 80211 MAC Protocol CSMACA
80211 sender1 if sense channel idle for DIFS then
transmit entire frame (no CD)2 if sense channel busy then
start random backoff timetimer counts down while channel idletransmit when timer expiresif no ACK increase random backoff
interval repeat 280211 receiver- if frame received OK
return ACK after SIFS (ACK needed due to hidden terminal problem)
sender receiver
DIFS
data
SIFS
ACK
5 DataLink Layer 5-87
Avoiding collisions (more)idea allow sender to ldquoreserverdquo channel rather than random
access of data frames avoid collisions of long data frames sender first transmits small request-to-send (RTS) packets
to BS using CSMA RTSs may still collide with each other (but theyrsquore short)
BS broadcasts clear-to-send CTS in response to RTS CTS heard by all nodes
sender transmits data frame other stations defer transmissions
avoid data frame collisions completely using small reservation packets
5 DataLink Layer 5-88
Collision Avoidance RTS-CTS exchange
APA B
time
RTS(A)RTS(B)
RTS(A)
CTS(A) CTS(A)
DATA (A)
ACK(A) ACK(A)
reservation collision
defer
5 DataLink Layer 5-89
framecontrol duration address
1address
2address
4address
3 payload CRC
2 2 6 6 6 2 6 0 - 2312 4
seqcontrol
80211 frame addressing
Address 2 MAC addressof wireless host or AP transmitting this frame
Address 1 MAC addressof wireless host or AP to receive this frame
Address 3 MAC addressof router interface to which AP is attached
Address 4 used only in ad hoc mode
5 DataLink Layer 5-90
Internetrouter
AP
H1 R1
AP MAC addr H1 MAC addr R1 MAC addraddress 1 address 2 address 3
80211 frame
R1 MAC addr H1 MAC addr dest address source address
8023 frame
80211 frame addressing
5 DataLink Layer 5-91
framecontrol duration address
1address
2address
4address
3 payload CRC
2 2 6 6 6 2 6 0 - 2312 4
seqcontrol
Type FromAPSubtype To
APMore frag WEPMore
dataPower
mgtRetry RsvdProtocolversion
2 2 4 1 1 1 1 1 11 1
80211 frame moreduration of reserved transmission time (RTSCTS)
frame seq (for RDT)
frame type(RTS CTS ACK data)
5 DataLink Layer 5-92
hub or switch
AP 2
AP 1
H1 BBS 2
BBS 1
80211 mobility within same subnet
router H1 remains in same IP subnet IP address can remain same
switch which AP is associated with H1
self-learning (Ch 5) switch will see frame from H1 and ldquorememberrdquo which switch port can be used to reach H1
5 DataLink Layer 5-93
80211 advanced capabilities
Rate Adaptation base station mobile
dynamically change transmission rate (physical layer modulation technique) as mobile moves SNR varies
QAM256 (8 Mbps)QAM16 (4 Mbps)BPSK (1 Mbps)
10 20 30 40SNR(dB)
BE
R
10-1
10-2
10-3
10-5
10-6
10-7
10-4
operating point
1 SNR decreases BER increase as node moves away from base station2 When BER becomes too high switch to lower transmission rate but with lower BER
5 DataLink Layer 5-94
80211 advanced capabilitiesPower Management node-to-AP ldquoI am going to sleep until next
beacon framerdquo AP knows not to transmit frames to this
node node wakes up before next beacon frame
beacon frame contains list of mobiles with AP-to-mobile frames waiting to be sent node will stay awake if AP-to-mobile frames
to be sent otherwise sleep again until next beacon frame
5 DataLink Layer 5-34
ARP Address Resolution Protocol
Each IP node (Host Router) on LAN has ARP table
ARP Table IPMAC address mappings for some LAN nodes
lt IP address MAC address TTLgt TTL (Time To Live) time
after which address mapping will be forgotten (typically 20 min)
Question how to determineMAC address of Bknowing Brsquos IP address
1A-2F-BB-76-09-AD
58-23-D7-FA-20-B0
0C-C4-11-6F-E3-98
71-65-F7-2B-08-53
LAN
237196723
237196778
237196714
237196788
5 DataLink Layer 5-35
ARP protocol Same LAN (network)
A wants to send datagram to B and Brsquos MAC address not in Arsquos ARP table
A broadcasts ARP query packet containing Bs IP address
Dest MAC address = FF-FF-FF-FF-FF-FF
all machines on LAN receive ARP query
B receives ARP packet replies to A with its (Bs) MAC address
frame sent to Arsquos MAC address (unicast)
A caches (saves) IP-to-MAC address pair in its ARP table until information becomes old (times out)
soft state information that times out (goes away) unless refreshed
ARP is ldquoplug-and-playrdquo nodes create their ARP
tables without intervention from net administrator
5 DataLink Layer 5-36
Routing to another LANwalkthrough send datagram from A to B via R
assume A knowrsquos Brsquos IP address
Two ARP tables in router R one for each IP network (LAN)
A
RB
5 DataLink Layer 5-37
A creates datagram with source A destination B A uses ARP to get Rrsquos MAC address for 111111111110 A creates link-layer frame with Rs MAC address as dest
frame contains A-to-B IP datagram Arsquos adapter sends frame Rrsquos adapter receives frame R removes IP datagram from Ethernet frame sees itrsquos
destined to B R uses ARP to get Brsquos MAC address R creates frame containing A-to-B IP datagram sends to B
A
RB
5 DataLink Layer 5-38
Ethernetldquodominantrdquo wired LAN technology cheap $20 for 100Mbs first widely used LAN technology Simpler cheaper than token LANs and ATM Kept up with speed race 10 Mbps ndash 10 Gbps
Metcalfersquos Ethernetsketch
5 DataLink Layer 5-39
Star topology Bus topology popular through mid 90s Now star topology prevails Connection choices hub or switch (more later)
hub orswitch
5 DataLink Layer 5-40
Ethernet Frame StructureSending adapter encapsulates IP datagram (or other
network layer protocol packet) in Ethernet frame
Preamble 7 bytes with pattern 10101010 followed by one
byte with pattern 10101011 used to synchronize receiver sender clock rates
5 DataLink Layer 5-41
Ethernet Frame Structure (more) Addresses 6 bytes
if adapter receives frame with matching destination address or with broadcast address (eg ARP packet) it passes data in frame to net-layer protocol
otherwise adapter discards frame Type 2 bytes indicates the higher (network)
layer protocol (commonly IP but may also be ARP Novell IPX and AppleTalk etc)
CRC 4 bytes checked at receiver if error is detected the frame is simply dropped
5 DataLink Layer 5-42
Unreliable connectionless service
Connectionless No handshaking between sending and receiving adapter
Unreliable receiving adapter doesnrsquot send acks or nacks to sending adapter
stream of datagrams passed to network layer can have gaps
gaps will be filled if app is using TCP otherwise app will see the gaps
5 DataLink Layer 5-43
Ethernet uses CSMACD
No slots adapter doesnrsquot transmit
if it senses that some other adapter is transmitting that is carrier sense
transmitting adapter aborts when it senses that another adapter is transmitting that is collision detection
Before attempting a retransmission adapter waits a random time that is random access
5 DataLink Layer 5-44
Ethernet CSMACD algorithm1 Adapter receives
datagram from net layer amp creates frame
2 If adapter senses channel idle it starts to transmit frame If it senses channel busy waits until channel idle and then transmits
3 If adapter transmits entire frame without detecting another transmission the adapter is done with frame
4 If adapter detects another transmission while transmitting aborts and sends 48-bit jam signal
5 After aborting adapter enters exponential backoff after the mthcollision adapter chooses a K at random from 012hellip2m-1 Adapter waits K512 bit times and returns to Step 2
5 DataLink Layer 5-45
Frame Size limitations for Ethernet Minimum Frame size (Fmin)
For proper collision detectionFmin = Min frame sizeR = Ethernetrsquos transmission rate
eg 10 Mbsdmax = max Ethernet segment
lengthS = Propagation speed (2x108
ms)FminR ge 2dmaxS
Maximum Frame Size (Fmax)For fairness among competing nodes
Fmin=64 Bytes Fmax=1500 Bytes
A Bd
2dS
tim
e
Arsquos frame
Brsquos frame
Arsquos frame in yellowBrsquos frame in green
For proper collision detection Arsquos frame should last at least until Brsquos frame reaches A
5 DataLink Layer 5-46
Ethernetrsquos CSMACD (more)Jam Signal make sure all
other transmitters are aware of collision 48 bits
Random retransmission delayK 512 bit transmission times where K is randomly selected bit time is 01 microsec for 10 Mbps and 001 microsec for 100 Mbps Ethernet
Exponential Backoff Goal adapt retransmission
attempts to estimated current load
heavy load random wait will be longer
first collision choose K from 01 delay is K 512 bit transmission times
after second collision choose K from 0123hellip
after ten collisions choose K from 01234hellip1023
for max value of K=1023 wait time is about 50 msec for 10 Mbps 5 msec for 100 Mbps Ethernet
Seeinteract with Javaapplet on AWL Web sitehighly recommended
5 DataLink Layer 5-47
CSMACD efficiency
tprop = max prop between 2 nodes in LAN ttrans = time to transmit max-size frame
Efficiency goes to 1 as tprop goes to 0 Goes to 1 as ttrans goes to infinity Much better than ALOHA but still decentralized
simple and cheap
1efficiency1 5 prop transt t
asymp+
5 DataLink Layer 5-48
10BaseT and 100BaseT 10100 Mbps rates T stands for Twisted Pair Base stands for Baseband (unmodulated) Nodes connect to a hub ldquostar topologyrdquo 100 m
max distance between nodes and hub
twisted pair
hub
5 DataLink Layer 5-49
HubsHubs are essentially physical-layer repeaters
bits coming from one link go out all other links at the same rate no frame buffering no CSMACD at hub adapters detect collisions provides net management functionality
twisted pair
hub
5 DataLink Layer 5-50
Gbit Ethernet
uses standard Ethernet frame format allows for point-to-point links and shared
broadcast channels in shared mode CSMACD is used short
distances between nodes required for efficiency
Full-Duplex at 1 Gbps for point-to-point links
10 Gbps now
5 DataLink Layer 5-51
Interconnecting with hubs Backbone hub interconnects LAN segments Extends max distance between nodes But individual segment collision domains become one
large collision domain Canrsquot interconnect 10BaseT amp 100BaseT
hub hub hub
hub
5 DataLink Layer 5-52
Switch Link layer device
stores and forwards Ethernet frames examines frame header and selectively
forwards frame based on MAC dest address when frame is to be forwarded on segment
uses CSMACD to access segment transparent
hosts are unaware of presence of switches plug-and-play self-learning
switches do not need to be configured
5 DataLink Layer 5-53
Forwarding
bull How do determine onto which LAN segment to forward framebull Looks like a routing problem
hub hubhub
switch1
2 3
5 DataLink Layer 5-54
Self learning
A switch has a switch table entry in switch table
(MAC Address Interface Time Stamp) stale entries in table dropped (TTL can be 60 min)
switch learns which hosts can be reached through which interfaces when frame received switch ldquolearnsrdquo location of
sender incoming LAN segment records senderlocation pair in switch table
5 DataLink Layer 5-55
FilteringForwardingWhen switch receives a frame
index switch table using MAC dest addressif entry found for destination
thenif dest on segment from which frame arrived
then drop the frameelse forward the frame on interface indicated
else flood
forward on all but the interface on which the frame arrived
5 DataLink Layer 5-56
Switch exampleSuppose C sends frame to D
Switch receives frame from from C notes in bridge table that C is on interface 1 because D is not in table switch forwards frame into
interfaces 2 and 3 frame received by D
hub hub hub
switch
A
B CD
EF G H
I
address interfaceABEG
1123
12 3
5 DataLink Layer 5-57
Switch exampleSuppose C sends frame to D
Switch receives frame from from C notes in bridge table that C is on interface 1 because D is not in table switch forwards frame into
interfaces 2 and 3 frame received by D
hub hub hub
switch
A
B CD
EF G H
I
address interfaceABEGC
11231
12 3
5 DataLink Layer 5-58
Switch exampleSuppose D replies back with frame to C
Switch receives frame from from D notes in bridge table that D is on interface 2 because C is in table switch forwards frame only to
interface 1 frame received by C
hub hub hub
switch
A
B CD
EF G H
I
address interfaceABEGC
11231
12 3
5 DataLink Layer 5-59
Switch exampleSuppose D replies back with frame to C
Switch receives frame from from D notes in bridge table that D is on interface 2 because C is in table switch forwards frame only to
interface 1 frame received by C
hub hub hub
switch
A
B CD
EF G H
I
address interfaceABEGCD
112312
12 3
5 DataLink Layer 5-60
Switch traffic isolation switch installation breaks subnet into LAN
segments switch filters packets
same-LAN-segment frames not usually forwarded onto other LAN segments
segments become separate collision domains
hub hub hub
switch
collision domain collision domain
collision domain
5 DataLink Layer 5-61
Switches dedicated access Switch with many
interfaces Hosts have direct
connection to switch No collisions full duplex
Switching A-to-Arsquo and B-to-Brsquo simultaneously no collisions
combinations of shareddedicated 101001000 Mbps interfaces possible
switch
A
Arsquo
B
Brsquo
C
Crsquo
5 DataLink Layer 5-62
Institutional network
hub hubhub
switch
to externalnetwork
router
IP subnet
mail server
web server
5 DataLink Layer 5-63
Switches vs Routers both store-and-forward devices
routers network layer devices (examine network layer headers)
switches are link layer devices routers maintain routing tables implement routing
algorithms switches maintain switch tables implement
filtering learning algorithms
5 DataLink Layer 5-64
Summary comparison
hubs routers switches
traffic isolation
no yes yes
plug amp play yes no yes
optimal routing
no yes no
5 DataLink Layer 5-65
VLANs motivation
What happens if CS user moves office to EE
but wants connect to CS switch
single broadcast domain all layer-2 broadcast
traffic (ARP DHCP) crosses entire LAN (securityprivacy efficiency issues)
each lowest level switch has only few ports in use
Computer Science Electrical
EngineeringComputerEngineering
Whatrsquos wrong with this picture
5 DataLink Layer 5-66
VLANs Port-based VLAN switch ports grouped (by switch management software) so that single physical switch helliphellip
Switch(es) supporting VLAN capabilities can be configured to define multiple virtual LANS over single physical LAN infrastructure
Virtual Local Area Network
1
8
9
16102
7
hellip
Electrical Engineering(VLAN ports 1-8)
Computer Science(VLAN ports 9-15)
15
hellip
Electrical Engineering(VLAN ports 1-8)
hellip
1
82
7 9
1610
15
hellip
Computer Science(VLAN ports 9-16)
hellip operates as multiple virtual switches
5 DataLink Layer 5-67
Port-based VLAN
1
8
9
16102
7
hellip
Electrical Engineering(VLAN ports 1-8)
Computer Science(VLAN ports 9-15)
15
hellip
traffic isolation frames tofrom ports 1-8 can only reach ports 1-8
can also define VLAN based on MAC addresses of endpoints rather than switch port
dynamic membershipports can be dynamically assigned among VLANs
router
forwarding between VLANSdone via routing (just as with separate switches)
in practice vendors sell combined switches plus routers
5 DataLink Layer 5-68
VLANS spanning multiple switches
trunk port carries frames between VLANS defined over multiple physical switches
frames forwarded within VLAN between switches canrsquot be vanilla 8021 frames (must carry VLAN ID info)
8021q protocol addsremoves additional header fields for frames forwarded between trunk ports
1
8
9
102
7
hellip
Electrical Engineering(VLAN ports 1-8)
Computer Science(VLAN ports 9-15)
15
hellip
2
73
Ports 235 belong to EE VLANPorts 4678 belong to CS VLAN
5
4 6 816
1
5 DataLink Layer 5-69
Type
2-byte Tag Protocol Identifier(value 81-00)
Tag Control Information (12 bit VLAN ID field 3 bit priority field like IP TOS)
Recomputed CRC
8021Q VLAN frame format
8021 frame
8021Q frame
5 DataLink Layer 5-70
Chapter 6 Wireless and Mobile Networks
Background wireless (mobile) phone subscribers now
exceeds wired phone subscribers computer nets laptops palmtops PDAs
Internet-enabled phone promise anytime untethered Internet access
two important (but different) challenges wireless communication over wireless link mobility handling the mobile user who changes point
of attachment to network
5 DataLink Layer 5-71
Elements of a wireless network
network infrastructure
wireless hosts laptop PDA IP phone run applications may be stationary
(non-mobile) or mobile wireless does not
always mean mobility
5 DataLink Layer 5-72
Elements of a wireless network
network infrastructure
base station typically connected to
wired network relay - responsible
for sending packets between wired network and wireless host(s) in its ldquoareardquo
eg cell towers 80211 access points
5 DataLink Layer 5-73
Elements of a wireless network
network infrastructure
wireless link typically used to
connect mobile(s) to base station
also used as backbone link
multiple access protocol coordinates link access
various data rates transmission distance
5 DataLink Layer 5-74
Characteristics of selected wireless link standards
Indoor10-30m
Outdoor50-200m
Mid-rangeoutdoor
200m ndash 4 Km
Long-rangeoutdoor
5Km ndash 20 Km
056
384
1
4
5-11
54
IS-95 CDMA GSM 2G
UMTSWCDMA CDMA2000 3G
80215
80211b
80211ag
UMTSWCDMA-HSPDA CDMA2000-1xEVDO 3G cellularenhanced
80216 (WiMAX)
80211ag point-to-point
200 80211n
Dat
a ra
te (M
bps) data
5 DataLink Layer 5-75
Elements of a wireless network
network infrastructure
infrastructure mode base station connects
mobiles into wired network
handoff mobile changes base station providing connection into wired network
5 DataLink Layer 5-76
Elements of a wireless networkad hoc mode no base stations nodes can only
transmit to other nodes within link coverage
nodes organize themselves into a network route among themselves
5 DataLink Layer 5-77
Wireless network taxonomy
single hop multiple hops
infrastructure(eg APs)
noinfrastructure
host connects to base station (WiFiWiMAX cellular) which connects to
larger Internet
no base station noconnection to larger Internet (Bluetooth
ad hoc nets)
host may have torelay through several
wireless nodes to connect to larger
Internet mesh net
no base station noconnection to larger
Internet May have torelay to reach other a given wireless node
MANET VANET
5 DataLink Layer 5-78
Wireless Link Characteristics (1)Differences from wired link hellip
decreased signal strength radio signal attenuates as it propagates through matter (path loss)
interference from other sources standardized wireless network frequencies (eg 24 GHz) shared by other devices (eg phone) devices (motors) interfere as well
multipath propagation radio signal reflects off objects arriving at destination at slightly different times
hellip make communication across (even a point to point) wireless link much more ldquodifficultrdquo
5 DataLink Layer 5-79
Wireless Link Characteristics (2) SNR signal-to-noise ratio
larger SNR ndash easier to extract signal from noise (a ldquogood thingrdquo)
SNR versus BER tradeoffs given physical layer
increase power -gt increase SNR-gtdecrease BER
given SNR choose physical layer that meets BER requirement giving highest thruput
bull SNR may change with mobility dynamically adapt physical layer (modulation technique rate)
10 20 30 40
QAM256 (8 Mbps)
QAM16 (4 Mbps)
BPSK (1 Mbps)
SNR(dB)B
ER
10-1
10-2
10-3
10-5
10-6
10-7
10-4
5 DataLink Layer 5-80
Wireless network characteristicsMultiple wireless senders and receivers create
additional problems (beyond multiple access)
AB
C
Hidden terminal problem B A hear each other B C hear each other A C can not hear each othermeans A C unaware of their
interference at B
A B C
Arsquos signalstrength
space
Crsquos signalstrength
Signal attenuation B A hear each other B C hear each other A C can not hear each other
interfering at B
5 DataLink Layer 5-81
IEEE 80211 Wireless LAN 80211b
24-5 GHz unlicensed spectrum up to 11 Mbps direct sequence spread
spectrum (DSSS) in physical layer
bull all hosts use same chipping code
80211a 5-6 GHz range up to 54 Mbps
80211g 24-5 GHz range up to 54 Mbps
80211n multiple antennae 24-5 GHz range up to 200 Mbps
all use CSMACA for multiple access all have base-station and ad-hoc network versions
5 DataLink Layer 5-82
80211 LAN architecture
wireless host communicates with base station
base station = access point (AP)
Basic Service Set (BSS)(aka ldquocellrdquo) in infrastructure mode contains
wireless hosts access point (AP) base
station ad hoc mode hosts only
BSS 1
BSS 2
Internet
hub switchor routerAP
AP
5 DataLink Layer 5-83
80211 Channels association
80211b 24GHz-2485GHz spectrum divided into 11 channels at different frequencies AP admin chooses frequency for AP interference possible channel can be same as
that chosen by neighboring AP host must associate with an AP
scans channels listening for beacon framescontaining APrsquos name (SSID) and MAC address
selects AP to associate with may perform authentication [Chapter 8] will typically run DHCP to get IP address in APrsquos
subnet
5 DataLink Layer 5-84
80211 passiveactive scanning
AP 2AP 1
H1
BBS 2BBS 1
122
3 4
Active Scanning (1) probe request frame broadcast
from H1(2) probe response frame sent from
APs(3) association request frame sent
H1 to selected AP (4) association response frame sent
H1 to selected AP
AP 2AP 1
H1
BBS 2BBS 1
12 3
1
Passive Scanning(1) beacon frames sent from APs(2) association request frame sent H1
to selected AP (3) association response frame sent
H1 to selected AP
5 DataLink Layer 5-85
IEEE 80211 multiple access avoid collisions 2+ nodes transmitting at same time 80211 CSMA - sense before transmitting
donrsquot collide with ongoing transmission by other node 80211 no collision detection
difficult to receive (sense collisions) when transmitting due to weak received signals (fading)
canrsquot sense all collisions in any case hidden terminal fading goal avoid collisions CSMAC(ollision)A(voidance)
AB
CA B C
Arsquos signalstrength
space
Crsquos signalstrength
5 DataLink Layer 5-86
IEEE 80211 MAC Protocol CSMACA
80211 sender1 if sense channel idle for DIFS then
transmit entire frame (no CD)2 if sense channel busy then
start random backoff timetimer counts down while channel idletransmit when timer expiresif no ACK increase random backoff
interval repeat 280211 receiver- if frame received OK
return ACK after SIFS (ACK needed due to hidden terminal problem)
sender receiver
DIFS
data
SIFS
ACK
5 DataLink Layer 5-87
Avoiding collisions (more)idea allow sender to ldquoreserverdquo channel rather than random
access of data frames avoid collisions of long data frames sender first transmits small request-to-send (RTS) packets
to BS using CSMA RTSs may still collide with each other (but theyrsquore short)
BS broadcasts clear-to-send CTS in response to RTS CTS heard by all nodes
sender transmits data frame other stations defer transmissions
avoid data frame collisions completely using small reservation packets
5 DataLink Layer 5-88
Collision Avoidance RTS-CTS exchange
APA B
time
RTS(A)RTS(B)
RTS(A)
CTS(A) CTS(A)
DATA (A)
ACK(A) ACK(A)
reservation collision
defer
5 DataLink Layer 5-89
framecontrol duration address
1address
2address
4address
3 payload CRC
2 2 6 6 6 2 6 0 - 2312 4
seqcontrol
80211 frame addressing
Address 2 MAC addressof wireless host or AP transmitting this frame
Address 1 MAC addressof wireless host or AP to receive this frame
Address 3 MAC addressof router interface to which AP is attached
Address 4 used only in ad hoc mode
5 DataLink Layer 5-90
Internetrouter
AP
H1 R1
AP MAC addr H1 MAC addr R1 MAC addraddress 1 address 2 address 3
80211 frame
R1 MAC addr H1 MAC addr dest address source address
8023 frame
80211 frame addressing
5 DataLink Layer 5-91
framecontrol duration address
1address
2address
4address
3 payload CRC
2 2 6 6 6 2 6 0 - 2312 4
seqcontrol
Type FromAPSubtype To
APMore frag WEPMore
dataPower
mgtRetry RsvdProtocolversion
2 2 4 1 1 1 1 1 11 1
80211 frame moreduration of reserved transmission time (RTSCTS)
frame seq (for RDT)
frame type(RTS CTS ACK data)
5 DataLink Layer 5-92
hub or switch
AP 2
AP 1
H1 BBS 2
BBS 1
80211 mobility within same subnet
router H1 remains in same IP subnet IP address can remain same
switch which AP is associated with H1
self-learning (Ch 5) switch will see frame from H1 and ldquorememberrdquo which switch port can be used to reach H1
5 DataLink Layer 5-93
80211 advanced capabilities
Rate Adaptation base station mobile
dynamically change transmission rate (physical layer modulation technique) as mobile moves SNR varies
QAM256 (8 Mbps)QAM16 (4 Mbps)BPSK (1 Mbps)
10 20 30 40SNR(dB)
BE
R
10-1
10-2
10-3
10-5
10-6
10-7
10-4
operating point
1 SNR decreases BER increase as node moves away from base station2 When BER becomes too high switch to lower transmission rate but with lower BER
5 DataLink Layer 5-94
80211 advanced capabilitiesPower Management node-to-AP ldquoI am going to sleep until next
beacon framerdquo AP knows not to transmit frames to this
node node wakes up before next beacon frame
beacon frame contains list of mobiles with AP-to-mobile frames waiting to be sent node will stay awake if AP-to-mobile frames
to be sent otherwise sleep again until next beacon frame
5 DataLink Layer 5-35
ARP protocol Same LAN (network)
A wants to send datagram to B and Brsquos MAC address not in Arsquos ARP table
A broadcasts ARP query packet containing Bs IP address
Dest MAC address = FF-FF-FF-FF-FF-FF
all machines on LAN receive ARP query
B receives ARP packet replies to A with its (Bs) MAC address
frame sent to Arsquos MAC address (unicast)
A caches (saves) IP-to-MAC address pair in its ARP table until information becomes old (times out)
soft state information that times out (goes away) unless refreshed
ARP is ldquoplug-and-playrdquo nodes create their ARP
tables without intervention from net administrator
5 DataLink Layer 5-36
Routing to another LANwalkthrough send datagram from A to B via R
assume A knowrsquos Brsquos IP address
Two ARP tables in router R one for each IP network (LAN)
A
RB
5 DataLink Layer 5-37
A creates datagram with source A destination B A uses ARP to get Rrsquos MAC address for 111111111110 A creates link-layer frame with Rs MAC address as dest
frame contains A-to-B IP datagram Arsquos adapter sends frame Rrsquos adapter receives frame R removes IP datagram from Ethernet frame sees itrsquos
destined to B R uses ARP to get Brsquos MAC address R creates frame containing A-to-B IP datagram sends to B
A
RB
5 DataLink Layer 5-38
Ethernetldquodominantrdquo wired LAN technology cheap $20 for 100Mbs first widely used LAN technology Simpler cheaper than token LANs and ATM Kept up with speed race 10 Mbps ndash 10 Gbps
Metcalfersquos Ethernetsketch
5 DataLink Layer 5-39
Star topology Bus topology popular through mid 90s Now star topology prevails Connection choices hub or switch (more later)
hub orswitch
5 DataLink Layer 5-40
Ethernet Frame StructureSending adapter encapsulates IP datagram (or other
network layer protocol packet) in Ethernet frame
Preamble 7 bytes with pattern 10101010 followed by one
byte with pattern 10101011 used to synchronize receiver sender clock rates
5 DataLink Layer 5-41
Ethernet Frame Structure (more) Addresses 6 bytes
if adapter receives frame with matching destination address or with broadcast address (eg ARP packet) it passes data in frame to net-layer protocol
otherwise adapter discards frame Type 2 bytes indicates the higher (network)
layer protocol (commonly IP but may also be ARP Novell IPX and AppleTalk etc)
CRC 4 bytes checked at receiver if error is detected the frame is simply dropped
5 DataLink Layer 5-42
Unreliable connectionless service
Connectionless No handshaking between sending and receiving adapter
Unreliable receiving adapter doesnrsquot send acks or nacks to sending adapter
stream of datagrams passed to network layer can have gaps
gaps will be filled if app is using TCP otherwise app will see the gaps
5 DataLink Layer 5-43
Ethernet uses CSMACD
No slots adapter doesnrsquot transmit
if it senses that some other adapter is transmitting that is carrier sense
transmitting adapter aborts when it senses that another adapter is transmitting that is collision detection
Before attempting a retransmission adapter waits a random time that is random access
5 DataLink Layer 5-44
Ethernet CSMACD algorithm1 Adapter receives
datagram from net layer amp creates frame
2 If adapter senses channel idle it starts to transmit frame If it senses channel busy waits until channel idle and then transmits
3 If adapter transmits entire frame without detecting another transmission the adapter is done with frame
4 If adapter detects another transmission while transmitting aborts and sends 48-bit jam signal
5 After aborting adapter enters exponential backoff after the mthcollision adapter chooses a K at random from 012hellip2m-1 Adapter waits K512 bit times and returns to Step 2
5 DataLink Layer 5-45
Frame Size limitations for Ethernet Minimum Frame size (Fmin)
For proper collision detectionFmin = Min frame sizeR = Ethernetrsquos transmission rate
eg 10 Mbsdmax = max Ethernet segment
lengthS = Propagation speed (2x108
ms)FminR ge 2dmaxS
Maximum Frame Size (Fmax)For fairness among competing nodes
Fmin=64 Bytes Fmax=1500 Bytes
A Bd
2dS
tim
e
Arsquos frame
Brsquos frame
Arsquos frame in yellowBrsquos frame in green
For proper collision detection Arsquos frame should last at least until Brsquos frame reaches A
5 DataLink Layer 5-46
Ethernetrsquos CSMACD (more)Jam Signal make sure all
other transmitters are aware of collision 48 bits
Random retransmission delayK 512 bit transmission times where K is randomly selected bit time is 01 microsec for 10 Mbps and 001 microsec for 100 Mbps Ethernet
Exponential Backoff Goal adapt retransmission
attempts to estimated current load
heavy load random wait will be longer
first collision choose K from 01 delay is K 512 bit transmission times
after second collision choose K from 0123hellip
after ten collisions choose K from 01234hellip1023
for max value of K=1023 wait time is about 50 msec for 10 Mbps 5 msec for 100 Mbps Ethernet
Seeinteract with Javaapplet on AWL Web sitehighly recommended
5 DataLink Layer 5-47
CSMACD efficiency
tprop = max prop between 2 nodes in LAN ttrans = time to transmit max-size frame
Efficiency goes to 1 as tprop goes to 0 Goes to 1 as ttrans goes to infinity Much better than ALOHA but still decentralized
simple and cheap
1efficiency1 5 prop transt t
asymp+
5 DataLink Layer 5-48
10BaseT and 100BaseT 10100 Mbps rates T stands for Twisted Pair Base stands for Baseband (unmodulated) Nodes connect to a hub ldquostar topologyrdquo 100 m
max distance between nodes and hub
twisted pair
hub
5 DataLink Layer 5-49
HubsHubs are essentially physical-layer repeaters
bits coming from one link go out all other links at the same rate no frame buffering no CSMACD at hub adapters detect collisions provides net management functionality
twisted pair
hub
5 DataLink Layer 5-50
Gbit Ethernet
uses standard Ethernet frame format allows for point-to-point links and shared
broadcast channels in shared mode CSMACD is used short
distances between nodes required for efficiency
Full-Duplex at 1 Gbps for point-to-point links
10 Gbps now
5 DataLink Layer 5-51
Interconnecting with hubs Backbone hub interconnects LAN segments Extends max distance between nodes But individual segment collision domains become one
large collision domain Canrsquot interconnect 10BaseT amp 100BaseT
hub hub hub
hub
5 DataLink Layer 5-52
Switch Link layer device
stores and forwards Ethernet frames examines frame header and selectively
forwards frame based on MAC dest address when frame is to be forwarded on segment
uses CSMACD to access segment transparent
hosts are unaware of presence of switches plug-and-play self-learning
switches do not need to be configured
5 DataLink Layer 5-53
Forwarding
bull How do determine onto which LAN segment to forward framebull Looks like a routing problem
hub hubhub
switch1
2 3
5 DataLink Layer 5-54
Self learning
A switch has a switch table entry in switch table
(MAC Address Interface Time Stamp) stale entries in table dropped (TTL can be 60 min)
switch learns which hosts can be reached through which interfaces when frame received switch ldquolearnsrdquo location of
sender incoming LAN segment records senderlocation pair in switch table
5 DataLink Layer 5-55
FilteringForwardingWhen switch receives a frame
index switch table using MAC dest addressif entry found for destination
thenif dest on segment from which frame arrived
then drop the frameelse forward the frame on interface indicated
else flood
forward on all but the interface on which the frame arrived
5 DataLink Layer 5-56
Switch exampleSuppose C sends frame to D
Switch receives frame from from C notes in bridge table that C is on interface 1 because D is not in table switch forwards frame into
interfaces 2 and 3 frame received by D
hub hub hub
switch
A
B CD
EF G H
I
address interfaceABEG
1123
12 3
5 DataLink Layer 5-57
Switch exampleSuppose C sends frame to D
Switch receives frame from from C notes in bridge table that C is on interface 1 because D is not in table switch forwards frame into
interfaces 2 and 3 frame received by D
hub hub hub
switch
A
B CD
EF G H
I
address interfaceABEGC
11231
12 3
5 DataLink Layer 5-58
Switch exampleSuppose D replies back with frame to C
Switch receives frame from from D notes in bridge table that D is on interface 2 because C is in table switch forwards frame only to
interface 1 frame received by C
hub hub hub
switch
A
B CD
EF G H
I
address interfaceABEGC
11231
12 3
5 DataLink Layer 5-59
Switch exampleSuppose D replies back with frame to C
Switch receives frame from from D notes in bridge table that D is on interface 2 because C is in table switch forwards frame only to
interface 1 frame received by C
hub hub hub
switch
A
B CD
EF G H
I
address interfaceABEGCD
112312
12 3
5 DataLink Layer 5-60
Switch traffic isolation switch installation breaks subnet into LAN
segments switch filters packets
same-LAN-segment frames not usually forwarded onto other LAN segments
segments become separate collision domains
hub hub hub
switch
collision domain collision domain
collision domain
5 DataLink Layer 5-61
Switches dedicated access Switch with many
interfaces Hosts have direct
connection to switch No collisions full duplex
Switching A-to-Arsquo and B-to-Brsquo simultaneously no collisions
combinations of shareddedicated 101001000 Mbps interfaces possible
switch
A
Arsquo
B
Brsquo
C
Crsquo
5 DataLink Layer 5-62
Institutional network
hub hubhub
switch
to externalnetwork
router
IP subnet
mail server
web server
5 DataLink Layer 5-63
Switches vs Routers both store-and-forward devices
routers network layer devices (examine network layer headers)
switches are link layer devices routers maintain routing tables implement routing
algorithms switches maintain switch tables implement
filtering learning algorithms
5 DataLink Layer 5-64
Summary comparison
hubs routers switches
traffic isolation
no yes yes
plug amp play yes no yes
optimal routing
no yes no
5 DataLink Layer 5-65
VLANs motivation
What happens if CS user moves office to EE
but wants connect to CS switch
single broadcast domain all layer-2 broadcast
traffic (ARP DHCP) crosses entire LAN (securityprivacy efficiency issues)
each lowest level switch has only few ports in use
Computer Science Electrical
EngineeringComputerEngineering
Whatrsquos wrong with this picture
5 DataLink Layer 5-66
VLANs Port-based VLAN switch ports grouped (by switch management software) so that single physical switch helliphellip
Switch(es) supporting VLAN capabilities can be configured to define multiple virtual LANS over single physical LAN infrastructure
Virtual Local Area Network
1
8
9
16102
7
hellip
Electrical Engineering(VLAN ports 1-8)
Computer Science(VLAN ports 9-15)
15
hellip
Electrical Engineering(VLAN ports 1-8)
hellip
1
82
7 9
1610
15
hellip
Computer Science(VLAN ports 9-16)
hellip operates as multiple virtual switches
5 DataLink Layer 5-67
Port-based VLAN
1
8
9
16102
7
hellip
Electrical Engineering(VLAN ports 1-8)
Computer Science(VLAN ports 9-15)
15
hellip
traffic isolation frames tofrom ports 1-8 can only reach ports 1-8
can also define VLAN based on MAC addresses of endpoints rather than switch port
dynamic membershipports can be dynamically assigned among VLANs
router
forwarding between VLANSdone via routing (just as with separate switches)
in practice vendors sell combined switches plus routers
5 DataLink Layer 5-68
VLANS spanning multiple switches
trunk port carries frames between VLANS defined over multiple physical switches
frames forwarded within VLAN between switches canrsquot be vanilla 8021 frames (must carry VLAN ID info)
8021q protocol addsremoves additional header fields for frames forwarded between trunk ports
1
8
9
102
7
hellip
Electrical Engineering(VLAN ports 1-8)
Computer Science(VLAN ports 9-15)
15
hellip
2
73
Ports 235 belong to EE VLANPorts 4678 belong to CS VLAN
5
4 6 816
1
5 DataLink Layer 5-69
Type
2-byte Tag Protocol Identifier(value 81-00)
Tag Control Information (12 bit VLAN ID field 3 bit priority field like IP TOS)
Recomputed CRC
8021Q VLAN frame format
8021 frame
8021Q frame
5 DataLink Layer 5-70
Chapter 6 Wireless and Mobile Networks
Background wireless (mobile) phone subscribers now
exceeds wired phone subscribers computer nets laptops palmtops PDAs
Internet-enabled phone promise anytime untethered Internet access
two important (but different) challenges wireless communication over wireless link mobility handling the mobile user who changes point
of attachment to network
5 DataLink Layer 5-71
Elements of a wireless network
network infrastructure
wireless hosts laptop PDA IP phone run applications may be stationary
(non-mobile) or mobile wireless does not
always mean mobility
5 DataLink Layer 5-72
Elements of a wireless network
network infrastructure
base station typically connected to
wired network relay - responsible
for sending packets between wired network and wireless host(s) in its ldquoareardquo
eg cell towers 80211 access points
5 DataLink Layer 5-73
Elements of a wireless network
network infrastructure
wireless link typically used to
connect mobile(s) to base station
also used as backbone link
multiple access protocol coordinates link access
various data rates transmission distance
5 DataLink Layer 5-74
Characteristics of selected wireless link standards
Indoor10-30m
Outdoor50-200m
Mid-rangeoutdoor
200m ndash 4 Km
Long-rangeoutdoor
5Km ndash 20 Km
056
384
1
4
5-11
54
IS-95 CDMA GSM 2G
UMTSWCDMA CDMA2000 3G
80215
80211b
80211ag
UMTSWCDMA-HSPDA CDMA2000-1xEVDO 3G cellularenhanced
80216 (WiMAX)
80211ag point-to-point
200 80211n
Dat
a ra
te (M
bps) data
5 DataLink Layer 5-75
Elements of a wireless network
network infrastructure
infrastructure mode base station connects
mobiles into wired network
handoff mobile changes base station providing connection into wired network
5 DataLink Layer 5-76
Elements of a wireless networkad hoc mode no base stations nodes can only
transmit to other nodes within link coverage
nodes organize themselves into a network route among themselves
5 DataLink Layer 5-77
Wireless network taxonomy
single hop multiple hops
infrastructure(eg APs)
noinfrastructure
host connects to base station (WiFiWiMAX cellular) which connects to
larger Internet
no base station noconnection to larger Internet (Bluetooth
ad hoc nets)
host may have torelay through several
wireless nodes to connect to larger
Internet mesh net
no base station noconnection to larger
Internet May have torelay to reach other a given wireless node
MANET VANET
5 DataLink Layer 5-78
Wireless Link Characteristics (1)Differences from wired link hellip
decreased signal strength radio signal attenuates as it propagates through matter (path loss)
interference from other sources standardized wireless network frequencies (eg 24 GHz) shared by other devices (eg phone) devices (motors) interfere as well
multipath propagation radio signal reflects off objects arriving at destination at slightly different times
hellip make communication across (even a point to point) wireless link much more ldquodifficultrdquo
5 DataLink Layer 5-79
Wireless Link Characteristics (2) SNR signal-to-noise ratio
larger SNR ndash easier to extract signal from noise (a ldquogood thingrdquo)
SNR versus BER tradeoffs given physical layer
increase power -gt increase SNR-gtdecrease BER
given SNR choose physical layer that meets BER requirement giving highest thruput
bull SNR may change with mobility dynamically adapt physical layer (modulation technique rate)
10 20 30 40
QAM256 (8 Mbps)
QAM16 (4 Mbps)
BPSK (1 Mbps)
SNR(dB)B
ER
10-1
10-2
10-3
10-5
10-6
10-7
10-4
5 DataLink Layer 5-80
Wireless network characteristicsMultiple wireless senders and receivers create
additional problems (beyond multiple access)
AB
C
Hidden terminal problem B A hear each other B C hear each other A C can not hear each othermeans A C unaware of their
interference at B
A B C
Arsquos signalstrength
space
Crsquos signalstrength
Signal attenuation B A hear each other B C hear each other A C can not hear each other
interfering at B
5 DataLink Layer 5-81
IEEE 80211 Wireless LAN 80211b
24-5 GHz unlicensed spectrum up to 11 Mbps direct sequence spread
spectrum (DSSS) in physical layer
bull all hosts use same chipping code
80211a 5-6 GHz range up to 54 Mbps
80211g 24-5 GHz range up to 54 Mbps
80211n multiple antennae 24-5 GHz range up to 200 Mbps
all use CSMACA for multiple access all have base-station and ad-hoc network versions
5 DataLink Layer 5-82
80211 LAN architecture
wireless host communicates with base station
base station = access point (AP)
Basic Service Set (BSS)(aka ldquocellrdquo) in infrastructure mode contains
wireless hosts access point (AP) base
station ad hoc mode hosts only
BSS 1
BSS 2
Internet
hub switchor routerAP
AP
5 DataLink Layer 5-83
80211 Channels association
80211b 24GHz-2485GHz spectrum divided into 11 channels at different frequencies AP admin chooses frequency for AP interference possible channel can be same as
that chosen by neighboring AP host must associate with an AP
scans channels listening for beacon framescontaining APrsquos name (SSID) and MAC address
selects AP to associate with may perform authentication [Chapter 8] will typically run DHCP to get IP address in APrsquos
subnet
5 DataLink Layer 5-84
80211 passiveactive scanning
AP 2AP 1
H1
BBS 2BBS 1
122
3 4
Active Scanning (1) probe request frame broadcast
from H1(2) probe response frame sent from
APs(3) association request frame sent
H1 to selected AP (4) association response frame sent
H1 to selected AP
AP 2AP 1
H1
BBS 2BBS 1
12 3
1
Passive Scanning(1) beacon frames sent from APs(2) association request frame sent H1
to selected AP (3) association response frame sent
H1 to selected AP
5 DataLink Layer 5-85
IEEE 80211 multiple access avoid collisions 2+ nodes transmitting at same time 80211 CSMA - sense before transmitting
donrsquot collide with ongoing transmission by other node 80211 no collision detection
difficult to receive (sense collisions) when transmitting due to weak received signals (fading)
canrsquot sense all collisions in any case hidden terminal fading goal avoid collisions CSMAC(ollision)A(voidance)
AB
CA B C
Arsquos signalstrength
space
Crsquos signalstrength
5 DataLink Layer 5-86
IEEE 80211 MAC Protocol CSMACA
80211 sender1 if sense channel idle for DIFS then
transmit entire frame (no CD)2 if sense channel busy then
start random backoff timetimer counts down while channel idletransmit when timer expiresif no ACK increase random backoff
interval repeat 280211 receiver- if frame received OK
return ACK after SIFS (ACK needed due to hidden terminal problem)
sender receiver
DIFS
data
SIFS
ACK
5 DataLink Layer 5-87
Avoiding collisions (more)idea allow sender to ldquoreserverdquo channel rather than random
access of data frames avoid collisions of long data frames sender first transmits small request-to-send (RTS) packets
to BS using CSMA RTSs may still collide with each other (but theyrsquore short)
BS broadcasts clear-to-send CTS in response to RTS CTS heard by all nodes
sender transmits data frame other stations defer transmissions
avoid data frame collisions completely using small reservation packets
5 DataLink Layer 5-88
Collision Avoidance RTS-CTS exchange
APA B
time
RTS(A)RTS(B)
RTS(A)
CTS(A) CTS(A)
DATA (A)
ACK(A) ACK(A)
reservation collision
defer
5 DataLink Layer 5-89
framecontrol duration address
1address
2address
4address
3 payload CRC
2 2 6 6 6 2 6 0 - 2312 4
seqcontrol
80211 frame addressing
Address 2 MAC addressof wireless host or AP transmitting this frame
Address 1 MAC addressof wireless host or AP to receive this frame
Address 3 MAC addressof router interface to which AP is attached
Address 4 used only in ad hoc mode
5 DataLink Layer 5-90
Internetrouter
AP
H1 R1
AP MAC addr H1 MAC addr R1 MAC addraddress 1 address 2 address 3
80211 frame
R1 MAC addr H1 MAC addr dest address source address
8023 frame
80211 frame addressing
5 DataLink Layer 5-91
framecontrol duration address
1address
2address
4address
3 payload CRC
2 2 6 6 6 2 6 0 - 2312 4
seqcontrol
Type FromAPSubtype To
APMore frag WEPMore
dataPower
mgtRetry RsvdProtocolversion
2 2 4 1 1 1 1 1 11 1
80211 frame moreduration of reserved transmission time (RTSCTS)
frame seq (for RDT)
frame type(RTS CTS ACK data)
5 DataLink Layer 5-92
hub or switch
AP 2
AP 1
H1 BBS 2
BBS 1
80211 mobility within same subnet
router H1 remains in same IP subnet IP address can remain same
switch which AP is associated with H1
self-learning (Ch 5) switch will see frame from H1 and ldquorememberrdquo which switch port can be used to reach H1
5 DataLink Layer 5-93
80211 advanced capabilities
Rate Adaptation base station mobile
dynamically change transmission rate (physical layer modulation technique) as mobile moves SNR varies
QAM256 (8 Mbps)QAM16 (4 Mbps)BPSK (1 Mbps)
10 20 30 40SNR(dB)
BE
R
10-1
10-2
10-3
10-5
10-6
10-7
10-4
operating point
1 SNR decreases BER increase as node moves away from base station2 When BER becomes too high switch to lower transmission rate but with lower BER
5 DataLink Layer 5-94
80211 advanced capabilitiesPower Management node-to-AP ldquoI am going to sleep until next
beacon framerdquo AP knows not to transmit frames to this
node node wakes up before next beacon frame
beacon frame contains list of mobiles with AP-to-mobile frames waiting to be sent node will stay awake if AP-to-mobile frames
to be sent otherwise sleep again until next beacon frame
5 DataLink Layer 5-36
Routing to another LANwalkthrough send datagram from A to B via R
assume A knowrsquos Brsquos IP address
Two ARP tables in router R one for each IP network (LAN)
A
RB
5 DataLink Layer 5-37
A creates datagram with source A destination B A uses ARP to get Rrsquos MAC address for 111111111110 A creates link-layer frame with Rs MAC address as dest
frame contains A-to-B IP datagram Arsquos adapter sends frame Rrsquos adapter receives frame R removes IP datagram from Ethernet frame sees itrsquos
destined to B R uses ARP to get Brsquos MAC address R creates frame containing A-to-B IP datagram sends to B
A
RB
5 DataLink Layer 5-38
Ethernetldquodominantrdquo wired LAN technology cheap $20 for 100Mbs first widely used LAN technology Simpler cheaper than token LANs and ATM Kept up with speed race 10 Mbps ndash 10 Gbps
Metcalfersquos Ethernetsketch
5 DataLink Layer 5-39
Star topology Bus topology popular through mid 90s Now star topology prevails Connection choices hub or switch (more later)
hub orswitch
5 DataLink Layer 5-40
Ethernet Frame StructureSending adapter encapsulates IP datagram (or other
network layer protocol packet) in Ethernet frame
Preamble 7 bytes with pattern 10101010 followed by one
byte with pattern 10101011 used to synchronize receiver sender clock rates
5 DataLink Layer 5-41
Ethernet Frame Structure (more) Addresses 6 bytes
if adapter receives frame with matching destination address or with broadcast address (eg ARP packet) it passes data in frame to net-layer protocol
otherwise adapter discards frame Type 2 bytes indicates the higher (network)
layer protocol (commonly IP but may also be ARP Novell IPX and AppleTalk etc)
CRC 4 bytes checked at receiver if error is detected the frame is simply dropped
5 DataLink Layer 5-42
Unreliable connectionless service
Connectionless No handshaking between sending and receiving adapter
Unreliable receiving adapter doesnrsquot send acks or nacks to sending adapter
stream of datagrams passed to network layer can have gaps
gaps will be filled if app is using TCP otherwise app will see the gaps
5 DataLink Layer 5-43
Ethernet uses CSMACD
No slots adapter doesnrsquot transmit
if it senses that some other adapter is transmitting that is carrier sense
transmitting adapter aborts when it senses that another adapter is transmitting that is collision detection
Before attempting a retransmission adapter waits a random time that is random access
5 DataLink Layer 5-44
Ethernet CSMACD algorithm1 Adapter receives
datagram from net layer amp creates frame
2 If adapter senses channel idle it starts to transmit frame If it senses channel busy waits until channel idle and then transmits
3 If adapter transmits entire frame without detecting another transmission the adapter is done with frame
4 If adapter detects another transmission while transmitting aborts and sends 48-bit jam signal
5 After aborting adapter enters exponential backoff after the mthcollision adapter chooses a K at random from 012hellip2m-1 Adapter waits K512 bit times and returns to Step 2
5 DataLink Layer 5-45
Frame Size limitations for Ethernet Minimum Frame size (Fmin)
For proper collision detectionFmin = Min frame sizeR = Ethernetrsquos transmission rate
eg 10 Mbsdmax = max Ethernet segment
lengthS = Propagation speed (2x108
ms)FminR ge 2dmaxS
Maximum Frame Size (Fmax)For fairness among competing nodes
Fmin=64 Bytes Fmax=1500 Bytes
A Bd
2dS
tim
e
Arsquos frame
Brsquos frame
Arsquos frame in yellowBrsquos frame in green
For proper collision detection Arsquos frame should last at least until Brsquos frame reaches A
5 DataLink Layer 5-46
Ethernetrsquos CSMACD (more)Jam Signal make sure all
other transmitters are aware of collision 48 bits
Random retransmission delayK 512 bit transmission times where K is randomly selected bit time is 01 microsec for 10 Mbps and 001 microsec for 100 Mbps Ethernet
Exponential Backoff Goal adapt retransmission
attempts to estimated current load
heavy load random wait will be longer
first collision choose K from 01 delay is K 512 bit transmission times
after second collision choose K from 0123hellip
after ten collisions choose K from 01234hellip1023
for max value of K=1023 wait time is about 50 msec for 10 Mbps 5 msec for 100 Mbps Ethernet
Seeinteract with Javaapplet on AWL Web sitehighly recommended
5 DataLink Layer 5-47
CSMACD efficiency
tprop = max prop between 2 nodes in LAN ttrans = time to transmit max-size frame
Efficiency goes to 1 as tprop goes to 0 Goes to 1 as ttrans goes to infinity Much better than ALOHA but still decentralized
simple and cheap
1efficiency1 5 prop transt t
asymp+
5 DataLink Layer 5-48
10BaseT and 100BaseT 10100 Mbps rates T stands for Twisted Pair Base stands for Baseband (unmodulated) Nodes connect to a hub ldquostar topologyrdquo 100 m
max distance between nodes and hub
twisted pair
hub
5 DataLink Layer 5-49
HubsHubs are essentially physical-layer repeaters
bits coming from one link go out all other links at the same rate no frame buffering no CSMACD at hub adapters detect collisions provides net management functionality
twisted pair
hub
5 DataLink Layer 5-50
Gbit Ethernet
uses standard Ethernet frame format allows for point-to-point links and shared
broadcast channels in shared mode CSMACD is used short
distances between nodes required for efficiency
Full-Duplex at 1 Gbps for point-to-point links
10 Gbps now
5 DataLink Layer 5-51
Interconnecting with hubs Backbone hub interconnects LAN segments Extends max distance between nodes But individual segment collision domains become one
large collision domain Canrsquot interconnect 10BaseT amp 100BaseT
hub hub hub
hub
5 DataLink Layer 5-52
Switch Link layer device
stores and forwards Ethernet frames examines frame header and selectively
forwards frame based on MAC dest address when frame is to be forwarded on segment
uses CSMACD to access segment transparent
hosts are unaware of presence of switches plug-and-play self-learning
switches do not need to be configured
5 DataLink Layer 5-53
Forwarding
bull How do determine onto which LAN segment to forward framebull Looks like a routing problem
hub hubhub
switch1
2 3
5 DataLink Layer 5-54
Self learning
A switch has a switch table entry in switch table
(MAC Address Interface Time Stamp) stale entries in table dropped (TTL can be 60 min)
switch learns which hosts can be reached through which interfaces when frame received switch ldquolearnsrdquo location of
sender incoming LAN segment records senderlocation pair in switch table
5 DataLink Layer 5-55
FilteringForwardingWhen switch receives a frame
index switch table using MAC dest addressif entry found for destination
thenif dest on segment from which frame arrived
then drop the frameelse forward the frame on interface indicated
else flood
forward on all but the interface on which the frame arrived
5 DataLink Layer 5-56
Switch exampleSuppose C sends frame to D
Switch receives frame from from C notes in bridge table that C is on interface 1 because D is not in table switch forwards frame into
interfaces 2 and 3 frame received by D
hub hub hub
switch
A
B CD
EF G H
I
address interfaceABEG
1123
12 3
5 DataLink Layer 5-57
Switch exampleSuppose C sends frame to D
Switch receives frame from from C notes in bridge table that C is on interface 1 because D is not in table switch forwards frame into
interfaces 2 and 3 frame received by D
hub hub hub
switch
A
B CD
EF G H
I
address interfaceABEGC
11231
12 3
5 DataLink Layer 5-58
Switch exampleSuppose D replies back with frame to C
Switch receives frame from from D notes in bridge table that D is on interface 2 because C is in table switch forwards frame only to
interface 1 frame received by C
hub hub hub
switch
A
B CD
EF G H
I
address interfaceABEGC
11231
12 3
5 DataLink Layer 5-59
Switch exampleSuppose D replies back with frame to C
Switch receives frame from from D notes in bridge table that D is on interface 2 because C is in table switch forwards frame only to
interface 1 frame received by C
hub hub hub
switch
A
B CD
EF G H
I
address interfaceABEGCD
112312
12 3
5 DataLink Layer 5-60
Switch traffic isolation switch installation breaks subnet into LAN
segments switch filters packets
same-LAN-segment frames not usually forwarded onto other LAN segments
segments become separate collision domains
hub hub hub
switch
collision domain collision domain
collision domain
5 DataLink Layer 5-61
Switches dedicated access Switch with many
interfaces Hosts have direct
connection to switch No collisions full duplex
Switching A-to-Arsquo and B-to-Brsquo simultaneously no collisions
combinations of shareddedicated 101001000 Mbps interfaces possible
switch
A
Arsquo
B
Brsquo
C
Crsquo
5 DataLink Layer 5-62
Institutional network
hub hubhub
switch
to externalnetwork
router
IP subnet
mail server
web server
5 DataLink Layer 5-63
Switches vs Routers both store-and-forward devices
routers network layer devices (examine network layer headers)
switches are link layer devices routers maintain routing tables implement routing
algorithms switches maintain switch tables implement
filtering learning algorithms
5 DataLink Layer 5-64
Summary comparison
hubs routers switches
traffic isolation
no yes yes
plug amp play yes no yes
optimal routing
no yes no
5 DataLink Layer 5-65
VLANs motivation
What happens if CS user moves office to EE
but wants connect to CS switch
single broadcast domain all layer-2 broadcast
traffic (ARP DHCP) crosses entire LAN (securityprivacy efficiency issues)
each lowest level switch has only few ports in use
Computer Science Electrical
EngineeringComputerEngineering
Whatrsquos wrong with this picture
5 DataLink Layer 5-66
VLANs Port-based VLAN switch ports grouped (by switch management software) so that single physical switch helliphellip
Switch(es) supporting VLAN capabilities can be configured to define multiple virtual LANS over single physical LAN infrastructure
Virtual Local Area Network
1
8
9
16102
7
hellip
Electrical Engineering(VLAN ports 1-8)
Computer Science(VLAN ports 9-15)
15
hellip
Electrical Engineering(VLAN ports 1-8)
hellip
1
82
7 9
1610
15
hellip
Computer Science(VLAN ports 9-16)
hellip operates as multiple virtual switches
5 DataLink Layer 5-67
Port-based VLAN
1
8
9
16102
7
hellip
Electrical Engineering(VLAN ports 1-8)
Computer Science(VLAN ports 9-15)
15
hellip
traffic isolation frames tofrom ports 1-8 can only reach ports 1-8
can also define VLAN based on MAC addresses of endpoints rather than switch port
dynamic membershipports can be dynamically assigned among VLANs
router
forwarding between VLANSdone via routing (just as with separate switches)
in practice vendors sell combined switches plus routers
5 DataLink Layer 5-68
VLANS spanning multiple switches
trunk port carries frames between VLANS defined over multiple physical switches
frames forwarded within VLAN between switches canrsquot be vanilla 8021 frames (must carry VLAN ID info)
8021q protocol addsremoves additional header fields for frames forwarded between trunk ports
1
8
9
102
7
hellip
Electrical Engineering(VLAN ports 1-8)
Computer Science(VLAN ports 9-15)
15
hellip
2
73
Ports 235 belong to EE VLANPorts 4678 belong to CS VLAN
5
4 6 816
1
5 DataLink Layer 5-69
Type
2-byte Tag Protocol Identifier(value 81-00)
Tag Control Information (12 bit VLAN ID field 3 bit priority field like IP TOS)
Recomputed CRC
8021Q VLAN frame format
8021 frame
8021Q frame
5 DataLink Layer 5-70
Chapter 6 Wireless and Mobile Networks
Background wireless (mobile) phone subscribers now
exceeds wired phone subscribers computer nets laptops palmtops PDAs
Internet-enabled phone promise anytime untethered Internet access
two important (but different) challenges wireless communication over wireless link mobility handling the mobile user who changes point
of attachment to network
5 DataLink Layer 5-71
Elements of a wireless network
network infrastructure
wireless hosts laptop PDA IP phone run applications may be stationary
(non-mobile) or mobile wireless does not
always mean mobility
5 DataLink Layer 5-72
Elements of a wireless network
network infrastructure
base station typically connected to
wired network relay - responsible
for sending packets between wired network and wireless host(s) in its ldquoareardquo
eg cell towers 80211 access points
5 DataLink Layer 5-73
Elements of a wireless network
network infrastructure
wireless link typically used to
connect mobile(s) to base station
also used as backbone link
multiple access protocol coordinates link access
various data rates transmission distance
5 DataLink Layer 5-74
Characteristics of selected wireless link standards
Indoor10-30m
Outdoor50-200m
Mid-rangeoutdoor
200m ndash 4 Km
Long-rangeoutdoor
5Km ndash 20 Km
056
384
1
4
5-11
54
IS-95 CDMA GSM 2G
UMTSWCDMA CDMA2000 3G
80215
80211b
80211ag
UMTSWCDMA-HSPDA CDMA2000-1xEVDO 3G cellularenhanced
80216 (WiMAX)
80211ag point-to-point
200 80211n
Dat
a ra
te (M
bps) data
5 DataLink Layer 5-75
Elements of a wireless network
network infrastructure
infrastructure mode base station connects
mobiles into wired network
handoff mobile changes base station providing connection into wired network
5 DataLink Layer 5-76
Elements of a wireless networkad hoc mode no base stations nodes can only
transmit to other nodes within link coverage
nodes organize themselves into a network route among themselves
5 DataLink Layer 5-77
Wireless network taxonomy
single hop multiple hops
infrastructure(eg APs)
noinfrastructure
host connects to base station (WiFiWiMAX cellular) which connects to
larger Internet
no base station noconnection to larger Internet (Bluetooth
ad hoc nets)
host may have torelay through several
wireless nodes to connect to larger
Internet mesh net
no base station noconnection to larger
Internet May have torelay to reach other a given wireless node
MANET VANET
5 DataLink Layer 5-78
Wireless Link Characteristics (1)Differences from wired link hellip
decreased signal strength radio signal attenuates as it propagates through matter (path loss)
interference from other sources standardized wireless network frequencies (eg 24 GHz) shared by other devices (eg phone) devices (motors) interfere as well
multipath propagation radio signal reflects off objects arriving at destination at slightly different times
hellip make communication across (even a point to point) wireless link much more ldquodifficultrdquo
5 DataLink Layer 5-79
Wireless Link Characteristics (2) SNR signal-to-noise ratio
larger SNR ndash easier to extract signal from noise (a ldquogood thingrdquo)
SNR versus BER tradeoffs given physical layer
increase power -gt increase SNR-gtdecrease BER
given SNR choose physical layer that meets BER requirement giving highest thruput
bull SNR may change with mobility dynamically adapt physical layer (modulation technique rate)
10 20 30 40
QAM256 (8 Mbps)
QAM16 (4 Mbps)
BPSK (1 Mbps)
SNR(dB)B
ER
10-1
10-2
10-3
10-5
10-6
10-7
10-4
5 DataLink Layer 5-80
Wireless network characteristicsMultiple wireless senders and receivers create
additional problems (beyond multiple access)
AB
C
Hidden terminal problem B A hear each other B C hear each other A C can not hear each othermeans A C unaware of their
interference at B
A B C
Arsquos signalstrength
space
Crsquos signalstrength
Signal attenuation B A hear each other B C hear each other A C can not hear each other
interfering at B
5 DataLink Layer 5-81
IEEE 80211 Wireless LAN 80211b
24-5 GHz unlicensed spectrum up to 11 Mbps direct sequence spread
spectrum (DSSS) in physical layer
bull all hosts use same chipping code
80211a 5-6 GHz range up to 54 Mbps
80211g 24-5 GHz range up to 54 Mbps
80211n multiple antennae 24-5 GHz range up to 200 Mbps
all use CSMACA for multiple access all have base-station and ad-hoc network versions
5 DataLink Layer 5-82
80211 LAN architecture
wireless host communicates with base station
base station = access point (AP)
Basic Service Set (BSS)(aka ldquocellrdquo) in infrastructure mode contains
wireless hosts access point (AP) base
station ad hoc mode hosts only
BSS 1
BSS 2
Internet
hub switchor routerAP
AP
5 DataLink Layer 5-83
80211 Channels association
80211b 24GHz-2485GHz spectrum divided into 11 channels at different frequencies AP admin chooses frequency for AP interference possible channel can be same as
that chosen by neighboring AP host must associate with an AP
scans channels listening for beacon framescontaining APrsquos name (SSID) and MAC address
selects AP to associate with may perform authentication [Chapter 8] will typically run DHCP to get IP address in APrsquos
subnet
5 DataLink Layer 5-84
80211 passiveactive scanning
AP 2AP 1
H1
BBS 2BBS 1
122
3 4
Active Scanning (1) probe request frame broadcast
from H1(2) probe response frame sent from
APs(3) association request frame sent
H1 to selected AP (4) association response frame sent
H1 to selected AP
AP 2AP 1
H1
BBS 2BBS 1
12 3
1
Passive Scanning(1) beacon frames sent from APs(2) association request frame sent H1
to selected AP (3) association response frame sent
H1 to selected AP
5 DataLink Layer 5-85
IEEE 80211 multiple access avoid collisions 2+ nodes transmitting at same time 80211 CSMA - sense before transmitting
donrsquot collide with ongoing transmission by other node 80211 no collision detection
difficult to receive (sense collisions) when transmitting due to weak received signals (fading)
canrsquot sense all collisions in any case hidden terminal fading goal avoid collisions CSMAC(ollision)A(voidance)
AB
CA B C
Arsquos signalstrength
space
Crsquos signalstrength
5 DataLink Layer 5-86
IEEE 80211 MAC Protocol CSMACA
80211 sender1 if sense channel idle for DIFS then
transmit entire frame (no CD)2 if sense channel busy then
start random backoff timetimer counts down while channel idletransmit when timer expiresif no ACK increase random backoff
interval repeat 280211 receiver- if frame received OK
return ACK after SIFS (ACK needed due to hidden terminal problem)
sender receiver
DIFS
data
SIFS
ACK
5 DataLink Layer 5-87
Avoiding collisions (more)idea allow sender to ldquoreserverdquo channel rather than random
access of data frames avoid collisions of long data frames sender first transmits small request-to-send (RTS) packets
to BS using CSMA RTSs may still collide with each other (but theyrsquore short)
BS broadcasts clear-to-send CTS in response to RTS CTS heard by all nodes
sender transmits data frame other stations defer transmissions
avoid data frame collisions completely using small reservation packets
5 DataLink Layer 5-88
Collision Avoidance RTS-CTS exchange
APA B
time
RTS(A)RTS(B)
RTS(A)
CTS(A) CTS(A)
DATA (A)
ACK(A) ACK(A)
reservation collision
defer
5 DataLink Layer 5-89
framecontrol duration address
1address
2address
4address
3 payload CRC
2 2 6 6 6 2 6 0 - 2312 4
seqcontrol
80211 frame addressing
Address 2 MAC addressof wireless host or AP transmitting this frame
Address 1 MAC addressof wireless host or AP to receive this frame
Address 3 MAC addressof router interface to which AP is attached
Address 4 used only in ad hoc mode
5 DataLink Layer 5-90
Internetrouter
AP
H1 R1
AP MAC addr H1 MAC addr R1 MAC addraddress 1 address 2 address 3
80211 frame
R1 MAC addr H1 MAC addr dest address source address
8023 frame
80211 frame addressing
5 DataLink Layer 5-91
framecontrol duration address
1address
2address
4address
3 payload CRC
2 2 6 6 6 2 6 0 - 2312 4
seqcontrol
Type FromAPSubtype To
APMore frag WEPMore
dataPower
mgtRetry RsvdProtocolversion
2 2 4 1 1 1 1 1 11 1
80211 frame moreduration of reserved transmission time (RTSCTS)
frame seq (for RDT)
frame type(RTS CTS ACK data)
5 DataLink Layer 5-92
hub or switch
AP 2
AP 1
H1 BBS 2
BBS 1
80211 mobility within same subnet
router H1 remains in same IP subnet IP address can remain same
switch which AP is associated with H1
self-learning (Ch 5) switch will see frame from H1 and ldquorememberrdquo which switch port can be used to reach H1
5 DataLink Layer 5-93
80211 advanced capabilities
Rate Adaptation base station mobile
dynamically change transmission rate (physical layer modulation technique) as mobile moves SNR varies
QAM256 (8 Mbps)QAM16 (4 Mbps)BPSK (1 Mbps)
10 20 30 40SNR(dB)
BE
R
10-1
10-2
10-3
10-5
10-6
10-7
10-4
operating point
1 SNR decreases BER increase as node moves away from base station2 When BER becomes too high switch to lower transmission rate but with lower BER
5 DataLink Layer 5-94
80211 advanced capabilitiesPower Management node-to-AP ldquoI am going to sleep until next
beacon framerdquo AP knows not to transmit frames to this
node node wakes up before next beacon frame
beacon frame contains list of mobiles with AP-to-mobile frames waiting to be sent node will stay awake if AP-to-mobile frames
to be sent otherwise sleep again until next beacon frame
5 DataLink Layer 5-37
A creates datagram with source A destination B A uses ARP to get Rrsquos MAC address for 111111111110 A creates link-layer frame with Rs MAC address as dest
frame contains A-to-B IP datagram Arsquos adapter sends frame Rrsquos adapter receives frame R removes IP datagram from Ethernet frame sees itrsquos
destined to B R uses ARP to get Brsquos MAC address R creates frame containing A-to-B IP datagram sends to B
A
RB
5 DataLink Layer 5-38
Ethernetldquodominantrdquo wired LAN technology cheap $20 for 100Mbs first widely used LAN technology Simpler cheaper than token LANs and ATM Kept up with speed race 10 Mbps ndash 10 Gbps
Metcalfersquos Ethernetsketch
5 DataLink Layer 5-39
Star topology Bus topology popular through mid 90s Now star topology prevails Connection choices hub or switch (more later)
hub orswitch
5 DataLink Layer 5-40
Ethernet Frame StructureSending adapter encapsulates IP datagram (or other
network layer protocol packet) in Ethernet frame
Preamble 7 bytes with pattern 10101010 followed by one
byte with pattern 10101011 used to synchronize receiver sender clock rates
5 DataLink Layer 5-41
Ethernet Frame Structure (more) Addresses 6 bytes
if adapter receives frame with matching destination address or with broadcast address (eg ARP packet) it passes data in frame to net-layer protocol
otherwise adapter discards frame Type 2 bytes indicates the higher (network)
layer protocol (commonly IP but may also be ARP Novell IPX and AppleTalk etc)
CRC 4 bytes checked at receiver if error is detected the frame is simply dropped
5 DataLink Layer 5-42
Unreliable connectionless service
Connectionless No handshaking between sending and receiving adapter
Unreliable receiving adapter doesnrsquot send acks or nacks to sending adapter
stream of datagrams passed to network layer can have gaps
gaps will be filled if app is using TCP otherwise app will see the gaps
5 DataLink Layer 5-43
Ethernet uses CSMACD
No slots adapter doesnrsquot transmit
if it senses that some other adapter is transmitting that is carrier sense
transmitting adapter aborts when it senses that another adapter is transmitting that is collision detection
Before attempting a retransmission adapter waits a random time that is random access
5 DataLink Layer 5-44
Ethernet CSMACD algorithm1 Adapter receives
datagram from net layer amp creates frame
2 If adapter senses channel idle it starts to transmit frame If it senses channel busy waits until channel idle and then transmits
3 If adapter transmits entire frame without detecting another transmission the adapter is done with frame
4 If adapter detects another transmission while transmitting aborts and sends 48-bit jam signal
5 After aborting adapter enters exponential backoff after the mthcollision adapter chooses a K at random from 012hellip2m-1 Adapter waits K512 bit times and returns to Step 2
5 DataLink Layer 5-45
Frame Size limitations for Ethernet Minimum Frame size (Fmin)
For proper collision detectionFmin = Min frame sizeR = Ethernetrsquos transmission rate
eg 10 Mbsdmax = max Ethernet segment
lengthS = Propagation speed (2x108
ms)FminR ge 2dmaxS
Maximum Frame Size (Fmax)For fairness among competing nodes
Fmin=64 Bytes Fmax=1500 Bytes
A Bd
2dS
tim
e
Arsquos frame
Brsquos frame
Arsquos frame in yellowBrsquos frame in green
For proper collision detection Arsquos frame should last at least until Brsquos frame reaches A
5 DataLink Layer 5-46
Ethernetrsquos CSMACD (more)Jam Signal make sure all
other transmitters are aware of collision 48 bits
Random retransmission delayK 512 bit transmission times where K is randomly selected bit time is 01 microsec for 10 Mbps and 001 microsec for 100 Mbps Ethernet
Exponential Backoff Goal adapt retransmission
attempts to estimated current load
heavy load random wait will be longer
first collision choose K from 01 delay is K 512 bit transmission times
after second collision choose K from 0123hellip
after ten collisions choose K from 01234hellip1023
for max value of K=1023 wait time is about 50 msec for 10 Mbps 5 msec for 100 Mbps Ethernet
Seeinteract with Javaapplet on AWL Web sitehighly recommended
5 DataLink Layer 5-47
CSMACD efficiency
tprop = max prop between 2 nodes in LAN ttrans = time to transmit max-size frame
Efficiency goes to 1 as tprop goes to 0 Goes to 1 as ttrans goes to infinity Much better than ALOHA but still decentralized
simple and cheap
1efficiency1 5 prop transt t
asymp+
5 DataLink Layer 5-48
10BaseT and 100BaseT 10100 Mbps rates T stands for Twisted Pair Base stands for Baseband (unmodulated) Nodes connect to a hub ldquostar topologyrdquo 100 m
max distance between nodes and hub
twisted pair
hub
5 DataLink Layer 5-49
HubsHubs are essentially physical-layer repeaters
bits coming from one link go out all other links at the same rate no frame buffering no CSMACD at hub adapters detect collisions provides net management functionality
twisted pair
hub
5 DataLink Layer 5-50
Gbit Ethernet
uses standard Ethernet frame format allows for point-to-point links and shared
broadcast channels in shared mode CSMACD is used short
distances between nodes required for efficiency
Full-Duplex at 1 Gbps for point-to-point links
10 Gbps now
5 DataLink Layer 5-51
Interconnecting with hubs Backbone hub interconnects LAN segments Extends max distance between nodes But individual segment collision domains become one
large collision domain Canrsquot interconnect 10BaseT amp 100BaseT
hub hub hub
hub
5 DataLink Layer 5-52
Switch Link layer device
stores and forwards Ethernet frames examines frame header and selectively
forwards frame based on MAC dest address when frame is to be forwarded on segment
uses CSMACD to access segment transparent
hosts are unaware of presence of switches plug-and-play self-learning
switches do not need to be configured
5 DataLink Layer 5-53
Forwarding
bull How do determine onto which LAN segment to forward framebull Looks like a routing problem
hub hubhub
switch1
2 3
5 DataLink Layer 5-54
Self learning
A switch has a switch table entry in switch table
(MAC Address Interface Time Stamp) stale entries in table dropped (TTL can be 60 min)
switch learns which hosts can be reached through which interfaces when frame received switch ldquolearnsrdquo location of
sender incoming LAN segment records senderlocation pair in switch table
5 DataLink Layer 5-55
FilteringForwardingWhen switch receives a frame
index switch table using MAC dest addressif entry found for destination
thenif dest on segment from which frame arrived
then drop the frameelse forward the frame on interface indicated
else flood
forward on all but the interface on which the frame arrived
5 DataLink Layer 5-56
Switch exampleSuppose C sends frame to D
Switch receives frame from from C notes in bridge table that C is on interface 1 because D is not in table switch forwards frame into
interfaces 2 and 3 frame received by D
hub hub hub
switch
A
B CD
EF G H
I
address interfaceABEG
1123
12 3
5 DataLink Layer 5-57
Switch exampleSuppose C sends frame to D
Switch receives frame from from C notes in bridge table that C is on interface 1 because D is not in table switch forwards frame into
interfaces 2 and 3 frame received by D
hub hub hub
switch
A
B CD
EF G H
I
address interfaceABEGC
11231
12 3
5 DataLink Layer 5-58
Switch exampleSuppose D replies back with frame to C
Switch receives frame from from D notes in bridge table that D is on interface 2 because C is in table switch forwards frame only to
interface 1 frame received by C
hub hub hub
switch
A
B CD
EF G H
I
address interfaceABEGC
11231
12 3
5 DataLink Layer 5-59
Switch exampleSuppose D replies back with frame to C
Switch receives frame from from D notes in bridge table that D is on interface 2 because C is in table switch forwards frame only to
interface 1 frame received by C
hub hub hub
switch
A
B CD
EF G H
I
address interfaceABEGCD
112312
12 3
5 DataLink Layer 5-60
Switch traffic isolation switch installation breaks subnet into LAN
segments switch filters packets
same-LAN-segment frames not usually forwarded onto other LAN segments
segments become separate collision domains
hub hub hub
switch
collision domain collision domain
collision domain
5 DataLink Layer 5-61
Switches dedicated access Switch with many
interfaces Hosts have direct
connection to switch No collisions full duplex
Switching A-to-Arsquo and B-to-Brsquo simultaneously no collisions
combinations of shareddedicated 101001000 Mbps interfaces possible
switch
A
Arsquo
B
Brsquo
C
Crsquo
5 DataLink Layer 5-62
Institutional network
hub hubhub
switch
to externalnetwork
router
IP subnet
mail server
web server
5 DataLink Layer 5-63
Switches vs Routers both store-and-forward devices
routers network layer devices (examine network layer headers)
switches are link layer devices routers maintain routing tables implement routing
algorithms switches maintain switch tables implement
filtering learning algorithms
5 DataLink Layer 5-64
Summary comparison
hubs routers switches
traffic isolation
no yes yes
plug amp play yes no yes
optimal routing
no yes no
5 DataLink Layer 5-65
VLANs motivation
What happens if CS user moves office to EE
but wants connect to CS switch
single broadcast domain all layer-2 broadcast
traffic (ARP DHCP) crosses entire LAN (securityprivacy efficiency issues)
each lowest level switch has only few ports in use
Computer Science Electrical
EngineeringComputerEngineering
Whatrsquos wrong with this picture
5 DataLink Layer 5-66
VLANs Port-based VLAN switch ports grouped (by switch management software) so that single physical switch helliphellip
Switch(es) supporting VLAN capabilities can be configured to define multiple virtual LANS over single physical LAN infrastructure
Virtual Local Area Network
1
8
9
16102
7
hellip
Electrical Engineering(VLAN ports 1-8)
Computer Science(VLAN ports 9-15)
15
hellip
Electrical Engineering(VLAN ports 1-8)
hellip
1
82
7 9
1610
15
hellip
Computer Science(VLAN ports 9-16)
hellip operates as multiple virtual switches
5 DataLink Layer 5-67
Port-based VLAN
1
8
9
16102
7
hellip
Electrical Engineering(VLAN ports 1-8)
Computer Science(VLAN ports 9-15)
15
hellip
traffic isolation frames tofrom ports 1-8 can only reach ports 1-8
can also define VLAN based on MAC addresses of endpoints rather than switch port
dynamic membershipports can be dynamically assigned among VLANs
router
forwarding between VLANSdone via routing (just as with separate switches)
in practice vendors sell combined switches plus routers
5 DataLink Layer 5-68
VLANS spanning multiple switches
trunk port carries frames between VLANS defined over multiple physical switches
frames forwarded within VLAN between switches canrsquot be vanilla 8021 frames (must carry VLAN ID info)
8021q protocol addsremoves additional header fields for frames forwarded between trunk ports
1
8
9
102
7
hellip
Electrical Engineering(VLAN ports 1-8)
Computer Science(VLAN ports 9-15)
15
hellip
2
73
Ports 235 belong to EE VLANPorts 4678 belong to CS VLAN
5
4 6 816
1
5 DataLink Layer 5-69
Type
2-byte Tag Protocol Identifier(value 81-00)
Tag Control Information (12 bit VLAN ID field 3 bit priority field like IP TOS)
Recomputed CRC
8021Q VLAN frame format
8021 frame
8021Q frame
5 DataLink Layer 5-70
Chapter 6 Wireless and Mobile Networks
Background wireless (mobile) phone subscribers now
exceeds wired phone subscribers computer nets laptops palmtops PDAs
Internet-enabled phone promise anytime untethered Internet access
two important (but different) challenges wireless communication over wireless link mobility handling the mobile user who changes point
of attachment to network
5 DataLink Layer 5-71
Elements of a wireless network
network infrastructure
wireless hosts laptop PDA IP phone run applications may be stationary
(non-mobile) or mobile wireless does not
always mean mobility
5 DataLink Layer 5-72
Elements of a wireless network
network infrastructure
base station typically connected to
wired network relay - responsible
for sending packets between wired network and wireless host(s) in its ldquoareardquo
eg cell towers 80211 access points
5 DataLink Layer 5-73
Elements of a wireless network
network infrastructure
wireless link typically used to
connect mobile(s) to base station
also used as backbone link
multiple access protocol coordinates link access
various data rates transmission distance
5 DataLink Layer 5-74
Characteristics of selected wireless link standards
Indoor10-30m
Outdoor50-200m
Mid-rangeoutdoor
200m ndash 4 Km
Long-rangeoutdoor
5Km ndash 20 Km
056
384
1
4
5-11
54
IS-95 CDMA GSM 2G
UMTSWCDMA CDMA2000 3G
80215
80211b
80211ag
UMTSWCDMA-HSPDA CDMA2000-1xEVDO 3G cellularenhanced
80216 (WiMAX)
80211ag point-to-point
200 80211n
Dat
a ra
te (M
bps) data
5 DataLink Layer 5-75
Elements of a wireless network
network infrastructure
infrastructure mode base station connects
mobiles into wired network
handoff mobile changes base station providing connection into wired network
5 DataLink Layer 5-76
Elements of a wireless networkad hoc mode no base stations nodes can only
transmit to other nodes within link coverage
nodes organize themselves into a network route among themselves
5 DataLink Layer 5-77
Wireless network taxonomy
single hop multiple hops
infrastructure(eg APs)
noinfrastructure
host connects to base station (WiFiWiMAX cellular) which connects to
larger Internet
no base station noconnection to larger Internet (Bluetooth
ad hoc nets)
host may have torelay through several
wireless nodes to connect to larger
Internet mesh net
no base station noconnection to larger
Internet May have torelay to reach other a given wireless node
MANET VANET
5 DataLink Layer 5-78
Wireless Link Characteristics (1)Differences from wired link hellip
decreased signal strength radio signal attenuates as it propagates through matter (path loss)
interference from other sources standardized wireless network frequencies (eg 24 GHz) shared by other devices (eg phone) devices (motors) interfere as well
multipath propagation radio signal reflects off objects arriving at destination at slightly different times
hellip make communication across (even a point to point) wireless link much more ldquodifficultrdquo
5 DataLink Layer 5-79
Wireless Link Characteristics (2) SNR signal-to-noise ratio
larger SNR ndash easier to extract signal from noise (a ldquogood thingrdquo)
SNR versus BER tradeoffs given physical layer
increase power -gt increase SNR-gtdecrease BER
given SNR choose physical layer that meets BER requirement giving highest thruput
bull SNR may change with mobility dynamically adapt physical layer (modulation technique rate)
10 20 30 40
QAM256 (8 Mbps)
QAM16 (4 Mbps)
BPSK (1 Mbps)
SNR(dB)B
ER
10-1
10-2
10-3
10-5
10-6
10-7
10-4
5 DataLink Layer 5-80
Wireless network characteristicsMultiple wireless senders and receivers create
additional problems (beyond multiple access)
AB
C
Hidden terminal problem B A hear each other B C hear each other A C can not hear each othermeans A C unaware of their
interference at B
A B C
Arsquos signalstrength
space
Crsquos signalstrength
Signal attenuation B A hear each other B C hear each other A C can not hear each other
interfering at B
5 DataLink Layer 5-81
IEEE 80211 Wireless LAN 80211b
24-5 GHz unlicensed spectrum up to 11 Mbps direct sequence spread
spectrum (DSSS) in physical layer
bull all hosts use same chipping code
80211a 5-6 GHz range up to 54 Mbps
80211g 24-5 GHz range up to 54 Mbps
80211n multiple antennae 24-5 GHz range up to 200 Mbps
all use CSMACA for multiple access all have base-station and ad-hoc network versions
5 DataLink Layer 5-82
80211 LAN architecture
wireless host communicates with base station
base station = access point (AP)
Basic Service Set (BSS)(aka ldquocellrdquo) in infrastructure mode contains
wireless hosts access point (AP) base
station ad hoc mode hosts only
BSS 1
BSS 2
Internet
hub switchor routerAP
AP
5 DataLink Layer 5-83
80211 Channels association
80211b 24GHz-2485GHz spectrum divided into 11 channels at different frequencies AP admin chooses frequency for AP interference possible channel can be same as
that chosen by neighboring AP host must associate with an AP
scans channels listening for beacon framescontaining APrsquos name (SSID) and MAC address
selects AP to associate with may perform authentication [Chapter 8] will typically run DHCP to get IP address in APrsquos
subnet
5 DataLink Layer 5-84
80211 passiveactive scanning
AP 2AP 1
H1
BBS 2BBS 1
122
3 4
Active Scanning (1) probe request frame broadcast
from H1(2) probe response frame sent from
APs(3) association request frame sent
H1 to selected AP (4) association response frame sent
H1 to selected AP
AP 2AP 1
H1
BBS 2BBS 1
12 3
1
Passive Scanning(1) beacon frames sent from APs(2) association request frame sent H1
to selected AP (3) association response frame sent
H1 to selected AP
5 DataLink Layer 5-85
IEEE 80211 multiple access avoid collisions 2+ nodes transmitting at same time 80211 CSMA - sense before transmitting
donrsquot collide with ongoing transmission by other node 80211 no collision detection
difficult to receive (sense collisions) when transmitting due to weak received signals (fading)
canrsquot sense all collisions in any case hidden terminal fading goal avoid collisions CSMAC(ollision)A(voidance)
AB
CA B C
Arsquos signalstrength
space
Crsquos signalstrength
5 DataLink Layer 5-86
IEEE 80211 MAC Protocol CSMACA
80211 sender1 if sense channel idle for DIFS then
transmit entire frame (no CD)2 if sense channel busy then
start random backoff timetimer counts down while channel idletransmit when timer expiresif no ACK increase random backoff
interval repeat 280211 receiver- if frame received OK
return ACK after SIFS (ACK needed due to hidden terminal problem)
sender receiver
DIFS
data
SIFS
ACK
5 DataLink Layer 5-87
Avoiding collisions (more)idea allow sender to ldquoreserverdquo channel rather than random
access of data frames avoid collisions of long data frames sender first transmits small request-to-send (RTS) packets
to BS using CSMA RTSs may still collide with each other (but theyrsquore short)
BS broadcasts clear-to-send CTS in response to RTS CTS heard by all nodes
sender transmits data frame other stations defer transmissions
avoid data frame collisions completely using small reservation packets
5 DataLink Layer 5-88
Collision Avoidance RTS-CTS exchange
APA B
time
RTS(A)RTS(B)
RTS(A)
CTS(A) CTS(A)
DATA (A)
ACK(A) ACK(A)
reservation collision
defer
5 DataLink Layer 5-89
framecontrol duration address
1address
2address
4address
3 payload CRC
2 2 6 6 6 2 6 0 - 2312 4
seqcontrol
80211 frame addressing
Address 2 MAC addressof wireless host or AP transmitting this frame
Address 1 MAC addressof wireless host or AP to receive this frame
Address 3 MAC addressof router interface to which AP is attached
Address 4 used only in ad hoc mode
5 DataLink Layer 5-90
Internetrouter
AP
H1 R1
AP MAC addr H1 MAC addr R1 MAC addraddress 1 address 2 address 3
80211 frame
R1 MAC addr H1 MAC addr dest address source address
8023 frame
80211 frame addressing
5 DataLink Layer 5-91
framecontrol duration address
1address
2address
4address
3 payload CRC
2 2 6 6 6 2 6 0 - 2312 4
seqcontrol
Type FromAPSubtype To
APMore frag WEPMore
dataPower
mgtRetry RsvdProtocolversion
2 2 4 1 1 1 1 1 11 1
80211 frame moreduration of reserved transmission time (RTSCTS)
frame seq (for RDT)
frame type(RTS CTS ACK data)
5 DataLink Layer 5-92
hub or switch
AP 2
AP 1
H1 BBS 2
BBS 1
80211 mobility within same subnet
router H1 remains in same IP subnet IP address can remain same
switch which AP is associated with H1
self-learning (Ch 5) switch will see frame from H1 and ldquorememberrdquo which switch port can be used to reach H1
5 DataLink Layer 5-93
80211 advanced capabilities
Rate Adaptation base station mobile
dynamically change transmission rate (physical layer modulation technique) as mobile moves SNR varies
QAM256 (8 Mbps)QAM16 (4 Mbps)BPSK (1 Mbps)
10 20 30 40SNR(dB)
BE
R
10-1
10-2
10-3
10-5
10-6
10-7
10-4
operating point
1 SNR decreases BER increase as node moves away from base station2 When BER becomes too high switch to lower transmission rate but with lower BER
5 DataLink Layer 5-94
80211 advanced capabilitiesPower Management node-to-AP ldquoI am going to sleep until next
beacon framerdquo AP knows not to transmit frames to this
node node wakes up before next beacon frame
beacon frame contains list of mobiles with AP-to-mobile frames waiting to be sent node will stay awake if AP-to-mobile frames
to be sent otherwise sleep again until next beacon frame
5 DataLink Layer 5-38
Ethernetldquodominantrdquo wired LAN technology cheap $20 for 100Mbs first widely used LAN technology Simpler cheaper than token LANs and ATM Kept up with speed race 10 Mbps ndash 10 Gbps
Metcalfersquos Ethernetsketch
5 DataLink Layer 5-39
Star topology Bus topology popular through mid 90s Now star topology prevails Connection choices hub or switch (more later)
hub orswitch
5 DataLink Layer 5-40
Ethernet Frame StructureSending adapter encapsulates IP datagram (or other
network layer protocol packet) in Ethernet frame
Preamble 7 bytes with pattern 10101010 followed by one
byte with pattern 10101011 used to synchronize receiver sender clock rates
5 DataLink Layer 5-41
Ethernet Frame Structure (more) Addresses 6 bytes
if adapter receives frame with matching destination address or with broadcast address (eg ARP packet) it passes data in frame to net-layer protocol
otherwise adapter discards frame Type 2 bytes indicates the higher (network)
layer protocol (commonly IP but may also be ARP Novell IPX and AppleTalk etc)
CRC 4 bytes checked at receiver if error is detected the frame is simply dropped
5 DataLink Layer 5-42
Unreliable connectionless service
Connectionless No handshaking between sending and receiving adapter
Unreliable receiving adapter doesnrsquot send acks or nacks to sending adapter
stream of datagrams passed to network layer can have gaps
gaps will be filled if app is using TCP otherwise app will see the gaps
5 DataLink Layer 5-43
Ethernet uses CSMACD
No slots adapter doesnrsquot transmit
if it senses that some other adapter is transmitting that is carrier sense
transmitting adapter aborts when it senses that another adapter is transmitting that is collision detection
Before attempting a retransmission adapter waits a random time that is random access
5 DataLink Layer 5-44
Ethernet CSMACD algorithm1 Adapter receives
datagram from net layer amp creates frame
2 If adapter senses channel idle it starts to transmit frame If it senses channel busy waits until channel idle and then transmits
3 If adapter transmits entire frame without detecting another transmission the adapter is done with frame
4 If adapter detects another transmission while transmitting aborts and sends 48-bit jam signal
5 After aborting adapter enters exponential backoff after the mthcollision adapter chooses a K at random from 012hellip2m-1 Adapter waits K512 bit times and returns to Step 2
5 DataLink Layer 5-45
Frame Size limitations for Ethernet Minimum Frame size (Fmin)
For proper collision detectionFmin = Min frame sizeR = Ethernetrsquos transmission rate
eg 10 Mbsdmax = max Ethernet segment
lengthS = Propagation speed (2x108
ms)FminR ge 2dmaxS
Maximum Frame Size (Fmax)For fairness among competing nodes
Fmin=64 Bytes Fmax=1500 Bytes
A Bd
2dS
tim
e
Arsquos frame
Brsquos frame
Arsquos frame in yellowBrsquos frame in green
For proper collision detection Arsquos frame should last at least until Brsquos frame reaches A
5 DataLink Layer 5-46
Ethernetrsquos CSMACD (more)Jam Signal make sure all
other transmitters are aware of collision 48 bits
Random retransmission delayK 512 bit transmission times where K is randomly selected bit time is 01 microsec for 10 Mbps and 001 microsec for 100 Mbps Ethernet
Exponential Backoff Goal adapt retransmission
attempts to estimated current load
heavy load random wait will be longer
first collision choose K from 01 delay is K 512 bit transmission times
after second collision choose K from 0123hellip
after ten collisions choose K from 01234hellip1023
for max value of K=1023 wait time is about 50 msec for 10 Mbps 5 msec for 100 Mbps Ethernet
Seeinteract with Javaapplet on AWL Web sitehighly recommended
5 DataLink Layer 5-47
CSMACD efficiency
tprop = max prop between 2 nodes in LAN ttrans = time to transmit max-size frame
Efficiency goes to 1 as tprop goes to 0 Goes to 1 as ttrans goes to infinity Much better than ALOHA but still decentralized
simple and cheap
1efficiency1 5 prop transt t
asymp+
5 DataLink Layer 5-48
10BaseT and 100BaseT 10100 Mbps rates T stands for Twisted Pair Base stands for Baseband (unmodulated) Nodes connect to a hub ldquostar topologyrdquo 100 m
max distance between nodes and hub
twisted pair
hub
5 DataLink Layer 5-49
HubsHubs are essentially physical-layer repeaters
bits coming from one link go out all other links at the same rate no frame buffering no CSMACD at hub adapters detect collisions provides net management functionality
twisted pair
hub
5 DataLink Layer 5-50
Gbit Ethernet
uses standard Ethernet frame format allows for point-to-point links and shared
broadcast channels in shared mode CSMACD is used short
distances between nodes required for efficiency
Full-Duplex at 1 Gbps for point-to-point links
10 Gbps now
5 DataLink Layer 5-51
Interconnecting with hubs Backbone hub interconnects LAN segments Extends max distance between nodes But individual segment collision domains become one
large collision domain Canrsquot interconnect 10BaseT amp 100BaseT
hub hub hub
hub
5 DataLink Layer 5-52
Switch Link layer device
stores and forwards Ethernet frames examines frame header and selectively
forwards frame based on MAC dest address when frame is to be forwarded on segment
uses CSMACD to access segment transparent
hosts are unaware of presence of switches plug-and-play self-learning
switches do not need to be configured
5 DataLink Layer 5-53
Forwarding
bull How do determine onto which LAN segment to forward framebull Looks like a routing problem
hub hubhub
switch1
2 3
5 DataLink Layer 5-54
Self learning
A switch has a switch table entry in switch table
(MAC Address Interface Time Stamp) stale entries in table dropped (TTL can be 60 min)
switch learns which hosts can be reached through which interfaces when frame received switch ldquolearnsrdquo location of
sender incoming LAN segment records senderlocation pair in switch table
5 DataLink Layer 5-55
FilteringForwardingWhen switch receives a frame
index switch table using MAC dest addressif entry found for destination
thenif dest on segment from which frame arrived
then drop the frameelse forward the frame on interface indicated
else flood
forward on all but the interface on which the frame arrived
5 DataLink Layer 5-56
Switch exampleSuppose C sends frame to D
Switch receives frame from from C notes in bridge table that C is on interface 1 because D is not in table switch forwards frame into
interfaces 2 and 3 frame received by D
hub hub hub
switch
A
B CD
EF G H
I
address interfaceABEG
1123
12 3
5 DataLink Layer 5-57
Switch exampleSuppose C sends frame to D
Switch receives frame from from C notes in bridge table that C is on interface 1 because D is not in table switch forwards frame into
interfaces 2 and 3 frame received by D
hub hub hub
switch
A
B CD
EF G H
I
address interfaceABEGC
11231
12 3
5 DataLink Layer 5-58
Switch exampleSuppose D replies back with frame to C
Switch receives frame from from D notes in bridge table that D is on interface 2 because C is in table switch forwards frame only to
interface 1 frame received by C
hub hub hub
switch
A
B CD
EF G H
I
address interfaceABEGC
11231
12 3
5 DataLink Layer 5-59
Switch exampleSuppose D replies back with frame to C
Switch receives frame from from D notes in bridge table that D is on interface 2 because C is in table switch forwards frame only to
interface 1 frame received by C
hub hub hub
switch
A
B CD
EF G H
I
address interfaceABEGCD
112312
12 3
5 DataLink Layer 5-60
Switch traffic isolation switch installation breaks subnet into LAN
segments switch filters packets
same-LAN-segment frames not usually forwarded onto other LAN segments
segments become separate collision domains
hub hub hub
switch
collision domain collision domain
collision domain
5 DataLink Layer 5-61
Switches dedicated access Switch with many
interfaces Hosts have direct
connection to switch No collisions full duplex
Switching A-to-Arsquo and B-to-Brsquo simultaneously no collisions
combinations of shareddedicated 101001000 Mbps interfaces possible
switch
A
Arsquo
B
Brsquo
C
Crsquo
5 DataLink Layer 5-62
Institutional network
hub hubhub
switch
to externalnetwork
router
IP subnet
mail server
web server
5 DataLink Layer 5-63
Switches vs Routers both store-and-forward devices
routers network layer devices (examine network layer headers)
switches are link layer devices routers maintain routing tables implement routing
algorithms switches maintain switch tables implement
filtering learning algorithms
5 DataLink Layer 5-64
Summary comparison
hubs routers switches
traffic isolation
no yes yes
plug amp play yes no yes
optimal routing
no yes no
5 DataLink Layer 5-65
VLANs motivation
What happens if CS user moves office to EE
but wants connect to CS switch
single broadcast domain all layer-2 broadcast
traffic (ARP DHCP) crosses entire LAN (securityprivacy efficiency issues)
each lowest level switch has only few ports in use
Computer Science Electrical
EngineeringComputerEngineering
Whatrsquos wrong with this picture
5 DataLink Layer 5-66
VLANs Port-based VLAN switch ports grouped (by switch management software) so that single physical switch helliphellip
Switch(es) supporting VLAN capabilities can be configured to define multiple virtual LANS over single physical LAN infrastructure
Virtual Local Area Network
1
8
9
16102
7
hellip
Electrical Engineering(VLAN ports 1-8)
Computer Science(VLAN ports 9-15)
15
hellip
Electrical Engineering(VLAN ports 1-8)
hellip
1
82
7 9
1610
15
hellip
Computer Science(VLAN ports 9-16)
hellip operates as multiple virtual switches
5 DataLink Layer 5-67
Port-based VLAN
1
8
9
16102
7
hellip
Electrical Engineering(VLAN ports 1-8)
Computer Science(VLAN ports 9-15)
15
hellip
traffic isolation frames tofrom ports 1-8 can only reach ports 1-8
can also define VLAN based on MAC addresses of endpoints rather than switch port
dynamic membershipports can be dynamically assigned among VLANs
router
forwarding between VLANSdone via routing (just as with separate switches)
in practice vendors sell combined switches plus routers
5 DataLink Layer 5-68
VLANS spanning multiple switches
trunk port carries frames between VLANS defined over multiple physical switches
frames forwarded within VLAN between switches canrsquot be vanilla 8021 frames (must carry VLAN ID info)
8021q protocol addsremoves additional header fields for frames forwarded between trunk ports
1
8
9
102
7
hellip
Electrical Engineering(VLAN ports 1-8)
Computer Science(VLAN ports 9-15)
15
hellip
2
73
Ports 235 belong to EE VLANPorts 4678 belong to CS VLAN
5
4 6 816
1
5 DataLink Layer 5-69
Type
2-byte Tag Protocol Identifier(value 81-00)
Tag Control Information (12 bit VLAN ID field 3 bit priority field like IP TOS)
Recomputed CRC
8021Q VLAN frame format
8021 frame
8021Q frame
5 DataLink Layer 5-70
Chapter 6 Wireless and Mobile Networks
Background wireless (mobile) phone subscribers now
exceeds wired phone subscribers computer nets laptops palmtops PDAs
Internet-enabled phone promise anytime untethered Internet access
two important (but different) challenges wireless communication over wireless link mobility handling the mobile user who changes point
of attachment to network
5 DataLink Layer 5-71
Elements of a wireless network
network infrastructure
wireless hosts laptop PDA IP phone run applications may be stationary
(non-mobile) or mobile wireless does not
always mean mobility
5 DataLink Layer 5-72
Elements of a wireless network
network infrastructure
base station typically connected to
wired network relay - responsible
for sending packets between wired network and wireless host(s) in its ldquoareardquo
eg cell towers 80211 access points
5 DataLink Layer 5-73
Elements of a wireless network
network infrastructure
wireless link typically used to
connect mobile(s) to base station
also used as backbone link
multiple access protocol coordinates link access
various data rates transmission distance
5 DataLink Layer 5-74
Characteristics of selected wireless link standards
Indoor10-30m
Outdoor50-200m
Mid-rangeoutdoor
200m ndash 4 Km
Long-rangeoutdoor
5Km ndash 20 Km
056
384
1
4
5-11
54
IS-95 CDMA GSM 2G
UMTSWCDMA CDMA2000 3G
80215
80211b
80211ag
UMTSWCDMA-HSPDA CDMA2000-1xEVDO 3G cellularenhanced
80216 (WiMAX)
80211ag point-to-point
200 80211n
Dat
a ra
te (M
bps) data
5 DataLink Layer 5-75
Elements of a wireless network
network infrastructure
infrastructure mode base station connects
mobiles into wired network
handoff mobile changes base station providing connection into wired network
5 DataLink Layer 5-76
Elements of a wireless networkad hoc mode no base stations nodes can only
transmit to other nodes within link coverage
nodes organize themselves into a network route among themselves
5 DataLink Layer 5-77
Wireless network taxonomy
single hop multiple hops
infrastructure(eg APs)
noinfrastructure
host connects to base station (WiFiWiMAX cellular) which connects to
larger Internet
no base station noconnection to larger Internet (Bluetooth
ad hoc nets)
host may have torelay through several
wireless nodes to connect to larger
Internet mesh net
no base station noconnection to larger
Internet May have torelay to reach other a given wireless node
MANET VANET
5 DataLink Layer 5-78
Wireless Link Characteristics (1)Differences from wired link hellip
decreased signal strength radio signal attenuates as it propagates through matter (path loss)
interference from other sources standardized wireless network frequencies (eg 24 GHz) shared by other devices (eg phone) devices (motors) interfere as well
multipath propagation radio signal reflects off objects arriving at destination at slightly different times
hellip make communication across (even a point to point) wireless link much more ldquodifficultrdquo
5 DataLink Layer 5-79
Wireless Link Characteristics (2) SNR signal-to-noise ratio
larger SNR ndash easier to extract signal from noise (a ldquogood thingrdquo)
SNR versus BER tradeoffs given physical layer
increase power -gt increase SNR-gtdecrease BER
given SNR choose physical layer that meets BER requirement giving highest thruput
bull SNR may change with mobility dynamically adapt physical layer (modulation technique rate)
10 20 30 40
QAM256 (8 Mbps)
QAM16 (4 Mbps)
BPSK (1 Mbps)
SNR(dB)B
ER
10-1
10-2
10-3
10-5
10-6
10-7
10-4
5 DataLink Layer 5-80
Wireless network characteristicsMultiple wireless senders and receivers create
additional problems (beyond multiple access)
AB
C
Hidden terminal problem B A hear each other B C hear each other A C can not hear each othermeans A C unaware of their
interference at B
A B C
Arsquos signalstrength
space
Crsquos signalstrength
Signal attenuation B A hear each other B C hear each other A C can not hear each other
interfering at B
5 DataLink Layer 5-81
IEEE 80211 Wireless LAN 80211b
24-5 GHz unlicensed spectrum up to 11 Mbps direct sequence spread
spectrum (DSSS) in physical layer
bull all hosts use same chipping code
80211a 5-6 GHz range up to 54 Mbps
80211g 24-5 GHz range up to 54 Mbps
80211n multiple antennae 24-5 GHz range up to 200 Mbps
all use CSMACA for multiple access all have base-station and ad-hoc network versions
5 DataLink Layer 5-82
80211 LAN architecture
wireless host communicates with base station
base station = access point (AP)
Basic Service Set (BSS)(aka ldquocellrdquo) in infrastructure mode contains
wireless hosts access point (AP) base
station ad hoc mode hosts only
BSS 1
BSS 2
Internet
hub switchor routerAP
AP
5 DataLink Layer 5-83
80211 Channels association
80211b 24GHz-2485GHz spectrum divided into 11 channels at different frequencies AP admin chooses frequency for AP interference possible channel can be same as
that chosen by neighboring AP host must associate with an AP
scans channels listening for beacon framescontaining APrsquos name (SSID) and MAC address
selects AP to associate with may perform authentication [Chapter 8] will typically run DHCP to get IP address in APrsquos
subnet
5 DataLink Layer 5-84
80211 passiveactive scanning
AP 2AP 1
H1
BBS 2BBS 1
122
3 4
Active Scanning (1) probe request frame broadcast
from H1(2) probe response frame sent from
APs(3) association request frame sent
H1 to selected AP (4) association response frame sent
H1 to selected AP
AP 2AP 1
H1
BBS 2BBS 1
12 3
1
Passive Scanning(1) beacon frames sent from APs(2) association request frame sent H1
to selected AP (3) association response frame sent
H1 to selected AP
5 DataLink Layer 5-85
IEEE 80211 multiple access avoid collisions 2+ nodes transmitting at same time 80211 CSMA - sense before transmitting
donrsquot collide with ongoing transmission by other node 80211 no collision detection
difficult to receive (sense collisions) when transmitting due to weak received signals (fading)
canrsquot sense all collisions in any case hidden terminal fading goal avoid collisions CSMAC(ollision)A(voidance)
AB
CA B C
Arsquos signalstrength
space
Crsquos signalstrength
5 DataLink Layer 5-86
IEEE 80211 MAC Protocol CSMACA
80211 sender1 if sense channel idle for DIFS then
transmit entire frame (no CD)2 if sense channel busy then
start random backoff timetimer counts down while channel idletransmit when timer expiresif no ACK increase random backoff
interval repeat 280211 receiver- if frame received OK
return ACK after SIFS (ACK needed due to hidden terminal problem)
sender receiver
DIFS
data
SIFS
ACK
5 DataLink Layer 5-87
Avoiding collisions (more)idea allow sender to ldquoreserverdquo channel rather than random
access of data frames avoid collisions of long data frames sender first transmits small request-to-send (RTS) packets
to BS using CSMA RTSs may still collide with each other (but theyrsquore short)
BS broadcasts clear-to-send CTS in response to RTS CTS heard by all nodes
sender transmits data frame other stations defer transmissions
avoid data frame collisions completely using small reservation packets
5 DataLink Layer 5-88
Collision Avoidance RTS-CTS exchange
APA B
time
RTS(A)RTS(B)
RTS(A)
CTS(A) CTS(A)
DATA (A)
ACK(A) ACK(A)
reservation collision
defer
5 DataLink Layer 5-89
framecontrol duration address
1address
2address
4address
3 payload CRC
2 2 6 6 6 2 6 0 - 2312 4
seqcontrol
80211 frame addressing
Address 2 MAC addressof wireless host or AP transmitting this frame
Address 1 MAC addressof wireless host or AP to receive this frame
Address 3 MAC addressof router interface to which AP is attached
Address 4 used only in ad hoc mode
5 DataLink Layer 5-90
Internetrouter
AP
H1 R1
AP MAC addr H1 MAC addr R1 MAC addraddress 1 address 2 address 3
80211 frame
R1 MAC addr H1 MAC addr dest address source address
8023 frame
80211 frame addressing
5 DataLink Layer 5-91
framecontrol duration address
1address
2address
4address
3 payload CRC
2 2 6 6 6 2 6 0 - 2312 4
seqcontrol
Type FromAPSubtype To
APMore frag WEPMore
dataPower
mgtRetry RsvdProtocolversion
2 2 4 1 1 1 1 1 11 1
80211 frame moreduration of reserved transmission time (RTSCTS)
frame seq (for RDT)
frame type(RTS CTS ACK data)
5 DataLink Layer 5-92
hub or switch
AP 2
AP 1
H1 BBS 2
BBS 1
80211 mobility within same subnet
router H1 remains in same IP subnet IP address can remain same
switch which AP is associated with H1
self-learning (Ch 5) switch will see frame from H1 and ldquorememberrdquo which switch port can be used to reach H1
5 DataLink Layer 5-93
80211 advanced capabilities
Rate Adaptation base station mobile
dynamically change transmission rate (physical layer modulation technique) as mobile moves SNR varies
QAM256 (8 Mbps)QAM16 (4 Mbps)BPSK (1 Mbps)
10 20 30 40SNR(dB)
BE
R
10-1
10-2
10-3
10-5
10-6
10-7
10-4
operating point
1 SNR decreases BER increase as node moves away from base station2 When BER becomes too high switch to lower transmission rate but with lower BER
5 DataLink Layer 5-94
80211 advanced capabilitiesPower Management node-to-AP ldquoI am going to sleep until next
beacon framerdquo AP knows not to transmit frames to this
node node wakes up before next beacon frame
beacon frame contains list of mobiles with AP-to-mobile frames waiting to be sent node will stay awake if AP-to-mobile frames
to be sent otherwise sleep again until next beacon frame
5 DataLink Layer 5-39
Star topology Bus topology popular through mid 90s Now star topology prevails Connection choices hub or switch (more later)
hub orswitch
5 DataLink Layer 5-40
Ethernet Frame StructureSending adapter encapsulates IP datagram (or other
network layer protocol packet) in Ethernet frame
Preamble 7 bytes with pattern 10101010 followed by one
byte with pattern 10101011 used to synchronize receiver sender clock rates
5 DataLink Layer 5-41
Ethernet Frame Structure (more) Addresses 6 bytes
if adapter receives frame with matching destination address or with broadcast address (eg ARP packet) it passes data in frame to net-layer protocol
otherwise adapter discards frame Type 2 bytes indicates the higher (network)
layer protocol (commonly IP but may also be ARP Novell IPX and AppleTalk etc)
CRC 4 bytes checked at receiver if error is detected the frame is simply dropped
5 DataLink Layer 5-42
Unreliable connectionless service
Connectionless No handshaking between sending and receiving adapter
Unreliable receiving adapter doesnrsquot send acks or nacks to sending adapter
stream of datagrams passed to network layer can have gaps
gaps will be filled if app is using TCP otherwise app will see the gaps
5 DataLink Layer 5-43
Ethernet uses CSMACD
No slots adapter doesnrsquot transmit
if it senses that some other adapter is transmitting that is carrier sense
transmitting adapter aborts when it senses that another adapter is transmitting that is collision detection
Before attempting a retransmission adapter waits a random time that is random access
5 DataLink Layer 5-44
Ethernet CSMACD algorithm1 Adapter receives
datagram from net layer amp creates frame
2 If adapter senses channel idle it starts to transmit frame If it senses channel busy waits until channel idle and then transmits
3 If adapter transmits entire frame without detecting another transmission the adapter is done with frame
4 If adapter detects another transmission while transmitting aborts and sends 48-bit jam signal
5 After aborting adapter enters exponential backoff after the mthcollision adapter chooses a K at random from 012hellip2m-1 Adapter waits K512 bit times and returns to Step 2
5 DataLink Layer 5-45
Frame Size limitations for Ethernet Minimum Frame size (Fmin)
For proper collision detectionFmin = Min frame sizeR = Ethernetrsquos transmission rate
eg 10 Mbsdmax = max Ethernet segment
lengthS = Propagation speed (2x108
ms)FminR ge 2dmaxS
Maximum Frame Size (Fmax)For fairness among competing nodes
Fmin=64 Bytes Fmax=1500 Bytes
A Bd
2dS
tim
e
Arsquos frame
Brsquos frame
Arsquos frame in yellowBrsquos frame in green
For proper collision detection Arsquos frame should last at least until Brsquos frame reaches A
5 DataLink Layer 5-46
Ethernetrsquos CSMACD (more)Jam Signal make sure all
other transmitters are aware of collision 48 bits
Random retransmission delayK 512 bit transmission times where K is randomly selected bit time is 01 microsec for 10 Mbps and 001 microsec for 100 Mbps Ethernet
Exponential Backoff Goal adapt retransmission
attempts to estimated current load
heavy load random wait will be longer
first collision choose K from 01 delay is K 512 bit transmission times
after second collision choose K from 0123hellip
after ten collisions choose K from 01234hellip1023
for max value of K=1023 wait time is about 50 msec for 10 Mbps 5 msec for 100 Mbps Ethernet
Seeinteract with Javaapplet on AWL Web sitehighly recommended
5 DataLink Layer 5-47
CSMACD efficiency
tprop = max prop between 2 nodes in LAN ttrans = time to transmit max-size frame
Efficiency goes to 1 as tprop goes to 0 Goes to 1 as ttrans goes to infinity Much better than ALOHA but still decentralized
simple and cheap
1efficiency1 5 prop transt t
asymp+
5 DataLink Layer 5-48
10BaseT and 100BaseT 10100 Mbps rates T stands for Twisted Pair Base stands for Baseband (unmodulated) Nodes connect to a hub ldquostar topologyrdquo 100 m
max distance between nodes and hub
twisted pair
hub
5 DataLink Layer 5-49
HubsHubs are essentially physical-layer repeaters
bits coming from one link go out all other links at the same rate no frame buffering no CSMACD at hub adapters detect collisions provides net management functionality
twisted pair
hub
5 DataLink Layer 5-50
Gbit Ethernet
uses standard Ethernet frame format allows for point-to-point links and shared
broadcast channels in shared mode CSMACD is used short
distances between nodes required for efficiency
Full-Duplex at 1 Gbps for point-to-point links
10 Gbps now
5 DataLink Layer 5-51
Interconnecting with hubs Backbone hub interconnects LAN segments Extends max distance between nodes But individual segment collision domains become one
large collision domain Canrsquot interconnect 10BaseT amp 100BaseT
hub hub hub
hub
5 DataLink Layer 5-52
Switch Link layer device
stores and forwards Ethernet frames examines frame header and selectively
forwards frame based on MAC dest address when frame is to be forwarded on segment
uses CSMACD to access segment transparent
hosts are unaware of presence of switches plug-and-play self-learning
switches do not need to be configured
5 DataLink Layer 5-53
Forwarding
bull How do determine onto which LAN segment to forward framebull Looks like a routing problem
hub hubhub
switch1
2 3
5 DataLink Layer 5-54
Self learning
A switch has a switch table entry in switch table
(MAC Address Interface Time Stamp) stale entries in table dropped (TTL can be 60 min)
switch learns which hosts can be reached through which interfaces when frame received switch ldquolearnsrdquo location of
sender incoming LAN segment records senderlocation pair in switch table
5 DataLink Layer 5-55
FilteringForwardingWhen switch receives a frame
index switch table using MAC dest addressif entry found for destination
thenif dest on segment from which frame arrived
then drop the frameelse forward the frame on interface indicated
else flood
forward on all but the interface on which the frame arrived
5 DataLink Layer 5-56
Switch exampleSuppose C sends frame to D
Switch receives frame from from C notes in bridge table that C is on interface 1 because D is not in table switch forwards frame into
interfaces 2 and 3 frame received by D
hub hub hub
switch
A
B CD
EF G H
I
address interfaceABEG
1123
12 3
5 DataLink Layer 5-57
Switch exampleSuppose C sends frame to D
Switch receives frame from from C notes in bridge table that C is on interface 1 because D is not in table switch forwards frame into
interfaces 2 and 3 frame received by D
hub hub hub
switch
A
B CD
EF G H
I
address interfaceABEGC
11231
12 3
5 DataLink Layer 5-58
Switch exampleSuppose D replies back with frame to C
Switch receives frame from from D notes in bridge table that D is on interface 2 because C is in table switch forwards frame only to
interface 1 frame received by C
hub hub hub
switch
A
B CD
EF G H
I
address interfaceABEGC
11231
12 3
5 DataLink Layer 5-59
Switch exampleSuppose D replies back with frame to C
Switch receives frame from from D notes in bridge table that D is on interface 2 because C is in table switch forwards frame only to
interface 1 frame received by C
hub hub hub
switch
A
B CD
EF G H
I
address interfaceABEGCD
112312
12 3
5 DataLink Layer 5-60
Switch traffic isolation switch installation breaks subnet into LAN
segments switch filters packets
same-LAN-segment frames not usually forwarded onto other LAN segments
segments become separate collision domains
hub hub hub
switch
collision domain collision domain
collision domain
5 DataLink Layer 5-61
Switches dedicated access Switch with many
interfaces Hosts have direct
connection to switch No collisions full duplex
Switching A-to-Arsquo and B-to-Brsquo simultaneously no collisions
combinations of shareddedicated 101001000 Mbps interfaces possible
switch
A
Arsquo
B
Brsquo
C
Crsquo
5 DataLink Layer 5-62
Institutional network
hub hubhub
switch
to externalnetwork
router
IP subnet
mail server
web server
5 DataLink Layer 5-63
Switches vs Routers both store-and-forward devices
routers network layer devices (examine network layer headers)
switches are link layer devices routers maintain routing tables implement routing
algorithms switches maintain switch tables implement
filtering learning algorithms
5 DataLink Layer 5-64
Summary comparison
hubs routers switches
traffic isolation
no yes yes
plug amp play yes no yes
optimal routing
no yes no
5 DataLink Layer 5-65
VLANs motivation
What happens if CS user moves office to EE
but wants connect to CS switch
single broadcast domain all layer-2 broadcast
traffic (ARP DHCP) crosses entire LAN (securityprivacy efficiency issues)
each lowest level switch has only few ports in use
Computer Science Electrical
EngineeringComputerEngineering
Whatrsquos wrong with this picture
5 DataLink Layer 5-66
VLANs Port-based VLAN switch ports grouped (by switch management software) so that single physical switch helliphellip
Switch(es) supporting VLAN capabilities can be configured to define multiple virtual LANS over single physical LAN infrastructure
Virtual Local Area Network
1
8
9
16102
7
hellip
Electrical Engineering(VLAN ports 1-8)
Computer Science(VLAN ports 9-15)
15
hellip
Electrical Engineering(VLAN ports 1-8)
hellip
1
82
7 9
1610
15
hellip
Computer Science(VLAN ports 9-16)
hellip operates as multiple virtual switches
5 DataLink Layer 5-67
Port-based VLAN
1
8
9
16102
7
hellip
Electrical Engineering(VLAN ports 1-8)
Computer Science(VLAN ports 9-15)
15
hellip
traffic isolation frames tofrom ports 1-8 can only reach ports 1-8
can also define VLAN based on MAC addresses of endpoints rather than switch port
dynamic membershipports can be dynamically assigned among VLANs
router
forwarding between VLANSdone via routing (just as with separate switches)
in practice vendors sell combined switches plus routers
5 DataLink Layer 5-68
VLANS spanning multiple switches
trunk port carries frames between VLANS defined over multiple physical switches
frames forwarded within VLAN between switches canrsquot be vanilla 8021 frames (must carry VLAN ID info)
8021q protocol addsremoves additional header fields for frames forwarded between trunk ports
1
8
9
102
7
hellip
Electrical Engineering(VLAN ports 1-8)
Computer Science(VLAN ports 9-15)
15
hellip
2
73
Ports 235 belong to EE VLANPorts 4678 belong to CS VLAN
5
4 6 816
1
5 DataLink Layer 5-69
Type
2-byte Tag Protocol Identifier(value 81-00)
Tag Control Information (12 bit VLAN ID field 3 bit priority field like IP TOS)
Recomputed CRC
8021Q VLAN frame format
8021 frame
8021Q frame
5 DataLink Layer 5-70
Chapter 6 Wireless and Mobile Networks
Background wireless (mobile) phone subscribers now
exceeds wired phone subscribers computer nets laptops palmtops PDAs
Internet-enabled phone promise anytime untethered Internet access
two important (but different) challenges wireless communication over wireless link mobility handling the mobile user who changes point
of attachment to network
5 DataLink Layer 5-71
Elements of a wireless network
network infrastructure
wireless hosts laptop PDA IP phone run applications may be stationary
(non-mobile) or mobile wireless does not
always mean mobility
5 DataLink Layer 5-72
Elements of a wireless network
network infrastructure
base station typically connected to
wired network relay - responsible
for sending packets between wired network and wireless host(s) in its ldquoareardquo
eg cell towers 80211 access points
5 DataLink Layer 5-73
Elements of a wireless network
network infrastructure
wireless link typically used to
connect mobile(s) to base station
also used as backbone link
multiple access protocol coordinates link access
various data rates transmission distance
5 DataLink Layer 5-74
Characteristics of selected wireless link standards
Indoor10-30m
Outdoor50-200m
Mid-rangeoutdoor
200m ndash 4 Km
Long-rangeoutdoor
5Km ndash 20 Km
056
384
1
4
5-11
54
IS-95 CDMA GSM 2G
UMTSWCDMA CDMA2000 3G
80215
80211b
80211ag
UMTSWCDMA-HSPDA CDMA2000-1xEVDO 3G cellularenhanced
80216 (WiMAX)
80211ag point-to-point
200 80211n
Dat
a ra
te (M
bps) data
5 DataLink Layer 5-75
Elements of a wireless network
network infrastructure
infrastructure mode base station connects
mobiles into wired network
handoff mobile changes base station providing connection into wired network
5 DataLink Layer 5-76
Elements of a wireless networkad hoc mode no base stations nodes can only
transmit to other nodes within link coverage
nodes organize themselves into a network route among themselves
5 DataLink Layer 5-77
Wireless network taxonomy
single hop multiple hops
infrastructure(eg APs)
noinfrastructure
host connects to base station (WiFiWiMAX cellular) which connects to
larger Internet
no base station noconnection to larger Internet (Bluetooth
ad hoc nets)
host may have torelay through several
wireless nodes to connect to larger
Internet mesh net
no base station noconnection to larger
Internet May have torelay to reach other a given wireless node
MANET VANET
5 DataLink Layer 5-78
Wireless Link Characteristics (1)Differences from wired link hellip
decreased signal strength radio signal attenuates as it propagates through matter (path loss)
interference from other sources standardized wireless network frequencies (eg 24 GHz) shared by other devices (eg phone) devices (motors) interfere as well
multipath propagation radio signal reflects off objects arriving at destination at slightly different times
hellip make communication across (even a point to point) wireless link much more ldquodifficultrdquo
5 DataLink Layer 5-79
Wireless Link Characteristics (2) SNR signal-to-noise ratio
larger SNR ndash easier to extract signal from noise (a ldquogood thingrdquo)
SNR versus BER tradeoffs given physical layer
increase power -gt increase SNR-gtdecrease BER
given SNR choose physical layer that meets BER requirement giving highest thruput
bull SNR may change with mobility dynamically adapt physical layer (modulation technique rate)
10 20 30 40
QAM256 (8 Mbps)
QAM16 (4 Mbps)
BPSK (1 Mbps)
SNR(dB)B
ER
10-1
10-2
10-3
10-5
10-6
10-7
10-4
5 DataLink Layer 5-80
Wireless network characteristicsMultiple wireless senders and receivers create
additional problems (beyond multiple access)
AB
C
Hidden terminal problem B A hear each other B C hear each other A C can not hear each othermeans A C unaware of their
interference at B
A B C
Arsquos signalstrength
space
Crsquos signalstrength
Signal attenuation B A hear each other B C hear each other A C can not hear each other
interfering at B
5 DataLink Layer 5-81
IEEE 80211 Wireless LAN 80211b
24-5 GHz unlicensed spectrum up to 11 Mbps direct sequence spread
spectrum (DSSS) in physical layer
bull all hosts use same chipping code
80211a 5-6 GHz range up to 54 Mbps
80211g 24-5 GHz range up to 54 Mbps
80211n multiple antennae 24-5 GHz range up to 200 Mbps
all use CSMACA for multiple access all have base-station and ad-hoc network versions
5 DataLink Layer 5-82
80211 LAN architecture
wireless host communicates with base station
base station = access point (AP)
Basic Service Set (BSS)(aka ldquocellrdquo) in infrastructure mode contains
wireless hosts access point (AP) base
station ad hoc mode hosts only
BSS 1
BSS 2
Internet
hub switchor routerAP
AP
5 DataLink Layer 5-83
80211 Channels association
80211b 24GHz-2485GHz spectrum divided into 11 channels at different frequencies AP admin chooses frequency for AP interference possible channel can be same as
that chosen by neighboring AP host must associate with an AP
scans channels listening for beacon framescontaining APrsquos name (SSID) and MAC address
selects AP to associate with may perform authentication [Chapter 8] will typically run DHCP to get IP address in APrsquos
subnet
5 DataLink Layer 5-84
80211 passiveactive scanning
AP 2AP 1
H1
BBS 2BBS 1
122
3 4
Active Scanning (1) probe request frame broadcast
from H1(2) probe response frame sent from
APs(3) association request frame sent
H1 to selected AP (4) association response frame sent
H1 to selected AP
AP 2AP 1
H1
BBS 2BBS 1
12 3
1
Passive Scanning(1) beacon frames sent from APs(2) association request frame sent H1
to selected AP (3) association response frame sent
H1 to selected AP
5 DataLink Layer 5-85
IEEE 80211 multiple access avoid collisions 2+ nodes transmitting at same time 80211 CSMA - sense before transmitting
donrsquot collide with ongoing transmission by other node 80211 no collision detection
difficult to receive (sense collisions) when transmitting due to weak received signals (fading)
canrsquot sense all collisions in any case hidden terminal fading goal avoid collisions CSMAC(ollision)A(voidance)
AB
CA B C
Arsquos signalstrength
space
Crsquos signalstrength
5 DataLink Layer 5-86
IEEE 80211 MAC Protocol CSMACA
80211 sender1 if sense channel idle for DIFS then
transmit entire frame (no CD)2 if sense channel busy then
start random backoff timetimer counts down while channel idletransmit when timer expiresif no ACK increase random backoff
interval repeat 280211 receiver- if frame received OK
return ACK after SIFS (ACK needed due to hidden terminal problem)
sender receiver
DIFS
data
SIFS
ACK
5 DataLink Layer 5-87
Avoiding collisions (more)idea allow sender to ldquoreserverdquo channel rather than random
access of data frames avoid collisions of long data frames sender first transmits small request-to-send (RTS) packets
to BS using CSMA RTSs may still collide with each other (but theyrsquore short)
BS broadcasts clear-to-send CTS in response to RTS CTS heard by all nodes
sender transmits data frame other stations defer transmissions
avoid data frame collisions completely using small reservation packets
5 DataLink Layer 5-88
Collision Avoidance RTS-CTS exchange
APA B
time
RTS(A)RTS(B)
RTS(A)
CTS(A) CTS(A)
DATA (A)
ACK(A) ACK(A)
reservation collision
defer
5 DataLink Layer 5-89
framecontrol duration address
1address
2address
4address
3 payload CRC
2 2 6 6 6 2 6 0 - 2312 4
seqcontrol
80211 frame addressing
Address 2 MAC addressof wireless host or AP transmitting this frame
Address 1 MAC addressof wireless host or AP to receive this frame
Address 3 MAC addressof router interface to which AP is attached
Address 4 used only in ad hoc mode
5 DataLink Layer 5-90
Internetrouter
AP
H1 R1
AP MAC addr H1 MAC addr R1 MAC addraddress 1 address 2 address 3
80211 frame
R1 MAC addr H1 MAC addr dest address source address
8023 frame
80211 frame addressing
5 DataLink Layer 5-91
framecontrol duration address
1address
2address
4address
3 payload CRC
2 2 6 6 6 2 6 0 - 2312 4
seqcontrol
Type FromAPSubtype To
APMore frag WEPMore
dataPower
mgtRetry RsvdProtocolversion
2 2 4 1 1 1 1 1 11 1
80211 frame moreduration of reserved transmission time (RTSCTS)
frame seq (for RDT)
frame type(RTS CTS ACK data)
5 DataLink Layer 5-92
hub or switch
AP 2
AP 1
H1 BBS 2
BBS 1
80211 mobility within same subnet
router H1 remains in same IP subnet IP address can remain same
switch which AP is associated with H1
self-learning (Ch 5) switch will see frame from H1 and ldquorememberrdquo which switch port can be used to reach H1
5 DataLink Layer 5-93
80211 advanced capabilities
Rate Adaptation base station mobile
dynamically change transmission rate (physical layer modulation technique) as mobile moves SNR varies
QAM256 (8 Mbps)QAM16 (4 Mbps)BPSK (1 Mbps)
10 20 30 40SNR(dB)
BE
R
10-1
10-2
10-3
10-5
10-6
10-7
10-4
operating point
1 SNR decreases BER increase as node moves away from base station2 When BER becomes too high switch to lower transmission rate but with lower BER
5 DataLink Layer 5-94
80211 advanced capabilitiesPower Management node-to-AP ldquoI am going to sleep until next
beacon framerdquo AP knows not to transmit frames to this
node node wakes up before next beacon frame
beacon frame contains list of mobiles with AP-to-mobile frames waiting to be sent node will stay awake if AP-to-mobile frames
to be sent otherwise sleep again until next beacon frame
5 DataLink Layer 5-40
Ethernet Frame StructureSending adapter encapsulates IP datagram (or other
network layer protocol packet) in Ethernet frame
Preamble 7 bytes with pattern 10101010 followed by one
byte with pattern 10101011 used to synchronize receiver sender clock rates
5 DataLink Layer 5-41
Ethernet Frame Structure (more) Addresses 6 bytes
if adapter receives frame with matching destination address or with broadcast address (eg ARP packet) it passes data in frame to net-layer protocol
otherwise adapter discards frame Type 2 bytes indicates the higher (network)
layer protocol (commonly IP but may also be ARP Novell IPX and AppleTalk etc)
CRC 4 bytes checked at receiver if error is detected the frame is simply dropped
5 DataLink Layer 5-42
Unreliable connectionless service
Connectionless No handshaking between sending and receiving adapter
Unreliable receiving adapter doesnrsquot send acks or nacks to sending adapter
stream of datagrams passed to network layer can have gaps
gaps will be filled if app is using TCP otherwise app will see the gaps
5 DataLink Layer 5-43
Ethernet uses CSMACD
No slots adapter doesnrsquot transmit
if it senses that some other adapter is transmitting that is carrier sense
transmitting adapter aborts when it senses that another adapter is transmitting that is collision detection
Before attempting a retransmission adapter waits a random time that is random access
5 DataLink Layer 5-44
Ethernet CSMACD algorithm1 Adapter receives
datagram from net layer amp creates frame
2 If adapter senses channel idle it starts to transmit frame If it senses channel busy waits until channel idle and then transmits
3 If adapter transmits entire frame without detecting another transmission the adapter is done with frame
4 If adapter detects another transmission while transmitting aborts and sends 48-bit jam signal
5 After aborting adapter enters exponential backoff after the mthcollision adapter chooses a K at random from 012hellip2m-1 Adapter waits K512 bit times and returns to Step 2
5 DataLink Layer 5-45
Frame Size limitations for Ethernet Minimum Frame size (Fmin)
For proper collision detectionFmin = Min frame sizeR = Ethernetrsquos transmission rate
eg 10 Mbsdmax = max Ethernet segment
lengthS = Propagation speed (2x108
ms)FminR ge 2dmaxS
Maximum Frame Size (Fmax)For fairness among competing nodes
Fmin=64 Bytes Fmax=1500 Bytes
A Bd
2dS
tim
e
Arsquos frame
Brsquos frame
Arsquos frame in yellowBrsquos frame in green
For proper collision detection Arsquos frame should last at least until Brsquos frame reaches A
5 DataLink Layer 5-46
Ethernetrsquos CSMACD (more)Jam Signal make sure all
other transmitters are aware of collision 48 bits
Random retransmission delayK 512 bit transmission times where K is randomly selected bit time is 01 microsec for 10 Mbps and 001 microsec for 100 Mbps Ethernet
Exponential Backoff Goal adapt retransmission
attempts to estimated current load
heavy load random wait will be longer
first collision choose K from 01 delay is K 512 bit transmission times
after second collision choose K from 0123hellip
after ten collisions choose K from 01234hellip1023
for max value of K=1023 wait time is about 50 msec for 10 Mbps 5 msec for 100 Mbps Ethernet
Seeinteract with Javaapplet on AWL Web sitehighly recommended
5 DataLink Layer 5-47
CSMACD efficiency
tprop = max prop between 2 nodes in LAN ttrans = time to transmit max-size frame
Efficiency goes to 1 as tprop goes to 0 Goes to 1 as ttrans goes to infinity Much better than ALOHA but still decentralized
simple and cheap
1efficiency1 5 prop transt t
asymp+
5 DataLink Layer 5-48
10BaseT and 100BaseT 10100 Mbps rates T stands for Twisted Pair Base stands for Baseband (unmodulated) Nodes connect to a hub ldquostar topologyrdquo 100 m
max distance between nodes and hub
twisted pair
hub
5 DataLink Layer 5-49
HubsHubs are essentially physical-layer repeaters
bits coming from one link go out all other links at the same rate no frame buffering no CSMACD at hub adapters detect collisions provides net management functionality
twisted pair
hub
5 DataLink Layer 5-50
Gbit Ethernet
uses standard Ethernet frame format allows for point-to-point links and shared
broadcast channels in shared mode CSMACD is used short
distances between nodes required for efficiency
Full-Duplex at 1 Gbps for point-to-point links
10 Gbps now
5 DataLink Layer 5-51
Interconnecting with hubs Backbone hub interconnects LAN segments Extends max distance between nodes But individual segment collision domains become one
large collision domain Canrsquot interconnect 10BaseT amp 100BaseT
hub hub hub
hub
5 DataLink Layer 5-52
Switch Link layer device
stores and forwards Ethernet frames examines frame header and selectively
forwards frame based on MAC dest address when frame is to be forwarded on segment
uses CSMACD to access segment transparent
hosts are unaware of presence of switches plug-and-play self-learning
switches do not need to be configured
5 DataLink Layer 5-53
Forwarding
bull How do determine onto which LAN segment to forward framebull Looks like a routing problem
hub hubhub
switch1
2 3
5 DataLink Layer 5-54
Self learning
A switch has a switch table entry in switch table
(MAC Address Interface Time Stamp) stale entries in table dropped (TTL can be 60 min)
switch learns which hosts can be reached through which interfaces when frame received switch ldquolearnsrdquo location of
sender incoming LAN segment records senderlocation pair in switch table
5 DataLink Layer 5-55
FilteringForwardingWhen switch receives a frame
index switch table using MAC dest addressif entry found for destination
thenif dest on segment from which frame arrived
then drop the frameelse forward the frame on interface indicated
else flood
forward on all but the interface on which the frame arrived
5 DataLink Layer 5-56
Switch exampleSuppose C sends frame to D
Switch receives frame from from C notes in bridge table that C is on interface 1 because D is not in table switch forwards frame into
interfaces 2 and 3 frame received by D
hub hub hub
switch
A
B CD
EF G H
I
address interfaceABEG
1123
12 3
5 DataLink Layer 5-57
Switch exampleSuppose C sends frame to D
Switch receives frame from from C notes in bridge table that C is on interface 1 because D is not in table switch forwards frame into
interfaces 2 and 3 frame received by D
hub hub hub
switch
A
B CD
EF G H
I
address interfaceABEGC
11231
12 3
5 DataLink Layer 5-58
Switch exampleSuppose D replies back with frame to C
Switch receives frame from from D notes in bridge table that D is on interface 2 because C is in table switch forwards frame only to
interface 1 frame received by C
hub hub hub
switch
A
B CD
EF G H
I
address interfaceABEGC
11231
12 3
5 DataLink Layer 5-59
Switch exampleSuppose D replies back with frame to C
Switch receives frame from from D notes in bridge table that D is on interface 2 because C is in table switch forwards frame only to
interface 1 frame received by C
hub hub hub
switch
A
B CD
EF G H
I
address interfaceABEGCD
112312
12 3
5 DataLink Layer 5-60
Switch traffic isolation switch installation breaks subnet into LAN
segments switch filters packets
same-LAN-segment frames not usually forwarded onto other LAN segments
segments become separate collision domains
hub hub hub
switch
collision domain collision domain
collision domain
5 DataLink Layer 5-61
Switches dedicated access Switch with many
interfaces Hosts have direct
connection to switch No collisions full duplex
Switching A-to-Arsquo and B-to-Brsquo simultaneously no collisions
combinations of shareddedicated 101001000 Mbps interfaces possible
switch
A
Arsquo
B
Brsquo
C
Crsquo
5 DataLink Layer 5-62
Institutional network
hub hubhub
switch
to externalnetwork
router
IP subnet
mail server
web server
5 DataLink Layer 5-63
Switches vs Routers both store-and-forward devices
routers network layer devices (examine network layer headers)
switches are link layer devices routers maintain routing tables implement routing
algorithms switches maintain switch tables implement
filtering learning algorithms
5 DataLink Layer 5-64
Summary comparison
hubs routers switches
traffic isolation
no yes yes
plug amp play yes no yes
optimal routing
no yes no
5 DataLink Layer 5-65
VLANs motivation
What happens if CS user moves office to EE
but wants connect to CS switch
single broadcast domain all layer-2 broadcast
traffic (ARP DHCP) crosses entire LAN (securityprivacy efficiency issues)
each lowest level switch has only few ports in use
Computer Science Electrical
EngineeringComputerEngineering
Whatrsquos wrong with this picture
5 DataLink Layer 5-66
VLANs Port-based VLAN switch ports grouped (by switch management software) so that single physical switch helliphellip
Switch(es) supporting VLAN capabilities can be configured to define multiple virtual LANS over single physical LAN infrastructure
Virtual Local Area Network
1
8
9
16102
7
hellip
Electrical Engineering(VLAN ports 1-8)
Computer Science(VLAN ports 9-15)
15
hellip
Electrical Engineering(VLAN ports 1-8)
hellip
1
82
7 9
1610
15
hellip
Computer Science(VLAN ports 9-16)
hellip operates as multiple virtual switches
5 DataLink Layer 5-67
Port-based VLAN
1
8
9
16102
7
hellip
Electrical Engineering(VLAN ports 1-8)
Computer Science(VLAN ports 9-15)
15
hellip
traffic isolation frames tofrom ports 1-8 can only reach ports 1-8
can also define VLAN based on MAC addresses of endpoints rather than switch port
dynamic membershipports can be dynamically assigned among VLANs
router
forwarding between VLANSdone via routing (just as with separate switches)
in practice vendors sell combined switches plus routers
5 DataLink Layer 5-68
VLANS spanning multiple switches
trunk port carries frames between VLANS defined over multiple physical switches
frames forwarded within VLAN between switches canrsquot be vanilla 8021 frames (must carry VLAN ID info)
8021q protocol addsremoves additional header fields for frames forwarded between trunk ports
1
8
9
102
7
hellip
Electrical Engineering(VLAN ports 1-8)
Computer Science(VLAN ports 9-15)
15
hellip
2
73
Ports 235 belong to EE VLANPorts 4678 belong to CS VLAN
5
4 6 816
1
5 DataLink Layer 5-69
Type
2-byte Tag Protocol Identifier(value 81-00)
Tag Control Information (12 bit VLAN ID field 3 bit priority field like IP TOS)
Recomputed CRC
8021Q VLAN frame format
8021 frame
8021Q frame
5 DataLink Layer 5-70
Chapter 6 Wireless and Mobile Networks
Background wireless (mobile) phone subscribers now
exceeds wired phone subscribers computer nets laptops palmtops PDAs
Internet-enabled phone promise anytime untethered Internet access
two important (but different) challenges wireless communication over wireless link mobility handling the mobile user who changes point
of attachment to network
5 DataLink Layer 5-71
Elements of a wireless network
network infrastructure
wireless hosts laptop PDA IP phone run applications may be stationary
(non-mobile) or mobile wireless does not
always mean mobility
5 DataLink Layer 5-72
Elements of a wireless network
network infrastructure
base station typically connected to
wired network relay - responsible
for sending packets between wired network and wireless host(s) in its ldquoareardquo
eg cell towers 80211 access points
5 DataLink Layer 5-73
Elements of a wireless network
network infrastructure
wireless link typically used to
connect mobile(s) to base station
also used as backbone link
multiple access protocol coordinates link access
various data rates transmission distance
5 DataLink Layer 5-74
Characteristics of selected wireless link standards
Indoor10-30m
Outdoor50-200m
Mid-rangeoutdoor
200m ndash 4 Km
Long-rangeoutdoor
5Km ndash 20 Km
056
384
1
4
5-11
54
IS-95 CDMA GSM 2G
UMTSWCDMA CDMA2000 3G
80215
80211b
80211ag
UMTSWCDMA-HSPDA CDMA2000-1xEVDO 3G cellularenhanced
80216 (WiMAX)
80211ag point-to-point
200 80211n
Dat
a ra
te (M
bps) data
5 DataLink Layer 5-75
Elements of a wireless network
network infrastructure
infrastructure mode base station connects
mobiles into wired network
handoff mobile changes base station providing connection into wired network
5 DataLink Layer 5-76
Elements of a wireless networkad hoc mode no base stations nodes can only
transmit to other nodes within link coverage
nodes organize themselves into a network route among themselves
5 DataLink Layer 5-77
Wireless network taxonomy
single hop multiple hops
infrastructure(eg APs)
noinfrastructure
host connects to base station (WiFiWiMAX cellular) which connects to
larger Internet
no base station noconnection to larger Internet (Bluetooth
ad hoc nets)
host may have torelay through several
wireless nodes to connect to larger
Internet mesh net
no base station noconnection to larger
Internet May have torelay to reach other a given wireless node
MANET VANET
5 DataLink Layer 5-78
Wireless Link Characteristics (1)Differences from wired link hellip
decreased signal strength radio signal attenuates as it propagates through matter (path loss)
interference from other sources standardized wireless network frequencies (eg 24 GHz) shared by other devices (eg phone) devices (motors) interfere as well
multipath propagation radio signal reflects off objects arriving at destination at slightly different times
hellip make communication across (even a point to point) wireless link much more ldquodifficultrdquo
5 DataLink Layer 5-79
Wireless Link Characteristics (2) SNR signal-to-noise ratio
larger SNR ndash easier to extract signal from noise (a ldquogood thingrdquo)
SNR versus BER tradeoffs given physical layer
increase power -gt increase SNR-gtdecrease BER
given SNR choose physical layer that meets BER requirement giving highest thruput
bull SNR may change with mobility dynamically adapt physical layer (modulation technique rate)
10 20 30 40
QAM256 (8 Mbps)
QAM16 (4 Mbps)
BPSK (1 Mbps)
SNR(dB)B
ER
10-1
10-2
10-3
10-5
10-6
10-7
10-4
5 DataLink Layer 5-80
Wireless network characteristicsMultiple wireless senders and receivers create
additional problems (beyond multiple access)
AB
C
Hidden terminal problem B A hear each other B C hear each other A C can not hear each othermeans A C unaware of their
interference at B
A B C
Arsquos signalstrength
space
Crsquos signalstrength
Signal attenuation B A hear each other B C hear each other A C can not hear each other
interfering at B
5 DataLink Layer 5-81
IEEE 80211 Wireless LAN 80211b
24-5 GHz unlicensed spectrum up to 11 Mbps direct sequence spread
spectrum (DSSS) in physical layer
bull all hosts use same chipping code
80211a 5-6 GHz range up to 54 Mbps
80211g 24-5 GHz range up to 54 Mbps
80211n multiple antennae 24-5 GHz range up to 200 Mbps
all use CSMACA for multiple access all have base-station and ad-hoc network versions
5 DataLink Layer 5-82
80211 LAN architecture
wireless host communicates with base station
base station = access point (AP)
Basic Service Set (BSS)(aka ldquocellrdquo) in infrastructure mode contains
wireless hosts access point (AP) base
station ad hoc mode hosts only
BSS 1
BSS 2
Internet
hub switchor routerAP
AP
5 DataLink Layer 5-83
80211 Channels association
80211b 24GHz-2485GHz spectrum divided into 11 channels at different frequencies AP admin chooses frequency for AP interference possible channel can be same as
that chosen by neighboring AP host must associate with an AP
scans channels listening for beacon framescontaining APrsquos name (SSID) and MAC address
selects AP to associate with may perform authentication [Chapter 8] will typically run DHCP to get IP address in APrsquos
subnet
5 DataLink Layer 5-84
80211 passiveactive scanning
AP 2AP 1
H1
BBS 2BBS 1
122
3 4
Active Scanning (1) probe request frame broadcast
from H1(2) probe response frame sent from
APs(3) association request frame sent
H1 to selected AP (4) association response frame sent
H1 to selected AP
AP 2AP 1
H1
BBS 2BBS 1
12 3
1
Passive Scanning(1) beacon frames sent from APs(2) association request frame sent H1
to selected AP (3) association response frame sent
H1 to selected AP
5 DataLink Layer 5-85
IEEE 80211 multiple access avoid collisions 2+ nodes transmitting at same time 80211 CSMA - sense before transmitting
donrsquot collide with ongoing transmission by other node 80211 no collision detection
difficult to receive (sense collisions) when transmitting due to weak received signals (fading)
canrsquot sense all collisions in any case hidden terminal fading goal avoid collisions CSMAC(ollision)A(voidance)
AB
CA B C
Arsquos signalstrength
space
Crsquos signalstrength
5 DataLink Layer 5-86
IEEE 80211 MAC Protocol CSMACA
80211 sender1 if sense channel idle for DIFS then
transmit entire frame (no CD)2 if sense channel busy then
start random backoff timetimer counts down while channel idletransmit when timer expiresif no ACK increase random backoff
interval repeat 280211 receiver- if frame received OK
return ACK after SIFS (ACK needed due to hidden terminal problem)
sender receiver
DIFS
data
SIFS
ACK
5 DataLink Layer 5-87
Avoiding collisions (more)idea allow sender to ldquoreserverdquo channel rather than random
access of data frames avoid collisions of long data frames sender first transmits small request-to-send (RTS) packets
to BS using CSMA RTSs may still collide with each other (but theyrsquore short)
BS broadcasts clear-to-send CTS in response to RTS CTS heard by all nodes
sender transmits data frame other stations defer transmissions
avoid data frame collisions completely using small reservation packets
5 DataLink Layer 5-88
Collision Avoidance RTS-CTS exchange
APA B
time
RTS(A)RTS(B)
RTS(A)
CTS(A) CTS(A)
DATA (A)
ACK(A) ACK(A)
reservation collision
defer
5 DataLink Layer 5-89
framecontrol duration address
1address
2address
4address
3 payload CRC
2 2 6 6 6 2 6 0 - 2312 4
seqcontrol
80211 frame addressing
Address 2 MAC addressof wireless host or AP transmitting this frame
Address 1 MAC addressof wireless host or AP to receive this frame
Address 3 MAC addressof router interface to which AP is attached
Address 4 used only in ad hoc mode
5 DataLink Layer 5-90
Internetrouter
AP
H1 R1
AP MAC addr H1 MAC addr R1 MAC addraddress 1 address 2 address 3
80211 frame
R1 MAC addr H1 MAC addr dest address source address
8023 frame
80211 frame addressing
5 DataLink Layer 5-91
framecontrol duration address
1address
2address
4address
3 payload CRC
2 2 6 6 6 2 6 0 - 2312 4
seqcontrol
Type FromAPSubtype To
APMore frag WEPMore
dataPower
mgtRetry RsvdProtocolversion
2 2 4 1 1 1 1 1 11 1
80211 frame moreduration of reserved transmission time (RTSCTS)
frame seq (for RDT)
frame type(RTS CTS ACK data)
5 DataLink Layer 5-92
hub or switch
AP 2
AP 1
H1 BBS 2
BBS 1
80211 mobility within same subnet
router H1 remains in same IP subnet IP address can remain same
switch which AP is associated with H1
self-learning (Ch 5) switch will see frame from H1 and ldquorememberrdquo which switch port can be used to reach H1
5 DataLink Layer 5-93
80211 advanced capabilities
Rate Adaptation base station mobile
dynamically change transmission rate (physical layer modulation technique) as mobile moves SNR varies
QAM256 (8 Mbps)QAM16 (4 Mbps)BPSK (1 Mbps)
10 20 30 40SNR(dB)
BE
R
10-1
10-2
10-3
10-5
10-6
10-7
10-4
operating point
1 SNR decreases BER increase as node moves away from base station2 When BER becomes too high switch to lower transmission rate but with lower BER
5 DataLink Layer 5-94
80211 advanced capabilitiesPower Management node-to-AP ldquoI am going to sleep until next
beacon framerdquo AP knows not to transmit frames to this
node node wakes up before next beacon frame
beacon frame contains list of mobiles with AP-to-mobile frames waiting to be sent node will stay awake if AP-to-mobile frames
to be sent otherwise sleep again until next beacon frame
5 DataLink Layer 5-41
Ethernet Frame Structure (more) Addresses 6 bytes
if adapter receives frame with matching destination address or with broadcast address (eg ARP packet) it passes data in frame to net-layer protocol
otherwise adapter discards frame Type 2 bytes indicates the higher (network)
layer protocol (commonly IP but may also be ARP Novell IPX and AppleTalk etc)
CRC 4 bytes checked at receiver if error is detected the frame is simply dropped
5 DataLink Layer 5-42
Unreliable connectionless service
Connectionless No handshaking between sending and receiving adapter
Unreliable receiving adapter doesnrsquot send acks or nacks to sending adapter
stream of datagrams passed to network layer can have gaps
gaps will be filled if app is using TCP otherwise app will see the gaps
5 DataLink Layer 5-43
Ethernet uses CSMACD
No slots adapter doesnrsquot transmit
if it senses that some other adapter is transmitting that is carrier sense
transmitting adapter aborts when it senses that another adapter is transmitting that is collision detection
Before attempting a retransmission adapter waits a random time that is random access
5 DataLink Layer 5-44
Ethernet CSMACD algorithm1 Adapter receives
datagram from net layer amp creates frame
2 If adapter senses channel idle it starts to transmit frame If it senses channel busy waits until channel idle and then transmits
3 If adapter transmits entire frame without detecting another transmission the adapter is done with frame
4 If adapter detects another transmission while transmitting aborts and sends 48-bit jam signal
5 After aborting adapter enters exponential backoff after the mthcollision adapter chooses a K at random from 012hellip2m-1 Adapter waits K512 bit times and returns to Step 2
5 DataLink Layer 5-45
Frame Size limitations for Ethernet Minimum Frame size (Fmin)
For proper collision detectionFmin = Min frame sizeR = Ethernetrsquos transmission rate
eg 10 Mbsdmax = max Ethernet segment
lengthS = Propagation speed (2x108
ms)FminR ge 2dmaxS
Maximum Frame Size (Fmax)For fairness among competing nodes
Fmin=64 Bytes Fmax=1500 Bytes
A Bd
2dS
tim
e
Arsquos frame
Brsquos frame
Arsquos frame in yellowBrsquos frame in green
For proper collision detection Arsquos frame should last at least until Brsquos frame reaches A
5 DataLink Layer 5-46
Ethernetrsquos CSMACD (more)Jam Signal make sure all
other transmitters are aware of collision 48 bits
Random retransmission delayK 512 bit transmission times where K is randomly selected bit time is 01 microsec for 10 Mbps and 001 microsec for 100 Mbps Ethernet
Exponential Backoff Goal adapt retransmission
attempts to estimated current load
heavy load random wait will be longer
first collision choose K from 01 delay is K 512 bit transmission times
after second collision choose K from 0123hellip
after ten collisions choose K from 01234hellip1023
for max value of K=1023 wait time is about 50 msec for 10 Mbps 5 msec for 100 Mbps Ethernet
Seeinteract with Javaapplet on AWL Web sitehighly recommended
5 DataLink Layer 5-47
CSMACD efficiency
tprop = max prop between 2 nodes in LAN ttrans = time to transmit max-size frame
Efficiency goes to 1 as tprop goes to 0 Goes to 1 as ttrans goes to infinity Much better than ALOHA but still decentralized
simple and cheap
1efficiency1 5 prop transt t
asymp+
5 DataLink Layer 5-48
10BaseT and 100BaseT 10100 Mbps rates T stands for Twisted Pair Base stands for Baseband (unmodulated) Nodes connect to a hub ldquostar topologyrdquo 100 m
max distance between nodes and hub
twisted pair
hub
5 DataLink Layer 5-49
HubsHubs are essentially physical-layer repeaters
bits coming from one link go out all other links at the same rate no frame buffering no CSMACD at hub adapters detect collisions provides net management functionality
twisted pair
hub
5 DataLink Layer 5-50
Gbit Ethernet
uses standard Ethernet frame format allows for point-to-point links and shared
broadcast channels in shared mode CSMACD is used short
distances between nodes required for efficiency
Full-Duplex at 1 Gbps for point-to-point links
10 Gbps now
5 DataLink Layer 5-51
Interconnecting with hubs Backbone hub interconnects LAN segments Extends max distance between nodes But individual segment collision domains become one
large collision domain Canrsquot interconnect 10BaseT amp 100BaseT
hub hub hub
hub
5 DataLink Layer 5-52
Switch Link layer device
stores and forwards Ethernet frames examines frame header and selectively
forwards frame based on MAC dest address when frame is to be forwarded on segment
uses CSMACD to access segment transparent
hosts are unaware of presence of switches plug-and-play self-learning
switches do not need to be configured
5 DataLink Layer 5-53
Forwarding
bull How do determine onto which LAN segment to forward framebull Looks like a routing problem
hub hubhub
switch1
2 3
5 DataLink Layer 5-54
Self learning
A switch has a switch table entry in switch table
(MAC Address Interface Time Stamp) stale entries in table dropped (TTL can be 60 min)
switch learns which hosts can be reached through which interfaces when frame received switch ldquolearnsrdquo location of
sender incoming LAN segment records senderlocation pair in switch table
5 DataLink Layer 5-55
FilteringForwardingWhen switch receives a frame
index switch table using MAC dest addressif entry found for destination
thenif dest on segment from which frame arrived
then drop the frameelse forward the frame on interface indicated
else flood
forward on all but the interface on which the frame arrived
5 DataLink Layer 5-56
Switch exampleSuppose C sends frame to D
Switch receives frame from from C notes in bridge table that C is on interface 1 because D is not in table switch forwards frame into
interfaces 2 and 3 frame received by D
hub hub hub
switch
A
B CD
EF G H
I
address interfaceABEG
1123
12 3
5 DataLink Layer 5-57
Switch exampleSuppose C sends frame to D
Switch receives frame from from C notes in bridge table that C is on interface 1 because D is not in table switch forwards frame into
interfaces 2 and 3 frame received by D
hub hub hub
switch
A
B CD
EF G H
I
address interfaceABEGC
11231
12 3
5 DataLink Layer 5-58
Switch exampleSuppose D replies back with frame to C
Switch receives frame from from D notes in bridge table that D is on interface 2 because C is in table switch forwards frame only to
interface 1 frame received by C
hub hub hub
switch
A
B CD
EF G H
I
address interfaceABEGC
11231
12 3
5 DataLink Layer 5-59
Switch exampleSuppose D replies back with frame to C
Switch receives frame from from D notes in bridge table that D is on interface 2 because C is in table switch forwards frame only to
interface 1 frame received by C
hub hub hub
switch
A
B CD
EF G H
I
address interfaceABEGCD
112312
12 3
5 DataLink Layer 5-60
Switch traffic isolation switch installation breaks subnet into LAN
segments switch filters packets
same-LAN-segment frames not usually forwarded onto other LAN segments
segments become separate collision domains
hub hub hub
switch
collision domain collision domain
collision domain
5 DataLink Layer 5-61
Switches dedicated access Switch with many
interfaces Hosts have direct
connection to switch No collisions full duplex
Switching A-to-Arsquo and B-to-Brsquo simultaneously no collisions
combinations of shareddedicated 101001000 Mbps interfaces possible
switch
A
Arsquo
B
Brsquo
C
Crsquo
5 DataLink Layer 5-62
Institutional network
hub hubhub
switch
to externalnetwork
router
IP subnet
mail server
web server
5 DataLink Layer 5-63
Switches vs Routers both store-and-forward devices
routers network layer devices (examine network layer headers)
switches are link layer devices routers maintain routing tables implement routing
algorithms switches maintain switch tables implement
filtering learning algorithms
5 DataLink Layer 5-64
Summary comparison
hubs routers switches
traffic isolation
no yes yes
plug amp play yes no yes
optimal routing
no yes no
5 DataLink Layer 5-65
VLANs motivation
What happens if CS user moves office to EE
but wants connect to CS switch
single broadcast domain all layer-2 broadcast
traffic (ARP DHCP) crosses entire LAN (securityprivacy efficiency issues)
each lowest level switch has only few ports in use
Computer Science Electrical
EngineeringComputerEngineering
Whatrsquos wrong with this picture
5 DataLink Layer 5-66
VLANs Port-based VLAN switch ports grouped (by switch management software) so that single physical switch helliphellip
Switch(es) supporting VLAN capabilities can be configured to define multiple virtual LANS over single physical LAN infrastructure
Virtual Local Area Network
1
8
9
16102
7
hellip
Electrical Engineering(VLAN ports 1-8)
Computer Science(VLAN ports 9-15)
15
hellip
Electrical Engineering(VLAN ports 1-8)
hellip
1
82
7 9
1610
15
hellip
Computer Science(VLAN ports 9-16)
hellip operates as multiple virtual switches
5 DataLink Layer 5-67
Port-based VLAN
1
8
9
16102
7
hellip
Electrical Engineering(VLAN ports 1-8)
Computer Science(VLAN ports 9-15)
15
hellip
traffic isolation frames tofrom ports 1-8 can only reach ports 1-8
can also define VLAN based on MAC addresses of endpoints rather than switch port
dynamic membershipports can be dynamically assigned among VLANs
router
forwarding between VLANSdone via routing (just as with separate switches)
in practice vendors sell combined switches plus routers
5 DataLink Layer 5-68
VLANS spanning multiple switches
trunk port carries frames between VLANS defined over multiple physical switches
frames forwarded within VLAN between switches canrsquot be vanilla 8021 frames (must carry VLAN ID info)
8021q protocol addsremoves additional header fields for frames forwarded between trunk ports
1
8
9
102
7
hellip
Electrical Engineering(VLAN ports 1-8)
Computer Science(VLAN ports 9-15)
15
hellip
2
73
Ports 235 belong to EE VLANPorts 4678 belong to CS VLAN
5
4 6 816
1
5 DataLink Layer 5-69
Type
2-byte Tag Protocol Identifier(value 81-00)
Tag Control Information (12 bit VLAN ID field 3 bit priority field like IP TOS)
Recomputed CRC
8021Q VLAN frame format
8021 frame
8021Q frame
5 DataLink Layer 5-70
Chapter 6 Wireless and Mobile Networks
Background wireless (mobile) phone subscribers now
exceeds wired phone subscribers computer nets laptops palmtops PDAs
Internet-enabled phone promise anytime untethered Internet access
two important (but different) challenges wireless communication over wireless link mobility handling the mobile user who changes point
of attachment to network
5 DataLink Layer 5-71
Elements of a wireless network
network infrastructure
wireless hosts laptop PDA IP phone run applications may be stationary
(non-mobile) or mobile wireless does not
always mean mobility
5 DataLink Layer 5-72
Elements of a wireless network
network infrastructure
base station typically connected to
wired network relay - responsible
for sending packets between wired network and wireless host(s) in its ldquoareardquo
eg cell towers 80211 access points
5 DataLink Layer 5-73
Elements of a wireless network
network infrastructure
wireless link typically used to
connect mobile(s) to base station
also used as backbone link
multiple access protocol coordinates link access
various data rates transmission distance
5 DataLink Layer 5-74
Characteristics of selected wireless link standards
Indoor10-30m
Outdoor50-200m
Mid-rangeoutdoor
200m ndash 4 Km
Long-rangeoutdoor
5Km ndash 20 Km
056
384
1
4
5-11
54
IS-95 CDMA GSM 2G
UMTSWCDMA CDMA2000 3G
80215
80211b
80211ag
UMTSWCDMA-HSPDA CDMA2000-1xEVDO 3G cellularenhanced
80216 (WiMAX)
80211ag point-to-point
200 80211n
Dat
a ra
te (M
bps) data
5 DataLink Layer 5-75
Elements of a wireless network
network infrastructure
infrastructure mode base station connects
mobiles into wired network
handoff mobile changes base station providing connection into wired network
5 DataLink Layer 5-76
Elements of a wireless networkad hoc mode no base stations nodes can only
transmit to other nodes within link coverage
nodes organize themselves into a network route among themselves
5 DataLink Layer 5-77
Wireless network taxonomy
single hop multiple hops
infrastructure(eg APs)
noinfrastructure
host connects to base station (WiFiWiMAX cellular) which connects to
larger Internet
no base station noconnection to larger Internet (Bluetooth
ad hoc nets)
host may have torelay through several
wireless nodes to connect to larger
Internet mesh net
no base station noconnection to larger
Internet May have torelay to reach other a given wireless node
MANET VANET
5 DataLink Layer 5-78
Wireless Link Characteristics (1)Differences from wired link hellip
decreased signal strength radio signal attenuates as it propagates through matter (path loss)
interference from other sources standardized wireless network frequencies (eg 24 GHz) shared by other devices (eg phone) devices (motors) interfere as well
multipath propagation radio signal reflects off objects arriving at destination at slightly different times
hellip make communication across (even a point to point) wireless link much more ldquodifficultrdquo
5 DataLink Layer 5-79
Wireless Link Characteristics (2) SNR signal-to-noise ratio
larger SNR ndash easier to extract signal from noise (a ldquogood thingrdquo)
SNR versus BER tradeoffs given physical layer
increase power -gt increase SNR-gtdecrease BER
given SNR choose physical layer that meets BER requirement giving highest thruput
bull SNR may change with mobility dynamically adapt physical layer (modulation technique rate)
10 20 30 40
QAM256 (8 Mbps)
QAM16 (4 Mbps)
BPSK (1 Mbps)
SNR(dB)B
ER
10-1
10-2
10-3
10-5
10-6
10-7
10-4
5 DataLink Layer 5-80
Wireless network characteristicsMultiple wireless senders and receivers create
additional problems (beyond multiple access)
AB
C
Hidden terminal problem B A hear each other B C hear each other A C can not hear each othermeans A C unaware of their
interference at B
A B C
Arsquos signalstrength
space
Crsquos signalstrength
Signal attenuation B A hear each other B C hear each other A C can not hear each other
interfering at B
5 DataLink Layer 5-81
IEEE 80211 Wireless LAN 80211b
24-5 GHz unlicensed spectrum up to 11 Mbps direct sequence spread
spectrum (DSSS) in physical layer
bull all hosts use same chipping code
80211a 5-6 GHz range up to 54 Mbps
80211g 24-5 GHz range up to 54 Mbps
80211n multiple antennae 24-5 GHz range up to 200 Mbps
all use CSMACA for multiple access all have base-station and ad-hoc network versions
5 DataLink Layer 5-82
80211 LAN architecture
wireless host communicates with base station
base station = access point (AP)
Basic Service Set (BSS)(aka ldquocellrdquo) in infrastructure mode contains
wireless hosts access point (AP) base
station ad hoc mode hosts only
BSS 1
BSS 2
Internet
hub switchor routerAP
AP
5 DataLink Layer 5-83
80211 Channels association
80211b 24GHz-2485GHz spectrum divided into 11 channels at different frequencies AP admin chooses frequency for AP interference possible channel can be same as
that chosen by neighboring AP host must associate with an AP
scans channels listening for beacon framescontaining APrsquos name (SSID) and MAC address
selects AP to associate with may perform authentication [Chapter 8] will typically run DHCP to get IP address in APrsquos
subnet
5 DataLink Layer 5-84
80211 passiveactive scanning
AP 2AP 1
H1
BBS 2BBS 1
122
3 4
Active Scanning (1) probe request frame broadcast
from H1(2) probe response frame sent from
APs(3) association request frame sent
H1 to selected AP (4) association response frame sent
H1 to selected AP
AP 2AP 1
H1
BBS 2BBS 1
12 3
1
Passive Scanning(1) beacon frames sent from APs(2) association request frame sent H1
to selected AP (3) association response frame sent
H1 to selected AP
5 DataLink Layer 5-85
IEEE 80211 multiple access avoid collisions 2+ nodes transmitting at same time 80211 CSMA - sense before transmitting
donrsquot collide with ongoing transmission by other node 80211 no collision detection
difficult to receive (sense collisions) when transmitting due to weak received signals (fading)
canrsquot sense all collisions in any case hidden terminal fading goal avoid collisions CSMAC(ollision)A(voidance)
AB
CA B C
Arsquos signalstrength
space
Crsquos signalstrength
5 DataLink Layer 5-86
IEEE 80211 MAC Protocol CSMACA
80211 sender1 if sense channel idle for DIFS then
transmit entire frame (no CD)2 if sense channel busy then
start random backoff timetimer counts down while channel idletransmit when timer expiresif no ACK increase random backoff
interval repeat 280211 receiver- if frame received OK
return ACK after SIFS (ACK needed due to hidden terminal problem)
sender receiver
DIFS
data
SIFS
ACK
5 DataLink Layer 5-87
Avoiding collisions (more)idea allow sender to ldquoreserverdquo channel rather than random
access of data frames avoid collisions of long data frames sender first transmits small request-to-send (RTS) packets
to BS using CSMA RTSs may still collide with each other (but theyrsquore short)
BS broadcasts clear-to-send CTS in response to RTS CTS heard by all nodes
sender transmits data frame other stations defer transmissions
avoid data frame collisions completely using small reservation packets
5 DataLink Layer 5-88
Collision Avoidance RTS-CTS exchange
APA B
time
RTS(A)RTS(B)
RTS(A)
CTS(A) CTS(A)
DATA (A)
ACK(A) ACK(A)
reservation collision
defer
5 DataLink Layer 5-89
framecontrol duration address
1address
2address
4address
3 payload CRC
2 2 6 6 6 2 6 0 - 2312 4
seqcontrol
80211 frame addressing
Address 2 MAC addressof wireless host or AP transmitting this frame
Address 1 MAC addressof wireless host or AP to receive this frame
Address 3 MAC addressof router interface to which AP is attached
Address 4 used only in ad hoc mode
5 DataLink Layer 5-90
Internetrouter
AP
H1 R1
AP MAC addr H1 MAC addr R1 MAC addraddress 1 address 2 address 3
80211 frame
R1 MAC addr H1 MAC addr dest address source address
8023 frame
80211 frame addressing
5 DataLink Layer 5-91
framecontrol duration address
1address
2address
4address
3 payload CRC
2 2 6 6 6 2 6 0 - 2312 4
seqcontrol
Type FromAPSubtype To
APMore frag WEPMore
dataPower
mgtRetry RsvdProtocolversion
2 2 4 1 1 1 1 1 11 1
80211 frame moreduration of reserved transmission time (RTSCTS)
frame seq (for RDT)
frame type(RTS CTS ACK data)
5 DataLink Layer 5-92
hub or switch
AP 2
AP 1
H1 BBS 2
BBS 1
80211 mobility within same subnet
router H1 remains in same IP subnet IP address can remain same
switch which AP is associated with H1
self-learning (Ch 5) switch will see frame from H1 and ldquorememberrdquo which switch port can be used to reach H1
5 DataLink Layer 5-93
80211 advanced capabilities
Rate Adaptation base station mobile
dynamically change transmission rate (physical layer modulation technique) as mobile moves SNR varies
QAM256 (8 Mbps)QAM16 (4 Mbps)BPSK (1 Mbps)
10 20 30 40SNR(dB)
BE
R
10-1
10-2
10-3
10-5
10-6
10-7
10-4
operating point
1 SNR decreases BER increase as node moves away from base station2 When BER becomes too high switch to lower transmission rate but with lower BER
5 DataLink Layer 5-94
80211 advanced capabilitiesPower Management node-to-AP ldquoI am going to sleep until next
beacon framerdquo AP knows not to transmit frames to this
node node wakes up before next beacon frame
beacon frame contains list of mobiles with AP-to-mobile frames waiting to be sent node will stay awake if AP-to-mobile frames
to be sent otherwise sleep again until next beacon frame
5 DataLink Layer 5-42
Unreliable connectionless service
Connectionless No handshaking between sending and receiving adapter
Unreliable receiving adapter doesnrsquot send acks or nacks to sending adapter
stream of datagrams passed to network layer can have gaps
gaps will be filled if app is using TCP otherwise app will see the gaps
5 DataLink Layer 5-43
Ethernet uses CSMACD
No slots adapter doesnrsquot transmit
if it senses that some other adapter is transmitting that is carrier sense
transmitting adapter aborts when it senses that another adapter is transmitting that is collision detection
Before attempting a retransmission adapter waits a random time that is random access
5 DataLink Layer 5-44
Ethernet CSMACD algorithm1 Adapter receives
datagram from net layer amp creates frame
2 If adapter senses channel idle it starts to transmit frame If it senses channel busy waits until channel idle and then transmits
3 If adapter transmits entire frame without detecting another transmission the adapter is done with frame
4 If adapter detects another transmission while transmitting aborts and sends 48-bit jam signal
5 After aborting adapter enters exponential backoff after the mthcollision adapter chooses a K at random from 012hellip2m-1 Adapter waits K512 bit times and returns to Step 2
5 DataLink Layer 5-45
Frame Size limitations for Ethernet Minimum Frame size (Fmin)
For proper collision detectionFmin = Min frame sizeR = Ethernetrsquos transmission rate
eg 10 Mbsdmax = max Ethernet segment
lengthS = Propagation speed (2x108
ms)FminR ge 2dmaxS
Maximum Frame Size (Fmax)For fairness among competing nodes
Fmin=64 Bytes Fmax=1500 Bytes
A Bd
2dS
tim
e
Arsquos frame
Brsquos frame
Arsquos frame in yellowBrsquos frame in green
For proper collision detection Arsquos frame should last at least until Brsquos frame reaches A
5 DataLink Layer 5-46
Ethernetrsquos CSMACD (more)Jam Signal make sure all
other transmitters are aware of collision 48 bits
Random retransmission delayK 512 bit transmission times where K is randomly selected bit time is 01 microsec for 10 Mbps and 001 microsec for 100 Mbps Ethernet
Exponential Backoff Goal adapt retransmission
attempts to estimated current load
heavy load random wait will be longer
first collision choose K from 01 delay is K 512 bit transmission times
after second collision choose K from 0123hellip
after ten collisions choose K from 01234hellip1023
for max value of K=1023 wait time is about 50 msec for 10 Mbps 5 msec for 100 Mbps Ethernet
Seeinteract with Javaapplet on AWL Web sitehighly recommended
5 DataLink Layer 5-47
CSMACD efficiency
tprop = max prop between 2 nodes in LAN ttrans = time to transmit max-size frame
Efficiency goes to 1 as tprop goes to 0 Goes to 1 as ttrans goes to infinity Much better than ALOHA but still decentralized
simple and cheap
1efficiency1 5 prop transt t
asymp+
5 DataLink Layer 5-48
10BaseT and 100BaseT 10100 Mbps rates T stands for Twisted Pair Base stands for Baseband (unmodulated) Nodes connect to a hub ldquostar topologyrdquo 100 m
max distance between nodes and hub
twisted pair
hub
5 DataLink Layer 5-49
HubsHubs are essentially physical-layer repeaters
bits coming from one link go out all other links at the same rate no frame buffering no CSMACD at hub adapters detect collisions provides net management functionality
twisted pair
hub
5 DataLink Layer 5-50
Gbit Ethernet
uses standard Ethernet frame format allows for point-to-point links and shared
broadcast channels in shared mode CSMACD is used short
distances between nodes required for efficiency
Full-Duplex at 1 Gbps for point-to-point links
10 Gbps now
5 DataLink Layer 5-51
Interconnecting with hubs Backbone hub interconnects LAN segments Extends max distance between nodes But individual segment collision domains become one
large collision domain Canrsquot interconnect 10BaseT amp 100BaseT
hub hub hub
hub
5 DataLink Layer 5-52
Switch Link layer device
stores and forwards Ethernet frames examines frame header and selectively
forwards frame based on MAC dest address when frame is to be forwarded on segment
uses CSMACD to access segment transparent
hosts are unaware of presence of switches plug-and-play self-learning
switches do not need to be configured
5 DataLink Layer 5-53
Forwarding
bull How do determine onto which LAN segment to forward framebull Looks like a routing problem
hub hubhub
switch1
2 3
5 DataLink Layer 5-54
Self learning
A switch has a switch table entry in switch table
(MAC Address Interface Time Stamp) stale entries in table dropped (TTL can be 60 min)
switch learns which hosts can be reached through which interfaces when frame received switch ldquolearnsrdquo location of
sender incoming LAN segment records senderlocation pair in switch table
5 DataLink Layer 5-55
FilteringForwardingWhen switch receives a frame
index switch table using MAC dest addressif entry found for destination
thenif dest on segment from which frame arrived
then drop the frameelse forward the frame on interface indicated
else flood
forward on all but the interface on which the frame arrived
5 DataLink Layer 5-56
Switch exampleSuppose C sends frame to D
Switch receives frame from from C notes in bridge table that C is on interface 1 because D is not in table switch forwards frame into
interfaces 2 and 3 frame received by D
hub hub hub
switch
A
B CD
EF G H
I
address interfaceABEG
1123
12 3
5 DataLink Layer 5-57
Switch exampleSuppose C sends frame to D
Switch receives frame from from C notes in bridge table that C is on interface 1 because D is not in table switch forwards frame into
interfaces 2 and 3 frame received by D
hub hub hub
switch
A
B CD
EF G H
I
address interfaceABEGC
11231
12 3
5 DataLink Layer 5-58
Switch exampleSuppose D replies back with frame to C
Switch receives frame from from D notes in bridge table that D is on interface 2 because C is in table switch forwards frame only to
interface 1 frame received by C
hub hub hub
switch
A
B CD
EF G H
I
address interfaceABEGC
11231
12 3
5 DataLink Layer 5-59
Switch exampleSuppose D replies back with frame to C
Switch receives frame from from D notes in bridge table that D is on interface 2 because C is in table switch forwards frame only to
interface 1 frame received by C
hub hub hub
switch
A
B CD
EF G H
I
address interfaceABEGCD
112312
12 3
5 DataLink Layer 5-60
Switch traffic isolation switch installation breaks subnet into LAN
segments switch filters packets
same-LAN-segment frames not usually forwarded onto other LAN segments
segments become separate collision domains
hub hub hub
switch
collision domain collision domain
collision domain
5 DataLink Layer 5-61
Switches dedicated access Switch with many
interfaces Hosts have direct
connection to switch No collisions full duplex
Switching A-to-Arsquo and B-to-Brsquo simultaneously no collisions
combinations of shareddedicated 101001000 Mbps interfaces possible
switch
A
Arsquo
B
Brsquo
C
Crsquo
5 DataLink Layer 5-62
Institutional network
hub hubhub
switch
to externalnetwork
router
IP subnet
mail server
web server
5 DataLink Layer 5-63
Switches vs Routers both store-and-forward devices
routers network layer devices (examine network layer headers)
switches are link layer devices routers maintain routing tables implement routing
algorithms switches maintain switch tables implement
filtering learning algorithms
5 DataLink Layer 5-64
Summary comparison
hubs routers switches
traffic isolation
no yes yes
plug amp play yes no yes
optimal routing
no yes no
5 DataLink Layer 5-65
VLANs motivation
What happens if CS user moves office to EE
but wants connect to CS switch
single broadcast domain all layer-2 broadcast
traffic (ARP DHCP) crosses entire LAN (securityprivacy efficiency issues)
each lowest level switch has only few ports in use
Computer Science Electrical
EngineeringComputerEngineering
Whatrsquos wrong with this picture
5 DataLink Layer 5-66
VLANs Port-based VLAN switch ports grouped (by switch management software) so that single physical switch helliphellip
Switch(es) supporting VLAN capabilities can be configured to define multiple virtual LANS over single physical LAN infrastructure
Virtual Local Area Network
1
8
9
16102
7
hellip
Electrical Engineering(VLAN ports 1-8)
Computer Science(VLAN ports 9-15)
15
hellip
Electrical Engineering(VLAN ports 1-8)
hellip
1
82
7 9
1610
15
hellip
Computer Science(VLAN ports 9-16)
hellip operates as multiple virtual switches
5 DataLink Layer 5-67
Port-based VLAN
1
8
9
16102
7
hellip
Electrical Engineering(VLAN ports 1-8)
Computer Science(VLAN ports 9-15)
15
hellip
traffic isolation frames tofrom ports 1-8 can only reach ports 1-8
can also define VLAN based on MAC addresses of endpoints rather than switch port
dynamic membershipports can be dynamically assigned among VLANs
router
forwarding between VLANSdone via routing (just as with separate switches)
in practice vendors sell combined switches plus routers
5 DataLink Layer 5-68
VLANS spanning multiple switches
trunk port carries frames between VLANS defined over multiple physical switches
frames forwarded within VLAN between switches canrsquot be vanilla 8021 frames (must carry VLAN ID info)
8021q protocol addsremoves additional header fields for frames forwarded between trunk ports
1
8
9
102
7
hellip
Electrical Engineering(VLAN ports 1-8)
Computer Science(VLAN ports 9-15)
15
hellip
2
73
Ports 235 belong to EE VLANPorts 4678 belong to CS VLAN
5
4 6 816
1
5 DataLink Layer 5-69
Type
2-byte Tag Protocol Identifier(value 81-00)
Tag Control Information (12 bit VLAN ID field 3 bit priority field like IP TOS)
Recomputed CRC
8021Q VLAN frame format
8021 frame
8021Q frame
5 DataLink Layer 5-70
Chapter 6 Wireless and Mobile Networks
Background wireless (mobile) phone subscribers now
exceeds wired phone subscribers computer nets laptops palmtops PDAs
Internet-enabled phone promise anytime untethered Internet access
two important (but different) challenges wireless communication over wireless link mobility handling the mobile user who changes point
of attachment to network
5 DataLink Layer 5-71
Elements of a wireless network
network infrastructure
wireless hosts laptop PDA IP phone run applications may be stationary
(non-mobile) or mobile wireless does not
always mean mobility
5 DataLink Layer 5-72
Elements of a wireless network
network infrastructure
base station typically connected to
wired network relay - responsible
for sending packets between wired network and wireless host(s) in its ldquoareardquo
eg cell towers 80211 access points
5 DataLink Layer 5-73
Elements of a wireless network
network infrastructure
wireless link typically used to
connect mobile(s) to base station
also used as backbone link
multiple access protocol coordinates link access
various data rates transmission distance
5 DataLink Layer 5-74
Characteristics of selected wireless link standards
Indoor10-30m
Outdoor50-200m
Mid-rangeoutdoor
200m ndash 4 Km
Long-rangeoutdoor
5Km ndash 20 Km
056
384
1
4
5-11
54
IS-95 CDMA GSM 2G
UMTSWCDMA CDMA2000 3G
80215
80211b
80211ag
UMTSWCDMA-HSPDA CDMA2000-1xEVDO 3G cellularenhanced
80216 (WiMAX)
80211ag point-to-point
200 80211n
Dat
a ra
te (M
bps) data
5 DataLink Layer 5-75
Elements of a wireless network
network infrastructure
infrastructure mode base station connects
mobiles into wired network
handoff mobile changes base station providing connection into wired network
5 DataLink Layer 5-76
Elements of a wireless networkad hoc mode no base stations nodes can only
transmit to other nodes within link coverage
nodes organize themselves into a network route among themselves
5 DataLink Layer 5-77
Wireless network taxonomy
single hop multiple hops
infrastructure(eg APs)
noinfrastructure
host connects to base station (WiFiWiMAX cellular) which connects to
larger Internet
no base station noconnection to larger Internet (Bluetooth
ad hoc nets)
host may have torelay through several
wireless nodes to connect to larger
Internet mesh net
no base station noconnection to larger
Internet May have torelay to reach other a given wireless node
MANET VANET
5 DataLink Layer 5-78
Wireless Link Characteristics (1)Differences from wired link hellip
decreased signal strength radio signal attenuates as it propagates through matter (path loss)
interference from other sources standardized wireless network frequencies (eg 24 GHz) shared by other devices (eg phone) devices (motors) interfere as well
multipath propagation radio signal reflects off objects arriving at destination at slightly different times
hellip make communication across (even a point to point) wireless link much more ldquodifficultrdquo
5 DataLink Layer 5-79
Wireless Link Characteristics (2) SNR signal-to-noise ratio
larger SNR ndash easier to extract signal from noise (a ldquogood thingrdquo)
SNR versus BER tradeoffs given physical layer
increase power -gt increase SNR-gtdecrease BER
given SNR choose physical layer that meets BER requirement giving highest thruput
bull SNR may change with mobility dynamically adapt physical layer (modulation technique rate)
10 20 30 40
QAM256 (8 Mbps)
QAM16 (4 Mbps)
BPSK (1 Mbps)
SNR(dB)B
ER
10-1
10-2
10-3
10-5
10-6
10-7
10-4
5 DataLink Layer 5-80
Wireless network characteristicsMultiple wireless senders and receivers create
additional problems (beyond multiple access)
AB
C
Hidden terminal problem B A hear each other B C hear each other A C can not hear each othermeans A C unaware of their
interference at B
A B C
Arsquos signalstrength
space
Crsquos signalstrength
Signal attenuation B A hear each other B C hear each other A C can not hear each other
interfering at B
5 DataLink Layer 5-81
IEEE 80211 Wireless LAN 80211b
24-5 GHz unlicensed spectrum up to 11 Mbps direct sequence spread
spectrum (DSSS) in physical layer
bull all hosts use same chipping code
80211a 5-6 GHz range up to 54 Mbps
80211g 24-5 GHz range up to 54 Mbps
80211n multiple antennae 24-5 GHz range up to 200 Mbps
all use CSMACA for multiple access all have base-station and ad-hoc network versions
5 DataLink Layer 5-82
80211 LAN architecture
wireless host communicates with base station
base station = access point (AP)
Basic Service Set (BSS)(aka ldquocellrdquo) in infrastructure mode contains
wireless hosts access point (AP) base
station ad hoc mode hosts only
BSS 1
BSS 2
Internet
hub switchor routerAP
AP
5 DataLink Layer 5-83
80211 Channels association
80211b 24GHz-2485GHz spectrum divided into 11 channels at different frequencies AP admin chooses frequency for AP interference possible channel can be same as
that chosen by neighboring AP host must associate with an AP
scans channels listening for beacon framescontaining APrsquos name (SSID) and MAC address
selects AP to associate with may perform authentication [Chapter 8] will typically run DHCP to get IP address in APrsquos
subnet
5 DataLink Layer 5-84
80211 passiveactive scanning
AP 2AP 1
H1
BBS 2BBS 1
122
3 4
Active Scanning (1) probe request frame broadcast
from H1(2) probe response frame sent from
APs(3) association request frame sent
H1 to selected AP (4) association response frame sent
H1 to selected AP
AP 2AP 1
H1
BBS 2BBS 1
12 3
1
Passive Scanning(1) beacon frames sent from APs(2) association request frame sent H1
to selected AP (3) association response frame sent
H1 to selected AP
5 DataLink Layer 5-85
IEEE 80211 multiple access avoid collisions 2+ nodes transmitting at same time 80211 CSMA - sense before transmitting
donrsquot collide with ongoing transmission by other node 80211 no collision detection
difficult to receive (sense collisions) when transmitting due to weak received signals (fading)
canrsquot sense all collisions in any case hidden terminal fading goal avoid collisions CSMAC(ollision)A(voidance)
AB
CA B C
Arsquos signalstrength
space
Crsquos signalstrength
5 DataLink Layer 5-86
IEEE 80211 MAC Protocol CSMACA
80211 sender1 if sense channel idle for DIFS then
transmit entire frame (no CD)2 if sense channel busy then
start random backoff timetimer counts down while channel idletransmit when timer expiresif no ACK increase random backoff
interval repeat 280211 receiver- if frame received OK
return ACK after SIFS (ACK needed due to hidden terminal problem)
sender receiver
DIFS
data
SIFS
ACK
5 DataLink Layer 5-87
Avoiding collisions (more)idea allow sender to ldquoreserverdquo channel rather than random
access of data frames avoid collisions of long data frames sender first transmits small request-to-send (RTS) packets
to BS using CSMA RTSs may still collide with each other (but theyrsquore short)
BS broadcasts clear-to-send CTS in response to RTS CTS heard by all nodes
sender transmits data frame other stations defer transmissions
avoid data frame collisions completely using small reservation packets
5 DataLink Layer 5-88
Collision Avoidance RTS-CTS exchange
APA B
time
RTS(A)RTS(B)
RTS(A)
CTS(A) CTS(A)
DATA (A)
ACK(A) ACK(A)
reservation collision
defer
5 DataLink Layer 5-89
framecontrol duration address
1address
2address
4address
3 payload CRC
2 2 6 6 6 2 6 0 - 2312 4
seqcontrol
80211 frame addressing
Address 2 MAC addressof wireless host or AP transmitting this frame
Address 1 MAC addressof wireless host or AP to receive this frame
Address 3 MAC addressof router interface to which AP is attached
Address 4 used only in ad hoc mode
5 DataLink Layer 5-90
Internetrouter
AP
H1 R1
AP MAC addr H1 MAC addr R1 MAC addraddress 1 address 2 address 3
80211 frame
R1 MAC addr H1 MAC addr dest address source address
8023 frame
80211 frame addressing
5 DataLink Layer 5-91
framecontrol duration address
1address
2address
4address
3 payload CRC
2 2 6 6 6 2 6 0 - 2312 4
seqcontrol
Type FromAPSubtype To
APMore frag WEPMore
dataPower
mgtRetry RsvdProtocolversion
2 2 4 1 1 1 1 1 11 1
80211 frame moreduration of reserved transmission time (RTSCTS)
frame seq (for RDT)
frame type(RTS CTS ACK data)
5 DataLink Layer 5-92
hub or switch
AP 2
AP 1
H1 BBS 2
BBS 1
80211 mobility within same subnet
router H1 remains in same IP subnet IP address can remain same
switch which AP is associated with H1
self-learning (Ch 5) switch will see frame from H1 and ldquorememberrdquo which switch port can be used to reach H1
5 DataLink Layer 5-93
80211 advanced capabilities
Rate Adaptation base station mobile
dynamically change transmission rate (physical layer modulation technique) as mobile moves SNR varies
QAM256 (8 Mbps)QAM16 (4 Mbps)BPSK (1 Mbps)
10 20 30 40SNR(dB)
BE
R
10-1
10-2
10-3
10-5
10-6
10-7
10-4
operating point
1 SNR decreases BER increase as node moves away from base station2 When BER becomes too high switch to lower transmission rate but with lower BER
5 DataLink Layer 5-94
80211 advanced capabilitiesPower Management node-to-AP ldquoI am going to sleep until next
beacon framerdquo AP knows not to transmit frames to this
node node wakes up before next beacon frame
beacon frame contains list of mobiles with AP-to-mobile frames waiting to be sent node will stay awake if AP-to-mobile frames
to be sent otherwise sleep again until next beacon frame
5 DataLink Layer 5-43
Ethernet uses CSMACD
No slots adapter doesnrsquot transmit
if it senses that some other adapter is transmitting that is carrier sense
transmitting adapter aborts when it senses that another adapter is transmitting that is collision detection
Before attempting a retransmission adapter waits a random time that is random access
5 DataLink Layer 5-44
Ethernet CSMACD algorithm1 Adapter receives
datagram from net layer amp creates frame
2 If adapter senses channel idle it starts to transmit frame If it senses channel busy waits until channel idle and then transmits
3 If adapter transmits entire frame without detecting another transmission the adapter is done with frame
4 If adapter detects another transmission while transmitting aborts and sends 48-bit jam signal
5 After aborting adapter enters exponential backoff after the mthcollision adapter chooses a K at random from 012hellip2m-1 Adapter waits K512 bit times and returns to Step 2
5 DataLink Layer 5-45
Frame Size limitations for Ethernet Minimum Frame size (Fmin)
For proper collision detectionFmin = Min frame sizeR = Ethernetrsquos transmission rate
eg 10 Mbsdmax = max Ethernet segment
lengthS = Propagation speed (2x108
ms)FminR ge 2dmaxS
Maximum Frame Size (Fmax)For fairness among competing nodes
Fmin=64 Bytes Fmax=1500 Bytes
A Bd
2dS
tim
e
Arsquos frame
Brsquos frame
Arsquos frame in yellowBrsquos frame in green
For proper collision detection Arsquos frame should last at least until Brsquos frame reaches A
5 DataLink Layer 5-46
Ethernetrsquos CSMACD (more)Jam Signal make sure all
other transmitters are aware of collision 48 bits
Random retransmission delayK 512 bit transmission times where K is randomly selected bit time is 01 microsec for 10 Mbps and 001 microsec for 100 Mbps Ethernet
Exponential Backoff Goal adapt retransmission
attempts to estimated current load
heavy load random wait will be longer
first collision choose K from 01 delay is K 512 bit transmission times
after second collision choose K from 0123hellip
after ten collisions choose K from 01234hellip1023
for max value of K=1023 wait time is about 50 msec for 10 Mbps 5 msec for 100 Mbps Ethernet
Seeinteract with Javaapplet on AWL Web sitehighly recommended
5 DataLink Layer 5-47
CSMACD efficiency
tprop = max prop between 2 nodes in LAN ttrans = time to transmit max-size frame
Efficiency goes to 1 as tprop goes to 0 Goes to 1 as ttrans goes to infinity Much better than ALOHA but still decentralized
simple and cheap
1efficiency1 5 prop transt t
asymp+
5 DataLink Layer 5-48
10BaseT and 100BaseT 10100 Mbps rates T stands for Twisted Pair Base stands for Baseband (unmodulated) Nodes connect to a hub ldquostar topologyrdquo 100 m
max distance between nodes and hub
twisted pair
hub
5 DataLink Layer 5-49
HubsHubs are essentially physical-layer repeaters
bits coming from one link go out all other links at the same rate no frame buffering no CSMACD at hub adapters detect collisions provides net management functionality
twisted pair
hub
5 DataLink Layer 5-50
Gbit Ethernet
uses standard Ethernet frame format allows for point-to-point links and shared
broadcast channels in shared mode CSMACD is used short
distances between nodes required for efficiency
Full-Duplex at 1 Gbps for point-to-point links
10 Gbps now
5 DataLink Layer 5-51
Interconnecting with hubs Backbone hub interconnects LAN segments Extends max distance between nodes But individual segment collision domains become one
large collision domain Canrsquot interconnect 10BaseT amp 100BaseT
hub hub hub
hub
5 DataLink Layer 5-52
Switch Link layer device
stores and forwards Ethernet frames examines frame header and selectively
forwards frame based on MAC dest address when frame is to be forwarded on segment
uses CSMACD to access segment transparent
hosts are unaware of presence of switches plug-and-play self-learning
switches do not need to be configured
5 DataLink Layer 5-53
Forwarding
bull How do determine onto which LAN segment to forward framebull Looks like a routing problem
hub hubhub
switch1
2 3
5 DataLink Layer 5-54
Self learning
A switch has a switch table entry in switch table
(MAC Address Interface Time Stamp) stale entries in table dropped (TTL can be 60 min)
switch learns which hosts can be reached through which interfaces when frame received switch ldquolearnsrdquo location of
sender incoming LAN segment records senderlocation pair in switch table
5 DataLink Layer 5-55
FilteringForwardingWhen switch receives a frame
index switch table using MAC dest addressif entry found for destination
thenif dest on segment from which frame arrived
then drop the frameelse forward the frame on interface indicated
else flood
forward on all but the interface on which the frame arrived
5 DataLink Layer 5-56
Switch exampleSuppose C sends frame to D
Switch receives frame from from C notes in bridge table that C is on interface 1 because D is not in table switch forwards frame into
interfaces 2 and 3 frame received by D
hub hub hub
switch
A
B CD
EF G H
I
address interfaceABEG
1123
12 3
5 DataLink Layer 5-57
Switch exampleSuppose C sends frame to D
Switch receives frame from from C notes in bridge table that C is on interface 1 because D is not in table switch forwards frame into
interfaces 2 and 3 frame received by D
hub hub hub
switch
A
B CD
EF G H
I
address interfaceABEGC
11231
12 3
5 DataLink Layer 5-58
Switch exampleSuppose D replies back with frame to C
Switch receives frame from from D notes in bridge table that D is on interface 2 because C is in table switch forwards frame only to
interface 1 frame received by C
hub hub hub
switch
A
B CD
EF G H
I
address interfaceABEGC
11231
12 3
5 DataLink Layer 5-59
Switch exampleSuppose D replies back with frame to C
Switch receives frame from from D notes in bridge table that D is on interface 2 because C is in table switch forwards frame only to
interface 1 frame received by C
hub hub hub
switch
A
B CD
EF G H
I
address interfaceABEGCD
112312
12 3
5 DataLink Layer 5-60
Switch traffic isolation switch installation breaks subnet into LAN
segments switch filters packets
same-LAN-segment frames not usually forwarded onto other LAN segments
segments become separate collision domains
hub hub hub
switch
collision domain collision domain
collision domain
5 DataLink Layer 5-61
Switches dedicated access Switch with many
interfaces Hosts have direct
connection to switch No collisions full duplex
Switching A-to-Arsquo and B-to-Brsquo simultaneously no collisions
combinations of shareddedicated 101001000 Mbps interfaces possible
switch
A
Arsquo
B
Brsquo
C
Crsquo
5 DataLink Layer 5-62
Institutional network
hub hubhub
switch
to externalnetwork
router
IP subnet
mail server
web server
5 DataLink Layer 5-63
Switches vs Routers both store-and-forward devices
routers network layer devices (examine network layer headers)
switches are link layer devices routers maintain routing tables implement routing
algorithms switches maintain switch tables implement
filtering learning algorithms
5 DataLink Layer 5-64
Summary comparison
hubs routers switches
traffic isolation
no yes yes
plug amp play yes no yes
optimal routing
no yes no
5 DataLink Layer 5-65
VLANs motivation
What happens if CS user moves office to EE
but wants connect to CS switch
single broadcast domain all layer-2 broadcast
traffic (ARP DHCP) crosses entire LAN (securityprivacy efficiency issues)
each lowest level switch has only few ports in use
Computer Science Electrical
EngineeringComputerEngineering
Whatrsquos wrong with this picture
5 DataLink Layer 5-66
VLANs Port-based VLAN switch ports grouped (by switch management software) so that single physical switch helliphellip
Switch(es) supporting VLAN capabilities can be configured to define multiple virtual LANS over single physical LAN infrastructure
Virtual Local Area Network
1
8
9
16102
7
hellip
Electrical Engineering(VLAN ports 1-8)
Computer Science(VLAN ports 9-15)
15
hellip
Electrical Engineering(VLAN ports 1-8)
hellip
1
82
7 9
1610
15
hellip
Computer Science(VLAN ports 9-16)
hellip operates as multiple virtual switches
5 DataLink Layer 5-67
Port-based VLAN
1
8
9
16102
7
hellip
Electrical Engineering(VLAN ports 1-8)
Computer Science(VLAN ports 9-15)
15
hellip
traffic isolation frames tofrom ports 1-8 can only reach ports 1-8
can also define VLAN based on MAC addresses of endpoints rather than switch port
dynamic membershipports can be dynamically assigned among VLANs
router
forwarding between VLANSdone via routing (just as with separate switches)
in practice vendors sell combined switches plus routers
5 DataLink Layer 5-68
VLANS spanning multiple switches
trunk port carries frames between VLANS defined over multiple physical switches
frames forwarded within VLAN between switches canrsquot be vanilla 8021 frames (must carry VLAN ID info)
8021q protocol addsremoves additional header fields for frames forwarded between trunk ports
1
8
9
102
7
hellip
Electrical Engineering(VLAN ports 1-8)
Computer Science(VLAN ports 9-15)
15
hellip
2
73
Ports 235 belong to EE VLANPorts 4678 belong to CS VLAN
5
4 6 816
1
5 DataLink Layer 5-69
Type
2-byte Tag Protocol Identifier(value 81-00)
Tag Control Information (12 bit VLAN ID field 3 bit priority field like IP TOS)
Recomputed CRC
8021Q VLAN frame format
8021 frame
8021Q frame
5 DataLink Layer 5-70
Chapter 6 Wireless and Mobile Networks
Background wireless (mobile) phone subscribers now
exceeds wired phone subscribers computer nets laptops palmtops PDAs
Internet-enabled phone promise anytime untethered Internet access
two important (but different) challenges wireless communication over wireless link mobility handling the mobile user who changes point
of attachment to network
5 DataLink Layer 5-71
Elements of a wireless network
network infrastructure
wireless hosts laptop PDA IP phone run applications may be stationary
(non-mobile) or mobile wireless does not
always mean mobility
5 DataLink Layer 5-72
Elements of a wireless network
network infrastructure
base station typically connected to
wired network relay - responsible
for sending packets between wired network and wireless host(s) in its ldquoareardquo
eg cell towers 80211 access points
5 DataLink Layer 5-73
Elements of a wireless network
network infrastructure
wireless link typically used to
connect mobile(s) to base station
also used as backbone link
multiple access protocol coordinates link access
various data rates transmission distance
5 DataLink Layer 5-74
Characteristics of selected wireless link standards
Indoor10-30m
Outdoor50-200m
Mid-rangeoutdoor
200m ndash 4 Km
Long-rangeoutdoor
5Km ndash 20 Km
056
384
1
4
5-11
54
IS-95 CDMA GSM 2G
UMTSWCDMA CDMA2000 3G
80215
80211b
80211ag
UMTSWCDMA-HSPDA CDMA2000-1xEVDO 3G cellularenhanced
80216 (WiMAX)
80211ag point-to-point
200 80211n
Dat
a ra
te (M
bps) data
5 DataLink Layer 5-75
Elements of a wireless network
network infrastructure
infrastructure mode base station connects
mobiles into wired network
handoff mobile changes base station providing connection into wired network
5 DataLink Layer 5-76
Elements of a wireless networkad hoc mode no base stations nodes can only
transmit to other nodes within link coverage
nodes organize themselves into a network route among themselves
5 DataLink Layer 5-77
Wireless network taxonomy
single hop multiple hops
infrastructure(eg APs)
noinfrastructure
host connects to base station (WiFiWiMAX cellular) which connects to
larger Internet
no base station noconnection to larger Internet (Bluetooth
ad hoc nets)
host may have torelay through several
wireless nodes to connect to larger
Internet mesh net
no base station noconnection to larger
Internet May have torelay to reach other a given wireless node
MANET VANET
5 DataLink Layer 5-78
Wireless Link Characteristics (1)Differences from wired link hellip
decreased signal strength radio signal attenuates as it propagates through matter (path loss)
interference from other sources standardized wireless network frequencies (eg 24 GHz) shared by other devices (eg phone) devices (motors) interfere as well
multipath propagation radio signal reflects off objects arriving at destination at slightly different times
hellip make communication across (even a point to point) wireless link much more ldquodifficultrdquo
5 DataLink Layer 5-79
Wireless Link Characteristics (2) SNR signal-to-noise ratio
larger SNR ndash easier to extract signal from noise (a ldquogood thingrdquo)
SNR versus BER tradeoffs given physical layer
increase power -gt increase SNR-gtdecrease BER
given SNR choose physical layer that meets BER requirement giving highest thruput
bull SNR may change with mobility dynamically adapt physical layer (modulation technique rate)
10 20 30 40
QAM256 (8 Mbps)
QAM16 (4 Mbps)
BPSK (1 Mbps)
SNR(dB)B
ER
10-1
10-2
10-3
10-5
10-6
10-7
10-4
5 DataLink Layer 5-80
Wireless network characteristicsMultiple wireless senders and receivers create
additional problems (beyond multiple access)
AB
C
Hidden terminal problem B A hear each other B C hear each other A C can not hear each othermeans A C unaware of their
interference at B
A B C
Arsquos signalstrength
space
Crsquos signalstrength
Signal attenuation B A hear each other B C hear each other A C can not hear each other
interfering at B
5 DataLink Layer 5-81
IEEE 80211 Wireless LAN 80211b
24-5 GHz unlicensed spectrum up to 11 Mbps direct sequence spread
spectrum (DSSS) in physical layer
bull all hosts use same chipping code
80211a 5-6 GHz range up to 54 Mbps
80211g 24-5 GHz range up to 54 Mbps
80211n multiple antennae 24-5 GHz range up to 200 Mbps
all use CSMACA for multiple access all have base-station and ad-hoc network versions
5 DataLink Layer 5-82
80211 LAN architecture
wireless host communicates with base station
base station = access point (AP)
Basic Service Set (BSS)(aka ldquocellrdquo) in infrastructure mode contains
wireless hosts access point (AP) base
station ad hoc mode hosts only
BSS 1
BSS 2
Internet
hub switchor routerAP
AP
5 DataLink Layer 5-83
80211 Channels association
80211b 24GHz-2485GHz spectrum divided into 11 channels at different frequencies AP admin chooses frequency for AP interference possible channel can be same as
that chosen by neighboring AP host must associate with an AP
scans channels listening for beacon framescontaining APrsquos name (SSID) and MAC address
selects AP to associate with may perform authentication [Chapter 8] will typically run DHCP to get IP address in APrsquos
subnet
5 DataLink Layer 5-84
80211 passiveactive scanning
AP 2AP 1
H1
BBS 2BBS 1
122
3 4
Active Scanning (1) probe request frame broadcast
from H1(2) probe response frame sent from
APs(3) association request frame sent
H1 to selected AP (4) association response frame sent
H1 to selected AP
AP 2AP 1
H1
BBS 2BBS 1
12 3
1
Passive Scanning(1) beacon frames sent from APs(2) association request frame sent H1
to selected AP (3) association response frame sent
H1 to selected AP
5 DataLink Layer 5-85
IEEE 80211 multiple access avoid collisions 2+ nodes transmitting at same time 80211 CSMA - sense before transmitting
donrsquot collide with ongoing transmission by other node 80211 no collision detection
difficult to receive (sense collisions) when transmitting due to weak received signals (fading)
canrsquot sense all collisions in any case hidden terminal fading goal avoid collisions CSMAC(ollision)A(voidance)
AB
CA B C
Arsquos signalstrength
space
Crsquos signalstrength
5 DataLink Layer 5-86
IEEE 80211 MAC Protocol CSMACA
80211 sender1 if sense channel idle for DIFS then
transmit entire frame (no CD)2 if sense channel busy then
start random backoff timetimer counts down while channel idletransmit when timer expiresif no ACK increase random backoff
interval repeat 280211 receiver- if frame received OK
return ACK after SIFS (ACK needed due to hidden terminal problem)
sender receiver
DIFS
data
SIFS
ACK
5 DataLink Layer 5-87
Avoiding collisions (more)idea allow sender to ldquoreserverdquo channel rather than random
access of data frames avoid collisions of long data frames sender first transmits small request-to-send (RTS) packets
to BS using CSMA RTSs may still collide with each other (but theyrsquore short)
BS broadcasts clear-to-send CTS in response to RTS CTS heard by all nodes
sender transmits data frame other stations defer transmissions
avoid data frame collisions completely using small reservation packets
5 DataLink Layer 5-88
Collision Avoidance RTS-CTS exchange
APA B
time
RTS(A)RTS(B)
RTS(A)
CTS(A) CTS(A)
DATA (A)
ACK(A) ACK(A)
reservation collision
defer
5 DataLink Layer 5-89
framecontrol duration address
1address
2address
4address
3 payload CRC
2 2 6 6 6 2 6 0 - 2312 4
seqcontrol
80211 frame addressing
Address 2 MAC addressof wireless host or AP transmitting this frame
Address 1 MAC addressof wireless host or AP to receive this frame
Address 3 MAC addressof router interface to which AP is attached
Address 4 used only in ad hoc mode
5 DataLink Layer 5-90
Internetrouter
AP
H1 R1
AP MAC addr H1 MAC addr R1 MAC addraddress 1 address 2 address 3
80211 frame
R1 MAC addr H1 MAC addr dest address source address
8023 frame
80211 frame addressing
5 DataLink Layer 5-91
framecontrol duration address
1address
2address
4address
3 payload CRC
2 2 6 6 6 2 6 0 - 2312 4
seqcontrol
Type FromAPSubtype To
APMore frag WEPMore
dataPower
mgtRetry RsvdProtocolversion
2 2 4 1 1 1 1 1 11 1
80211 frame moreduration of reserved transmission time (RTSCTS)
frame seq (for RDT)
frame type(RTS CTS ACK data)
5 DataLink Layer 5-92
hub or switch
AP 2
AP 1
H1 BBS 2
BBS 1
80211 mobility within same subnet
router H1 remains in same IP subnet IP address can remain same
switch which AP is associated with H1
self-learning (Ch 5) switch will see frame from H1 and ldquorememberrdquo which switch port can be used to reach H1
5 DataLink Layer 5-93
80211 advanced capabilities
Rate Adaptation base station mobile
dynamically change transmission rate (physical layer modulation technique) as mobile moves SNR varies
QAM256 (8 Mbps)QAM16 (4 Mbps)BPSK (1 Mbps)
10 20 30 40SNR(dB)
BE
R
10-1
10-2
10-3
10-5
10-6
10-7
10-4
operating point
1 SNR decreases BER increase as node moves away from base station2 When BER becomes too high switch to lower transmission rate but with lower BER
5 DataLink Layer 5-94
80211 advanced capabilitiesPower Management node-to-AP ldquoI am going to sleep until next
beacon framerdquo AP knows not to transmit frames to this
node node wakes up before next beacon frame
beacon frame contains list of mobiles with AP-to-mobile frames waiting to be sent node will stay awake if AP-to-mobile frames
to be sent otherwise sleep again until next beacon frame
5 DataLink Layer 5-44
Ethernet CSMACD algorithm1 Adapter receives
datagram from net layer amp creates frame
2 If adapter senses channel idle it starts to transmit frame If it senses channel busy waits until channel idle and then transmits
3 If adapter transmits entire frame without detecting another transmission the adapter is done with frame
4 If adapter detects another transmission while transmitting aborts and sends 48-bit jam signal
5 After aborting adapter enters exponential backoff after the mthcollision adapter chooses a K at random from 012hellip2m-1 Adapter waits K512 bit times and returns to Step 2
5 DataLink Layer 5-45
Frame Size limitations for Ethernet Minimum Frame size (Fmin)
For proper collision detectionFmin = Min frame sizeR = Ethernetrsquos transmission rate
eg 10 Mbsdmax = max Ethernet segment
lengthS = Propagation speed (2x108
ms)FminR ge 2dmaxS
Maximum Frame Size (Fmax)For fairness among competing nodes
Fmin=64 Bytes Fmax=1500 Bytes
A Bd
2dS
tim
e
Arsquos frame
Brsquos frame
Arsquos frame in yellowBrsquos frame in green
For proper collision detection Arsquos frame should last at least until Brsquos frame reaches A
5 DataLink Layer 5-46
Ethernetrsquos CSMACD (more)Jam Signal make sure all
other transmitters are aware of collision 48 bits
Random retransmission delayK 512 bit transmission times where K is randomly selected bit time is 01 microsec for 10 Mbps and 001 microsec for 100 Mbps Ethernet
Exponential Backoff Goal adapt retransmission
attempts to estimated current load
heavy load random wait will be longer
first collision choose K from 01 delay is K 512 bit transmission times
after second collision choose K from 0123hellip
after ten collisions choose K from 01234hellip1023
for max value of K=1023 wait time is about 50 msec for 10 Mbps 5 msec for 100 Mbps Ethernet
Seeinteract with Javaapplet on AWL Web sitehighly recommended
5 DataLink Layer 5-47
CSMACD efficiency
tprop = max prop between 2 nodes in LAN ttrans = time to transmit max-size frame
Efficiency goes to 1 as tprop goes to 0 Goes to 1 as ttrans goes to infinity Much better than ALOHA but still decentralized
simple and cheap
1efficiency1 5 prop transt t
asymp+
5 DataLink Layer 5-48
10BaseT and 100BaseT 10100 Mbps rates T stands for Twisted Pair Base stands for Baseband (unmodulated) Nodes connect to a hub ldquostar topologyrdquo 100 m
max distance between nodes and hub
twisted pair
hub
5 DataLink Layer 5-49
HubsHubs are essentially physical-layer repeaters
bits coming from one link go out all other links at the same rate no frame buffering no CSMACD at hub adapters detect collisions provides net management functionality
twisted pair
hub
5 DataLink Layer 5-50
Gbit Ethernet
uses standard Ethernet frame format allows for point-to-point links and shared
broadcast channels in shared mode CSMACD is used short
distances between nodes required for efficiency
Full-Duplex at 1 Gbps for point-to-point links
10 Gbps now
5 DataLink Layer 5-51
Interconnecting with hubs Backbone hub interconnects LAN segments Extends max distance between nodes But individual segment collision domains become one
large collision domain Canrsquot interconnect 10BaseT amp 100BaseT
hub hub hub
hub
5 DataLink Layer 5-52
Switch Link layer device
stores and forwards Ethernet frames examines frame header and selectively
forwards frame based on MAC dest address when frame is to be forwarded on segment
uses CSMACD to access segment transparent
hosts are unaware of presence of switches plug-and-play self-learning
switches do not need to be configured
5 DataLink Layer 5-53
Forwarding
bull How do determine onto which LAN segment to forward framebull Looks like a routing problem
hub hubhub
switch1
2 3
5 DataLink Layer 5-54
Self learning
A switch has a switch table entry in switch table
(MAC Address Interface Time Stamp) stale entries in table dropped (TTL can be 60 min)
switch learns which hosts can be reached through which interfaces when frame received switch ldquolearnsrdquo location of
sender incoming LAN segment records senderlocation pair in switch table
5 DataLink Layer 5-55
FilteringForwardingWhen switch receives a frame
index switch table using MAC dest addressif entry found for destination
thenif dest on segment from which frame arrived
then drop the frameelse forward the frame on interface indicated
else flood
forward on all but the interface on which the frame arrived
5 DataLink Layer 5-56
Switch exampleSuppose C sends frame to D
Switch receives frame from from C notes in bridge table that C is on interface 1 because D is not in table switch forwards frame into
interfaces 2 and 3 frame received by D
hub hub hub
switch
A
B CD
EF G H
I
address interfaceABEG
1123
12 3
5 DataLink Layer 5-57
Switch exampleSuppose C sends frame to D
Switch receives frame from from C notes in bridge table that C is on interface 1 because D is not in table switch forwards frame into
interfaces 2 and 3 frame received by D
hub hub hub
switch
A
B CD
EF G H
I
address interfaceABEGC
11231
12 3
5 DataLink Layer 5-58
Switch exampleSuppose D replies back with frame to C
Switch receives frame from from D notes in bridge table that D is on interface 2 because C is in table switch forwards frame only to
interface 1 frame received by C
hub hub hub
switch
A
B CD
EF G H
I
address interfaceABEGC
11231
12 3
5 DataLink Layer 5-59
Switch exampleSuppose D replies back with frame to C
Switch receives frame from from D notes in bridge table that D is on interface 2 because C is in table switch forwards frame only to
interface 1 frame received by C
hub hub hub
switch
A
B CD
EF G H
I
address interfaceABEGCD
112312
12 3
5 DataLink Layer 5-60
Switch traffic isolation switch installation breaks subnet into LAN
segments switch filters packets
same-LAN-segment frames not usually forwarded onto other LAN segments
segments become separate collision domains
hub hub hub
switch
collision domain collision domain
collision domain
5 DataLink Layer 5-61
Switches dedicated access Switch with many
interfaces Hosts have direct
connection to switch No collisions full duplex
Switching A-to-Arsquo and B-to-Brsquo simultaneously no collisions
combinations of shareddedicated 101001000 Mbps interfaces possible
switch
A
Arsquo
B
Brsquo
C
Crsquo
5 DataLink Layer 5-62
Institutional network
hub hubhub
switch
to externalnetwork
router
IP subnet
mail server
web server
5 DataLink Layer 5-63
Switches vs Routers both store-and-forward devices
routers network layer devices (examine network layer headers)
switches are link layer devices routers maintain routing tables implement routing
algorithms switches maintain switch tables implement
filtering learning algorithms
5 DataLink Layer 5-64
Summary comparison
hubs routers switches
traffic isolation
no yes yes
plug amp play yes no yes
optimal routing
no yes no
5 DataLink Layer 5-65
VLANs motivation
What happens if CS user moves office to EE
but wants connect to CS switch
single broadcast domain all layer-2 broadcast
traffic (ARP DHCP) crosses entire LAN (securityprivacy efficiency issues)
each lowest level switch has only few ports in use
Computer Science Electrical
EngineeringComputerEngineering
Whatrsquos wrong with this picture
5 DataLink Layer 5-66
VLANs Port-based VLAN switch ports grouped (by switch management software) so that single physical switch helliphellip
Switch(es) supporting VLAN capabilities can be configured to define multiple virtual LANS over single physical LAN infrastructure
Virtual Local Area Network
1
8
9
16102
7
hellip
Electrical Engineering(VLAN ports 1-8)
Computer Science(VLAN ports 9-15)
15
hellip
Electrical Engineering(VLAN ports 1-8)
hellip
1
82
7 9
1610
15
hellip
Computer Science(VLAN ports 9-16)
hellip operates as multiple virtual switches
5 DataLink Layer 5-67
Port-based VLAN
1
8
9
16102
7
hellip
Electrical Engineering(VLAN ports 1-8)
Computer Science(VLAN ports 9-15)
15
hellip
traffic isolation frames tofrom ports 1-8 can only reach ports 1-8
can also define VLAN based on MAC addresses of endpoints rather than switch port
dynamic membershipports can be dynamically assigned among VLANs
router
forwarding between VLANSdone via routing (just as with separate switches)
in practice vendors sell combined switches plus routers
5 DataLink Layer 5-68
VLANS spanning multiple switches
trunk port carries frames between VLANS defined over multiple physical switches
frames forwarded within VLAN between switches canrsquot be vanilla 8021 frames (must carry VLAN ID info)
8021q protocol addsremoves additional header fields for frames forwarded between trunk ports
1
8
9
102
7
hellip
Electrical Engineering(VLAN ports 1-8)
Computer Science(VLAN ports 9-15)
15
hellip
2
73
Ports 235 belong to EE VLANPorts 4678 belong to CS VLAN
5
4 6 816
1
5 DataLink Layer 5-69
Type
2-byte Tag Protocol Identifier(value 81-00)
Tag Control Information (12 bit VLAN ID field 3 bit priority field like IP TOS)
Recomputed CRC
8021Q VLAN frame format
8021 frame
8021Q frame
5 DataLink Layer 5-70
Chapter 6 Wireless and Mobile Networks
Background wireless (mobile) phone subscribers now
exceeds wired phone subscribers computer nets laptops palmtops PDAs
Internet-enabled phone promise anytime untethered Internet access
two important (but different) challenges wireless communication over wireless link mobility handling the mobile user who changes point
of attachment to network
5 DataLink Layer 5-71
Elements of a wireless network
network infrastructure
wireless hosts laptop PDA IP phone run applications may be stationary
(non-mobile) or mobile wireless does not
always mean mobility
5 DataLink Layer 5-72
Elements of a wireless network
network infrastructure
base station typically connected to
wired network relay - responsible
for sending packets between wired network and wireless host(s) in its ldquoareardquo
eg cell towers 80211 access points
5 DataLink Layer 5-73
Elements of a wireless network
network infrastructure
wireless link typically used to
connect mobile(s) to base station
also used as backbone link
multiple access protocol coordinates link access
various data rates transmission distance
5 DataLink Layer 5-74
Characteristics of selected wireless link standards
Indoor10-30m
Outdoor50-200m
Mid-rangeoutdoor
200m ndash 4 Km
Long-rangeoutdoor
5Km ndash 20 Km
056
384
1
4
5-11
54
IS-95 CDMA GSM 2G
UMTSWCDMA CDMA2000 3G
80215
80211b
80211ag
UMTSWCDMA-HSPDA CDMA2000-1xEVDO 3G cellularenhanced
80216 (WiMAX)
80211ag point-to-point
200 80211n
Dat
a ra
te (M
bps) data
5 DataLink Layer 5-75
Elements of a wireless network
network infrastructure
infrastructure mode base station connects
mobiles into wired network
handoff mobile changes base station providing connection into wired network
5 DataLink Layer 5-76
Elements of a wireless networkad hoc mode no base stations nodes can only
transmit to other nodes within link coverage
nodes organize themselves into a network route among themselves
5 DataLink Layer 5-77
Wireless network taxonomy
single hop multiple hops
infrastructure(eg APs)
noinfrastructure
host connects to base station (WiFiWiMAX cellular) which connects to
larger Internet
no base station noconnection to larger Internet (Bluetooth
ad hoc nets)
host may have torelay through several
wireless nodes to connect to larger
Internet mesh net
no base station noconnection to larger
Internet May have torelay to reach other a given wireless node
MANET VANET
5 DataLink Layer 5-78
Wireless Link Characteristics (1)Differences from wired link hellip
decreased signal strength radio signal attenuates as it propagates through matter (path loss)
interference from other sources standardized wireless network frequencies (eg 24 GHz) shared by other devices (eg phone) devices (motors) interfere as well
multipath propagation radio signal reflects off objects arriving at destination at slightly different times
hellip make communication across (even a point to point) wireless link much more ldquodifficultrdquo
5 DataLink Layer 5-79
Wireless Link Characteristics (2) SNR signal-to-noise ratio
larger SNR ndash easier to extract signal from noise (a ldquogood thingrdquo)
SNR versus BER tradeoffs given physical layer
increase power -gt increase SNR-gtdecrease BER
given SNR choose physical layer that meets BER requirement giving highest thruput
bull SNR may change with mobility dynamically adapt physical layer (modulation technique rate)
10 20 30 40
QAM256 (8 Mbps)
QAM16 (4 Mbps)
BPSK (1 Mbps)
SNR(dB)B
ER
10-1
10-2
10-3
10-5
10-6
10-7
10-4
5 DataLink Layer 5-80
Wireless network characteristicsMultiple wireless senders and receivers create
additional problems (beyond multiple access)
AB
C
Hidden terminal problem B A hear each other B C hear each other A C can not hear each othermeans A C unaware of their
interference at B
A B C
Arsquos signalstrength
space
Crsquos signalstrength
Signal attenuation B A hear each other B C hear each other A C can not hear each other
interfering at B
5 DataLink Layer 5-81
IEEE 80211 Wireless LAN 80211b
24-5 GHz unlicensed spectrum up to 11 Mbps direct sequence spread
spectrum (DSSS) in physical layer
bull all hosts use same chipping code
80211a 5-6 GHz range up to 54 Mbps
80211g 24-5 GHz range up to 54 Mbps
80211n multiple antennae 24-5 GHz range up to 200 Mbps
all use CSMACA for multiple access all have base-station and ad-hoc network versions
5 DataLink Layer 5-82
80211 LAN architecture
wireless host communicates with base station
base station = access point (AP)
Basic Service Set (BSS)(aka ldquocellrdquo) in infrastructure mode contains
wireless hosts access point (AP) base
station ad hoc mode hosts only
BSS 1
BSS 2
Internet
hub switchor routerAP
AP
5 DataLink Layer 5-83
80211 Channels association
80211b 24GHz-2485GHz spectrum divided into 11 channels at different frequencies AP admin chooses frequency for AP interference possible channel can be same as
that chosen by neighboring AP host must associate with an AP
scans channels listening for beacon framescontaining APrsquos name (SSID) and MAC address
selects AP to associate with may perform authentication [Chapter 8] will typically run DHCP to get IP address in APrsquos
subnet
5 DataLink Layer 5-84
80211 passiveactive scanning
AP 2AP 1
H1
BBS 2BBS 1
122
3 4
Active Scanning (1) probe request frame broadcast
from H1(2) probe response frame sent from
APs(3) association request frame sent
H1 to selected AP (4) association response frame sent
H1 to selected AP
AP 2AP 1
H1
BBS 2BBS 1
12 3
1
Passive Scanning(1) beacon frames sent from APs(2) association request frame sent H1
to selected AP (3) association response frame sent
H1 to selected AP
5 DataLink Layer 5-85
IEEE 80211 multiple access avoid collisions 2+ nodes transmitting at same time 80211 CSMA - sense before transmitting
donrsquot collide with ongoing transmission by other node 80211 no collision detection
difficult to receive (sense collisions) when transmitting due to weak received signals (fading)
canrsquot sense all collisions in any case hidden terminal fading goal avoid collisions CSMAC(ollision)A(voidance)
AB
CA B C
Arsquos signalstrength
space
Crsquos signalstrength
5 DataLink Layer 5-86
IEEE 80211 MAC Protocol CSMACA
80211 sender1 if sense channel idle for DIFS then
transmit entire frame (no CD)2 if sense channel busy then
start random backoff timetimer counts down while channel idletransmit when timer expiresif no ACK increase random backoff
interval repeat 280211 receiver- if frame received OK
return ACK after SIFS (ACK needed due to hidden terminal problem)
sender receiver
DIFS
data
SIFS
ACK
5 DataLink Layer 5-87
Avoiding collisions (more)idea allow sender to ldquoreserverdquo channel rather than random
access of data frames avoid collisions of long data frames sender first transmits small request-to-send (RTS) packets
to BS using CSMA RTSs may still collide with each other (but theyrsquore short)
BS broadcasts clear-to-send CTS in response to RTS CTS heard by all nodes
sender transmits data frame other stations defer transmissions
avoid data frame collisions completely using small reservation packets
5 DataLink Layer 5-88
Collision Avoidance RTS-CTS exchange
APA B
time
RTS(A)RTS(B)
RTS(A)
CTS(A) CTS(A)
DATA (A)
ACK(A) ACK(A)
reservation collision
defer
5 DataLink Layer 5-89
framecontrol duration address
1address
2address
4address
3 payload CRC
2 2 6 6 6 2 6 0 - 2312 4
seqcontrol
80211 frame addressing
Address 2 MAC addressof wireless host or AP transmitting this frame
Address 1 MAC addressof wireless host or AP to receive this frame
Address 3 MAC addressof router interface to which AP is attached
Address 4 used only in ad hoc mode
5 DataLink Layer 5-90
Internetrouter
AP
H1 R1
AP MAC addr H1 MAC addr R1 MAC addraddress 1 address 2 address 3
80211 frame
R1 MAC addr H1 MAC addr dest address source address
8023 frame
80211 frame addressing
5 DataLink Layer 5-91
framecontrol duration address
1address
2address
4address
3 payload CRC
2 2 6 6 6 2 6 0 - 2312 4
seqcontrol
Type FromAPSubtype To
APMore frag WEPMore
dataPower
mgtRetry RsvdProtocolversion
2 2 4 1 1 1 1 1 11 1
80211 frame moreduration of reserved transmission time (RTSCTS)
frame seq (for RDT)
frame type(RTS CTS ACK data)
5 DataLink Layer 5-92
hub or switch
AP 2
AP 1
H1 BBS 2
BBS 1
80211 mobility within same subnet
router H1 remains in same IP subnet IP address can remain same
switch which AP is associated with H1
self-learning (Ch 5) switch will see frame from H1 and ldquorememberrdquo which switch port can be used to reach H1
5 DataLink Layer 5-93
80211 advanced capabilities
Rate Adaptation base station mobile
dynamically change transmission rate (physical layer modulation technique) as mobile moves SNR varies
QAM256 (8 Mbps)QAM16 (4 Mbps)BPSK (1 Mbps)
10 20 30 40SNR(dB)
BE
R
10-1
10-2
10-3
10-5
10-6
10-7
10-4
operating point
1 SNR decreases BER increase as node moves away from base station2 When BER becomes too high switch to lower transmission rate but with lower BER
5 DataLink Layer 5-94
80211 advanced capabilitiesPower Management node-to-AP ldquoI am going to sleep until next
beacon framerdquo AP knows not to transmit frames to this
node node wakes up before next beacon frame
beacon frame contains list of mobiles with AP-to-mobile frames waiting to be sent node will stay awake if AP-to-mobile frames
to be sent otherwise sleep again until next beacon frame
5 DataLink Layer 5-45
Frame Size limitations for Ethernet Minimum Frame size (Fmin)
For proper collision detectionFmin = Min frame sizeR = Ethernetrsquos transmission rate
eg 10 Mbsdmax = max Ethernet segment
lengthS = Propagation speed (2x108
ms)FminR ge 2dmaxS
Maximum Frame Size (Fmax)For fairness among competing nodes
Fmin=64 Bytes Fmax=1500 Bytes
A Bd
2dS
tim
e
Arsquos frame
Brsquos frame
Arsquos frame in yellowBrsquos frame in green
For proper collision detection Arsquos frame should last at least until Brsquos frame reaches A
5 DataLink Layer 5-46
Ethernetrsquos CSMACD (more)Jam Signal make sure all
other transmitters are aware of collision 48 bits
Random retransmission delayK 512 bit transmission times where K is randomly selected bit time is 01 microsec for 10 Mbps and 001 microsec for 100 Mbps Ethernet
Exponential Backoff Goal adapt retransmission
attempts to estimated current load
heavy load random wait will be longer
first collision choose K from 01 delay is K 512 bit transmission times
after second collision choose K from 0123hellip
after ten collisions choose K from 01234hellip1023
for max value of K=1023 wait time is about 50 msec for 10 Mbps 5 msec for 100 Mbps Ethernet
Seeinteract with Javaapplet on AWL Web sitehighly recommended
5 DataLink Layer 5-47
CSMACD efficiency
tprop = max prop between 2 nodes in LAN ttrans = time to transmit max-size frame
Efficiency goes to 1 as tprop goes to 0 Goes to 1 as ttrans goes to infinity Much better than ALOHA but still decentralized
simple and cheap
1efficiency1 5 prop transt t
asymp+
5 DataLink Layer 5-48
10BaseT and 100BaseT 10100 Mbps rates T stands for Twisted Pair Base stands for Baseband (unmodulated) Nodes connect to a hub ldquostar topologyrdquo 100 m
max distance between nodes and hub
twisted pair
hub
5 DataLink Layer 5-49
HubsHubs are essentially physical-layer repeaters
bits coming from one link go out all other links at the same rate no frame buffering no CSMACD at hub adapters detect collisions provides net management functionality
twisted pair
hub
5 DataLink Layer 5-50
Gbit Ethernet
uses standard Ethernet frame format allows for point-to-point links and shared
broadcast channels in shared mode CSMACD is used short
distances between nodes required for efficiency
Full-Duplex at 1 Gbps for point-to-point links
10 Gbps now
5 DataLink Layer 5-51
Interconnecting with hubs Backbone hub interconnects LAN segments Extends max distance between nodes But individual segment collision domains become one
large collision domain Canrsquot interconnect 10BaseT amp 100BaseT
hub hub hub
hub
5 DataLink Layer 5-52
Switch Link layer device
stores and forwards Ethernet frames examines frame header and selectively
forwards frame based on MAC dest address when frame is to be forwarded on segment
uses CSMACD to access segment transparent
hosts are unaware of presence of switches plug-and-play self-learning
switches do not need to be configured
5 DataLink Layer 5-53
Forwarding
bull How do determine onto which LAN segment to forward framebull Looks like a routing problem
hub hubhub
switch1
2 3
5 DataLink Layer 5-54
Self learning
A switch has a switch table entry in switch table
(MAC Address Interface Time Stamp) stale entries in table dropped (TTL can be 60 min)
switch learns which hosts can be reached through which interfaces when frame received switch ldquolearnsrdquo location of
sender incoming LAN segment records senderlocation pair in switch table
5 DataLink Layer 5-55
FilteringForwardingWhen switch receives a frame
index switch table using MAC dest addressif entry found for destination
thenif dest on segment from which frame arrived
then drop the frameelse forward the frame on interface indicated
else flood
forward on all but the interface on which the frame arrived
5 DataLink Layer 5-56
Switch exampleSuppose C sends frame to D
Switch receives frame from from C notes in bridge table that C is on interface 1 because D is not in table switch forwards frame into
interfaces 2 and 3 frame received by D
hub hub hub
switch
A
B CD
EF G H
I
address interfaceABEG
1123
12 3
5 DataLink Layer 5-57
Switch exampleSuppose C sends frame to D
Switch receives frame from from C notes in bridge table that C is on interface 1 because D is not in table switch forwards frame into
interfaces 2 and 3 frame received by D
hub hub hub
switch
A
B CD
EF G H
I
address interfaceABEGC
11231
12 3
5 DataLink Layer 5-58
Switch exampleSuppose D replies back with frame to C
Switch receives frame from from D notes in bridge table that D is on interface 2 because C is in table switch forwards frame only to
interface 1 frame received by C
hub hub hub
switch
A
B CD
EF G H
I
address interfaceABEGC
11231
12 3
5 DataLink Layer 5-59
Switch exampleSuppose D replies back with frame to C
Switch receives frame from from D notes in bridge table that D is on interface 2 because C is in table switch forwards frame only to
interface 1 frame received by C
hub hub hub
switch
A
B CD
EF G H
I
address interfaceABEGCD
112312
12 3
5 DataLink Layer 5-60
Switch traffic isolation switch installation breaks subnet into LAN
segments switch filters packets
same-LAN-segment frames not usually forwarded onto other LAN segments
segments become separate collision domains
hub hub hub
switch
collision domain collision domain
collision domain
5 DataLink Layer 5-61
Switches dedicated access Switch with many
interfaces Hosts have direct
connection to switch No collisions full duplex
Switching A-to-Arsquo and B-to-Brsquo simultaneously no collisions
combinations of shareddedicated 101001000 Mbps interfaces possible
switch
A
Arsquo
B
Brsquo
C
Crsquo
5 DataLink Layer 5-62
Institutional network
hub hubhub
switch
to externalnetwork
router
IP subnet
mail server
web server
5 DataLink Layer 5-63
Switches vs Routers both store-and-forward devices
routers network layer devices (examine network layer headers)
switches are link layer devices routers maintain routing tables implement routing
algorithms switches maintain switch tables implement
filtering learning algorithms
5 DataLink Layer 5-64
Summary comparison
hubs routers switches
traffic isolation
no yes yes
plug amp play yes no yes
optimal routing
no yes no
5 DataLink Layer 5-65
VLANs motivation
What happens if CS user moves office to EE
but wants connect to CS switch
single broadcast domain all layer-2 broadcast
traffic (ARP DHCP) crosses entire LAN (securityprivacy efficiency issues)
each lowest level switch has only few ports in use
Computer Science Electrical
EngineeringComputerEngineering
Whatrsquos wrong with this picture
5 DataLink Layer 5-66
VLANs Port-based VLAN switch ports grouped (by switch management software) so that single physical switch helliphellip
Switch(es) supporting VLAN capabilities can be configured to define multiple virtual LANS over single physical LAN infrastructure
Virtual Local Area Network
1
8
9
16102
7
hellip
Electrical Engineering(VLAN ports 1-8)
Computer Science(VLAN ports 9-15)
15
hellip
Electrical Engineering(VLAN ports 1-8)
hellip
1
82
7 9
1610
15
hellip
Computer Science(VLAN ports 9-16)
hellip operates as multiple virtual switches
5 DataLink Layer 5-67
Port-based VLAN
1
8
9
16102
7
hellip
Electrical Engineering(VLAN ports 1-8)
Computer Science(VLAN ports 9-15)
15
hellip
traffic isolation frames tofrom ports 1-8 can only reach ports 1-8
can also define VLAN based on MAC addresses of endpoints rather than switch port
dynamic membershipports can be dynamically assigned among VLANs
router
forwarding between VLANSdone via routing (just as with separate switches)
in practice vendors sell combined switches plus routers
5 DataLink Layer 5-68
VLANS spanning multiple switches
trunk port carries frames between VLANS defined over multiple physical switches
frames forwarded within VLAN between switches canrsquot be vanilla 8021 frames (must carry VLAN ID info)
8021q protocol addsremoves additional header fields for frames forwarded between trunk ports
1
8
9
102
7
hellip
Electrical Engineering(VLAN ports 1-8)
Computer Science(VLAN ports 9-15)
15
hellip
2
73
Ports 235 belong to EE VLANPorts 4678 belong to CS VLAN
5
4 6 816
1
5 DataLink Layer 5-69
Type
2-byte Tag Protocol Identifier(value 81-00)
Tag Control Information (12 bit VLAN ID field 3 bit priority field like IP TOS)
Recomputed CRC
8021Q VLAN frame format
8021 frame
8021Q frame
5 DataLink Layer 5-70
Chapter 6 Wireless and Mobile Networks
Background wireless (mobile) phone subscribers now
exceeds wired phone subscribers computer nets laptops palmtops PDAs
Internet-enabled phone promise anytime untethered Internet access
two important (but different) challenges wireless communication over wireless link mobility handling the mobile user who changes point
of attachment to network
5 DataLink Layer 5-71
Elements of a wireless network
network infrastructure
wireless hosts laptop PDA IP phone run applications may be stationary
(non-mobile) or mobile wireless does not
always mean mobility
5 DataLink Layer 5-72
Elements of a wireless network
network infrastructure
base station typically connected to
wired network relay - responsible
for sending packets between wired network and wireless host(s) in its ldquoareardquo
eg cell towers 80211 access points
5 DataLink Layer 5-73
Elements of a wireless network
network infrastructure
wireless link typically used to
connect mobile(s) to base station
also used as backbone link
multiple access protocol coordinates link access
various data rates transmission distance
5 DataLink Layer 5-74
Characteristics of selected wireless link standards
Indoor10-30m
Outdoor50-200m
Mid-rangeoutdoor
200m ndash 4 Km
Long-rangeoutdoor
5Km ndash 20 Km
056
384
1
4
5-11
54
IS-95 CDMA GSM 2G
UMTSWCDMA CDMA2000 3G
80215
80211b
80211ag
UMTSWCDMA-HSPDA CDMA2000-1xEVDO 3G cellularenhanced
80216 (WiMAX)
80211ag point-to-point
200 80211n
Dat
a ra
te (M
bps) data
5 DataLink Layer 5-75
Elements of a wireless network
network infrastructure
infrastructure mode base station connects
mobiles into wired network
handoff mobile changes base station providing connection into wired network
5 DataLink Layer 5-76
Elements of a wireless networkad hoc mode no base stations nodes can only
transmit to other nodes within link coverage
nodes organize themselves into a network route among themselves
5 DataLink Layer 5-77
Wireless network taxonomy
single hop multiple hops
infrastructure(eg APs)
noinfrastructure
host connects to base station (WiFiWiMAX cellular) which connects to
larger Internet
no base station noconnection to larger Internet (Bluetooth
ad hoc nets)
host may have torelay through several
wireless nodes to connect to larger
Internet mesh net
no base station noconnection to larger
Internet May have torelay to reach other a given wireless node
MANET VANET
5 DataLink Layer 5-78
Wireless Link Characteristics (1)Differences from wired link hellip
decreased signal strength radio signal attenuates as it propagates through matter (path loss)
interference from other sources standardized wireless network frequencies (eg 24 GHz) shared by other devices (eg phone) devices (motors) interfere as well
multipath propagation radio signal reflects off objects arriving at destination at slightly different times
hellip make communication across (even a point to point) wireless link much more ldquodifficultrdquo
5 DataLink Layer 5-79
Wireless Link Characteristics (2) SNR signal-to-noise ratio
larger SNR ndash easier to extract signal from noise (a ldquogood thingrdquo)
SNR versus BER tradeoffs given physical layer
increase power -gt increase SNR-gtdecrease BER
given SNR choose physical layer that meets BER requirement giving highest thruput
bull SNR may change with mobility dynamically adapt physical layer (modulation technique rate)
10 20 30 40
QAM256 (8 Mbps)
QAM16 (4 Mbps)
BPSK (1 Mbps)
SNR(dB)B
ER
10-1
10-2
10-3
10-5
10-6
10-7
10-4
5 DataLink Layer 5-80
Wireless network characteristicsMultiple wireless senders and receivers create
additional problems (beyond multiple access)
AB
C
Hidden terminal problem B A hear each other B C hear each other A C can not hear each othermeans A C unaware of their
interference at B
A B C
Arsquos signalstrength
space
Crsquos signalstrength
Signal attenuation B A hear each other B C hear each other A C can not hear each other
interfering at B
5 DataLink Layer 5-81
IEEE 80211 Wireless LAN 80211b
24-5 GHz unlicensed spectrum up to 11 Mbps direct sequence spread
spectrum (DSSS) in physical layer
bull all hosts use same chipping code
80211a 5-6 GHz range up to 54 Mbps
80211g 24-5 GHz range up to 54 Mbps
80211n multiple antennae 24-5 GHz range up to 200 Mbps
all use CSMACA for multiple access all have base-station and ad-hoc network versions
5 DataLink Layer 5-82
80211 LAN architecture
wireless host communicates with base station
base station = access point (AP)
Basic Service Set (BSS)(aka ldquocellrdquo) in infrastructure mode contains
wireless hosts access point (AP) base
station ad hoc mode hosts only
BSS 1
BSS 2
Internet
hub switchor routerAP
AP
5 DataLink Layer 5-83
80211 Channels association
80211b 24GHz-2485GHz spectrum divided into 11 channels at different frequencies AP admin chooses frequency for AP interference possible channel can be same as
that chosen by neighboring AP host must associate with an AP
scans channels listening for beacon framescontaining APrsquos name (SSID) and MAC address
selects AP to associate with may perform authentication [Chapter 8] will typically run DHCP to get IP address in APrsquos
subnet
5 DataLink Layer 5-84
80211 passiveactive scanning
AP 2AP 1
H1
BBS 2BBS 1
122
3 4
Active Scanning (1) probe request frame broadcast
from H1(2) probe response frame sent from
APs(3) association request frame sent
H1 to selected AP (4) association response frame sent
H1 to selected AP
AP 2AP 1
H1
BBS 2BBS 1
12 3
1
Passive Scanning(1) beacon frames sent from APs(2) association request frame sent H1
to selected AP (3) association response frame sent
H1 to selected AP
5 DataLink Layer 5-85
IEEE 80211 multiple access avoid collisions 2+ nodes transmitting at same time 80211 CSMA - sense before transmitting
donrsquot collide with ongoing transmission by other node 80211 no collision detection
difficult to receive (sense collisions) when transmitting due to weak received signals (fading)
canrsquot sense all collisions in any case hidden terminal fading goal avoid collisions CSMAC(ollision)A(voidance)
AB
CA B C
Arsquos signalstrength
space
Crsquos signalstrength
5 DataLink Layer 5-86
IEEE 80211 MAC Protocol CSMACA
80211 sender1 if sense channel idle for DIFS then
transmit entire frame (no CD)2 if sense channel busy then
start random backoff timetimer counts down while channel idletransmit when timer expiresif no ACK increase random backoff
interval repeat 280211 receiver- if frame received OK
return ACK after SIFS (ACK needed due to hidden terminal problem)
sender receiver
DIFS
data
SIFS
ACK
5 DataLink Layer 5-87
Avoiding collisions (more)idea allow sender to ldquoreserverdquo channel rather than random
access of data frames avoid collisions of long data frames sender first transmits small request-to-send (RTS) packets
to BS using CSMA RTSs may still collide with each other (but theyrsquore short)
BS broadcasts clear-to-send CTS in response to RTS CTS heard by all nodes
sender transmits data frame other stations defer transmissions
avoid data frame collisions completely using small reservation packets
5 DataLink Layer 5-88
Collision Avoidance RTS-CTS exchange
APA B
time
RTS(A)RTS(B)
RTS(A)
CTS(A) CTS(A)
DATA (A)
ACK(A) ACK(A)
reservation collision
defer
5 DataLink Layer 5-89
framecontrol duration address
1address
2address
4address
3 payload CRC
2 2 6 6 6 2 6 0 - 2312 4
seqcontrol
80211 frame addressing
Address 2 MAC addressof wireless host or AP transmitting this frame
Address 1 MAC addressof wireless host or AP to receive this frame
Address 3 MAC addressof router interface to which AP is attached
Address 4 used only in ad hoc mode
5 DataLink Layer 5-90
Internetrouter
AP
H1 R1
AP MAC addr H1 MAC addr R1 MAC addraddress 1 address 2 address 3
80211 frame
R1 MAC addr H1 MAC addr dest address source address
8023 frame
80211 frame addressing
5 DataLink Layer 5-91
framecontrol duration address
1address
2address
4address
3 payload CRC
2 2 6 6 6 2 6 0 - 2312 4
seqcontrol
Type FromAPSubtype To
APMore frag WEPMore
dataPower
mgtRetry RsvdProtocolversion
2 2 4 1 1 1 1 1 11 1
80211 frame moreduration of reserved transmission time (RTSCTS)
frame seq (for RDT)
frame type(RTS CTS ACK data)
5 DataLink Layer 5-92
hub or switch
AP 2
AP 1
H1 BBS 2
BBS 1
80211 mobility within same subnet
router H1 remains in same IP subnet IP address can remain same
switch which AP is associated with H1
self-learning (Ch 5) switch will see frame from H1 and ldquorememberrdquo which switch port can be used to reach H1
5 DataLink Layer 5-93
80211 advanced capabilities
Rate Adaptation base station mobile
dynamically change transmission rate (physical layer modulation technique) as mobile moves SNR varies
QAM256 (8 Mbps)QAM16 (4 Mbps)BPSK (1 Mbps)
10 20 30 40SNR(dB)
BE
R
10-1
10-2
10-3
10-5
10-6
10-7
10-4
operating point
1 SNR decreases BER increase as node moves away from base station2 When BER becomes too high switch to lower transmission rate but with lower BER
5 DataLink Layer 5-94
80211 advanced capabilitiesPower Management node-to-AP ldquoI am going to sleep until next
beacon framerdquo AP knows not to transmit frames to this
node node wakes up before next beacon frame
beacon frame contains list of mobiles with AP-to-mobile frames waiting to be sent node will stay awake if AP-to-mobile frames
to be sent otherwise sleep again until next beacon frame
5 DataLink Layer 5-46
Ethernetrsquos CSMACD (more)Jam Signal make sure all
other transmitters are aware of collision 48 bits
Random retransmission delayK 512 bit transmission times where K is randomly selected bit time is 01 microsec for 10 Mbps and 001 microsec for 100 Mbps Ethernet
Exponential Backoff Goal adapt retransmission
attempts to estimated current load
heavy load random wait will be longer
first collision choose K from 01 delay is K 512 bit transmission times
after second collision choose K from 0123hellip
after ten collisions choose K from 01234hellip1023
for max value of K=1023 wait time is about 50 msec for 10 Mbps 5 msec for 100 Mbps Ethernet
Seeinteract with Javaapplet on AWL Web sitehighly recommended
5 DataLink Layer 5-47
CSMACD efficiency
tprop = max prop between 2 nodes in LAN ttrans = time to transmit max-size frame
Efficiency goes to 1 as tprop goes to 0 Goes to 1 as ttrans goes to infinity Much better than ALOHA but still decentralized
simple and cheap
1efficiency1 5 prop transt t
asymp+
5 DataLink Layer 5-48
10BaseT and 100BaseT 10100 Mbps rates T stands for Twisted Pair Base stands for Baseband (unmodulated) Nodes connect to a hub ldquostar topologyrdquo 100 m
max distance between nodes and hub
twisted pair
hub
5 DataLink Layer 5-49
HubsHubs are essentially physical-layer repeaters
bits coming from one link go out all other links at the same rate no frame buffering no CSMACD at hub adapters detect collisions provides net management functionality
twisted pair
hub
5 DataLink Layer 5-50
Gbit Ethernet
uses standard Ethernet frame format allows for point-to-point links and shared
broadcast channels in shared mode CSMACD is used short
distances between nodes required for efficiency
Full-Duplex at 1 Gbps for point-to-point links
10 Gbps now
5 DataLink Layer 5-51
Interconnecting with hubs Backbone hub interconnects LAN segments Extends max distance between nodes But individual segment collision domains become one
large collision domain Canrsquot interconnect 10BaseT amp 100BaseT
hub hub hub
hub
5 DataLink Layer 5-52
Switch Link layer device
stores and forwards Ethernet frames examines frame header and selectively
forwards frame based on MAC dest address when frame is to be forwarded on segment
uses CSMACD to access segment transparent
hosts are unaware of presence of switches plug-and-play self-learning
switches do not need to be configured
5 DataLink Layer 5-53
Forwarding
bull How do determine onto which LAN segment to forward framebull Looks like a routing problem
hub hubhub
switch1
2 3
5 DataLink Layer 5-54
Self learning
A switch has a switch table entry in switch table
(MAC Address Interface Time Stamp) stale entries in table dropped (TTL can be 60 min)
switch learns which hosts can be reached through which interfaces when frame received switch ldquolearnsrdquo location of
sender incoming LAN segment records senderlocation pair in switch table
5 DataLink Layer 5-55
FilteringForwardingWhen switch receives a frame
index switch table using MAC dest addressif entry found for destination
thenif dest on segment from which frame arrived
then drop the frameelse forward the frame on interface indicated
else flood
forward on all but the interface on which the frame arrived
5 DataLink Layer 5-56
Switch exampleSuppose C sends frame to D
Switch receives frame from from C notes in bridge table that C is on interface 1 because D is not in table switch forwards frame into
interfaces 2 and 3 frame received by D
hub hub hub
switch
A
B CD
EF G H
I
address interfaceABEG
1123
12 3
5 DataLink Layer 5-57
Switch exampleSuppose C sends frame to D
Switch receives frame from from C notes in bridge table that C is on interface 1 because D is not in table switch forwards frame into
interfaces 2 and 3 frame received by D
hub hub hub
switch
A
B CD
EF G H
I
address interfaceABEGC
11231
12 3
5 DataLink Layer 5-58
Switch exampleSuppose D replies back with frame to C
Switch receives frame from from D notes in bridge table that D is on interface 2 because C is in table switch forwards frame only to
interface 1 frame received by C
hub hub hub
switch
A
B CD
EF G H
I
address interfaceABEGC
11231
12 3
5 DataLink Layer 5-59
Switch exampleSuppose D replies back with frame to C
Switch receives frame from from D notes in bridge table that D is on interface 2 because C is in table switch forwards frame only to
interface 1 frame received by C
hub hub hub
switch
A
B CD
EF G H
I
address interfaceABEGCD
112312
12 3
5 DataLink Layer 5-60
Switch traffic isolation switch installation breaks subnet into LAN
segments switch filters packets
same-LAN-segment frames not usually forwarded onto other LAN segments
segments become separate collision domains
hub hub hub
switch
collision domain collision domain
collision domain
5 DataLink Layer 5-61
Switches dedicated access Switch with many
interfaces Hosts have direct
connection to switch No collisions full duplex
Switching A-to-Arsquo and B-to-Brsquo simultaneously no collisions
combinations of shareddedicated 101001000 Mbps interfaces possible
switch
A
Arsquo
B
Brsquo
C
Crsquo
5 DataLink Layer 5-62
Institutional network
hub hubhub
switch
to externalnetwork
router
IP subnet
mail server
web server
5 DataLink Layer 5-63
Switches vs Routers both store-and-forward devices
routers network layer devices (examine network layer headers)
switches are link layer devices routers maintain routing tables implement routing
algorithms switches maintain switch tables implement
filtering learning algorithms
5 DataLink Layer 5-64
Summary comparison
hubs routers switches
traffic isolation
no yes yes
plug amp play yes no yes
optimal routing
no yes no
5 DataLink Layer 5-65
VLANs motivation
What happens if CS user moves office to EE
but wants connect to CS switch
single broadcast domain all layer-2 broadcast
traffic (ARP DHCP) crosses entire LAN (securityprivacy efficiency issues)
each lowest level switch has only few ports in use
Computer Science Electrical
EngineeringComputerEngineering
Whatrsquos wrong with this picture
5 DataLink Layer 5-66
VLANs Port-based VLAN switch ports grouped (by switch management software) so that single physical switch helliphellip
Switch(es) supporting VLAN capabilities can be configured to define multiple virtual LANS over single physical LAN infrastructure
Virtual Local Area Network
1
8
9
16102
7
hellip
Electrical Engineering(VLAN ports 1-8)
Computer Science(VLAN ports 9-15)
15
hellip
Electrical Engineering(VLAN ports 1-8)
hellip
1
82
7 9
1610
15
hellip
Computer Science(VLAN ports 9-16)
hellip operates as multiple virtual switches
5 DataLink Layer 5-67
Port-based VLAN
1
8
9
16102
7
hellip
Electrical Engineering(VLAN ports 1-8)
Computer Science(VLAN ports 9-15)
15
hellip
traffic isolation frames tofrom ports 1-8 can only reach ports 1-8
can also define VLAN based on MAC addresses of endpoints rather than switch port
dynamic membershipports can be dynamically assigned among VLANs
router
forwarding between VLANSdone via routing (just as with separate switches)
in practice vendors sell combined switches plus routers
5 DataLink Layer 5-68
VLANS spanning multiple switches
trunk port carries frames between VLANS defined over multiple physical switches
frames forwarded within VLAN between switches canrsquot be vanilla 8021 frames (must carry VLAN ID info)
8021q protocol addsremoves additional header fields for frames forwarded between trunk ports
1
8
9
102
7
hellip
Electrical Engineering(VLAN ports 1-8)
Computer Science(VLAN ports 9-15)
15
hellip
2
73
Ports 235 belong to EE VLANPorts 4678 belong to CS VLAN
5
4 6 816
1
5 DataLink Layer 5-69
Type
2-byte Tag Protocol Identifier(value 81-00)
Tag Control Information (12 bit VLAN ID field 3 bit priority field like IP TOS)
Recomputed CRC
8021Q VLAN frame format
8021 frame
8021Q frame
5 DataLink Layer 5-70
Chapter 6 Wireless and Mobile Networks
Background wireless (mobile) phone subscribers now
exceeds wired phone subscribers computer nets laptops palmtops PDAs
Internet-enabled phone promise anytime untethered Internet access
two important (but different) challenges wireless communication over wireless link mobility handling the mobile user who changes point
of attachment to network
5 DataLink Layer 5-71
Elements of a wireless network
network infrastructure
wireless hosts laptop PDA IP phone run applications may be stationary
(non-mobile) or mobile wireless does not
always mean mobility
5 DataLink Layer 5-72
Elements of a wireless network
network infrastructure
base station typically connected to
wired network relay - responsible
for sending packets between wired network and wireless host(s) in its ldquoareardquo
eg cell towers 80211 access points
5 DataLink Layer 5-73
Elements of a wireless network
network infrastructure
wireless link typically used to
connect mobile(s) to base station
also used as backbone link
multiple access protocol coordinates link access
various data rates transmission distance
5 DataLink Layer 5-74
Characteristics of selected wireless link standards
Indoor10-30m
Outdoor50-200m
Mid-rangeoutdoor
200m ndash 4 Km
Long-rangeoutdoor
5Km ndash 20 Km
056
384
1
4
5-11
54
IS-95 CDMA GSM 2G
UMTSWCDMA CDMA2000 3G
80215
80211b
80211ag
UMTSWCDMA-HSPDA CDMA2000-1xEVDO 3G cellularenhanced
80216 (WiMAX)
80211ag point-to-point
200 80211n
Dat
a ra
te (M
bps) data
5 DataLink Layer 5-75
Elements of a wireless network
network infrastructure
infrastructure mode base station connects
mobiles into wired network
handoff mobile changes base station providing connection into wired network
5 DataLink Layer 5-76
Elements of a wireless networkad hoc mode no base stations nodes can only
transmit to other nodes within link coverage
nodes organize themselves into a network route among themselves
5 DataLink Layer 5-77
Wireless network taxonomy
single hop multiple hops
infrastructure(eg APs)
noinfrastructure
host connects to base station (WiFiWiMAX cellular) which connects to
larger Internet
no base station noconnection to larger Internet (Bluetooth
ad hoc nets)
host may have torelay through several
wireless nodes to connect to larger
Internet mesh net
no base station noconnection to larger
Internet May have torelay to reach other a given wireless node
MANET VANET
5 DataLink Layer 5-78
Wireless Link Characteristics (1)Differences from wired link hellip
decreased signal strength radio signal attenuates as it propagates through matter (path loss)
interference from other sources standardized wireless network frequencies (eg 24 GHz) shared by other devices (eg phone) devices (motors) interfere as well
multipath propagation radio signal reflects off objects arriving at destination at slightly different times
hellip make communication across (even a point to point) wireless link much more ldquodifficultrdquo
5 DataLink Layer 5-79
Wireless Link Characteristics (2) SNR signal-to-noise ratio
larger SNR ndash easier to extract signal from noise (a ldquogood thingrdquo)
SNR versus BER tradeoffs given physical layer
increase power -gt increase SNR-gtdecrease BER
given SNR choose physical layer that meets BER requirement giving highest thruput
bull SNR may change with mobility dynamically adapt physical layer (modulation technique rate)
10 20 30 40
QAM256 (8 Mbps)
QAM16 (4 Mbps)
BPSK (1 Mbps)
SNR(dB)B
ER
10-1
10-2
10-3
10-5
10-6
10-7
10-4
5 DataLink Layer 5-80
Wireless network characteristicsMultiple wireless senders and receivers create
additional problems (beyond multiple access)
AB
C
Hidden terminal problem B A hear each other B C hear each other A C can not hear each othermeans A C unaware of their
interference at B
A B C
Arsquos signalstrength
space
Crsquos signalstrength
Signal attenuation B A hear each other B C hear each other A C can not hear each other
interfering at B
5 DataLink Layer 5-81
IEEE 80211 Wireless LAN 80211b
24-5 GHz unlicensed spectrum up to 11 Mbps direct sequence spread
spectrum (DSSS) in physical layer
bull all hosts use same chipping code
80211a 5-6 GHz range up to 54 Mbps
80211g 24-5 GHz range up to 54 Mbps
80211n multiple antennae 24-5 GHz range up to 200 Mbps
all use CSMACA for multiple access all have base-station and ad-hoc network versions
5 DataLink Layer 5-82
80211 LAN architecture
wireless host communicates with base station
base station = access point (AP)
Basic Service Set (BSS)(aka ldquocellrdquo) in infrastructure mode contains
wireless hosts access point (AP) base
station ad hoc mode hosts only
BSS 1
BSS 2
Internet
hub switchor routerAP
AP
5 DataLink Layer 5-83
80211 Channels association
80211b 24GHz-2485GHz spectrum divided into 11 channels at different frequencies AP admin chooses frequency for AP interference possible channel can be same as
that chosen by neighboring AP host must associate with an AP
scans channels listening for beacon framescontaining APrsquos name (SSID) and MAC address
selects AP to associate with may perform authentication [Chapter 8] will typically run DHCP to get IP address in APrsquos
subnet
5 DataLink Layer 5-84
80211 passiveactive scanning
AP 2AP 1
H1
BBS 2BBS 1
122
3 4
Active Scanning (1) probe request frame broadcast
from H1(2) probe response frame sent from
APs(3) association request frame sent
H1 to selected AP (4) association response frame sent
H1 to selected AP
AP 2AP 1
H1
BBS 2BBS 1
12 3
1
Passive Scanning(1) beacon frames sent from APs(2) association request frame sent H1
to selected AP (3) association response frame sent
H1 to selected AP
5 DataLink Layer 5-85
IEEE 80211 multiple access avoid collisions 2+ nodes transmitting at same time 80211 CSMA - sense before transmitting
donrsquot collide with ongoing transmission by other node 80211 no collision detection
difficult to receive (sense collisions) when transmitting due to weak received signals (fading)
canrsquot sense all collisions in any case hidden terminal fading goal avoid collisions CSMAC(ollision)A(voidance)
AB
CA B C
Arsquos signalstrength
space
Crsquos signalstrength
5 DataLink Layer 5-86
IEEE 80211 MAC Protocol CSMACA
80211 sender1 if sense channel idle for DIFS then
transmit entire frame (no CD)2 if sense channel busy then
start random backoff timetimer counts down while channel idletransmit when timer expiresif no ACK increase random backoff
interval repeat 280211 receiver- if frame received OK
return ACK after SIFS (ACK needed due to hidden terminal problem)
sender receiver
DIFS
data
SIFS
ACK
5 DataLink Layer 5-87
Avoiding collisions (more)idea allow sender to ldquoreserverdquo channel rather than random
access of data frames avoid collisions of long data frames sender first transmits small request-to-send (RTS) packets
to BS using CSMA RTSs may still collide with each other (but theyrsquore short)
BS broadcasts clear-to-send CTS in response to RTS CTS heard by all nodes
sender transmits data frame other stations defer transmissions
avoid data frame collisions completely using small reservation packets
5 DataLink Layer 5-88
Collision Avoidance RTS-CTS exchange
APA B
time
RTS(A)RTS(B)
RTS(A)
CTS(A) CTS(A)
DATA (A)
ACK(A) ACK(A)
reservation collision
defer
5 DataLink Layer 5-89
framecontrol duration address
1address
2address
4address
3 payload CRC
2 2 6 6 6 2 6 0 - 2312 4
seqcontrol
80211 frame addressing
Address 2 MAC addressof wireless host or AP transmitting this frame
Address 1 MAC addressof wireless host or AP to receive this frame
Address 3 MAC addressof router interface to which AP is attached
Address 4 used only in ad hoc mode
5 DataLink Layer 5-90
Internetrouter
AP
H1 R1
AP MAC addr H1 MAC addr R1 MAC addraddress 1 address 2 address 3
80211 frame
R1 MAC addr H1 MAC addr dest address source address
8023 frame
80211 frame addressing
5 DataLink Layer 5-91
framecontrol duration address
1address
2address
4address
3 payload CRC
2 2 6 6 6 2 6 0 - 2312 4
seqcontrol
Type FromAPSubtype To
APMore frag WEPMore
dataPower
mgtRetry RsvdProtocolversion
2 2 4 1 1 1 1 1 11 1
80211 frame moreduration of reserved transmission time (RTSCTS)
frame seq (for RDT)
frame type(RTS CTS ACK data)
5 DataLink Layer 5-92
hub or switch
AP 2
AP 1
H1 BBS 2
BBS 1
80211 mobility within same subnet
router H1 remains in same IP subnet IP address can remain same
switch which AP is associated with H1
self-learning (Ch 5) switch will see frame from H1 and ldquorememberrdquo which switch port can be used to reach H1
5 DataLink Layer 5-93
80211 advanced capabilities
Rate Adaptation base station mobile
dynamically change transmission rate (physical layer modulation technique) as mobile moves SNR varies
QAM256 (8 Mbps)QAM16 (4 Mbps)BPSK (1 Mbps)
10 20 30 40SNR(dB)
BE
R
10-1
10-2
10-3
10-5
10-6
10-7
10-4
operating point
1 SNR decreases BER increase as node moves away from base station2 When BER becomes too high switch to lower transmission rate but with lower BER
5 DataLink Layer 5-94
80211 advanced capabilitiesPower Management node-to-AP ldquoI am going to sleep until next
beacon framerdquo AP knows not to transmit frames to this
node node wakes up before next beacon frame
beacon frame contains list of mobiles with AP-to-mobile frames waiting to be sent node will stay awake if AP-to-mobile frames
to be sent otherwise sleep again until next beacon frame
5 DataLink Layer 5-47
CSMACD efficiency
tprop = max prop between 2 nodes in LAN ttrans = time to transmit max-size frame
Efficiency goes to 1 as tprop goes to 0 Goes to 1 as ttrans goes to infinity Much better than ALOHA but still decentralized
simple and cheap
1efficiency1 5 prop transt t
asymp+
5 DataLink Layer 5-48
10BaseT and 100BaseT 10100 Mbps rates T stands for Twisted Pair Base stands for Baseband (unmodulated) Nodes connect to a hub ldquostar topologyrdquo 100 m
max distance between nodes and hub
twisted pair
hub
5 DataLink Layer 5-49
HubsHubs are essentially physical-layer repeaters
bits coming from one link go out all other links at the same rate no frame buffering no CSMACD at hub adapters detect collisions provides net management functionality
twisted pair
hub
5 DataLink Layer 5-50
Gbit Ethernet
uses standard Ethernet frame format allows for point-to-point links and shared
broadcast channels in shared mode CSMACD is used short
distances between nodes required for efficiency
Full-Duplex at 1 Gbps for point-to-point links
10 Gbps now
5 DataLink Layer 5-51
Interconnecting with hubs Backbone hub interconnects LAN segments Extends max distance between nodes But individual segment collision domains become one
large collision domain Canrsquot interconnect 10BaseT amp 100BaseT
hub hub hub
hub
5 DataLink Layer 5-52
Switch Link layer device
stores and forwards Ethernet frames examines frame header and selectively
forwards frame based on MAC dest address when frame is to be forwarded on segment
uses CSMACD to access segment transparent
hosts are unaware of presence of switches plug-and-play self-learning
switches do not need to be configured
5 DataLink Layer 5-53
Forwarding
bull How do determine onto which LAN segment to forward framebull Looks like a routing problem
hub hubhub
switch1
2 3
5 DataLink Layer 5-54
Self learning
A switch has a switch table entry in switch table
(MAC Address Interface Time Stamp) stale entries in table dropped (TTL can be 60 min)
switch learns which hosts can be reached through which interfaces when frame received switch ldquolearnsrdquo location of
sender incoming LAN segment records senderlocation pair in switch table
5 DataLink Layer 5-55
FilteringForwardingWhen switch receives a frame
index switch table using MAC dest addressif entry found for destination
thenif dest on segment from which frame arrived
then drop the frameelse forward the frame on interface indicated
else flood
forward on all but the interface on which the frame arrived
5 DataLink Layer 5-56
Switch exampleSuppose C sends frame to D
Switch receives frame from from C notes in bridge table that C is on interface 1 because D is not in table switch forwards frame into
interfaces 2 and 3 frame received by D
hub hub hub
switch
A
B CD
EF G H
I
address interfaceABEG
1123
12 3
5 DataLink Layer 5-57
Switch exampleSuppose C sends frame to D
Switch receives frame from from C notes in bridge table that C is on interface 1 because D is not in table switch forwards frame into
interfaces 2 and 3 frame received by D
hub hub hub
switch
A
B CD
EF G H
I
address interfaceABEGC
11231
12 3
5 DataLink Layer 5-58
Switch exampleSuppose D replies back with frame to C
Switch receives frame from from D notes in bridge table that D is on interface 2 because C is in table switch forwards frame only to
interface 1 frame received by C
hub hub hub
switch
A
B CD
EF G H
I
address interfaceABEGC
11231
12 3
5 DataLink Layer 5-59
Switch exampleSuppose D replies back with frame to C
Switch receives frame from from D notes in bridge table that D is on interface 2 because C is in table switch forwards frame only to
interface 1 frame received by C
hub hub hub
switch
A
B CD
EF G H
I
address interfaceABEGCD
112312
12 3
5 DataLink Layer 5-60
Switch traffic isolation switch installation breaks subnet into LAN
segments switch filters packets
same-LAN-segment frames not usually forwarded onto other LAN segments
segments become separate collision domains
hub hub hub
switch
collision domain collision domain
collision domain
5 DataLink Layer 5-61
Switches dedicated access Switch with many
interfaces Hosts have direct
connection to switch No collisions full duplex
Switching A-to-Arsquo and B-to-Brsquo simultaneously no collisions
combinations of shareddedicated 101001000 Mbps interfaces possible
switch
A
Arsquo
B
Brsquo
C
Crsquo
5 DataLink Layer 5-62
Institutional network
hub hubhub
switch
to externalnetwork
router
IP subnet
mail server
web server
5 DataLink Layer 5-63
Switches vs Routers both store-and-forward devices
routers network layer devices (examine network layer headers)
switches are link layer devices routers maintain routing tables implement routing
algorithms switches maintain switch tables implement
filtering learning algorithms
5 DataLink Layer 5-64
Summary comparison
hubs routers switches
traffic isolation
no yes yes
plug amp play yes no yes
optimal routing
no yes no
5 DataLink Layer 5-65
VLANs motivation
What happens if CS user moves office to EE
but wants connect to CS switch
single broadcast domain all layer-2 broadcast
traffic (ARP DHCP) crosses entire LAN (securityprivacy efficiency issues)
each lowest level switch has only few ports in use
Computer Science Electrical
EngineeringComputerEngineering
Whatrsquos wrong with this picture
5 DataLink Layer 5-66
VLANs Port-based VLAN switch ports grouped (by switch management software) so that single physical switch helliphellip
Switch(es) supporting VLAN capabilities can be configured to define multiple virtual LANS over single physical LAN infrastructure
Virtual Local Area Network
1
8
9
16102
7
hellip
Electrical Engineering(VLAN ports 1-8)
Computer Science(VLAN ports 9-15)
15
hellip
Electrical Engineering(VLAN ports 1-8)
hellip
1
82
7 9
1610
15
hellip
Computer Science(VLAN ports 9-16)
hellip operates as multiple virtual switches
5 DataLink Layer 5-67
Port-based VLAN
1
8
9
16102
7
hellip
Electrical Engineering(VLAN ports 1-8)
Computer Science(VLAN ports 9-15)
15
hellip
traffic isolation frames tofrom ports 1-8 can only reach ports 1-8
can also define VLAN based on MAC addresses of endpoints rather than switch port
dynamic membershipports can be dynamically assigned among VLANs
router
forwarding between VLANSdone via routing (just as with separate switches)
in practice vendors sell combined switches plus routers
5 DataLink Layer 5-68
VLANS spanning multiple switches
trunk port carries frames between VLANS defined over multiple physical switches
frames forwarded within VLAN between switches canrsquot be vanilla 8021 frames (must carry VLAN ID info)
8021q protocol addsremoves additional header fields for frames forwarded between trunk ports
1
8
9
102
7
hellip
Electrical Engineering(VLAN ports 1-8)
Computer Science(VLAN ports 9-15)
15
hellip
2
73
Ports 235 belong to EE VLANPorts 4678 belong to CS VLAN
5
4 6 816
1
5 DataLink Layer 5-69
Type
2-byte Tag Protocol Identifier(value 81-00)
Tag Control Information (12 bit VLAN ID field 3 bit priority field like IP TOS)
Recomputed CRC
8021Q VLAN frame format
8021 frame
8021Q frame
5 DataLink Layer 5-70
Chapter 6 Wireless and Mobile Networks
Background wireless (mobile) phone subscribers now
exceeds wired phone subscribers computer nets laptops palmtops PDAs
Internet-enabled phone promise anytime untethered Internet access
two important (but different) challenges wireless communication over wireless link mobility handling the mobile user who changes point
of attachment to network
5 DataLink Layer 5-71
Elements of a wireless network
network infrastructure
wireless hosts laptop PDA IP phone run applications may be stationary
(non-mobile) or mobile wireless does not
always mean mobility
5 DataLink Layer 5-72
Elements of a wireless network
network infrastructure
base station typically connected to
wired network relay - responsible
for sending packets between wired network and wireless host(s) in its ldquoareardquo
eg cell towers 80211 access points
5 DataLink Layer 5-73
Elements of a wireless network
network infrastructure
wireless link typically used to
connect mobile(s) to base station
also used as backbone link
multiple access protocol coordinates link access
various data rates transmission distance
5 DataLink Layer 5-74
Characteristics of selected wireless link standards
Indoor10-30m
Outdoor50-200m
Mid-rangeoutdoor
200m ndash 4 Km
Long-rangeoutdoor
5Km ndash 20 Km
056
384
1
4
5-11
54
IS-95 CDMA GSM 2G
UMTSWCDMA CDMA2000 3G
80215
80211b
80211ag
UMTSWCDMA-HSPDA CDMA2000-1xEVDO 3G cellularenhanced
80216 (WiMAX)
80211ag point-to-point
200 80211n
Dat
a ra
te (M
bps) data
5 DataLink Layer 5-75
Elements of a wireless network
network infrastructure
infrastructure mode base station connects
mobiles into wired network
handoff mobile changes base station providing connection into wired network
5 DataLink Layer 5-76
Elements of a wireless networkad hoc mode no base stations nodes can only
transmit to other nodes within link coverage
nodes organize themselves into a network route among themselves
5 DataLink Layer 5-77
Wireless network taxonomy
single hop multiple hops
infrastructure(eg APs)
noinfrastructure
host connects to base station (WiFiWiMAX cellular) which connects to
larger Internet
no base station noconnection to larger Internet (Bluetooth
ad hoc nets)
host may have torelay through several
wireless nodes to connect to larger
Internet mesh net
no base station noconnection to larger
Internet May have torelay to reach other a given wireless node
MANET VANET
5 DataLink Layer 5-78
Wireless Link Characteristics (1)Differences from wired link hellip
decreased signal strength radio signal attenuates as it propagates through matter (path loss)
interference from other sources standardized wireless network frequencies (eg 24 GHz) shared by other devices (eg phone) devices (motors) interfere as well
multipath propagation radio signal reflects off objects arriving at destination at slightly different times
hellip make communication across (even a point to point) wireless link much more ldquodifficultrdquo
5 DataLink Layer 5-79
Wireless Link Characteristics (2) SNR signal-to-noise ratio
larger SNR ndash easier to extract signal from noise (a ldquogood thingrdquo)
SNR versus BER tradeoffs given physical layer
increase power -gt increase SNR-gtdecrease BER
given SNR choose physical layer that meets BER requirement giving highest thruput
bull SNR may change with mobility dynamically adapt physical layer (modulation technique rate)
10 20 30 40
QAM256 (8 Mbps)
QAM16 (4 Mbps)
BPSK (1 Mbps)
SNR(dB)B
ER
10-1
10-2
10-3
10-5
10-6
10-7
10-4
5 DataLink Layer 5-80
Wireless network characteristicsMultiple wireless senders and receivers create
additional problems (beyond multiple access)
AB
C
Hidden terminal problem B A hear each other B C hear each other A C can not hear each othermeans A C unaware of their
interference at B
A B C
Arsquos signalstrength
space
Crsquos signalstrength
Signal attenuation B A hear each other B C hear each other A C can not hear each other
interfering at B
5 DataLink Layer 5-81
IEEE 80211 Wireless LAN 80211b
24-5 GHz unlicensed spectrum up to 11 Mbps direct sequence spread
spectrum (DSSS) in physical layer
bull all hosts use same chipping code
80211a 5-6 GHz range up to 54 Mbps
80211g 24-5 GHz range up to 54 Mbps
80211n multiple antennae 24-5 GHz range up to 200 Mbps
all use CSMACA for multiple access all have base-station and ad-hoc network versions
5 DataLink Layer 5-82
80211 LAN architecture
wireless host communicates with base station
base station = access point (AP)
Basic Service Set (BSS)(aka ldquocellrdquo) in infrastructure mode contains
wireless hosts access point (AP) base
station ad hoc mode hosts only
BSS 1
BSS 2
Internet
hub switchor routerAP
AP
5 DataLink Layer 5-83
80211 Channels association
80211b 24GHz-2485GHz spectrum divided into 11 channels at different frequencies AP admin chooses frequency for AP interference possible channel can be same as
that chosen by neighboring AP host must associate with an AP
scans channels listening for beacon framescontaining APrsquos name (SSID) and MAC address
selects AP to associate with may perform authentication [Chapter 8] will typically run DHCP to get IP address in APrsquos
subnet
5 DataLink Layer 5-84
80211 passiveactive scanning
AP 2AP 1
H1
BBS 2BBS 1
122
3 4
Active Scanning (1) probe request frame broadcast
from H1(2) probe response frame sent from
APs(3) association request frame sent
H1 to selected AP (4) association response frame sent
H1 to selected AP
AP 2AP 1
H1
BBS 2BBS 1
12 3
1
Passive Scanning(1) beacon frames sent from APs(2) association request frame sent H1
to selected AP (3) association response frame sent
H1 to selected AP
5 DataLink Layer 5-85
IEEE 80211 multiple access avoid collisions 2+ nodes transmitting at same time 80211 CSMA - sense before transmitting
donrsquot collide with ongoing transmission by other node 80211 no collision detection
difficult to receive (sense collisions) when transmitting due to weak received signals (fading)
canrsquot sense all collisions in any case hidden terminal fading goal avoid collisions CSMAC(ollision)A(voidance)
AB
CA B C
Arsquos signalstrength
space
Crsquos signalstrength
5 DataLink Layer 5-86
IEEE 80211 MAC Protocol CSMACA
80211 sender1 if sense channel idle for DIFS then
transmit entire frame (no CD)2 if sense channel busy then
start random backoff timetimer counts down while channel idletransmit when timer expiresif no ACK increase random backoff
interval repeat 280211 receiver- if frame received OK
return ACK after SIFS (ACK needed due to hidden terminal problem)
sender receiver
DIFS
data
SIFS
ACK
5 DataLink Layer 5-87
Avoiding collisions (more)idea allow sender to ldquoreserverdquo channel rather than random
access of data frames avoid collisions of long data frames sender first transmits small request-to-send (RTS) packets
to BS using CSMA RTSs may still collide with each other (but theyrsquore short)
BS broadcasts clear-to-send CTS in response to RTS CTS heard by all nodes
sender transmits data frame other stations defer transmissions
avoid data frame collisions completely using small reservation packets
5 DataLink Layer 5-88
Collision Avoidance RTS-CTS exchange
APA B
time
RTS(A)RTS(B)
RTS(A)
CTS(A) CTS(A)
DATA (A)
ACK(A) ACK(A)
reservation collision
defer
5 DataLink Layer 5-89
framecontrol duration address
1address
2address
4address
3 payload CRC
2 2 6 6 6 2 6 0 - 2312 4
seqcontrol
80211 frame addressing
Address 2 MAC addressof wireless host or AP transmitting this frame
Address 1 MAC addressof wireless host or AP to receive this frame
Address 3 MAC addressof router interface to which AP is attached
Address 4 used only in ad hoc mode
5 DataLink Layer 5-90
Internetrouter
AP
H1 R1
AP MAC addr H1 MAC addr R1 MAC addraddress 1 address 2 address 3
80211 frame
R1 MAC addr H1 MAC addr dest address source address
8023 frame
80211 frame addressing
5 DataLink Layer 5-91
framecontrol duration address
1address
2address
4address
3 payload CRC
2 2 6 6 6 2 6 0 - 2312 4
seqcontrol
Type FromAPSubtype To
APMore frag WEPMore
dataPower
mgtRetry RsvdProtocolversion
2 2 4 1 1 1 1 1 11 1
80211 frame moreduration of reserved transmission time (RTSCTS)
frame seq (for RDT)
frame type(RTS CTS ACK data)
5 DataLink Layer 5-92
hub or switch
AP 2
AP 1
H1 BBS 2
BBS 1
80211 mobility within same subnet
router H1 remains in same IP subnet IP address can remain same
switch which AP is associated with H1
self-learning (Ch 5) switch will see frame from H1 and ldquorememberrdquo which switch port can be used to reach H1
5 DataLink Layer 5-93
80211 advanced capabilities
Rate Adaptation base station mobile
dynamically change transmission rate (physical layer modulation technique) as mobile moves SNR varies
QAM256 (8 Mbps)QAM16 (4 Mbps)BPSK (1 Mbps)
10 20 30 40SNR(dB)
BE
R
10-1
10-2
10-3
10-5
10-6
10-7
10-4
operating point
1 SNR decreases BER increase as node moves away from base station2 When BER becomes too high switch to lower transmission rate but with lower BER
5 DataLink Layer 5-94
80211 advanced capabilitiesPower Management node-to-AP ldquoI am going to sleep until next
beacon framerdquo AP knows not to transmit frames to this
node node wakes up before next beacon frame
beacon frame contains list of mobiles with AP-to-mobile frames waiting to be sent node will stay awake if AP-to-mobile frames
to be sent otherwise sleep again until next beacon frame
5 DataLink Layer 5-48
10BaseT and 100BaseT 10100 Mbps rates T stands for Twisted Pair Base stands for Baseband (unmodulated) Nodes connect to a hub ldquostar topologyrdquo 100 m
max distance between nodes and hub
twisted pair
hub
5 DataLink Layer 5-49
HubsHubs are essentially physical-layer repeaters
bits coming from one link go out all other links at the same rate no frame buffering no CSMACD at hub adapters detect collisions provides net management functionality
twisted pair
hub
5 DataLink Layer 5-50
Gbit Ethernet
uses standard Ethernet frame format allows for point-to-point links and shared
broadcast channels in shared mode CSMACD is used short
distances between nodes required for efficiency
Full-Duplex at 1 Gbps for point-to-point links
10 Gbps now
5 DataLink Layer 5-51
Interconnecting with hubs Backbone hub interconnects LAN segments Extends max distance between nodes But individual segment collision domains become one
large collision domain Canrsquot interconnect 10BaseT amp 100BaseT
hub hub hub
hub
5 DataLink Layer 5-52
Switch Link layer device
stores and forwards Ethernet frames examines frame header and selectively
forwards frame based on MAC dest address when frame is to be forwarded on segment
uses CSMACD to access segment transparent
hosts are unaware of presence of switches plug-and-play self-learning
switches do not need to be configured
5 DataLink Layer 5-53
Forwarding
bull How do determine onto which LAN segment to forward framebull Looks like a routing problem
hub hubhub
switch1
2 3
5 DataLink Layer 5-54
Self learning
A switch has a switch table entry in switch table
(MAC Address Interface Time Stamp) stale entries in table dropped (TTL can be 60 min)
switch learns which hosts can be reached through which interfaces when frame received switch ldquolearnsrdquo location of
sender incoming LAN segment records senderlocation pair in switch table
5 DataLink Layer 5-55
FilteringForwardingWhen switch receives a frame
index switch table using MAC dest addressif entry found for destination
thenif dest on segment from which frame arrived
then drop the frameelse forward the frame on interface indicated
else flood
forward on all but the interface on which the frame arrived
5 DataLink Layer 5-56
Switch exampleSuppose C sends frame to D
Switch receives frame from from C notes in bridge table that C is on interface 1 because D is not in table switch forwards frame into
interfaces 2 and 3 frame received by D
hub hub hub
switch
A
B CD
EF G H
I
address interfaceABEG
1123
12 3
5 DataLink Layer 5-57
Switch exampleSuppose C sends frame to D
Switch receives frame from from C notes in bridge table that C is on interface 1 because D is not in table switch forwards frame into
interfaces 2 and 3 frame received by D
hub hub hub
switch
A
B CD
EF G H
I
address interfaceABEGC
11231
12 3
5 DataLink Layer 5-58
Switch exampleSuppose D replies back with frame to C
Switch receives frame from from D notes in bridge table that D is on interface 2 because C is in table switch forwards frame only to
interface 1 frame received by C
hub hub hub
switch
A
B CD
EF G H
I
address interfaceABEGC
11231
12 3
5 DataLink Layer 5-59
Switch exampleSuppose D replies back with frame to C
Switch receives frame from from D notes in bridge table that D is on interface 2 because C is in table switch forwards frame only to
interface 1 frame received by C
hub hub hub
switch
A
B CD
EF G H
I
address interfaceABEGCD
112312
12 3
5 DataLink Layer 5-60
Switch traffic isolation switch installation breaks subnet into LAN
segments switch filters packets
same-LAN-segment frames not usually forwarded onto other LAN segments
segments become separate collision domains
hub hub hub
switch
collision domain collision domain
collision domain
5 DataLink Layer 5-61
Switches dedicated access Switch with many
interfaces Hosts have direct
connection to switch No collisions full duplex
Switching A-to-Arsquo and B-to-Brsquo simultaneously no collisions
combinations of shareddedicated 101001000 Mbps interfaces possible
switch
A
Arsquo
B
Brsquo
C
Crsquo
5 DataLink Layer 5-62
Institutional network
hub hubhub
switch
to externalnetwork
router
IP subnet
mail server
web server
5 DataLink Layer 5-63
Switches vs Routers both store-and-forward devices
routers network layer devices (examine network layer headers)
switches are link layer devices routers maintain routing tables implement routing
algorithms switches maintain switch tables implement
filtering learning algorithms
5 DataLink Layer 5-64
Summary comparison
hubs routers switches
traffic isolation
no yes yes
plug amp play yes no yes
optimal routing
no yes no
5 DataLink Layer 5-65
VLANs motivation
What happens if CS user moves office to EE
but wants connect to CS switch
single broadcast domain all layer-2 broadcast
traffic (ARP DHCP) crosses entire LAN (securityprivacy efficiency issues)
each lowest level switch has only few ports in use
Computer Science Electrical
EngineeringComputerEngineering
Whatrsquos wrong with this picture
5 DataLink Layer 5-66
VLANs Port-based VLAN switch ports grouped (by switch management software) so that single physical switch helliphellip
Switch(es) supporting VLAN capabilities can be configured to define multiple virtual LANS over single physical LAN infrastructure
Virtual Local Area Network
1
8
9
16102
7
hellip
Electrical Engineering(VLAN ports 1-8)
Computer Science(VLAN ports 9-15)
15
hellip
Electrical Engineering(VLAN ports 1-8)
hellip
1
82
7 9
1610
15
hellip
Computer Science(VLAN ports 9-16)
hellip operates as multiple virtual switches
5 DataLink Layer 5-67
Port-based VLAN
1
8
9
16102
7
hellip
Electrical Engineering(VLAN ports 1-8)
Computer Science(VLAN ports 9-15)
15
hellip
traffic isolation frames tofrom ports 1-8 can only reach ports 1-8
can also define VLAN based on MAC addresses of endpoints rather than switch port
dynamic membershipports can be dynamically assigned among VLANs
router
forwarding between VLANSdone via routing (just as with separate switches)
in practice vendors sell combined switches plus routers
5 DataLink Layer 5-68
VLANS spanning multiple switches
trunk port carries frames between VLANS defined over multiple physical switches
frames forwarded within VLAN between switches canrsquot be vanilla 8021 frames (must carry VLAN ID info)
8021q protocol addsremoves additional header fields for frames forwarded between trunk ports
1
8
9
102
7
hellip
Electrical Engineering(VLAN ports 1-8)
Computer Science(VLAN ports 9-15)
15
hellip
2
73
Ports 235 belong to EE VLANPorts 4678 belong to CS VLAN
5
4 6 816
1
5 DataLink Layer 5-69
Type
2-byte Tag Protocol Identifier(value 81-00)
Tag Control Information (12 bit VLAN ID field 3 bit priority field like IP TOS)
Recomputed CRC
8021Q VLAN frame format
8021 frame
8021Q frame
5 DataLink Layer 5-70
Chapter 6 Wireless and Mobile Networks
Background wireless (mobile) phone subscribers now
exceeds wired phone subscribers computer nets laptops palmtops PDAs
Internet-enabled phone promise anytime untethered Internet access
two important (but different) challenges wireless communication over wireless link mobility handling the mobile user who changes point
of attachment to network
5 DataLink Layer 5-71
Elements of a wireless network
network infrastructure
wireless hosts laptop PDA IP phone run applications may be stationary
(non-mobile) or mobile wireless does not
always mean mobility
5 DataLink Layer 5-72
Elements of a wireless network
network infrastructure
base station typically connected to
wired network relay - responsible
for sending packets between wired network and wireless host(s) in its ldquoareardquo
eg cell towers 80211 access points
5 DataLink Layer 5-73
Elements of a wireless network
network infrastructure
wireless link typically used to
connect mobile(s) to base station
also used as backbone link
multiple access protocol coordinates link access
various data rates transmission distance
5 DataLink Layer 5-74
Characteristics of selected wireless link standards
Indoor10-30m
Outdoor50-200m
Mid-rangeoutdoor
200m ndash 4 Km
Long-rangeoutdoor
5Km ndash 20 Km
056
384
1
4
5-11
54
IS-95 CDMA GSM 2G
UMTSWCDMA CDMA2000 3G
80215
80211b
80211ag
UMTSWCDMA-HSPDA CDMA2000-1xEVDO 3G cellularenhanced
80216 (WiMAX)
80211ag point-to-point
200 80211n
Dat
a ra
te (M
bps) data
5 DataLink Layer 5-75
Elements of a wireless network
network infrastructure
infrastructure mode base station connects
mobiles into wired network
handoff mobile changes base station providing connection into wired network
5 DataLink Layer 5-76
Elements of a wireless networkad hoc mode no base stations nodes can only
transmit to other nodes within link coverage
nodes organize themselves into a network route among themselves
5 DataLink Layer 5-77
Wireless network taxonomy
single hop multiple hops
infrastructure(eg APs)
noinfrastructure
host connects to base station (WiFiWiMAX cellular) which connects to
larger Internet
no base station noconnection to larger Internet (Bluetooth
ad hoc nets)
host may have torelay through several
wireless nodes to connect to larger
Internet mesh net
no base station noconnection to larger
Internet May have torelay to reach other a given wireless node
MANET VANET
5 DataLink Layer 5-78
Wireless Link Characteristics (1)Differences from wired link hellip
decreased signal strength radio signal attenuates as it propagates through matter (path loss)
interference from other sources standardized wireless network frequencies (eg 24 GHz) shared by other devices (eg phone) devices (motors) interfere as well
multipath propagation radio signal reflects off objects arriving at destination at slightly different times
hellip make communication across (even a point to point) wireless link much more ldquodifficultrdquo
5 DataLink Layer 5-79
Wireless Link Characteristics (2) SNR signal-to-noise ratio
larger SNR ndash easier to extract signal from noise (a ldquogood thingrdquo)
SNR versus BER tradeoffs given physical layer
increase power -gt increase SNR-gtdecrease BER
given SNR choose physical layer that meets BER requirement giving highest thruput
bull SNR may change with mobility dynamically adapt physical layer (modulation technique rate)
10 20 30 40
QAM256 (8 Mbps)
QAM16 (4 Mbps)
BPSK (1 Mbps)
SNR(dB)B
ER
10-1
10-2
10-3
10-5
10-6
10-7
10-4
5 DataLink Layer 5-80
Wireless network characteristicsMultiple wireless senders and receivers create
additional problems (beyond multiple access)
AB
C
Hidden terminal problem B A hear each other B C hear each other A C can not hear each othermeans A C unaware of their
interference at B
A B C
Arsquos signalstrength
space
Crsquos signalstrength
Signal attenuation B A hear each other B C hear each other A C can not hear each other
interfering at B
5 DataLink Layer 5-81
IEEE 80211 Wireless LAN 80211b
24-5 GHz unlicensed spectrum up to 11 Mbps direct sequence spread
spectrum (DSSS) in physical layer
bull all hosts use same chipping code
80211a 5-6 GHz range up to 54 Mbps
80211g 24-5 GHz range up to 54 Mbps
80211n multiple antennae 24-5 GHz range up to 200 Mbps
all use CSMACA for multiple access all have base-station and ad-hoc network versions
5 DataLink Layer 5-82
80211 LAN architecture
wireless host communicates with base station
base station = access point (AP)
Basic Service Set (BSS)(aka ldquocellrdquo) in infrastructure mode contains
wireless hosts access point (AP) base
station ad hoc mode hosts only
BSS 1
BSS 2
Internet
hub switchor routerAP
AP
5 DataLink Layer 5-83
80211 Channels association
80211b 24GHz-2485GHz spectrum divided into 11 channels at different frequencies AP admin chooses frequency for AP interference possible channel can be same as
that chosen by neighboring AP host must associate with an AP
scans channels listening for beacon framescontaining APrsquos name (SSID) and MAC address
selects AP to associate with may perform authentication [Chapter 8] will typically run DHCP to get IP address in APrsquos
subnet
5 DataLink Layer 5-84
80211 passiveactive scanning
AP 2AP 1
H1
BBS 2BBS 1
122
3 4
Active Scanning (1) probe request frame broadcast
from H1(2) probe response frame sent from
APs(3) association request frame sent
H1 to selected AP (4) association response frame sent
H1 to selected AP
AP 2AP 1
H1
BBS 2BBS 1
12 3
1
Passive Scanning(1) beacon frames sent from APs(2) association request frame sent H1
to selected AP (3) association response frame sent
H1 to selected AP
5 DataLink Layer 5-85
IEEE 80211 multiple access avoid collisions 2+ nodes transmitting at same time 80211 CSMA - sense before transmitting
donrsquot collide with ongoing transmission by other node 80211 no collision detection
difficult to receive (sense collisions) when transmitting due to weak received signals (fading)
canrsquot sense all collisions in any case hidden terminal fading goal avoid collisions CSMAC(ollision)A(voidance)
AB
CA B C
Arsquos signalstrength
space
Crsquos signalstrength
5 DataLink Layer 5-86
IEEE 80211 MAC Protocol CSMACA
80211 sender1 if sense channel idle for DIFS then
transmit entire frame (no CD)2 if sense channel busy then
start random backoff timetimer counts down while channel idletransmit when timer expiresif no ACK increase random backoff
interval repeat 280211 receiver- if frame received OK
return ACK after SIFS (ACK needed due to hidden terminal problem)
sender receiver
DIFS
data
SIFS
ACK
5 DataLink Layer 5-87
Avoiding collisions (more)idea allow sender to ldquoreserverdquo channel rather than random
access of data frames avoid collisions of long data frames sender first transmits small request-to-send (RTS) packets
to BS using CSMA RTSs may still collide with each other (but theyrsquore short)
BS broadcasts clear-to-send CTS in response to RTS CTS heard by all nodes
sender transmits data frame other stations defer transmissions
avoid data frame collisions completely using small reservation packets
5 DataLink Layer 5-88
Collision Avoidance RTS-CTS exchange
APA B
time
RTS(A)RTS(B)
RTS(A)
CTS(A) CTS(A)
DATA (A)
ACK(A) ACK(A)
reservation collision
defer
5 DataLink Layer 5-89
framecontrol duration address
1address
2address
4address
3 payload CRC
2 2 6 6 6 2 6 0 - 2312 4
seqcontrol
80211 frame addressing
Address 2 MAC addressof wireless host or AP transmitting this frame
Address 1 MAC addressof wireless host or AP to receive this frame
Address 3 MAC addressof router interface to which AP is attached
Address 4 used only in ad hoc mode
5 DataLink Layer 5-90
Internetrouter
AP
H1 R1
AP MAC addr H1 MAC addr R1 MAC addraddress 1 address 2 address 3
80211 frame
R1 MAC addr H1 MAC addr dest address source address
8023 frame
80211 frame addressing
5 DataLink Layer 5-91
framecontrol duration address
1address
2address
4address
3 payload CRC
2 2 6 6 6 2 6 0 - 2312 4
seqcontrol
Type FromAPSubtype To
APMore frag WEPMore
dataPower
mgtRetry RsvdProtocolversion
2 2 4 1 1 1 1 1 11 1
80211 frame moreduration of reserved transmission time (RTSCTS)
frame seq (for RDT)
frame type(RTS CTS ACK data)
5 DataLink Layer 5-92
hub or switch
AP 2
AP 1
H1 BBS 2
BBS 1
80211 mobility within same subnet
router H1 remains in same IP subnet IP address can remain same
switch which AP is associated with H1
self-learning (Ch 5) switch will see frame from H1 and ldquorememberrdquo which switch port can be used to reach H1
5 DataLink Layer 5-93
80211 advanced capabilities
Rate Adaptation base station mobile
dynamically change transmission rate (physical layer modulation technique) as mobile moves SNR varies
QAM256 (8 Mbps)QAM16 (4 Mbps)BPSK (1 Mbps)
10 20 30 40SNR(dB)
BE
R
10-1
10-2
10-3
10-5
10-6
10-7
10-4
operating point
1 SNR decreases BER increase as node moves away from base station2 When BER becomes too high switch to lower transmission rate but with lower BER
5 DataLink Layer 5-94
80211 advanced capabilitiesPower Management node-to-AP ldquoI am going to sleep until next
beacon framerdquo AP knows not to transmit frames to this
node node wakes up before next beacon frame
beacon frame contains list of mobiles with AP-to-mobile frames waiting to be sent node will stay awake if AP-to-mobile frames
to be sent otherwise sleep again until next beacon frame
5 DataLink Layer 5-49
HubsHubs are essentially physical-layer repeaters
bits coming from one link go out all other links at the same rate no frame buffering no CSMACD at hub adapters detect collisions provides net management functionality
twisted pair
hub
5 DataLink Layer 5-50
Gbit Ethernet
uses standard Ethernet frame format allows for point-to-point links and shared
broadcast channels in shared mode CSMACD is used short
distances between nodes required for efficiency
Full-Duplex at 1 Gbps for point-to-point links
10 Gbps now
5 DataLink Layer 5-51
Interconnecting with hubs Backbone hub interconnects LAN segments Extends max distance between nodes But individual segment collision domains become one
large collision domain Canrsquot interconnect 10BaseT amp 100BaseT
hub hub hub
hub
5 DataLink Layer 5-52
Switch Link layer device
stores and forwards Ethernet frames examines frame header and selectively
forwards frame based on MAC dest address when frame is to be forwarded on segment
uses CSMACD to access segment transparent
hosts are unaware of presence of switches plug-and-play self-learning
switches do not need to be configured
5 DataLink Layer 5-53
Forwarding
bull How do determine onto which LAN segment to forward framebull Looks like a routing problem
hub hubhub
switch1
2 3
5 DataLink Layer 5-54
Self learning
A switch has a switch table entry in switch table
(MAC Address Interface Time Stamp) stale entries in table dropped (TTL can be 60 min)
switch learns which hosts can be reached through which interfaces when frame received switch ldquolearnsrdquo location of
sender incoming LAN segment records senderlocation pair in switch table
5 DataLink Layer 5-55
FilteringForwardingWhen switch receives a frame
index switch table using MAC dest addressif entry found for destination
thenif dest on segment from which frame arrived
then drop the frameelse forward the frame on interface indicated
else flood
forward on all but the interface on which the frame arrived
5 DataLink Layer 5-56
Switch exampleSuppose C sends frame to D
Switch receives frame from from C notes in bridge table that C is on interface 1 because D is not in table switch forwards frame into
interfaces 2 and 3 frame received by D
hub hub hub
switch
A
B CD
EF G H
I
address interfaceABEG
1123
12 3
5 DataLink Layer 5-57
Switch exampleSuppose C sends frame to D
Switch receives frame from from C notes in bridge table that C is on interface 1 because D is not in table switch forwards frame into
interfaces 2 and 3 frame received by D
hub hub hub
switch
A
B CD
EF G H
I
address interfaceABEGC
11231
12 3
5 DataLink Layer 5-58
Switch exampleSuppose D replies back with frame to C
Switch receives frame from from D notes in bridge table that D is on interface 2 because C is in table switch forwards frame only to
interface 1 frame received by C
hub hub hub
switch
A
B CD
EF G H
I
address interfaceABEGC
11231
12 3
5 DataLink Layer 5-59
Switch exampleSuppose D replies back with frame to C
Switch receives frame from from D notes in bridge table that D is on interface 2 because C is in table switch forwards frame only to
interface 1 frame received by C
hub hub hub
switch
A
B CD
EF G H
I
address interfaceABEGCD
112312
12 3
5 DataLink Layer 5-60
Switch traffic isolation switch installation breaks subnet into LAN
segments switch filters packets
same-LAN-segment frames not usually forwarded onto other LAN segments
segments become separate collision domains
hub hub hub
switch
collision domain collision domain
collision domain
5 DataLink Layer 5-61
Switches dedicated access Switch with many
interfaces Hosts have direct
connection to switch No collisions full duplex
Switching A-to-Arsquo and B-to-Brsquo simultaneously no collisions
combinations of shareddedicated 101001000 Mbps interfaces possible
switch
A
Arsquo
B
Brsquo
C
Crsquo
5 DataLink Layer 5-62
Institutional network
hub hubhub
switch
to externalnetwork
router
IP subnet
mail server
web server
5 DataLink Layer 5-63
Switches vs Routers both store-and-forward devices
routers network layer devices (examine network layer headers)
switches are link layer devices routers maintain routing tables implement routing
algorithms switches maintain switch tables implement
filtering learning algorithms
5 DataLink Layer 5-64
Summary comparison
hubs routers switches
traffic isolation
no yes yes
plug amp play yes no yes
optimal routing
no yes no
5 DataLink Layer 5-65
VLANs motivation
What happens if CS user moves office to EE
but wants connect to CS switch
single broadcast domain all layer-2 broadcast
traffic (ARP DHCP) crosses entire LAN (securityprivacy efficiency issues)
each lowest level switch has only few ports in use
Computer Science Electrical
EngineeringComputerEngineering
Whatrsquos wrong with this picture
5 DataLink Layer 5-66
VLANs Port-based VLAN switch ports grouped (by switch management software) so that single physical switch helliphellip
Switch(es) supporting VLAN capabilities can be configured to define multiple virtual LANS over single physical LAN infrastructure
Virtual Local Area Network
1
8
9
16102
7
hellip
Electrical Engineering(VLAN ports 1-8)
Computer Science(VLAN ports 9-15)
15
hellip
Electrical Engineering(VLAN ports 1-8)
hellip
1
82
7 9
1610
15
hellip
Computer Science(VLAN ports 9-16)
hellip operates as multiple virtual switches
5 DataLink Layer 5-67
Port-based VLAN
1
8
9
16102
7
hellip
Electrical Engineering(VLAN ports 1-8)
Computer Science(VLAN ports 9-15)
15
hellip
traffic isolation frames tofrom ports 1-8 can only reach ports 1-8
can also define VLAN based on MAC addresses of endpoints rather than switch port
dynamic membershipports can be dynamically assigned among VLANs
router
forwarding between VLANSdone via routing (just as with separate switches)
in practice vendors sell combined switches plus routers
5 DataLink Layer 5-68
VLANS spanning multiple switches
trunk port carries frames between VLANS defined over multiple physical switches
frames forwarded within VLAN between switches canrsquot be vanilla 8021 frames (must carry VLAN ID info)
8021q protocol addsremoves additional header fields for frames forwarded between trunk ports
1
8
9
102
7
hellip
Electrical Engineering(VLAN ports 1-8)
Computer Science(VLAN ports 9-15)
15
hellip
2
73
Ports 235 belong to EE VLANPorts 4678 belong to CS VLAN
5
4 6 816
1
5 DataLink Layer 5-69
Type
2-byte Tag Protocol Identifier(value 81-00)
Tag Control Information (12 bit VLAN ID field 3 bit priority field like IP TOS)
Recomputed CRC
8021Q VLAN frame format
8021 frame
8021Q frame
5 DataLink Layer 5-70
Chapter 6 Wireless and Mobile Networks
Background wireless (mobile) phone subscribers now
exceeds wired phone subscribers computer nets laptops palmtops PDAs
Internet-enabled phone promise anytime untethered Internet access
two important (but different) challenges wireless communication over wireless link mobility handling the mobile user who changes point
of attachment to network
5 DataLink Layer 5-71
Elements of a wireless network
network infrastructure
wireless hosts laptop PDA IP phone run applications may be stationary
(non-mobile) or mobile wireless does not
always mean mobility
5 DataLink Layer 5-72
Elements of a wireless network
network infrastructure
base station typically connected to
wired network relay - responsible
for sending packets between wired network and wireless host(s) in its ldquoareardquo
eg cell towers 80211 access points
5 DataLink Layer 5-73
Elements of a wireless network
network infrastructure
wireless link typically used to
connect mobile(s) to base station
also used as backbone link
multiple access protocol coordinates link access
various data rates transmission distance
5 DataLink Layer 5-74
Characteristics of selected wireless link standards
Indoor10-30m
Outdoor50-200m
Mid-rangeoutdoor
200m ndash 4 Km
Long-rangeoutdoor
5Km ndash 20 Km
056
384
1
4
5-11
54
IS-95 CDMA GSM 2G
UMTSWCDMA CDMA2000 3G
80215
80211b
80211ag
UMTSWCDMA-HSPDA CDMA2000-1xEVDO 3G cellularenhanced
80216 (WiMAX)
80211ag point-to-point
200 80211n
Dat
a ra
te (M
bps) data
5 DataLink Layer 5-75
Elements of a wireless network
network infrastructure
infrastructure mode base station connects
mobiles into wired network
handoff mobile changes base station providing connection into wired network
5 DataLink Layer 5-76
Elements of a wireless networkad hoc mode no base stations nodes can only
transmit to other nodes within link coverage
nodes organize themselves into a network route among themselves
5 DataLink Layer 5-77
Wireless network taxonomy
single hop multiple hops
infrastructure(eg APs)
noinfrastructure
host connects to base station (WiFiWiMAX cellular) which connects to
larger Internet
no base station noconnection to larger Internet (Bluetooth
ad hoc nets)
host may have torelay through several
wireless nodes to connect to larger
Internet mesh net
no base station noconnection to larger
Internet May have torelay to reach other a given wireless node
MANET VANET
5 DataLink Layer 5-78
Wireless Link Characteristics (1)Differences from wired link hellip
decreased signal strength radio signal attenuates as it propagates through matter (path loss)
interference from other sources standardized wireless network frequencies (eg 24 GHz) shared by other devices (eg phone) devices (motors) interfere as well
multipath propagation radio signal reflects off objects arriving at destination at slightly different times
hellip make communication across (even a point to point) wireless link much more ldquodifficultrdquo
5 DataLink Layer 5-79
Wireless Link Characteristics (2) SNR signal-to-noise ratio
larger SNR ndash easier to extract signal from noise (a ldquogood thingrdquo)
SNR versus BER tradeoffs given physical layer
increase power -gt increase SNR-gtdecrease BER
given SNR choose physical layer that meets BER requirement giving highest thruput
bull SNR may change with mobility dynamically adapt physical layer (modulation technique rate)
10 20 30 40
QAM256 (8 Mbps)
QAM16 (4 Mbps)
BPSK (1 Mbps)
SNR(dB)B
ER
10-1
10-2
10-3
10-5
10-6
10-7
10-4
5 DataLink Layer 5-80
Wireless network characteristicsMultiple wireless senders and receivers create
additional problems (beyond multiple access)
AB
C
Hidden terminal problem B A hear each other B C hear each other A C can not hear each othermeans A C unaware of their
interference at B
A B C
Arsquos signalstrength
space
Crsquos signalstrength
Signal attenuation B A hear each other B C hear each other A C can not hear each other
interfering at B
5 DataLink Layer 5-81
IEEE 80211 Wireless LAN 80211b
24-5 GHz unlicensed spectrum up to 11 Mbps direct sequence spread
spectrum (DSSS) in physical layer
bull all hosts use same chipping code
80211a 5-6 GHz range up to 54 Mbps
80211g 24-5 GHz range up to 54 Mbps
80211n multiple antennae 24-5 GHz range up to 200 Mbps
all use CSMACA for multiple access all have base-station and ad-hoc network versions
5 DataLink Layer 5-82
80211 LAN architecture
wireless host communicates with base station
base station = access point (AP)
Basic Service Set (BSS)(aka ldquocellrdquo) in infrastructure mode contains
wireless hosts access point (AP) base
station ad hoc mode hosts only
BSS 1
BSS 2
Internet
hub switchor routerAP
AP
5 DataLink Layer 5-83
80211 Channels association
80211b 24GHz-2485GHz spectrum divided into 11 channels at different frequencies AP admin chooses frequency for AP interference possible channel can be same as
that chosen by neighboring AP host must associate with an AP
scans channels listening for beacon framescontaining APrsquos name (SSID) and MAC address
selects AP to associate with may perform authentication [Chapter 8] will typically run DHCP to get IP address in APrsquos
subnet
5 DataLink Layer 5-84
80211 passiveactive scanning
AP 2AP 1
H1
BBS 2BBS 1
122
3 4
Active Scanning (1) probe request frame broadcast
from H1(2) probe response frame sent from
APs(3) association request frame sent
H1 to selected AP (4) association response frame sent
H1 to selected AP
AP 2AP 1
H1
BBS 2BBS 1
12 3
1
Passive Scanning(1) beacon frames sent from APs(2) association request frame sent H1
to selected AP (3) association response frame sent
H1 to selected AP
5 DataLink Layer 5-85
IEEE 80211 multiple access avoid collisions 2+ nodes transmitting at same time 80211 CSMA - sense before transmitting
donrsquot collide with ongoing transmission by other node 80211 no collision detection
difficult to receive (sense collisions) when transmitting due to weak received signals (fading)
canrsquot sense all collisions in any case hidden terminal fading goal avoid collisions CSMAC(ollision)A(voidance)
AB
CA B C
Arsquos signalstrength
space
Crsquos signalstrength
5 DataLink Layer 5-86
IEEE 80211 MAC Protocol CSMACA
80211 sender1 if sense channel idle for DIFS then
transmit entire frame (no CD)2 if sense channel busy then
start random backoff timetimer counts down while channel idletransmit when timer expiresif no ACK increase random backoff
interval repeat 280211 receiver- if frame received OK
return ACK after SIFS (ACK needed due to hidden terminal problem)
sender receiver
DIFS
data
SIFS
ACK
5 DataLink Layer 5-87
Avoiding collisions (more)idea allow sender to ldquoreserverdquo channel rather than random
access of data frames avoid collisions of long data frames sender first transmits small request-to-send (RTS) packets
to BS using CSMA RTSs may still collide with each other (but theyrsquore short)
BS broadcasts clear-to-send CTS in response to RTS CTS heard by all nodes
sender transmits data frame other stations defer transmissions
avoid data frame collisions completely using small reservation packets
5 DataLink Layer 5-88
Collision Avoidance RTS-CTS exchange
APA B
time
RTS(A)RTS(B)
RTS(A)
CTS(A) CTS(A)
DATA (A)
ACK(A) ACK(A)
reservation collision
defer
5 DataLink Layer 5-89
framecontrol duration address
1address
2address
4address
3 payload CRC
2 2 6 6 6 2 6 0 - 2312 4
seqcontrol
80211 frame addressing
Address 2 MAC addressof wireless host or AP transmitting this frame
Address 1 MAC addressof wireless host or AP to receive this frame
Address 3 MAC addressof router interface to which AP is attached
Address 4 used only in ad hoc mode
5 DataLink Layer 5-90
Internetrouter
AP
H1 R1
AP MAC addr H1 MAC addr R1 MAC addraddress 1 address 2 address 3
80211 frame
R1 MAC addr H1 MAC addr dest address source address
8023 frame
80211 frame addressing
5 DataLink Layer 5-91
framecontrol duration address
1address
2address
4address
3 payload CRC
2 2 6 6 6 2 6 0 - 2312 4
seqcontrol
Type FromAPSubtype To
APMore frag WEPMore
dataPower
mgtRetry RsvdProtocolversion
2 2 4 1 1 1 1 1 11 1
80211 frame moreduration of reserved transmission time (RTSCTS)
frame seq (for RDT)
frame type(RTS CTS ACK data)
5 DataLink Layer 5-92
hub or switch
AP 2
AP 1
H1 BBS 2
BBS 1
80211 mobility within same subnet
router H1 remains in same IP subnet IP address can remain same
switch which AP is associated with H1
self-learning (Ch 5) switch will see frame from H1 and ldquorememberrdquo which switch port can be used to reach H1
5 DataLink Layer 5-93
80211 advanced capabilities
Rate Adaptation base station mobile
dynamically change transmission rate (physical layer modulation technique) as mobile moves SNR varies
QAM256 (8 Mbps)QAM16 (4 Mbps)BPSK (1 Mbps)
10 20 30 40SNR(dB)
BE
R
10-1
10-2
10-3
10-5
10-6
10-7
10-4
operating point
1 SNR decreases BER increase as node moves away from base station2 When BER becomes too high switch to lower transmission rate but with lower BER
5 DataLink Layer 5-94
80211 advanced capabilitiesPower Management node-to-AP ldquoI am going to sleep until next
beacon framerdquo AP knows not to transmit frames to this
node node wakes up before next beacon frame
beacon frame contains list of mobiles with AP-to-mobile frames waiting to be sent node will stay awake if AP-to-mobile frames
to be sent otherwise sleep again until next beacon frame
5 DataLink Layer 5-50
Gbit Ethernet
uses standard Ethernet frame format allows for point-to-point links and shared
broadcast channels in shared mode CSMACD is used short
distances between nodes required for efficiency
Full-Duplex at 1 Gbps for point-to-point links
10 Gbps now
5 DataLink Layer 5-51
Interconnecting with hubs Backbone hub interconnects LAN segments Extends max distance between nodes But individual segment collision domains become one
large collision domain Canrsquot interconnect 10BaseT amp 100BaseT
hub hub hub
hub
5 DataLink Layer 5-52
Switch Link layer device
stores and forwards Ethernet frames examines frame header and selectively
forwards frame based on MAC dest address when frame is to be forwarded on segment
uses CSMACD to access segment transparent
hosts are unaware of presence of switches plug-and-play self-learning
switches do not need to be configured
5 DataLink Layer 5-53
Forwarding
bull How do determine onto which LAN segment to forward framebull Looks like a routing problem
hub hubhub
switch1
2 3
5 DataLink Layer 5-54
Self learning
A switch has a switch table entry in switch table
(MAC Address Interface Time Stamp) stale entries in table dropped (TTL can be 60 min)
switch learns which hosts can be reached through which interfaces when frame received switch ldquolearnsrdquo location of
sender incoming LAN segment records senderlocation pair in switch table
5 DataLink Layer 5-55
FilteringForwardingWhen switch receives a frame
index switch table using MAC dest addressif entry found for destination
thenif dest on segment from which frame arrived
then drop the frameelse forward the frame on interface indicated
else flood
forward on all but the interface on which the frame arrived
5 DataLink Layer 5-56
Switch exampleSuppose C sends frame to D
Switch receives frame from from C notes in bridge table that C is on interface 1 because D is not in table switch forwards frame into
interfaces 2 and 3 frame received by D
hub hub hub
switch
A
B CD
EF G H
I
address interfaceABEG
1123
12 3
5 DataLink Layer 5-57
Switch exampleSuppose C sends frame to D
Switch receives frame from from C notes in bridge table that C is on interface 1 because D is not in table switch forwards frame into
interfaces 2 and 3 frame received by D
hub hub hub
switch
A
B CD
EF G H
I
address interfaceABEGC
11231
12 3
5 DataLink Layer 5-58
Switch exampleSuppose D replies back with frame to C
Switch receives frame from from D notes in bridge table that D is on interface 2 because C is in table switch forwards frame only to
interface 1 frame received by C
hub hub hub
switch
A
B CD
EF G H
I
address interfaceABEGC
11231
12 3
5 DataLink Layer 5-59
Switch exampleSuppose D replies back with frame to C
Switch receives frame from from D notes in bridge table that D is on interface 2 because C is in table switch forwards frame only to
interface 1 frame received by C
hub hub hub
switch
A
B CD
EF G H
I
address interfaceABEGCD
112312
12 3
5 DataLink Layer 5-60
Switch traffic isolation switch installation breaks subnet into LAN
segments switch filters packets
same-LAN-segment frames not usually forwarded onto other LAN segments
segments become separate collision domains
hub hub hub
switch
collision domain collision domain
collision domain
5 DataLink Layer 5-61
Switches dedicated access Switch with many
interfaces Hosts have direct
connection to switch No collisions full duplex
Switching A-to-Arsquo and B-to-Brsquo simultaneously no collisions
combinations of shareddedicated 101001000 Mbps interfaces possible
switch
A
Arsquo
B
Brsquo
C
Crsquo
5 DataLink Layer 5-62
Institutional network
hub hubhub
switch
to externalnetwork
router
IP subnet
mail server
web server
5 DataLink Layer 5-63
Switches vs Routers both store-and-forward devices
routers network layer devices (examine network layer headers)
switches are link layer devices routers maintain routing tables implement routing
algorithms switches maintain switch tables implement
filtering learning algorithms
5 DataLink Layer 5-64
Summary comparison
hubs routers switches
traffic isolation
no yes yes
plug amp play yes no yes
optimal routing
no yes no
5 DataLink Layer 5-65
VLANs motivation
What happens if CS user moves office to EE
but wants connect to CS switch
single broadcast domain all layer-2 broadcast
traffic (ARP DHCP) crosses entire LAN (securityprivacy efficiency issues)
each lowest level switch has only few ports in use
Computer Science Electrical
EngineeringComputerEngineering
Whatrsquos wrong with this picture
5 DataLink Layer 5-66
VLANs Port-based VLAN switch ports grouped (by switch management software) so that single physical switch helliphellip
Switch(es) supporting VLAN capabilities can be configured to define multiple virtual LANS over single physical LAN infrastructure
Virtual Local Area Network
1
8
9
16102
7
hellip
Electrical Engineering(VLAN ports 1-8)
Computer Science(VLAN ports 9-15)
15
hellip
Electrical Engineering(VLAN ports 1-8)
hellip
1
82
7 9
1610
15
hellip
Computer Science(VLAN ports 9-16)
hellip operates as multiple virtual switches
5 DataLink Layer 5-67
Port-based VLAN
1
8
9
16102
7
hellip
Electrical Engineering(VLAN ports 1-8)
Computer Science(VLAN ports 9-15)
15
hellip
traffic isolation frames tofrom ports 1-8 can only reach ports 1-8
can also define VLAN based on MAC addresses of endpoints rather than switch port
dynamic membershipports can be dynamically assigned among VLANs
router
forwarding between VLANSdone via routing (just as with separate switches)
in practice vendors sell combined switches plus routers
5 DataLink Layer 5-68
VLANS spanning multiple switches
trunk port carries frames between VLANS defined over multiple physical switches
frames forwarded within VLAN between switches canrsquot be vanilla 8021 frames (must carry VLAN ID info)
8021q protocol addsremoves additional header fields for frames forwarded between trunk ports
1
8
9
102
7
hellip
Electrical Engineering(VLAN ports 1-8)
Computer Science(VLAN ports 9-15)
15
hellip
2
73
Ports 235 belong to EE VLANPorts 4678 belong to CS VLAN
5
4 6 816
1
5 DataLink Layer 5-69
Type
2-byte Tag Protocol Identifier(value 81-00)
Tag Control Information (12 bit VLAN ID field 3 bit priority field like IP TOS)
Recomputed CRC
8021Q VLAN frame format
8021 frame
8021Q frame
5 DataLink Layer 5-70
Chapter 6 Wireless and Mobile Networks
Background wireless (mobile) phone subscribers now
exceeds wired phone subscribers computer nets laptops palmtops PDAs
Internet-enabled phone promise anytime untethered Internet access
two important (but different) challenges wireless communication over wireless link mobility handling the mobile user who changes point
of attachment to network
5 DataLink Layer 5-71
Elements of a wireless network
network infrastructure
wireless hosts laptop PDA IP phone run applications may be stationary
(non-mobile) or mobile wireless does not
always mean mobility
5 DataLink Layer 5-72
Elements of a wireless network
network infrastructure
base station typically connected to
wired network relay - responsible
for sending packets between wired network and wireless host(s) in its ldquoareardquo
eg cell towers 80211 access points
5 DataLink Layer 5-73
Elements of a wireless network
network infrastructure
wireless link typically used to
connect mobile(s) to base station
also used as backbone link
multiple access protocol coordinates link access
various data rates transmission distance
5 DataLink Layer 5-74
Characteristics of selected wireless link standards
Indoor10-30m
Outdoor50-200m
Mid-rangeoutdoor
200m ndash 4 Km
Long-rangeoutdoor
5Km ndash 20 Km
056
384
1
4
5-11
54
IS-95 CDMA GSM 2G
UMTSWCDMA CDMA2000 3G
80215
80211b
80211ag
UMTSWCDMA-HSPDA CDMA2000-1xEVDO 3G cellularenhanced
80216 (WiMAX)
80211ag point-to-point
200 80211n
Dat
a ra
te (M
bps) data
5 DataLink Layer 5-75
Elements of a wireless network
network infrastructure
infrastructure mode base station connects
mobiles into wired network
handoff mobile changes base station providing connection into wired network
5 DataLink Layer 5-76
Elements of a wireless networkad hoc mode no base stations nodes can only
transmit to other nodes within link coverage
nodes organize themselves into a network route among themselves
5 DataLink Layer 5-77
Wireless network taxonomy
single hop multiple hops
infrastructure(eg APs)
noinfrastructure
host connects to base station (WiFiWiMAX cellular) which connects to
larger Internet
no base station noconnection to larger Internet (Bluetooth
ad hoc nets)
host may have torelay through several
wireless nodes to connect to larger
Internet mesh net
no base station noconnection to larger
Internet May have torelay to reach other a given wireless node
MANET VANET
5 DataLink Layer 5-78
Wireless Link Characteristics (1)Differences from wired link hellip
decreased signal strength radio signal attenuates as it propagates through matter (path loss)
interference from other sources standardized wireless network frequencies (eg 24 GHz) shared by other devices (eg phone) devices (motors) interfere as well
multipath propagation radio signal reflects off objects arriving at destination at slightly different times
hellip make communication across (even a point to point) wireless link much more ldquodifficultrdquo
5 DataLink Layer 5-79
Wireless Link Characteristics (2) SNR signal-to-noise ratio
larger SNR ndash easier to extract signal from noise (a ldquogood thingrdquo)
SNR versus BER tradeoffs given physical layer
increase power -gt increase SNR-gtdecrease BER
given SNR choose physical layer that meets BER requirement giving highest thruput
bull SNR may change with mobility dynamically adapt physical layer (modulation technique rate)
10 20 30 40
QAM256 (8 Mbps)
QAM16 (4 Mbps)
BPSK (1 Mbps)
SNR(dB)B
ER
10-1
10-2
10-3
10-5
10-6
10-7
10-4
5 DataLink Layer 5-80
Wireless network characteristicsMultiple wireless senders and receivers create
additional problems (beyond multiple access)
AB
C
Hidden terminal problem B A hear each other B C hear each other A C can not hear each othermeans A C unaware of their
interference at B
A B C
Arsquos signalstrength
space
Crsquos signalstrength
Signal attenuation B A hear each other B C hear each other A C can not hear each other
interfering at B
5 DataLink Layer 5-81
IEEE 80211 Wireless LAN 80211b
24-5 GHz unlicensed spectrum up to 11 Mbps direct sequence spread
spectrum (DSSS) in physical layer
bull all hosts use same chipping code
80211a 5-6 GHz range up to 54 Mbps
80211g 24-5 GHz range up to 54 Mbps
80211n multiple antennae 24-5 GHz range up to 200 Mbps
all use CSMACA for multiple access all have base-station and ad-hoc network versions
5 DataLink Layer 5-82
80211 LAN architecture
wireless host communicates with base station
base station = access point (AP)
Basic Service Set (BSS)(aka ldquocellrdquo) in infrastructure mode contains
wireless hosts access point (AP) base
station ad hoc mode hosts only
BSS 1
BSS 2
Internet
hub switchor routerAP
AP
5 DataLink Layer 5-83
80211 Channels association
80211b 24GHz-2485GHz spectrum divided into 11 channels at different frequencies AP admin chooses frequency for AP interference possible channel can be same as
that chosen by neighboring AP host must associate with an AP
scans channels listening for beacon framescontaining APrsquos name (SSID) and MAC address
selects AP to associate with may perform authentication [Chapter 8] will typically run DHCP to get IP address in APrsquos
subnet
5 DataLink Layer 5-84
80211 passiveactive scanning
AP 2AP 1
H1
BBS 2BBS 1
122
3 4
Active Scanning (1) probe request frame broadcast
from H1(2) probe response frame sent from
APs(3) association request frame sent
H1 to selected AP (4) association response frame sent
H1 to selected AP
AP 2AP 1
H1
BBS 2BBS 1
12 3
1
Passive Scanning(1) beacon frames sent from APs(2) association request frame sent H1
to selected AP (3) association response frame sent
H1 to selected AP
5 DataLink Layer 5-85
IEEE 80211 multiple access avoid collisions 2+ nodes transmitting at same time 80211 CSMA - sense before transmitting
donrsquot collide with ongoing transmission by other node 80211 no collision detection
difficult to receive (sense collisions) when transmitting due to weak received signals (fading)
canrsquot sense all collisions in any case hidden terminal fading goal avoid collisions CSMAC(ollision)A(voidance)
AB
CA B C
Arsquos signalstrength
space
Crsquos signalstrength
5 DataLink Layer 5-86
IEEE 80211 MAC Protocol CSMACA
80211 sender1 if sense channel idle for DIFS then
transmit entire frame (no CD)2 if sense channel busy then
start random backoff timetimer counts down while channel idletransmit when timer expiresif no ACK increase random backoff
interval repeat 280211 receiver- if frame received OK
return ACK after SIFS (ACK needed due to hidden terminal problem)
sender receiver
DIFS
data
SIFS
ACK
5 DataLink Layer 5-87
Avoiding collisions (more)idea allow sender to ldquoreserverdquo channel rather than random
access of data frames avoid collisions of long data frames sender first transmits small request-to-send (RTS) packets
to BS using CSMA RTSs may still collide with each other (but theyrsquore short)
BS broadcasts clear-to-send CTS in response to RTS CTS heard by all nodes
sender transmits data frame other stations defer transmissions
avoid data frame collisions completely using small reservation packets
5 DataLink Layer 5-88
Collision Avoidance RTS-CTS exchange
APA B
time
RTS(A)RTS(B)
RTS(A)
CTS(A) CTS(A)
DATA (A)
ACK(A) ACK(A)
reservation collision
defer
5 DataLink Layer 5-89
framecontrol duration address
1address
2address
4address
3 payload CRC
2 2 6 6 6 2 6 0 - 2312 4
seqcontrol
80211 frame addressing
Address 2 MAC addressof wireless host or AP transmitting this frame
Address 1 MAC addressof wireless host or AP to receive this frame
Address 3 MAC addressof router interface to which AP is attached
Address 4 used only in ad hoc mode
5 DataLink Layer 5-90
Internetrouter
AP
H1 R1
AP MAC addr H1 MAC addr R1 MAC addraddress 1 address 2 address 3
80211 frame
R1 MAC addr H1 MAC addr dest address source address
8023 frame
80211 frame addressing
5 DataLink Layer 5-91
framecontrol duration address
1address
2address
4address
3 payload CRC
2 2 6 6 6 2 6 0 - 2312 4
seqcontrol
Type FromAPSubtype To
APMore frag WEPMore
dataPower
mgtRetry RsvdProtocolversion
2 2 4 1 1 1 1 1 11 1
80211 frame moreduration of reserved transmission time (RTSCTS)
frame seq (for RDT)
frame type(RTS CTS ACK data)
5 DataLink Layer 5-92
hub or switch
AP 2
AP 1
H1 BBS 2
BBS 1
80211 mobility within same subnet
router H1 remains in same IP subnet IP address can remain same
switch which AP is associated with H1
self-learning (Ch 5) switch will see frame from H1 and ldquorememberrdquo which switch port can be used to reach H1
5 DataLink Layer 5-93
80211 advanced capabilities
Rate Adaptation base station mobile
dynamically change transmission rate (physical layer modulation technique) as mobile moves SNR varies
QAM256 (8 Mbps)QAM16 (4 Mbps)BPSK (1 Mbps)
10 20 30 40SNR(dB)
BE
R
10-1
10-2
10-3
10-5
10-6
10-7
10-4
operating point
1 SNR decreases BER increase as node moves away from base station2 When BER becomes too high switch to lower transmission rate but with lower BER
5 DataLink Layer 5-94
80211 advanced capabilitiesPower Management node-to-AP ldquoI am going to sleep until next
beacon framerdquo AP knows not to transmit frames to this
node node wakes up before next beacon frame
beacon frame contains list of mobiles with AP-to-mobile frames waiting to be sent node will stay awake if AP-to-mobile frames
to be sent otherwise sleep again until next beacon frame
5 DataLink Layer 5-51
Interconnecting with hubs Backbone hub interconnects LAN segments Extends max distance between nodes But individual segment collision domains become one
large collision domain Canrsquot interconnect 10BaseT amp 100BaseT
hub hub hub
hub
5 DataLink Layer 5-52
Switch Link layer device
stores and forwards Ethernet frames examines frame header and selectively
forwards frame based on MAC dest address when frame is to be forwarded on segment
uses CSMACD to access segment transparent
hosts are unaware of presence of switches plug-and-play self-learning
switches do not need to be configured
5 DataLink Layer 5-53
Forwarding
bull How do determine onto which LAN segment to forward framebull Looks like a routing problem
hub hubhub
switch1
2 3
5 DataLink Layer 5-54
Self learning
A switch has a switch table entry in switch table
(MAC Address Interface Time Stamp) stale entries in table dropped (TTL can be 60 min)
switch learns which hosts can be reached through which interfaces when frame received switch ldquolearnsrdquo location of
sender incoming LAN segment records senderlocation pair in switch table
5 DataLink Layer 5-55
FilteringForwardingWhen switch receives a frame
index switch table using MAC dest addressif entry found for destination
thenif dest on segment from which frame arrived
then drop the frameelse forward the frame on interface indicated
else flood
forward on all but the interface on which the frame arrived
5 DataLink Layer 5-56
Switch exampleSuppose C sends frame to D
Switch receives frame from from C notes in bridge table that C is on interface 1 because D is not in table switch forwards frame into
interfaces 2 and 3 frame received by D
hub hub hub
switch
A
B CD
EF G H
I
address interfaceABEG
1123
12 3
5 DataLink Layer 5-57
Switch exampleSuppose C sends frame to D
Switch receives frame from from C notes in bridge table that C is on interface 1 because D is not in table switch forwards frame into
interfaces 2 and 3 frame received by D
hub hub hub
switch
A
B CD
EF G H
I
address interfaceABEGC
11231
12 3
5 DataLink Layer 5-58
Switch exampleSuppose D replies back with frame to C
Switch receives frame from from D notes in bridge table that D is on interface 2 because C is in table switch forwards frame only to
interface 1 frame received by C
hub hub hub
switch
A
B CD
EF G H
I
address interfaceABEGC
11231
12 3
5 DataLink Layer 5-59
Switch exampleSuppose D replies back with frame to C
Switch receives frame from from D notes in bridge table that D is on interface 2 because C is in table switch forwards frame only to
interface 1 frame received by C
hub hub hub
switch
A
B CD
EF G H
I
address interfaceABEGCD
112312
12 3
5 DataLink Layer 5-60
Switch traffic isolation switch installation breaks subnet into LAN
segments switch filters packets
same-LAN-segment frames not usually forwarded onto other LAN segments
segments become separate collision domains
hub hub hub
switch
collision domain collision domain
collision domain
5 DataLink Layer 5-61
Switches dedicated access Switch with many
interfaces Hosts have direct
connection to switch No collisions full duplex
Switching A-to-Arsquo and B-to-Brsquo simultaneously no collisions
combinations of shareddedicated 101001000 Mbps interfaces possible
switch
A
Arsquo
B
Brsquo
C
Crsquo
5 DataLink Layer 5-62
Institutional network
hub hubhub
switch
to externalnetwork
router
IP subnet
mail server
web server
5 DataLink Layer 5-63
Switches vs Routers both store-and-forward devices
routers network layer devices (examine network layer headers)
switches are link layer devices routers maintain routing tables implement routing
algorithms switches maintain switch tables implement
filtering learning algorithms
5 DataLink Layer 5-64
Summary comparison
hubs routers switches
traffic isolation
no yes yes
plug amp play yes no yes
optimal routing
no yes no
5 DataLink Layer 5-65
VLANs motivation
What happens if CS user moves office to EE
but wants connect to CS switch
single broadcast domain all layer-2 broadcast
traffic (ARP DHCP) crosses entire LAN (securityprivacy efficiency issues)
each lowest level switch has only few ports in use
Computer Science Electrical
EngineeringComputerEngineering
Whatrsquos wrong with this picture
5 DataLink Layer 5-66
VLANs Port-based VLAN switch ports grouped (by switch management software) so that single physical switch helliphellip
Switch(es) supporting VLAN capabilities can be configured to define multiple virtual LANS over single physical LAN infrastructure
Virtual Local Area Network
1
8
9
16102
7
hellip
Electrical Engineering(VLAN ports 1-8)
Computer Science(VLAN ports 9-15)
15
hellip
Electrical Engineering(VLAN ports 1-8)
hellip
1
82
7 9
1610
15
hellip
Computer Science(VLAN ports 9-16)
hellip operates as multiple virtual switches
5 DataLink Layer 5-67
Port-based VLAN
1
8
9
16102
7
hellip
Electrical Engineering(VLAN ports 1-8)
Computer Science(VLAN ports 9-15)
15
hellip
traffic isolation frames tofrom ports 1-8 can only reach ports 1-8
can also define VLAN based on MAC addresses of endpoints rather than switch port
dynamic membershipports can be dynamically assigned among VLANs
router
forwarding between VLANSdone via routing (just as with separate switches)
in practice vendors sell combined switches plus routers
5 DataLink Layer 5-68
VLANS spanning multiple switches
trunk port carries frames between VLANS defined over multiple physical switches
frames forwarded within VLAN between switches canrsquot be vanilla 8021 frames (must carry VLAN ID info)
8021q protocol addsremoves additional header fields for frames forwarded between trunk ports
1
8
9
102
7
hellip
Electrical Engineering(VLAN ports 1-8)
Computer Science(VLAN ports 9-15)
15
hellip
2
73
Ports 235 belong to EE VLANPorts 4678 belong to CS VLAN
5
4 6 816
1
5 DataLink Layer 5-69
Type
2-byte Tag Protocol Identifier(value 81-00)
Tag Control Information (12 bit VLAN ID field 3 bit priority field like IP TOS)
Recomputed CRC
8021Q VLAN frame format
8021 frame
8021Q frame
5 DataLink Layer 5-70
Chapter 6 Wireless and Mobile Networks
Background wireless (mobile) phone subscribers now
exceeds wired phone subscribers computer nets laptops palmtops PDAs
Internet-enabled phone promise anytime untethered Internet access
two important (but different) challenges wireless communication over wireless link mobility handling the mobile user who changes point
of attachment to network
5 DataLink Layer 5-71
Elements of a wireless network
network infrastructure
wireless hosts laptop PDA IP phone run applications may be stationary
(non-mobile) or mobile wireless does not
always mean mobility
5 DataLink Layer 5-72
Elements of a wireless network
network infrastructure
base station typically connected to
wired network relay - responsible
for sending packets between wired network and wireless host(s) in its ldquoareardquo
eg cell towers 80211 access points
5 DataLink Layer 5-73
Elements of a wireless network
network infrastructure
wireless link typically used to
connect mobile(s) to base station
also used as backbone link
multiple access protocol coordinates link access
various data rates transmission distance
5 DataLink Layer 5-74
Characteristics of selected wireless link standards
Indoor10-30m
Outdoor50-200m
Mid-rangeoutdoor
200m ndash 4 Km
Long-rangeoutdoor
5Km ndash 20 Km
056
384
1
4
5-11
54
IS-95 CDMA GSM 2G
UMTSWCDMA CDMA2000 3G
80215
80211b
80211ag
UMTSWCDMA-HSPDA CDMA2000-1xEVDO 3G cellularenhanced
80216 (WiMAX)
80211ag point-to-point
200 80211n
Dat
a ra
te (M
bps) data
5 DataLink Layer 5-75
Elements of a wireless network
network infrastructure
infrastructure mode base station connects
mobiles into wired network
handoff mobile changes base station providing connection into wired network
5 DataLink Layer 5-76
Elements of a wireless networkad hoc mode no base stations nodes can only
transmit to other nodes within link coverage
nodes organize themselves into a network route among themselves
5 DataLink Layer 5-77
Wireless network taxonomy
single hop multiple hops
infrastructure(eg APs)
noinfrastructure
host connects to base station (WiFiWiMAX cellular) which connects to
larger Internet
no base station noconnection to larger Internet (Bluetooth
ad hoc nets)
host may have torelay through several
wireless nodes to connect to larger
Internet mesh net
no base station noconnection to larger
Internet May have torelay to reach other a given wireless node
MANET VANET
5 DataLink Layer 5-78
Wireless Link Characteristics (1)Differences from wired link hellip
decreased signal strength radio signal attenuates as it propagates through matter (path loss)
interference from other sources standardized wireless network frequencies (eg 24 GHz) shared by other devices (eg phone) devices (motors) interfere as well
multipath propagation radio signal reflects off objects arriving at destination at slightly different times
hellip make communication across (even a point to point) wireless link much more ldquodifficultrdquo
5 DataLink Layer 5-79
Wireless Link Characteristics (2) SNR signal-to-noise ratio
larger SNR ndash easier to extract signal from noise (a ldquogood thingrdquo)
SNR versus BER tradeoffs given physical layer
increase power -gt increase SNR-gtdecrease BER
given SNR choose physical layer that meets BER requirement giving highest thruput
bull SNR may change with mobility dynamically adapt physical layer (modulation technique rate)
10 20 30 40
QAM256 (8 Mbps)
QAM16 (4 Mbps)
BPSK (1 Mbps)
SNR(dB)B
ER
10-1
10-2
10-3
10-5
10-6
10-7
10-4
5 DataLink Layer 5-80
Wireless network characteristicsMultiple wireless senders and receivers create
additional problems (beyond multiple access)
AB
C
Hidden terminal problem B A hear each other B C hear each other A C can not hear each othermeans A C unaware of their
interference at B
A B C
Arsquos signalstrength
space
Crsquos signalstrength
Signal attenuation B A hear each other B C hear each other A C can not hear each other
interfering at B
5 DataLink Layer 5-81
IEEE 80211 Wireless LAN 80211b
24-5 GHz unlicensed spectrum up to 11 Mbps direct sequence spread
spectrum (DSSS) in physical layer
bull all hosts use same chipping code
80211a 5-6 GHz range up to 54 Mbps
80211g 24-5 GHz range up to 54 Mbps
80211n multiple antennae 24-5 GHz range up to 200 Mbps
all use CSMACA for multiple access all have base-station and ad-hoc network versions
5 DataLink Layer 5-82
80211 LAN architecture
wireless host communicates with base station
base station = access point (AP)
Basic Service Set (BSS)(aka ldquocellrdquo) in infrastructure mode contains
wireless hosts access point (AP) base
station ad hoc mode hosts only
BSS 1
BSS 2
Internet
hub switchor routerAP
AP
5 DataLink Layer 5-83
80211 Channels association
80211b 24GHz-2485GHz spectrum divided into 11 channels at different frequencies AP admin chooses frequency for AP interference possible channel can be same as
that chosen by neighboring AP host must associate with an AP
scans channels listening for beacon framescontaining APrsquos name (SSID) and MAC address
selects AP to associate with may perform authentication [Chapter 8] will typically run DHCP to get IP address in APrsquos
subnet
5 DataLink Layer 5-84
80211 passiveactive scanning
AP 2AP 1
H1
BBS 2BBS 1
122
3 4
Active Scanning (1) probe request frame broadcast
from H1(2) probe response frame sent from
APs(3) association request frame sent
H1 to selected AP (4) association response frame sent
H1 to selected AP
AP 2AP 1
H1
BBS 2BBS 1
12 3
1
Passive Scanning(1) beacon frames sent from APs(2) association request frame sent H1
to selected AP (3) association response frame sent
H1 to selected AP
5 DataLink Layer 5-85
IEEE 80211 multiple access avoid collisions 2+ nodes transmitting at same time 80211 CSMA - sense before transmitting
donrsquot collide with ongoing transmission by other node 80211 no collision detection
difficult to receive (sense collisions) when transmitting due to weak received signals (fading)
canrsquot sense all collisions in any case hidden terminal fading goal avoid collisions CSMAC(ollision)A(voidance)
AB
CA B C
Arsquos signalstrength
space
Crsquos signalstrength
5 DataLink Layer 5-86
IEEE 80211 MAC Protocol CSMACA
80211 sender1 if sense channel idle for DIFS then
transmit entire frame (no CD)2 if sense channel busy then
start random backoff timetimer counts down while channel idletransmit when timer expiresif no ACK increase random backoff
interval repeat 280211 receiver- if frame received OK
return ACK after SIFS (ACK needed due to hidden terminal problem)
sender receiver
DIFS
data
SIFS
ACK
5 DataLink Layer 5-87
Avoiding collisions (more)idea allow sender to ldquoreserverdquo channel rather than random
access of data frames avoid collisions of long data frames sender first transmits small request-to-send (RTS) packets
to BS using CSMA RTSs may still collide with each other (but theyrsquore short)
BS broadcasts clear-to-send CTS in response to RTS CTS heard by all nodes
sender transmits data frame other stations defer transmissions
avoid data frame collisions completely using small reservation packets
5 DataLink Layer 5-88
Collision Avoidance RTS-CTS exchange
APA B
time
RTS(A)RTS(B)
RTS(A)
CTS(A) CTS(A)
DATA (A)
ACK(A) ACK(A)
reservation collision
defer
5 DataLink Layer 5-89
framecontrol duration address
1address
2address
4address
3 payload CRC
2 2 6 6 6 2 6 0 - 2312 4
seqcontrol
80211 frame addressing
Address 2 MAC addressof wireless host or AP transmitting this frame
Address 1 MAC addressof wireless host or AP to receive this frame
Address 3 MAC addressof router interface to which AP is attached
Address 4 used only in ad hoc mode
5 DataLink Layer 5-90
Internetrouter
AP
H1 R1
AP MAC addr H1 MAC addr R1 MAC addraddress 1 address 2 address 3
80211 frame
R1 MAC addr H1 MAC addr dest address source address
8023 frame
80211 frame addressing
5 DataLink Layer 5-91
framecontrol duration address
1address
2address
4address
3 payload CRC
2 2 6 6 6 2 6 0 - 2312 4
seqcontrol
Type FromAPSubtype To
APMore frag WEPMore
dataPower
mgtRetry RsvdProtocolversion
2 2 4 1 1 1 1 1 11 1
80211 frame moreduration of reserved transmission time (RTSCTS)
frame seq (for RDT)
frame type(RTS CTS ACK data)
5 DataLink Layer 5-92
hub or switch
AP 2
AP 1
H1 BBS 2
BBS 1
80211 mobility within same subnet
router H1 remains in same IP subnet IP address can remain same
switch which AP is associated with H1
self-learning (Ch 5) switch will see frame from H1 and ldquorememberrdquo which switch port can be used to reach H1
5 DataLink Layer 5-93
80211 advanced capabilities
Rate Adaptation base station mobile
dynamically change transmission rate (physical layer modulation technique) as mobile moves SNR varies
QAM256 (8 Mbps)QAM16 (4 Mbps)BPSK (1 Mbps)
10 20 30 40SNR(dB)
BE
R
10-1
10-2
10-3
10-5
10-6
10-7
10-4
operating point
1 SNR decreases BER increase as node moves away from base station2 When BER becomes too high switch to lower transmission rate but with lower BER
5 DataLink Layer 5-94
80211 advanced capabilitiesPower Management node-to-AP ldquoI am going to sleep until next
beacon framerdquo AP knows not to transmit frames to this
node node wakes up before next beacon frame
beacon frame contains list of mobiles with AP-to-mobile frames waiting to be sent node will stay awake if AP-to-mobile frames
to be sent otherwise sleep again until next beacon frame
5 DataLink Layer 5-52
Switch Link layer device
stores and forwards Ethernet frames examines frame header and selectively
forwards frame based on MAC dest address when frame is to be forwarded on segment
uses CSMACD to access segment transparent
hosts are unaware of presence of switches plug-and-play self-learning
switches do not need to be configured
5 DataLink Layer 5-53
Forwarding
bull How do determine onto which LAN segment to forward framebull Looks like a routing problem
hub hubhub
switch1
2 3
5 DataLink Layer 5-54
Self learning
A switch has a switch table entry in switch table
(MAC Address Interface Time Stamp) stale entries in table dropped (TTL can be 60 min)
switch learns which hosts can be reached through which interfaces when frame received switch ldquolearnsrdquo location of
sender incoming LAN segment records senderlocation pair in switch table
5 DataLink Layer 5-55
FilteringForwardingWhen switch receives a frame
index switch table using MAC dest addressif entry found for destination
thenif dest on segment from which frame arrived
then drop the frameelse forward the frame on interface indicated
else flood
forward on all but the interface on which the frame arrived
5 DataLink Layer 5-56
Switch exampleSuppose C sends frame to D
Switch receives frame from from C notes in bridge table that C is on interface 1 because D is not in table switch forwards frame into
interfaces 2 and 3 frame received by D
hub hub hub
switch
A
B CD
EF G H
I
address interfaceABEG
1123
12 3
5 DataLink Layer 5-57
Switch exampleSuppose C sends frame to D
Switch receives frame from from C notes in bridge table that C is on interface 1 because D is not in table switch forwards frame into
interfaces 2 and 3 frame received by D
hub hub hub
switch
A
B CD
EF G H
I
address interfaceABEGC
11231
12 3
5 DataLink Layer 5-58
Switch exampleSuppose D replies back with frame to C
Switch receives frame from from D notes in bridge table that D is on interface 2 because C is in table switch forwards frame only to
interface 1 frame received by C
hub hub hub
switch
A
B CD
EF G H
I
address interfaceABEGC
11231
12 3
5 DataLink Layer 5-59
Switch exampleSuppose D replies back with frame to C
Switch receives frame from from D notes in bridge table that D is on interface 2 because C is in table switch forwards frame only to
interface 1 frame received by C
hub hub hub
switch
A
B CD
EF G H
I
address interfaceABEGCD
112312
12 3
5 DataLink Layer 5-60
Switch traffic isolation switch installation breaks subnet into LAN
segments switch filters packets
same-LAN-segment frames not usually forwarded onto other LAN segments
segments become separate collision domains
hub hub hub
switch
collision domain collision domain
collision domain
5 DataLink Layer 5-61
Switches dedicated access Switch with many
interfaces Hosts have direct
connection to switch No collisions full duplex
Switching A-to-Arsquo and B-to-Brsquo simultaneously no collisions
combinations of shareddedicated 101001000 Mbps interfaces possible
switch
A
Arsquo
B
Brsquo
C
Crsquo
5 DataLink Layer 5-62
Institutional network
hub hubhub
switch
to externalnetwork
router
IP subnet
mail server
web server
5 DataLink Layer 5-63
Switches vs Routers both store-and-forward devices
routers network layer devices (examine network layer headers)
switches are link layer devices routers maintain routing tables implement routing
algorithms switches maintain switch tables implement
filtering learning algorithms
5 DataLink Layer 5-64
Summary comparison
hubs routers switches
traffic isolation
no yes yes
plug amp play yes no yes
optimal routing
no yes no
5 DataLink Layer 5-65
VLANs motivation
What happens if CS user moves office to EE
but wants connect to CS switch
single broadcast domain all layer-2 broadcast
traffic (ARP DHCP) crosses entire LAN (securityprivacy efficiency issues)
each lowest level switch has only few ports in use
Computer Science Electrical
EngineeringComputerEngineering
Whatrsquos wrong with this picture
5 DataLink Layer 5-66
VLANs Port-based VLAN switch ports grouped (by switch management software) so that single physical switch helliphellip
Switch(es) supporting VLAN capabilities can be configured to define multiple virtual LANS over single physical LAN infrastructure
Virtual Local Area Network
1
8
9
16102
7
hellip
Electrical Engineering(VLAN ports 1-8)
Computer Science(VLAN ports 9-15)
15
hellip
Electrical Engineering(VLAN ports 1-8)
hellip
1
82
7 9
1610
15
hellip
Computer Science(VLAN ports 9-16)
hellip operates as multiple virtual switches
5 DataLink Layer 5-67
Port-based VLAN
1
8
9
16102
7
hellip
Electrical Engineering(VLAN ports 1-8)
Computer Science(VLAN ports 9-15)
15
hellip
traffic isolation frames tofrom ports 1-8 can only reach ports 1-8
can also define VLAN based on MAC addresses of endpoints rather than switch port
dynamic membershipports can be dynamically assigned among VLANs
router
forwarding between VLANSdone via routing (just as with separate switches)
in practice vendors sell combined switches plus routers
5 DataLink Layer 5-68
VLANS spanning multiple switches
trunk port carries frames between VLANS defined over multiple physical switches
frames forwarded within VLAN between switches canrsquot be vanilla 8021 frames (must carry VLAN ID info)
8021q protocol addsremoves additional header fields for frames forwarded between trunk ports
1
8
9
102
7
hellip
Electrical Engineering(VLAN ports 1-8)
Computer Science(VLAN ports 9-15)
15
hellip
2
73
Ports 235 belong to EE VLANPorts 4678 belong to CS VLAN
5
4 6 816
1
5 DataLink Layer 5-69
Type
2-byte Tag Protocol Identifier(value 81-00)
Tag Control Information (12 bit VLAN ID field 3 bit priority field like IP TOS)
Recomputed CRC
8021Q VLAN frame format
8021 frame
8021Q frame
5 DataLink Layer 5-70
Chapter 6 Wireless and Mobile Networks
Background wireless (mobile) phone subscribers now
exceeds wired phone subscribers computer nets laptops palmtops PDAs
Internet-enabled phone promise anytime untethered Internet access
two important (but different) challenges wireless communication over wireless link mobility handling the mobile user who changes point
of attachment to network
5 DataLink Layer 5-71
Elements of a wireless network
network infrastructure
wireless hosts laptop PDA IP phone run applications may be stationary
(non-mobile) or mobile wireless does not
always mean mobility
5 DataLink Layer 5-72
Elements of a wireless network
network infrastructure
base station typically connected to
wired network relay - responsible
for sending packets between wired network and wireless host(s) in its ldquoareardquo
eg cell towers 80211 access points
5 DataLink Layer 5-73
Elements of a wireless network
network infrastructure
wireless link typically used to
connect mobile(s) to base station
also used as backbone link
multiple access protocol coordinates link access
various data rates transmission distance
5 DataLink Layer 5-74
Characteristics of selected wireless link standards
Indoor10-30m
Outdoor50-200m
Mid-rangeoutdoor
200m ndash 4 Km
Long-rangeoutdoor
5Km ndash 20 Km
056
384
1
4
5-11
54
IS-95 CDMA GSM 2G
UMTSWCDMA CDMA2000 3G
80215
80211b
80211ag
UMTSWCDMA-HSPDA CDMA2000-1xEVDO 3G cellularenhanced
80216 (WiMAX)
80211ag point-to-point
200 80211n
Dat
a ra
te (M
bps) data
5 DataLink Layer 5-75
Elements of a wireless network
network infrastructure
infrastructure mode base station connects
mobiles into wired network
handoff mobile changes base station providing connection into wired network
5 DataLink Layer 5-76
Elements of a wireless networkad hoc mode no base stations nodes can only
transmit to other nodes within link coverage
nodes organize themselves into a network route among themselves
5 DataLink Layer 5-77
Wireless network taxonomy
single hop multiple hops
infrastructure(eg APs)
noinfrastructure
host connects to base station (WiFiWiMAX cellular) which connects to
larger Internet
no base station noconnection to larger Internet (Bluetooth
ad hoc nets)
host may have torelay through several
wireless nodes to connect to larger
Internet mesh net
no base station noconnection to larger
Internet May have torelay to reach other a given wireless node
MANET VANET
5 DataLink Layer 5-78
Wireless Link Characteristics (1)Differences from wired link hellip
decreased signal strength radio signal attenuates as it propagates through matter (path loss)
interference from other sources standardized wireless network frequencies (eg 24 GHz) shared by other devices (eg phone) devices (motors) interfere as well
multipath propagation radio signal reflects off objects arriving at destination at slightly different times
hellip make communication across (even a point to point) wireless link much more ldquodifficultrdquo
5 DataLink Layer 5-79
Wireless Link Characteristics (2) SNR signal-to-noise ratio
larger SNR ndash easier to extract signal from noise (a ldquogood thingrdquo)
SNR versus BER tradeoffs given physical layer
increase power -gt increase SNR-gtdecrease BER
given SNR choose physical layer that meets BER requirement giving highest thruput
bull SNR may change with mobility dynamically adapt physical layer (modulation technique rate)
10 20 30 40
QAM256 (8 Mbps)
QAM16 (4 Mbps)
BPSK (1 Mbps)
SNR(dB)B
ER
10-1
10-2
10-3
10-5
10-6
10-7
10-4
5 DataLink Layer 5-80
Wireless network characteristicsMultiple wireless senders and receivers create
additional problems (beyond multiple access)
AB
C
Hidden terminal problem B A hear each other B C hear each other A C can not hear each othermeans A C unaware of their
interference at B
A B C
Arsquos signalstrength
space
Crsquos signalstrength
Signal attenuation B A hear each other B C hear each other A C can not hear each other
interfering at B
5 DataLink Layer 5-81
IEEE 80211 Wireless LAN 80211b
24-5 GHz unlicensed spectrum up to 11 Mbps direct sequence spread
spectrum (DSSS) in physical layer
bull all hosts use same chipping code
80211a 5-6 GHz range up to 54 Mbps
80211g 24-5 GHz range up to 54 Mbps
80211n multiple antennae 24-5 GHz range up to 200 Mbps
all use CSMACA for multiple access all have base-station and ad-hoc network versions
5 DataLink Layer 5-82
80211 LAN architecture
wireless host communicates with base station
base station = access point (AP)
Basic Service Set (BSS)(aka ldquocellrdquo) in infrastructure mode contains
wireless hosts access point (AP) base
station ad hoc mode hosts only
BSS 1
BSS 2
Internet
hub switchor routerAP
AP
5 DataLink Layer 5-83
80211 Channels association
80211b 24GHz-2485GHz spectrum divided into 11 channels at different frequencies AP admin chooses frequency for AP interference possible channel can be same as
that chosen by neighboring AP host must associate with an AP
scans channels listening for beacon framescontaining APrsquos name (SSID) and MAC address
selects AP to associate with may perform authentication [Chapter 8] will typically run DHCP to get IP address in APrsquos
subnet
5 DataLink Layer 5-84
80211 passiveactive scanning
AP 2AP 1
H1
BBS 2BBS 1
122
3 4
Active Scanning (1) probe request frame broadcast
from H1(2) probe response frame sent from
APs(3) association request frame sent
H1 to selected AP (4) association response frame sent
H1 to selected AP
AP 2AP 1
H1
BBS 2BBS 1
12 3
1
Passive Scanning(1) beacon frames sent from APs(2) association request frame sent H1
to selected AP (3) association response frame sent
H1 to selected AP
5 DataLink Layer 5-85
IEEE 80211 multiple access avoid collisions 2+ nodes transmitting at same time 80211 CSMA - sense before transmitting
donrsquot collide with ongoing transmission by other node 80211 no collision detection
difficult to receive (sense collisions) when transmitting due to weak received signals (fading)
canrsquot sense all collisions in any case hidden terminal fading goal avoid collisions CSMAC(ollision)A(voidance)
AB
CA B C
Arsquos signalstrength
space
Crsquos signalstrength
5 DataLink Layer 5-86
IEEE 80211 MAC Protocol CSMACA
80211 sender1 if sense channel idle for DIFS then
transmit entire frame (no CD)2 if sense channel busy then
start random backoff timetimer counts down while channel idletransmit when timer expiresif no ACK increase random backoff
interval repeat 280211 receiver- if frame received OK
return ACK after SIFS (ACK needed due to hidden terminal problem)
sender receiver
DIFS
data
SIFS
ACK
5 DataLink Layer 5-87
Avoiding collisions (more)idea allow sender to ldquoreserverdquo channel rather than random
access of data frames avoid collisions of long data frames sender first transmits small request-to-send (RTS) packets
to BS using CSMA RTSs may still collide with each other (but theyrsquore short)
BS broadcasts clear-to-send CTS in response to RTS CTS heard by all nodes
sender transmits data frame other stations defer transmissions
avoid data frame collisions completely using small reservation packets
5 DataLink Layer 5-88
Collision Avoidance RTS-CTS exchange
APA B
time
RTS(A)RTS(B)
RTS(A)
CTS(A) CTS(A)
DATA (A)
ACK(A) ACK(A)
reservation collision
defer
5 DataLink Layer 5-89
framecontrol duration address
1address
2address
4address
3 payload CRC
2 2 6 6 6 2 6 0 - 2312 4
seqcontrol
80211 frame addressing
Address 2 MAC addressof wireless host or AP transmitting this frame
Address 1 MAC addressof wireless host or AP to receive this frame
Address 3 MAC addressof router interface to which AP is attached
Address 4 used only in ad hoc mode
5 DataLink Layer 5-90
Internetrouter
AP
H1 R1
AP MAC addr H1 MAC addr R1 MAC addraddress 1 address 2 address 3
80211 frame
R1 MAC addr H1 MAC addr dest address source address
8023 frame
80211 frame addressing
5 DataLink Layer 5-91
framecontrol duration address
1address
2address
4address
3 payload CRC
2 2 6 6 6 2 6 0 - 2312 4
seqcontrol
Type FromAPSubtype To
APMore frag WEPMore
dataPower
mgtRetry RsvdProtocolversion
2 2 4 1 1 1 1 1 11 1
80211 frame moreduration of reserved transmission time (RTSCTS)
frame seq (for RDT)
frame type(RTS CTS ACK data)
5 DataLink Layer 5-92
hub or switch
AP 2
AP 1
H1 BBS 2
BBS 1
80211 mobility within same subnet
router H1 remains in same IP subnet IP address can remain same
switch which AP is associated with H1
self-learning (Ch 5) switch will see frame from H1 and ldquorememberrdquo which switch port can be used to reach H1
5 DataLink Layer 5-93
80211 advanced capabilities
Rate Adaptation base station mobile
dynamically change transmission rate (physical layer modulation technique) as mobile moves SNR varies
QAM256 (8 Mbps)QAM16 (4 Mbps)BPSK (1 Mbps)
10 20 30 40SNR(dB)
BE
R
10-1
10-2
10-3
10-5
10-6
10-7
10-4
operating point
1 SNR decreases BER increase as node moves away from base station2 When BER becomes too high switch to lower transmission rate but with lower BER
5 DataLink Layer 5-94
80211 advanced capabilitiesPower Management node-to-AP ldquoI am going to sleep until next
beacon framerdquo AP knows not to transmit frames to this
node node wakes up before next beacon frame
beacon frame contains list of mobiles with AP-to-mobile frames waiting to be sent node will stay awake if AP-to-mobile frames
to be sent otherwise sleep again until next beacon frame
5 DataLink Layer 5-53
Forwarding
bull How do determine onto which LAN segment to forward framebull Looks like a routing problem
hub hubhub
switch1
2 3
5 DataLink Layer 5-54
Self learning
A switch has a switch table entry in switch table
(MAC Address Interface Time Stamp) stale entries in table dropped (TTL can be 60 min)
switch learns which hosts can be reached through which interfaces when frame received switch ldquolearnsrdquo location of
sender incoming LAN segment records senderlocation pair in switch table
5 DataLink Layer 5-55
FilteringForwardingWhen switch receives a frame
index switch table using MAC dest addressif entry found for destination
thenif dest on segment from which frame arrived
then drop the frameelse forward the frame on interface indicated
else flood
forward on all but the interface on which the frame arrived
5 DataLink Layer 5-56
Switch exampleSuppose C sends frame to D
Switch receives frame from from C notes in bridge table that C is on interface 1 because D is not in table switch forwards frame into
interfaces 2 and 3 frame received by D
hub hub hub
switch
A
B CD
EF G H
I
address interfaceABEG
1123
12 3
5 DataLink Layer 5-57
Switch exampleSuppose C sends frame to D
Switch receives frame from from C notes in bridge table that C is on interface 1 because D is not in table switch forwards frame into
interfaces 2 and 3 frame received by D
hub hub hub
switch
A
B CD
EF G H
I
address interfaceABEGC
11231
12 3
5 DataLink Layer 5-58
Switch exampleSuppose D replies back with frame to C
Switch receives frame from from D notes in bridge table that D is on interface 2 because C is in table switch forwards frame only to
interface 1 frame received by C
hub hub hub
switch
A
B CD
EF G H
I
address interfaceABEGC
11231
12 3
5 DataLink Layer 5-59
Switch exampleSuppose D replies back with frame to C
Switch receives frame from from D notes in bridge table that D is on interface 2 because C is in table switch forwards frame only to
interface 1 frame received by C
hub hub hub
switch
A
B CD
EF G H
I
address interfaceABEGCD
112312
12 3
5 DataLink Layer 5-60
Switch traffic isolation switch installation breaks subnet into LAN
segments switch filters packets
same-LAN-segment frames not usually forwarded onto other LAN segments
segments become separate collision domains
hub hub hub
switch
collision domain collision domain
collision domain
5 DataLink Layer 5-61
Switches dedicated access Switch with many
interfaces Hosts have direct
connection to switch No collisions full duplex
Switching A-to-Arsquo and B-to-Brsquo simultaneously no collisions
combinations of shareddedicated 101001000 Mbps interfaces possible
switch
A
Arsquo
B
Brsquo
C
Crsquo
5 DataLink Layer 5-62
Institutional network
hub hubhub
switch
to externalnetwork
router
IP subnet
mail server
web server
5 DataLink Layer 5-63
Switches vs Routers both store-and-forward devices
routers network layer devices (examine network layer headers)
switches are link layer devices routers maintain routing tables implement routing
algorithms switches maintain switch tables implement
filtering learning algorithms
5 DataLink Layer 5-64
Summary comparison
hubs routers switches
traffic isolation
no yes yes
plug amp play yes no yes
optimal routing
no yes no
5 DataLink Layer 5-65
VLANs motivation
What happens if CS user moves office to EE
but wants connect to CS switch
single broadcast domain all layer-2 broadcast
traffic (ARP DHCP) crosses entire LAN (securityprivacy efficiency issues)
each lowest level switch has only few ports in use
Computer Science Electrical
EngineeringComputerEngineering
Whatrsquos wrong with this picture
5 DataLink Layer 5-66
VLANs Port-based VLAN switch ports grouped (by switch management software) so that single physical switch helliphellip
Switch(es) supporting VLAN capabilities can be configured to define multiple virtual LANS over single physical LAN infrastructure
Virtual Local Area Network
1
8
9
16102
7
hellip
Electrical Engineering(VLAN ports 1-8)
Computer Science(VLAN ports 9-15)
15
hellip
Electrical Engineering(VLAN ports 1-8)
hellip
1
82
7 9
1610
15
hellip
Computer Science(VLAN ports 9-16)
hellip operates as multiple virtual switches
5 DataLink Layer 5-67
Port-based VLAN
1
8
9
16102
7
hellip
Electrical Engineering(VLAN ports 1-8)
Computer Science(VLAN ports 9-15)
15
hellip
traffic isolation frames tofrom ports 1-8 can only reach ports 1-8
can also define VLAN based on MAC addresses of endpoints rather than switch port
dynamic membershipports can be dynamically assigned among VLANs
router
forwarding between VLANSdone via routing (just as with separate switches)
in practice vendors sell combined switches plus routers
5 DataLink Layer 5-68
VLANS spanning multiple switches
trunk port carries frames between VLANS defined over multiple physical switches
frames forwarded within VLAN between switches canrsquot be vanilla 8021 frames (must carry VLAN ID info)
8021q protocol addsremoves additional header fields for frames forwarded between trunk ports
1
8
9
102
7
hellip
Electrical Engineering(VLAN ports 1-8)
Computer Science(VLAN ports 9-15)
15
hellip
2
73
Ports 235 belong to EE VLANPorts 4678 belong to CS VLAN
5
4 6 816
1
5 DataLink Layer 5-69
Type
2-byte Tag Protocol Identifier(value 81-00)
Tag Control Information (12 bit VLAN ID field 3 bit priority field like IP TOS)
Recomputed CRC
8021Q VLAN frame format
8021 frame
8021Q frame
5 DataLink Layer 5-70
Chapter 6 Wireless and Mobile Networks
Background wireless (mobile) phone subscribers now
exceeds wired phone subscribers computer nets laptops palmtops PDAs
Internet-enabled phone promise anytime untethered Internet access
two important (but different) challenges wireless communication over wireless link mobility handling the mobile user who changes point
of attachment to network
5 DataLink Layer 5-71
Elements of a wireless network
network infrastructure
wireless hosts laptop PDA IP phone run applications may be stationary
(non-mobile) or mobile wireless does not
always mean mobility
5 DataLink Layer 5-72
Elements of a wireless network
network infrastructure
base station typically connected to
wired network relay - responsible
for sending packets between wired network and wireless host(s) in its ldquoareardquo
eg cell towers 80211 access points
5 DataLink Layer 5-73
Elements of a wireless network
network infrastructure
wireless link typically used to
connect mobile(s) to base station
also used as backbone link
multiple access protocol coordinates link access
various data rates transmission distance
5 DataLink Layer 5-74
Characteristics of selected wireless link standards
Indoor10-30m
Outdoor50-200m
Mid-rangeoutdoor
200m ndash 4 Km
Long-rangeoutdoor
5Km ndash 20 Km
056
384
1
4
5-11
54
IS-95 CDMA GSM 2G
UMTSWCDMA CDMA2000 3G
80215
80211b
80211ag
UMTSWCDMA-HSPDA CDMA2000-1xEVDO 3G cellularenhanced
80216 (WiMAX)
80211ag point-to-point
200 80211n
Dat
a ra
te (M
bps) data
5 DataLink Layer 5-75
Elements of a wireless network
network infrastructure
infrastructure mode base station connects
mobiles into wired network
handoff mobile changes base station providing connection into wired network
5 DataLink Layer 5-76
Elements of a wireless networkad hoc mode no base stations nodes can only
transmit to other nodes within link coverage
nodes organize themselves into a network route among themselves
5 DataLink Layer 5-77
Wireless network taxonomy
single hop multiple hops
infrastructure(eg APs)
noinfrastructure
host connects to base station (WiFiWiMAX cellular) which connects to
larger Internet
no base station noconnection to larger Internet (Bluetooth
ad hoc nets)
host may have torelay through several
wireless nodes to connect to larger
Internet mesh net
no base station noconnection to larger
Internet May have torelay to reach other a given wireless node
MANET VANET
5 DataLink Layer 5-78
Wireless Link Characteristics (1)Differences from wired link hellip
decreased signal strength radio signal attenuates as it propagates through matter (path loss)
interference from other sources standardized wireless network frequencies (eg 24 GHz) shared by other devices (eg phone) devices (motors) interfere as well
multipath propagation radio signal reflects off objects arriving at destination at slightly different times
hellip make communication across (even a point to point) wireless link much more ldquodifficultrdquo
5 DataLink Layer 5-79
Wireless Link Characteristics (2) SNR signal-to-noise ratio
larger SNR ndash easier to extract signal from noise (a ldquogood thingrdquo)
SNR versus BER tradeoffs given physical layer
increase power -gt increase SNR-gtdecrease BER
given SNR choose physical layer that meets BER requirement giving highest thruput
bull SNR may change with mobility dynamically adapt physical layer (modulation technique rate)
10 20 30 40
QAM256 (8 Mbps)
QAM16 (4 Mbps)
BPSK (1 Mbps)
SNR(dB)B
ER
10-1
10-2
10-3
10-5
10-6
10-7
10-4
5 DataLink Layer 5-80
Wireless network characteristicsMultiple wireless senders and receivers create
additional problems (beyond multiple access)
AB
C
Hidden terminal problem B A hear each other B C hear each other A C can not hear each othermeans A C unaware of their
interference at B
A B C
Arsquos signalstrength
space
Crsquos signalstrength
Signal attenuation B A hear each other B C hear each other A C can not hear each other
interfering at B
5 DataLink Layer 5-81
IEEE 80211 Wireless LAN 80211b
24-5 GHz unlicensed spectrum up to 11 Mbps direct sequence spread
spectrum (DSSS) in physical layer
bull all hosts use same chipping code
80211a 5-6 GHz range up to 54 Mbps
80211g 24-5 GHz range up to 54 Mbps
80211n multiple antennae 24-5 GHz range up to 200 Mbps
all use CSMACA for multiple access all have base-station and ad-hoc network versions
5 DataLink Layer 5-82
80211 LAN architecture
wireless host communicates with base station
base station = access point (AP)
Basic Service Set (BSS)(aka ldquocellrdquo) in infrastructure mode contains
wireless hosts access point (AP) base
station ad hoc mode hosts only
BSS 1
BSS 2
Internet
hub switchor routerAP
AP
5 DataLink Layer 5-83
80211 Channels association
80211b 24GHz-2485GHz spectrum divided into 11 channels at different frequencies AP admin chooses frequency for AP interference possible channel can be same as
that chosen by neighboring AP host must associate with an AP
scans channels listening for beacon framescontaining APrsquos name (SSID) and MAC address
selects AP to associate with may perform authentication [Chapter 8] will typically run DHCP to get IP address in APrsquos
subnet
5 DataLink Layer 5-84
80211 passiveactive scanning
AP 2AP 1
H1
BBS 2BBS 1
122
3 4
Active Scanning (1) probe request frame broadcast
from H1(2) probe response frame sent from
APs(3) association request frame sent
H1 to selected AP (4) association response frame sent
H1 to selected AP
AP 2AP 1
H1
BBS 2BBS 1
12 3
1
Passive Scanning(1) beacon frames sent from APs(2) association request frame sent H1
to selected AP (3) association response frame sent
H1 to selected AP
5 DataLink Layer 5-85
IEEE 80211 multiple access avoid collisions 2+ nodes transmitting at same time 80211 CSMA - sense before transmitting
donrsquot collide with ongoing transmission by other node 80211 no collision detection
difficult to receive (sense collisions) when transmitting due to weak received signals (fading)
canrsquot sense all collisions in any case hidden terminal fading goal avoid collisions CSMAC(ollision)A(voidance)
AB
CA B C
Arsquos signalstrength
space
Crsquos signalstrength
5 DataLink Layer 5-86
IEEE 80211 MAC Protocol CSMACA
80211 sender1 if sense channel idle for DIFS then
transmit entire frame (no CD)2 if sense channel busy then
start random backoff timetimer counts down while channel idletransmit when timer expiresif no ACK increase random backoff
interval repeat 280211 receiver- if frame received OK
return ACK after SIFS (ACK needed due to hidden terminal problem)
sender receiver
DIFS
data
SIFS
ACK
5 DataLink Layer 5-87
Avoiding collisions (more)idea allow sender to ldquoreserverdquo channel rather than random
access of data frames avoid collisions of long data frames sender first transmits small request-to-send (RTS) packets
to BS using CSMA RTSs may still collide with each other (but theyrsquore short)
BS broadcasts clear-to-send CTS in response to RTS CTS heard by all nodes
sender transmits data frame other stations defer transmissions
avoid data frame collisions completely using small reservation packets
5 DataLink Layer 5-88
Collision Avoidance RTS-CTS exchange
APA B
time
RTS(A)RTS(B)
RTS(A)
CTS(A) CTS(A)
DATA (A)
ACK(A) ACK(A)
reservation collision
defer
5 DataLink Layer 5-89
framecontrol duration address
1address
2address
4address
3 payload CRC
2 2 6 6 6 2 6 0 - 2312 4
seqcontrol
80211 frame addressing
Address 2 MAC addressof wireless host or AP transmitting this frame
Address 1 MAC addressof wireless host or AP to receive this frame
Address 3 MAC addressof router interface to which AP is attached
Address 4 used only in ad hoc mode
5 DataLink Layer 5-90
Internetrouter
AP
H1 R1
AP MAC addr H1 MAC addr R1 MAC addraddress 1 address 2 address 3
80211 frame
R1 MAC addr H1 MAC addr dest address source address
8023 frame
80211 frame addressing
5 DataLink Layer 5-91
framecontrol duration address
1address
2address
4address
3 payload CRC
2 2 6 6 6 2 6 0 - 2312 4
seqcontrol
Type FromAPSubtype To
APMore frag WEPMore
dataPower
mgtRetry RsvdProtocolversion
2 2 4 1 1 1 1 1 11 1
80211 frame moreduration of reserved transmission time (RTSCTS)
frame seq (for RDT)
frame type(RTS CTS ACK data)
5 DataLink Layer 5-92
hub or switch
AP 2
AP 1
H1 BBS 2
BBS 1
80211 mobility within same subnet
router H1 remains in same IP subnet IP address can remain same
switch which AP is associated with H1
self-learning (Ch 5) switch will see frame from H1 and ldquorememberrdquo which switch port can be used to reach H1
5 DataLink Layer 5-93
80211 advanced capabilities
Rate Adaptation base station mobile
dynamically change transmission rate (physical layer modulation technique) as mobile moves SNR varies
QAM256 (8 Mbps)QAM16 (4 Mbps)BPSK (1 Mbps)
10 20 30 40SNR(dB)
BE
R
10-1
10-2
10-3
10-5
10-6
10-7
10-4
operating point
1 SNR decreases BER increase as node moves away from base station2 When BER becomes too high switch to lower transmission rate but with lower BER
5 DataLink Layer 5-94
80211 advanced capabilitiesPower Management node-to-AP ldquoI am going to sleep until next
beacon framerdquo AP knows not to transmit frames to this
node node wakes up before next beacon frame
beacon frame contains list of mobiles with AP-to-mobile frames waiting to be sent node will stay awake if AP-to-mobile frames
to be sent otherwise sleep again until next beacon frame
5 DataLink Layer 5-54
Self learning
A switch has a switch table entry in switch table
(MAC Address Interface Time Stamp) stale entries in table dropped (TTL can be 60 min)
switch learns which hosts can be reached through which interfaces when frame received switch ldquolearnsrdquo location of
sender incoming LAN segment records senderlocation pair in switch table
5 DataLink Layer 5-55
FilteringForwardingWhen switch receives a frame
index switch table using MAC dest addressif entry found for destination
thenif dest on segment from which frame arrived
then drop the frameelse forward the frame on interface indicated
else flood
forward on all but the interface on which the frame arrived
5 DataLink Layer 5-56
Switch exampleSuppose C sends frame to D
Switch receives frame from from C notes in bridge table that C is on interface 1 because D is not in table switch forwards frame into
interfaces 2 and 3 frame received by D
hub hub hub
switch
A
B CD
EF G H
I
address interfaceABEG
1123
12 3
5 DataLink Layer 5-57
Switch exampleSuppose C sends frame to D
Switch receives frame from from C notes in bridge table that C is on interface 1 because D is not in table switch forwards frame into
interfaces 2 and 3 frame received by D
hub hub hub
switch
A
B CD
EF G H
I
address interfaceABEGC
11231
12 3
5 DataLink Layer 5-58
Switch exampleSuppose D replies back with frame to C
Switch receives frame from from D notes in bridge table that D is on interface 2 because C is in table switch forwards frame only to
interface 1 frame received by C
hub hub hub
switch
A
B CD
EF G H
I
address interfaceABEGC
11231
12 3
5 DataLink Layer 5-59
Switch exampleSuppose D replies back with frame to C
Switch receives frame from from D notes in bridge table that D is on interface 2 because C is in table switch forwards frame only to
interface 1 frame received by C
hub hub hub
switch
A
B CD
EF G H
I
address interfaceABEGCD
112312
12 3
5 DataLink Layer 5-60
Switch traffic isolation switch installation breaks subnet into LAN
segments switch filters packets
same-LAN-segment frames not usually forwarded onto other LAN segments
segments become separate collision domains
hub hub hub
switch
collision domain collision domain
collision domain
5 DataLink Layer 5-61
Switches dedicated access Switch with many
interfaces Hosts have direct
connection to switch No collisions full duplex
Switching A-to-Arsquo and B-to-Brsquo simultaneously no collisions
combinations of shareddedicated 101001000 Mbps interfaces possible
switch
A
Arsquo
B
Brsquo
C
Crsquo
5 DataLink Layer 5-62
Institutional network
hub hubhub
switch
to externalnetwork
router
IP subnet
mail server
web server
5 DataLink Layer 5-63
Switches vs Routers both store-and-forward devices
routers network layer devices (examine network layer headers)
switches are link layer devices routers maintain routing tables implement routing
algorithms switches maintain switch tables implement
filtering learning algorithms
5 DataLink Layer 5-64
Summary comparison
hubs routers switches
traffic isolation
no yes yes
plug amp play yes no yes
optimal routing
no yes no
5 DataLink Layer 5-65
VLANs motivation
What happens if CS user moves office to EE
but wants connect to CS switch
single broadcast domain all layer-2 broadcast
traffic (ARP DHCP) crosses entire LAN (securityprivacy efficiency issues)
each lowest level switch has only few ports in use
Computer Science Electrical
EngineeringComputerEngineering
Whatrsquos wrong with this picture
5 DataLink Layer 5-66
VLANs Port-based VLAN switch ports grouped (by switch management software) so that single physical switch helliphellip
Switch(es) supporting VLAN capabilities can be configured to define multiple virtual LANS over single physical LAN infrastructure
Virtual Local Area Network
1
8
9
16102
7
hellip
Electrical Engineering(VLAN ports 1-8)
Computer Science(VLAN ports 9-15)
15
hellip
Electrical Engineering(VLAN ports 1-8)
hellip
1
82
7 9
1610
15
hellip
Computer Science(VLAN ports 9-16)
hellip operates as multiple virtual switches
5 DataLink Layer 5-67
Port-based VLAN
1
8
9
16102
7
hellip
Electrical Engineering(VLAN ports 1-8)
Computer Science(VLAN ports 9-15)
15
hellip
traffic isolation frames tofrom ports 1-8 can only reach ports 1-8
can also define VLAN based on MAC addresses of endpoints rather than switch port
dynamic membershipports can be dynamically assigned among VLANs
router
forwarding between VLANSdone via routing (just as with separate switches)
in practice vendors sell combined switches plus routers
5 DataLink Layer 5-68
VLANS spanning multiple switches
trunk port carries frames between VLANS defined over multiple physical switches
frames forwarded within VLAN between switches canrsquot be vanilla 8021 frames (must carry VLAN ID info)
8021q protocol addsremoves additional header fields for frames forwarded between trunk ports
1
8
9
102
7
hellip
Electrical Engineering(VLAN ports 1-8)
Computer Science(VLAN ports 9-15)
15
hellip
2
73
Ports 235 belong to EE VLANPorts 4678 belong to CS VLAN
5
4 6 816
1
5 DataLink Layer 5-69
Type
2-byte Tag Protocol Identifier(value 81-00)
Tag Control Information (12 bit VLAN ID field 3 bit priority field like IP TOS)
Recomputed CRC
8021Q VLAN frame format
8021 frame
8021Q frame
5 DataLink Layer 5-70
Chapter 6 Wireless and Mobile Networks
Background wireless (mobile) phone subscribers now
exceeds wired phone subscribers computer nets laptops palmtops PDAs
Internet-enabled phone promise anytime untethered Internet access
two important (but different) challenges wireless communication over wireless link mobility handling the mobile user who changes point
of attachment to network
5 DataLink Layer 5-71
Elements of a wireless network
network infrastructure
wireless hosts laptop PDA IP phone run applications may be stationary
(non-mobile) or mobile wireless does not
always mean mobility
5 DataLink Layer 5-72
Elements of a wireless network
network infrastructure
base station typically connected to
wired network relay - responsible
for sending packets between wired network and wireless host(s) in its ldquoareardquo
eg cell towers 80211 access points
5 DataLink Layer 5-73
Elements of a wireless network
network infrastructure
wireless link typically used to
connect mobile(s) to base station
also used as backbone link
multiple access protocol coordinates link access
various data rates transmission distance
5 DataLink Layer 5-74
Characteristics of selected wireless link standards
Indoor10-30m
Outdoor50-200m
Mid-rangeoutdoor
200m ndash 4 Km
Long-rangeoutdoor
5Km ndash 20 Km
056
384
1
4
5-11
54
IS-95 CDMA GSM 2G
UMTSWCDMA CDMA2000 3G
80215
80211b
80211ag
UMTSWCDMA-HSPDA CDMA2000-1xEVDO 3G cellularenhanced
80216 (WiMAX)
80211ag point-to-point
200 80211n
Dat
a ra
te (M
bps) data
5 DataLink Layer 5-75
Elements of a wireless network
network infrastructure
infrastructure mode base station connects
mobiles into wired network
handoff mobile changes base station providing connection into wired network
5 DataLink Layer 5-76
Elements of a wireless networkad hoc mode no base stations nodes can only
transmit to other nodes within link coverage
nodes organize themselves into a network route among themselves
5 DataLink Layer 5-77
Wireless network taxonomy
single hop multiple hops
infrastructure(eg APs)
noinfrastructure
host connects to base station (WiFiWiMAX cellular) which connects to
larger Internet
no base station noconnection to larger Internet (Bluetooth
ad hoc nets)
host may have torelay through several
wireless nodes to connect to larger
Internet mesh net
no base station noconnection to larger
Internet May have torelay to reach other a given wireless node
MANET VANET
5 DataLink Layer 5-78
Wireless Link Characteristics (1)Differences from wired link hellip
decreased signal strength radio signal attenuates as it propagates through matter (path loss)
interference from other sources standardized wireless network frequencies (eg 24 GHz) shared by other devices (eg phone) devices (motors) interfere as well
multipath propagation radio signal reflects off objects arriving at destination at slightly different times
hellip make communication across (even a point to point) wireless link much more ldquodifficultrdquo
5 DataLink Layer 5-79
Wireless Link Characteristics (2) SNR signal-to-noise ratio
larger SNR ndash easier to extract signal from noise (a ldquogood thingrdquo)
SNR versus BER tradeoffs given physical layer
increase power -gt increase SNR-gtdecrease BER
given SNR choose physical layer that meets BER requirement giving highest thruput
bull SNR may change with mobility dynamically adapt physical layer (modulation technique rate)
10 20 30 40
QAM256 (8 Mbps)
QAM16 (4 Mbps)
BPSK (1 Mbps)
SNR(dB)B
ER
10-1
10-2
10-3
10-5
10-6
10-7
10-4
5 DataLink Layer 5-80
Wireless network characteristicsMultiple wireless senders and receivers create
additional problems (beyond multiple access)
AB
C
Hidden terminal problem B A hear each other B C hear each other A C can not hear each othermeans A C unaware of their
interference at B
A B C
Arsquos signalstrength
space
Crsquos signalstrength
Signal attenuation B A hear each other B C hear each other A C can not hear each other
interfering at B
5 DataLink Layer 5-81
IEEE 80211 Wireless LAN 80211b
24-5 GHz unlicensed spectrum up to 11 Mbps direct sequence spread
spectrum (DSSS) in physical layer
bull all hosts use same chipping code
80211a 5-6 GHz range up to 54 Mbps
80211g 24-5 GHz range up to 54 Mbps
80211n multiple antennae 24-5 GHz range up to 200 Mbps
all use CSMACA for multiple access all have base-station and ad-hoc network versions
5 DataLink Layer 5-82
80211 LAN architecture
wireless host communicates with base station
base station = access point (AP)
Basic Service Set (BSS)(aka ldquocellrdquo) in infrastructure mode contains
wireless hosts access point (AP) base
station ad hoc mode hosts only
BSS 1
BSS 2
Internet
hub switchor routerAP
AP
5 DataLink Layer 5-83
80211 Channels association
80211b 24GHz-2485GHz spectrum divided into 11 channels at different frequencies AP admin chooses frequency for AP interference possible channel can be same as
that chosen by neighboring AP host must associate with an AP
scans channels listening for beacon framescontaining APrsquos name (SSID) and MAC address
selects AP to associate with may perform authentication [Chapter 8] will typically run DHCP to get IP address in APrsquos
subnet
5 DataLink Layer 5-84
80211 passiveactive scanning
AP 2AP 1
H1
BBS 2BBS 1
122
3 4
Active Scanning (1) probe request frame broadcast
from H1(2) probe response frame sent from
APs(3) association request frame sent
H1 to selected AP (4) association response frame sent
H1 to selected AP
AP 2AP 1
H1
BBS 2BBS 1
12 3
1
Passive Scanning(1) beacon frames sent from APs(2) association request frame sent H1
to selected AP (3) association response frame sent
H1 to selected AP
5 DataLink Layer 5-85
IEEE 80211 multiple access avoid collisions 2+ nodes transmitting at same time 80211 CSMA - sense before transmitting
donrsquot collide with ongoing transmission by other node 80211 no collision detection
difficult to receive (sense collisions) when transmitting due to weak received signals (fading)
canrsquot sense all collisions in any case hidden terminal fading goal avoid collisions CSMAC(ollision)A(voidance)
AB
CA B C
Arsquos signalstrength
space
Crsquos signalstrength
5 DataLink Layer 5-86
IEEE 80211 MAC Protocol CSMACA
80211 sender1 if sense channel idle for DIFS then
transmit entire frame (no CD)2 if sense channel busy then
start random backoff timetimer counts down while channel idletransmit when timer expiresif no ACK increase random backoff
interval repeat 280211 receiver- if frame received OK
return ACK after SIFS (ACK needed due to hidden terminal problem)
sender receiver
DIFS
data
SIFS
ACK
5 DataLink Layer 5-87
Avoiding collisions (more)idea allow sender to ldquoreserverdquo channel rather than random
access of data frames avoid collisions of long data frames sender first transmits small request-to-send (RTS) packets
to BS using CSMA RTSs may still collide with each other (but theyrsquore short)
BS broadcasts clear-to-send CTS in response to RTS CTS heard by all nodes
sender transmits data frame other stations defer transmissions
avoid data frame collisions completely using small reservation packets
5 DataLink Layer 5-88
Collision Avoidance RTS-CTS exchange
APA B
time
RTS(A)RTS(B)
RTS(A)
CTS(A) CTS(A)
DATA (A)
ACK(A) ACK(A)
reservation collision
defer
5 DataLink Layer 5-89
framecontrol duration address
1address
2address
4address
3 payload CRC
2 2 6 6 6 2 6 0 - 2312 4
seqcontrol
80211 frame addressing
Address 2 MAC addressof wireless host or AP transmitting this frame
Address 1 MAC addressof wireless host or AP to receive this frame
Address 3 MAC addressof router interface to which AP is attached
Address 4 used only in ad hoc mode
5 DataLink Layer 5-90
Internetrouter
AP
H1 R1
AP MAC addr H1 MAC addr R1 MAC addraddress 1 address 2 address 3
80211 frame
R1 MAC addr H1 MAC addr dest address source address
8023 frame
80211 frame addressing
5 DataLink Layer 5-91
framecontrol duration address
1address
2address
4address
3 payload CRC
2 2 6 6 6 2 6 0 - 2312 4
seqcontrol
Type FromAPSubtype To
APMore frag WEPMore
dataPower
mgtRetry RsvdProtocolversion
2 2 4 1 1 1 1 1 11 1
80211 frame moreduration of reserved transmission time (RTSCTS)
frame seq (for RDT)
frame type(RTS CTS ACK data)
5 DataLink Layer 5-92
hub or switch
AP 2
AP 1
H1 BBS 2
BBS 1
80211 mobility within same subnet
router H1 remains in same IP subnet IP address can remain same
switch which AP is associated with H1
self-learning (Ch 5) switch will see frame from H1 and ldquorememberrdquo which switch port can be used to reach H1
5 DataLink Layer 5-93
80211 advanced capabilities
Rate Adaptation base station mobile
dynamically change transmission rate (physical layer modulation technique) as mobile moves SNR varies
QAM256 (8 Mbps)QAM16 (4 Mbps)BPSK (1 Mbps)
10 20 30 40SNR(dB)
BE
R
10-1
10-2
10-3
10-5
10-6
10-7
10-4
operating point
1 SNR decreases BER increase as node moves away from base station2 When BER becomes too high switch to lower transmission rate but with lower BER
5 DataLink Layer 5-94
80211 advanced capabilitiesPower Management node-to-AP ldquoI am going to sleep until next
beacon framerdquo AP knows not to transmit frames to this
node node wakes up before next beacon frame
beacon frame contains list of mobiles with AP-to-mobile frames waiting to be sent node will stay awake if AP-to-mobile frames
to be sent otherwise sleep again until next beacon frame
5 DataLink Layer 5-55
FilteringForwardingWhen switch receives a frame
index switch table using MAC dest addressif entry found for destination
thenif dest on segment from which frame arrived
then drop the frameelse forward the frame on interface indicated
else flood
forward on all but the interface on which the frame arrived
5 DataLink Layer 5-56
Switch exampleSuppose C sends frame to D
Switch receives frame from from C notes in bridge table that C is on interface 1 because D is not in table switch forwards frame into
interfaces 2 and 3 frame received by D
hub hub hub
switch
A
B CD
EF G H
I
address interfaceABEG
1123
12 3
5 DataLink Layer 5-57
Switch exampleSuppose C sends frame to D
Switch receives frame from from C notes in bridge table that C is on interface 1 because D is not in table switch forwards frame into
interfaces 2 and 3 frame received by D
hub hub hub
switch
A
B CD
EF G H
I
address interfaceABEGC
11231
12 3
5 DataLink Layer 5-58
Switch exampleSuppose D replies back with frame to C
Switch receives frame from from D notes in bridge table that D is on interface 2 because C is in table switch forwards frame only to
interface 1 frame received by C
hub hub hub
switch
A
B CD
EF G H
I
address interfaceABEGC
11231
12 3
5 DataLink Layer 5-59
Switch exampleSuppose D replies back with frame to C
Switch receives frame from from D notes in bridge table that D is on interface 2 because C is in table switch forwards frame only to
interface 1 frame received by C
hub hub hub
switch
A
B CD
EF G H
I
address interfaceABEGCD
112312
12 3
5 DataLink Layer 5-60
Switch traffic isolation switch installation breaks subnet into LAN
segments switch filters packets
same-LAN-segment frames not usually forwarded onto other LAN segments
segments become separate collision domains
hub hub hub
switch
collision domain collision domain
collision domain
5 DataLink Layer 5-61
Switches dedicated access Switch with many
interfaces Hosts have direct
connection to switch No collisions full duplex
Switching A-to-Arsquo and B-to-Brsquo simultaneously no collisions
combinations of shareddedicated 101001000 Mbps interfaces possible
switch
A
Arsquo
B
Brsquo
C
Crsquo
5 DataLink Layer 5-62
Institutional network
hub hubhub
switch
to externalnetwork
router
IP subnet
mail server
web server
5 DataLink Layer 5-63
Switches vs Routers both store-and-forward devices
routers network layer devices (examine network layer headers)
switches are link layer devices routers maintain routing tables implement routing
algorithms switches maintain switch tables implement
filtering learning algorithms
5 DataLink Layer 5-64
Summary comparison
hubs routers switches
traffic isolation
no yes yes
plug amp play yes no yes
optimal routing
no yes no
5 DataLink Layer 5-65
VLANs motivation
What happens if CS user moves office to EE
but wants connect to CS switch
single broadcast domain all layer-2 broadcast
traffic (ARP DHCP) crosses entire LAN (securityprivacy efficiency issues)
each lowest level switch has only few ports in use
Computer Science Electrical
EngineeringComputerEngineering
Whatrsquos wrong with this picture
5 DataLink Layer 5-66
VLANs Port-based VLAN switch ports grouped (by switch management software) so that single physical switch helliphellip
Switch(es) supporting VLAN capabilities can be configured to define multiple virtual LANS over single physical LAN infrastructure
Virtual Local Area Network
1
8
9
16102
7
hellip
Electrical Engineering(VLAN ports 1-8)
Computer Science(VLAN ports 9-15)
15
hellip
Electrical Engineering(VLAN ports 1-8)
hellip
1
82
7 9
1610
15
hellip
Computer Science(VLAN ports 9-16)
hellip operates as multiple virtual switches
5 DataLink Layer 5-67
Port-based VLAN
1
8
9
16102
7
hellip
Electrical Engineering(VLAN ports 1-8)
Computer Science(VLAN ports 9-15)
15
hellip
traffic isolation frames tofrom ports 1-8 can only reach ports 1-8
can also define VLAN based on MAC addresses of endpoints rather than switch port
dynamic membershipports can be dynamically assigned among VLANs
router
forwarding between VLANSdone via routing (just as with separate switches)
in practice vendors sell combined switches plus routers
5 DataLink Layer 5-68
VLANS spanning multiple switches
trunk port carries frames between VLANS defined over multiple physical switches
frames forwarded within VLAN between switches canrsquot be vanilla 8021 frames (must carry VLAN ID info)
8021q protocol addsremoves additional header fields for frames forwarded between trunk ports
1
8
9
102
7
hellip
Electrical Engineering(VLAN ports 1-8)
Computer Science(VLAN ports 9-15)
15
hellip
2
73
Ports 235 belong to EE VLANPorts 4678 belong to CS VLAN
5
4 6 816
1
5 DataLink Layer 5-69
Type
2-byte Tag Protocol Identifier(value 81-00)
Tag Control Information (12 bit VLAN ID field 3 bit priority field like IP TOS)
Recomputed CRC
8021Q VLAN frame format
8021 frame
8021Q frame
5 DataLink Layer 5-70
Chapter 6 Wireless and Mobile Networks
Background wireless (mobile) phone subscribers now
exceeds wired phone subscribers computer nets laptops palmtops PDAs
Internet-enabled phone promise anytime untethered Internet access
two important (but different) challenges wireless communication over wireless link mobility handling the mobile user who changes point
of attachment to network
5 DataLink Layer 5-71
Elements of a wireless network
network infrastructure
wireless hosts laptop PDA IP phone run applications may be stationary
(non-mobile) or mobile wireless does not
always mean mobility
5 DataLink Layer 5-72
Elements of a wireless network
network infrastructure
base station typically connected to
wired network relay - responsible
for sending packets between wired network and wireless host(s) in its ldquoareardquo
eg cell towers 80211 access points
5 DataLink Layer 5-73
Elements of a wireless network
network infrastructure
wireless link typically used to
connect mobile(s) to base station
also used as backbone link
multiple access protocol coordinates link access
various data rates transmission distance
5 DataLink Layer 5-74
Characteristics of selected wireless link standards
Indoor10-30m
Outdoor50-200m
Mid-rangeoutdoor
200m ndash 4 Km
Long-rangeoutdoor
5Km ndash 20 Km
056
384
1
4
5-11
54
IS-95 CDMA GSM 2G
UMTSWCDMA CDMA2000 3G
80215
80211b
80211ag
UMTSWCDMA-HSPDA CDMA2000-1xEVDO 3G cellularenhanced
80216 (WiMAX)
80211ag point-to-point
200 80211n
Dat
a ra
te (M
bps) data
5 DataLink Layer 5-75
Elements of a wireless network
network infrastructure
infrastructure mode base station connects
mobiles into wired network
handoff mobile changes base station providing connection into wired network
5 DataLink Layer 5-76
Elements of a wireless networkad hoc mode no base stations nodes can only
transmit to other nodes within link coverage
nodes organize themselves into a network route among themselves
5 DataLink Layer 5-77
Wireless network taxonomy
single hop multiple hops
infrastructure(eg APs)
noinfrastructure
host connects to base station (WiFiWiMAX cellular) which connects to
larger Internet
no base station noconnection to larger Internet (Bluetooth
ad hoc nets)
host may have torelay through several
wireless nodes to connect to larger
Internet mesh net
no base station noconnection to larger
Internet May have torelay to reach other a given wireless node
MANET VANET
5 DataLink Layer 5-78
Wireless Link Characteristics (1)Differences from wired link hellip
decreased signal strength radio signal attenuates as it propagates through matter (path loss)
interference from other sources standardized wireless network frequencies (eg 24 GHz) shared by other devices (eg phone) devices (motors) interfere as well
multipath propagation radio signal reflects off objects arriving at destination at slightly different times
hellip make communication across (even a point to point) wireless link much more ldquodifficultrdquo
5 DataLink Layer 5-79
Wireless Link Characteristics (2) SNR signal-to-noise ratio
larger SNR ndash easier to extract signal from noise (a ldquogood thingrdquo)
SNR versus BER tradeoffs given physical layer
increase power -gt increase SNR-gtdecrease BER
given SNR choose physical layer that meets BER requirement giving highest thruput
bull SNR may change with mobility dynamically adapt physical layer (modulation technique rate)
10 20 30 40
QAM256 (8 Mbps)
QAM16 (4 Mbps)
BPSK (1 Mbps)
SNR(dB)B
ER
10-1
10-2
10-3
10-5
10-6
10-7
10-4
5 DataLink Layer 5-80
Wireless network characteristicsMultiple wireless senders and receivers create
additional problems (beyond multiple access)
AB
C
Hidden terminal problem B A hear each other B C hear each other A C can not hear each othermeans A C unaware of their
interference at B
A B C
Arsquos signalstrength
space
Crsquos signalstrength
Signal attenuation B A hear each other B C hear each other A C can not hear each other
interfering at B
5 DataLink Layer 5-81
IEEE 80211 Wireless LAN 80211b
24-5 GHz unlicensed spectrum up to 11 Mbps direct sequence spread
spectrum (DSSS) in physical layer
bull all hosts use same chipping code
80211a 5-6 GHz range up to 54 Mbps
80211g 24-5 GHz range up to 54 Mbps
80211n multiple antennae 24-5 GHz range up to 200 Mbps
all use CSMACA for multiple access all have base-station and ad-hoc network versions
5 DataLink Layer 5-82
80211 LAN architecture
wireless host communicates with base station
base station = access point (AP)
Basic Service Set (BSS)(aka ldquocellrdquo) in infrastructure mode contains
wireless hosts access point (AP) base
station ad hoc mode hosts only
BSS 1
BSS 2
Internet
hub switchor routerAP
AP
5 DataLink Layer 5-83
80211 Channels association
80211b 24GHz-2485GHz spectrum divided into 11 channels at different frequencies AP admin chooses frequency for AP interference possible channel can be same as
that chosen by neighboring AP host must associate with an AP
scans channels listening for beacon framescontaining APrsquos name (SSID) and MAC address
selects AP to associate with may perform authentication [Chapter 8] will typically run DHCP to get IP address in APrsquos
subnet
5 DataLink Layer 5-84
80211 passiveactive scanning
AP 2AP 1
H1
BBS 2BBS 1
122
3 4
Active Scanning (1) probe request frame broadcast
from H1(2) probe response frame sent from
APs(3) association request frame sent
H1 to selected AP (4) association response frame sent
H1 to selected AP
AP 2AP 1
H1
BBS 2BBS 1
12 3
1
Passive Scanning(1) beacon frames sent from APs(2) association request frame sent H1
to selected AP (3) association response frame sent
H1 to selected AP
5 DataLink Layer 5-85
IEEE 80211 multiple access avoid collisions 2+ nodes transmitting at same time 80211 CSMA - sense before transmitting
donrsquot collide with ongoing transmission by other node 80211 no collision detection
difficult to receive (sense collisions) when transmitting due to weak received signals (fading)
canrsquot sense all collisions in any case hidden terminal fading goal avoid collisions CSMAC(ollision)A(voidance)
AB
CA B C
Arsquos signalstrength
space
Crsquos signalstrength
5 DataLink Layer 5-86
IEEE 80211 MAC Protocol CSMACA
80211 sender1 if sense channel idle for DIFS then
transmit entire frame (no CD)2 if sense channel busy then
start random backoff timetimer counts down while channel idletransmit when timer expiresif no ACK increase random backoff
interval repeat 280211 receiver- if frame received OK
return ACK after SIFS (ACK needed due to hidden terminal problem)
sender receiver
DIFS
data
SIFS
ACK
5 DataLink Layer 5-87
Avoiding collisions (more)idea allow sender to ldquoreserverdquo channel rather than random
access of data frames avoid collisions of long data frames sender first transmits small request-to-send (RTS) packets
to BS using CSMA RTSs may still collide with each other (but theyrsquore short)
BS broadcasts clear-to-send CTS in response to RTS CTS heard by all nodes
sender transmits data frame other stations defer transmissions
avoid data frame collisions completely using small reservation packets
5 DataLink Layer 5-88
Collision Avoidance RTS-CTS exchange
APA B
time
RTS(A)RTS(B)
RTS(A)
CTS(A) CTS(A)
DATA (A)
ACK(A) ACK(A)
reservation collision
defer
5 DataLink Layer 5-89
framecontrol duration address
1address
2address
4address
3 payload CRC
2 2 6 6 6 2 6 0 - 2312 4
seqcontrol
80211 frame addressing
Address 2 MAC addressof wireless host or AP transmitting this frame
Address 1 MAC addressof wireless host or AP to receive this frame
Address 3 MAC addressof router interface to which AP is attached
Address 4 used only in ad hoc mode
5 DataLink Layer 5-90
Internetrouter
AP
H1 R1
AP MAC addr H1 MAC addr R1 MAC addraddress 1 address 2 address 3
80211 frame
R1 MAC addr H1 MAC addr dest address source address
8023 frame
80211 frame addressing
5 DataLink Layer 5-91
framecontrol duration address
1address
2address
4address
3 payload CRC
2 2 6 6 6 2 6 0 - 2312 4
seqcontrol
Type FromAPSubtype To
APMore frag WEPMore
dataPower
mgtRetry RsvdProtocolversion
2 2 4 1 1 1 1 1 11 1
80211 frame moreduration of reserved transmission time (RTSCTS)
frame seq (for RDT)
frame type(RTS CTS ACK data)
5 DataLink Layer 5-92
hub or switch
AP 2
AP 1
H1 BBS 2
BBS 1
80211 mobility within same subnet
router H1 remains in same IP subnet IP address can remain same
switch which AP is associated with H1
self-learning (Ch 5) switch will see frame from H1 and ldquorememberrdquo which switch port can be used to reach H1
5 DataLink Layer 5-93
80211 advanced capabilities
Rate Adaptation base station mobile
dynamically change transmission rate (physical layer modulation technique) as mobile moves SNR varies
QAM256 (8 Mbps)QAM16 (4 Mbps)BPSK (1 Mbps)
10 20 30 40SNR(dB)
BE
R
10-1
10-2
10-3
10-5
10-6
10-7
10-4
operating point
1 SNR decreases BER increase as node moves away from base station2 When BER becomes too high switch to lower transmission rate but with lower BER
5 DataLink Layer 5-94
80211 advanced capabilitiesPower Management node-to-AP ldquoI am going to sleep until next
beacon framerdquo AP knows not to transmit frames to this
node node wakes up before next beacon frame
beacon frame contains list of mobiles with AP-to-mobile frames waiting to be sent node will stay awake if AP-to-mobile frames
to be sent otherwise sleep again until next beacon frame
5 DataLink Layer 5-56
Switch exampleSuppose C sends frame to D
Switch receives frame from from C notes in bridge table that C is on interface 1 because D is not in table switch forwards frame into
interfaces 2 and 3 frame received by D
hub hub hub
switch
A
B CD
EF G H
I
address interfaceABEG
1123
12 3
5 DataLink Layer 5-57
Switch exampleSuppose C sends frame to D
Switch receives frame from from C notes in bridge table that C is on interface 1 because D is not in table switch forwards frame into
interfaces 2 and 3 frame received by D
hub hub hub
switch
A
B CD
EF G H
I
address interfaceABEGC
11231
12 3
5 DataLink Layer 5-58
Switch exampleSuppose D replies back with frame to C
Switch receives frame from from D notes in bridge table that D is on interface 2 because C is in table switch forwards frame only to
interface 1 frame received by C
hub hub hub
switch
A
B CD
EF G H
I
address interfaceABEGC
11231
12 3
5 DataLink Layer 5-59
Switch exampleSuppose D replies back with frame to C
Switch receives frame from from D notes in bridge table that D is on interface 2 because C is in table switch forwards frame only to
interface 1 frame received by C
hub hub hub
switch
A
B CD
EF G H
I
address interfaceABEGCD
112312
12 3
5 DataLink Layer 5-60
Switch traffic isolation switch installation breaks subnet into LAN
segments switch filters packets
same-LAN-segment frames not usually forwarded onto other LAN segments
segments become separate collision domains
hub hub hub
switch
collision domain collision domain
collision domain
5 DataLink Layer 5-61
Switches dedicated access Switch with many
interfaces Hosts have direct
connection to switch No collisions full duplex
Switching A-to-Arsquo and B-to-Brsquo simultaneously no collisions
combinations of shareddedicated 101001000 Mbps interfaces possible
switch
A
Arsquo
B
Brsquo
C
Crsquo
5 DataLink Layer 5-62
Institutional network
hub hubhub
switch
to externalnetwork
router
IP subnet
mail server
web server
5 DataLink Layer 5-63
Switches vs Routers both store-and-forward devices
routers network layer devices (examine network layer headers)
switches are link layer devices routers maintain routing tables implement routing
algorithms switches maintain switch tables implement
filtering learning algorithms
5 DataLink Layer 5-64
Summary comparison
hubs routers switches
traffic isolation
no yes yes
plug amp play yes no yes
optimal routing
no yes no
5 DataLink Layer 5-65
VLANs motivation
What happens if CS user moves office to EE
but wants connect to CS switch
single broadcast domain all layer-2 broadcast
traffic (ARP DHCP) crosses entire LAN (securityprivacy efficiency issues)
each lowest level switch has only few ports in use
Computer Science Electrical
EngineeringComputerEngineering
Whatrsquos wrong with this picture
5 DataLink Layer 5-66
VLANs Port-based VLAN switch ports grouped (by switch management software) so that single physical switch helliphellip
Switch(es) supporting VLAN capabilities can be configured to define multiple virtual LANS over single physical LAN infrastructure
Virtual Local Area Network
1
8
9
16102
7
hellip
Electrical Engineering(VLAN ports 1-8)
Computer Science(VLAN ports 9-15)
15
hellip
Electrical Engineering(VLAN ports 1-8)
hellip
1
82
7 9
1610
15
hellip
Computer Science(VLAN ports 9-16)
hellip operates as multiple virtual switches
5 DataLink Layer 5-67
Port-based VLAN
1
8
9
16102
7
hellip
Electrical Engineering(VLAN ports 1-8)
Computer Science(VLAN ports 9-15)
15
hellip
traffic isolation frames tofrom ports 1-8 can only reach ports 1-8
can also define VLAN based on MAC addresses of endpoints rather than switch port
dynamic membershipports can be dynamically assigned among VLANs
router
forwarding between VLANSdone via routing (just as with separate switches)
in practice vendors sell combined switches plus routers
5 DataLink Layer 5-68
VLANS spanning multiple switches
trunk port carries frames between VLANS defined over multiple physical switches
frames forwarded within VLAN between switches canrsquot be vanilla 8021 frames (must carry VLAN ID info)
8021q protocol addsremoves additional header fields for frames forwarded between trunk ports
1
8
9
102
7
hellip
Electrical Engineering(VLAN ports 1-8)
Computer Science(VLAN ports 9-15)
15
hellip
2
73
Ports 235 belong to EE VLANPorts 4678 belong to CS VLAN
5
4 6 816
1
5 DataLink Layer 5-69
Type
2-byte Tag Protocol Identifier(value 81-00)
Tag Control Information (12 bit VLAN ID field 3 bit priority field like IP TOS)
Recomputed CRC
8021Q VLAN frame format
8021 frame
8021Q frame
5 DataLink Layer 5-70
Chapter 6 Wireless and Mobile Networks
Background wireless (mobile) phone subscribers now
exceeds wired phone subscribers computer nets laptops palmtops PDAs
Internet-enabled phone promise anytime untethered Internet access
two important (but different) challenges wireless communication over wireless link mobility handling the mobile user who changes point
of attachment to network
5 DataLink Layer 5-71
Elements of a wireless network
network infrastructure
wireless hosts laptop PDA IP phone run applications may be stationary
(non-mobile) or mobile wireless does not
always mean mobility
5 DataLink Layer 5-72
Elements of a wireless network
network infrastructure
base station typically connected to
wired network relay - responsible
for sending packets between wired network and wireless host(s) in its ldquoareardquo
eg cell towers 80211 access points
5 DataLink Layer 5-73
Elements of a wireless network
network infrastructure
wireless link typically used to
connect mobile(s) to base station
also used as backbone link
multiple access protocol coordinates link access
various data rates transmission distance
5 DataLink Layer 5-74
Characteristics of selected wireless link standards
Indoor10-30m
Outdoor50-200m
Mid-rangeoutdoor
200m ndash 4 Km
Long-rangeoutdoor
5Km ndash 20 Km
056
384
1
4
5-11
54
IS-95 CDMA GSM 2G
UMTSWCDMA CDMA2000 3G
80215
80211b
80211ag
UMTSWCDMA-HSPDA CDMA2000-1xEVDO 3G cellularenhanced
80216 (WiMAX)
80211ag point-to-point
200 80211n
Dat
a ra
te (M
bps) data
5 DataLink Layer 5-75
Elements of a wireless network
network infrastructure
infrastructure mode base station connects
mobiles into wired network
handoff mobile changes base station providing connection into wired network
5 DataLink Layer 5-76
Elements of a wireless networkad hoc mode no base stations nodes can only
transmit to other nodes within link coverage
nodes organize themselves into a network route among themselves
5 DataLink Layer 5-77
Wireless network taxonomy
single hop multiple hops
infrastructure(eg APs)
noinfrastructure
host connects to base station (WiFiWiMAX cellular) which connects to
larger Internet
no base station noconnection to larger Internet (Bluetooth
ad hoc nets)
host may have torelay through several
wireless nodes to connect to larger
Internet mesh net
no base station noconnection to larger
Internet May have torelay to reach other a given wireless node
MANET VANET
5 DataLink Layer 5-78
Wireless Link Characteristics (1)Differences from wired link hellip
decreased signal strength radio signal attenuates as it propagates through matter (path loss)
interference from other sources standardized wireless network frequencies (eg 24 GHz) shared by other devices (eg phone) devices (motors) interfere as well
multipath propagation radio signal reflects off objects arriving at destination at slightly different times
hellip make communication across (even a point to point) wireless link much more ldquodifficultrdquo
5 DataLink Layer 5-79
Wireless Link Characteristics (2) SNR signal-to-noise ratio
larger SNR ndash easier to extract signal from noise (a ldquogood thingrdquo)
SNR versus BER tradeoffs given physical layer
increase power -gt increase SNR-gtdecrease BER
given SNR choose physical layer that meets BER requirement giving highest thruput
bull SNR may change with mobility dynamically adapt physical layer (modulation technique rate)
10 20 30 40
QAM256 (8 Mbps)
QAM16 (4 Mbps)
BPSK (1 Mbps)
SNR(dB)B
ER
10-1
10-2
10-3
10-5
10-6
10-7
10-4
5 DataLink Layer 5-80
Wireless network characteristicsMultiple wireless senders and receivers create
additional problems (beyond multiple access)
AB
C
Hidden terminal problem B A hear each other B C hear each other A C can not hear each othermeans A C unaware of their
interference at B
A B C
Arsquos signalstrength
space
Crsquos signalstrength
Signal attenuation B A hear each other B C hear each other A C can not hear each other
interfering at B
5 DataLink Layer 5-81
IEEE 80211 Wireless LAN 80211b
24-5 GHz unlicensed spectrum up to 11 Mbps direct sequence spread
spectrum (DSSS) in physical layer
bull all hosts use same chipping code
80211a 5-6 GHz range up to 54 Mbps
80211g 24-5 GHz range up to 54 Mbps
80211n multiple antennae 24-5 GHz range up to 200 Mbps
all use CSMACA for multiple access all have base-station and ad-hoc network versions
5 DataLink Layer 5-82
80211 LAN architecture
wireless host communicates with base station
base station = access point (AP)
Basic Service Set (BSS)(aka ldquocellrdquo) in infrastructure mode contains
wireless hosts access point (AP) base
station ad hoc mode hosts only
BSS 1
BSS 2
Internet
hub switchor routerAP
AP
5 DataLink Layer 5-83
80211 Channels association
80211b 24GHz-2485GHz spectrum divided into 11 channels at different frequencies AP admin chooses frequency for AP interference possible channel can be same as
that chosen by neighboring AP host must associate with an AP
scans channels listening for beacon framescontaining APrsquos name (SSID) and MAC address
selects AP to associate with may perform authentication [Chapter 8] will typically run DHCP to get IP address in APrsquos
subnet
5 DataLink Layer 5-84
80211 passiveactive scanning
AP 2AP 1
H1
BBS 2BBS 1
122
3 4
Active Scanning (1) probe request frame broadcast
from H1(2) probe response frame sent from
APs(3) association request frame sent
H1 to selected AP (4) association response frame sent
H1 to selected AP
AP 2AP 1
H1
BBS 2BBS 1
12 3
1
Passive Scanning(1) beacon frames sent from APs(2) association request frame sent H1
to selected AP (3) association response frame sent
H1 to selected AP
5 DataLink Layer 5-85
IEEE 80211 multiple access avoid collisions 2+ nodes transmitting at same time 80211 CSMA - sense before transmitting
donrsquot collide with ongoing transmission by other node 80211 no collision detection
difficult to receive (sense collisions) when transmitting due to weak received signals (fading)
canrsquot sense all collisions in any case hidden terminal fading goal avoid collisions CSMAC(ollision)A(voidance)
AB
CA B C
Arsquos signalstrength
space
Crsquos signalstrength
5 DataLink Layer 5-86
IEEE 80211 MAC Protocol CSMACA
80211 sender1 if sense channel idle for DIFS then
transmit entire frame (no CD)2 if sense channel busy then
start random backoff timetimer counts down while channel idletransmit when timer expiresif no ACK increase random backoff
interval repeat 280211 receiver- if frame received OK
return ACK after SIFS (ACK needed due to hidden terminal problem)
sender receiver
DIFS
data
SIFS
ACK
5 DataLink Layer 5-87
Avoiding collisions (more)idea allow sender to ldquoreserverdquo channel rather than random
access of data frames avoid collisions of long data frames sender first transmits small request-to-send (RTS) packets
to BS using CSMA RTSs may still collide with each other (but theyrsquore short)
BS broadcasts clear-to-send CTS in response to RTS CTS heard by all nodes
sender transmits data frame other stations defer transmissions
avoid data frame collisions completely using small reservation packets
5 DataLink Layer 5-88
Collision Avoidance RTS-CTS exchange
APA B
time
RTS(A)RTS(B)
RTS(A)
CTS(A) CTS(A)
DATA (A)
ACK(A) ACK(A)
reservation collision
defer
5 DataLink Layer 5-89
framecontrol duration address
1address
2address
4address
3 payload CRC
2 2 6 6 6 2 6 0 - 2312 4
seqcontrol
80211 frame addressing
Address 2 MAC addressof wireless host or AP transmitting this frame
Address 1 MAC addressof wireless host or AP to receive this frame
Address 3 MAC addressof router interface to which AP is attached
Address 4 used only in ad hoc mode
5 DataLink Layer 5-90
Internetrouter
AP
H1 R1
AP MAC addr H1 MAC addr R1 MAC addraddress 1 address 2 address 3
80211 frame
R1 MAC addr H1 MAC addr dest address source address
8023 frame
80211 frame addressing
5 DataLink Layer 5-91
framecontrol duration address
1address
2address
4address
3 payload CRC
2 2 6 6 6 2 6 0 - 2312 4
seqcontrol
Type FromAPSubtype To
APMore frag WEPMore
dataPower
mgtRetry RsvdProtocolversion
2 2 4 1 1 1 1 1 11 1
80211 frame moreduration of reserved transmission time (RTSCTS)
frame seq (for RDT)
frame type(RTS CTS ACK data)
5 DataLink Layer 5-92
hub or switch
AP 2
AP 1
H1 BBS 2
BBS 1
80211 mobility within same subnet
router H1 remains in same IP subnet IP address can remain same
switch which AP is associated with H1
self-learning (Ch 5) switch will see frame from H1 and ldquorememberrdquo which switch port can be used to reach H1
5 DataLink Layer 5-93
80211 advanced capabilities
Rate Adaptation base station mobile
dynamically change transmission rate (physical layer modulation technique) as mobile moves SNR varies
QAM256 (8 Mbps)QAM16 (4 Mbps)BPSK (1 Mbps)
10 20 30 40SNR(dB)
BE
R
10-1
10-2
10-3
10-5
10-6
10-7
10-4
operating point
1 SNR decreases BER increase as node moves away from base station2 When BER becomes too high switch to lower transmission rate but with lower BER
5 DataLink Layer 5-94
80211 advanced capabilitiesPower Management node-to-AP ldquoI am going to sleep until next
beacon framerdquo AP knows not to transmit frames to this
node node wakes up before next beacon frame
beacon frame contains list of mobiles with AP-to-mobile frames waiting to be sent node will stay awake if AP-to-mobile frames
to be sent otherwise sleep again until next beacon frame
5 DataLink Layer 5-57
Switch exampleSuppose C sends frame to D
Switch receives frame from from C notes in bridge table that C is on interface 1 because D is not in table switch forwards frame into
interfaces 2 and 3 frame received by D
hub hub hub
switch
A
B CD
EF G H
I
address interfaceABEGC
11231
12 3
5 DataLink Layer 5-58
Switch exampleSuppose D replies back with frame to C
Switch receives frame from from D notes in bridge table that D is on interface 2 because C is in table switch forwards frame only to
interface 1 frame received by C
hub hub hub
switch
A
B CD
EF G H
I
address interfaceABEGC
11231
12 3
5 DataLink Layer 5-59
Switch exampleSuppose D replies back with frame to C
Switch receives frame from from D notes in bridge table that D is on interface 2 because C is in table switch forwards frame only to
interface 1 frame received by C
hub hub hub
switch
A
B CD
EF G H
I
address interfaceABEGCD
112312
12 3
5 DataLink Layer 5-60
Switch traffic isolation switch installation breaks subnet into LAN
segments switch filters packets
same-LAN-segment frames not usually forwarded onto other LAN segments
segments become separate collision domains
hub hub hub
switch
collision domain collision domain
collision domain
5 DataLink Layer 5-61
Switches dedicated access Switch with many
interfaces Hosts have direct
connection to switch No collisions full duplex
Switching A-to-Arsquo and B-to-Brsquo simultaneously no collisions
combinations of shareddedicated 101001000 Mbps interfaces possible
switch
A
Arsquo
B
Brsquo
C
Crsquo
5 DataLink Layer 5-62
Institutional network
hub hubhub
switch
to externalnetwork
router
IP subnet
mail server
web server
5 DataLink Layer 5-63
Switches vs Routers both store-and-forward devices
routers network layer devices (examine network layer headers)
switches are link layer devices routers maintain routing tables implement routing
algorithms switches maintain switch tables implement
filtering learning algorithms
5 DataLink Layer 5-64
Summary comparison
hubs routers switches
traffic isolation
no yes yes
plug amp play yes no yes
optimal routing
no yes no
5 DataLink Layer 5-65
VLANs motivation
What happens if CS user moves office to EE
but wants connect to CS switch
single broadcast domain all layer-2 broadcast
traffic (ARP DHCP) crosses entire LAN (securityprivacy efficiency issues)
each lowest level switch has only few ports in use
Computer Science Electrical
EngineeringComputerEngineering
Whatrsquos wrong with this picture
5 DataLink Layer 5-66
VLANs Port-based VLAN switch ports grouped (by switch management software) so that single physical switch helliphellip
Switch(es) supporting VLAN capabilities can be configured to define multiple virtual LANS over single physical LAN infrastructure
Virtual Local Area Network
1
8
9
16102
7
hellip
Electrical Engineering(VLAN ports 1-8)
Computer Science(VLAN ports 9-15)
15
hellip
Electrical Engineering(VLAN ports 1-8)
hellip
1
82
7 9
1610
15
hellip
Computer Science(VLAN ports 9-16)
hellip operates as multiple virtual switches
5 DataLink Layer 5-67
Port-based VLAN
1
8
9
16102
7
hellip
Electrical Engineering(VLAN ports 1-8)
Computer Science(VLAN ports 9-15)
15
hellip
traffic isolation frames tofrom ports 1-8 can only reach ports 1-8
can also define VLAN based on MAC addresses of endpoints rather than switch port
dynamic membershipports can be dynamically assigned among VLANs
router
forwarding between VLANSdone via routing (just as with separate switches)
in practice vendors sell combined switches plus routers
5 DataLink Layer 5-68
VLANS spanning multiple switches
trunk port carries frames between VLANS defined over multiple physical switches
frames forwarded within VLAN between switches canrsquot be vanilla 8021 frames (must carry VLAN ID info)
8021q protocol addsremoves additional header fields for frames forwarded between trunk ports
1
8
9
102
7
hellip
Electrical Engineering(VLAN ports 1-8)
Computer Science(VLAN ports 9-15)
15
hellip
2
73
Ports 235 belong to EE VLANPorts 4678 belong to CS VLAN
5
4 6 816
1
5 DataLink Layer 5-69
Type
2-byte Tag Protocol Identifier(value 81-00)
Tag Control Information (12 bit VLAN ID field 3 bit priority field like IP TOS)
Recomputed CRC
8021Q VLAN frame format
8021 frame
8021Q frame
5 DataLink Layer 5-70
Chapter 6 Wireless and Mobile Networks
Background wireless (mobile) phone subscribers now
exceeds wired phone subscribers computer nets laptops palmtops PDAs
Internet-enabled phone promise anytime untethered Internet access
two important (but different) challenges wireless communication over wireless link mobility handling the mobile user who changes point
of attachment to network
5 DataLink Layer 5-71
Elements of a wireless network
network infrastructure
wireless hosts laptop PDA IP phone run applications may be stationary
(non-mobile) or mobile wireless does not
always mean mobility
5 DataLink Layer 5-72
Elements of a wireless network
network infrastructure
base station typically connected to
wired network relay - responsible
for sending packets between wired network and wireless host(s) in its ldquoareardquo
eg cell towers 80211 access points
5 DataLink Layer 5-73
Elements of a wireless network
network infrastructure
wireless link typically used to
connect mobile(s) to base station
also used as backbone link
multiple access protocol coordinates link access
various data rates transmission distance
5 DataLink Layer 5-74
Characteristics of selected wireless link standards
Indoor10-30m
Outdoor50-200m
Mid-rangeoutdoor
200m ndash 4 Km
Long-rangeoutdoor
5Km ndash 20 Km
056
384
1
4
5-11
54
IS-95 CDMA GSM 2G
UMTSWCDMA CDMA2000 3G
80215
80211b
80211ag
UMTSWCDMA-HSPDA CDMA2000-1xEVDO 3G cellularenhanced
80216 (WiMAX)
80211ag point-to-point
200 80211n
Dat
a ra
te (M
bps) data
5 DataLink Layer 5-75
Elements of a wireless network
network infrastructure
infrastructure mode base station connects
mobiles into wired network
handoff mobile changes base station providing connection into wired network
5 DataLink Layer 5-76
Elements of a wireless networkad hoc mode no base stations nodes can only
transmit to other nodes within link coverage
nodes organize themselves into a network route among themselves
5 DataLink Layer 5-77
Wireless network taxonomy
single hop multiple hops
infrastructure(eg APs)
noinfrastructure
host connects to base station (WiFiWiMAX cellular) which connects to
larger Internet
no base station noconnection to larger Internet (Bluetooth
ad hoc nets)
host may have torelay through several
wireless nodes to connect to larger
Internet mesh net
no base station noconnection to larger
Internet May have torelay to reach other a given wireless node
MANET VANET
5 DataLink Layer 5-78
Wireless Link Characteristics (1)Differences from wired link hellip
decreased signal strength radio signal attenuates as it propagates through matter (path loss)
interference from other sources standardized wireless network frequencies (eg 24 GHz) shared by other devices (eg phone) devices (motors) interfere as well
multipath propagation radio signal reflects off objects arriving at destination at slightly different times
hellip make communication across (even a point to point) wireless link much more ldquodifficultrdquo
5 DataLink Layer 5-79
Wireless Link Characteristics (2) SNR signal-to-noise ratio
larger SNR ndash easier to extract signal from noise (a ldquogood thingrdquo)
SNR versus BER tradeoffs given physical layer
increase power -gt increase SNR-gtdecrease BER
given SNR choose physical layer that meets BER requirement giving highest thruput
bull SNR may change with mobility dynamically adapt physical layer (modulation technique rate)
10 20 30 40
QAM256 (8 Mbps)
QAM16 (4 Mbps)
BPSK (1 Mbps)
SNR(dB)B
ER
10-1
10-2
10-3
10-5
10-6
10-7
10-4
5 DataLink Layer 5-80
Wireless network characteristicsMultiple wireless senders and receivers create
additional problems (beyond multiple access)
AB
C
Hidden terminal problem B A hear each other B C hear each other A C can not hear each othermeans A C unaware of their
interference at B
A B C
Arsquos signalstrength
space
Crsquos signalstrength
Signal attenuation B A hear each other B C hear each other A C can not hear each other
interfering at B
5 DataLink Layer 5-81
IEEE 80211 Wireless LAN 80211b
24-5 GHz unlicensed spectrum up to 11 Mbps direct sequence spread
spectrum (DSSS) in physical layer
bull all hosts use same chipping code
80211a 5-6 GHz range up to 54 Mbps
80211g 24-5 GHz range up to 54 Mbps
80211n multiple antennae 24-5 GHz range up to 200 Mbps
all use CSMACA for multiple access all have base-station and ad-hoc network versions
5 DataLink Layer 5-82
80211 LAN architecture
wireless host communicates with base station
base station = access point (AP)
Basic Service Set (BSS)(aka ldquocellrdquo) in infrastructure mode contains
wireless hosts access point (AP) base
station ad hoc mode hosts only
BSS 1
BSS 2
Internet
hub switchor routerAP
AP
5 DataLink Layer 5-83
80211 Channels association
80211b 24GHz-2485GHz spectrum divided into 11 channels at different frequencies AP admin chooses frequency for AP interference possible channel can be same as
that chosen by neighboring AP host must associate with an AP
scans channels listening for beacon framescontaining APrsquos name (SSID) and MAC address
selects AP to associate with may perform authentication [Chapter 8] will typically run DHCP to get IP address in APrsquos
subnet
5 DataLink Layer 5-84
80211 passiveactive scanning
AP 2AP 1
H1
BBS 2BBS 1
122
3 4
Active Scanning (1) probe request frame broadcast
from H1(2) probe response frame sent from
APs(3) association request frame sent
H1 to selected AP (4) association response frame sent
H1 to selected AP
AP 2AP 1
H1
BBS 2BBS 1
12 3
1
Passive Scanning(1) beacon frames sent from APs(2) association request frame sent H1
to selected AP (3) association response frame sent
H1 to selected AP
5 DataLink Layer 5-85
IEEE 80211 multiple access avoid collisions 2+ nodes transmitting at same time 80211 CSMA - sense before transmitting
donrsquot collide with ongoing transmission by other node 80211 no collision detection
difficult to receive (sense collisions) when transmitting due to weak received signals (fading)
canrsquot sense all collisions in any case hidden terminal fading goal avoid collisions CSMAC(ollision)A(voidance)
AB
CA B C
Arsquos signalstrength
space
Crsquos signalstrength
5 DataLink Layer 5-86
IEEE 80211 MAC Protocol CSMACA
80211 sender1 if sense channel idle for DIFS then
transmit entire frame (no CD)2 if sense channel busy then
start random backoff timetimer counts down while channel idletransmit when timer expiresif no ACK increase random backoff
interval repeat 280211 receiver- if frame received OK
return ACK after SIFS (ACK needed due to hidden terminal problem)
sender receiver
DIFS
data
SIFS
ACK
5 DataLink Layer 5-87
Avoiding collisions (more)idea allow sender to ldquoreserverdquo channel rather than random
access of data frames avoid collisions of long data frames sender first transmits small request-to-send (RTS) packets
to BS using CSMA RTSs may still collide with each other (but theyrsquore short)
BS broadcasts clear-to-send CTS in response to RTS CTS heard by all nodes
sender transmits data frame other stations defer transmissions
avoid data frame collisions completely using small reservation packets
5 DataLink Layer 5-88
Collision Avoidance RTS-CTS exchange
APA B
time
RTS(A)RTS(B)
RTS(A)
CTS(A) CTS(A)
DATA (A)
ACK(A) ACK(A)
reservation collision
defer
5 DataLink Layer 5-89
framecontrol duration address
1address
2address
4address
3 payload CRC
2 2 6 6 6 2 6 0 - 2312 4
seqcontrol
80211 frame addressing
Address 2 MAC addressof wireless host or AP transmitting this frame
Address 1 MAC addressof wireless host or AP to receive this frame
Address 3 MAC addressof router interface to which AP is attached
Address 4 used only in ad hoc mode
5 DataLink Layer 5-90
Internetrouter
AP
H1 R1
AP MAC addr H1 MAC addr R1 MAC addraddress 1 address 2 address 3
80211 frame
R1 MAC addr H1 MAC addr dest address source address
8023 frame
80211 frame addressing
5 DataLink Layer 5-91
framecontrol duration address
1address
2address
4address
3 payload CRC
2 2 6 6 6 2 6 0 - 2312 4
seqcontrol
Type FromAPSubtype To
APMore frag WEPMore
dataPower
mgtRetry RsvdProtocolversion
2 2 4 1 1 1 1 1 11 1
80211 frame moreduration of reserved transmission time (RTSCTS)
frame seq (for RDT)
frame type(RTS CTS ACK data)
5 DataLink Layer 5-92
hub or switch
AP 2
AP 1
H1 BBS 2
BBS 1
80211 mobility within same subnet
router H1 remains in same IP subnet IP address can remain same
switch which AP is associated with H1
self-learning (Ch 5) switch will see frame from H1 and ldquorememberrdquo which switch port can be used to reach H1
5 DataLink Layer 5-93
80211 advanced capabilities
Rate Adaptation base station mobile
dynamically change transmission rate (physical layer modulation technique) as mobile moves SNR varies
QAM256 (8 Mbps)QAM16 (4 Mbps)BPSK (1 Mbps)
10 20 30 40SNR(dB)
BE
R
10-1
10-2
10-3
10-5
10-6
10-7
10-4
operating point
1 SNR decreases BER increase as node moves away from base station2 When BER becomes too high switch to lower transmission rate but with lower BER
5 DataLink Layer 5-94
80211 advanced capabilitiesPower Management node-to-AP ldquoI am going to sleep until next
beacon framerdquo AP knows not to transmit frames to this
node node wakes up before next beacon frame
beacon frame contains list of mobiles with AP-to-mobile frames waiting to be sent node will stay awake if AP-to-mobile frames
to be sent otherwise sleep again until next beacon frame
5 DataLink Layer 5-58
Switch exampleSuppose D replies back with frame to C
Switch receives frame from from D notes in bridge table that D is on interface 2 because C is in table switch forwards frame only to
interface 1 frame received by C
hub hub hub
switch
A
B CD
EF G H
I
address interfaceABEGC
11231
12 3
5 DataLink Layer 5-59
Switch exampleSuppose D replies back with frame to C
Switch receives frame from from D notes in bridge table that D is on interface 2 because C is in table switch forwards frame only to
interface 1 frame received by C
hub hub hub
switch
A
B CD
EF G H
I
address interfaceABEGCD
112312
12 3
5 DataLink Layer 5-60
Switch traffic isolation switch installation breaks subnet into LAN
segments switch filters packets
same-LAN-segment frames not usually forwarded onto other LAN segments
segments become separate collision domains
hub hub hub
switch
collision domain collision domain
collision domain
5 DataLink Layer 5-61
Switches dedicated access Switch with many
interfaces Hosts have direct
connection to switch No collisions full duplex
Switching A-to-Arsquo and B-to-Brsquo simultaneously no collisions
combinations of shareddedicated 101001000 Mbps interfaces possible
switch
A
Arsquo
B
Brsquo
C
Crsquo
5 DataLink Layer 5-62
Institutional network
hub hubhub
switch
to externalnetwork
router
IP subnet
mail server
web server
5 DataLink Layer 5-63
Switches vs Routers both store-and-forward devices
routers network layer devices (examine network layer headers)
switches are link layer devices routers maintain routing tables implement routing
algorithms switches maintain switch tables implement
filtering learning algorithms
5 DataLink Layer 5-64
Summary comparison
hubs routers switches
traffic isolation
no yes yes
plug amp play yes no yes
optimal routing
no yes no
5 DataLink Layer 5-65
VLANs motivation
What happens if CS user moves office to EE
but wants connect to CS switch
single broadcast domain all layer-2 broadcast
traffic (ARP DHCP) crosses entire LAN (securityprivacy efficiency issues)
each lowest level switch has only few ports in use
Computer Science Electrical
EngineeringComputerEngineering
Whatrsquos wrong with this picture
5 DataLink Layer 5-66
VLANs Port-based VLAN switch ports grouped (by switch management software) so that single physical switch helliphellip
Switch(es) supporting VLAN capabilities can be configured to define multiple virtual LANS over single physical LAN infrastructure
Virtual Local Area Network
1
8
9
16102
7
hellip
Electrical Engineering(VLAN ports 1-8)
Computer Science(VLAN ports 9-15)
15
hellip
Electrical Engineering(VLAN ports 1-8)
hellip
1
82
7 9
1610
15
hellip
Computer Science(VLAN ports 9-16)
hellip operates as multiple virtual switches
5 DataLink Layer 5-67
Port-based VLAN
1
8
9
16102
7
hellip
Electrical Engineering(VLAN ports 1-8)
Computer Science(VLAN ports 9-15)
15
hellip
traffic isolation frames tofrom ports 1-8 can only reach ports 1-8
can also define VLAN based on MAC addresses of endpoints rather than switch port
dynamic membershipports can be dynamically assigned among VLANs
router
forwarding between VLANSdone via routing (just as with separate switches)
in practice vendors sell combined switches plus routers
5 DataLink Layer 5-68
VLANS spanning multiple switches
trunk port carries frames between VLANS defined over multiple physical switches
frames forwarded within VLAN between switches canrsquot be vanilla 8021 frames (must carry VLAN ID info)
8021q protocol addsremoves additional header fields for frames forwarded between trunk ports
1
8
9
102
7
hellip
Electrical Engineering(VLAN ports 1-8)
Computer Science(VLAN ports 9-15)
15
hellip
2
73
Ports 235 belong to EE VLANPorts 4678 belong to CS VLAN
5
4 6 816
1
5 DataLink Layer 5-69
Type
2-byte Tag Protocol Identifier(value 81-00)
Tag Control Information (12 bit VLAN ID field 3 bit priority field like IP TOS)
Recomputed CRC
8021Q VLAN frame format
8021 frame
8021Q frame
5 DataLink Layer 5-70
Chapter 6 Wireless and Mobile Networks
Background wireless (mobile) phone subscribers now
exceeds wired phone subscribers computer nets laptops palmtops PDAs
Internet-enabled phone promise anytime untethered Internet access
two important (but different) challenges wireless communication over wireless link mobility handling the mobile user who changes point
of attachment to network
5 DataLink Layer 5-71
Elements of a wireless network
network infrastructure
wireless hosts laptop PDA IP phone run applications may be stationary
(non-mobile) or mobile wireless does not
always mean mobility
5 DataLink Layer 5-72
Elements of a wireless network
network infrastructure
base station typically connected to
wired network relay - responsible
for sending packets between wired network and wireless host(s) in its ldquoareardquo
eg cell towers 80211 access points
5 DataLink Layer 5-73
Elements of a wireless network
network infrastructure
wireless link typically used to
connect mobile(s) to base station
also used as backbone link
multiple access protocol coordinates link access
various data rates transmission distance
5 DataLink Layer 5-74
Characteristics of selected wireless link standards
Indoor10-30m
Outdoor50-200m
Mid-rangeoutdoor
200m ndash 4 Km
Long-rangeoutdoor
5Km ndash 20 Km
056
384
1
4
5-11
54
IS-95 CDMA GSM 2G
UMTSWCDMA CDMA2000 3G
80215
80211b
80211ag
UMTSWCDMA-HSPDA CDMA2000-1xEVDO 3G cellularenhanced
80216 (WiMAX)
80211ag point-to-point
200 80211n
Dat
a ra
te (M
bps) data
5 DataLink Layer 5-75
Elements of a wireless network
network infrastructure
infrastructure mode base station connects
mobiles into wired network
handoff mobile changes base station providing connection into wired network
5 DataLink Layer 5-76
Elements of a wireless networkad hoc mode no base stations nodes can only
transmit to other nodes within link coverage
nodes organize themselves into a network route among themselves
5 DataLink Layer 5-77
Wireless network taxonomy
single hop multiple hops
infrastructure(eg APs)
noinfrastructure
host connects to base station (WiFiWiMAX cellular) which connects to
larger Internet
no base station noconnection to larger Internet (Bluetooth
ad hoc nets)
host may have torelay through several
wireless nodes to connect to larger
Internet mesh net
no base station noconnection to larger
Internet May have torelay to reach other a given wireless node
MANET VANET
5 DataLink Layer 5-78
Wireless Link Characteristics (1)Differences from wired link hellip
decreased signal strength radio signal attenuates as it propagates through matter (path loss)
interference from other sources standardized wireless network frequencies (eg 24 GHz) shared by other devices (eg phone) devices (motors) interfere as well
multipath propagation radio signal reflects off objects arriving at destination at slightly different times
hellip make communication across (even a point to point) wireless link much more ldquodifficultrdquo
5 DataLink Layer 5-79
Wireless Link Characteristics (2) SNR signal-to-noise ratio
larger SNR ndash easier to extract signal from noise (a ldquogood thingrdquo)
SNR versus BER tradeoffs given physical layer
increase power -gt increase SNR-gtdecrease BER
given SNR choose physical layer that meets BER requirement giving highest thruput
bull SNR may change with mobility dynamically adapt physical layer (modulation technique rate)
10 20 30 40
QAM256 (8 Mbps)
QAM16 (4 Mbps)
BPSK (1 Mbps)
SNR(dB)B
ER
10-1
10-2
10-3
10-5
10-6
10-7
10-4
5 DataLink Layer 5-80
Wireless network characteristicsMultiple wireless senders and receivers create
additional problems (beyond multiple access)
AB
C
Hidden terminal problem B A hear each other B C hear each other A C can not hear each othermeans A C unaware of their
interference at B
A B C
Arsquos signalstrength
space
Crsquos signalstrength
Signal attenuation B A hear each other B C hear each other A C can not hear each other
interfering at B
5 DataLink Layer 5-81
IEEE 80211 Wireless LAN 80211b
24-5 GHz unlicensed spectrum up to 11 Mbps direct sequence spread
spectrum (DSSS) in physical layer
bull all hosts use same chipping code
80211a 5-6 GHz range up to 54 Mbps
80211g 24-5 GHz range up to 54 Mbps
80211n multiple antennae 24-5 GHz range up to 200 Mbps
all use CSMACA for multiple access all have base-station and ad-hoc network versions
5 DataLink Layer 5-82
80211 LAN architecture
wireless host communicates with base station
base station = access point (AP)
Basic Service Set (BSS)(aka ldquocellrdquo) in infrastructure mode contains
wireless hosts access point (AP) base
station ad hoc mode hosts only
BSS 1
BSS 2
Internet
hub switchor routerAP
AP
5 DataLink Layer 5-83
80211 Channels association
80211b 24GHz-2485GHz spectrum divided into 11 channels at different frequencies AP admin chooses frequency for AP interference possible channel can be same as
that chosen by neighboring AP host must associate with an AP
scans channels listening for beacon framescontaining APrsquos name (SSID) and MAC address
selects AP to associate with may perform authentication [Chapter 8] will typically run DHCP to get IP address in APrsquos
subnet
5 DataLink Layer 5-84
80211 passiveactive scanning
AP 2AP 1
H1
BBS 2BBS 1
122
3 4
Active Scanning (1) probe request frame broadcast
from H1(2) probe response frame sent from
APs(3) association request frame sent
H1 to selected AP (4) association response frame sent
H1 to selected AP
AP 2AP 1
H1
BBS 2BBS 1
12 3
1
Passive Scanning(1) beacon frames sent from APs(2) association request frame sent H1
to selected AP (3) association response frame sent
H1 to selected AP
5 DataLink Layer 5-85
IEEE 80211 multiple access avoid collisions 2+ nodes transmitting at same time 80211 CSMA - sense before transmitting
donrsquot collide with ongoing transmission by other node 80211 no collision detection
difficult to receive (sense collisions) when transmitting due to weak received signals (fading)
canrsquot sense all collisions in any case hidden terminal fading goal avoid collisions CSMAC(ollision)A(voidance)
AB
CA B C
Arsquos signalstrength
space
Crsquos signalstrength
5 DataLink Layer 5-86
IEEE 80211 MAC Protocol CSMACA
80211 sender1 if sense channel idle for DIFS then
transmit entire frame (no CD)2 if sense channel busy then
start random backoff timetimer counts down while channel idletransmit when timer expiresif no ACK increase random backoff
interval repeat 280211 receiver- if frame received OK
return ACK after SIFS (ACK needed due to hidden terminal problem)
sender receiver
DIFS
data
SIFS
ACK
5 DataLink Layer 5-87
Avoiding collisions (more)idea allow sender to ldquoreserverdquo channel rather than random
access of data frames avoid collisions of long data frames sender first transmits small request-to-send (RTS) packets
to BS using CSMA RTSs may still collide with each other (but theyrsquore short)
BS broadcasts clear-to-send CTS in response to RTS CTS heard by all nodes
sender transmits data frame other stations defer transmissions
avoid data frame collisions completely using small reservation packets
5 DataLink Layer 5-88
Collision Avoidance RTS-CTS exchange
APA B
time
RTS(A)RTS(B)
RTS(A)
CTS(A) CTS(A)
DATA (A)
ACK(A) ACK(A)
reservation collision
defer
5 DataLink Layer 5-89
framecontrol duration address
1address
2address
4address
3 payload CRC
2 2 6 6 6 2 6 0 - 2312 4
seqcontrol
80211 frame addressing
Address 2 MAC addressof wireless host or AP transmitting this frame
Address 1 MAC addressof wireless host or AP to receive this frame
Address 3 MAC addressof router interface to which AP is attached
Address 4 used only in ad hoc mode
5 DataLink Layer 5-90
Internetrouter
AP
H1 R1
AP MAC addr H1 MAC addr R1 MAC addraddress 1 address 2 address 3
80211 frame
R1 MAC addr H1 MAC addr dest address source address
8023 frame
80211 frame addressing
5 DataLink Layer 5-91
framecontrol duration address
1address
2address
4address
3 payload CRC
2 2 6 6 6 2 6 0 - 2312 4
seqcontrol
Type FromAPSubtype To
APMore frag WEPMore
dataPower
mgtRetry RsvdProtocolversion
2 2 4 1 1 1 1 1 11 1
80211 frame moreduration of reserved transmission time (RTSCTS)
frame seq (for RDT)
frame type(RTS CTS ACK data)
5 DataLink Layer 5-92
hub or switch
AP 2
AP 1
H1 BBS 2
BBS 1
80211 mobility within same subnet
router H1 remains in same IP subnet IP address can remain same
switch which AP is associated with H1
self-learning (Ch 5) switch will see frame from H1 and ldquorememberrdquo which switch port can be used to reach H1
5 DataLink Layer 5-93
80211 advanced capabilities
Rate Adaptation base station mobile
dynamically change transmission rate (physical layer modulation technique) as mobile moves SNR varies
QAM256 (8 Mbps)QAM16 (4 Mbps)BPSK (1 Mbps)
10 20 30 40SNR(dB)
BE
R
10-1
10-2
10-3
10-5
10-6
10-7
10-4
operating point
1 SNR decreases BER increase as node moves away from base station2 When BER becomes too high switch to lower transmission rate but with lower BER
5 DataLink Layer 5-94
80211 advanced capabilitiesPower Management node-to-AP ldquoI am going to sleep until next
beacon framerdquo AP knows not to transmit frames to this
node node wakes up before next beacon frame
beacon frame contains list of mobiles with AP-to-mobile frames waiting to be sent node will stay awake if AP-to-mobile frames
to be sent otherwise sleep again until next beacon frame
5 DataLink Layer 5-59
Switch exampleSuppose D replies back with frame to C
Switch receives frame from from D notes in bridge table that D is on interface 2 because C is in table switch forwards frame only to
interface 1 frame received by C
hub hub hub
switch
A
B CD
EF G H
I
address interfaceABEGCD
112312
12 3
5 DataLink Layer 5-60
Switch traffic isolation switch installation breaks subnet into LAN
segments switch filters packets
same-LAN-segment frames not usually forwarded onto other LAN segments
segments become separate collision domains
hub hub hub
switch
collision domain collision domain
collision domain
5 DataLink Layer 5-61
Switches dedicated access Switch with many
interfaces Hosts have direct
connection to switch No collisions full duplex
Switching A-to-Arsquo and B-to-Brsquo simultaneously no collisions
combinations of shareddedicated 101001000 Mbps interfaces possible
switch
A
Arsquo
B
Brsquo
C
Crsquo
5 DataLink Layer 5-62
Institutional network
hub hubhub
switch
to externalnetwork
router
IP subnet
mail server
web server
5 DataLink Layer 5-63
Switches vs Routers both store-and-forward devices
routers network layer devices (examine network layer headers)
switches are link layer devices routers maintain routing tables implement routing
algorithms switches maintain switch tables implement
filtering learning algorithms
5 DataLink Layer 5-64
Summary comparison
hubs routers switches
traffic isolation
no yes yes
plug amp play yes no yes
optimal routing
no yes no
5 DataLink Layer 5-65
VLANs motivation
What happens if CS user moves office to EE
but wants connect to CS switch
single broadcast domain all layer-2 broadcast
traffic (ARP DHCP) crosses entire LAN (securityprivacy efficiency issues)
each lowest level switch has only few ports in use
Computer Science Electrical
EngineeringComputerEngineering
Whatrsquos wrong with this picture
5 DataLink Layer 5-66
VLANs Port-based VLAN switch ports grouped (by switch management software) so that single physical switch helliphellip
Switch(es) supporting VLAN capabilities can be configured to define multiple virtual LANS over single physical LAN infrastructure
Virtual Local Area Network
1
8
9
16102
7
hellip
Electrical Engineering(VLAN ports 1-8)
Computer Science(VLAN ports 9-15)
15
hellip
Electrical Engineering(VLAN ports 1-8)
hellip
1
82
7 9
1610
15
hellip
Computer Science(VLAN ports 9-16)
hellip operates as multiple virtual switches
5 DataLink Layer 5-67
Port-based VLAN
1
8
9
16102
7
hellip
Electrical Engineering(VLAN ports 1-8)
Computer Science(VLAN ports 9-15)
15
hellip
traffic isolation frames tofrom ports 1-8 can only reach ports 1-8
can also define VLAN based on MAC addresses of endpoints rather than switch port
dynamic membershipports can be dynamically assigned among VLANs
router
forwarding between VLANSdone via routing (just as with separate switches)
in practice vendors sell combined switches plus routers
5 DataLink Layer 5-68
VLANS spanning multiple switches
trunk port carries frames between VLANS defined over multiple physical switches
frames forwarded within VLAN between switches canrsquot be vanilla 8021 frames (must carry VLAN ID info)
8021q protocol addsremoves additional header fields for frames forwarded between trunk ports
1
8
9
102
7
hellip
Electrical Engineering(VLAN ports 1-8)
Computer Science(VLAN ports 9-15)
15
hellip
2
73
Ports 235 belong to EE VLANPorts 4678 belong to CS VLAN
5
4 6 816
1
5 DataLink Layer 5-69
Type
2-byte Tag Protocol Identifier(value 81-00)
Tag Control Information (12 bit VLAN ID field 3 bit priority field like IP TOS)
Recomputed CRC
8021Q VLAN frame format
8021 frame
8021Q frame
5 DataLink Layer 5-70
Chapter 6 Wireless and Mobile Networks
Background wireless (mobile) phone subscribers now
exceeds wired phone subscribers computer nets laptops palmtops PDAs
Internet-enabled phone promise anytime untethered Internet access
two important (but different) challenges wireless communication over wireless link mobility handling the mobile user who changes point
of attachment to network
5 DataLink Layer 5-71
Elements of a wireless network
network infrastructure
wireless hosts laptop PDA IP phone run applications may be stationary
(non-mobile) or mobile wireless does not
always mean mobility
5 DataLink Layer 5-72
Elements of a wireless network
network infrastructure
base station typically connected to
wired network relay - responsible
for sending packets between wired network and wireless host(s) in its ldquoareardquo
eg cell towers 80211 access points
5 DataLink Layer 5-73
Elements of a wireless network
network infrastructure
wireless link typically used to
connect mobile(s) to base station
also used as backbone link
multiple access protocol coordinates link access
various data rates transmission distance
5 DataLink Layer 5-74
Characteristics of selected wireless link standards
Indoor10-30m
Outdoor50-200m
Mid-rangeoutdoor
200m ndash 4 Km
Long-rangeoutdoor
5Km ndash 20 Km
056
384
1
4
5-11
54
IS-95 CDMA GSM 2G
UMTSWCDMA CDMA2000 3G
80215
80211b
80211ag
UMTSWCDMA-HSPDA CDMA2000-1xEVDO 3G cellularenhanced
80216 (WiMAX)
80211ag point-to-point
200 80211n
Dat
a ra
te (M
bps) data
5 DataLink Layer 5-75
Elements of a wireless network
network infrastructure
infrastructure mode base station connects
mobiles into wired network
handoff mobile changes base station providing connection into wired network
5 DataLink Layer 5-76
Elements of a wireless networkad hoc mode no base stations nodes can only
transmit to other nodes within link coverage
nodes organize themselves into a network route among themselves
5 DataLink Layer 5-77
Wireless network taxonomy
single hop multiple hops
infrastructure(eg APs)
noinfrastructure
host connects to base station (WiFiWiMAX cellular) which connects to
larger Internet
no base station noconnection to larger Internet (Bluetooth
ad hoc nets)
host may have torelay through several
wireless nodes to connect to larger
Internet mesh net
no base station noconnection to larger
Internet May have torelay to reach other a given wireless node
MANET VANET
5 DataLink Layer 5-78
Wireless Link Characteristics (1)Differences from wired link hellip
decreased signal strength radio signal attenuates as it propagates through matter (path loss)
interference from other sources standardized wireless network frequencies (eg 24 GHz) shared by other devices (eg phone) devices (motors) interfere as well
multipath propagation radio signal reflects off objects arriving at destination at slightly different times
hellip make communication across (even a point to point) wireless link much more ldquodifficultrdquo
5 DataLink Layer 5-79
Wireless Link Characteristics (2) SNR signal-to-noise ratio
larger SNR ndash easier to extract signal from noise (a ldquogood thingrdquo)
SNR versus BER tradeoffs given physical layer
increase power -gt increase SNR-gtdecrease BER
given SNR choose physical layer that meets BER requirement giving highest thruput
bull SNR may change with mobility dynamically adapt physical layer (modulation technique rate)
10 20 30 40
QAM256 (8 Mbps)
QAM16 (4 Mbps)
BPSK (1 Mbps)
SNR(dB)B
ER
10-1
10-2
10-3
10-5
10-6
10-7
10-4
5 DataLink Layer 5-80
Wireless network characteristicsMultiple wireless senders and receivers create
additional problems (beyond multiple access)
AB
C
Hidden terminal problem B A hear each other B C hear each other A C can not hear each othermeans A C unaware of their
interference at B
A B C
Arsquos signalstrength
space
Crsquos signalstrength
Signal attenuation B A hear each other B C hear each other A C can not hear each other
interfering at B
5 DataLink Layer 5-81
IEEE 80211 Wireless LAN 80211b
24-5 GHz unlicensed spectrum up to 11 Mbps direct sequence spread
spectrum (DSSS) in physical layer
bull all hosts use same chipping code
80211a 5-6 GHz range up to 54 Mbps
80211g 24-5 GHz range up to 54 Mbps
80211n multiple antennae 24-5 GHz range up to 200 Mbps
all use CSMACA for multiple access all have base-station and ad-hoc network versions
5 DataLink Layer 5-82
80211 LAN architecture
wireless host communicates with base station
base station = access point (AP)
Basic Service Set (BSS)(aka ldquocellrdquo) in infrastructure mode contains
wireless hosts access point (AP) base
station ad hoc mode hosts only
BSS 1
BSS 2
Internet
hub switchor routerAP
AP
5 DataLink Layer 5-83
80211 Channels association
80211b 24GHz-2485GHz spectrum divided into 11 channels at different frequencies AP admin chooses frequency for AP interference possible channel can be same as
that chosen by neighboring AP host must associate with an AP
scans channels listening for beacon framescontaining APrsquos name (SSID) and MAC address
selects AP to associate with may perform authentication [Chapter 8] will typically run DHCP to get IP address in APrsquos
subnet
5 DataLink Layer 5-84
80211 passiveactive scanning
AP 2AP 1
H1
BBS 2BBS 1
122
3 4
Active Scanning (1) probe request frame broadcast
from H1(2) probe response frame sent from
APs(3) association request frame sent
H1 to selected AP (4) association response frame sent
H1 to selected AP
AP 2AP 1
H1
BBS 2BBS 1
12 3
1
Passive Scanning(1) beacon frames sent from APs(2) association request frame sent H1
to selected AP (3) association response frame sent
H1 to selected AP
5 DataLink Layer 5-85
IEEE 80211 multiple access avoid collisions 2+ nodes transmitting at same time 80211 CSMA - sense before transmitting
donrsquot collide with ongoing transmission by other node 80211 no collision detection
difficult to receive (sense collisions) when transmitting due to weak received signals (fading)
canrsquot sense all collisions in any case hidden terminal fading goal avoid collisions CSMAC(ollision)A(voidance)
AB
CA B C
Arsquos signalstrength
space
Crsquos signalstrength
5 DataLink Layer 5-86
IEEE 80211 MAC Protocol CSMACA
80211 sender1 if sense channel idle for DIFS then
transmit entire frame (no CD)2 if sense channel busy then
start random backoff timetimer counts down while channel idletransmit when timer expiresif no ACK increase random backoff
interval repeat 280211 receiver- if frame received OK
return ACK after SIFS (ACK needed due to hidden terminal problem)
sender receiver
DIFS
data
SIFS
ACK
5 DataLink Layer 5-87
Avoiding collisions (more)idea allow sender to ldquoreserverdquo channel rather than random
access of data frames avoid collisions of long data frames sender first transmits small request-to-send (RTS) packets
to BS using CSMA RTSs may still collide with each other (but theyrsquore short)
BS broadcasts clear-to-send CTS in response to RTS CTS heard by all nodes
sender transmits data frame other stations defer transmissions
avoid data frame collisions completely using small reservation packets
5 DataLink Layer 5-88
Collision Avoidance RTS-CTS exchange
APA B
time
RTS(A)RTS(B)
RTS(A)
CTS(A) CTS(A)
DATA (A)
ACK(A) ACK(A)
reservation collision
defer
5 DataLink Layer 5-89
framecontrol duration address
1address
2address
4address
3 payload CRC
2 2 6 6 6 2 6 0 - 2312 4
seqcontrol
80211 frame addressing
Address 2 MAC addressof wireless host or AP transmitting this frame
Address 1 MAC addressof wireless host or AP to receive this frame
Address 3 MAC addressof router interface to which AP is attached
Address 4 used only in ad hoc mode
5 DataLink Layer 5-90
Internetrouter
AP
H1 R1
AP MAC addr H1 MAC addr R1 MAC addraddress 1 address 2 address 3
80211 frame
R1 MAC addr H1 MAC addr dest address source address
8023 frame
80211 frame addressing
5 DataLink Layer 5-91
framecontrol duration address
1address
2address
4address
3 payload CRC
2 2 6 6 6 2 6 0 - 2312 4
seqcontrol
Type FromAPSubtype To
APMore frag WEPMore
dataPower
mgtRetry RsvdProtocolversion
2 2 4 1 1 1 1 1 11 1
80211 frame moreduration of reserved transmission time (RTSCTS)
frame seq (for RDT)
frame type(RTS CTS ACK data)
5 DataLink Layer 5-92
hub or switch
AP 2
AP 1
H1 BBS 2
BBS 1
80211 mobility within same subnet
router H1 remains in same IP subnet IP address can remain same
switch which AP is associated with H1
self-learning (Ch 5) switch will see frame from H1 and ldquorememberrdquo which switch port can be used to reach H1
5 DataLink Layer 5-93
80211 advanced capabilities
Rate Adaptation base station mobile
dynamically change transmission rate (physical layer modulation technique) as mobile moves SNR varies
QAM256 (8 Mbps)QAM16 (4 Mbps)BPSK (1 Mbps)
10 20 30 40SNR(dB)
BE
R
10-1
10-2
10-3
10-5
10-6
10-7
10-4
operating point
1 SNR decreases BER increase as node moves away from base station2 When BER becomes too high switch to lower transmission rate but with lower BER
5 DataLink Layer 5-94
80211 advanced capabilitiesPower Management node-to-AP ldquoI am going to sleep until next
beacon framerdquo AP knows not to transmit frames to this
node node wakes up before next beacon frame
beacon frame contains list of mobiles with AP-to-mobile frames waiting to be sent node will stay awake if AP-to-mobile frames
to be sent otherwise sleep again until next beacon frame
5 DataLink Layer 5-60
Switch traffic isolation switch installation breaks subnet into LAN
segments switch filters packets
same-LAN-segment frames not usually forwarded onto other LAN segments
segments become separate collision domains
hub hub hub
switch
collision domain collision domain
collision domain
5 DataLink Layer 5-61
Switches dedicated access Switch with many
interfaces Hosts have direct
connection to switch No collisions full duplex
Switching A-to-Arsquo and B-to-Brsquo simultaneously no collisions
combinations of shareddedicated 101001000 Mbps interfaces possible
switch
A
Arsquo
B
Brsquo
C
Crsquo
5 DataLink Layer 5-62
Institutional network
hub hubhub
switch
to externalnetwork
router
IP subnet
mail server
web server
5 DataLink Layer 5-63
Switches vs Routers both store-and-forward devices
routers network layer devices (examine network layer headers)
switches are link layer devices routers maintain routing tables implement routing
algorithms switches maintain switch tables implement
filtering learning algorithms
5 DataLink Layer 5-64
Summary comparison
hubs routers switches
traffic isolation
no yes yes
plug amp play yes no yes
optimal routing
no yes no
5 DataLink Layer 5-65
VLANs motivation
What happens if CS user moves office to EE
but wants connect to CS switch
single broadcast domain all layer-2 broadcast
traffic (ARP DHCP) crosses entire LAN (securityprivacy efficiency issues)
each lowest level switch has only few ports in use
Computer Science Electrical
EngineeringComputerEngineering
Whatrsquos wrong with this picture
5 DataLink Layer 5-66
VLANs Port-based VLAN switch ports grouped (by switch management software) so that single physical switch helliphellip
Switch(es) supporting VLAN capabilities can be configured to define multiple virtual LANS over single physical LAN infrastructure
Virtual Local Area Network
1
8
9
16102
7
hellip
Electrical Engineering(VLAN ports 1-8)
Computer Science(VLAN ports 9-15)
15
hellip
Electrical Engineering(VLAN ports 1-8)
hellip
1
82
7 9
1610
15
hellip
Computer Science(VLAN ports 9-16)
hellip operates as multiple virtual switches
5 DataLink Layer 5-67
Port-based VLAN
1
8
9
16102
7
hellip
Electrical Engineering(VLAN ports 1-8)
Computer Science(VLAN ports 9-15)
15
hellip
traffic isolation frames tofrom ports 1-8 can only reach ports 1-8
can also define VLAN based on MAC addresses of endpoints rather than switch port
dynamic membershipports can be dynamically assigned among VLANs
router
forwarding between VLANSdone via routing (just as with separate switches)
in practice vendors sell combined switches plus routers
5 DataLink Layer 5-68
VLANS spanning multiple switches
trunk port carries frames between VLANS defined over multiple physical switches
frames forwarded within VLAN between switches canrsquot be vanilla 8021 frames (must carry VLAN ID info)
8021q protocol addsremoves additional header fields for frames forwarded between trunk ports
1
8
9
102
7
hellip
Electrical Engineering(VLAN ports 1-8)
Computer Science(VLAN ports 9-15)
15
hellip
2
73
Ports 235 belong to EE VLANPorts 4678 belong to CS VLAN
5
4 6 816
1
5 DataLink Layer 5-69
Type
2-byte Tag Protocol Identifier(value 81-00)
Tag Control Information (12 bit VLAN ID field 3 bit priority field like IP TOS)
Recomputed CRC
8021Q VLAN frame format
8021 frame
8021Q frame
5 DataLink Layer 5-70
Chapter 6 Wireless and Mobile Networks
Background wireless (mobile) phone subscribers now
exceeds wired phone subscribers computer nets laptops palmtops PDAs
Internet-enabled phone promise anytime untethered Internet access
two important (but different) challenges wireless communication over wireless link mobility handling the mobile user who changes point
of attachment to network
5 DataLink Layer 5-71
Elements of a wireless network
network infrastructure
wireless hosts laptop PDA IP phone run applications may be stationary
(non-mobile) or mobile wireless does not
always mean mobility
5 DataLink Layer 5-72
Elements of a wireless network
network infrastructure
base station typically connected to
wired network relay - responsible
for sending packets between wired network and wireless host(s) in its ldquoareardquo
eg cell towers 80211 access points
5 DataLink Layer 5-73
Elements of a wireless network
network infrastructure
wireless link typically used to
connect mobile(s) to base station
also used as backbone link
multiple access protocol coordinates link access
various data rates transmission distance
5 DataLink Layer 5-74
Characteristics of selected wireless link standards
Indoor10-30m
Outdoor50-200m
Mid-rangeoutdoor
200m ndash 4 Km
Long-rangeoutdoor
5Km ndash 20 Km
056
384
1
4
5-11
54
IS-95 CDMA GSM 2G
UMTSWCDMA CDMA2000 3G
80215
80211b
80211ag
UMTSWCDMA-HSPDA CDMA2000-1xEVDO 3G cellularenhanced
80216 (WiMAX)
80211ag point-to-point
200 80211n
Dat
a ra
te (M
bps) data
5 DataLink Layer 5-75
Elements of a wireless network
network infrastructure
infrastructure mode base station connects
mobiles into wired network
handoff mobile changes base station providing connection into wired network
5 DataLink Layer 5-76
Elements of a wireless networkad hoc mode no base stations nodes can only
transmit to other nodes within link coverage
nodes organize themselves into a network route among themselves
5 DataLink Layer 5-77
Wireless network taxonomy
single hop multiple hops
infrastructure(eg APs)
noinfrastructure
host connects to base station (WiFiWiMAX cellular) which connects to
larger Internet
no base station noconnection to larger Internet (Bluetooth
ad hoc nets)
host may have torelay through several
wireless nodes to connect to larger
Internet mesh net
no base station noconnection to larger
Internet May have torelay to reach other a given wireless node
MANET VANET
5 DataLink Layer 5-78
Wireless Link Characteristics (1)Differences from wired link hellip
decreased signal strength radio signal attenuates as it propagates through matter (path loss)
interference from other sources standardized wireless network frequencies (eg 24 GHz) shared by other devices (eg phone) devices (motors) interfere as well
multipath propagation radio signal reflects off objects arriving at destination at slightly different times
hellip make communication across (even a point to point) wireless link much more ldquodifficultrdquo
5 DataLink Layer 5-79
Wireless Link Characteristics (2) SNR signal-to-noise ratio
larger SNR ndash easier to extract signal from noise (a ldquogood thingrdquo)
SNR versus BER tradeoffs given physical layer
increase power -gt increase SNR-gtdecrease BER
given SNR choose physical layer that meets BER requirement giving highest thruput
bull SNR may change with mobility dynamically adapt physical layer (modulation technique rate)
10 20 30 40
QAM256 (8 Mbps)
QAM16 (4 Mbps)
BPSK (1 Mbps)
SNR(dB)B
ER
10-1
10-2
10-3
10-5
10-6
10-7
10-4
5 DataLink Layer 5-80
Wireless network characteristicsMultiple wireless senders and receivers create
additional problems (beyond multiple access)
AB
C
Hidden terminal problem B A hear each other B C hear each other A C can not hear each othermeans A C unaware of their
interference at B
A B C
Arsquos signalstrength
space
Crsquos signalstrength
Signal attenuation B A hear each other B C hear each other A C can not hear each other
interfering at B
5 DataLink Layer 5-81
IEEE 80211 Wireless LAN 80211b
24-5 GHz unlicensed spectrum up to 11 Mbps direct sequence spread
spectrum (DSSS) in physical layer
bull all hosts use same chipping code
80211a 5-6 GHz range up to 54 Mbps
80211g 24-5 GHz range up to 54 Mbps
80211n multiple antennae 24-5 GHz range up to 200 Mbps
all use CSMACA for multiple access all have base-station and ad-hoc network versions
5 DataLink Layer 5-82
80211 LAN architecture
wireless host communicates with base station
base station = access point (AP)
Basic Service Set (BSS)(aka ldquocellrdquo) in infrastructure mode contains
wireless hosts access point (AP) base
station ad hoc mode hosts only
BSS 1
BSS 2
Internet
hub switchor routerAP
AP
5 DataLink Layer 5-83
80211 Channels association
80211b 24GHz-2485GHz spectrum divided into 11 channels at different frequencies AP admin chooses frequency for AP interference possible channel can be same as
that chosen by neighboring AP host must associate with an AP
scans channels listening for beacon framescontaining APrsquos name (SSID) and MAC address
selects AP to associate with may perform authentication [Chapter 8] will typically run DHCP to get IP address in APrsquos
subnet
5 DataLink Layer 5-84
80211 passiveactive scanning
AP 2AP 1
H1
BBS 2BBS 1
122
3 4
Active Scanning (1) probe request frame broadcast
from H1(2) probe response frame sent from
APs(3) association request frame sent
H1 to selected AP (4) association response frame sent
H1 to selected AP
AP 2AP 1
H1
BBS 2BBS 1
12 3
1
Passive Scanning(1) beacon frames sent from APs(2) association request frame sent H1
to selected AP (3) association response frame sent
H1 to selected AP
5 DataLink Layer 5-85
IEEE 80211 multiple access avoid collisions 2+ nodes transmitting at same time 80211 CSMA - sense before transmitting
donrsquot collide with ongoing transmission by other node 80211 no collision detection
difficult to receive (sense collisions) when transmitting due to weak received signals (fading)
canrsquot sense all collisions in any case hidden terminal fading goal avoid collisions CSMAC(ollision)A(voidance)
AB
CA B C
Arsquos signalstrength
space
Crsquos signalstrength
5 DataLink Layer 5-86
IEEE 80211 MAC Protocol CSMACA
80211 sender1 if sense channel idle for DIFS then
transmit entire frame (no CD)2 if sense channel busy then
start random backoff timetimer counts down while channel idletransmit when timer expiresif no ACK increase random backoff
interval repeat 280211 receiver- if frame received OK
return ACK after SIFS (ACK needed due to hidden terminal problem)
sender receiver
DIFS
data
SIFS
ACK
5 DataLink Layer 5-87
Avoiding collisions (more)idea allow sender to ldquoreserverdquo channel rather than random
access of data frames avoid collisions of long data frames sender first transmits small request-to-send (RTS) packets
to BS using CSMA RTSs may still collide with each other (but theyrsquore short)
BS broadcasts clear-to-send CTS in response to RTS CTS heard by all nodes
sender transmits data frame other stations defer transmissions
avoid data frame collisions completely using small reservation packets
5 DataLink Layer 5-88
Collision Avoidance RTS-CTS exchange
APA B
time
RTS(A)RTS(B)
RTS(A)
CTS(A) CTS(A)
DATA (A)
ACK(A) ACK(A)
reservation collision
defer
5 DataLink Layer 5-89
framecontrol duration address
1address
2address
4address
3 payload CRC
2 2 6 6 6 2 6 0 - 2312 4
seqcontrol
80211 frame addressing
Address 2 MAC addressof wireless host or AP transmitting this frame
Address 1 MAC addressof wireless host or AP to receive this frame
Address 3 MAC addressof router interface to which AP is attached
Address 4 used only in ad hoc mode
5 DataLink Layer 5-90
Internetrouter
AP
H1 R1
AP MAC addr H1 MAC addr R1 MAC addraddress 1 address 2 address 3
80211 frame
R1 MAC addr H1 MAC addr dest address source address
8023 frame
80211 frame addressing
5 DataLink Layer 5-91
framecontrol duration address
1address
2address
4address
3 payload CRC
2 2 6 6 6 2 6 0 - 2312 4
seqcontrol
Type FromAPSubtype To
APMore frag WEPMore
dataPower
mgtRetry RsvdProtocolversion
2 2 4 1 1 1 1 1 11 1
80211 frame moreduration of reserved transmission time (RTSCTS)
frame seq (for RDT)
frame type(RTS CTS ACK data)
5 DataLink Layer 5-92
hub or switch
AP 2
AP 1
H1 BBS 2
BBS 1
80211 mobility within same subnet
router H1 remains in same IP subnet IP address can remain same
switch which AP is associated with H1
self-learning (Ch 5) switch will see frame from H1 and ldquorememberrdquo which switch port can be used to reach H1
5 DataLink Layer 5-93
80211 advanced capabilities
Rate Adaptation base station mobile
dynamically change transmission rate (physical layer modulation technique) as mobile moves SNR varies
QAM256 (8 Mbps)QAM16 (4 Mbps)BPSK (1 Mbps)
10 20 30 40SNR(dB)
BE
R
10-1
10-2
10-3
10-5
10-6
10-7
10-4
operating point
1 SNR decreases BER increase as node moves away from base station2 When BER becomes too high switch to lower transmission rate but with lower BER
5 DataLink Layer 5-94
80211 advanced capabilitiesPower Management node-to-AP ldquoI am going to sleep until next
beacon framerdquo AP knows not to transmit frames to this
node node wakes up before next beacon frame
beacon frame contains list of mobiles with AP-to-mobile frames waiting to be sent node will stay awake if AP-to-mobile frames
to be sent otherwise sleep again until next beacon frame
5 DataLink Layer 5-61
Switches dedicated access Switch with many
interfaces Hosts have direct
connection to switch No collisions full duplex
Switching A-to-Arsquo and B-to-Brsquo simultaneously no collisions
combinations of shareddedicated 101001000 Mbps interfaces possible
switch
A
Arsquo
B
Brsquo
C
Crsquo
5 DataLink Layer 5-62
Institutional network
hub hubhub
switch
to externalnetwork
router
IP subnet
mail server
web server
5 DataLink Layer 5-63
Switches vs Routers both store-and-forward devices
routers network layer devices (examine network layer headers)
switches are link layer devices routers maintain routing tables implement routing
algorithms switches maintain switch tables implement
filtering learning algorithms
5 DataLink Layer 5-64
Summary comparison
hubs routers switches
traffic isolation
no yes yes
plug amp play yes no yes
optimal routing
no yes no
5 DataLink Layer 5-65
VLANs motivation
What happens if CS user moves office to EE
but wants connect to CS switch
single broadcast domain all layer-2 broadcast
traffic (ARP DHCP) crosses entire LAN (securityprivacy efficiency issues)
each lowest level switch has only few ports in use
Computer Science Electrical
EngineeringComputerEngineering
Whatrsquos wrong with this picture
5 DataLink Layer 5-66
VLANs Port-based VLAN switch ports grouped (by switch management software) so that single physical switch helliphellip
Switch(es) supporting VLAN capabilities can be configured to define multiple virtual LANS over single physical LAN infrastructure
Virtual Local Area Network
1
8
9
16102
7
hellip
Electrical Engineering(VLAN ports 1-8)
Computer Science(VLAN ports 9-15)
15
hellip
Electrical Engineering(VLAN ports 1-8)
hellip
1
82
7 9
1610
15
hellip
Computer Science(VLAN ports 9-16)
hellip operates as multiple virtual switches
5 DataLink Layer 5-67
Port-based VLAN
1
8
9
16102
7
hellip
Electrical Engineering(VLAN ports 1-8)
Computer Science(VLAN ports 9-15)
15
hellip
traffic isolation frames tofrom ports 1-8 can only reach ports 1-8
can also define VLAN based on MAC addresses of endpoints rather than switch port
dynamic membershipports can be dynamically assigned among VLANs
router
forwarding between VLANSdone via routing (just as with separate switches)
in practice vendors sell combined switches plus routers
5 DataLink Layer 5-68
VLANS spanning multiple switches
trunk port carries frames between VLANS defined over multiple physical switches
frames forwarded within VLAN between switches canrsquot be vanilla 8021 frames (must carry VLAN ID info)
8021q protocol addsremoves additional header fields for frames forwarded between trunk ports
1
8
9
102
7
hellip
Electrical Engineering(VLAN ports 1-8)
Computer Science(VLAN ports 9-15)
15
hellip
2
73
Ports 235 belong to EE VLANPorts 4678 belong to CS VLAN
5
4 6 816
1
5 DataLink Layer 5-69
Type
2-byte Tag Protocol Identifier(value 81-00)
Tag Control Information (12 bit VLAN ID field 3 bit priority field like IP TOS)
Recomputed CRC
8021Q VLAN frame format
8021 frame
8021Q frame
5 DataLink Layer 5-70
Chapter 6 Wireless and Mobile Networks
Background wireless (mobile) phone subscribers now
exceeds wired phone subscribers computer nets laptops palmtops PDAs
Internet-enabled phone promise anytime untethered Internet access
two important (but different) challenges wireless communication over wireless link mobility handling the mobile user who changes point
of attachment to network
5 DataLink Layer 5-71
Elements of a wireless network
network infrastructure
wireless hosts laptop PDA IP phone run applications may be stationary
(non-mobile) or mobile wireless does not
always mean mobility
5 DataLink Layer 5-72
Elements of a wireless network
network infrastructure
base station typically connected to
wired network relay - responsible
for sending packets between wired network and wireless host(s) in its ldquoareardquo
eg cell towers 80211 access points
5 DataLink Layer 5-73
Elements of a wireless network
network infrastructure
wireless link typically used to
connect mobile(s) to base station
also used as backbone link
multiple access protocol coordinates link access
various data rates transmission distance
5 DataLink Layer 5-74
Characteristics of selected wireless link standards
Indoor10-30m
Outdoor50-200m
Mid-rangeoutdoor
200m ndash 4 Km
Long-rangeoutdoor
5Km ndash 20 Km
056
384
1
4
5-11
54
IS-95 CDMA GSM 2G
UMTSWCDMA CDMA2000 3G
80215
80211b
80211ag
UMTSWCDMA-HSPDA CDMA2000-1xEVDO 3G cellularenhanced
80216 (WiMAX)
80211ag point-to-point
200 80211n
Dat
a ra
te (M
bps) data
5 DataLink Layer 5-75
Elements of a wireless network
network infrastructure
infrastructure mode base station connects
mobiles into wired network
handoff mobile changes base station providing connection into wired network
5 DataLink Layer 5-76
Elements of a wireless networkad hoc mode no base stations nodes can only
transmit to other nodes within link coverage
nodes organize themselves into a network route among themselves
5 DataLink Layer 5-77
Wireless network taxonomy
single hop multiple hops
infrastructure(eg APs)
noinfrastructure
host connects to base station (WiFiWiMAX cellular) which connects to
larger Internet
no base station noconnection to larger Internet (Bluetooth
ad hoc nets)
host may have torelay through several
wireless nodes to connect to larger
Internet mesh net
no base station noconnection to larger
Internet May have torelay to reach other a given wireless node
MANET VANET
5 DataLink Layer 5-78
Wireless Link Characteristics (1)Differences from wired link hellip
decreased signal strength radio signal attenuates as it propagates through matter (path loss)
interference from other sources standardized wireless network frequencies (eg 24 GHz) shared by other devices (eg phone) devices (motors) interfere as well
multipath propagation radio signal reflects off objects arriving at destination at slightly different times
hellip make communication across (even a point to point) wireless link much more ldquodifficultrdquo
5 DataLink Layer 5-79
Wireless Link Characteristics (2) SNR signal-to-noise ratio
larger SNR ndash easier to extract signal from noise (a ldquogood thingrdquo)
SNR versus BER tradeoffs given physical layer
increase power -gt increase SNR-gtdecrease BER
given SNR choose physical layer that meets BER requirement giving highest thruput
bull SNR may change with mobility dynamically adapt physical layer (modulation technique rate)
10 20 30 40
QAM256 (8 Mbps)
QAM16 (4 Mbps)
BPSK (1 Mbps)
SNR(dB)B
ER
10-1
10-2
10-3
10-5
10-6
10-7
10-4
5 DataLink Layer 5-80
Wireless network characteristicsMultiple wireless senders and receivers create
additional problems (beyond multiple access)
AB
C
Hidden terminal problem B A hear each other B C hear each other A C can not hear each othermeans A C unaware of their
interference at B
A B C
Arsquos signalstrength
space
Crsquos signalstrength
Signal attenuation B A hear each other B C hear each other A C can not hear each other
interfering at B
5 DataLink Layer 5-81
IEEE 80211 Wireless LAN 80211b
24-5 GHz unlicensed spectrum up to 11 Mbps direct sequence spread
spectrum (DSSS) in physical layer
bull all hosts use same chipping code
80211a 5-6 GHz range up to 54 Mbps
80211g 24-5 GHz range up to 54 Mbps
80211n multiple antennae 24-5 GHz range up to 200 Mbps
all use CSMACA for multiple access all have base-station and ad-hoc network versions
5 DataLink Layer 5-82
80211 LAN architecture
wireless host communicates with base station
base station = access point (AP)
Basic Service Set (BSS)(aka ldquocellrdquo) in infrastructure mode contains
wireless hosts access point (AP) base
station ad hoc mode hosts only
BSS 1
BSS 2
Internet
hub switchor routerAP
AP
5 DataLink Layer 5-83
80211 Channels association
80211b 24GHz-2485GHz spectrum divided into 11 channels at different frequencies AP admin chooses frequency for AP interference possible channel can be same as
that chosen by neighboring AP host must associate with an AP
scans channels listening for beacon framescontaining APrsquos name (SSID) and MAC address
selects AP to associate with may perform authentication [Chapter 8] will typically run DHCP to get IP address in APrsquos
subnet
5 DataLink Layer 5-84
80211 passiveactive scanning
AP 2AP 1
H1
BBS 2BBS 1
122
3 4
Active Scanning (1) probe request frame broadcast
from H1(2) probe response frame sent from
APs(3) association request frame sent
H1 to selected AP (4) association response frame sent
H1 to selected AP
AP 2AP 1
H1
BBS 2BBS 1
12 3
1
Passive Scanning(1) beacon frames sent from APs(2) association request frame sent H1
to selected AP (3) association response frame sent
H1 to selected AP
5 DataLink Layer 5-85
IEEE 80211 multiple access avoid collisions 2+ nodes transmitting at same time 80211 CSMA - sense before transmitting
donrsquot collide with ongoing transmission by other node 80211 no collision detection
difficult to receive (sense collisions) when transmitting due to weak received signals (fading)
canrsquot sense all collisions in any case hidden terminal fading goal avoid collisions CSMAC(ollision)A(voidance)
AB
CA B C
Arsquos signalstrength
space
Crsquos signalstrength
5 DataLink Layer 5-86
IEEE 80211 MAC Protocol CSMACA
80211 sender1 if sense channel idle for DIFS then
transmit entire frame (no CD)2 if sense channel busy then
start random backoff timetimer counts down while channel idletransmit when timer expiresif no ACK increase random backoff
interval repeat 280211 receiver- if frame received OK
return ACK after SIFS (ACK needed due to hidden terminal problem)
sender receiver
DIFS
data
SIFS
ACK
5 DataLink Layer 5-87
Avoiding collisions (more)idea allow sender to ldquoreserverdquo channel rather than random
access of data frames avoid collisions of long data frames sender first transmits small request-to-send (RTS) packets
to BS using CSMA RTSs may still collide with each other (but theyrsquore short)
BS broadcasts clear-to-send CTS in response to RTS CTS heard by all nodes
sender transmits data frame other stations defer transmissions
avoid data frame collisions completely using small reservation packets
5 DataLink Layer 5-88
Collision Avoidance RTS-CTS exchange
APA B
time
RTS(A)RTS(B)
RTS(A)
CTS(A) CTS(A)
DATA (A)
ACK(A) ACK(A)
reservation collision
defer
5 DataLink Layer 5-89
framecontrol duration address
1address
2address
4address
3 payload CRC
2 2 6 6 6 2 6 0 - 2312 4
seqcontrol
80211 frame addressing
Address 2 MAC addressof wireless host or AP transmitting this frame
Address 1 MAC addressof wireless host or AP to receive this frame
Address 3 MAC addressof router interface to which AP is attached
Address 4 used only in ad hoc mode
5 DataLink Layer 5-90
Internetrouter
AP
H1 R1
AP MAC addr H1 MAC addr R1 MAC addraddress 1 address 2 address 3
80211 frame
R1 MAC addr H1 MAC addr dest address source address
8023 frame
80211 frame addressing
5 DataLink Layer 5-91
framecontrol duration address
1address
2address
4address
3 payload CRC
2 2 6 6 6 2 6 0 - 2312 4
seqcontrol
Type FromAPSubtype To
APMore frag WEPMore
dataPower
mgtRetry RsvdProtocolversion
2 2 4 1 1 1 1 1 11 1
80211 frame moreduration of reserved transmission time (RTSCTS)
frame seq (for RDT)
frame type(RTS CTS ACK data)
5 DataLink Layer 5-92
hub or switch
AP 2
AP 1
H1 BBS 2
BBS 1
80211 mobility within same subnet
router H1 remains in same IP subnet IP address can remain same
switch which AP is associated with H1
self-learning (Ch 5) switch will see frame from H1 and ldquorememberrdquo which switch port can be used to reach H1
5 DataLink Layer 5-93
80211 advanced capabilities
Rate Adaptation base station mobile
dynamically change transmission rate (physical layer modulation technique) as mobile moves SNR varies
QAM256 (8 Mbps)QAM16 (4 Mbps)BPSK (1 Mbps)
10 20 30 40SNR(dB)
BE
R
10-1
10-2
10-3
10-5
10-6
10-7
10-4
operating point
1 SNR decreases BER increase as node moves away from base station2 When BER becomes too high switch to lower transmission rate but with lower BER
5 DataLink Layer 5-94
80211 advanced capabilitiesPower Management node-to-AP ldquoI am going to sleep until next
beacon framerdquo AP knows not to transmit frames to this
node node wakes up before next beacon frame
beacon frame contains list of mobiles with AP-to-mobile frames waiting to be sent node will stay awake if AP-to-mobile frames
to be sent otherwise sleep again until next beacon frame
5 DataLink Layer 5-62
Institutional network
hub hubhub
switch
to externalnetwork
router
IP subnet
mail server
web server
5 DataLink Layer 5-63
Switches vs Routers both store-and-forward devices
routers network layer devices (examine network layer headers)
switches are link layer devices routers maintain routing tables implement routing
algorithms switches maintain switch tables implement
filtering learning algorithms
5 DataLink Layer 5-64
Summary comparison
hubs routers switches
traffic isolation
no yes yes
plug amp play yes no yes
optimal routing
no yes no
5 DataLink Layer 5-65
VLANs motivation
What happens if CS user moves office to EE
but wants connect to CS switch
single broadcast domain all layer-2 broadcast
traffic (ARP DHCP) crosses entire LAN (securityprivacy efficiency issues)
each lowest level switch has only few ports in use
Computer Science Electrical
EngineeringComputerEngineering
Whatrsquos wrong with this picture
5 DataLink Layer 5-66
VLANs Port-based VLAN switch ports grouped (by switch management software) so that single physical switch helliphellip
Switch(es) supporting VLAN capabilities can be configured to define multiple virtual LANS over single physical LAN infrastructure
Virtual Local Area Network
1
8
9
16102
7
hellip
Electrical Engineering(VLAN ports 1-8)
Computer Science(VLAN ports 9-15)
15
hellip
Electrical Engineering(VLAN ports 1-8)
hellip
1
82
7 9
1610
15
hellip
Computer Science(VLAN ports 9-16)
hellip operates as multiple virtual switches
5 DataLink Layer 5-67
Port-based VLAN
1
8
9
16102
7
hellip
Electrical Engineering(VLAN ports 1-8)
Computer Science(VLAN ports 9-15)
15
hellip
traffic isolation frames tofrom ports 1-8 can only reach ports 1-8
can also define VLAN based on MAC addresses of endpoints rather than switch port
dynamic membershipports can be dynamically assigned among VLANs
router
forwarding between VLANSdone via routing (just as with separate switches)
in practice vendors sell combined switches plus routers
5 DataLink Layer 5-68
VLANS spanning multiple switches
trunk port carries frames between VLANS defined over multiple physical switches
frames forwarded within VLAN between switches canrsquot be vanilla 8021 frames (must carry VLAN ID info)
8021q protocol addsremoves additional header fields for frames forwarded between trunk ports
1
8
9
102
7
hellip
Electrical Engineering(VLAN ports 1-8)
Computer Science(VLAN ports 9-15)
15
hellip
2
73
Ports 235 belong to EE VLANPorts 4678 belong to CS VLAN
5
4 6 816
1
5 DataLink Layer 5-69
Type
2-byte Tag Protocol Identifier(value 81-00)
Tag Control Information (12 bit VLAN ID field 3 bit priority field like IP TOS)
Recomputed CRC
8021Q VLAN frame format
8021 frame
8021Q frame
5 DataLink Layer 5-70
Chapter 6 Wireless and Mobile Networks
Background wireless (mobile) phone subscribers now
exceeds wired phone subscribers computer nets laptops palmtops PDAs
Internet-enabled phone promise anytime untethered Internet access
two important (but different) challenges wireless communication over wireless link mobility handling the mobile user who changes point
of attachment to network
5 DataLink Layer 5-71
Elements of a wireless network
network infrastructure
wireless hosts laptop PDA IP phone run applications may be stationary
(non-mobile) or mobile wireless does not
always mean mobility
5 DataLink Layer 5-72
Elements of a wireless network
network infrastructure
base station typically connected to
wired network relay - responsible
for sending packets between wired network and wireless host(s) in its ldquoareardquo
eg cell towers 80211 access points
5 DataLink Layer 5-73
Elements of a wireless network
network infrastructure
wireless link typically used to
connect mobile(s) to base station
also used as backbone link
multiple access protocol coordinates link access
various data rates transmission distance
5 DataLink Layer 5-74
Characteristics of selected wireless link standards
Indoor10-30m
Outdoor50-200m
Mid-rangeoutdoor
200m ndash 4 Km
Long-rangeoutdoor
5Km ndash 20 Km
056
384
1
4
5-11
54
IS-95 CDMA GSM 2G
UMTSWCDMA CDMA2000 3G
80215
80211b
80211ag
UMTSWCDMA-HSPDA CDMA2000-1xEVDO 3G cellularenhanced
80216 (WiMAX)
80211ag point-to-point
200 80211n
Dat
a ra
te (M
bps) data
5 DataLink Layer 5-75
Elements of a wireless network
network infrastructure
infrastructure mode base station connects
mobiles into wired network
handoff mobile changes base station providing connection into wired network
5 DataLink Layer 5-76
Elements of a wireless networkad hoc mode no base stations nodes can only
transmit to other nodes within link coverage
nodes organize themselves into a network route among themselves
5 DataLink Layer 5-77
Wireless network taxonomy
single hop multiple hops
infrastructure(eg APs)
noinfrastructure
host connects to base station (WiFiWiMAX cellular) which connects to
larger Internet
no base station noconnection to larger Internet (Bluetooth
ad hoc nets)
host may have torelay through several
wireless nodes to connect to larger
Internet mesh net
no base station noconnection to larger
Internet May have torelay to reach other a given wireless node
MANET VANET
5 DataLink Layer 5-78
Wireless Link Characteristics (1)Differences from wired link hellip
decreased signal strength radio signal attenuates as it propagates through matter (path loss)
interference from other sources standardized wireless network frequencies (eg 24 GHz) shared by other devices (eg phone) devices (motors) interfere as well
multipath propagation radio signal reflects off objects arriving at destination at slightly different times
hellip make communication across (even a point to point) wireless link much more ldquodifficultrdquo
5 DataLink Layer 5-79
Wireless Link Characteristics (2) SNR signal-to-noise ratio
larger SNR ndash easier to extract signal from noise (a ldquogood thingrdquo)
SNR versus BER tradeoffs given physical layer
increase power -gt increase SNR-gtdecrease BER
given SNR choose physical layer that meets BER requirement giving highest thruput
bull SNR may change with mobility dynamically adapt physical layer (modulation technique rate)
10 20 30 40
QAM256 (8 Mbps)
QAM16 (4 Mbps)
BPSK (1 Mbps)
SNR(dB)B
ER
10-1
10-2
10-3
10-5
10-6
10-7
10-4
5 DataLink Layer 5-80
Wireless network characteristicsMultiple wireless senders and receivers create
additional problems (beyond multiple access)
AB
C
Hidden terminal problem B A hear each other B C hear each other A C can not hear each othermeans A C unaware of their
interference at B
A B C
Arsquos signalstrength
space
Crsquos signalstrength
Signal attenuation B A hear each other B C hear each other A C can not hear each other
interfering at B
5 DataLink Layer 5-81
IEEE 80211 Wireless LAN 80211b
24-5 GHz unlicensed spectrum up to 11 Mbps direct sequence spread
spectrum (DSSS) in physical layer
bull all hosts use same chipping code
80211a 5-6 GHz range up to 54 Mbps
80211g 24-5 GHz range up to 54 Mbps
80211n multiple antennae 24-5 GHz range up to 200 Mbps
all use CSMACA for multiple access all have base-station and ad-hoc network versions
5 DataLink Layer 5-82
80211 LAN architecture
wireless host communicates with base station
base station = access point (AP)
Basic Service Set (BSS)(aka ldquocellrdquo) in infrastructure mode contains
wireless hosts access point (AP) base
station ad hoc mode hosts only
BSS 1
BSS 2
Internet
hub switchor routerAP
AP
5 DataLink Layer 5-83
80211 Channels association
80211b 24GHz-2485GHz spectrum divided into 11 channels at different frequencies AP admin chooses frequency for AP interference possible channel can be same as
that chosen by neighboring AP host must associate with an AP
scans channels listening for beacon framescontaining APrsquos name (SSID) and MAC address
selects AP to associate with may perform authentication [Chapter 8] will typically run DHCP to get IP address in APrsquos
subnet
5 DataLink Layer 5-84
80211 passiveactive scanning
AP 2AP 1
H1
BBS 2BBS 1
122
3 4
Active Scanning (1) probe request frame broadcast
from H1(2) probe response frame sent from
APs(3) association request frame sent
H1 to selected AP (4) association response frame sent
H1 to selected AP
AP 2AP 1
H1
BBS 2BBS 1
12 3
1
Passive Scanning(1) beacon frames sent from APs(2) association request frame sent H1
to selected AP (3) association response frame sent
H1 to selected AP
5 DataLink Layer 5-85
IEEE 80211 multiple access avoid collisions 2+ nodes transmitting at same time 80211 CSMA - sense before transmitting
donrsquot collide with ongoing transmission by other node 80211 no collision detection
difficult to receive (sense collisions) when transmitting due to weak received signals (fading)
canrsquot sense all collisions in any case hidden terminal fading goal avoid collisions CSMAC(ollision)A(voidance)
AB
CA B C
Arsquos signalstrength
space
Crsquos signalstrength
5 DataLink Layer 5-86
IEEE 80211 MAC Protocol CSMACA
80211 sender1 if sense channel idle for DIFS then
transmit entire frame (no CD)2 if sense channel busy then
start random backoff timetimer counts down while channel idletransmit when timer expiresif no ACK increase random backoff
interval repeat 280211 receiver- if frame received OK
return ACK after SIFS (ACK needed due to hidden terminal problem)
sender receiver
DIFS
data
SIFS
ACK
5 DataLink Layer 5-87
Avoiding collisions (more)idea allow sender to ldquoreserverdquo channel rather than random
access of data frames avoid collisions of long data frames sender first transmits small request-to-send (RTS) packets
to BS using CSMA RTSs may still collide with each other (but theyrsquore short)
BS broadcasts clear-to-send CTS in response to RTS CTS heard by all nodes
sender transmits data frame other stations defer transmissions
avoid data frame collisions completely using small reservation packets
5 DataLink Layer 5-88
Collision Avoidance RTS-CTS exchange
APA B
time
RTS(A)RTS(B)
RTS(A)
CTS(A) CTS(A)
DATA (A)
ACK(A) ACK(A)
reservation collision
defer
5 DataLink Layer 5-89
framecontrol duration address
1address
2address
4address
3 payload CRC
2 2 6 6 6 2 6 0 - 2312 4
seqcontrol
80211 frame addressing
Address 2 MAC addressof wireless host or AP transmitting this frame
Address 1 MAC addressof wireless host or AP to receive this frame
Address 3 MAC addressof router interface to which AP is attached
Address 4 used only in ad hoc mode
5 DataLink Layer 5-90
Internetrouter
AP
H1 R1
AP MAC addr H1 MAC addr R1 MAC addraddress 1 address 2 address 3
80211 frame
R1 MAC addr H1 MAC addr dest address source address
8023 frame
80211 frame addressing
5 DataLink Layer 5-91
framecontrol duration address
1address
2address
4address
3 payload CRC
2 2 6 6 6 2 6 0 - 2312 4
seqcontrol
Type FromAPSubtype To
APMore frag WEPMore
dataPower
mgtRetry RsvdProtocolversion
2 2 4 1 1 1 1 1 11 1
80211 frame moreduration of reserved transmission time (RTSCTS)
frame seq (for RDT)
frame type(RTS CTS ACK data)
5 DataLink Layer 5-92
hub or switch
AP 2
AP 1
H1 BBS 2
BBS 1
80211 mobility within same subnet
router H1 remains in same IP subnet IP address can remain same
switch which AP is associated with H1
self-learning (Ch 5) switch will see frame from H1 and ldquorememberrdquo which switch port can be used to reach H1
5 DataLink Layer 5-93
80211 advanced capabilities
Rate Adaptation base station mobile
dynamically change transmission rate (physical layer modulation technique) as mobile moves SNR varies
QAM256 (8 Mbps)QAM16 (4 Mbps)BPSK (1 Mbps)
10 20 30 40SNR(dB)
BE
R
10-1
10-2
10-3
10-5
10-6
10-7
10-4
operating point
1 SNR decreases BER increase as node moves away from base station2 When BER becomes too high switch to lower transmission rate but with lower BER
5 DataLink Layer 5-94
80211 advanced capabilitiesPower Management node-to-AP ldquoI am going to sleep until next
beacon framerdquo AP knows not to transmit frames to this
node node wakes up before next beacon frame
beacon frame contains list of mobiles with AP-to-mobile frames waiting to be sent node will stay awake if AP-to-mobile frames
to be sent otherwise sleep again until next beacon frame
5 DataLink Layer 5-63
Switches vs Routers both store-and-forward devices
routers network layer devices (examine network layer headers)
switches are link layer devices routers maintain routing tables implement routing
algorithms switches maintain switch tables implement
filtering learning algorithms
5 DataLink Layer 5-64
Summary comparison
hubs routers switches
traffic isolation
no yes yes
plug amp play yes no yes
optimal routing
no yes no
5 DataLink Layer 5-65
VLANs motivation
What happens if CS user moves office to EE
but wants connect to CS switch
single broadcast domain all layer-2 broadcast
traffic (ARP DHCP) crosses entire LAN (securityprivacy efficiency issues)
each lowest level switch has only few ports in use
Computer Science Electrical
EngineeringComputerEngineering
Whatrsquos wrong with this picture
5 DataLink Layer 5-66
VLANs Port-based VLAN switch ports grouped (by switch management software) so that single physical switch helliphellip
Switch(es) supporting VLAN capabilities can be configured to define multiple virtual LANS over single physical LAN infrastructure
Virtual Local Area Network
1
8
9
16102
7
hellip
Electrical Engineering(VLAN ports 1-8)
Computer Science(VLAN ports 9-15)
15
hellip
Electrical Engineering(VLAN ports 1-8)
hellip
1
82
7 9
1610
15
hellip
Computer Science(VLAN ports 9-16)
hellip operates as multiple virtual switches
5 DataLink Layer 5-67
Port-based VLAN
1
8
9
16102
7
hellip
Electrical Engineering(VLAN ports 1-8)
Computer Science(VLAN ports 9-15)
15
hellip
traffic isolation frames tofrom ports 1-8 can only reach ports 1-8
can also define VLAN based on MAC addresses of endpoints rather than switch port
dynamic membershipports can be dynamically assigned among VLANs
router
forwarding between VLANSdone via routing (just as with separate switches)
in practice vendors sell combined switches plus routers
5 DataLink Layer 5-68
VLANS spanning multiple switches
trunk port carries frames between VLANS defined over multiple physical switches
frames forwarded within VLAN between switches canrsquot be vanilla 8021 frames (must carry VLAN ID info)
8021q protocol addsremoves additional header fields for frames forwarded between trunk ports
1
8
9
102
7
hellip
Electrical Engineering(VLAN ports 1-8)
Computer Science(VLAN ports 9-15)
15
hellip
2
73
Ports 235 belong to EE VLANPorts 4678 belong to CS VLAN
5
4 6 816
1
5 DataLink Layer 5-69
Type
2-byte Tag Protocol Identifier(value 81-00)
Tag Control Information (12 bit VLAN ID field 3 bit priority field like IP TOS)
Recomputed CRC
8021Q VLAN frame format
8021 frame
8021Q frame
5 DataLink Layer 5-70
Chapter 6 Wireless and Mobile Networks
Background wireless (mobile) phone subscribers now
exceeds wired phone subscribers computer nets laptops palmtops PDAs
Internet-enabled phone promise anytime untethered Internet access
two important (but different) challenges wireless communication over wireless link mobility handling the mobile user who changes point
of attachment to network
5 DataLink Layer 5-71
Elements of a wireless network
network infrastructure
wireless hosts laptop PDA IP phone run applications may be stationary
(non-mobile) or mobile wireless does not
always mean mobility
5 DataLink Layer 5-72
Elements of a wireless network
network infrastructure
base station typically connected to
wired network relay - responsible
for sending packets between wired network and wireless host(s) in its ldquoareardquo
eg cell towers 80211 access points
5 DataLink Layer 5-73
Elements of a wireless network
network infrastructure
wireless link typically used to
connect mobile(s) to base station
also used as backbone link
multiple access protocol coordinates link access
various data rates transmission distance
5 DataLink Layer 5-74
Characteristics of selected wireless link standards
Indoor10-30m
Outdoor50-200m
Mid-rangeoutdoor
200m ndash 4 Km
Long-rangeoutdoor
5Km ndash 20 Km
056
384
1
4
5-11
54
IS-95 CDMA GSM 2G
UMTSWCDMA CDMA2000 3G
80215
80211b
80211ag
UMTSWCDMA-HSPDA CDMA2000-1xEVDO 3G cellularenhanced
80216 (WiMAX)
80211ag point-to-point
200 80211n
Dat
a ra
te (M
bps) data
5 DataLink Layer 5-75
Elements of a wireless network
network infrastructure
infrastructure mode base station connects
mobiles into wired network
handoff mobile changes base station providing connection into wired network
5 DataLink Layer 5-76
Elements of a wireless networkad hoc mode no base stations nodes can only
transmit to other nodes within link coverage
nodes organize themselves into a network route among themselves
5 DataLink Layer 5-77
Wireless network taxonomy
single hop multiple hops
infrastructure(eg APs)
noinfrastructure
host connects to base station (WiFiWiMAX cellular) which connects to
larger Internet
no base station noconnection to larger Internet (Bluetooth
ad hoc nets)
host may have torelay through several
wireless nodes to connect to larger
Internet mesh net
no base station noconnection to larger
Internet May have torelay to reach other a given wireless node
MANET VANET
5 DataLink Layer 5-78
Wireless Link Characteristics (1)Differences from wired link hellip
decreased signal strength radio signal attenuates as it propagates through matter (path loss)
interference from other sources standardized wireless network frequencies (eg 24 GHz) shared by other devices (eg phone) devices (motors) interfere as well
multipath propagation radio signal reflects off objects arriving at destination at slightly different times
hellip make communication across (even a point to point) wireless link much more ldquodifficultrdquo
5 DataLink Layer 5-79
Wireless Link Characteristics (2) SNR signal-to-noise ratio
larger SNR ndash easier to extract signal from noise (a ldquogood thingrdquo)
SNR versus BER tradeoffs given physical layer
increase power -gt increase SNR-gtdecrease BER
given SNR choose physical layer that meets BER requirement giving highest thruput
bull SNR may change with mobility dynamically adapt physical layer (modulation technique rate)
10 20 30 40
QAM256 (8 Mbps)
QAM16 (4 Mbps)
BPSK (1 Mbps)
SNR(dB)B
ER
10-1
10-2
10-3
10-5
10-6
10-7
10-4
5 DataLink Layer 5-80
Wireless network characteristicsMultiple wireless senders and receivers create
additional problems (beyond multiple access)
AB
C
Hidden terminal problem B A hear each other B C hear each other A C can not hear each othermeans A C unaware of their
interference at B
A B C
Arsquos signalstrength
space
Crsquos signalstrength
Signal attenuation B A hear each other B C hear each other A C can not hear each other
interfering at B
5 DataLink Layer 5-81
IEEE 80211 Wireless LAN 80211b
24-5 GHz unlicensed spectrum up to 11 Mbps direct sequence spread
spectrum (DSSS) in physical layer
bull all hosts use same chipping code
80211a 5-6 GHz range up to 54 Mbps
80211g 24-5 GHz range up to 54 Mbps
80211n multiple antennae 24-5 GHz range up to 200 Mbps
all use CSMACA for multiple access all have base-station and ad-hoc network versions
5 DataLink Layer 5-82
80211 LAN architecture
wireless host communicates with base station
base station = access point (AP)
Basic Service Set (BSS)(aka ldquocellrdquo) in infrastructure mode contains
wireless hosts access point (AP) base
station ad hoc mode hosts only
BSS 1
BSS 2
Internet
hub switchor routerAP
AP
5 DataLink Layer 5-83
80211 Channels association
80211b 24GHz-2485GHz spectrum divided into 11 channels at different frequencies AP admin chooses frequency for AP interference possible channel can be same as
that chosen by neighboring AP host must associate with an AP
scans channels listening for beacon framescontaining APrsquos name (SSID) and MAC address
selects AP to associate with may perform authentication [Chapter 8] will typically run DHCP to get IP address in APrsquos
subnet
5 DataLink Layer 5-84
80211 passiveactive scanning
AP 2AP 1
H1
BBS 2BBS 1
122
3 4
Active Scanning (1) probe request frame broadcast
from H1(2) probe response frame sent from
APs(3) association request frame sent
H1 to selected AP (4) association response frame sent
H1 to selected AP
AP 2AP 1
H1
BBS 2BBS 1
12 3
1
Passive Scanning(1) beacon frames sent from APs(2) association request frame sent H1
to selected AP (3) association response frame sent
H1 to selected AP
5 DataLink Layer 5-85
IEEE 80211 multiple access avoid collisions 2+ nodes transmitting at same time 80211 CSMA - sense before transmitting
donrsquot collide with ongoing transmission by other node 80211 no collision detection
difficult to receive (sense collisions) when transmitting due to weak received signals (fading)
canrsquot sense all collisions in any case hidden terminal fading goal avoid collisions CSMAC(ollision)A(voidance)
AB
CA B C
Arsquos signalstrength
space
Crsquos signalstrength
5 DataLink Layer 5-86
IEEE 80211 MAC Protocol CSMACA
80211 sender1 if sense channel idle for DIFS then
transmit entire frame (no CD)2 if sense channel busy then
start random backoff timetimer counts down while channel idletransmit when timer expiresif no ACK increase random backoff
interval repeat 280211 receiver- if frame received OK
return ACK after SIFS (ACK needed due to hidden terminal problem)
sender receiver
DIFS
data
SIFS
ACK
5 DataLink Layer 5-87
Avoiding collisions (more)idea allow sender to ldquoreserverdquo channel rather than random
access of data frames avoid collisions of long data frames sender first transmits small request-to-send (RTS) packets
to BS using CSMA RTSs may still collide with each other (but theyrsquore short)
BS broadcasts clear-to-send CTS in response to RTS CTS heard by all nodes
sender transmits data frame other stations defer transmissions
avoid data frame collisions completely using small reservation packets
5 DataLink Layer 5-88
Collision Avoidance RTS-CTS exchange
APA B
time
RTS(A)RTS(B)
RTS(A)
CTS(A) CTS(A)
DATA (A)
ACK(A) ACK(A)
reservation collision
defer
5 DataLink Layer 5-89
framecontrol duration address
1address
2address
4address
3 payload CRC
2 2 6 6 6 2 6 0 - 2312 4
seqcontrol
80211 frame addressing
Address 2 MAC addressof wireless host or AP transmitting this frame
Address 1 MAC addressof wireless host or AP to receive this frame
Address 3 MAC addressof router interface to which AP is attached
Address 4 used only in ad hoc mode
5 DataLink Layer 5-90
Internetrouter
AP
H1 R1
AP MAC addr H1 MAC addr R1 MAC addraddress 1 address 2 address 3
80211 frame
R1 MAC addr H1 MAC addr dest address source address
8023 frame
80211 frame addressing
5 DataLink Layer 5-91
framecontrol duration address
1address
2address
4address
3 payload CRC
2 2 6 6 6 2 6 0 - 2312 4
seqcontrol
Type FromAPSubtype To
APMore frag WEPMore
dataPower
mgtRetry RsvdProtocolversion
2 2 4 1 1 1 1 1 11 1
80211 frame moreduration of reserved transmission time (RTSCTS)
frame seq (for RDT)
frame type(RTS CTS ACK data)
5 DataLink Layer 5-92
hub or switch
AP 2
AP 1
H1 BBS 2
BBS 1
80211 mobility within same subnet
router H1 remains in same IP subnet IP address can remain same
switch which AP is associated with H1
self-learning (Ch 5) switch will see frame from H1 and ldquorememberrdquo which switch port can be used to reach H1
5 DataLink Layer 5-93
80211 advanced capabilities
Rate Adaptation base station mobile
dynamically change transmission rate (physical layer modulation technique) as mobile moves SNR varies
QAM256 (8 Mbps)QAM16 (4 Mbps)BPSK (1 Mbps)
10 20 30 40SNR(dB)
BE
R
10-1
10-2
10-3
10-5
10-6
10-7
10-4
operating point
1 SNR decreases BER increase as node moves away from base station2 When BER becomes too high switch to lower transmission rate but with lower BER
5 DataLink Layer 5-94
80211 advanced capabilitiesPower Management node-to-AP ldquoI am going to sleep until next
beacon framerdquo AP knows not to transmit frames to this
node node wakes up before next beacon frame
beacon frame contains list of mobiles with AP-to-mobile frames waiting to be sent node will stay awake if AP-to-mobile frames
to be sent otherwise sleep again until next beacon frame
5 DataLink Layer 5-64
Summary comparison
hubs routers switches
traffic isolation
no yes yes
plug amp play yes no yes
optimal routing
no yes no
5 DataLink Layer 5-65
VLANs motivation
What happens if CS user moves office to EE
but wants connect to CS switch
single broadcast domain all layer-2 broadcast
traffic (ARP DHCP) crosses entire LAN (securityprivacy efficiency issues)
each lowest level switch has only few ports in use
Computer Science Electrical
EngineeringComputerEngineering
Whatrsquos wrong with this picture
5 DataLink Layer 5-66
VLANs Port-based VLAN switch ports grouped (by switch management software) so that single physical switch helliphellip
Switch(es) supporting VLAN capabilities can be configured to define multiple virtual LANS over single physical LAN infrastructure
Virtual Local Area Network
1
8
9
16102
7
hellip
Electrical Engineering(VLAN ports 1-8)
Computer Science(VLAN ports 9-15)
15
hellip
Electrical Engineering(VLAN ports 1-8)
hellip
1
82
7 9
1610
15
hellip
Computer Science(VLAN ports 9-16)
hellip operates as multiple virtual switches
5 DataLink Layer 5-67
Port-based VLAN
1
8
9
16102
7
hellip
Electrical Engineering(VLAN ports 1-8)
Computer Science(VLAN ports 9-15)
15
hellip
traffic isolation frames tofrom ports 1-8 can only reach ports 1-8
can also define VLAN based on MAC addresses of endpoints rather than switch port
dynamic membershipports can be dynamically assigned among VLANs
router
forwarding between VLANSdone via routing (just as with separate switches)
in practice vendors sell combined switches plus routers
5 DataLink Layer 5-68
VLANS spanning multiple switches
trunk port carries frames between VLANS defined over multiple physical switches
frames forwarded within VLAN between switches canrsquot be vanilla 8021 frames (must carry VLAN ID info)
8021q protocol addsremoves additional header fields for frames forwarded between trunk ports
1
8
9
102
7
hellip
Electrical Engineering(VLAN ports 1-8)
Computer Science(VLAN ports 9-15)
15
hellip
2
73
Ports 235 belong to EE VLANPorts 4678 belong to CS VLAN
5
4 6 816
1
5 DataLink Layer 5-69
Type
2-byte Tag Protocol Identifier(value 81-00)
Tag Control Information (12 bit VLAN ID field 3 bit priority field like IP TOS)
Recomputed CRC
8021Q VLAN frame format
8021 frame
8021Q frame
5 DataLink Layer 5-70
Chapter 6 Wireless and Mobile Networks
Background wireless (mobile) phone subscribers now
exceeds wired phone subscribers computer nets laptops palmtops PDAs
Internet-enabled phone promise anytime untethered Internet access
two important (but different) challenges wireless communication over wireless link mobility handling the mobile user who changes point
of attachment to network
5 DataLink Layer 5-71
Elements of a wireless network
network infrastructure
wireless hosts laptop PDA IP phone run applications may be stationary
(non-mobile) or mobile wireless does not
always mean mobility
5 DataLink Layer 5-72
Elements of a wireless network
network infrastructure
base station typically connected to
wired network relay - responsible
for sending packets between wired network and wireless host(s) in its ldquoareardquo
eg cell towers 80211 access points
5 DataLink Layer 5-73
Elements of a wireless network
network infrastructure
wireless link typically used to
connect mobile(s) to base station
also used as backbone link
multiple access protocol coordinates link access
various data rates transmission distance
5 DataLink Layer 5-74
Characteristics of selected wireless link standards
Indoor10-30m
Outdoor50-200m
Mid-rangeoutdoor
200m ndash 4 Km
Long-rangeoutdoor
5Km ndash 20 Km
056
384
1
4
5-11
54
IS-95 CDMA GSM 2G
UMTSWCDMA CDMA2000 3G
80215
80211b
80211ag
UMTSWCDMA-HSPDA CDMA2000-1xEVDO 3G cellularenhanced
80216 (WiMAX)
80211ag point-to-point
200 80211n
Dat
a ra
te (M
bps) data
5 DataLink Layer 5-75
Elements of a wireless network
network infrastructure
infrastructure mode base station connects
mobiles into wired network
handoff mobile changes base station providing connection into wired network
5 DataLink Layer 5-76
Elements of a wireless networkad hoc mode no base stations nodes can only
transmit to other nodes within link coverage
nodes organize themselves into a network route among themselves
5 DataLink Layer 5-77
Wireless network taxonomy
single hop multiple hops
infrastructure(eg APs)
noinfrastructure
host connects to base station (WiFiWiMAX cellular) which connects to
larger Internet
no base station noconnection to larger Internet (Bluetooth
ad hoc nets)
host may have torelay through several
wireless nodes to connect to larger
Internet mesh net
no base station noconnection to larger
Internet May have torelay to reach other a given wireless node
MANET VANET
5 DataLink Layer 5-78
Wireless Link Characteristics (1)Differences from wired link hellip
decreased signal strength radio signal attenuates as it propagates through matter (path loss)
interference from other sources standardized wireless network frequencies (eg 24 GHz) shared by other devices (eg phone) devices (motors) interfere as well
multipath propagation radio signal reflects off objects arriving at destination at slightly different times
hellip make communication across (even a point to point) wireless link much more ldquodifficultrdquo
5 DataLink Layer 5-79
Wireless Link Characteristics (2) SNR signal-to-noise ratio
larger SNR ndash easier to extract signal from noise (a ldquogood thingrdquo)
SNR versus BER tradeoffs given physical layer
increase power -gt increase SNR-gtdecrease BER
given SNR choose physical layer that meets BER requirement giving highest thruput
bull SNR may change with mobility dynamically adapt physical layer (modulation technique rate)
10 20 30 40
QAM256 (8 Mbps)
QAM16 (4 Mbps)
BPSK (1 Mbps)
SNR(dB)B
ER
10-1
10-2
10-3
10-5
10-6
10-7
10-4
5 DataLink Layer 5-80
Wireless network characteristicsMultiple wireless senders and receivers create
additional problems (beyond multiple access)
AB
C
Hidden terminal problem B A hear each other B C hear each other A C can not hear each othermeans A C unaware of their
interference at B
A B C
Arsquos signalstrength
space
Crsquos signalstrength
Signal attenuation B A hear each other B C hear each other A C can not hear each other
interfering at B
5 DataLink Layer 5-81
IEEE 80211 Wireless LAN 80211b
24-5 GHz unlicensed spectrum up to 11 Mbps direct sequence spread
spectrum (DSSS) in physical layer
bull all hosts use same chipping code
80211a 5-6 GHz range up to 54 Mbps
80211g 24-5 GHz range up to 54 Mbps
80211n multiple antennae 24-5 GHz range up to 200 Mbps
all use CSMACA for multiple access all have base-station and ad-hoc network versions
5 DataLink Layer 5-82
80211 LAN architecture
wireless host communicates with base station
base station = access point (AP)
Basic Service Set (BSS)(aka ldquocellrdquo) in infrastructure mode contains
wireless hosts access point (AP) base
station ad hoc mode hosts only
BSS 1
BSS 2
Internet
hub switchor routerAP
AP
5 DataLink Layer 5-83
80211 Channels association
80211b 24GHz-2485GHz spectrum divided into 11 channels at different frequencies AP admin chooses frequency for AP interference possible channel can be same as
that chosen by neighboring AP host must associate with an AP
scans channels listening for beacon framescontaining APrsquos name (SSID) and MAC address
selects AP to associate with may perform authentication [Chapter 8] will typically run DHCP to get IP address in APrsquos
subnet
5 DataLink Layer 5-84
80211 passiveactive scanning
AP 2AP 1
H1
BBS 2BBS 1
122
3 4
Active Scanning (1) probe request frame broadcast
from H1(2) probe response frame sent from
APs(3) association request frame sent
H1 to selected AP (4) association response frame sent
H1 to selected AP
AP 2AP 1
H1
BBS 2BBS 1
12 3
1
Passive Scanning(1) beacon frames sent from APs(2) association request frame sent H1
to selected AP (3) association response frame sent
H1 to selected AP
5 DataLink Layer 5-85
IEEE 80211 multiple access avoid collisions 2+ nodes transmitting at same time 80211 CSMA - sense before transmitting
donrsquot collide with ongoing transmission by other node 80211 no collision detection
difficult to receive (sense collisions) when transmitting due to weak received signals (fading)
canrsquot sense all collisions in any case hidden terminal fading goal avoid collisions CSMAC(ollision)A(voidance)
AB
CA B C
Arsquos signalstrength
space
Crsquos signalstrength
5 DataLink Layer 5-86
IEEE 80211 MAC Protocol CSMACA
80211 sender1 if sense channel idle for DIFS then
transmit entire frame (no CD)2 if sense channel busy then
start random backoff timetimer counts down while channel idletransmit when timer expiresif no ACK increase random backoff
interval repeat 280211 receiver- if frame received OK
return ACK after SIFS (ACK needed due to hidden terminal problem)
sender receiver
DIFS
data
SIFS
ACK
5 DataLink Layer 5-87
Avoiding collisions (more)idea allow sender to ldquoreserverdquo channel rather than random
access of data frames avoid collisions of long data frames sender first transmits small request-to-send (RTS) packets
to BS using CSMA RTSs may still collide with each other (but theyrsquore short)
BS broadcasts clear-to-send CTS in response to RTS CTS heard by all nodes
sender transmits data frame other stations defer transmissions
avoid data frame collisions completely using small reservation packets
5 DataLink Layer 5-88
Collision Avoidance RTS-CTS exchange
APA B
time
RTS(A)RTS(B)
RTS(A)
CTS(A) CTS(A)
DATA (A)
ACK(A) ACK(A)
reservation collision
defer
5 DataLink Layer 5-89
framecontrol duration address
1address
2address
4address
3 payload CRC
2 2 6 6 6 2 6 0 - 2312 4
seqcontrol
80211 frame addressing
Address 2 MAC addressof wireless host or AP transmitting this frame
Address 1 MAC addressof wireless host or AP to receive this frame
Address 3 MAC addressof router interface to which AP is attached
Address 4 used only in ad hoc mode
5 DataLink Layer 5-90
Internetrouter
AP
H1 R1
AP MAC addr H1 MAC addr R1 MAC addraddress 1 address 2 address 3
80211 frame
R1 MAC addr H1 MAC addr dest address source address
8023 frame
80211 frame addressing
5 DataLink Layer 5-91
framecontrol duration address
1address
2address
4address
3 payload CRC
2 2 6 6 6 2 6 0 - 2312 4
seqcontrol
Type FromAPSubtype To
APMore frag WEPMore
dataPower
mgtRetry RsvdProtocolversion
2 2 4 1 1 1 1 1 11 1
80211 frame moreduration of reserved transmission time (RTSCTS)
frame seq (for RDT)
frame type(RTS CTS ACK data)
5 DataLink Layer 5-92
hub or switch
AP 2
AP 1
H1 BBS 2
BBS 1
80211 mobility within same subnet
router H1 remains in same IP subnet IP address can remain same
switch which AP is associated with H1
self-learning (Ch 5) switch will see frame from H1 and ldquorememberrdquo which switch port can be used to reach H1
5 DataLink Layer 5-93
80211 advanced capabilities
Rate Adaptation base station mobile
dynamically change transmission rate (physical layer modulation technique) as mobile moves SNR varies
QAM256 (8 Mbps)QAM16 (4 Mbps)BPSK (1 Mbps)
10 20 30 40SNR(dB)
BE
R
10-1
10-2
10-3
10-5
10-6
10-7
10-4
operating point
1 SNR decreases BER increase as node moves away from base station2 When BER becomes too high switch to lower transmission rate but with lower BER
5 DataLink Layer 5-94
80211 advanced capabilitiesPower Management node-to-AP ldquoI am going to sleep until next
beacon framerdquo AP knows not to transmit frames to this
node node wakes up before next beacon frame
beacon frame contains list of mobiles with AP-to-mobile frames waiting to be sent node will stay awake if AP-to-mobile frames
to be sent otherwise sleep again until next beacon frame
5 DataLink Layer 5-65
VLANs motivation
What happens if CS user moves office to EE
but wants connect to CS switch
single broadcast domain all layer-2 broadcast
traffic (ARP DHCP) crosses entire LAN (securityprivacy efficiency issues)
each lowest level switch has only few ports in use
Computer Science Electrical
EngineeringComputerEngineering
Whatrsquos wrong with this picture
5 DataLink Layer 5-66
VLANs Port-based VLAN switch ports grouped (by switch management software) so that single physical switch helliphellip
Switch(es) supporting VLAN capabilities can be configured to define multiple virtual LANS over single physical LAN infrastructure
Virtual Local Area Network
1
8
9
16102
7
hellip
Electrical Engineering(VLAN ports 1-8)
Computer Science(VLAN ports 9-15)
15
hellip
Electrical Engineering(VLAN ports 1-8)
hellip
1
82
7 9
1610
15
hellip
Computer Science(VLAN ports 9-16)
hellip operates as multiple virtual switches
5 DataLink Layer 5-67
Port-based VLAN
1
8
9
16102
7
hellip
Electrical Engineering(VLAN ports 1-8)
Computer Science(VLAN ports 9-15)
15
hellip
traffic isolation frames tofrom ports 1-8 can only reach ports 1-8
can also define VLAN based on MAC addresses of endpoints rather than switch port
dynamic membershipports can be dynamically assigned among VLANs
router
forwarding between VLANSdone via routing (just as with separate switches)
in practice vendors sell combined switches plus routers
5 DataLink Layer 5-68
VLANS spanning multiple switches
trunk port carries frames between VLANS defined over multiple physical switches
frames forwarded within VLAN between switches canrsquot be vanilla 8021 frames (must carry VLAN ID info)
8021q protocol addsremoves additional header fields for frames forwarded between trunk ports
1
8
9
102
7
hellip
Electrical Engineering(VLAN ports 1-8)
Computer Science(VLAN ports 9-15)
15
hellip
2
73
Ports 235 belong to EE VLANPorts 4678 belong to CS VLAN
5
4 6 816
1
5 DataLink Layer 5-69
Type
2-byte Tag Protocol Identifier(value 81-00)
Tag Control Information (12 bit VLAN ID field 3 bit priority field like IP TOS)
Recomputed CRC
8021Q VLAN frame format
8021 frame
8021Q frame
5 DataLink Layer 5-70
Chapter 6 Wireless and Mobile Networks
Background wireless (mobile) phone subscribers now
exceeds wired phone subscribers computer nets laptops palmtops PDAs
Internet-enabled phone promise anytime untethered Internet access
two important (but different) challenges wireless communication over wireless link mobility handling the mobile user who changes point
of attachment to network
5 DataLink Layer 5-71
Elements of a wireless network
network infrastructure
wireless hosts laptop PDA IP phone run applications may be stationary
(non-mobile) or mobile wireless does not
always mean mobility
5 DataLink Layer 5-72
Elements of a wireless network
network infrastructure
base station typically connected to
wired network relay - responsible
for sending packets between wired network and wireless host(s) in its ldquoareardquo
eg cell towers 80211 access points
5 DataLink Layer 5-73
Elements of a wireless network
network infrastructure
wireless link typically used to
connect mobile(s) to base station
also used as backbone link
multiple access protocol coordinates link access
various data rates transmission distance
5 DataLink Layer 5-74
Characteristics of selected wireless link standards
Indoor10-30m
Outdoor50-200m
Mid-rangeoutdoor
200m ndash 4 Km
Long-rangeoutdoor
5Km ndash 20 Km
056
384
1
4
5-11
54
IS-95 CDMA GSM 2G
UMTSWCDMA CDMA2000 3G
80215
80211b
80211ag
UMTSWCDMA-HSPDA CDMA2000-1xEVDO 3G cellularenhanced
80216 (WiMAX)
80211ag point-to-point
200 80211n
Dat
a ra
te (M
bps) data
5 DataLink Layer 5-75
Elements of a wireless network
network infrastructure
infrastructure mode base station connects
mobiles into wired network
handoff mobile changes base station providing connection into wired network
5 DataLink Layer 5-76
Elements of a wireless networkad hoc mode no base stations nodes can only
transmit to other nodes within link coverage
nodes organize themselves into a network route among themselves
5 DataLink Layer 5-77
Wireless network taxonomy
single hop multiple hops
infrastructure(eg APs)
noinfrastructure
host connects to base station (WiFiWiMAX cellular) which connects to
larger Internet
no base station noconnection to larger Internet (Bluetooth
ad hoc nets)
host may have torelay through several
wireless nodes to connect to larger
Internet mesh net
no base station noconnection to larger
Internet May have torelay to reach other a given wireless node
MANET VANET
5 DataLink Layer 5-78
Wireless Link Characteristics (1)Differences from wired link hellip
decreased signal strength radio signal attenuates as it propagates through matter (path loss)
interference from other sources standardized wireless network frequencies (eg 24 GHz) shared by other devices (eg phone) devices (motors) interfere as well
multipath propagation radio signal reflects off objects arriving at destination at slightly different times
hellip make communication across (even a point to point) wireless link much more ldquodifficultrdquo
5 DataLink Layer 5-79
Wireless Link Characteristics (2) SNR signal-to-noise ratio
larger SNR ndash easier to extract signal from noise (a ldquogood thingrdquo)
SNR versus BER tradeoffs given physical layer
increase power -gt increase SNR-gtdecrease BER
given SNR choose physical layer that meets BER requirement giving highest thruput
bull SNR may change with mobility dynamically adapt physical layer (modulation technique rate)
10 20 30 40
QAM256 (8 Mbps)
QAM16 (4 Mbps)
BPSK (1 Mbps)
SNR(dB)B
ER
10-1
10-2
10-3
10-5
10-6
10-7
10-4
5 DataLink Layer 5-80
Wireless network characteristicsMultiple wireless senders and receivers create
additional problems (beyond multiple access)
AB
C
Hidden terminal problem B A hear each other B C hear each other A C can not hear each othermeans A C unaware of their
interference at B
A B C
Arsquos signalstrength
space
Crsquos signalstrength
Signal attenuation B A hear each other B C hear each other A C can not hear each other
interfering at B
5 DataLink Layer 5-81
IEEE 80211 Wireless LAN 80211b
24-5 GHz unlicensed spectrum up to 11 Mbps direct sequence spread
spectrum (DSSS) in physical layer
bull all hosts use same chipping code
80211a 5-6 GHz range up to 54 Mbps
80211g 24-5 GHz range up to 54 Mbps
80211n multiple antennae 24-5 GHz range up to 200 Mbps
all use CSMACA for multiple access all have base-station and ad-hoc network versions
5 DataLink Layer 5-82
80211 LAN architecture
wireless host communicates with base station
base station = access point (AP)
Basic Service Set (BSS)(aka ldquocellrdquo) in infrastructure mode contains
wireless hosts access point (AP) base
station ad hoc mode hosts only
BSS 1
BSS 2
Internet
hub switchor routerAP
AP
5 DataLink Layer 5-83
80211 Channels association
80211b 24GHz-2485GHz spectrum divided into 11 channels at different frequencies AP admin chooses frequency for AP interference possible channel can be same as
that chosen by neighboring AP host must associate with an AP
scans channels listening for beacon framescontaining APrsquos name (SSID) and MAC address
selects AP to associate with may perform authentication [Chapter 8] will typically run DHCP to get IP address in APrsquos
subnet
5 DataLink Layer 5-84
80211 passiveactive scanning
AP 2AP 1
H1
BBS 2BBS 1
122
3 4
Active Scanning (1) probe request frame broadcast
from H1(2) probe response frame sent from
APs(3) association request frame sent
H1 to selected AP (4) association response frame sent
H1 to selected AP
AP 2AP 1
H1
BBS 2BBS 1
12 3
1
Passive Scanning(1) beacon frames sent from APs(2) association request frame sent H1
to selected AP (3) association response frame sent
H1 to selected AP
5 DataLink Layer 5-85
IEEE 80211 multiple access avoid collisions 2+ nodes transmitting at same time 80211 CSMA - sense before transmitting
donrsquot collide with ongoing transmission by other node 80211 no collision detection
difficult to receive (sense collisions) when transmitting due to weak received signals (fading)
canrsquot sense all collisions in any case hidden terminal fading goal avoid collisions CSMAC(ollision)A(voidance)
AB
CA B C
Arsquos signalstrength
space
Crsquos signalstrength
5 DataLink Layer 5-86
IEEE 80211 MAC Protocol CSMACA
80211 sender1 if sense channel idle for DIFS then
transmit entire frame (no CD)2 if sense channel busy then
start random backoff timetimer counts down while channel idletransmit when timer expiresif no ACK increase random backoff
interval repeat 280211 receiver- if frame received OK
return ACK after SIFS (ACK needed due to hidden terminal problem)
sender receiver
DIFS
data
SIFS
ACK
5 DataLink Layer 5-87
Avoiding collisions (more)idea allow sender to ldquoreserverdquo channel rather than random
access of data frames avoid collisions of long data frames sender first transmits small request-to-send (RTS) packets
to BS using CSMA RTSs may still collide with each other (but theyrsquore short)
BS broadcasts clear-to-send CTS in response to RTS CTS heard by all nodes
sender transmits data frame other stations defer transmissions
avoid data frame collisions completely using small reservation packets
5 DataLink Layer 5-88
Collision Avoidance RTS-CTS exchange
APA B
time
RTS(A)RTS(B)
RTS(A)
CTS(A) CTS(A)
DATA (A)
ACK(A) ACK(A)
reservation collision
defer
5 DataLink Layer 5-89
framecontrol duration address
1address
2address
4address
3 payload CRC
2 2 6 6 6 2 6 0 - 2312 4
seqcontrol
80211 frame addressing
Address 2 MAC addressof wireless host or AP transmitting this frame
Address 1 MAC addressof wireless host or AP to receive this frame
Address 3 MAC addressof router interface to which AP is attached
Address 4 used only in ad hoc mode
5 DataLink Layer 5-90
Internetrouter
AP
H1 R1
AP MAC addr H1 MAC addr R1 MAC addraddress 1 address 2 address 3
80211 frame
R1 MAC addr H1 MAC addr dest address source address
8023 frame
80211 frame addressing
5 DataLink Layer 5-91
framecontrol duration address
1address
2address
4address
3 payload CRC
2 2 6 6 6 2 6 0 - 2312 4
seqcontrol
Type FromAPSubtype To
APMore frag WEPMore
dataPower
mgtRetry RsvdProtocolversion
2 2 4 1 1 1 1 1 11 1
80211 frame moreduration of reserved transmission time (RTSCTS)
frame seq (for RDT)
frame type(RTS CTS ACK data)
5 DataLink Layer 5-92
hub or switch
AP 2
AP 1
H1 BBS 2
BBS 1
80211 mobility within same subnet
router H1 remains in same IP subnet IP address can remain same
switch which AP is associated with H1
self-learning (Ch 5) switch will see frame from H1 and ldquorememberrdquo which switch port can be used to reach H1
5 DataLink Layer 5-93
80211 advanced capabilities
Rate Adaptation base station mobile
dynamically change transmission rate (physical layer modulation technique) as mobile moves SNR varies
QAM256 (8 Mbps)QAM16 (4 Mbps)BPSK (1 Mbps)
10 20 30 40SNR(dB)
BE
R
10-1
10-2
10-3
10-5
10-6
10-7
10-4
operating point
1 SNR decreases BER increase as node moves away from base station2 When BER becomes too high switch to lower transmission rate but with lower BER
5 DataLink Layer 5-94
80211 advanced capabilitiesPower Management node-to-AP ldquoI am going to sleep until next
beacon framerdquo AP knows not to transmit frames to this
node node wakes up before next beacon frame
beacon frame contains list of mobiles with AP-to-mobile frames waiting to be sent node will stay awake if AP-to-mobile frames
to be sent otherwise sleep again until next beacon frame
5 DataLink Layer 5-66
VLANs Port-based VLAN switch ports grouped (by switch management software) so that single physical switch helliphellip
Switch(es) supporting VLAN capabilities can be configured to define multiple virtual LANS over single physical LAN infrastructure
Virtual Local Area Network
1
8
9
16102
7
hellip
Electrical Engineering(VLAN ports 1-8)
Computer Science(VLAN ports 9-15)
15
hellip
Electrical Engineering(VLAN ports 1-8)
hellip
1
82
7 9
1610
15
hellip
Computer Science(VLAN ports 9-16)
hellip operates as multiple virtual switches
5 DataLink Layer 5-67
Port-based VLAN
1
8
9
16102
7
hellip
Electrical Engineering(VLAN ports 1-8)
Computer Science(VLAN ports 9-15)
15
hellip
traffic isolation frames tofrom ports 1-8 can only reach ports 1-8
can also define VLAN based on MAC addresses of endpoints rather than switch port
dynamic membershipports can be dynamically assigned among VLANs
router
forwarding between VLANSdone via routing (just as with separate switches)
in practice vendors sell combined switches plus routers
5 DataLink Layer 5-68
VLANS spanning multiple switches
trunk port carries frames between VLANS defined over multiple physical switches
frames forwarded within VLAN between switches canrsquot be vanilla 8021 frames (must carry VLAN ID info)
8021q protocol addsremoves additional header fields for frames forwarded between trunk ports
1
8
9
102
7
hellip
Electrical Engineering(VLAN ports 1-8)
Computer Science(VLAN ports 9-15)
15
hellip
2
73
Ports 235 belong to EE VLANPorts 4678 belong to CS VLAN
5
4 6 816
1
5 DataLink Layer 5-69
Type
2-byte Tag Protocol Identifier(value 81-00)
Tag Control Information (12 bit VLAN ID field 3 bit priority field like IP TOS)
Recomputed CRC
8021Q VLAN frame format
8021 frame
8021Q frame
5 DataLink Layer 5-70
Chapter 6 Wireless and Mobile Networks
Background wireless (mobile) phone subscribers now
exceeds wired phone subscribers computer nets laptops palmtops PDAs
Internet-enabled phone promise anytime untethered Internet access
two important (but different) challenges wireless communication over wireless link mobility handling the mobile user who changes point
of attachment to network
5 DataLink Layer 5-71
Elements of a wireless network
network infrastructure
wireless hosts laptop PDA IP phone run applications may be stationary
(non-mobile) or mobile wireless does not
always mean mobility
5 DataLink Layer 5-72
Elements of a wireless network
network infrastructure
base station typically connected to
wired network relay - responsible
for sending packets between wired network and wireless host(s) in its ldquoareardquo
eg cell towers 80211 access points
5 DataLink Layer 5-73
Elements of a wireless network
network infrastructure
wireless link typically used to
connect mobile(s) to base station
also used as backbone link
multiple access protocol coordinates link access
various data rates transmission distance
5 DataLink Layer 5-74
Characteristics of selected wireless link standards
Indoor10-30m
Outdoor50-200m
Mid-rangeoutdoor
200m ndash 4 Km
Long-rangeoutdoor
5Km ndash 20 Km
056
384
1
4
5-11
54
IS-95 CDMA GSM 2G
UMTSWCDMA CDMA2000 3G
80215
80211b
80211ag
UMTSWCDMA-HSPDA CDMA2000-1xEVDO 3G cellularenhanced
80216 (WiMAX)
80211ag point-to-point
200 80211n
Dat
a ra
te (M
bps) data
5 DataLink Layer 5-75
Elements of a wireless network
network infrastructure
infrastructure mode base station connects
mobiles into wired network
handoff mobile changes base station providing connection into wired network
5 DataLink Layer 5-76
Elements of a wireless networkad hoc mode no base stations nodes can only
transmit to other nodes within link coverage
nodes organize themselves into a network route among themselves
5 DataLink Layer 5-77
Wireless network taxonomy
single hop multiple hops
infrastructure(eg APs)
noinfrastructure
host connects to base station (WiFiWiMAX cellular) which connects to
larger Internet
no base station noconnection to larger Internet (Bluetooth
ad hoc nets)
host may have torelay through several
wireless nodes to connect to larger
Internet mesh net
no base station noconnection to larger
Internet May have torelay to reach other a given wireless node
MANET VANET
5 DataLink Layer 5-78
Wireless Link Characteristics (1)Differences from wired link hellip
decreased signal strength radio signal attenuates as it propagates through matter (path loss)
interference from other sources standardized wireless network frequencies (eg 24 GHz) shared by other devices (eg phone) devices (motors) interfere as well
multipath propagation radio signal reflects off objects arriving at destination at slightly different times
hellip make communication across (even a point to point) wireless link much more ldquodifficultrdquo
5 DataLink Layer 5-79
Wireless Link Characteristics (2) SNR signal-to-noise ratio
larger SNR ndash easier to extract signal from noise (a ldquogood thingrdquo)
SNR versus BER tradeoffs given physical layer
increase power -gt increase SNR-gtdecrease BER
given SNR choose physical layer that meets BER requirement giving highest thruput
bull SNR may change with mobility dynamically adapt physical layer (modulation technique rate)
10 20 30 40
QAM256 (8 Mbps)
QAM16 (4 Mbps)
BPSK (1 Mbps)
SNR(dB)B
ER
10-1
10-2
10-3
10-5
10-6
10-7
10-4
5 DataLink Layer 5-80
Wireless network characteristicsMultiple wireless senders and receivers create
additional problems (beyond multiple access)
AB
C
Hidden terminal problem B A hear each other B C hear each other A C can not hear each othermeans A C unaware of their
interference at B
A B C
Arsquos signalstrength
space
Crsquos signalstrength
Signal attenuation B A hear each other B C hear each other A C can not hear each other
interfering at B
5 DataLink Layer 5-81
IEEE 80211 Wireless LAN 80211b
24-5 GHz unlicensed spectrum up to 11 Mbps direct sequence spread
spectrum (DSSS) in physical layer
bull all hosts use same chipping code
80211a 5-6 GHz range up to 54 Mbps
80211g 24-5 GHz range up to 54 Mbps
80211n multiple antennae 24-5 GHz range up to 200 Mbps
all use CSMACA for multiple access all have base-station and ad-hoc network versions
5 DataLink Layer 5-82
80211 LAN architecture
wireless host communicates with base station
base station = access point (AP)
Basic Service Set (BSS)(aka ldquocellrdquo) in infrastructure mode contains
wireless hosts access point (AP) base
station ad hoc mode hosts only
BSS 1
BSS 2
Internet
hub switchor routerAP
AP
5 DataLink Layer 5-83
80211 Channels association
80211b 24GHz-2485GHz spectrum divided into 11 channels at different frequencies AP admin chooses frequency for AP interference possible channel can be same as
that chosen by neighboring AP host must associate with an AP
scans channels listening for beacon framescontaining APrsquos name (SSID) and MAC address
selects AP to associate with may perform authentication [Chapter 8] will typically run DHCP to get IP address in APrsquos
subnet
5 DataLink Layer 5-84
80211 passiveactive scanning
AP 2AP 1
H1
BBS 2BBS 1
122
3 4
Active Scanning (1) probe request frame broadcast
from H1(2) probe response frame sent from
APs(3) association request frame sent
H1 to selected AP (4) association response frame sent
H1 to selected AP
AP 2AP 1
H1
BBS 2BBS 1
12 3
1
Passive Scanning(1) beacon frames sent from APs(2) association request frame sent H1
to selected AP (3) association response frame sent
H1 to selected AP
5 DataLink Layer 5-85
IEEE 80211 multiple access avoid collisions 2+ nodes transmitting at same time 80211 CSMA - sense before transmitting
donrsquot collide with ongoing transmission by other node 80211 no collision detection
difficult to receive (sense collisions) when transmitting due to weak received signals (fading)
canrsquot sense all collisions in any case hidden terminal fading goal avoid collisions CSMAC(ollision)A(voidance)
AB
CA B C
Arsquos signalstrength
space
Crsquos signalstrength
5 DataLink Layer 5-86
IEEE 80211 MAC Protocol CSMACA
80211 sender1 if sense channel idle for DIFS then
transmit entire frame (no CD)2 if sense channel busy then
start random backoff timetimer counts down while channel idletransmit when timer expiresif no ACK increase random backoff
interval repeat 280211 receiver- if frame received OK
return ACK after SIFS (ACK needed due to hidden terminal problem)
sender receiver
DIFS
data
SIFS
ACK
5 DataLink Layer 5-87
Avoiding collisions (more)idea allow sender to ldquoreserverdquo channel rather than random
access of data frames avoid collisions of long data frames sender first transmits small request-to-send (RTS) packets
to BS using CSMA RTSs may still collide with each other (but theyrsquore short)
BS broadcasts clear-to-send CTS in response to RTS CTS heard by all nodes
sender transmits data frame other stations defer transmissions
avoid data frame collisions completely using small reservation packets
5 DataLink Layer 5-88
Collision Avoidance RTS-CTS exchange
APA B
time
RTS(A)RTS(B)
RTS(A)
CTS(A) CTS(A)
DATA (A)
ACK(A) ACK(A)
reservation collision
defer
5 DataLink Layer 5-89
framecontrol duration address
1address
2address
4address
3 payload CRC
2 2 6 6 6 2 6 0 - 2312 4
seqcontrol
80211 frame addressing
Address 2 MAC addressof wireless host or AP transmitting this frame
Address 1 MAC addressof wireless host or AP to receive this frame
Address 3 MAC addressof router interface to which AP is attached
Address 4 used only in ad hoc mode
5 DataLink Layer 5-90
Internetrouter
AP
H1 R1
AP MAC addr H1 MAC addr R1 MAC addraddress 1 address 2 address 3
80211 frame
R1 MAC addr H1 MAC addr dest address source address
8023 frame
80211 frame addressing
5 DataLink Layer 5-91
framecontrol duration address
1address
2address
4address
3 payload CRC
2 2 6 6 6 2 6 0 - 2312 4
seqcontrol
Type FromAPSubtype To
APMore frag WEPMore
dataPower
mgtRetry RsvdProtocolversion
2 2 4 1 1 1 1 1 11 1
80211 frame moreduration of reserved transmission time (RTSCTS)
frame seq (for RDT)
frame type(RTS CTS ACK data)
5 DataLink Layer 5-92
hub or switch
AP 2
AP 1
H1 BBS 2
BBS 1
80211 mobility within same subnet
router H1 remains in same IP subnet IP address can remain same
switch which AP is associated with H1
self-learning (Ch 5) switch will see frame from H1 and ldquorememberrdquo which switch port can be used to reach H1
5 DataLink Layer 5-93
80211 advanced capabilities
Rate Adaptation base station mobile
dynamically change transmission rate (physical layer modulation technique) as mobile moves SNR varies
QAM256 (8 Mbps)QAM16 (4 Mbps)BPSK (1 Mbps)
10 20 30 40SNR(dB)
BE
R
10-1
10-2
10-3
10-5
10-6
10-7
10-4
operating point
1 SNR decreases BER increase as node moves away from base station2 When BER becomes too high switch to lower transmission rate but with lower BER
5 DataLink Layer 5-94
80211 advanced capabilitiesPower Management node-to-AP ldquoI am going to sleep until next
beacon framerdquo AP knows not to transmit frames to this
node node wakes up before next beacon frame
beacon frame contains list of mobiles with AP-to-mobile frames waiting to be sent node will stay awake if AP-to-mobile frames
to be sent otherwise sleep again until next beacon frame
5 DataLink Layer 5-67
Port-based VLAN
1
8
9
16102
7
hellip
Electrical Engineering(VLAN ports 1-8)
Computer Science(VLAN ports 9-15)
15
hellip
traffic isolation frames tofrom ports 1-8 can only reach ports 1-8
can also define VLAN based on MAC addresses of endpoints rather than switch port
dynamic membershipports can be dynamically assigned among VLANs
router
forwarding between VLANSdone via routing (just as with separate switches)
in practice vendors sell combined switches plus routers
5 DataLink Layer 5-68
VLANS spanning multiple switches
trunk port carries frames between VLANS defined over multiple physical switches
frames forwarded within VLAN between switches canrsquot be vanilla 8021 frames (must carry VLAN ID info)
8021q protocol addsremoves additional header fields for frames forwarded between trunk ports
1
8
9
102
7
hellip
Electrical Engineering(VLAN ports 1-8)
Computer Science(VLAN ports 9-15)
15
hellip
2
73
Ports 235 belong to EE VLANPorts 4678 belong to CS VLAN
5
4 6 816
1
5 DataLink Layer 5-69
Type
2-byte Tag Protocol Identifier(value 81-00)
Tag Control Information (12 bit VLAN ID field 3 bit priority field like IP TOS)
Recomputed CRC
8021Q VLAN frame format
8021 frame
8021Q frame
5 DataLink Layer 5-70
Chapter 6 Wireless and Mobile Networks
Background wireless (mobile) phone subscribers now
exceeds wired phone subscribers computer nets laptops palmtops PDAs
Internet-enabled phone promise anytime untethered Internet access
two important (but different) challenges wireless communication over wireless link mobility handling the mobile user who changes point
of attachment to network
5 DataLink Layer 5-71
Elements of a wireless network
network infrastructure
wireless hosts laptop PDA IP phone run applications may be stationary
(non-mobile) or mobile wireless does not
always mean mobility
5 DataLink Layer 5-72
Elements of a wireless network
network infrastructure
base station typically connected to
wired network relay - responsible
for sending packets between wired network and wireless host(s) in its ldquoareardquo
eg cell towers 80211 access points
5 DataLink Layer 5-73
Elements of a wireless network
network infrastructure
wireless link typically used to
connect mobile(s) to base station
also used as backbone link
multiple access protocol coordinates link access
various data rates transmission distance
5 DataLink Layer 5-74
Characteristics of selected wireless link standards
Indoor10-30m
Outdoor50-200m
Mid-rangeoutdoor
200m ndash 4 Km
Long-rangeoutdoor
5Km ndash 20 Km
056
384
1
4
5-11
54
IS-95 CDMA GSM 2G
UMTSWCDMA CDMA2000 3G
80215
80211b
80211ag
UMTSWCDMA-HSPDA CDMA2000-1xEVDO 3G cellularenhanced
80216 (WiMAX)
80211ag point-to-point
200 80211n
Dat
a ra
te (M
bps) data
5 DataLink Layer 5-75
Elements of a wireless network
network infrastructure
infrastructure mode base station connects
mobiles into wired network
handoff mobile changes base station providing connection into wired network
5 DataLink Layer 5-76
Elements of a wireless networkad hoc mode no base stations nodes can only
transmit to other nodes within link coverage
nodes organize themselves into a network route among themselves
5 DataLink Layer 5-77
Wireless network taxonomy
single hop multiple hops
infrastructure(eg APs)
noinfrastructure
host connects to base station (WiFiWiMAX cellular) which connects to
larger Internet
no base station noconnection to larger Internet (Bluetooth
ad hoc nets)
host may have torelay through several
wireless nodes to connect to larger
Internet mesh net
no base station noconnection to larger
Internet May have torelay to reach other a given wireless node
MANET VANET
5 DataLink Layer 5-78
Wireless Link Characteristics (1)Differences from wired link hellip
decreased signal strength radio signal attenuates as it propagates through matter (path loss)
interference from other sources standardized wireless network frequencies (eg 24 GHz) shared by other devices (eg phone) devices (motors) interfere as well
multipath propagation radio signal reflects off objects arriving at destination at slightly different times
hellip make communication across (even a point to point) wireless link much more ldquodifficultrdquo
5 DataLink Layer 5-79
Wireless Link Characteristics (2) SNR signal-to-noise ratio
larger SNR ndash easier to extract signal from noise (a ldquogood thingrdquo)
SNR versus BER tradeoffs given physical layer
increase power -gt increase SNR-gtdecrease BER
given SNR choose physical layer that meets BER requirement giving highest thruput
bull SNR may change with mobility dynamically adapt physical layer (modulation technique rate)
10 20 30 40
QAM256 (8 Mbps)
QAM16 (4 Mbps)
BPSK (1 Mbps)
SNR(dB)B
ER
10-1
10-2
10-3
10-5
10-6
10-7
10-4
5 DataLink Layer 5-80
Wireless network characteristicsMultiple wireless senders and receivers create
additional problems (beyond multiple access)
AB
C
Hidden terminal problem B A hear each other B C hear each other A C can not hear each othermeans A C unaware of their
interference at B
A B C
Arsquos signalstrength
space
Crsquos signalstrength
Signal attenuation B A hear each other B C hear each other A C can not hear each other
interfering at B
5 DataLink Layer 5-81
IEEE 80211 Wireless LAN 80211b
24-5 GHz unlicensed spectrum up to 11 Mbps direct sequence spread
spectrum (DSSS) in physical layer
bull all hosts use same chipping code
80211a 5-6 GHz range up to 54 Mbps
80211g 24-5 GHz range up to 54 Mbps
80211n multiple antennae 24-5 GHz range up to 200 Mbps
all use CSMACA for multiple access all have base-station and ad-hoc network versions
5 DataLink Layer 5-82
80211 LAN architecture
wireless host communicates with base station
base station = access point (AP)
Basic Service Set (BSS)(aka ldquocellrdquo) in infrastructure mode contains
wireless hosts access point (AP) base
station ad hoc mode hosts only
BSS 1
BSS 2
Internet
hub switchor routerAP
AP
5 DataLink Layer 5-83
80211 Channels association
80211b 24GHz-2485GHz spectrum divided into 11 channels at different frequencies AP admin chooses frequency for AP interference possible channel can be same as
that chosen by neighboring AP host must associate with an AP
scans channels listening for beacon framescontaining APrsquos name (SSID) and MAC address
selects AP to associate with may perform authentication [Chapter 8] will typically run DHCP to get IP address in APrsquos
subnet
5 DataLink Layer 5-84
80211 passiveactive scanning
AP 2AP 1
H1
BBS 2BBS 1
122
3 4
Active Scanning (1) probe request frame broadcast
from H1(2) probe response frame sent from
APs(3) association request frame sent
H1 to selected AP (4) association response frame sent
H1 to selected AP
AP 2AP 1
H1
BBS 2BBS 1
12 3
1
Passive Scanning(1) beacon frames sent from APs(2) association request frame sent H1
to selected AP (3) association response frame sent
H1 to selected AP
5 DataLink Layer 5-85
IEEE 80211 multiple access avoid collisions 2+ nodes transmitting at same time 80211 CSMA - sense before transmitting
donrsquot collide with ongoing transmission by other node 80211 no collision detection
difficult to receive (sense collisions) when transmitting due to weak received signals (fading)
canrsquot sense all collisions in any case hidden terminal fading goal avoid collisions CSMAC(ollision)A(voidance)
AB
CA B C
Arsquos signalstrength
space
Crsquos signalstrength
5 DataLink Layer 5-86
IEEE 80211 MAC Protocol CSMACA
80211 sender1 if sense channel idle for DIFS then
transmit entire frame (no CD)2 if sense channel busy then
start random backoff timetimer counts down while channel idletransmit when timer expiresif no ACK increase random backoff
interval repeat 280211 receiver- if frame received OK
return ACK after SIFS (ACK needed due to hidden terminal problem)
sender receiver
DIFS
data
SIFS
ACK
5 DataLink Layer 5-87
Avoiding collisions (more)idea allow sender to ldquoreserverdquo channel rather than random
access of data frames avoid collisions of long data frames sender first transmits small request-to-send (RTS) packets
to BS using CSMA RTSs may still collide with each other (but theyrsquore short)
BS broadcasts clear-to-send CTS in response to RTS CTS heard by all nodes
sender transmits data frame other stations defer transmissions
avoid data frame collisions completely using small reservation packets
5 DataLink Layer 5-88
Collision Avoidance RTS-CTS exchange
APA B
time
RTS(A)RTS(B)
RTS(A)
CTS(A) CTS(A)
DATA (A)
ACK(A) ACK(A)
reservation collision
defer
5 DataLink Layer 5-89
framecontrol duration address
1address
2address
4address
3 payload CRC
2 2 6 6 6 2 6 0 - 2312 4
seqcontrol
80211 frame addressing
Address 2 MAC addressof wireless host or AP transmitting this frame
Address 1 MAC addressof wireless host or AP to receive this frame
Address 3 MAC addressof router interface to which AP is attached
Address 4 used only in ad hoc mode
5 DataLink Layer 5-90
Internetrouter
AP
H1 R1
AP MAC addr H1 MAC addr R1 MAC addraddress 1 address 2 address 3
80211 frame
R1 MAC addr H1 MAC addr dest address source address
8023 frame
80211 frame addressing
5 DataLink Layer 5-91
framecontrol duration address
1address
2address
4address
3 payload CRC
2 2 6 6 6 2 6 0 - 2312 4
seqcontrol
Type FromAPSubtype To
APMore frag WEPMore
dataPower
mgtRetry RsvdProtocolversion
2 2 4 1 1 1 1 1 11 1
80211 frame moreduration of reserved transmission time (RTSCTS)
frame seq (for RDT)
frame type(RTS CTS ACK data)
5 DataLink Layer 5-92
hub or switch
AP 2
AP 1
H1 BBS 2
BBS 1
80211 mobility within same subnet
router H1 remains in same IP subnet IP address can remain same
switch which AP is associated with H1
self-learning (Ch 5) switch will see frame from H1 and ldquorememberrdquo which switch port can be used to reach H1
5 DataLink Layer 5-93
80211 advanced capabilities
Rate Adaptation base station mobile
dynamically change transmission rate (physical layer modulation technique) as mobile moves SNR varies
QAM256 (8 Mbps)QAM16 (4 Mbps)BPSK (1 Mbps)
10 20 30 40SNR(dB)
BE
R
10-1
10-2
10-3
10-5
10-6
10-7
10-4
operating point
1 SNR decreases BER increase as node moves away from base station2 When BER becomes too high switch to lower transmission rate but with lower BER
5 DataLink Layer 5-94
80211 advanced capabilitiesPower Management node-to-AP ldquoI am going to sleep until next
beacon framerdquo AP knows not to transmit frames to this
node node wakes up before next beacon frame
beacon frame contains list of mobiles with AP-to-mobile frames waiting to be sent node will stay awake if AP-to-mobile frames
to be sent otherwise sleep again until next beacon frame
5 DataLink Layer 5-68
VLANS spanning multiple switches
trunk port carries frames between VLANS defined over multiple physical switches
frames forwarded within VLAN between switches canrsquot be vanilla 8021 frames (must carry VLAN ID info)
8021q protocol addsremoves additional header fields for frames forwarded between trunk ports
1
8
9
102
7
hellip
Electrical Engineering(VLAN ports 1-8)
Computer Science(VLAN ports 9-15)
15
hellip
2
73
Ports 235 belong to EE VLANPorts 4678 belong to CS VLAN
5
4 6 816
1
5 DataLink Layer 5-69
Type
2-byte Tag Protocol Identifier(value 81-00)
Tag Control Information (12 bit VLAN ID field 3 bit priority field like IP TOS)
Recomputed CRC
8021Q VLAN frame format
8021 frame
8021Q frame
5 DataLink Layer 5-70
Chapter 6 Wireless and Mobile Networks
Background wireless (mobile) phone subscribers now
exceeds wired phone subscribers computer nets laptops palmtops PDAs
Internet-enabled phone promise anytime untethered Internet access
two important (but different) challenges wireless communication over wireless link mobility handling the mobile user who changes point
of attachment to network
5 DataLink Layer 5-71
Elements of a wireless network
network infrastructure
wireless hosts laptop PDA IP phone run applications may be stationary
(non-mobile) or mobile wireless does not
always mean mobility
5 DataLink Layer 5-72
Elements of a wireless network
network infrastructure
base station typically connected to
wired network relay - responsible
for sending packets between wired network and wireless host(s) in its ldquoareardquo
eg cell towers 80211 access points
5 DataLink Layer 5-73
Elements of a wireless network
network infrastructure
wireless link typically used to
connect mobile(s) to base station
also used as backbone link
multiple access protocol coordinates link access
various data rates transmission distance
5 DataLink Layer 5-74
Characteristics of selected wireless link standards
Indoor10-30m
Outdoor50-200m
Mid-rangeoutdoor
200m ndash 4 Km
Long-rangeoutdoor
5Km ndash 20 Km
056
384
1
4
5-11
54
IS-95 CDMA GSM 2G
UMTSWCDMA CDMA2000 3G
80215
80211b
80211ag
UMTSWCDMA-HSPDA CDMA2000-1xEVDO 3G cellularenhanced
80216 (WiMAX)
80211ag point-to-point
200 80211n
Dat
a ra
te (M
bps) data
5 DataLink Layer 5-75
Elements of a wireless network
network infrastructure
infrastructure mode base station connects
mobiles into wired network
handoff mobile changes base station providing connection into wired network
5 DataLink Layer 5-76
Elements of a wireless networkad hoc mode no base stations nodes can only
transmit to other nodes within link coverage
nodes organize themselves into a network route among themselves
5 DataLink Layer 5-77
Wireless network taxonomy
single hop multiple hops
infrastructure(eg APs)
noinfrastructure
host connects to base station (WiFiWiMAX cellular) which connects to
larger Internet
no base station noconnection to larger Internet (Bluetooth
ad hoc nets)
host may have torelay through several
wireless nodes to connect to larger
Internet mesh net
no base station noconnection to larger
Internet May have torelay to reach other a given wireless node
MANET VANET
5 DataLink Layer 5-78
Wireless Link Characteristics (1)Differences from wired link hellip
decreased signal strength radio signal attenuates as it propagates through matter (path loss)
interference from other sources standardized wireless network frequencies (eg 24 GHz) shared by other devices (eg phone) devices (motors) interfere as well
multipath propagation radio signal reflects off objects arriving at destination at slightly different times
hellip make communication across (even a point to point) wireless link much more ldquodifficultrdquo
5 DataLink Layer 5-79
Wireless Link Characteristics (2) SNR signal-to-noise ratio
larger SNR ndash easier to extract signal from noise (a ldquogood thingrdquo)
SNR versus BER tradeoffs given physical layer
increase power -gt increase SNR-gtdecrease BER
given SNR choose physical layer that meets BER requirement giving highest thruput
bull SNR may change with mobility dynamically adapt physical layer (modulation technique rate)
10 20 30 40
QAM256 (8 Mbps)
QAM16 (4 Mbps)
BPSK (1 Mbps)
SNR(dB)B
ER
10-1
10-2
10-3
10-5
10-6
10-7
10-4
5 DataLink Layer 5-80
Wireless network characteristicsMultiple wireless senders and receivers create
additional problems (beyond multiple access)
AB
C
Hidden terminal problem B A hear each other B C hear each other A C can not hear each othermeans A C unaware of their
interference at B
A B C
Arsquos signalstrength
space
Crsquos signalstrength
Signal attenuation B A hear each other B C hear each other A C can not hear each other
interfering at B
5 DataLink Layer 5-81
IEEE 80211 Wireless LAN 80211b
24-5 GHz unlicensed spectrum up to 11 Mbps direct sequence spread
spectrum (DSSS) in physical layer
bull all hosts use same chipping code
80211a 5-6 GHz range up to 54 Mbps
80211g 24-5 GHz range up to 54 Mbps
80211n multiple antennae 24-5 GHz range up to 200 Mbps
all use CSMACA for multiple access all have base-station and ad-hoc network versions
5 DataLink Layer 5-82
80211 LAN architecture
wireless host communicates with base station
base station = access point (AP)
Basic Service Set (BSS)(aka ldquocellrdquo) in infrastructure mode contains
wireless hosts access point (AP) base
station ad hoc mode hosts only
BSS 1
BSS 2
Internet
hub switchor routerAP
AP
5 DataLink Layer 5-83
80211 Channels association
80211b 24GHz-2485GHz spectrum divided into 11 channels at different frequencies AP admin chooses frequency for AP interference possible channel can be same as
that chosen by neighboring AP host must associate with an AP
scans channels listening for beacon framescontaining APrsquos name (SSID) and MAC address
selects AP to associate with may perform authentication [Chapter 8] will typically run DHCP to get IP address in APrsquos
subnet
5 DataLink Layer 5-84
80211 passiveactive scanning
AP 2AP 1
H1
BBS 2BBS 1
122
3 4
Active Scanning (1) probe request frame broadcast
from H1(2) probe response frame sent from
APs(3) association request frame sent
H1 to selected AP (4) association response frame sent
H1 to selected AP
AP 2AP 1
H1
BBS 2BBS 1
12 3
1
Passive Scanning(1) beacon frames sent from APs(2) association request frame sent H1
to selected AP (3) association response frame sent
H1 to selected AP
5 DataLink Layer 5-85
IEEE 80211 multiple access avoid collisions 2+ nodes transmitting at same time 80211 CSMA - sense before transmitting
donrsquot collide with ongoing transmission by other node 80211 no collision detection
difficult to receive (sense collisions) when transmitting due to weak received signals (fading)
canrsquot sense all collisions in any case hidden terminal fading goal avoid collisions CSMAC(ollision)A(voidance)
AB
CA B C
Arsquos signalstrength
space
Crsquos signalstrength
5 DataLink Layer 5-86
IEEE 80211 MAC Protocol CSMACA
80211 sender1 if sense channel idle for DIFS then
transmit entire frame (no CD)2 if sense channel busy then
start random backoff timetimer counts down while channel idletransmit when timer expiresif no ACK increase random backoff
interval repeat 280211 receiver- if frame received OK
return ACK after SIFS (ACK needed due to hidden terminal problem)
sender receiver
DIFS
data
SIFS
ACK
5 DataLink Layer 5-87
Avoiding collisions (more)idea allow sender to ldquoreserverdquo channel rather than random
access of data frames avoid collisions of long data frames sender first transmits small request-to-send (RTS) packets
to BS using CSMA RTSs may still collide with each other (but theyrsquore short)
BS broadcasts clear-to-send CTS in response to RTS CTS heard by all nodes
sender transmits data frame other stations defer transmissions
avoid data frame collisions completely using small reservation packets
5 DataLink Layer 5-88
Collision Avoidance RTS-CTS exchange
APA B
time
RTS(A)RTS(B)
RTS(A)
CTS(A) CTS(A)
DATA (A)
ACK(A) ACK(A)
reservation collision
defer
5 DataLink Layer 5-89
framecontrol duration address
1address
2address
4address
3 payload CRC
2 2 6 6 6 2 6 0 - 2312 4
seqcontrol
80211 frame addressing
Address 2 MAC addressof wireless host or AP transmitting this frame
Address 1 MAC addressof wireless host or AP to receive this frame
Address 3 MAC addressof router interface to which AP is attached
Address 4 used only in ad hoc mode
5 DataLink Layer 5-90
Internetrouter
AP
H1 R1
AP MAC addr H1 MAC addr R1 MAC addraddress 1 address 2 address 3
80211 frame
R1 MAC addr H1 MAC addr dest address source address
8023 frame
80211 frame addressing
5 DataLink Layer 5-91
framecontrol duration address
1address
2address
4address
3 payload CRC
2 2 6 6 6 2 6 0 - 2312 4
seqcontrol
Type FromAPSubtype To
APMore frag WEPMore
dataPower
mgtRetry RsvdProtocolversion
2 2 4 1 1 1 1 1 11 1
80211 frame moreduration of reserved transmission time (RTSCTS)
frame seq (for RDT)
frame type(RTS CTS ACK data)
5 DataLink Layer 5-92
hub or switch
AP 2
AP 1
H1 BBS 2
BBS 1
80211 mobility within same subnet
router H1 remains in same IP subnet IP address can remain same
switch which AP is associated with H1
self-learning (Ch 5) switch will see frame from H1 and ldquorememberrdquo which switch port can be used to reach H1
5 DataLink Layer 5-93
80211 advanced capabilities
Rate Adaptation base station mobile
dynamically change transmission rate (physical layer modulation technique) as mobile moves SNR varies
QAM256 (8 Mbps)QAM16 (4 Mbps)BPSK (1 Mbps)
10 20 30 40SNR(dB)
BE
R
10-1
10-2
10-3
10-5
10-6
10-7
10-4
operating point
1 SNR decreases BER increase as node moves away from base station2 When BER becomes too high switch to lower transmission rate but with lower BER
5 DataLink Layer 5-94
80211 advanced capabilitiesPower Management node-to-AP ldquoI am going to sleep until next
beacon framerdquo AP knows not to transmit frames to this
node node wakes up before next beacon frame
beacon frame contains list of mobiles with AP-to-mobile frames waiting to be sent node will stay awake if AP-to-mobile frames
to be sent otherwise sleep again until next beacon frame
5 DataLink Layer 5-69
Type
2-byte Tag Protocol Identifier(value 81-00)
Tag Control Information (12 bit VLAN ID field 3 bit priority field like IP TOS)
Recomputed CRC
8021Q VLAN frame format
8021 frame
8021Q frame
5 DataLink Layer 5-70
Chapter 6 Wireless and Mobile Networks
Background wireless (mobile) phone subscribers now
exceeds wired phone subscribers computer nets laptops palmtops PDAs
Internet-enabled phone promise anytime untethered Internet access
two important (but different) challenges wireless communication over wireless link mobility handling the mobile user who changes point
of attachment to network
5 DataLink Layer 5-71
Elements of a wireless network
network infrastructure
wireless hosts laptop PDA IP phone run applications may be stationary
(non-mobile) or mobile wireless does not
always mean mobility
5 DataLink Layer 5-72
Elements of a wireless network
network infrastructure
base station typically connected to
wired network relay - responsible
for sending packets between wired network and wireless host(s) in its ldquoareardquo
eg cell towers 80211 access points
5 DataLink Layer 5-73
Elements of a wireless network
network infrastructure
wireless link typically used to
connect mobile(s) to base station
also used as backbone link
multiple access protocol coordinates link access
various data rates transmission distance
5 DataLink Layer 5-74
Characteristics of selected wireless link standards
Indoor10-30m
Outdoor50-200m
Mid-rangeoutdoor
200m ndash 4 Km
Long-rangeoutdoor
5Km ndash 20 Km
056
384
1
4
5-11
54
IS-95 CDMA GSM 2G
UMTSWCDMA CDMA2000 3G
80215
80211b
80211ag
UMTSWCDMA-HSPDA CDMA2000-1xEVDO 3G cellularenhanced
80216 (WiMAX)
80211ag point-to-point
200 80211n
Dat
a ra
te (M
bps) data
5 DataLink Layer 5-75
Elements of a wireless network
network infrastructure
infrastructure mode base station connects
mobiles into wired network
handoff mobile changes base station providing connection into wired network
5 DataLink Layer 5-76
Elements of a wireless networkad hoc mode no base stations nodes can only
transmit to other nodes within link coverage
nodes organize themselves into a network route among themselves
5 DataLink Layer 5-77
Wireless network taxonomy
single hop multiple hops
infrastructure(eg APs)
noinfrastructure
host connects to base station (WiFiWiMAX cellular) which connects to
larger Internet
no base station noconnection to larger Internet (Bluetooth
ad hoc nets)
host may have torelay through several
wireless nodes to connect to larger
Internet mesh net
no base station noconnection to larger
Internet May have torelay to reach other a given wireless node
MANET VANET
5 DataLink Layer 5-78
Wireless Link Characteristics (1)Differences from wired link hellip
decreased signal strength radio signal attenuates as it propagates through matter (path loss)
interference from other sources standardized wireless network frequencies (eg 24 GHz) shared by other devices (eg phone) devices (motors) interfere as well
multipath propagation radio signal reflects off objects arriving at destination at slightly different times
hellip make communication across (even a point to point) wireless link much more ldquodifficultrdquo
5 DataLink Layer 5-79
Wireless Link Characteristics (2) SNR signal-to-noise ratio
larger SNR ndash easier to extract signal from noise (a ldquogood thingrdquo)
SNR versus BER tradeoffs given physical layer
increase power -gt increase SNR-gtdecrease BER
given SNR choose physical layer that meets BER requirement giving highest thruput
bull SNR may change with mobility dynamically adapt physical layer (modulation technique rate)
10 20 30 40
QAM256 (8 Mbps)
QAM16 (4 Mbps)
BPSK (1 Mbps)
SNR(dB)B
ER
10-1
10-2
10-3
10-5
10-6
10-7
10-4
5 DataLink Layer 5-80
Wireless network characteristicsMultiple wireless senders and receivers create
additional problems (beyond multiple access)
AB
C
Hidden terminal problem B A hear each other B C hear each other A C can not hear each othermeans A C unaware of their
interference at B
A B C
Arsquos signalstrength
space
Crsquos signalstrength
Signal attenuation B A hear each other B C hear each other A C can not hear each other
interfering at B
5 DataLink Layer 5-81
IEEE 80211 Wireless LAN 80211b
24-5 GHz unlicensed spectrum up to 11 Mbps direct sequence spread
spectrum (DSSS) in physical layer
bull all hosts use same chipping code
80211a 5-6 GHz range up to 54 Mbps
80211g 24-5 GHz range up to 54 Mbps
80211n multiple antennae 24-5 GHz range up to 200 Mbps
all use CSMACA for multiple access all have base-station and ad-hoc network versions
5 DataLink Layer 5-82
80211 LAN architecture
wireless host communicates with base station
base station = access point (AP)
Basic Service Set (BSS)(aka ldquocellrdquo) in infrastructure mode contains
wireless hosts access point (AP) base
station ad hoc mode hosts only
BSS 1
BSS 2
Internet
hub switchor routerAP
AP
5 DataLink Layer 5-83
80211 Channels association
80211b 24GHz-2485GHz spectrum divided into 11 channels at different frequencies AP admin chooses frequency for AP interference possible channel can be same as
that chosen by neighboring AP host must associate with an AP
scans channels listening for beacon framescontaining APrsquos name (SSID) and MAC address
selects AP to associate with may perform authentication [Chapter 8] will typically run DHCP to get IP address in APrsquos
subnet
5 DataLink Layer 5-84
80211 passiveactive scanning
AP 2AP 1
H1
BBS 2BBS 1
122
3 4
Active Scanning (1) probe request frame broadcast
from H1(2) probe response frame sent from
APs(3) association request frame sent
H1 to selected AP (4) association response frame sent
H1 to selected AP
AP 2AP 1
H1
BBS 2BBS 1
12 3
1
Passive Scanning(1) beacon frames sent from APs(2) association request frame sent H1
to selected AP (3) association response frame sent
H1 to selected AP
5 DataLink Layer 5-85
IEEE 80211 multiple access avoid collisions 2+ nodes transmitting at same time 80211 CSMA - sense before transmitting
donrsquot collide with ongoing transmission by other node 80211 no collision detection
difficult to receive (sense collisions) when transmitting due to weak received signals (fading)
canrsquot sense all collisions in any case hidden terminal fading goal avoid collisions CSMAC(ollision)A(voidance)
AB
CA B C
Arsquos signalstrength
space
Crsquos signalstrength
5 DataLink Layer 5-86
IEEE 80211 MAC Protocol CSMACA
80211 sender1 if sense channel idle for DIFS then
transmit entire frame (no CD)2 if sense channel busy then
start random backoff timetimer counts down while channel idletransmit when timer expiresif no ACK increase random backoff
interval repeat 280211 receiver- if frame received OK
return ACK after SIFS (ACK needed due to hidden terminal problem)
sender receiver
DIFS
data
SIFS
ACK
5 DataLink Layer 5-87
Avoiding collisions (more)idea allow sender to ldquoreserverdquo channel rather than random
access of data frames avoid collisions of long data frames sender first transmits small request-to-send (RTS) packets
to BS using CSMA RTSs may still collide with each other (but theyrsquore short)
BS broadcasts clear-to-send CTS in response to RTS CTS heard by all nodes
sender transmits data frame other stations defer transmissions
avoid data frame collisions completely using small reservation packets
5 DataLink Layer 5-88
Collision Avoidance RTS-CTS exchange
APA B
time
RTS(A)RTS(B)
RTS(A)
CTS(A) CTS(A)
DATA (A)
ACK(A) ACK(A)
reservation collision
defer
5 DataLink Layer 5-89
framecontrol duration address
1address
2address
4address
3 payload CRC
2 2 6 6 6 2 6 0 - 2312 4
seqcontrol
80211 frame addressing
Address 2 MAC addressof wireless host or AP transmitting this frame
Address 1 MAC addressof wireless host or AP to receive this frame
Address 3 MAC addressof router interface to which AP is attached
Address 4 used only in ad hoc mode
5 DataLink Layer 5-90
Internetrouter
AP
H1 R1
AP MAC addr H1 MAC addr R1 MAC addraddress 1 address 2 address 3
80211 frame
R1 MAC addr H1 MAC addr dest address source address
8023 frame
80211 frame addressing
5 DataLink Layer 5-91
framecontrol duration address
1address
2address
4address
3 payload CRC
2 2 6 6 6 2 6 0 - 2312 4
seqcontrol
Type FromAPSubtype To
APMore frag WEPMore
dataPower
mgtRetry RsvdProtocolversion
2 2 4 1 1 1 1 1 11 1
80211 frame moreduration of reserved transmission time (RTSCTS)
frame seq (for RDT)
frame type(RTS CTS ACK data)
5 DataLink Layer 5-92
hub or switch
AP 2
AP 1
H1 BBS 2
BBS 1
80211 mobility within same subnet
router H1 remains in same IP subnet IP address can remain same
switch which AP is associated with H1
self-learning (Ch 5) switch will see frame from H1 and ldquorememberrdquo which switch port can be used to reach H1
5 DataLink Layer 5-93
80211 advanced capabilities
Rate Adaptation base station mobile
dynamically change transmission rate (physical layer modulation technique) as mobile moves SNR varies
QAM256 (8 Mbps)QAM16 (4 Mbps)BPSK (1 Mbps)
10 20 30 40SNR(dB)
BE
R
10-1
10-2
10-3
10-5
10-6
10-7
10-4
operating point
1 SNR decreases BER increase as node moves away from base station2 When BER becomes too high switch to lower transmission rate but with lower BER
5 DataLink Layer 5-94
80211 advanced capabilitiesPower Management node-to-AP ldquoI am going to sleep until next
beacon framerdquo AP knows not to transmit frames to this
node node wakes up before next beacon frame
beacon frame contains list of mobiles with AP-to-mobile frames waiting to be sent node will stay awake if AP-to-mobile frames
to be sent otherwise sleep again until next beacon frame
5 DataLink Layer 5-70
Chapter 6 Wireless and Mobile Networks
Background wireless (mobile) phone subscribers now
exceeds wired phone subscribers computer nets laptops palmtops PDAs
Internet-enabled phone promise anytime untethered Internet access
two important (but different) challenges wireless communication over wireless link mobility handling the mobile user who changes point
of attachment to network
5 DataLink Layer 5-71
Elements of a wireless network
network infrastructure
wireless hosts laptop PDA IP phone run applications may be stationary
(non-mobile) or mobile wireless does not
always mean mobility
5 DataLink Layer 5-72
Elements of a wireless network
network infrastructure
base station typically connected to
wired network relay - responsible
for sending packets between wired network and wireless host(s) in its ldquoareardquo
eg cell towers 80211 access points
5 DataLink Layer 5-73
Elements of a wireless network
network infrastructure
wireless link typically used to
connect mobile(s) to base station
also used as backbone link
multiple access protocol coordinates link access
various data rates transmission distance
5 DataLink Layer 5-74
Characteristics of selected wireless link standards
Indoor10-30m
Outdoor50-200m
Mid-rangeoutdoor
200m ndash 4 Km
Long-rangeoutdoor
5Km ndash 20 Km
056
384
1
4
5-11
54
IS-95 CDMA GSM 2G
UMTSWCDMA CDMA2000 3G
80215
80211b
80211ag
UMTSWCDMA-HSPDA CDMA2000-1xEVDO 3G cellularenhanced
80216 (WiMAX)
80211ag point-to-point
200 80211n
Dat
a ra
te (M
bps) data
5 DataLink Layer 5-75
Elements of a wireless network
network infrastructure
infrastructure mode base station connects
mobiles into wired network
handoff mobile changes base station providing connection into wired network
5 DataLink Layer 5-76
Elements of a wireless networkad hoc mode no base stations nodes can only
transmit to other nodes within link coverage
nodes organize themselves into a network route among themselves
5 DataLink Layer 5-77
Wireless network taxonomy
single hop multiple hops
infrastructure(eg APs)
noinfrastructure
host connects to base station (WiFiWiMAX cellular) which connects to
larger Internet
no base station noconnection to larger Internet (Bluetooth
ad hoc nets)
host may have torelay through several
wireless nodes to connect to larger
Internet mesh net
no base station noconnection to larger
Internet May have torelay to reach other a given wireless node
MANET VANET
5 DataLink Layer 5-78
Wireless Link Characteristics (1)Differences from wired link hellip
decreased signal strength radio signal attenuates as it propagates through matter (path loss)
interference from other sources standardized wireless network frequencies (eg 24 GHz) shared by other devices (eg phone) devices (motors) interfere as well
multipath propagation radio signal reflects off objects arriving at destination at slightly different times
hellip make communication across (even a point to point) wireless link much more ldquodifficultrdquo
5 DataLink Layer 5-79
Wireless Link Characteristics (2) SNR signal-to-noise ratio
larger SNR ndash easier to extract signal from noise (a ldquogood thingrdquo)
SNR versus BER tradeoffs given physical layer
increase power -gt increase SNR-gtdecrease BER
given SNR choose physical layer that meets BER requirement giving highest thruput
bull SNR may change with mobility dynamically adapt physical layer (modulation technique rate)
10 20 30 40
QAM256 (8 Mbps)
QAM16 (4 Mbps)
BPSK (1 Mbps)
SNR(dB)B
ER
10-1
10-2
10-3
10-5
10-6
10-7
10-4
5 DataLink Layer 5-80
Wireless network characteristicsMultiple wireless senders and receivers create
additional problems (beyond multiple access)
AB
C
Hidden terminal problem B A hear each other B C hear each other A C can not hear each othermeans A C unaware of their
interference at B
A B C
Arsquos signalstrength
space
Crsquos signalstrength
Signal attenuation B A hear each other B C hear each other A C can not hear each other
interfering at B
5 DataLink Layer 5-81
IEEE 80211 Wireless LAN 80211b
24-5 GHz unlicensed spectrum up to 11 Mbps direct sequence spread
spectrum (DSSS) in physical layer
bull all hosts use same chipping code
80211a 5-6 GHz range up to 54 Mbps
80211g 24-5 GHz range up to 54 Mbps
80211n multiple antennae 24-5 GHz range up to 200 Mbps
all use CSMACA for multiple access all have base-station and ad-hoc network versions
5 DataLink Layer 5-82
80211 LAN architecture
wireless host communicates with base station
base station = access point (AP)
Basic Service Set (BSS)(aka ldquocellrdquo) in infrastructure mode contains
wireless hosts access point (AP) base
station ad hoc mode hosts only
BSS 1
BSS 2
Internet
hub switchor routerAP
AP
5 DataLink Layer 5-83
80211 Channels association
80211b 24GHz-2485GHz spectrum divided into 11 channels at different frequencies AP admin chooses frequency for AP interference possible channel can be same as
that chosen by neighboring AP host must associate with an AP
scans channels listening for beacon framescontaining APrsquos name (SSID) and MAC address
selects AP to associate with may perform authentication [Chapter 8] will typically run DHCP to get IP address in APrsquos
subnet
5 DataLink Layer 5-84
80211 passiveactive scanning
AP 2AP 1
H1
BBS 2BBS 1
122
3 4
Active Scanning (1) probe request frame broadcast
from H1(2) probe response frame sent from
APs(3) association request frame sent
H1 to selected AP (4) association response frame sent
H1 to selected AP
AP 2AP 1
H1
BBS 2BBS 1
12 3
1
Passive Scanning(1) beacon frames sent from APs(2) association request frame sent H1
to selected AP (3) association response frame sent
H1 to selected AP
5 DataLink Layer 5-85
IEEE 80211 multiple access avoid collisions 2+ nodes transmitting at same time 80211 CSMA - sense before transmitting
donrsquot collide with ongoing transmission by other node 80211 no collision detection
difficult to receive (sense collisions) when transmitting due to weak received signals (fading)
canrsquot sense all collisions in any case hidden terminal fading goal avoid collisions CSMAC(ollision)A(voidance)
AB
CA B C
Arsquos signalstrength
space
Crsquos signalstrength
5 DataLink Layer 5-86
IEEE 80211 MAC Protocol CSMACA
80211 sender1 if sense channel idle for DIFS then
transmit entire frame (no CD)2 if sense channel busy then
start random backoff timetimer counts down while channel idletransmit when timer expiresif no ACK increase random backoff
interval repeat 280211 receiver- if frame received OK
return ACK after SIFS (ACK needed due to hidden terminal problem)
sender receiver
DIFS
data
SIFS
ACK
5 DataLink Layer 5-87
Avoiding collisions (more)idea allow sender to ldquoreserverdquo channel rather than random
access of data frames avoid collisions of long data frames sender first transmits small request-to-send (RTS) packets
to BS using CSMA RTSs may still collide with each other (but theyrsquore short)
BS broadcasts clear-to-send CTS in response to RTS CTS heard by all nodes
sender transmits data frame other stations defer transmissions
avoid data frame collisions completely using small reservation packets
5 DataLink Layer 5-88
Collision Avoidance RTS-CTS exchange
APA B
time
RTS(A)RTS(B)
RTS(A)
CTS(A) CTS(A)
DATA (A)
ACK(A) ACK(A)
reservation collision
defer
5 DataLink Layer 5-89
framecontrol duration address
1address
2address
4address
3 payload CRC
2 2 6 6 6 2 6 0 - 2312 4
seqcontrol
80211 frame addressing
Address 2 MAC addressof wireless host or AP transmitting this frame
Address 1 MAC addressof wireless host or AP to receive this frame
Address 3 MAC addressof router interface to which AP is attached
Address 4 used only in ad hoc mode
5 DataLink Layer 5-90
Internetrouter
AP
H1 R1
AP MAC addr H1 MAC addr R1 MAC addraddress 1 address 2 address 3
80211 frame
R1 MAC addr H1 MAC addr dest address source address
8023 frame
80211 frame addressing
5 DataLink Layer 5-91
framecontrol duration address
1address
2address
4address
3 payload CRC
2 2 6 6 6 2 6 0 - 2312 4
seqcontrol
Type FromAPSubtype To
APMore frag WEPMore
dataPower
mgtRetry RsvdProtocolversion
2 2 4 1 1 1 1 1 11 1
80211 frame moreduration of reserved transmission time (RTSCTS)
frame seq (for RDT)
frame type(RTS CTS ACK data)
5 DataLink Layer 5-92
hub or switch
AP 2
AP 1
H1 BBS 2
BBS 1
80211 mobility within same subnet
router H1 remains in same IP subnet IP address can remain same
switch which AP is associated with H1
self-learning (Ch 5) switch will see frame from H1 and ldquorememberrdquo which switch port can be used to reach H1
5 DataLink Layer 5-93
80211 advanced capabilities
Rate Adaptation base station mobile
dynamically change transmission rate (physical layer modulation technique) as mobile moves SNR varies
QAM256 (8 Mbps)QAM16 (4 Mbps)BPSK (1 Mbps)
10 20 30 40SNR(dB)
BE
R
10-1
10-2
10-3
10-5
10-6
10-7
10-4
operating point
1 SNR decreases BER increase as node moves away from base station2 When BER becomes too high switch to lower transmission rate but with lower BER
5 DataLink Layer 5-94
80211 advanced capabilitiesPower Management node-to-AP ldquoI am going to sleep until next
beacon framerdquo AP knows not to transmit frames to this
node node wakes up before next beacon frame
beacon frame contains list of mobiles with AP-to-mobile frames waiting to be sent node will stay awake if AP-to-mobile frames
to be sent otherwise sleep again until next beacon frame
5 DataLink Layer 5-71
Elements of a wireless network
network infrastructure
wireless hosts laptop PDA IP phone run applications may be stationary
(non-mobile) or mobile wireless does not
always mean mobility
5 DataLink Layer 5-72
Elements of a wireless network
network infrastructure
base station typically connected to
wired network relay - responsible
for sending packets between wired network and wireless host(s) in its ldquoareardquo
eg cell towers 80211 access points
5 DataLink Layer 5-73
Elements of a wireless network
network infrastructure
wireless link typically used to
connect mobile(s) to base station
also used as backbone link
multiple access protocol coordinates link access
various data rates transmission distance
5 DataLink Layer 5-74
Characteristics of selected wireless link standards
Indoor10-30m
Outdoor50-200m
Mid-rangeoutdoor
200m ndash 4 Km
Long-rangeoutdoor
5Km ndash 20 Km
056
384
1
4
5-11
54
IS-95 CDMA GSM 2G
UMTSWCDMA CDMA2000 3G
80215
80211b
80211ag
UMTSWCDMA-HSPDA CDMA2000-1xEVDO 3G cellularenhanced
80216 (WiMAX)
80211ag point-to-point
200 80211n
Dat
a ra
te (M
bps) data
5 DataLink Layer 5-75
Elements of a wireless network
network infrastructure
infrastructure mode base station connects
mobiles into wired network
handoff mobile changes base station providing connection into wired network
5 DataLink Layer 5-76
Elements of a wireless networkad hoc mode no base stations nodes can only
transmit to other nodes within link coverage
nodes organize themselves into a network route among themselves
5 DataLink Layer 5-77
Wireless network taxonomy
single hop multiple hops
infrastructure(eg APs)
noinfrastructure
host connects to base station (WiFiWiMAX cellular) which connects to
larger Internet
no base station noconnection to larger Internet (Bluetooth
ad hoc nets)
host may have torelay through several
wireless nodes to connect to larger
Internet mesh net
no base station noconnection to larger
Internet May have torelay to reach other a given wireless node
MANET VANET
5 DataLink Layer 5-78
Wireless Link Characteristics (1)Differences from wired link hellip
decreased signal strength radio signal attenuates as it propagates through matter (path loss)
interference from other sources standardized wireless network frequencies (eg 24 GHz) shared by other devices (eg phone) devices (motors) interfere as well
multipath propagation radio signal reflects off objects arriving at destination at slightly different times
hellip make communication across (even a point to point) wireless link much more ldquodifficultrdquo
5 DataLink Layer 5-79
Wireless Link Characteristics (2) SNR signal-to-noise ratio
larger SNR ndash easier to extract signal from noise (a ldquogood thingrdquo)
SNR versus BER tradeoffs given physical layer
increase power -gt increase SNR-gtdecrease BER
given SNR choose physical layer that meets BER requirement giving highest thruput
bull SNR may change with mobility dynamically adapt physical layer (modulation technique rate)
10 20 30 40
QAM256 (8 Mbps)
QAM16 (4 Mbps)
BPSK (1 Mbps)
SNR(dB)B
ER
10-1
10-2
10-3
10-5
10-6
10-7
10-4
5 DataLink Layer 5-80
Wireless network characteristicsMultiple wireless senders and receivers create
additional problems (beyond multiple access)
AB
C
Hidden terminal problem B A hear each other B C hear each other A C can not hear each othermeans A C unaware of their
interference at B
A B C
Arsquos signalstrength
space
Crsquos signalstrength
Signal attenuation B A hear each other B C hear each other A C can not hear each other
interfering at B
5 DataLink Layer 5-81
IEEE 80211 Wireless LAN 80211b
24-5 GHz unlicensed spectrum up to 11 Mbps direct sequence spread
spectrum (DSSS) in physical layer
bull all hosts use same chipping code
80211a 5-6 GHz range up to 54 Mbps
80211g 24-5 GHz range up to 54 Mbps
80211n multiple antennae 24-5 GHz range up to 200 Mbps
all use CSMACA for multiple access all have base-station and ad-hoc network versions
5 DataLink Layer 5-82
80211 LAN architecture
wireless host communicates with base station
base station = access point (AP)
Basic Service Set (BSS)(aka ldquocellrdquo) in infrastructure mode contains
wireless hosts access point (AP) base
station ad hoc mode hosts only
BSS 1
BSS 2
Internet
hub switchor routerAP
AP
5 DataLink Layer 5-83
80211 Channels association
80211b 24GHz-2485GHz spectrum divided into 11 channels at different frequencies AP admin chooses frequency for AP interference possible channel can be same as
that chosen by neighboring AP host must associate with an AP
scans channels listening for beacon framescontaining APrsquos name (SSID) and MAC address
selects AP to associate with may perform authentication [Chapter 8] will typically run DHCP to get IP address in APrsquos
subnet
5 DataLink Layer 5-84
80211 passiveactive scanning
AP 2AP 1
H1
BBS 2BBS 1
122
3 4
Active Scanning (1) probe request frame broadcast
from H1(2) probe response frame sent from
APs(3) association request frame sent
H1 to selected AP (4) association response frame sent
H1 to selected AP
AP 2AP 1
H1
BBS 2BBS 1
12 3
1
Passive Scanning(1) beacon frames sent from APs(2) association request frame sent H1
to selected AP (3) association response frame sent
H1 to selected AP
5 DataLink Layer 5-85
IEEE 80211 multiple access avoid collisions 2+ nodes transmitting at same time 80211 CSMA - sense before transmitting
donrsquot collide with ongoing transmission by other node 80211 no collision detection
difficult to receive (sense collisions) when transmitting due to weak received signals (fading)
canrsquot sense all collisions in any case hidden terminal fading goal avoid collisions CSMAC(ollision)A(voidance)
AB
CA B C
Arsquos signalstrength
space
Crsquos signalstrength
5 DataLink Layer 5-86
IEEE 80211 MAC Protocol CSMACA
80211 sender1 if sense channel idle for DIFS then
transmit entire frame (no CD)2 if sense channel busy then
start random backoff timetimer counts down while channel idletransmit when timer expiresif no ACK increase random backoff
interval repeat 280211 receiver- if frame received OK
return ACK after SIFS (ACK needed due to hidden terminal problem)
sender receiver
DIFS
data
SIFS
ACK
5 DataLink Layer 5-87
Avoiding collisions (more)idea allow sender to ldquoreserverdquo channel rather than random
access of data frames avoid collisions of long data frames sender first transmits small request-to-send (RTS) packets
to BS using CSMA RTSs may still collide with each other (but theyrsquore short)
BS broadcasts clear-to-send CTS in response to RTS CTS heard by all nodes
sender transmits data frame other stations defer transmissions
avoid data frame collisions completely using small reservation packets
5 DataLink Layer 5-88
Collision Avoidance RTS-CTS exchange
APA B
time
RTS(A)RTS(B)
RTS(A)
CTS(A) CTS(A)
DATA (A)
ACK(A) ACK(A)
reservation collision
defer
5 DataLink Layer 5-89
framecontrol duration address
1address
2address
4address
3 payload CRC
2 2 6 6 6 2 6 0 - 2312 4
seqcontrol
80211 frame addressing
Address 2 MAC addressof wireless host or AP transmitting this frame
Address 1 MAC addressof wireless host or AP to receive this frame
Address 3 MAC addressof router interface to which AP is attached
Address 4 used only in ad hoc mode
5 DataLink Layer 5-90
Internetrouter
AP
H1 R1
AP MAC addr H1 MAC addr R1 MAC addraddress 1 address 2 address 3
80211 frame
R1 MAC addr H1 MAC addr dest address source address
8023 frame
80211 frame addressing
5 DataLink Layer 5-91
framecontrol duration address
1address
2address
4address
3 payload CRC
2 2 6 6 6 2 6 0 - 2312 4
seqcontrol
Type FromAPSubtype To
APMore frag WEPMore
dataPower
mgtRetry RsvdProtocolversion
2 2 4 1 1 1 1 1 11 1
80211 frame moreduration of reserved transmission time (RTSCTS)
frame seq (for RDT)
frame type(RTS CTS ACK data)
5 DataLink Layer 5-92
hub or switch
AP 2
AP 1
H1 BBS 2
BBS 1
80211 mobility within same subnet
router H1 remains in same IP subnet IP address can remain same
switch which AP is associated with H1
self-learning (Ch 5) switch will see frame from H1 and ldquorememberrdquo which switch port can be used to reach H1
5 DataLink Layer 5-93
80211 advanced capabilities
Rate Adaptation base station mobile
dynamically change transmission rate (physical layer modulation technique) as mobile moves SNR varies
QAM256 (8 Mbps)QAM16 (4 Mbps)BPSK (1 Mbps)
10 20 30 40SNR(dB)
BE
R
10-1
10-2
10-3
10-5
10-6
10-7
10-4
operating point
1 SNR decreases BER increase as node moves away from base station2 When BER becomes too high switch to lower transmission rate but with lower BER
5 DataLink Layer 5-94
80211 advanced capabilitiesPower Management node-to-AP ldquoI am going to sleep until next
beacon framerdquo AP knows not to transmit frames to this
node node wakes up before next beacon frame
beacon frame contains list of mobiles with AP-to-mobile frames waiting to be sent node will stay awake if AP-to-mobile frames
to be sent otherwise sleep again until next beacon frame
5 DataLink Layer 5-72
Elements of a wireless network
network infrastructure
base station typically connected to
wired network relay - responsible
for sending packets between wired network and wireless host(s) in its ldquoareardquo
eg cell towers 80211 access points
5 DataLink Layer 5-73
Elements of a wireless network
network infrastructure
wireless link typically used to
connect mobile(s) to base station
also used as backbone link
multiple access protocol coordinates link access
various data rates transmission distance
5 DataLink Layer 5-74
Characteristics of selected wireless link standards
Indoor10-30m
Outdoor50-200m
Mid-rangeoutdoor
200m ndash 4 Km
Long-rangeoutdoor
5Km ndash 20 Km
056
384
1
4
5-11
54
IS-95 CDMA GSM 2G
UMTSWCDMA CDMA2000 3G
80215
80211b
80211ag
UMTSWCDMA-HSPDA CDMA2000-1xEVDO 3G cellularenhanced
80216 (WiMAX)
80211ag point-to-point
200 80211n
Dat
a ra
te (M
bps) data
5 DataLink Layer 5-75
Elements of a wireless network
network infrastructure
infrastructure mode base station connects
mobiles into wired network
handoff mobile changes base station providing connection into wired network
5 DataLink Layer 5-76
Elements of a wireless networkad hoc mode no base stations nodes can only
transmit to other nodes within link coverage
nodes organize themselves into a network route among themselves
5 DataLink Layer 5-77
Wireless network taxonomy
single hop multiple hops
infrastructure(eg APs)
noinfrastructure
host connects to base station (WiFiWiMAX cellular) which connects to
larger Internet
no base station noconnection to larger Internet (Bluetooth
ad hoc nets)
host may have torelay through several
wireless nodes to connect to larger
Internet mesh net
no base station noconnection to larger
Internet May have torelay to reach other a given wireless node
MANET VANET
5 DataLink Layer 5-78
Wireless Link Characteristics (1)Differences from wired link hellip
decreased signal strength radio signal attenuates as it propagates through matter (path loss)
interference from other sources standardized wireless network frequencies (eg 24 GHz) shared by other devices (eg phone) devices (motors) interfere as well
multipath propagation radio signal reflects off objects arriving at destination at slightly different times
hellip make communication across (even a point to point) wireless link much more ldquodifficultrdquo
5 DataLink Layer 5-79
Wireless Link Characteristics (2) SNR signal-to-noise ratio
larger SNR ndash easier to extract signal from noise (a ldquogood thingrdquo)
SNR versus BER tradeoffs given physical layer
increase power -gt increase SNR-gtdecrease BER
given SNR choose physical layer that meets BER requirement giving highest thruput
bull SNR may change with mobility dynamically adapt physical layer (modulation technique rate)
10 20 30 40
QAM256 (8 Mbps)
QAM16 (4 Mbps)
BPSK (1 Mbps)
SNR(dB)B
ER
10-1
10-2
10-3
10-5
10-6
10-7
10-4
5 DataLink Layer 5-80
Wireless network characteristicsMultiple wireless senders and receivers create
additional problems (beyond multiple access)
AB
C
Hidden terminal problem B A hear each other B C hear each other A C can not hear each othermeans A C unaware of their
interference at B
A B C
Arsquos signalstrength
space
Crsquos signalstrength
Signal attenuation B A hear each other B C hear each other A C can not hear each other
interfering at B
5 DataLink Layer 5-81
IEEE 80211 Wireless LAN 80211b
24-5 GHz unlicensed spectrum up to 11 Mbps direct sequence spread
spectrum (DSSS) in physical layer
bull all hosts use same chipping code
80211a 5-6 GHz range up to 54 Mbps
80211g 24-5 GHz range up to 54 Mbps
80211n multiple antennae 24-5 GHz range up to 200 Mbps
all use CSMACA for multiple access all have base-station and ad-hoc network versions
5 DataLink Layer 5-82
80211 LAN architecture
wireless host communicates with base station
base station = access point (AP)
Basic Service Set (BSS)(aka ldquocellrdquo) in infrastructure mode contains
wireless hosts access point (AP) base
station ad hoc mode hosts only
BSS 1
BSS 2
Internet
hub switchor routerAP
AP
5 DataLink Layer 5-83
80211 Channels association
80211b 24GHz-2485GHz spectrum divided into 11 channels at different frequencies AP admin chooses frequency for AP interference possible channel can be same as
that chosen by neighboring AP host must associate with an AP
scans channels listening for beacon framescontaining APrsquos name (SSID) and MAC address
selects AP to associate with may perform authentication [Chapter 8] will typically run DHCP to get IP address in APrsquos
subnet
5 DataLink Layer 5-84
80211 passiveactive scanning
AP 2AP 1
H1
BBS 2BBS 1
122
3 4
Active Scanning (1) probe request frame broadcast
from H1(2) probe response frame sent from
APs(3) association request frame sent
H1 to selected AP (4) association response frame sent
H1 to selected AP
AP 2AP 1
H1
BBS 2BBS 1
12 3
1
Passive Scanning(1) beacon frames sent from APs(2) association request frame sent H1
to selected AP (3) association response frame sent
H1 to selected AP
5 DataLink Layer 5-85
IEEE 80211 multiple access avoid collisions 2+ nodes transmitting at same time 80211 CSMA - sense before transmitting
donrsquot collide with ongoing transmission by other node 80211 no collision detection
difficult to receive (sense collisions) when transmitting due to weak received signals (fading)
canrsquot sense all collisions in any case hidden terminal fading goal avoid collisions CSMAC(ollision)A(voidance)
AB
CA B C
Arsquos signalstrength
space
Crsquos signalstrength
5 DataLink Layer 5-86
IEEE 80211 MAC Protocol CSMACA
80211 sender1 if sense channel idle for DIFS then
transmit entire frame (no CD)2 if sense channel busy then
start random backoff timetimer counts down while channel idletransmit when timer expiresif no ACK increase random backoff
interval repeat 280211 receiver- if frame received OK
return ACK after SIFS (ACK needed due to hidden terminal problem)
sender receiver
DIFS
data
SIFS
ACK
5 DataLink Layer 5-87
Avoiding collisions (more)idea allow sender to ldquoreserverdquo channel rather than random
access of data frames avoid collisions of long data frames sender first transmits small request-to-send (RTS) packets
to BS using CSMA RTSs may still collide with each other (but theyrsquore short)
BS broadcasts clear-to-send CTS in response to RTS CTS heard by all nodes
sender transmits data frame other stations defer transmissions
avoid data frame collisions completely using small reservation packets
5 DataLink Layer 5-88
Collision Avoidance RTS-CTS exchange
APA B
time
RTS(A)RTS(B)
RTS(A)
CTS(A) CTS(A)
DATA (A)
ACK(A) ACK(A)
reservation collision
defer
5 DataLink Layer 5-89
framecontrol duration address
1address
2address
4address
3 payload CRC
2 2 6 6 6 2 6 0 - 2312 4
seqcontrol
80211 frame addressing
Address 2 MAC addressof wireless host or AP transmitting this frame
Address 1 MAC addressof wireless host or AP to receive this frame
Address 3 MAC addressof router interface to which AP is attached
Address 4 used only in ad hoc mode
5 DataLink Layer 5-90
Internetrouter
AP
H1 R1
AP MAC addr H1 MAC addr R1 MAC addraddress 1 address 2 address 3
80211 frame
R1 MAC addr H1 MAC addr dest address source address
8023 frame
80211 frame addressing
5 DataLink Layer 5-91
framecontrol duration address
1address
2address
4address
3 payload CRC
2 2 6 6 6 2 6 0 - 2312 4
seqcontrol
Type FromAPSubtype To
APMore frag WEPMore
dataPower
mgtRetry RsvdProtocolversion
2 2 4 1 1 1 1 1 11 1
80211 frame moreduration of reserved transmission time (RTSCTS)
frame seq (for RDT)
frame type(RTS CTS ACK data)
5 DataLink Layer 5-92
hub or switch
AP 2
AP 1
H1 BBS 2
BBS 1
80211 mobility within same subnet
router H1 remains in same IP subnet IP address can remain same
switch which AP is associated with H1
self-learning (Ch 5) switch will see frame from H1 and ldquorememberrdquo which switch port can be used to reach H1
5 DataLink Layer 5-93
80211 advanced capabilities
Rate Adaptation base station mobile
dynamically change transmission rate (physical layer modulation technique) as mobile moves SNR varies
QAM256 (8 Mbps)QAM16 (4 Mbps)BPSK (1 Mbps)
10 20 30 40SNR(dB)
BE
R
10-1
10-2
10-3
10-5
10-6
10-7
10-4
operating point
1 SNR decreases BER increase as node moves away from base station2 When BER becomes too high switch to lower transmission rate but with lower BER
5 DataLink Layer 5-94
80211 advanced capabilitiesPower Management node-to-AP ldquoI am going to sleep until next
beacon framerdquo AP knows not to transmit frames to this
node node wakes up before next beacon frame
beacon frame contains list of mobiles with AP-to-mobile frames waiting to be sent node will stay awake if AP-to-mobile frames
to be sent otherwise sleep again until next beacon frame
5 DataLink Layer 5-73
Elements of a wireless network
network infrastructure
wireless link typically used to
connect mobile(s) to base station
also used as backbone link
multiple access protocol coordinates link access
various data rates transmission distance
5 DataLink Layer 5-74
Characteristics of selected wireless link standards
Indoor10-30m
Outdoor50-200m
Mid-rangeoutdoor
200m ndash 4 Km
Long-rangeoutdoor
5Km ndash 20 Km
056
384
1
4
5-11
54
IS-95 CDMA GSM 2G
UMTSWCDMA CDMA2000 3G
80215
80211b
80211ag
UMTSWCDMA-HSPDA CDMA2000-1xEVDO 3G cellularenhanced
80216 (WiMAX)
80211ag point-to-point
200 80211n
Dat
a ra
te (M
bps) data
5 DataLink Layer 5-75
Elements of a wireless network
network infrastructure
infrastructure mode base station connects
mobiles into wired network
handoff mobile changes base station providing connection into wired network
5 DataLink Layer 5-76
Elements of a wireless networkad hoc mode no base stations nodes can only
transmit to other nodes within link coverage
nodes organize themselves into a network route among themselves
5 DataLink Layer 5-77
Wireless network taxonomy
single hop multiple hops
infrastructure(eg APs)
noinfrastructure
host connects to base station (WiFiWiMAX cellular) which connects to
larger Internet
no base station noconnection to larger Internet (Bluetooth
ad hoc nets)
host may have torelay through several
wireless nodes to connect to larger
Internet mesh net
no base station noconnection to larger
Internet May have torelay to reach other a given wireless node
MANET VANET
5 DataLink Layer 5-78
Wireless Link Characteristics (1)Differences from wired link hellip
decreased signal strength radio signal attenuates as it propagates through matter (path loss)
interference from other sources standardized wireless network frequencies (eg 24 GHz) shared by other devices (eg phone) devices (motors) interfere as well
multipath propagation radio signal reflects off objects arriving at destination at slightly different times
hellip make communication across (even a point to point) wireless link much more ldquodifficultrdquo
5 DataLink Layer 5-79
Wireless Link Characteristics (2) SNR signal-to-noise ratio
larger SNR ndash easier to extract signal from noise (a ldquogood thingrdquo)
SNR versus BER tradeoffs given physical layer
increase power -gt increase SNR-gtdecrease BER
given SNR choose physical layer that meets BER requirement giving highest thruput
bull SNR may change with mobility dynamically adapt physical layer (modulation technique rate)
10 20 30 40
QAM256 (8 Mbps)
QAM16 (4 Mbps)
BPSK (1 Mbps)
SNR(dB)B
ER
10-1
10-2
10-3
10-5
10-6
10-7
10-4
5 DataLink Layer 5-80
Wireless network characteristicsMultiple wireless senders and receivers create
additional problems (beyond multiple access)
AB
C
Hidden terminal problem B A hear each other B C hear each other A C can not hear each othermeans A C unaware of their
interference at B
A B C
Arsquos signalstrength
space
Crsquos signalstrength
Signal attenuation B A hear each other B C hear each other A C can not hear each other
interfering at B
5 DataLink Layer 5-81
IEEE 80211 Wireless LAN 80211b
24-5 GHz unlicensed spectrum up to 11 Mbps direct sequence spread
spectrum (DSSS) in physical layer
bull all hosts use same chipping code
80211a 5-6 GHz range up to 54 Mbps
80211g 24-5 GHz range up to 54 Mbps
80211n multiple antennae 24-5 GHz range up to 200 Mbps
all use CSMACA for multiple access all have base-station and ad-hoc network versions
5 DataLink Layer 5-82
80211 LAN architecture
wireless host communicates with base station
base station = access point (AP)
Basic Service Set (BSS)(aka ldquocellrdquo) in infrastructure mode contains
wireless hosts access point (AP) base
station ad hoc mode hosts only
BSS 1
BSS 2
Internet
hub switchor routerAP
AP
5 DataLink Layer 5-83
80211 Channels association
80211b 24GHz-2485GHz spectrum divided into 11 channels at different frequencies AP admin chooses frequency for AP interference possible channel can be same as
that chosen by neighboring AP host must associate with an AP
scans channels listening for beacon framescontaining APrsquos name (SSID) and MAC address
selects AP to associate with may perform authentication [Chapter 8] will typically run DHCP to get IP address in APrsquos
subnet
5 DataLink Layer 5-84
80211 passiveactive scanning
AP 2AP 1
H1
BBS 2BBS 1
122
3 4
Active Scanning (1) probe request frame broadcast
from H1(2) probe response frame sent from
APs(3) association request frame sent
H1 to selected AP (4) association response frame sent
H1 to selected AP
AP 2AP 1
H1
BBS 2BBS 1
12 3
1
Passive Scanning(1) beacon frames sent from APs(2) association request frame sent H1
to selected AP (3) association response frame sent
H1 to selected AP
5 DataLink Layer 5-85
IEEE 80211 multiple access avoid collisions 2+ nodes transmitting at same time 80211 CSMA - sense before transmitting
donrsquot collide with ongoing transmission by other node 80211 no collision detection
difficult to receive (sense collisions) when transmitting due to weak received signals (fading)
canrsquot sense all collisions in any case hidden terminal fading goal avoid collisions CSMAC(ollision)A(voidance)
AB
CA B C
Arsquos signalstrength
space
Crsquos signalstrength
5 DataLink Layer 5-86
IEEE 80211 MAC Protocol CSMACA
80211 sender1 if sense channel idle for DIFS then
transmit entire frame (no CD)2 if sense channel busy then
start random backoff timetimer counts down while channel idletransmit when timer expiresif no ACK increase random backoff
interval repeat 280211 receiver- if frame received OK
return ACK after SIFS (ACK needed due to hidden terminal problem)
sender receiver
DIFS
data
SIFS
ACK
5 DataLink Layer 5-87
Avoiding collisions (more)idea allow sender to ldquoreserverdquo channel rather than random
access of data frames avoid collisions of long data frames sender first transmits small request-to-send (RTS) packets
to BS using CSMA RTSs may still collide with each other (but theyrsquore short)
BS broadcasts clear-to-send CTS in response to RTS CTS heard by all nodes
sender transmits data frame other stations defer transmissions
avoid data frame collisions completely using small reservation packets
5 DataLink Layer 5-88
Collision Avoidance RTS-CTS exchange
APA B
time
RTS(A)RTS(B)
RTS(A)
CTS(A) CTS(A)
DATA (A)
ACK(A) ACK(A)
reservation collision
defer
5 DataLink Layer 5-89
framecontrol duration address
1address
2address
4address
3 payload CRC
2 2 6 6 6 2 6 0 - 2312 4
seqcontrol
80211 frame addressing
Address 2 MAC addressof wireless host or AP transmitting this frame
Address 1 MAC addressof wireless host or AP to receive this frame
Address 3 MAC addressof router interface to which AP is attached
Address 4 used only in ad hoc mode
5 DataLink Layer 5-90
Internetrouter
AP
H1 R1
AP MAC addr H1 MAC addr R1 MAC addraddress 1 address 2 address 3
80211 frame
R1 MAC addr H1 MAC addr dest address source address
8023 frame
80211 frame addressing
5 DataLink Layer 5-91
framecontrol duration address
1address
2address
4address
3 payload CRC
2 2 6 6 6 2 6 0 - 2312 4
seqcontrol
Type FromAPSubtype To
APMore frag WEPMore
dataPower
mgtRetry RsvdProtocolversion
2 2 4 1 1 1 1 1 11 1
80211 frame moreduration of reserved transmission time (RTSCTS)
frame seq (for RDT)
frame type(RTS CTS ACK data)
5 DataLink Layer 5-92
hub or switch
AP 2
AP 1
H1 BBS 2
BBS 1
80211 mobility within same subnet
router H1 remains in same IP subnet IP address can remain same
switch which AP is associated with H1
self-learning (Ch 5) switch will see frame from H1 and ldquorememberrdquo which switch port can be used to reach H1
5 DataLink Layer 5-93
80211 advanced capabilities
Rate Adaptation base station mobile
dynamically change transmission rate (physical layer modulation technique) as mobile moves SNR varies
QAM256 (8 Mbps)QAM16 (4 Mbps)BPSK (1 Mbps)
10 20 30 40SNR(dB)
BE
R
10-1
10-2
10-3
10-5
10-6
10-7
10-4
operating point
1 SNR decreases BER increase as node moves away from base station2 When BER becomes too high switch to lower transmission rate but with lower BER
5 DataLink Layer 5-94
80211 advanced capabilitiesPower Management node-to-AP ldquoI am going to sleep until next
beacon framerdquo AP knows not to transmit frames to this
node node wakes up before next beacon frame
beacon frame contains list of mobiles with AP-to-mobile frames waiting to be sent node will stay awake if AP-to-mobile frames
to be sent otherwise sleep again until next beacon frame
5 DataLink Layer 5-74
Characteristics of selected wireless link standards
Indoor10-30m
Outdoor50-200m
Mid-rangeoutdoor
200m ndash 4 Km
Long-rangeoutdoor
5Km ndash 20 Km
056
384
1
4
5-11
54
IS-95 CDMA GSM 2G
UMTSWCDMA CDMA2000 3G
80215
80211b
80211ag
UMTSWCDMA-HSPDA CDMA2000-1xEVDO 3G cellularenhanced
80216 (WiMAX)
80211ag point-to-point
200 80211n
Dat
a ra
te (M
bps) data
5 DataLink Layer 5-75
Elements of a wireless network
network infrastructure
infrastructure mode base station connects
mobiles into wired network
handoff mobile changes base station providing connection into wired network
5 DataLink Layer 5-76
Elements of a wireless networkad hoc mode no base stations nodes can only
transmit to other nodes within link coverage
nodes organize themselves into a network route among themselves
5 DataLink Layer 5-77
Wireless network taxonomy
single hop multiple hops
infrastructure(eg APs)
noinfrastructure
host connects to base station (WiFiWiMAX cellular) which connects to
larger Internet
no base station noconnection to larger Internet (Bluetooth
ad hoc nets)
host may have torelay through several
wireless nodes to connect to larger
Internet mesh net
no base station noconnection to larger
Internet May have torelay to reach other a given wireless node
MANET VANET
5 DataLink Layer 5-78
Wireless Link Characteristics (1)Differences from wired link hellip
decreased signal strength radio signal attenuates as it propagates through matter (path loss)
interference from other sources standardized wireless network frequencies (eg 24 GHz) shared by other devices (eg phone) devices (motors) interfere as well
multipath propagation radio signal reflects off objects arriving at destination at slightly different times
hellip make communication across (even a point to point) wireless link much more ldquodifficultrdquo
5 DataLink Layer 5-79
Wireless Link Characteristics (2) SNR signal-to-noise ratio
larger SNR ndash easier to extract signal from noise (a ldquogood thingrdquo)
SNR versus BER tradeoffs given physical layer
increase power -gt increase SNR-gtdecrease BER
given SNR choose physical layer that meets BER requirement giving highest thruput
bull SNR may change with mobility dynamically adapt physical layer (modulation technique rate)
10 20 30 40
QAM256 (8 Mbps)
QAM16 (4 Mbps)
BPSK (1 Mbps)
SNR(dB)B
ER
10-1
10-2
10-3
10-5
10-6
10-7
10-4
5 DataLink Layer 5-80
Wireless network characteristicsMultiple wireless senders and receivers create
additional problems (beyond multiple access)
AB
C
Hidden terminal problem B A hear each other B C hear each other A C can not hear each othermeans A C unaware of their
interference at B
A B C
Arsquos signalstrength
space
Crsquos signalstrength
Signal attenuation B A hear each other B C hear each other A C can not hear each other
interfering at B
5 DataLink Layer 5-81
IEEE 80211 Wireless LAN 80211b
24-5 GHz unlicensed spectrum up to 11 Mbps direct sequence spread
spectrum (DSSS) in physical layer
bull all hosts use same chipping code
80211a 5-6 GHz range up to 54 Mbps
80211g 24-5 GHz range up to 54 Mbps
80211n multiple antennae 24-5 GHz range up to 200 Mbps
all use CSMACA for multiple access all have base-station and ad-hoc network versions
5 DataLink Layer 5-82
80211 LAN architecture
wireless host communicates with base station
base station = access point (AP)
Basic Service Set (BSS)(aka ldquocellrdquo) in infrastructure mode contains
wireless hosts access point (AP) base
station ad hoc mode hosts only
BSS 1
BSS 2
Internet
hub switchor routerAP
AP
5 DataLink Layer 5-83
80211 Channels association
80211b 24GHz-2485GHz spectrum divided into 11 channels at different frequencies AP admin chooses frequency for AP interference possible channel can be same as
that chosen by neighboring AP host must associate with an AP
scans channels listening for beacon framescontaining APrsquos name (SSID) and MAC address
selects AP to associate with may perform authentication [Chapter 8] will typically run DHCP to get IP address in APrsquos
subnet
5 DataLink Layer 5-84
80211 passiveactive scanning
AP 2AP 1
H1
BBS 2BBS 1
122
3 4
Active Scanning (1) probe request frame broadcast
from H1(2) probe response frame sent from
APs(3) association request frame sent
H1 to selected AP (4) association response frame sent
H1 to selected AP
AP 2AP 1
H1
BBS 2BBS 1
12 3
1
Passive Scanning(1) beacon frames sent from APs(2) association request frame sent H1
to selected AP (3) association response frame sent
H1 to selected AP
5 DataLink Layer 5-85
IEEE 80211 multiple access avoid collisions 2+ nodes transmitting at same time 80211 CSMA - sense before transmitting
donrsquot collide with ongoing transmission by other node 80211 no collision detection
difficult to receive (sense collisions) when transmitting due to weak received signals (fading)
canrsquot sense all collisions in any case hidden terminal fading goal avoid collisions CSMAC(ollision)A(voidance)
AB
CA B C
Arsquos signalstrength
space
Crsquos signalstrength
5 DataLink Layer 5-86
IEEE 80211 MAC Protocol CSMACA
80211 sender1 if sense channel idle for DIFS then
transmit entire frame (no CD)2 if sense channel busy then
start random backoff timetimer counts down while channel idletransmit when timer expiresif no ACK increase random backoff
interval repeat 280211 receiver- if frame received OK
return ACK after SIFS (ACK needed due to hidden terminal problem)
sender receiver
DIFS
data
SIFS
ACK
5 DataLink Layer 5-87
Avoiding collisions (more)idea allow sender to ldquoreserverdquo channel rather than random
access of data frames avoid collisions of long data frames sender first transmits small request-to-send (RTS) packets
to BS using CSMA RTSs may still collide with each other (but theyrsquore short)
BS broadcasts clear-to-send CTS in response to RTS CTS heard by all nodes
sender transmits data frame other stations defer transmissions
avoid data frame collisions completely using small reservation packets
5 DataLink Layer 5-88
Collision Avoidance RTS-CTS exchange
APA B
time
RTS(A)RTS(B)
RTS(A)
CTS(A) CTS(A)
DATA (A)
ACK(A) ACK(A)
reservation collision
defer
5 DataLink Layer 5-89
framecontrol duration address
1address
2address
4address
3 payload CRC
2 2 6 6 6 2 6 0 - 2312 4
seqcontrol
80211 frame addressing
Address 2 MAC addressof wireless host or AP transmitting this frame
Address 1 MAC addressof wireless host or AP to receive this frame
Address 3 MAC addressof router interface to which AP is attached
Address 4 used only in ad hoc mode
5 DataLink Layer 5-90
Internetrouter
AP
H1 R1
AP MAC addr H1 MAC addr R1 MAC addraddress 1 address 2 address 3
80211 frame
R1 MAC addr H1 MAC addr dest address source address
8023 frame
80211 frame addressing
5 DataLink Layer 5-91
framecontrol duration address
1address
2address
4address
3 payload CRC
2 2 6 6 6 2 6 0 - 2312 4
seqcontrol
Type FromAPSubtype To
APMore frag WEPMore
dataPower
mgtRetry RsvdProtocolversion
2 2 4 1 1 1 1 1 11 1
80211 frame moreduration of reserved transmission time (RTSCTS)
frame seq (for RDT)
frame type(RTS CTS ACK data)
5 DataLink Layer 5-92
hub or switch
AP 2
AP 1
H1 BBS 2
BBS 1
80211 mobility within same subnet
router H1 remains in same IP subnet IP address can remain same
switch which AP is associated with H1
self-learning (Ch 5) switch will see frame from H1 and ldquorememberrdquo which switch port can be used to reach H1
5 DataLink Layer 5-93
80211 advanced capabilities
Rate Adaptation base station mobile
dynamically change transmission rate (physical layer modulation technique) as mobile moves SNR varies
QAM256 (8 Mbps)QAM16 (4 Mbps)BPSK (1 Mbps)
10 20 30 40SNR(dB)
BE
R
10-1
10-2
10-3
10-5
10-6
10-7
10-4
operating point
1 SNR decreases BER increase as node moves away from base station2 When BER becomes too high switch to lower transmission rate but with lower BER
5 DataLink Layer 5-94
80211 advanced capabilitiesPower Management node-to-AP ldquoI am going to sleep until next
beacon framerdquo AP knows not to transmit frames to this
node node wakes up before next beacon frame
beacon frame contains list of mobiles with AP-to-mobile frames waiting to be sent node will stay awake if AP-to-mobile frames
to be sent otherwise sleep again until next beacon frame
5 DataLink Layer 5-75
Elements of a wireless network
network infrastructure
infrastructure mode base station connects
mobiles into wired network
handoff mobile changes base station providing connection into wired network
5 DataLink Layer 5-76
Elements of a wireless networkad hoc mode no base stations nodes can only
transmit to other nodes within link coverage
nodes organize themselves into a network route among themselves
5 DataLink Layer 5-77
Wireless network taxonomy
single hop multiple hops
infrastructure(eg APs)
noinfrastructure
host connects to base station (WiFiWiMAX cellular) which connects to
larger Internet
no base station noconnection to larger Internet (Bluetooth
ad hoc nets)
host may have torelay through several
wireless nodes to connect to larger
Internet mesh net
no base station noconnection to larger
Internet May have torelay to reach other a given wireless node
MANET VANET
5 DataLink Layer 5-78
Wireless Link Characteristics (1)Differences from wired link hellip
decreased signal strength radio signal attenuates as it propagates through matter (path loss)
interference from other sources standardized wireless network frequencies (eg 24 GHz) shared by other devices (eg phone) devices (motors) interfere as well
multipath propagation radio signal reflects off objects arriving at destination at slightly different times
hellip make communication across (even a point to point) wireless link much more ldquodifficultrdquo
5 DataLink Layer 5-79
Wireless Link Characteristics (2) SNR signal-to-noise ratio
larger SNR ndash easier to extract signal from noise (a ldquogood thingrdquo)
SNR versus BER tradeoffs given physical layer
increase power -gt increase SNR-gtdecrease BER
given SNR choose physical layer that meets BER requirement giving highest thruput
bull SNR may change with mobility dynamically adapt physical layer (modulation technique rate)
10 20 30 40
QAM256 (8 Mbps)
QAM16 (4 Mbps)
BPSK (1 Mbps)
SNR(dB)B
ER
10-1
10-2
10-3
10-5
10-6
10-7
10-4
5 DataLink Layer 5-80
Wireless network characteristicsMultiple wireless senders and receivers create
additional problems (beyond multiple access)
AB
C
Hidden terminal problem B A hear each other B C hear each other A C can not hear each othermeans A C unaware of their
interference at B
A B C
Arsquos signalstrength
space
Crsquos signalstrength
Signal attenuation B A hear each other B C hear each other A C can not hear each other
interfering at B
5 DataLink Layer 5-81
IEEE 80211 Wireless LAN 80211b
24-5 GHz unlicensed spectrum up to 11 Mbps direct sequence spread
spectrum (DSSS) in physical layer
bull all hosts use same chipping code
80211a 5-6 GHz range up to 54 Mbps
80211g 24-5 GHz range up to 54 Mbps
80211n multiple antennae 24-5 GHz range up to 200 Mbps
all use CSMACA for multiple access all have base-station and ad-hoc network versions
5 DataLink Layer 5-82
80211 LAN architecture
wireless host communicates with base station
base station = access point (AP)
Basic Service Set (BSS)(aka ldquocellrdquo) in infrastructure mode contains
wireless hosts access point (AP) base
station ad hoc mode hosts only
BSS 1
BSS 2
Internet
hub switchor routerAP
AP
5 DataLink Layer 5-83
80211 Channels association
80211b 24GHz-2485GHz spectrum divided into 11 channels at different frequencies AP admin chooses frequency for AP interference possible channel can be same as
that chosen by neighboring AP host must associate with an AP
scans channels listening for beacon framescontaining APrsquos name (SSID) and MAC address
selects AP to associate with may perform authentication [Chapter 8] will typically run DHCP to get IP address in APrsquos
subnet
5 DataLink Layer 5-84
80211 passiveactive scanning
AP 2AP 1
H1
BBS 2BBS 1
122
3 4
Active Scanning (1) probe request frame broadcast
from H1(2) probe response frame sent from
APs(3) association request frame sent
H1 to selected AP (4) association response frame sent
H1 to selected AP
AP 2AP 1
H1
BBS 2BBS 1
12 3
1
Passive Scanning(1) beacon frames sent from APs(2) association request frame sent H1
to selected AP (3) association response frame sent
H1 to selected AP
5 DataLink Layer 5-85
IEEE 80211 multiple access avoid collisions 2+ nodes transmitting at same time 80211 CSMA - sense before transmitting
donrsquot collide with ongoing transmission by other node 80211 no collision detection
difficult to receive (sense collisions) when transmitting due to weak received signals (fading)
canrsquot sense all collisions in any case hidden terminal fading goal avoid collisions CSMAC(ollision)A(voidance)
AB
CA B C
Arsquos signalstrength
space
Crsquos signalstrength
5 DataLink Layer 5-86
IEEE 80211 MAC Protocol CSMACA
80211 sender1 if sense channel idle for DIFS then
transmit entire frame (no CD)2 if sense channel busy then
start random backoff timetimer counts down while channel idletransmit when timer expiresif no ACK increase random backoff
interval repeat 280211 receiver- if frame received OK
return ACK after SIFS (ACK needed due to hidden terminal problem)
sender receiver
DIFS
data
SIFS
ACK
5 DataLink Layer 5-87
Avoiding collisions (more)idea allow sender to ldquoreserverdquo channel rather than random
access of data frames avoid collisions of long data frames sender first transmits small request-to-send (RTS) packets
to BS using CSMA RTSs may still collide with each other (but theyrsquore short)
BS broadcasts clear-to-send CTS in response to RTS CTS heard by all nodes
sender transmits data frame other stations defer transmissions
avoid data frame collisions completely using small reservation packets
5 DataLink Layer 5-88
Collision Avoidance RTS-CTS exchange
APA B
time
RTS(A)RTS(B)
RTS(A)
CTS(A) CTS(A)
DATA (A)
ACK(A) ACK(A)
reservation collision
defer
5 DataLink Layer 5-89
framecontrol duration address
1address
2address
4address
3 payload CRC
2 2 6 6 6 2 6 0 - 2312 4
seqcontrol
80211 frame addressing
Address 2 MAC addressof wireless host or AP transmitting this frame
Address 1 MAC addressof wireless host or AP to receive this frame
Address 3 MAC addressof router interface to which AP is attached
Address 4 used only in ad hoc mode
5 DataLink Layer 5-90
Internetrouter
AP
H1 R1
AP MAC addr H1 MAC addr R1 MAC addraddress 1 address 2 address 3
80211 frame
R1 MAC addr H1 MAC addr dest address source address
8023 frame
80211 frame addressing
5 DataLink Layer 5-91
framecontrol duration address
1address
2address
4address
3 payload CRC
2 2 6 6 6 2 6 0 - 2312 4
seqcontrol
Type FromAPSubtype To
APMore frag WEPMore
dataPower
mgtRetry RsvdProtocolversion
2 2 4 1 1 1 1 1 11 1
80211 frame moreduration of reserved transmission time (RTSCTS)
frame seq (for RDT)
frame type(RTS CTS ACK data)
5 DataLink Layer 5-92
hub or switch
AP 2
AP 1
H1 BBS 2
BBS 1
80211 mobility within same subnet
router H1 remains in same IP subnet IP address can remain same
switch which AP is associated with H1
self-learning (Ch 5) switch will see frame from H1 and ldquorememberrdquo which switch port can be used to reach H1
5 DataLink Layer 5-93
80211 advanced capabilities
Rate Adaptation base station mobile
dynamically change transmission rate (physical layer modulation technique) as mobile moves SNR varies
QAM256 (8 Mbps)QAM16 (4 Mbps)BPSK (1 Mbps)
10 20 30 40SNR(dB)
BE
R
10-1
10-2
10-3
10-5
10-6
10-7
10-4
operating point
1 SNR decreases BER increase as node moves away from base station2 When BER becomes too high switch to lower transmission rate but with lower BER
5 DataLink Layer 5-94
80211 advanced capabilitiesPower Management node-to-AP ldquoI am going to sleep until next
beacon framerdquo AP knows not to transmit frames to this
node node wakes up before next beacon frame
beacon frame contains list of mobiles with AP-to-mobile frames waiting to be sent node will stay awake if AP-to-mobile frames
to be sent otherwise sleep again until next beacon frame
5 DataLink Layer 5-76
Elements of a wireless networkad hoc mode no base stations nodes can only
transmit to other nodes within link coverage
nodes organize themselves into a network route among themselves
5 DataLink Layer 5-77
Wireless network taxonomy
single hop multiple hops
infrastructure(eg APs)
noinfrastructure
host connects to base station (WiFiWiMAX cellular) which connects to
larger Internet
no base station noconnection to larger Internet (Bluetooth
ad hoc nets)
host may have torelay through several
wireless nodes to connect to larger
Internet mesh net
no base station noconnection to larger
Internet May have torelay to reach other a given wireless node
MANET VANET
5 DataLink Layer 5-78
Wireless Link Characteristics (1)Differences from wired link hellip
decreased signal strength radio signal attenuates as it propagates through matter (path loss)
interference from other sources standardized wireless network frequencies (eg 24 GHz) shared by other devices (eg phone) devices (motors) interfere as well
multipath propagation radio signal reflects off objects arriving at destination at slightly different times
hellip make communication across (even a point to point) wireless link much more ldquodifficultrdquo
5 DataLink Layer 5-79
Wireless Link Characteristics (2) SNR signal-to-noise ratio
larger SNR ndash easier to extract signal from noise (a ldquogood thingrdquo)
SNR versus BER tradeoffs given physical layer
increase power -gt increase SNR-gtdecrease BER
given SNR choose physical layer that meets BER requirement giving highest thruput
bull SNR may change with mobility dynamically adapt physical layer (modulation technique rate)
10 20 30 40
QAM256 (8 Mbps)
QAM16 (4 Mbps)
BPSK (1 Mbps)
SNR(dB)B
ER
10-1
10-2
10-3
10-5
10-6
10-7
10-4
5 DataLink Layer 5-80
Wireless network characteristicsMultiple wireless senders and receivers create
additional problems (beyond multiple access)
AB
C
Hidden terminal problem B A hear each other B C hear each other A C can not hear each othermeans A C unaware of their
interference at B
A B C
Arsquos signalstrength
space
Crsquos signalstrength
Signal attenuation B A hear each other B C hear each other A C can not hear each other
interfering at B
5 DataLink Layer 5-81
IEEE 80211 Wireless LAN 80211b
24-5 GHz unlicensed spectrum up to 11 Mbps direct sequence spread
spectrum (DSSS) in physical layer
bull all hosts use same chipping code
80211a 5-6 GHz range up to 54 Mbps
80211g 24-5 GHz range up to 54 Mbps
80211n multiple antennae 24-5 GHz range up to 200 Mbps
all use CSMACA for multiple access all have base-station and ad-hoc network versions
5 DataLink Layer 5-82
80211 LAN architecture
wireless host communicates with base station
base station = access point (AP)
Basic Service Set (BSS)(aka ldquocellrdquo) in infrastructure mode contains
wireless hosts access point (AP) base
station ad hoc mode hosts only
BSS 1
BSS 2
Internet
hub switchor routerAP
AP
5 DataLink Layer 5-83
80211 Channels association
80211b 24GHz-2485GHz spectrum divided into 11 channels at different frequencies AP admin chooses frequency for AP interference possible channel can be same as
that chosen by neighboring AP host must associate with an AP
scans channels listening for beacon framescontaining APrsquos name (SSID) and MAC address
selects AP to associate with may perform authentication [Chapter 8] will typically run DHCP to get IP address in APrsquos
subnet
5 DataLink Layer 5-84
80211 passiveactive scanning
AP 2AP 1
H1
BBS 2BBS 1
122
3 4
Active Scanning (1) probe request frame broadcast
from H1(2) probe response frame sent from
APs(3) association request frame sent
H1 to selected AP (4) association response frame sent
H1 to selected AP
AP 2AP 1
H1
BBS 2BBS 1
12 3
1
Passive Scanning(1) beacon frames sent from APs(2) association request frame sent H1
to selected AP (3) association response frame sent
H1 to selected AP
5 DataLink Layer 5-85
IEEE 80211 multiple access avoid collisions 2+ nodes transmitting at same time 80211 CSMA - sense before transmitting
donrsquot collide with ongoing transmission by other node 80211 no collision detection
difficult to receive (sense collisions) when transmitting due to weak received signals (fading)
canrsquot sense all collisions in any case hidden terminal fading goal avoid collisions CSMAC(ollision)A(voidance)
AB
CA B C
Arsquos signalstrength
space
Crsquos signalstrength
5 DataLink Layer 5-86
IEEE 80211 MAC Protocol CSMACA
80211 sender1 if sense channel idle for DIFS then
transmit entire frame (no CD)2 if sense channel busy then
start random backoff timetimer counts down while channel idletransmit when timer expiresif no ACK increase random backoff
interval repeat 280211 receiver- if frame received OK
return ACK after SIFS (ACK needed due to hidden terminal problem)
sender receiver
DIFS
data
SIFS
ACK
5 DataLink Layer 5-87
Avoiding collisions (more)idea allow sender to ldquoreserverdquo channel rather than random
access of data frames avoid collisions of long data frames sender first transmits small request-to-send (RTS) packets
to BS using CSMA RTSs may still collide with each other (but theyrsquore short)
BS broadcasts clear-to-send CTS in response to RTS CTS heard by all nodes
sender transmits data frame other stations defer transmissions
avoid data frame collisions completely using small reservation packets
5 DataLink Layer 5-88
Collision Avoidance RTS-CTS exchange
APA B
time
RTS(A)RTS(B)
RTS(A)
CTS(A) CTS(A)
DATA (A)
ACK(A) ACK(A)
reservation collision
defer
5 DataLink Layer 5-89
framecontrol duration address
1address
2address
4address
3 payload CRC
2 2 6 6 6 2 6 0 - 2312 4
seqcontrol
80211 frame addressing
Address 2 MAC addressof wireless host or AP transmitting this frame
Address 1 MAC addressof wireless host or AP to receive this frame
Address 3 MAC addressof router interface to which AP is attached
Address 4 used only in ad hoc mode
5 DataLink Layer 5-90
Internetrouter
AP
H1 R1
AP MAC addr H1 MAC addr R1 MAC addraddress 1 address 2 address 3
80211 frame
R1 MAC addr H1 MAC addr dest address source address
8023 frame
80211 frame addressing
5 DataLink Layer 5-91
framecontrol duration address
1address
2address
4address
3 payload CRC
2 2 6 6 6 2 6 0 - 2312 4
seqcontrol
Type FromAPSubtype To
APMore frag WEPMore
dataPower
mgtRetry RsvdProtocolversion
2 2 4 1 1 1 1 1 11 1
80211 frame moreduration of reserved transmission time (RTSCTS)
frame seq (for RDT)
frame type(RTS CTS ACK data)
5 DataLink Layer 5-92
hub or switch
AP 2
AP 1
H1 BBS 2
BBS 1
80211 mobility within same subnet
router H1 remains in same IP subnet IP address can remain same
switch which AP is associated with H1
self-learning (Ch 5) switch will see frame from H1 and ldquorememberrdquo which switch port can be used to reach H1
5 DataLink Layer 5-93
80211 advanced capabilities
Rate Adaptation base station mobile
dynamically change transmission rate (physical layer modulation technique) as mobile moves SNR varies
QAM256 (8 Mbps)QAM16 (4 Mbps)BPSK (1 Mbps)
10 20 30 40SNR(dB)
BE
R
10-1
10-2
10-3
10-5
10-6
10-7
10-4
operating point
1 SNR decreases BER increase as node moves away from base station2 When BER becomes too high switch to lower transmission rate but with lower BER
5 DataLink Layer 5-94
80211 advanced capabilitiesPower Management node-to-AP ldquoI am going to sleep until next
beacon framerdquo AP knows not to transmit frames to this
node node wakes up before next beacon frame
beacon frame contains list of mobiles with AP-to-mobile frames waiting to be sent node will stay awake if AP-to-mobile frames
to be sent otherwise sleep again until next beacon frame
5 DataLink Layer 5-77
Wireless network taxonomy
single hop multiple hops
infrastructure(eg APs)
noinfrastructure
host connects to base station (WiFiWiMAX cellular) which connects to
larger Internet
no base station noconnection to larger Internet (Bluetooth
ad hoc nets)
host may have torelay through several
wireless nodes to connect to larger
Internet mesh net
no base station noconnection to larger
Internet May have torelay to reach other a given wireless node
MANET VANET
5 DataLink Layer 5-78
Wireless Link Characteristics (1)Differences from wired link hellip
decreased signal strength radio signal attenuates as it propagates through matter (path loss)
interference from other sources standardized wireless network frequencies (eg 24 GHz) shared by other devices (eg phone) devices (motors) interfere as well
multipath propagation radio signal reflects off objects arriving at destination at slightly different times
hellip make communication across (even a point to point) wireless link much more ldquodifficultrdquo
5 DataLink Layer 5-79
Wireless Link Characteristics (2) SNR signal-to-noise ratio
larger SNR ndash easier to extract signal from noise (a ldquogood thingrdquo)
SNR versus BER tradeoffs given physical layer
increase power -gt increase SNR-gtdecrease BER
given SNR choose physical layer that meets BER requirement giving highest thruput
bull SNR may change with mobility dynamically adapt physical layer (modulation technique rate)
10 20 30 40
QAM256 (8 Mbps)
QAM16 (4 Mbps)
BPSK (1 Mbps)
SNR(dB)B
ER
10-1
10-2
10-3
10-5
10-6
10-7
10-4
5 DataLink Layer 5-80
Wireless network characteristicsMultiple wireless senders and receivers create
additional problems (beyond multiple access)
AB
C
Hidden terminal problem B A hear each other B C hear each other A C can not hear each othermeans A C unaware of their
interference at B
A B C
Arsquos signalstrength
space
Crsquos signalstrength
Signal attenuation B A hear each other B C hear each other A C can not hear each other
interfering at B
5 DataLink Layer 5-81
IEEE 80211 Wireless LAN 80211b
24-5 GHz unlicensed spectrum up to 11 Mbps direct sequence spread
spectrum (DSSS) in physical layer
bull all hosts use same chipping code
80211a 5-6 GHz range up to 54 Mbps
80211g 24-5 GHz range up to 54 Mbps
80211n multiple antennae 24-5 GHz range up to 200 Mbps
all use CSMACA for multiple access all have base-station and ad-hoc network versions
5 DataLink Layer 5-82
80211 LAN architecture
wireless host communicates with base station
base station = access point (AP)
Basic Service Set (BSS)(aka ldquocellrdquo) in infrastructure mode contains
wireless hosts access point (AP) base
station ad hoc mode hosts only
BSS 1
BSS 2
Internet
hub switchor routerAP
AP
5 DataLink Layer 5-83
80211 Channels association
80211b 24GHz-2485GHz spectrum divided into 11 channels at different frequencies AP admin chooses frequency for AP interference possible channel can be same as
that chosen by neighboring AP host must associate with an AP
scans channels listening for beacon framescontaining APrsquos name (SSID) and MAC address
selects AP to associate with may perform authentication [Chapter 8] will typically run DHCP to get IP address in APrsquos
subnet
5 DataLink Layer 5-84
80211 passiveactive scanning
AP 2AP 1
H1
BBS 2BBS 1
122
3 4
Active Scanning (1) probe request frame broadcast
from H1(2) probe response frame sent from
APs(3) association request frame sent
H1 to selected AP (4) association response frame sent
H1 to selected AP
AP 2AP 1
H1
BBS 2BBS 1
12 3
1
Passive Scanning(1) beacon frames sent from APs(2) association request frame sent H1
to selected AP (3) association response frame sent
H1 to selected AP
5 DataLink Layer 5-85
IEEE 80211 multiple access avoid collisions 2+ nodes transmitting at same time 80211 CSMA - sense before transmitting
donrsquot collide with ongoing transmission by other node 80211 no collision detection
difficult to receive (sense collisions) when transmitting due to weak received signals (fading)
canrsquot sense all collisions in any case hidden terminal fading goal avoid collisions CSMAC(ollision)A(voidance)
AB
CA B C
Arsquos signalstrength
space
Crsquos signalstrength
5 DataLink Layer 5-86
IEEE 80211 MAC Protocol CSMACA
80211 sender1 if sense channel idle for DIFS then
transmit entire frame (no CD)2 if sense channel busy then
start random backoff timetimer counts down while channel idletransmit when timer expiresif no ACK increase random backoff
interval repeat 280211 receiver- if frame received OK
return ACK after SIFS (ACK needed due to hidden terminal problem)
sender receiver
DIFS
data
SIFS
ACK
5 DataLink Layer 5-87
Avoiding collisions (more)idea allow sender to ldquoreserverdquo channel rather than random
access of data frames avoid collisions of long data frames sender first transmits small request-to-send (RTS) packets
to BS using CSMA RTSs may still collide with each other (but theyrsquore short)
BS broadcasts clear-to-send CTS in response to RTS CTS heard by all nodes
sender transmits data frame other stations defer transmissions
avoid data frame collisions completely using small reservation packets
5 DataLink Layer 5-88
Collision Avoidance RTS-CTS exchange
APA B
time
RTS(A)RTS(B)
RTS(A)
CTS(A) CTS(A)
DATA (A)
ACK(A) ACK(A)
reservation collision
defer
5 DataLink Layer 5-89
framecontrol duration address
1address
2address
4address
3 payload CRC
2 2 6 6 6 2 6 0 - 2312 4
seqcontrol
80211 frame addressing
Address 2 MAC addressof wireless host or AP transmitting this frame
Address 1 MAC addressof wireless host or AP to receive this frame
Address 3 MAC addressof router interface to which AP is attached
Address 4 used only in ad hoc mode
5 DataLink Layer 5-90
Internetrouter
AP
H1 R1
AP MAC addr H1 MAC addr R1 MAC addraddress 1 address 2 address 3
80211 frame
R1 MAC addr H1 MAC addr dest address source address
8023 frame
80211 frame addressing
5 DataLink Layer 5-91
framecontrol duration address
1address
2address
4address
3 payload CRC
2 2 6 6 6 2 6 0 - 2312 4
seqcontrol
Type FromAPSubtype To
APMore frag WEPMore
dataPower
mgtRetry RsvdProtocolversion
2 2 4 1 1 1 1 1 11 1
80211 frame moreduration of reserved transmission time (RTSCTS)
frame seq (for RDT)
frame type(RTS CTS ACK data)
5 DataLink Layer 5-92
hub or switch
AP 2
AP 1
H1 BBS 2
BBS 1
80211 mobility within same subnet
router H1 remains in same IP subnet IP address can remain same
switch which AP is associated with H1
self-learning (Ch 5) switch will see frame from H1 and ldquorememberrdquo which switch port can be used to reach H1
5 DataLink Layer 5-93
80211 advanced capabilities
Rate Adaptation base station mobile
dynamically change transmission rate (physical layer modulation technique) as mobile moves SNR varies
QAM256 (8 Mbps)QAM16 (4 Mbps)BPSK (1 Mbps)
10 20 30 40SNR(dB)
BE
R
10-1
10-2
10-3
10-5
10-6
10-7
10-4
operating point
1 SNR decreases BER increase as node moves away from base station2 When BER becomes too high switch to lower transmission rate but with lower BER
5 DataLink Layer 5-94
80211 advanced capabilitiesPower Management node-to-AP ldquoI am going to sleep until next
beacon framerdquo AP knows not to transmit frames to this
node node wakes up before next beacon frame
beacon frame contains list of mobiles with AP-to-mobile frames waiting to be sent node will stay awake if AP-to-mobile frames
to be sent otherwise sleep again until next beacon frame
5 DataLink Layer 5-78
Wireless Link Characteristics (1)Differences from wired link hellip
decreased signal strength radio signal attenuates as it propagates through matter (path loss)
interference from other sources standardized wireless network frequencies (eg 24 GHz) shared by other devices (eg phone) devices (motors) interfere as well
multipath propagation radio signal reflects off objects arriving at destination at slightly different times
hellip make communication across (even a point to point) wireless link much more ldquodifficultrdquo
5 DataLink Layer 5-79
Wireless Link Characteristics (2) SNR signal-to-noise ratio
larger SNR ndash easier to extract signal from noise (a ldquogood thingrdquo)
SNR versus BER tradeoffs given physical layer
increase power -gt increase SNR-gtdecrease BER
given SNR choose physical layer that meets BER requirement giving highest thruput
bull SNR may change with mobility dynamically adapt physical layer (modulation technique rate)
10 20 30 40
QAM256 (8 Mbps)
QAM16 (4 Mbps)
BPSK (1 Mbps)
SNR(dB)B
ER
10-1
10-2
10-3
10-5
10-6
10-7
10-4
5 DataLink Layer 5-80
Wireless network characteristicsMultiple wireless senders and receivers create
additional problems (beyond multiple access)
AB
C
Hidden terminal problem B A hear each other B C hear each other A C can not hear each othermeans A C unaware of their
interference at B
A B C
Arsquos signalstrength
space
Crsquos signalstrength
Signal attenuation B A hear each other B C hear each other A C can not hear each other
interfering at B
5 DataLink Layer 5-81
IEEE 80211 Wireless LAN 80211b
24-5 GHz unlicensed spectrum up to 11 Mbps direct sequence spread
spectrum (DSSS) in physical layer
bull all hosts use same chipping code
80211a 5-6 GHz range up to 54 Mbps
80211g 24-5 GHz range up to 54 Mbps
80211n multiple antennae 24-5 GHz range up to 200 Mbps
all use CSMACA for multiple access all have base-station and ad-hoc network versions
5 DataLink Layer 5-82
80211 LAN architecture
wireless host communicates with base station
base station = access point (AP)
Basic Service Set (BSS)(aka ldquocellrdquo) in infrastructure mode contains
wireless hosts access point (AP) base
station ad hoc mode hosts only
BSS 1
BSS 2
Internet
hub switchor routerAP
AP
5 DataLink Layer 5-83
80211 Channels association
80211b 24GHz-2485GHz spectrum divided into 11 channels at different frequencies AP admin chooses frequency for AP interference possible channel can be same as
that chosen by neighboring AP host must associate with an AP
scans channels listening for beacon framescontaining APrsquos name (SSID) and MAC address
selects AP to associate with may perform authentication [Chapter 8] will typically run DHCP to get IP address in APrsquos
subnet
5 DataLink Layer 5-84
80211 passiveactive scanning
AP 2AP 1
H1
BBS 2BBS 1
122
3 4
Active Scanning (1) probe request frame broadcast
from H1(2) probe response frame sent from
APs(3) association request frame sent
H1 to selected AP (4) association response frame sent
H1 to selected AP
AP 2AP 1
H1
BBS 2BBS 1
12 3
1
Passive Scanning(1) beacon frames sent from APs(2) association request frame sent H1
to selected AP (3) association response frame sent
H1 to selected AP
5 DataLink Layer 5-85
IEEE 80211 multiple access avoid collisions 2+ nodes transmitting at same time 80211 CSMA - sense before transmitting
donrsquot collide with ongoing transmission by other node 80211 no collision detection
difficult to receive (sense collisions) when transmitting due to weak received signals (fading)
canrsquot sense all collisions in any case hidden terminal fading goal avoid collisions CSMAC(ollision)A(voidance)
AB
CA B C
Arsquos signalstrength
space
Crsquos signalstrength
5 DataLink Layer 5-86
IEEE 80211 MAC Protocol CSMACA
80211 sender1 if sense channel idle for DIFS then
transmit entire frame (no CD)2 if sense channel busy then
start random backoff timetimer counts down while channel idletransmit when timer expiresif no ACK increase random backoff
interval repeat 280211 receiver- if frame received OK
return ACK after SIFS (ACK needed due to hidden terminal problem)
sender receiver
DIFS
data
SIFS
ACK
5 DataLink Layer 5-87
Avoiding collisions (more)idea allow sender to ldquoreserverdquo channel rather than random
access of data frames avoid collisions of long data frames sender first transmits small request-to-send (RTS) packets
to BS using CSMA RTSs may still collide with each other (but theyrsquore short)
BS broadcasts clear-to-send CTS in response to RTS CTS heard by all nodes
sender transmits data frame other stations defer transmissions
avoid data frame collisions completely using small reservation packets
5 DataLink Layer 5-88
Collision Avoidance RTS-CTS exchange
APA B
time
RTS(A)RTS(B)
RTS(A)
CTS(A) CTS(A)
DATA (A)
ACK(A) ACK(A)
reservation collision
defer
5 DataLink Layer 5-89
framecontrol duration address
1address
2address
4address
3 payload CRC
2 2 6 6 6 2 6 0 - 2312 4
seqcontrol
80211 frame addressing
Address 2 MAC addressof wireless host or AP transmitting this frame
Address 1 MAC addressof wireless host or AP to receive this frame
Address 3 MAC addressof router interface to which AP is attached
Address 4 used only in ad hoc mode
5 DataLink Layer 5-90
Internetrouter
AP
H1 R1
AP MAC addr H1 MAC addr R1 MAC addraddress 1 address 2 address 3
80211 frame
R1 MAC addr H1 MAC addr dest address source address
8023 frame
80211 frame addressing
5 DataLink Layer 5-91
framecontrol duration address
1address
2address
4address
3 payload CRC
2 2 6 6 6 2 6 0 - 2312 4
seqcontrol
Type FromAPSubtype To
APMore frag WEPMore
dataPower
mgtRetry RsvdProtocolversion
2 2 4 1 1 1 1 1 11 1
80211 frame moreduration of reserved transmission time (RTSCTS)
frame seq (for RDT)
frame type(RTS CTS ACK data)
5 DataLink Layer 5-92
hub or switch
AP 2
AP 1
H1 BBS 2
BBS 1
80211 mobility within same subnet
router H1 remains in same IP subnet IP address can remain same
switch which AP is associated with H1
self-learning (Ch 5) switch will see frame from H1 and ldquorememberrdquo which switch port can be used to reach H1
5 DataLink Layer 5-93
80211 advanced capabilities
Rate Adaptation base station mobile
dynamically change transmission rate (physical layer modulation technique) as mobile moves SNR varies
QAM256 (8 Mbps)QAM16 (4 Mbps)BPSK (1 Mbps)
10 20 30 40SNR(dB)
BE
R
10-1
10-2
10-3
10-5
10-6
10-7
10-4
operating point
1 SNR decreases BER increase as node moves away from base station2 When BER becomes too high switch to lower transmission rate but with lower BER
5 DataLink Layer 5-94
80211 advanced capabilitiesPower Management node-to-AP ldquoI am going to sleep until next
beacon framerdquo AP knows not to transmit frames to this
node node wakes up before next beacon frame
beacon frame contains list of mobiles with AP-to-mobile frames waiting to be sent node will stay awake if AP-to-mobile frames
to be sent otherwise sleep again until next beacon frame
5 DataLink Layer 5-79
Wireless Link Characteristics (2) SNR signal-to-noise ratio
larger SNR ndash easier to extract signal from noise (a ldquogood thingrdquo)
SNR versus BER tradeoffs given physical layer
increase power -gt increase SNR-gtdecrease BER
given SNR choose physical layer that meets BER requirement giving highest thruput
bull SNR may change with mobility dynamically adapt physical layer (modulation technique rate)
10 20 30 40
QAM256 (8 Mbps)
QAM16 (4 Mbps)
BPSK (1 Mbps)
SNR(dB)B
ER
10-1
10-2
10-3
10-5
10-6
10-7
10-4
5 DataLink Layer 5-80
Wireless network characteristicsMultiple wireless senders and receivers create
additional problems (beyond multiple access)
AB
C
Hidden terminal problem B A hear each other B C hear each other A C can not hear each othermeans A C unaware of their
interference at B
A B C
Arsquos signalstrength
space
Crsquos signalstrength
Signal attenuation B A hear each other B C hear each other A C can not hear each other
interfering at B
5 DataLink Layer 5-81
IEEE 80211 Wireless LAN 80211b
24-5 GHz unlicensed spectrum up to 11 Mbps direct sequence spread
spectrum (DSSS) in physical layer
bull all hosts use same chipping code
80211a 5-6 GHz range up to 54 Mbps
80211g 24-5 GHz range up to 54 Mbps
80211n multiple antennae 24-5 GHz range up to 200 Mbps
all use CSMACA for multiple access all have base-station and ad-hoc network versions
5 DataLink Layer 5-82
80211 LAN architecture
wireless host communicates with base station
base station = access point (AP)
Basic Service Set (BSS)(aka ldquocellrdquo) in infrastructure mode contains
wireless hosts access point (AP) base
station ad hoc mode hosts only
BSS 1
BSS 2
Internet
hub switchor routerAP
AP
5 DataLink Layer 5-83
80211 Channels association
80211b 24GHz-2485GHz spectrum divided into 11 channels at different frequencies AP admin chooses frequency for AP interference possible channel can be same as
that chosen by neighboring AP host must associate with an AP
scans channels listening for beacon framescontaining APrsquos name (SSID) and MAC address
selects AP to associate with may perform authentication [Chapter 8] will typically run DHCP to get IP address in APrsquos
subnet
5 DataLink Layer 5-84
80211 passiveactive scanning
AP 2AP 1
H1
BBS 2BBS 1
122
3 4
Active Scanning (1) probe request frame broadcast
from H1(2) probe response frame sent from
APs(3) association request frame sent
H1 to selected AP (4) association response frame sent
H1 to selected AP
AP 2AP 1
H1
BBS 2BBS 1
12 3
1
Passive Scanning(1) beacon frames sent from APs(2) association request frame sent H1
to selected AP (3) association response frame sent
H1 to selected AP
5 DataLink Layer 5-85
IEEE 80211 multiple access avoid collisions 2+ nodes transmitting at same time 80211 CSMA - sense before transmitting
donrsquot collide with ongoing transmission by other node 80211 no collision detection
difficult to receive (sense collisions) when transmitting due to weak received signals (fading)
canrsquot sense all collisions in any case hidden terminal fading goal avoid collisions CSMAC(ollision)A(voidance)
AB
CA B C
Arsquos signalstrength
space
Crsquos signalstrength
5 DataLink Layer 5-86
IEEE 80211 MAC Protocol CSMACA
80211 sender1 if sense channel idle for DIFS then
transmit entire frame (no CD)2 if sense channel busy then
start random backoff timetimer counts down while channel idletransmit when timer expiresif no ACK increase random backoff
interval repeat 280211 receiver- if frame received OK
return ACK after SIFS (ACK needed due to hidden terminal problem)
sender receiver
DIFS
data
SIFS
ACK
5 DataLink Layer 5-87
Avoiding collisions (more)idea allow sender to ldquoreserverdquo channel rather than random
access of data frames avoid collisions of long data frames sender first transmits small request-to-send (RTS) packets
to BS using CSMA RTSs may still collide with each other (but theyrsquore short)
BS broadcasts clear-to-send CTS in response to RTS CTS heard by all nodes
sender transmits data frame other stations defer transmissions
avoid data frame collisions completely using small reservation packets
5 DataLink Layer 5-88
Collision Avoidance RTS-CTS exchange
APA B
time
RTS(A)RTS(B)
RTS(A)
CTS(A) CTS(A)
DATA (A)
ACK(A) ACK(A)
reservation collision
defer
5 DataLink Layer 5-89
framecontrol duration address
1address
2address
4address
3 payload CRC
2 2 6 6 6 2 6 0 - 2312 4
seqcontrol
80211 frame addressing
Address 2 MAC addressof wireless host or AP transmitting this frame
Address 1 MAC addressof wireless host or AP to receive this frame
Address 3 MAC addressof router interface to which AP is attached
Address 4 used only in ad hoc mode
5 DataLink Layer 5-90
Internetrouter
AP
H1 R1
AP MAC addr H1 MAC addr R1 MAC addraddress 1 address 2 address 3
80211 frame
R1 MAC addr H1 MAC addr dest address source address
8023 frame
80211 frame addressing
5 DataLink Layer 5-91
framecontrol duration address
1address
2address
4address
3 payload CRC
2 2 6 6 6 2 6 0 - 2312 4
seqcontrol
Type FromAPSubtype To
APMore frag WEPMore
dataPower
mgtRetry RsvdProtocolversion
2 2 4 1 1 1 1 1 11 1
80211 frame moreduration of reserved transmission time (RTSCTS)
frame seq (for RDT)
frame type(RTS CTS ACK data)
5 DataLink Layer 5-92
hub or switch
AP 2
AP 1
H1 BBS 2
BBS 1
80211 mobility within same subnet
router H1 remains in same IP subnet IP address can remain same
switch which AP is associated with H1
self-learning (Ch 5) switch will see frame from H1 and ldquorememberrdquo which switch port can be used to reach H1
5 DataLink Layer 5-93
80211 advanced capabilities
Rate Adaptation base station mobile
dynamically change transmission rate (physical layer modulation technique) as mobile moves SNR varies
QAM256 (8 Mbps)QAM16 (4 Mbps)BPSK (1 Mbps)
10 20 30 40SNR(dB)
BE
R
10-1
10-2
10-3
10-5
10-6
10-7
10-4
operating point
1 SNR decreases BER increase as node moves away from base station2 When BER becomes too high switch to lower transmission rate but with lower BER
5 DataLink Layer 5-94
80211 advanced capabilitiesPower Management node-to-AP ldquoI am going to sleep until next
beacon framerdquo AP knows not to transmit frames to this
node node wakes up before next beacon frame
beacon frame contains list of mobiles with AP-to-mobile frames waiting to be sent node will stay awake if AP-to-mobile frames
to be sent otherwise sleep again until next beacon frame
5 DataLink Layer 5-80
Wireless network characteristicsMultiple wireless senders and receivers create
additional problems (beyond multiple access)
AB
C
Hidden terminal problem B A hear each other B C hear each other A C can not hear each othermeans A C unaware of their
interference at B
A B C
Arsquos signalstrength
space
Crsquos signalstrength
Signal attenuation B A hear each other B C hear each other A C can not hear each other
interfering at B
5 DataLink Layer 5-81
IEEE 80211 Wireless LAN 80211b
24-5 GHz unlicensed spectrum up to 11 Mbps direct sequence spread
spectrum (DSSS) in physical layer
bull all hosts use same chipping code
80211a 5-6 GHz range up to 54 Mbps
80211g 24-5 GHz range up to 54 Mbps
80211n multiple antennae 24-5 GHz range up to 200 Mbps
all use CSMACA for multiple access all have base-station and ad-hoc network versions
5 DataLink Layer 5-82
80211 LAN architecture
wireless host communicates with base station
base station = access point (AP)
Basic Service Set (BSS)(aka ldquocellrdquo) in infrastructure mode contains
wireless hosts access point (AP) base
station ad hoc mode hosts only
BSS 1
BSS 2
Internet
hub switchor routerAP
AP
5 DataLink Layer 5-83
80211 Channels association
80211b 24GHz-2485GHz spectrum divided into 11 channels at different frequencies AP admin chooses frequency for AP interference possible channel can be same as
that chosen by neighboring AP host must associate with an AP
scans channels listening for beacon framescontaining APrsquos name (SSID) and MAC address
selects AP to associate with may perform authentication [Chapter 8] will typically run DHCP to get IP address in APrsquos
subnet
5 DataLink Layer 5-84
80211 passiveactive scanning
AP 2AP 1
H1
BBS 2BBS 1
122
3 4
Active Scanning (1) probe request frame broadcast
from H1(2) probe response frame sent from
APs(3) association request frame sent
H1 to selected AP (4) association response frame sent
H1 to selected AP
AP 2AP 1
H1
BBS 2BBS 1
12 3
1
Passive Scanning(1) beacon frames sent from APs(2) association request frame sent H1
to selected AP (3) association response frame sent
H1 to selected AP
5 DataLink Layer 5-85
IEEE 80211 multiple access avoid collisions 2+ nodes transmitting at same time 80211 CSMA - sense before transmitting
donrsquot collide with ongoing transmission by other node 80211 no collision detection
difficult to receive (sense collisions) when transmitting due to weak received signals (fading)
canrsquot sense all collisions in any case hidden terminal fading goal avoid collisions CSMAC(ollision)A(voidance)
AB
CA B C
Arsquos signalstrength
space
Crsquos signalstrength
5 DataLink Layer 5-86
IEEE 80211 MAC Protocol CSMACA
80211 sender1 if sense channel idle for DIFS then
transmit entire frame (no CD)2 if sense channel busy then
start random backoff timetimer counts down while channel idletransmit when timer expiresif no ACK increase random backoff
interval repeat 280211 receiver- if frame received OK
return ACK after SIFS (ACK needed due to hidden terminal problem)
sender receiver
DIFS
data
SIFS
ACK
5 DataLink Layer 5-87
Avoiding collisions (more)idea allow sender to ldquoreserverdquo channel rather than random
access of data frames avoid collisions of long data frames sender first transmits small request-to-send (RTS) packets
to BS using CSMA RTSs may still collide with each other (but theyrsquore short)
BS broadcasts clear-to-send CTS in response to RTS CTS heard by all nodes
sender transmits data frame other stations defer transmissions
avoid data frame collisions completely using small reservation packets
5 DataLink Layer 5-88
Collision Avoidance RTS-CTS exchange
APA B
time
RTS(A)RTS(B)
RTS(A)
CTS(A) CTS(A)
DATA (A)
ACK(A) ACK(A)
reservation collision
defer
5 DataLink Layer 5-89
framecontrol duration address
1address
2address
4address
3 payload CRC
2 2 6 6 6 2 6 0 - 2312 4
seqcontrol
80211 frame addressing
Address 2 MAC addressof wireless host or AP transmitting this frame
Address 1 MAC addressof wireless host or AP to receive this frame
Address 3 MAC addressof router interface to which AP is attached
Address 4 used only in ad hoc mode
5 DataLink Layer 5-90
Internetrouter
AP
H1 R1
AP MAC addr H1 MAC addr R1 MAC addraddress 1 address 2 address 3
80211 frame
R1 MAC addr H1 MAC addr dest address source address
8023 frame
80211 frame addressing
5 DataLink Layer 5-91
framecontrol duration address
1address
2address
4address
3 payload CRC
2 2 6 6 6 2 6 0 - 2312 4
seqcontrol
Type FromAPSubtype To
APMore frag WEPMore
dataPower
mgtRetry RsvdProtocolversion
2 2 4 1 1 1 1 1 11 1
80211 frame moreduration of reserved transmission time (RTSCTS)
frame seq (for RDT)
frame type(RTS CTS ACK data)
5 DataLink Layer 5-92
hub or switch
AP 2
AP 1
H1 BBS 2
BBS 1
80211 mobility within same subnet
router H1 remains in same IP subnet IP address can remain same
switch which AP is associated with H1
self-learning (Ch 5) switch will see frame from H1 and ldquorememberrdquo which switch port can be used to reach H1
5 DataLink Layer 5-93
80211 advanced capabilities
Rate Adaptation base station mobile
dynamically change transmission rate (physical layer modulation technique) as mobile moves SNR varies
QAM256 (8 Mbps)QAM16 (4 Mbps)BPSK (1 Mbps)
10 20 30 40SNR(dB)
BE
R
10-1
10-2
10-3
10-5
10-6
10-7
10-4
operating point
1 SNR decreases BER increase as node moves away from base station2 When BER becomes too high switch to lower transmission rate but with lower BER
5 DataLink Layer 5-94
80211 advanced capabilitiesPower Management node-to-AP ldquoI am going to sleep until next
beacon framerdquo AP knows not to transmit frames to this
node node wakes up before next beacon frame
beacon frame contains list of mobiles with AP-to-mobile frames waiting to be sent node will stay awake if AP-to-mobile frames
to be sent otherwise sleep again until next beacon frame
5 DataLink Layer 5-81
IEEE 80211 Wireless LAN 80211b
24-5 GHz unlicensed spectrum up to 11 Mbps direct sequence spread
spectrum (DSSS) in physical layer
bull all hosts use same chipping code
80211a 5-6 GHz range up to 54 Mbps
80211g 24-5 GHz range up to 54 Mbps
80211n multiple antennae 24-5 GHz range up to 200 Mbps
all use CSMACA for multiple access all have base-station and ad-hoc network versions
5 DataLink Layer 5-82
80211 LAN architecture
wireless host communicates with base station
base station = access point (AP)
Basic Service Set (BSS)(aka ldquocellrdquo) in infrastructure mode contains
wireless hosts access point (AP) base
station ad hoc mode hosts only
BSS 1
BSS 2
Internet
hub switchor routerAP
AP
5 DataLink Layer 5-83
80211 Channels association
80211b 24GHz-2485GHz spectrum divided into 11 channels at different frequencies AP admin chooses frequency for AP interference possible channel can be same as
that chosen by neighboring AP host must associate with an AP
scans channels listening for beacon framescontaining APrsquos name (SSID) and MAC address
selects AP to associate with may perform authentication [Chapter 8] will typically run DHCP to get IP address in APrsquos
subnet
5 DataLink Layer 5-84
80211 passiveactive scanning
AP 2AP 1
H1
BBS 2BBS 1
122
3 4
Active Scanning (1) probe request frame broadcast
from H1(2) probe response frame sent from
APs(3) association request frame sent
H1 to selected AP (4) association response frame sent
H1 to selected AP
AP 2AP 1
H1
BBS 2BBS 1
12 3
1
Passive Scanning(1) beacon frames sent from APs(2) association request frame sent H1
to selected AP (3) association response frame sent
H1 to selected AP
5 DataLink Layer 5-85
IEEE 80211 multiple access avoid collisions 2+ nodes transmitting at same time 80211 CSMA - sense before transmitting
donrsquot collide with ongoing transmission by other node 80211 no collision detection
difficult to receive (sense collisions) when transmitting due to weak received signals (fading)
canrsquot sense all collisions in any case hidden terminal fading goal avoid collisions CSMAC(ollision)A(voidance)
AB
CA B C
Arsquos signalstrength
space
Crsquos signalstrength
5 DataLink Layer 5-86
IEEE 80211 MAC Protocol CSMACA
80211 sender1 if sense channel idle for DIFS then
transmit entire frame (no CD)2 if sense channel busy then
start random backoff timetimer counts down while channel idletransmit when timer expiresif no ACK increase random backoff
interval repeat 280211 receiver- if frame received OK
return ACK after SIFS (ACK needed due to hidden terminal problem)
sender receiver
DIFS
data
SIFS
ACK
5 DataLink Layer 5-87
Avoiding collisions (more)idea allow sender to ldquoreserverdquo channel rather than random
access of data frames avoid collisions of long data frames sender first transmits small request-to-send (RTS) packets
to BS using CSMA RTSs may still collide with each other (but theyrsquore short)
BS broadcasts clear-to-send CTS in response to RTS CTS heard by all nodes
sender transmits data frame other stations defer transmissions
avoid data frame collisions completely using small reservation packets
5 DataLink Layer 5-88
Collision Avoidance RTS-CTS exchange
APA B
time
RTS(A)RTS(B)
RTS(A)
CTS(A) CTS(A)
DATA (A)
ACK(A) ACK(A)
reservation collision
defer
5 DataLink Layer 5-89
framecontrol duration address
1address
2address
4address
3 payload CRC
2 2 6 6 6 2 6 0 - 2312 4
seqcontrol
80211 frame addressing
Address 2 MAC addressof wireless host or AP transmitting this frame
Address 1 MAC addressof wireless host or AP to receive this frame
Address 3 MAC addressof router interface to which AP is attached
Address 4 used only in ad hoc mode
5 DataLink Layer 5-90
Internetrouter
AP
H1 R1
AP MAC addr H1 MAC addr R1 MAC addraddress 1 address 2 address 3
80211 frame
R1 MAC addr H1 MAC addr dest address source address
8023 frame
80211 frame addressing
5 DataLink Layer 5-91
framecontrol duration address
1address
2address
4address
3 payload CRC
2 2 6 6 6 2 6 0 - 2312 4
seqcontrol
Type FromAPSubtype To
APMore frag WEPMore
dataPower
mgtRetry RsvdProtocolversion
2 2 4 1 1 1 1 1 11 1
80211 frame moreduration of reserved transmission time (RTSCTS)
frame seq (for RDT)
frame type(RTS CTS ACK data)
5 DataLink Layer 5-92
hub or switch
AP 2
AP 1
H1 BBS 2
BBS 1
80211 mobility within same subnet
router H1 remains in same IP subnet IP address can remain same
switch which AP is associated with H1
self-learning (Ch 5) switch will see frame from H1 and ldquorememberrdquo which switch port can be used to reach H1
5 DataLink Layer 5-93
80211 advanced capabilities
Rate Adaptation base station mobile
dynamically change transmission rate (physical layer modulation technique) as mobile moves SNR varies
QAM256 (8 Mbps)QAM16 (4 Mbps)BPSK (1 Mbps)
10 20 30 40SNR(dB)
BE
R
10-1
10-2
10-3
10-5
10-6
10-7
10-4
operating point
1 SNR decreases BER increase as node moves away from base station2 When BER becomes too high switch to lower transmission rate but with lower BER
5 DataLink Layer 5-94
80211 advanced capabilitiesPower Management node-to-AP ldquoI am going to sleep until next
beacon framerdquo AP knows not to transmit frames to this
node node wakes up before next beacon frame
beacon frame contains list of mobiles with AP-to-mobile frames waiting to be sent node will stay awake if AP-to-mobile frames
to be sent otherwise sleep again until next beacon frame
5 DataLink Layer 5-82
80211 LAN architecture
wireless host communicates with base station
base station = access point (AP)
Basic Service Set (BSS)(aka ldquocellrdquo) in infrastructure mode contains
wireless hosts access point (AP) base
station ad hoc mode hosts only
BSS 1
BSS 2
Internet
hub switchor routerAP
AP
5 DataLink Layer 5-83
80211 Channels association
80211b 24GHz-2485GHz spectrum divided into 11 channels at different frequencies AP admin chooses frequency for AP interference possible channel can be same as
that chosen by neighboring AP host must associate with an AP
scans channels listening for beacon framescontaining APrsquos name (SSID) and MAC address
selects AP to associate with may perform authentication [Chapter 8] will typically run DHCP to get IP address in APrsquos
subnet
5 DataLink Layer 5-84
80211 passiveactive scanning
AP 2AP 1
H1
BBS 2BBS 1
122
3 4
Active Scanning (1) probe request frame broadcast
from H1(2) probe response frame sent from
APs(3) association request frame sent
H1 to selected AP (4) association response frame sent
H1 to selected AP
AP 2AP 1
H1
BBS 2BBS 1
12 3
1
Passive Scanning(1) beacon frames sent from APs(2) association request frame sent H1
to selected AP (3) association response frame sent
H1 to selected AP
5 DataLink Layer 5-85
IEEE 80211 multiple access avoid collisions 2+ nodes transmitting at same time 80211 CSMA - sense before transmitting
donrsquot collide with ongoing transmission by other node 80211 no collision detection
difficult to receive (sense collisions) when transmitting due to weak received signals (fading)
canrsquot sense all collisions in any case hidden terminal fading goal avoid collisions CSMAC(ollision)A(voidance)
AB
CA B C
Arsquos signalstrength
space
Crsquos signalstrength
5 DataLink Layer 5-86
IEEE 80211 MAC Protocol CSMACA
80211 sender1 if sense channel idle for DIFS then
transmit entire frame (no CD)2 if sense channel busy then
start random backoff timetimer counts down while channel idletransmit when timer expiresif no ACK increase random backoff
interval repeat 280211 receiver- if frame received OK
return ACK after SIFS (ACK needed due to hidden terminal problem)
sender receiver
DIFS
data
SIFS
ACK
5 DataLink Layer 5-87
Avoiding collisions (more)idea allow sender to ldquoreserverdquo channel rather than random
access of data frames avoid collisions of long data frames sender first transmits small request-to-send (RTS) packets
to BS using CSMA RTSs may still collide with each other (but theyrsquore short)
BS broadcasts clear-to-send CTS in response to RTS CTS heard by all nodes
sender transmits data frame other stations defer transmissions
avoid data frame collisions completely using small reservation packets
5 DataLink Layer 5-88
Collision Avoidance RTS-CTS exchange
APA B
time
RTS(A)RTS(B)
RTS(A)
CTS(A) CTS(A)
DATA (A)
ACK(A) ACK(A)
reservation collision
defer
5 DataLink Layer 5-89
framecontrol duration address
1address
2address
4address
3 payload CRC
2 2 6 6 6 2 6 0 - 2312 4
seqcontrol
80211 frame addressing
Address 2 MAC addressof wireless host or AP transmitting this frame
Address 1 MAC addressof wireless host or AP to receive this frame
Address 3 MAC addressof router interface to which AP is attached
Address 4 used only in ad hoc mode
5 DataLink Layer 5-90
Internetrouter
AP
H1 R1
AP MAC addr H1 MAC addr R1 MAC addraddress 1 address 2 address 3
80211 frame
R1 MAC addr H1 MAC addr dest address source address
8023 frame
80211 frame addressing
5 DataLink Layer 5-91
framecontrol duration address
1address
2address
4address
3 payload CRC
2 2 6 6 6 2 6 0 - 2312 4
seqcontrol
Type FromAPSubtype To
APMore frag WEPMore
dataPower
mgtRetry RsvdProtocolversion
2 2 4 1 1 1 1 1 11 1
80211 frame moreduration of reserved transmission time (RTSCTS)
frame seq (for RDT)
frame type(RTS CTS ACK data)
5 DataLink Layer 5-92
hub or switch
AP 2
AP 1
H1 BBS 2
BBS 1
80211 mobility within same subnet
router H1 remains in same IP subnet IP address can remain same
switch which AP is associated with H1
self-learning (Ch 5) switch will see frame from H1 and ldquorememberrdquo which switch port can be used to reach H1
5 DataLink Layer 5-93
80211 advanced capabilities
Rate Adaptation base station mobile
dynamically change transmission rate (physical layer modulation technique) as mobile moves SNR varies
QAM256 (8 Mbps)QAM16 (4 Mbps)BPSK (1 Mbps)
10 20 30 40SNR(dB)
BE
R
10-1
10-2
10-3
10-5
10-6
10-7
10-4
operating point
1 SNR decreases BER increase as node moves away from base station2 When BER becomes too high switch to lower transmission rate but with lower BER
5 DataLink Layer 5-94
80211 advanced capabilitiesPower Management node-to-AP ldquoI am going to sleep until next
beacon framerdquo AP knows not to transmit frames to this
node node wakes up before next beacon frame
beacon frame contains list of mobiles with AP-to-mobile frames waiting to be sent node will stay awake if AP-to-mobile frames
to be sent otherwise sleep again until next beacon frame
5 DataLink Layer 5-83
80211 Channels association
80211b 24GHz-2485GHz spectrum divided into 11 channels at different frequencies AP admin chooses frequency for AP interference possible channel can be same as
that chosen by neighboring AP host must associate with an AP
scans channels listening for beacon framescontaining APrsquos name (SSID) and MAC address
selects AP to associate with may perform authentication [Chapter 8] will typically run DHCP to get IP address in APrsquos
subnet
5 DataLink Layer 5-84
80211 passiveactive scanning
AP 2AP 1
H1
BBS 2BBS 1
122
3 4
Active Scanning (1) probe request frame broadcast
from H1(2) probe response frame sent from
APs(3) association request frame sent
H1 to selected AP (4) association response frame sent
H1 to selected AP
AP 2AP 1
H1
BBS 2BBS 1
12 3
1
Passive Scanning(1) beacon frames sent from APs(2) association request frame sent H1
to selected AP (3) association response frame sent
H1 to selected AP
5 DataLink Layer 5-85
IEEE 80211 multiple access avoid collisions 2+ nodes transmitting at same time 80211 CSMA - sense before transmitting
donrsquot collide with ongoing transmission by other node 80211 no collision detection
difficult to receive (sense collisions) when transmitting due to weak received signals (fading)
canrsquot sense all collisions in any case hidden terminal fading goal avoid collisions CSMAC(ollision)A(voidance)
AB
CA B C
Arsquos signalstrength
space
Crsquos signalstrength
5 DataLink Layer 5-86
IEEE 80211 MAC Protocol CSMACA
80211 sender1 if sense channel idle for DIFS then
transmit entire frame (no CD)2 if sense channel busy then
start random backoff timetimer counts down while channel idletransmit when timer expiresif no ACK increase random backoff
interval repeat 280211 receiver- if frame received OK
return ACK after SIFS (ACK needed due to hidden terminal problem)
sender receiver
DIFS
data
SIFS
ACK
5 DataLink Layer 5-87
Avoiding collisions (more)idea allow sender to ldquoreserverdquo channel rather than random
access of data frames avoid collisions of long data frames sender first transmits small request-to-send (RTS) packets
to BS using CSMA RTSs may still collide with each other (but theyrsquore short)
BS broadcasts clear-to-send CTS in response to RTS CTS heard by all nodes
sender transmits data frame other stations defer transmissions
avoid data frame collisions completely using small reservation packets
5 DataLink Layer 5-88
Collision Avoidance RTS-CTS exchange
APA B
time
RTS(A)RTS(B)
RTS(A)
CTS(A) CTS(A)
DATA (A)
ACK(A) ACK(A)
reservation collision
defer
5 DataLink Layer 5-89
framecontrol duration address
1address
2address
4address
3 payload CRC
2 2 6 6 6 2 6 0 - 2312 4
seqcontrol
80211 frame addressing
Address 2 MAC addressof wireless host or AP transmitting this frame
Address 1 MAC addressof wireless host or AP to receive this frame
Address 3 MAC addressof router interface to which AP is attached
Address 4 used only in ad hoc mode
5 DataLink Layer 5-90
Internetrouter
AP
H1 R1
AP MAC addr H1 MAC addr R1 MAC addraddress 1 address 2 address 3
80211 frame
R1 MAC addr H1 MAC addr dest address source address
8023 frame
80211 frame addressing
5 DataLink Layer 5-91
framecontrol duration address
1address
2address
4address
3 payload CRC
2 2 6 6 6 2 6 0 - 2312 4
seqcontrol
Type FromAPSubtype To
APMore frag WEPMore
dataPower
mgtRetry RsvdProtocolversion
2 2 4 1 1 1 1 1 11 1
80211 frame moreduration of reserved transmission time (RTSCTS)
frame seq (for RDT)
frame type(RTS CTS ACK data)
5 DataLink Layer 5-92
hub or switch
AP 2
AP 1
H1 BBS 2
BBS 1
80211 mobility within same subnet
router H1 remains in same IP subnet IP address can remain same
switch which AP is associated with H1
self-learning (Ch 5) switch will see frame from H1 and ldquorememberrdquo which switch port can be used to reach H1
5 DataLink Layer 5-93
80211 advanced capabilities
Rate Adaptation base station mobile
dynamically change transmission rate (physical layer modulation technique) as mobile moves SNR varies
QAM256 (8 Mbps)QAM16 (4 Mbps)BPSK (1 Mbps)
10 20 30 40SNR(dB)
BE
R
10-1
10-2
10-3
10-5
10-6
10-7
10-4
operating point
1 SNR decreases BER increase as node moves away from base station2 When BER becomes too high switch to lower transmission rate but with lower BER
5 DataLink Layer 5-94
80211 advanced capabilitiesPower Management node-to-AP ldquoI am going to sleep until next
beacon framerdquo AP knows not to transmit frames to this
node node wakes up before next beacon frame
beacon frame contains list of mobiles with AP-to-mobile frames waiting to be sent node will stay awake if AP-to-mobile frames
to be sent otherwise sleep again until next beacon frame
5 DataLink Layer 5-84
80211 passiveactive scanning
AP 2AP 1
H1
BBS 2BBS 1
122
3 4
Active Scanning (1) probe request frame broadcast
from H1(2) probe response frame sent from
APs(3) association request frame sent
H1 to selected AP (4) association response frame sent
H1 to selected AP
AP 2AP 1
H1
BBS 2BBS 1
12 3
1
Passive Scanning(1) beacon frames sent from APs(2) association request frame sent H1
to selected AP (3) association response frame sent
H1 to selected AP
5 DataLink Layer 5-85
IEEE 80211 multiple access avoid collisions 2+ nodes transmitting at same time 80211 CSMA - sense before transmitting
donrsquot collide with ongoing transmission by other node 80211 no collision detection
difficult to receive (sense collisions) when transmitting due to weak received signals (fading)
canrsquot sense all collisions in any case hidden terminal fading goal avoid collisions CSMAC(ollision)A(voidance)
AB
CA B C
Arsquos signalstrength
space
Crsquos signalstrength
5 DataLink Layer 5-86
IEEE 80211 MAC Protocol CSMACA
80211 sender1 if sense channel idle for DIFS then
transmit entire frame (no CD)2 if sense channel busy then
start random backoff timetimer counts down while channel idletransmit when timer expiresif no ACK increase random backoff
interval repeat 280211 receiver- if frame received OK
return ACK after SIFS (ACK needed due to hidden terminal problem)
sender receiver
DIFS
data
SIFS
ACK
5 DataLink Layer 5-87
Avoiding collisions (more)idea allow sender to ldquoreserverdquo channel rather than random
access of data frames avoid collisions of long data frames sender first transmits small request-to-send (RTS) packets
to BS using CSMA RTSs may still collide with each other (but theyrsquore short)
BS broadcasts clear-to-send CTS in response to RTS CTS heard by all nodes
sender transmits data frame other stations defer transmissions
avoid data frame collisions completely using small reservation packets
5 DataLink Layer 5-88
Collision Avoidance RTS-CTS exchange
APA B
time
RTS(A)RTS(B)
RTS(A)
CTS(A) CTS(A)
DATA (A)
ACK(A) ACK(A)
reservation collision
defer
5 DataLink Layer 5-89
framecontrol duration address
1address
2address
4address
3 payload CRC
2 2 6 6 6 2 6 0 - 2312 4
seqcontrol
80211 frame addressing
Address 2 MAC addressof wireless host or AP transmitting this frame
Address 1 MAC addressof wireless host or AP to receive this frame
Address 3 MAC addressof router interface to which AP is attached
Address 4 used only in ad hoc mode
5 DataLink Layer 5-90
Internetrouter
AP
H1 R1
AP MAC addr H1 MAC addr R1 MAC addraddress 1 address 2 address 3
80211 frame
R1 MAC addr H1 MAC addr dest address source address
8023 frame
80211 frame addressing
5 DataLink Layer 5-91
framecontrol duration address
1address
2address
4address
3 payload CRC
2 2 6 6 6 2 6 0 - 2312 4
seqcontrol
Type FromAPSubtype To
APMore frag WEPMore
dataPower
mgtRetry RsvdProtocolversion
2 2 4 1 1 1 1 1 11 1
80211 frame moreduration of reserved transmission time (RTSCTS)
frame seq (for RDT)
frame type(RTS CTS ACK data)
5 DataLink Layer 5-92
hub or switch
AP 2
AP 1
H1 BBS 2
BBS 1
80211 mobility within same subnet
router H1 remains in same IP subnet IP address can remain same
switch which AP is associated with H1
self-learning (Ch 5) switch will see frame from H1 and ldquorememberrdquo which switch port can be used to reach H1
5 DataLink Layer 5-93
80211 advanced capabilities
Rate Adaptation base station mobile
dynamically change transmission rate (physical layer modulation technique) as mobile moves SNR varies
QAM256 (8 Mbps)QAM16 (4 Mbps)BPSK (1 Mbps)
10 20 30 40SNR(dB)
BE
R
10-1
10-2
10-3
10-5
10-6
10-7
10-4
operating point
1 SNR decreases BER increase as node moves away from base station2 When BER becomes too high switch to lower transmission rate but with lower BER
5 DataLink Layer 5-94
80211 advanced capabilitiesPower Management node-to-AP ldquoI am going to sleep until next
beacon framerdquo AP knows not to transmit frames to this
node node wakes up before next beacon frame
beacon frame contains list of mobiles with AP-to-mobile frames waiting to be sent node will stay awake if AP-to-mobile frames
to be sent otherwise sleep again until next beacon frame
5 DataLink Layer 5-85
IEEE 80211 multiple access avoid collisions 2+ nodes transmitting at same time 80211 CSMA - sense before transmitting
donrsquot collide with ongoing transmission by other node 80211 no collision detection
difficult to receive (sense collisions) when transmitting due to weak received signals (fading)
canrsquot sense all collisions in any case hidden terminal fading goal avoid collisions CSMAC(ollision)A(voidance)
AB
CA B C
Arsquos signalstrength
space
Crsquos signalstrength
5 DataLink Layer 5-86
IEEE 80211 MAC Protocol CSMACA
80211 sender1 if sense channel idle for DIFS then
transmit entire frame (no CD)2 if sense channel busy then
start random backoff timetimer counts down while channel idletransmit when timer expiresif no ACK increase random backoff
interval repeat 280211 receiver- if frame received OK
return ACK after SIFS (ACK needed due to hidden terminal problem)
sender receiver
DIFS
data
SIFS
ACK
5 DataLink Layer 5-87
Avoiding collisions (more)idea allow sender to ldquoreserverdquo channel rather than random
access of data frames avoid collisions of long data frames sender first transmits small request-to-send (RTS) packets
to BS using CSMA RTSs may still collide with each other (but theyrsquore short)
BS broadcasts clear-to-send CTS in response to RTS CTS heard by all nodes
sender transmits data frame other stations defer transmissions
avoid data frame collisions completely using small reservation packets
5 DataLink Layer 5-88
Collision Avoidance RTS-CTS exchange
APA B
time
RTS(A)RTS(B)
RTS(A)
CTS(A) CTS(A)
DATA (A)
ACK(A) ACK(A)
reservation collision
defer
5 DataLink Layer 5-89
framecontrol duration address
1address
2address
4address
3 payload CRC
2 2 6 6 6 2 6 0 - 2312 4
seqcontrol
80211 frame addressing
Address 2 MAC addressof wireless host or AP transmitting this frame
Address 1 MAC addressof wireless host or AP to receive this frame
Address 3 MAC addressof router interface to which AP is attached
Address 4 used only in ad hoc mode
5 DataLink Layer 5-90
Internetrouter
AP
H1 R1
AP MAC addr H1 MAC addr R1 MAC addraddress 1 address 2 address 3
80211 frame
R1 MAC addr H1 MAC addr dest address source address
8023 frame
80211 frame addressing
5 DataLink Layer 5-91
framecontrol duration address
1address
2address
4address
3 payload CRC
2 2 6 6 6 2 6 0 - 2312 4
seqcontrol
Type FromAPSubtype To
APMore frag WEPMore
dataPower
mgtRetry RsvdProtocolversion
2 2 4 1 1 1 1 1 11 1
80211 frame moreduration of reserved transmission time (RTSCTS)
frame seq (for RDT)
frame type(RTS CTS ACK data)
5 DataLink Layer 5-92
hub or switch
AP 2
AP 1
H1 BBS 2
BBS 1
80211 mobility within same subnet
router H1 remains in same IP subnet IP address can remain same
switch which AP is associated with H1
self-learning (Ch 5) switch will see frame from H1 and ldquorememberrdquo which switch port can be used to reach H1
5 DataLink Layer 5-93
80211 advanced capabilities
Rate Adaptation base station mobile
dynamically change transmission rate (physical layer modulation technique) as mobile moves SNR varies
QAM256 (8 Mbps)QAM16 (4 Mbps)BPSK (1 Mbps)
10 20 30 40SNR(dB)
BE
R
10-1
10-2
10-3
10-5
10-6
10-7
10-4
operating point
1 SNR decreases BER increase as node moves away from base station2 When BER becomes too high switch to lower transmission rate but with lower BER
5 DataLink Layer 5-94
80211 advanced capabilitiesPower Management node-to-AP ldquoI am going to sleep until next
beacon framerdquo AP knows not to transmit frames to this
node node wakes up before next beacon frame
beacon frame contains list of mobiles with AP-to-mobile frames waiting to be sent node will stay awake if AP-to-mobile frames
to be sent otherwise sleep again until next beacon frame
5 DataLink Layer 5-86
IEEE 80211 MAC Protocol CSMACA
80211 sender1 if sense channel idle for DIFS then
transmit entire frame (no CD)2 if sense channel busy then
start random backoff timetimer counts down while channel idletransmit when timer expiresif no ACK increase random backoff
interval repeat 280211 receiver- if frame received OK
return ACK after SIFS (ACK needed due to hidden terminal problem)
sender receiver
DIFS
data
SIFS
ACK
5 DataLink Layer 5-87
Avoiding collisions (more)idea allow sender to ldquoreserverdquo channel rather than random
access of data frames avoid collisions of long data frames sender first transmits small request-to-send (RTS) packets
to BS using CSMA RTSs may still collide with each other (but theyrsquore short)
BS broadcasts clear-to-send CTS in response to RTS CTS heard by all nodes
sender transmits data frame other stations defer transmissions
avoid data frame collisions completely using small reservation packets
5 DataLink Layer 5-88
Collision Avoidance RTS-CTS exchange
APA B
time
RTS(A)RTS(B)
RTS(A)
CTS(A) CTS(A)
DATA (A)
ACK(A) ACK(A)
reservation collision
defer
5 DataLink Layer 5-89
framecontrol duration address
1address
2address
4address
3 payload CRC
2 2 6 6 6 2 6 0 - 2312 4
seqcontrol
80211 frame addressing
Address 2 MAC addressof wireless host or AP transmitting this frame
Address 1 MAC addressof wireless host or AP to receive this frame
Address 3 MAC addressof router interface to which AP is attached
Address 4 used only in ad hoc mode
5 DataLink Layer 5-90
Internetrouter
AP
H1 R1
AP MAC addr H1 MAC addr R1 MAC addraddress 1 address 2 address 3
80211 frame
R1 MAC addr H1 MAC addr dest address source address
8023 frame
80211 frame addressing
5 DataLink Layer 5-91
framecontrol duration address
1address
2address
4address
3 payload CRC
2 2 6 6 6 2 6 0 - 2312 4
seqcontrol
Type FromAPSubtype To
APMore frag WEPMore
dataPower
mgtRetry RsvdProtocolversion
2 2 4 1 1 1 1 1 11 1
80211 frame moreduration of reserved transmission time (RTSCTS)
frame seq (for RDT)
frame type(RTS CTS ACK data)
5 DataLink Layer 5-92
hub or switch
AP 2
AP 1
H1 BBS 2
BBS 1
80211 mobility within same subnet
router H1 remains in same IP subnet IP address can remain same
switch which AP is associated with H1
self-learning (Ch 5) switch will see frame from H1 and ldquorememberrdquo which switch port can be used to reach H1
5 DataLink Layer 5-93
80211 advanced capabilities
Rate Adaptation base station mobile
dynamically change transmission rate (physical layer modulation technique) as mobile moves SNR varies
QAM256 (8 Mbps)QAM16 (4 Mbps)BPSK (1 Mbps)
10 20 30 40SNR(dB)
BE
R
10-1
10-2
10-3
10-5
10-6
10-7
10-4
operating point
1 SNR decreases BER increase as node moves away from base station2 When BER becomes too high switch to lower transmission rate but with lower BER
5 DataLink Layer 5-94
80211 advanced capabilitiesPower Management node-to-AP ldquoI am going to sleep until next
beacon framerdquo AP knows not to transmit frames to this
node node wakes up before next beacon frame
beacon frame contains list of mobiles with AP-to-mobile frames waiting to be sent node will stay awake if AP-to-mobile frames
to be sent otherwise sleep again until next beacon frame
5 DataLink Layer 5-87
Avoiding collisions (more)idea allow sender to ldquoreserverdquo channel rather than random
access of data frames avoid collisions of long data frames sender first transmits small request-to-send (RTS) packets
to BS using CSMA RTSs may still collide with each other (but theyrsquore short)
BS broadcasts clear-to-send CTS in response to RTS CTS heard by all nodes
sender transmits data frame other stations defer transmissions
avoid data frame collisions completely using small reservation packets
5 DataLink Layer 5-88
Collision Avoidance RTS-CTS exchange
APA B
time
RTS(A)RTS(B)
RTS(A)
CTS(A) CTS(A)
DATA (A)
ACK(A) ACK(A)
reservation collision
defer
5 DataLink Layer 5-89
framecontrol duration address
1address
2address
4address
3 payload CRC
2 2 6 6 6 2 6 0 - 2312 4
seqcontrol
80211 frame addressing
Address 2 MAC addressof wireless host or AP transmitting this frame
Address 1 MAC addressof wireless host or AP to receive this frame
Address 3 MAC addressof router interface to which AP is attached
Address 4 used only in ad hoc mode
5 DataLink Layer 5-90
Internetrouter
AP
H1 R1
AP MAC addr H1 MAC addr R1 MAC addraddress 1 address 2 address 3
80211 frame
R1 MAC addr H1 MAC addr dest address source address
8023 frame
80211 frame addressing
5 DataLink Layer 5-91
framecontrol duration address
1address
2address
4address
3 payload CRC
2 2 6 6 6 2 6 0 - 2312 4
seqcontrol
Type FromAPSubtype To
APMore frag WEPMore
dataPower
mgtRetry RsvdProtocolversion
2 2 4 1 1 1 1 1 11 1
80211 frame moreduration of reserved transmission time (RTSCTS)
frame seq (for RDT)
frame type(RTS CTS ACK data)
5 DataLink Layer 5-92
hub or switch
AP 2
AP 1
H1 BBS 2
BBS 1
80211 mobility within same subnet
router H1 remains in same IP subnet IP address can remain same
switch which AP is associated with H1
self-learning (Ch 5) switch will see frame from H1 and ldquorememberrdquo which switch port can be used to reach H1
5 DataLink Layer 5-93
80211 advanced capabilities
Rate Adaptation base station mobile
dynamically change transmission rate (physical layer modulation technique) as mobile moves SNR varies
QAM256 (8 Mbps)QAM16 (4 Mbps)BPSK (1 Mbps)
10 20 30 40SNR(dB)
BE
R
10-1
10-2
10-3
10-5
10-6
10-7
10-4
operating point
1 SNR decreases BER increase as node moves away from base station2 When BER becomes too high switch to lower transmission rate but with lower BER
5 DataLink Layer 5-94
80211 advanced capabilitiesPower Management node-to-AP ldquoI am going to sleep until next
beacon framerdquo AP knows not to transmit frames to this
node node wakes up before next beacon frame
beacon frame contains list of mobiles with AP-to-mobile frames waiting to be sent node will stay awake if AP-to-mobile frames
to be sent otherwise sleep again until next beacon frame
5 DataLink Layer 5-88
Collision Avoidance RTS-CTS exchange
APA B
time
RTS(A)RTS(B)
RTS(A)
CTS(A) CTS(A)
DATA (A)
ACK(A) ACK(A)
reservation collision
defer
5 DataLink Layer 5-89
framecontrol duration address
1address
2address
4address
3 payload CRC
2 2 6 6 6 2 6 0 - 2312 4
seqcontrol
80211 frame addressing
Address 2 MAC addressof wireless host or AP transmitting this frame
Address 1 MAC addressof wireless host or AP to receive this frame
Address 3 MAC addressof router interface to which AP is attached
Address 4 used only in ad hoc mode
5 DataLink Layer 5-90
Internetrouter
AP
H1 R1
AP MAC addr H1 MAC addr R1 MAC addraddress 1 address 2 address 3
80211 frame
R1 MAC addr H1 MAC addr dest address source address
8023 frame
80211 frame addressing
5 DataLink Layer 5-91
framecontrol duration address
1address
2address
4address
3 payload CRC
2 2 6 6 6 2 6 0 - 2312 4
seqcontrol
Type FromAPSubtype To
APMore frag WEPMore
dataPower
mgtRetry RsvdProtocolversion
2 2 4 1 1 1 1 1 11 1
80211 frame moreduration of reserved transmission time (RTSCTS)
frame seq (for RDT)
frame type(RTS CTS ACK data)
5 DataLink Layer 5-92
hub or switch
AP 2
AP 1
H1 BBS 2
BBS 1
80211 mobility within same subnet
router H1 remains in same IP subnet IP address can remain same
switch which AP is associated with H1
self-learning (Ch 5) switch will see frame from H1 and ldquorememberrdquo which switch port can be used to reach H1
5 DataLink Layer 5-93
80211 advanced capabilities
Rate Adaptation base station mobile
dynamically change transmission rate (physical layer modulation technique) as mobile moves SNR varies
QAM256 (8 Mbps)QAM16 (4 Mbps)BPSK (1 Mbps)
10 20 30 40SNR(dB)
BE
R
10-1
10-2
10-3
10-5
10-6
10-7
10-4
operating point
1 SNR decreases BER increase as node moves away from base station2 When BER becomes too high switch to lower transmission rate but with lower BER
5 DataLink Layer 5-94
80211 advanced capabilitiesPower Management node-to-AP ldquoI am going to sleep until next
beacon framerdquo AP knows not to transmit frames to this
node node wakes up before next beacon frame
beacon frame contains list of mobiles with AP-to-mobile frames waiting to be sent node will stay awake if AP-to-mobile frames
to be sent otherwise sleep again until next beacon frame
5 DataLink Layer 5-89
framecontrol duration address
1address
2address
4address
3 payload CRC
2 2 6 6 6 2 6 0 - 2312 4
seqcontrol
80211 frame addressing
Address 2 MAC addressof wireless host or AP transmitting this frame
Address 1 MAC addressof wireless host or AP to receive this frame
Address 3 MAC addressof router interface to which AP is attached
Address 4 used only in ad hoc mode
5 DataLink Layer 5-90
Internetrouter
AP
H1 R1
AP MAC addr H1 MAC addr R1 MAC addraddress 1 address 2 address 3
80211 frame
R1 MAC addr H1 MAC addr dest address source address
8023 frame
80211 frame addressing
5 DataLink Layer 5-91
framecontrol duration address
1address
2address
4address
3 payload CRC
2 2 6 6 6 2 6 0 - 2312 4
seqcontrol
Type FromAPSubtype To
APMore frag WEPMore
dataPower
mgtRetry RsvdProtocolversion
2 2 4 1 1 1 1 1 11 1
80211 frame moreduration of reserved transmission time (RTSCTS)
frame seq (for RDT)
frame type(RTS CTS ACK data)
5 DataLink Layer 5-92
hub or switch
AP 2
AP 1
H1 BBS 2
BBS 1
80211 mobility within same subnet
router H1 remains in same IP subnet IP address can remain same
switch which AP is associated with H1
self-learning (Ch 5) switch will see frame from H1 and ldquorememberrdquo which switch port can be used to reach H1
5 DataLink Layer 5-93
80211 advanced capabilities
Rate Adaptation base station mobile
dynamically change transmission rate (physical layer modulation technique) as mobile moves SNR varies
QAM256 (8 Mbps)QAM16 (4 Mbps)BPSK (1 Mbps)
10 20 30 40SNR(dB)
BE
R
10-1
10-2
10-3
10-5
10-6
10-7
10-4
operating point
1 SNR decreases BER increase as node moves away from base station2 When BER becomes too high switch to lower transmission rate but with lower BER
5 DataLink Layer 5-94
80211 advanced capabilitiesPower Management node-to-AP ldquoI am going to sleep until next
beacon framerdquo AP knows not to transmit frames to this
node node wakes up before next beacon frame
beacon frame contains list of mobiles with AP-to-mobile frames waiting to be sent node will stay awake if AP-to-mobile frames
to be sent otherwise sleep again until next beacon frame
5 DataLink Layer 5-90
Internetrouter
AP
H1 R1
AP MAC addr H1 MAC addr R1 MAC addraddress 1 address 2 address 3
80211 frame
R1 MAC addr H1 MAC addr dest address source address
8023 frame
80211 frame addressing
5 DataLink Layer 5-91
framecontrol duration address
1address
2address
4address
3 payload CRC
2 2 6 6 6 2 6 0 - 2312 4
seqcontrol
Type FromAPSubtype To
APMore frag WEPMore
dataPower
mgtRetry RsvdProtocolversion
2 2 4 1 1 1 1 1 11 1
80211 frame moreduration of reserved transmission time (RTSCTS)
frame seq (for RDT)
frame type(RTS CTS ACK data)
5 DataLink Layer 5-92
hub or switch
AP 2
AP 1
H1 BBS 2
BBS 1
80211 mobility within same subnet
router H1 remains in same IP subnet IP address can remain same
switch which AP is associated with H1
self-learning (Ch 5) switch will see frame from H1 and ldquorememberrdquo which switch port can be used to reach H1
5 DataLink Layer 5-93
80211 advanced capabilities
Rate Adaptation base station mobile
dynamically change transmission rate (physical layer modulation technique) as mobile moves SNR varies
QAM256 (8 Mbps)QAM16 (4 Mbps)BPSK (1 Mbps)
10 20 30 40SNR(dB)
BE
R
10-1
10-2
10-3
10-5
10-6
10-7
10-4
operating point
1 SNR decreases BER increase as node moves away from base station2 When BER becomes too high switch to lower transmission rate but with lower BER
5 DataLink Layer 5-94
80211 advanced capabilitiesPower Management node-to-AP ldquoI am going to sleep until next
beacon framerdquo AP knows not to transmit frames to this
node node wakes up before next beacon frame
beacon frame contains list of mobiles with AP-to-mobile frames waiting to be sent node will stay awake if AP-to-mobile frames
to be sent otherwise sleep again until next beacon frame
5 DataLink Layer 5-91
framecontrol duration address
1address
2address
4address
3 payload CRC
2 2 6 6 6 2 6 0 - 2312 4
seqcontrol
Type FromAPSubtype To
APMore frag WEPMore
dataPower
mgtRetry RsvdProtocolversion
2 2 4 1 1 1 1 1 11 1
80211 frame moreduration of reserved transmission time (RTSCTS)
frame seq (for RDT)
frame type(RTS CTS ACK data)
5 DataLink Layer 5-92
hub or switch
AP 2
AP 1
H1 BBS 2
BBS 1
80211 mobility within same subnet
router H1 remains in same IP subnet IP address can remain same
switch which AP is associated with H1
self-learning (Ch 5) switch will see frame from H1 and ldquorememberrdquo which switch port can be used to reach H1
5 DataLink Layer 5-93
80211 advanced capabilities
Rate Adaptation base station mobile
dynamically change transmission rate (physical layer modulation technique) as mobile moves SNR varies
QAM256 (8 Mbps)QAM16 (4 Mbps)BPSK (1 Mbps)
10 20 30 40SNR(dB)
BE
R
10-1
10-2
10-3
10-5
10-6
10-7
10-4
operating point
1 SNR decreases BER increase as node moves away from base station2 When BER becomes too high switch to lower transmission rate but with lower BER
5 DataLink Layer 5-94
80211 advanced capabilitiesPower Management node-to-AP ldquoI am going to sleep until next
beacon framerdquo AP knows not to transmit frames to this
node node wakes up before next beacon frame
beacon frame contains list of mobiles with AP-to-mobile frames waiting to be sent node will stay awake if AP-to-mobile frames
to be sent otherwise sleep again until next beacon frame
5 DataLink Layer 5-92
hub or switch
AP 2
AP 1
H1 BBS 2
BBS 1
80211 mobility within same subnet
router H1 remains in same IP subnet IP address can remain same
switch which AP is associated with H1
self-learning (Ch 5) switch will see frame from H1 and ldquorememberrdquo which switch port can be used to reach H1
5 DataLink Layer 5-93
80211 advanced capabilities
Rate Adaptation base station mobile
dynamically change transmission rate (physical layer modulation technique) as mobile moves SNR varies
QAM256 (8 Mbps)QAM16 (4 Mbps)BPSK (1 Mbps)
10 20 30 40SNR(dB)
BE
R
10-1
10-2
10-3
10-5
10-6
10-7
10-4
operating point
1 SNR decreases BER increase as node moves away from base station2 When BER becomes too high switch to lower transmission rate but with lower BER
5 DataLink Layer 5-94
80211 advanced capabilitiesPower Management node-to-AP ldquoI am going to sleep until next
beacon framerdquo AP knows not to transmit frames to this
node node wakes up before next beacon frame
beacon frame contains list of mobiles with AP-to-mobile frames waiting to be sent node will stay awake if AP-to-mobile frames
to be sent otherwise sleep again until next beacon frame
5 DataLink Layer 5-93
80211 advanced capabilities
Rate Adaptation base station mobile
dynamically change transmission rate (physical layer modulation technique) as mobile moves SNR varies
QAM256 (8 Mbps)QAM16 (4 Mbps)BPSK (1 Mbps)
10 20 30 40SNR(dB)
BE
R
10-1
10-2
10-3
10-5
10-6
10-7
10-4
operating point
1 SNR decreases BER increase as node moves away from base station2 When BER becomes too high switch to lower transmission rate but with lower BER
5 DataLink Layer 5-94
80211 advanced capabilitiesPower Management node-to-AP ldquoI am going to sleep until next
beacon framerdquo AP knows not to transmit frames to this
node node wakes up before next beacon frame
beacon frame contains list of mobiles with AP-to-mobile frames waiting to be sent node will stay awake if AP-to-mobile frames
to be sent otherwise sleep again until next beacon frame
5 DataLink Layer 5-94
80211 advanced capabilitiesPower Management node-to-AP ldquoI am going to sleep until next
beacon framerdquo AP knows not to transmit frames to this
node node wakes up before next beacon frame
beacon frame contains list of mobiles with AP-to-mobile frames waiting to be sent node will stay awake if AP-to-mobile frames
to be sent otherwise sleep again until next beacon frame